For Reference

Not to be taken from this room

liilioduciii3
Nonhcaslciii

Unhfenity

freshman PiOQiains
1973-74

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity for
all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationships with
students, including evaluation of academic performance, the University insists on a
policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an equal opportunity
employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any discrimination against
any employee or applicant for admission because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
or national origin.

^■■^^A

The New England Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and colleges in
the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting associations in the
United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully evaluated and found to meet
standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public school and
community officials to have their secondary schools meet the standards of membership.

Inliodudns
Northeastern

Unhiersily

Enjoy learning on the world-famous Cooperative Plan

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

CoiJege of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Freshman Programs

A Message from the President

When a college or university is located in an urban setting, its students have num-
erous opportunities to relate what they learn in the classroom to the world outside
the campus, and to share their experiences with fellow students and professors.

When such an urban institution is operated on the Cooperative Plan of Education
— in which students alternate regular periods of classroom study with periods of
paid employment in positions directly related to their academic major — the oppor-
tunities are multiplied even further. This is what Northeastern University has to offer.
Through the unique mix of work and study, Northeastern students are not only
widening their own career horizons, but are also involved in activities of great benefit
to others. You might find a Northeastern student singing in the chorus for a Boston
opera performance, doing research at the Boston Athenaeum or l\/lassachusetts H/'s-
torical Society, tutoring Spanish-speaking residents in English, or teaching physi-
cally handicapped children to swim.

What type of student is this so-called "co-op"? Our experience has shown that the
1 great majority of them are career-oriented, with their goals already clearly defined;
1 if they have not reached that point as yet, they are keen enough to seek an educa-
\ tional experience best suited to help them do so. Co-op students place a high value
on education, and particularly on one which prepares them for vocational or profes-
sional career opportunities. They have a deep appreciation of the value of the off-
campus experience, and regard it as a significant part of their overall educational
processes.
I Among today's college students, the co-op is indeed fortunate. He is able to take
' advantage of an educational system which has a built-in financial aid feature of great

I benefit to him. Without it, he might not ever have gone to college. His academic
curriculum is relevant, innovative, and individualized. His off-campus experience
gives him a career head start on his counterparts at traditional institutions, and he
is generally able to command a higher starting salary in his first job after graduation.
, The co-op student has a coordinator who meets with him frequently to discuss his
educational program, his career objectives, and his personal problems. Through
such personalization of the educational process, the student's motivation is en-
hanced, both in class and on the job, and he develops skills in human relations
i which would otherwise be impossible.

I Today Northeastern University is the world leader in cooperative education, as well
I as its prime consultant for other institutions interested in adopting the system. Many
I of its cooperative employers are located in Boston, although there are numerous
others in urban centers from New York to California. Cooperative positions are found
in virtually every career area — the arts, science, technology, health, education, busi-
ness, industry, research, communications, just to name a few.

As a prospective college student, you are no doubt wondering how to select an
institution. During these times of increased social awareness you will probably wish
to study in a college or university which is truly part of the world around it. To be in
the mainstream of urban life, where the city and the man teach each other, I urge
you to give Northeastern University your serious consideration.

ASA S. KNOWLES

Contents

A Message from the President

Part I About Education

A Message from the Dean of Admissions

Part II The Academic Programs
Boston-Bouve College
College of Business Administration
College of Criminal Justice
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College 89

College of Nursing 97

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions 103

ROTC 117

Part III The Particulars of Education 121

Department of Admissions 122

General Requirements for Entrance 123

Applying for Admission 126

Expenses 129

Financial Aid 132

Scholarship Programs 133

Student Loan Programs 135

Part-Time Work 136

Housing 137

Student Activities 137

Department of Athletics 143

Freshman Orientation Programs 144

Counseling and Testing Center 144

Faculty Advisory System 145

Part IV The Pillars of Education 149

The University Library 151

Learning Resources 152

Research 152

The Computation Center 153

Part V Freshman Course Descriptions 155

Map of the Main Campus 176

Freshman Academic Calendar 1972-73 Inside back cover

Admissions Application Insert at back

Tuition rates, all fees, rules and
regulations, courses and course
contents are subject to revision
by the President and Board of
Trustees at any time.

We hope that you will enjoy reading Introducing Northeastern Univer-
sity. This publication has been designed to help you in your educational
and career planning, and to provide the kind of information you will need
as an applicant for admission.

Quite naturally, we are enthusiastic about what Northeastern can
offer you: an attractive combination of an exciting urban location, fully
accredited programs of study in the Undergraduate Colleges, and unique
learning experiences provided by the Cooperative Plan of Education. North-
eastern University is now recognized as the international center for co-
operative education. Through the Cooperative Plan, now being adopted by
increasing numbers of colleges and universities, you will profit from chal-
lenging employment in a wide variety of fields of work.

We encourage early application for admission, and we hope that we
can be of service to you as you make plans to continue your education.
Your admissions application may be found at the back of this catalog.

The Committee on Admissions
Department of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Tel. (617) 437-2200

parti

About Education

The Philosophy of Education

Northeastern has never forgotten its original purpose: to offer an education
to all qualified students who possess both the desire for additional knowl-
edge and the determination to acquire it in spite of possible hardships.

The University's long experience in offering a realistic type of education
that provides an opportunity for productive work as a part of the total edu-
cational experience is particularly significant today, since Northeastern is
fully aware of the innportance of bringing its full resources to bear in helping
to solve monumental — and universal — social problems. It has also made
it possible for many additional members of minority groups to obtain an
education.

Northeastern's location in Boston and the fact that it is the largest
Cooperative Plan university in the world are significant factors which pro-
vide opportunities for student involvement in areas of national concern.
For example, undergraduates have cooperative work assignments in such
areas as air pollution research, rehabilitation, medical research, social
service, environmental studies, and law enforcement. Student activities,
too, offer a chance to "be where the action is": namely, in a wide variety
of community-action programs, many of which help handicapped people,
ghetto residents, and minority groups.

Today's socially conscious and alert students often wish to continue
their education on the graduate level. In response to this desire, North-
eastern has extended its Cooperative Plan to some areas of graduate
education. One example is the School of Law, which stresses a curriculum
substantially shaped around the significant social issues of contemporary
society.

Many prominent educators, including those who are graduates of tradi-
tional, non-Cooperative Plan schools, are now urging that all college
students have opportunities for on-the-job experience before graduation.
These educators realize that the practical experience thus gained can
complement college curricula.

Thus by alternating between classroom instruction and cooperative
assignments, a Northeastern student is in a much better position to ex-
amine, to doubt, and to explore than his counterpart at other educational
institutions. By constructive criticism he can justify the opinions he has

8

formed. He sees society not for what it is, but for what it can be, and is
determined to help his country reach its full potential.

This is the challenge of opportunity which Northeastern provides. It is the
challenge of the Age of Social Conscience which is being met effectively
by its students and graduates.

The Problem of Education

"To teach them to think: that is the problem. It is impossible, today, for
any school, undergraduate or professional, to equip its students with all
the knowledge they will need to become competent" in their special fields
of endeavor. "On the other hand, it can provide its students with a chance
to discover something with which, on their own, they can live an extraordi-
nary life: their ability to think."

Since 1898 Northeastern has helped young men and women to think — to
think in the classrooms; to think in the laboratories. But the development of
their ability to think for themselves, to weigh all sides of an issue or prob-
lem, and to analyze, has always been due, in large part, to the Cooperative
Plan of Education.

Under this plan you and your classmates will learn to think — to think on
the job as well as in the classroom.

If your goals are well defined, cooperative education can give you the
opportunity to obtain practical experience in your field. Theories learned
from books and classroom discussions can be put into actual practice.

If you are still considering alternate career paths, cooperative education
can provide the opportunity to test your ideas and help you decide. Obser-
vation of career fields through your experience on co-op adds a new
dimension to helping you choose your career.

Your various cooperative work assignments will speed your progress in
the art of thinking for yourself.

The Plan of Education

The Cooperative Plan is a dynamic system of education which helps to fit
you in your career and personal development. It requires both concentrated
study and hard work, but its rewards for you are many.

Upon graduation you will not only have a degree, but also a substantial
amount of experiences to offer your potential employer. You'll find out just
how important these experiences are when you begin your job interviews
for after-graduation employment.

The "Co-op Plan" demonstrates that practical experience, when com-
bined with excellent classroom instruction, challenges you to your greatest
effort, in many instances, you will earn enough money to defray the cost
of your tuition, books, and incidentals.

The Cooperative Plan

After your freshman year you will alternate periods of classroom at-
tendance at Northeastern with periods on cooperative assignments. With

9

the exceptions noted below, it will take you five years to complete degree
requirements.

In the College of Liberal Arts each of the majors offers the option of a
four-year plan in which eight quarters of upper-class study are completed
in three upper-class years.

All programs in Boston-Bouve College are on the five-year Cooperative
Plan.

The Associate Degree program in the College of Nursing is completed
in three years, with cooperative experience provided during the second and
third years. Students holding an L.P.N, designation who wish to apply their
credits to the Associate Degree will complete their program in two years.

John Ruskin once wrote: "Education is leading human souls to what
is best and making what is best of them . . . the training which makes
men happiest in themselves also makes them more serviceable to others."

Under the careful personal guidance of your faculty advisers and co-
ordinators at Northeastern and the supervisors of your various cooperative
work assignments where you are employed, you will be assisted in dis-
covering the type of career which will bring you most genuine satisfac-
tion . . . the kind which will make you happiest and most serviceable to
your community and nation.

The Place

From what was once a barren circus ground and baseball field, the North-
eastern University campus of today has emerged on Huntington Avenue
in Boston's Back Bay.

Today the University campus is one of the city's finest and most modern
centers of education. Under the Diamond Anniversary Development Pro-
gram, a master plan was drawn up in 1961 for the expansion of facilities
on this 48-acre site, with completion scheduled for 1973, Northeastern's
75th anniversary.

Many steps have been taken to implement the plan: two women's dormi-
tories, Speare Hall and Stetson Hall, housing 1,200 coeds; the addition to
the Carl Stephens Ell Student Center, giving the students a much-needed
cafeteria and expanded areas for extracurricular activities; Mary Gass Rob-
inson Hall, housing the College of Nursing, the Division of Health Science
of the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, and the Riesman
Biology Center, as well as physical therapy classrooms, offices, and labora-
tories, and educational television facilities; the Sarkis and Vosgitel Mugar
Life Sciences Building, housing the College of Pharmacy and the Depart-
ments of Biology, Chemical Engineering, and Psychology; and the Charles
A. Dana Research Center, providing facilities for the research programs of
the Departments of Physics and Electrical Engineering. The Edward L.
Hurtig Chemistry Building was opened in 1968 and the Asa S. Knowles
Center for Law and Criminal Justice opened in 1969.

Ethel G. and Reuben B. Gryzmish Hall, the section of the Knowles Center
in which the School of Law is housed, was opened in 1970. Gryzmish Hall
is a building especially designed for the School's distinctive program of

10

legal education. It contains a law library, student lounge, moot courtroom,
jury room, judge's chambers, classrooms, and offices.

John A. Voipe Hall, the second section of the Knowles Center, is the
headquarters of the College of Criminal Justice. VoIpe Hall was dedicated
in the spring of 1972.

Two facilities for Boston-Bouve College have also been opened: one,
Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, a five-story structure housing class-
rooms, laboratories, libraries, gymnasium, dance studio, recreation center,
and faculty offices; and the other, the Barletta Natatorium, consisting of a
swimming pool, four handball courts, and a practice tank for the crew.

Another facility for Boston-Bouve College, the Warren Center for Physi-
cal Education and Recreation Education, has been developed in Ashland,
Massachusetts, to serve as an outdoor laboratory for students majoring in
Physical Education, Recreation Education, Physical Therapy, and Health
Education.

Freshmen in the Colleges of Liberal Arts, Criminal Justice, Education,
Business Administration, and Engineering who prefer a suburban atmos-
phere may attend classes on the 165-acre Suburban Campus, located near
Route 128 in Burlington, Massachusetts. After their first year, they will
transfer to the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Prospective students will find another good reason for attending North-
eastern besides the wide range of programs and facilities which it offers
its students. This is the location of the main campus. In very few instances
are educational institutions situated in such a varied cultural and social
environment as Northeastern.

Within walking distance from the University are the Museum of Fine Arts,
Symphony Hall, the Gardner Museum, the New England Conservatory of
Music and Jordan Hall, and the Boston Public Library. Upon boarding a
bus or the subway, students can easily travel to the theatre district, where
pre-Broadway plays are often "tried out" and smash hits staged. Among
the numerous cultural organizations that call Boston home are the Boston
Symphony Orchestra, the Boston Pops, the Boston Ballet Company, The
Opera Company of Boston, and the Theatre Company of Boston.

Boston offers students every range of shopping facilities, from tiny
boutiques to huge department stores, all within a short distance of the
University. And nearby restaurants serve everything from soul food to
sukiyaki for that special weekend date.

11

The Faculty

It has been said that "the most essential thing in the work of education
is that sympathetic touch of life on life. It is by that fine process that per-
sonality is developed, matured, and enriched in all the younger candidates
for human existence."

One reason for the success of the Cooperative Plan at Northeastern
University is the "touch of life on life" which is made possible by the close
association between more than 700 scholars on the faculty of the Basic
Colleges and their students. This is made possible by the University's
advisory system. Although these scholars represent the best in American
education and are alumni of distinguished colleges and technical institu-
tions, Northeastern insists that their achievements in every case be supple-
mented by such important factors as enthusiasm for teaching, ability to
stimulate intellectual and scientific curiosity, and genuine understanding
of young people.

As a student at Northeastern you will have the advantage of studying
under a faculty chosen for these qualities, and through the time-tested
advisory system you will be certain always of seasoned and sympathetic
guidance and assistance in developing your particular talents.

A Message from the Dean of Admissions

To put into words the true story of Northeastern University and the challenging
opportunities which it presents to young men and women is a very difficult task. As
one student said: "You almost have to live it in order to appreciate it."

A recent full-page news story carried the headlines: "Northeastern's Co-op Pro-
gram Comes Into Its Own — A f\Aodel For Nation." But even this fails to tell the full
story of the excitement of our educational programs. It can be sensed in the com-
ments of a student as he returns from his cooperative work assignments and shares
his experiences with a close friend. It can be appreciated by observing a student as
she relates to children with special learning disabilities, or by watching one who
works as a team member on a problem in environmental engineering. It can be
understood when one talks with a student about the challenge of his job at the
National Archives in the Nation's Capital or at the famed Oceanographic Institute
at Wood's Hole, Cape Cod.

Northeastern University is cooperative education at its best. Our students seek
relevancy and involvement in their educational experiences, and they find these
qualities as they are able to relate the theory of the classroom to the actual world
of adult employment. In so doing, they gain a good measure of financial indepen-
dence through salaries paid for services rendered. Cooperative education has, in fact,
prospered because of its uniqueness, its relevance, its built-in financial aid feature,
and its direct orientation to the individual student. No other type of higher education
can make these claims.

Each fall about 3,500 freshmen arrive on this campus. Approximately one half are
resident students and one third are girls. They come to us from 30 states and 40 for-
eign countries. They represent a wide range of student aptitudes and career interests.
Together they participate in a student activity program of social, musical, dramatic,
literary, and athletic events which contribute greatly to enjoyable and meaningful
student life.

The University is located in the very heart of what is perhaps the greatest con-
centration of college and university students in the world. They make extensive use
of the cultural and recreational opportunities available in the City of Boston and its
suburbs. It is an exciting place in which to prepare one's self for the challenges of
tomorrow. Yet, in the midst of excitement and change. Northeastern places the
emphasis where it properly belongs — upon the student.

We cordially invite you to visit our campus. Please let us know if we may assist
you in your educational and career planning.

GILBERT C. GARLAND

part 2

The Academic Programs

Catherine L Allen, Dean

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers degree programs in professional education
for both men and women in:

Health Education

Physical Education

Physical Therapy

Recreation Education

Programs

Each curriculum combines basic liberal education and professional prep-
aration including related supervised field experience. The Cooperative Plan
of Education of Northeastern University affords diversified opportunities for
alternating terms of work and study beginning in the sophomore year in
every department. All programs in the College are five years in length.

Aims

To meet demands for fully qualified personnel in Health Education, Physi-
cal Education, Physical Therapy, and Recreation Education, modern edu-
cation seeks to develop the independent, self-reliant individual, liberally
educated and professionally skilled, who is a socially responsible and
contributing member of society.

17

Facilities

Dockser Hall houses administrative and faculty offices, libraries, gymna-
sium, dance studio, physiology of exercise laboratory, classrooms, locker
and shower facilities; and the Department of Recreation Education with
the community recreation laboratory, cultural arts area, seminar and
research center. Within the Barletta Natatorium the swimming pool,
weight room, handball courts, offices, and shower and dressing facilities
are located.

The Physical Therapy Department is located in Mary Gass Robinson
Hall. On the third floor are the physical therapy faculty offices, a library,
classrooms, and laboratories. One of the laboratories is specially designed
to simulate a modern physical therapy department and is well equipped
for the practice of clinical procedures. These rooms are wired for closed
circuit television to carry programs pertinent to the profession. This is also
true of Dockser Hall.

Degrees

In Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation Education, the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education is awarded; and in Physical
Therapy, the Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. All programs are
accredited.

Your Freshman Year in Boston-Bouve College

The academic curriculum in your first year of college is planned pri-
marily to provide basic foundation and knowledge in the physical and social
sciences, the humanities and arts, although these courses and those offered
in each of the major fields, Health Education, Physical Education, Physical
Therapy, and Recreation Education, differ because of increasing special-
ization in upper-class years. Later, you have the opportunity to select
electives which enrich your program and help you to recognize and
develop other talents and interests.

Your cooperative work assignments bring insight and responsibility as
you apply your knowledge, skills, and resources acquired in both the
general and professional studies of your college education. The abilities
to work well with others and to appreciate the associations are important
attributes in your profession.

Upper-class students and graduates say that the most exciting chal-
lenge of their college careers is experienced when the field work assign-
ments, whether recreation leadership, student teaching, or clinical practice,
reveal the significance of the role of professional service.

18

EALTH EDUCATION

Description

Health education is a teaching profession. The primary goal of the pro-
gram in Boston-Bouve is the preparation of professional students for careers
as teachers of health education in elementary and secondary schools,
colleges and universities, and in community centers and agencies.

The way of life that an individual chooses in health matters will affect all
that he does and dreams of being. The health educator teaches people
about health concepts and health maintenance throughout life; the use of
health services; active community involvement in health; the solution of
individual, family, and community health problems; the fulfillment of poten-
tial; and the living of a fuller, better, more useful life.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences concen-
trated in the first two years, with a major concentration in the last three
years on professional courses, student teaching, or field experience. In the
third year a student may select either the School Health or Community
Health track.

Cooperative education, beginning in the sophomore year (in alternate
periods of paid employment and study), has exciting possibilities for place-
ment in health agencies, schools, community and continuing education
j centers, housing complexes, and halfway houses.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Health Education majors are required to purchase an
activity uniform for physical education. Information is furnished at the
appropriate time by Boston-Bouve College.

Student Teaching/ Field Experience. The requirement in supervised stu-
dent teaching in the School Health track or supervised field experience
in the Community Health track is completed during one quarter of the
senior year.

Your Future

As a graduate, you will be qualified to teach in schools at all levels
and/or in community centers and agencies.

The need for health educators is increasing with constant requests for
highly qualified personnel. There is growing concern about problems of
society: drugs and alcohol, smoking, family life and sex education, the
environment, nutrition, consumer education, and other aspects related to
the quality of life. Health educators are concerned about such things; in
fact, health and education are inseparable.

19

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Health Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

12.101 General Chem. 12.102 General Chem. 10.104 Mathematics*

18.141 Biology 18.142 Biology Gen. Studies Elect.

50.116 Social Science I 50.117 Social Science II Gen. Studies Elect.

65.110 Foun. Health Educ. Gen. Studies 19.102 Bas. Psych.

BBC elective Elect. Phys. Educ.

Physical Educ.

'Students with a mathematics proficiency may elect a general studies course.
In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to fake Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Professional Program

The professional program in Physical Education is designed to prepare
specialists capable of developing the materials and methods appropriate to
teaching physical education In public and private schoolsat all levels: ele-
mentary, secondary, and college. Its graduates are qualified as athletic
coaches, physical education teachers, directors of athletics, supervisors
of physical education, and leaders in YMCAs, YWCAs, and other youth
organizations.

Students majoring in this program receive a strong background in edu-
cation and liberal arts. Elective hours are required in each of the areas of
science, social science, and humanities. Specialization in Physical Educa-
tion Includes such courses as History, Philosophy, Principles, Curriculum
Development, and Class Procedures, Measurement and Evaluation, Kinesi-
ology, Exercise Physiology, and Perceptual-Motor Development. Students
are well grounded in the techniques of coaching the various individual,
dual, and team sports, and in adapting these activities to the needs of the
handicapped. Because of the close and overlapping relationship of physical
education, health, and recreation. Physical Education majors may take
courses in these areas and are also afforded laboratory experiences in
them.

The development and demonstration of personal skill in performance and
teaching are an integral part of the professional program. Each student will
be expected to demonstrate a level of personal proficiency in one activity
from each of these areas: aquatics, dance, gymnastics, racquet sports,
individual activities, and team sports. The degree of skill may be demon-
strated through proficiency testing or by taking appropriate courses from
among electives offered by Boston-Bouve College. Major students are
assigned supervised student teaching responsibilities in elementary and
secondary schools throughout the Greater Boston area. In addition, stu-
dents increase their experience with children through their cooperative
work assignments and as counselors in summer camps.

20

Special Requirements

Approximately $85 is required for physical education uniforms. Fees
may be assessed in courses requiring highly specialized equipment, sup-
plies, or off-campus facilities. In the spring quarter of the freshman year
there is a required two-week resident program at the Warren Center. An
additional fee is charged for room and board.

Student Teaching — The requirement of student teaching is completed dur-
ing one quarter of the senior year. Students are assigned to public schools
in the Greater Boston area.

Resident Camping — Students are scheduled for their resident camp coun-
seling experience during the third- or fourth-quarter summer quarter. This
program is conducted at the Warren Center in Ashland, approximately
25 miles west of the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Cooperative Education — Under the Cooperative Plan of Education, majors
receive unique experiences after the freshman year working in Boys' Clubs,
YMCAs, YWCAs, hospitals, and community recreation programs, or under
the direction of master teachers in public schools.

Your Future

As a qualified graduate, you will be certified for positions in physical
education according to your individual career preference: teaching in
elementary and secondary schools, colleges or universities; coaching or
directing sports and athletics; or conducting seasonal camping and year-
round physical activity programs.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Physical Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

62.201 Human Movt. 30.114 English 62.249 Phys. Science

30.113 English 18.142 Biology II Found.

18.141 Biology I 50.117 Soc. Sci. II 62.203 Group Dynam.

50.116 Soc. Sci. I Gen. Studies Elect. Practicum

Prof. Skills Elect. Prof. Skills Elect. 62.215 Observ. of Stud.

Behavior
65.130 Health Prob. of
The Coll. Stud.
62.206 First Aid

Prof. Skills Elect(s).

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTO.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

21

PHYSICAL THERAPY

Description

The qualified physical therapist is a highly skilled member of the health
professions concerned with the total rehabilitation of the patient and con-
tributing to the present-day challenge of comprehensive medical care. He
(or she) carries out evaluation and treatment procedures which are care-
fully planned and directed toward helping the patient regain functional
independence. Treatment procedures include the use of heat, cold, mas-
sage, hydrotherapy, electrotherapy, and therapeutic exercise for the specific
purpose of restoring the disabled individual to the optimum of his capacity.
In addition, the responsibilities of a physical therapist may include health
planning and community service. The qualified physical therapist admin-
isters physical therapy only upon referral by a licensed physician.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences as well as
professional courses. Major emphasis is placed On liberal arts and sci-
ences in the first two years and on professional preparation in the last three
years.

Your professional studies include Anatomy, Kinesiology, Physiology.
Clinical Medicine, Pathology, Physical Therapy Procedures, and supervised
practical experience in various hospitals and clinics.

Lecturers from Tufts University School of Medicine and the New England
Medical Center, as well as from the many medical and social agencies in
the Boston area, augment the professional staff in the approved Physical
Therapy program. Graduates are eligible to take the state examination
for registration.

Special Requirements

Uniform. A basic activity uniform is required for Physical Education and
Physical Therapy laboratory classes beginning in the freshman year. White
uniforms are required at the appropriate time for supervised clinical
practice.

Your Future

The need for registered physical therapists is critical, and the opportuni-
ties for employment are unlimited and challenging. Positions are available
in general hospitals, children's hospitals, university hospitals, rehabilitation
centers, schools or centers for crippled children, and community, state, and
governmental agencies.

In addition, there are increasing opportunities in teaching and research
in physical therapy.

22

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Physical Therapy*

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.104 Fund. Math. 10.105 Fund. Math. 12.107 Gen. Chemistry

18.141 Basic An. Biology 12.106 Gen. Chemistry 18.142 Basic An. Biology

30.113 English 30.114 English 64.113 Intro. Ph. Th.

65.129 Health Education 64.111 Intro. Ph. Th. Elective

Physical Educ. Physical Educ.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

'Prerequisite subjects are concentrated in the first two years

REATION EDUCATION

Description

The recreation educator is a qualified, broadly skilled member of the
community team. He or she serves boys, girls, and adults in a recreation
center or a hospital; teaches crafts in a settlement house; develops year-
round enrichment programs in school systems and agencies for afternoon,
evening, weekend, and summer fun and learning; works in service clubs
on military bases or in the Peace Corps or the Red Cross; organizes em-
ployee and family recreation for industry and business, including vacation
periods; teaches children and youth in recreation for the mentally re-
tarded; supervises the school camping program; or directs a resident or
day camp.

Your Program of Study

The recreation educator builds tastes and talents, interests, skills, appre-
ciation, and knowledge; is sensitive to the needs of people; is a leader
dedicated to service.

Your program of study as a Recreation Education major is based in the
liberal arts and sciences, with professional education beginning in the
freshman year. Academic and professional preparation continue as parallel
programs, with electives in areas of interest, supervised field experiences
in selected settings, and cooperative opportunities.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Recreation Education majors are required to purchase pro-
fessional activity uniforms. Information is furnished at the appropriate time
by Boston-Bouve College.

Outdoor Education and Camping are integral parts of the curriculum,
with both resident and year-round opportunities in the out-of-doors.

23

Your Future

Cooperative Education offers excellent employment opportunities in
schools, hospitals, social agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Field Experiences in the junior year consist of selected placement,
qualified supervision, and graded evaluation in institutions, schools, and
hospitals, in agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Recreation Education

First Quarter

18.141 Basic Biology
29.106 Speech

Fundamentals
50.111 Social Science

63.120 Orient. Rec.

63.121 Rec. Skills I

Second Quarter

18.142 Basic Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science
63.122 Rec. Skills II

Quarter 3A

63.125 Outdoor Educ. &
Camp Leadership

Third Quarter

30.114 English
50.113 Social Science
63.123 Rec. Skills III
65.129 Health Education

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

24

r

w

X

^.

Accounting

Finance and Insurance

Industrial Relations

International Business

Management

Marketing

Small Business
Management

Transportation

Pi

■

p

^^^

r^

s

sss

i

1

i

w- ^^^^H

jSm

1 '

p^go

LS

1

1^

^■^

^^■fe

^ -

—

.^^

^^^^^^^1

James S. Hekimian, Dean

The College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study to pre-
pare men and women for positions of administrative responsibility in busi-
ness, governmental, and other organizations. Preparation for administrative
positions requires a subtlety of mind in the recognition and solution of
problems. In order to accomplish this, the business student is given a
broad understanding of business and organizational problems, as well as
first-hand knowledge of effective methods of solving them. In addition, the
broader scope of the business firm must be understood, especially its role
and responsibility in community, national, and international relations.

Aims

In keeping with the current trends in collegiate education, the educa-
tional policy of the College has the following aims:

1. To develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and
isocially desirable.

2. To cultivate an appreciation of the social, political, and economic
:developments to which the business firm must adjust and adapt.

3. To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential
to sound judgment.

4. To provide an opportunity to develop a specialization in business
in accordance with the student's interests and talents.

The Cooperative Plan is particularly helpful to the student in attaining
these goals. To accomplish these objectives, the fundamental skills and tool
subjects are dealt with in their relation to the broader context of the
business firm.

I 27

The upper-class program of study assimilates the practice of modern
business management and administration with elective courses in Liberal
Arts and other non-business areas.

The courses in the curriculum fall into four broad categories: (1) re-
quired liberal arts courses; (2) business administration core courses; (3)
courses in several business administration concentrations; and (4) elec-
tives in business administration, liberal arts, or other nonbusiness areas.

Students may decide to concentrate in Accounting, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, International Business, Marketing, Small Busi-
ness Management, or Transportation; or they may structure their own
concentrations suitable to their specific educational goals.

Method

The College makes use of the problem and the case methods of instruc-
tion in addition to the lecture and recitation system. Students should learn
to analyze every proposition, to challenge unsupported assertions, to think
independently, and to support their thinking with logic and facts. Hence,
concrete problems and cases which executives have faced in accounting,
marketing, organizing, and the like constitute a large proportion of class-
work in the upper-class years.

Degree Granted

The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree is awarded
to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Business Administration

You will find that the freshman year is devoted primarily to a survey of
the political and social institutions that significantly influence the conduct
of business and nonbusiness organizations. You will also be introduced to
a basic tool of business — accounting — and have an opportunity to choose
electives from the humanities, behavioral and social sciences, and natural'
sciences, or from history and political science. '

Throughout your upper-class programs of study other courses in the lib-
eral arts, such as philosophy, literature, history, political science, psychol-
ogy, and sociology, will be available as electives. Therefore, in addition to!
the depth of instruction provided in a business concentration, you will also]
be able to take numerous courses in the liberal arts areas. Courses in i
other colleges within Northeastern University will also be available as'
electives.

Through the Cooperative Plan, Business Administration students develop
first-hand knowledge of management practices, together with an under-
standing of the basic principles of business which have been studied In the
classroom.

Your Future

A concentration in Accounting will prepare you for professional public
accounting, as well as for positions in private industry or government service.

28 I

I

The concentrations in Finance and Insurance, Industrial Relations, Inter-
national Business, Management, Small Business Management, and Trans-
portation, when combined with the experiences gained in both business
and nonbusiness organizations on your cooperative work assignments, will
give you the experience and educational background for almost any type
of administrative position for which your interests and abilities qualify you.

The business training and experiences which you undergo during your
eight cooperative work periods will be most important factors in helping
you to determine the specific type of work and kind of organization with
which you would like to be associated after graduation.

An increasing number of qualified graduates of the College of Business
Administration see fit to continue their formal education in graduate pro-
grams in order to extend their professional and research abilities to better
serve employers in business and industry or to prepare themselves for
careers in college-level teaching.

Students who plan to continue their formal education by enrolling in a
law school after graduation will find that the undergraduate program in the
College of Business Administration provides an excellent foundation. Many
careers in law are directly involved in the business world: in large corpora-
tions or in private practice. The College's curriculum provides a broad
understanding of the business environment, as well as specific skills in the
problems of operating a business in the socio-legal environment.

While the Association of American Law Schools does not recommend
particular courses or curricula for prelegal students, it does advise that
undergraduates build skills in comprehension and oral expression; critical
understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law
deals; and the development of the creative power of thinking. The flexi-
bility and liberal arts content of Northeastern's Business Administration
curriculum allows a student to fulfill these requirements, while at the same
time acquiring a specialized skill in and knowledge of the field of business
management.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Business Administration

First Quarter Secor^d Quarter Third Quarter

19.105 Psychology 19.106 Psychology Liberal Arts

Liberal Arts 10.124 Math. Elective

Elective Liberal Arts 10.125 Math.

30.113 English Elective 30.114 English

49.100 Intro, to Business 41.111 Accounting 41.112 Accounting

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

k

29

ACCOUNTING

Description

Accounting encompasses a broad range of activities. These include all
phases of record-keeping, internal reporting, financial planning, cost con-
trol; the design and installation of systems and procedures; and the appli-
cation of electronic and other modern business methods to these activities.

Type of Work

Accounting is the second largest field of professional employment for
men. Of more than 400,000 accountants and auditors engaged in profes-
sional accounting work, over 60,000 are certified public accountants who
have passed rigorous examinations prescribed by law in their states. The
certified public accountant has been called "the guardian of the con-
science of the business community."

Your Program of Study

Accountants in any of the three major fields of employment — public,
private, and government — may specialize in such areas as auditing, tax
work, cost accounting, budgeting and control, or systems and procedures.
The Federal Government employs accountants as Internal Revenue
agents, investigators, and bank examiners, as well as in regular account-
ing positions.

Accounting, the nerve center of business today and one of the fastest-
growing professions in the United States, is an exacting field. It seeks men
and women who like to solve mathematical problems, who enjoy working
with statistics, who are accurate, and who enjoy the process of reasoning
and interpretation which characterizes accounting.

You will spend the first year surveying the political and social institu-
tions that underlie the conduct of business. As you approach your second
year, you will consult with your faculty adviser and your coordinator from
the Department of Cooperative Education about your work assignment.

In the Accounting concentration, your courses may include such techni-
cal subjects as Accounting Theory and Practice, Cost Accounting, Auditing,
and Taxes, along with Economic Problems, Statistical Analysis, Govern-
ment Regulations, and General Studies.

MARKETING

Description

Without successful marketing and advertising, the products of industry
remain unsold. More and more companies are finding that today's tempo
of progress and high levels of production require up-to-date techniques
of marketing to generate an increasing volume of sales.

30

Your Program of Study

A business organization not only designs and produces products, but
must also market and sell them — to manufacturers, to wholesalers, to re-
tail stores, and to consumers. With a concentration in Marketing, this is
what you will study in class.

Weekly meetings of the Advertising Club and the student chapter of the
American Marketing Association give you an opportunity to further your
interests in these areas and to discuss issues with leaders in these fields.

In a variety of courses, by lectures and class discussion, through analysis
of case material and preparation of written reports, you will learn how goods
and services are marketed.

Your Future

You will find marketing a challenging field . . . one that puts responsi-
bility squarely on the shoulders of the individual ... a field that rewards
maturity of judgment together with effectiveness in getting results ... a
field that increasingly leads to executive and top administrative posts. The
Cooperative Plan is particularly valuable in preparing young men and
women for careers In marketing.

ANCE AND INSURANCE

Aims

The Finance and Insurance concentration of Northeastern's College of
Business Administration has two chief objectives:

1. To provide a series of courses that will acquaint you with the tech-
nical aspects of all fields of finance and the fundamentals of insur-
ance, and

2. To provide a broad, general knowledge of the field of business.

Type of Work

Today there is a real need for young men and women who have been
well trained in investment analysis and investment management. Other
opportunities may be found in banking, with brokerage firms or with in-
vestment trusts, in business forecasting, or with an insurance company.
Business leaders are seeking for administrative positions young men and
women not only competent in the basic skills of communication and in tech-
nical knowledge, but also endowed with the knowledge and skills of finance
and management.

Northeastern University is ideally located to train young men and women
for work in these important fields. The City of Boston, a leading center of
finance and insurance, does a great volume of trust work — the managing
of estates and investment programs for other people.

31

Your Program of Study

As a sophomore, you will study Introduction to Finance, together with
introductory courses in other business fields. Specialization will occur In
the upper years, as you study advanced courses in insurance, investments,
and security markets. Other courses, particularly in the broad field of eco-
nomics, are available to provide a well-rounded education.

Your Future

Financial institutions perform indispensable services for present-day
business and industry. A list of these institutions must include banks,
insurance companies, investment houses, credit concerns, financial ex-
changes, business forecasting organizations, financial service institutions,
mortgage companies, national and local real estate brokerage firms,
and appraisers.

There are career opportunities in all areas of business, industry and
government, where financial planning and operation are a vital necessity.

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Aims

Industrial relations personnel, working closely with engineers and pro-
duction supervisors, are primarily concerned with workers as people. They
must, therefore, become skillful in the art of human relations. The program
in Industrial Relations will lay a sound base for the development of this skill.

Type of Work

Industrial Relations is closely related to Management. If you were to
choose this program of studies, you might be employed as a supervisor in
job analysis or placement, employment interviewing, industrial accident
prevention, public relations, labor-management relations, training or recre-
ational programs for employees, or psychological and aptitude testing.
You might supervise an employee suggestion system, or direct a company
training program. Responsibility for the development of industrial publi-
cations is usually carried by members of the industrial relations staff.

The day is past when "anyone" can direct labor-management relations.
Therefore, a host of opportunities exists in this field, the human side of
conducting a business. Both unions and management offer a wide selec-
tion of positions in personnel, bargaining, wage administration, and public
relations. The government, too, has many openings for men and women
who have taken this program of studies.

Your Program of Study

After the freshman year your program of studies will include such courses
as Labor Economics, Personnel and Industrial Relations, Collective Bar-i
gaining, and Labor Law.

32

ITERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Aims

Several factors in recent years have contributed to a rapidly increased
need for qualified people in the field of international business. The growth
of multinational firms, expansion of international trade, and the growth
of regional international trading blocs have created a shortage of skilled
managers who are qualified in analyzing the complexities of international
business problems. This concentration aims at developing students to meet
these management needs.

Your Program of Study

Students who choose this concentration will develop an understanding
of the environmental, economic, political, and social constraints impinging
on international business. They will also develop skills in analyzing the
financial, marketing, and operational strategy of the multinational firm.

The curriculum of the College of Business Administration provides an
opportunity for the student concentrating in International Business to com-
plement his business studies with liberal arts electives appropriate to the
understanding of international relations. These can include studies in the
modern languages, political science, international economics, and the
geography and history of the world's nation-states.

Your Future

Careers in international business are available in most companies which
carry on trade or manufacturing operations in foreign countries. An in-
creasing number of multinational firms are requiring that candidates for
their top management positions have gained experience in international
operations. Large banks and insurance companies also need managers
who understand international business.

Students following this concentration may find employment opportunities
both in the United States and in foreign locations. Needless to say, the op-
portunity for foreign travel is frequently available. The government, trade
associations, and large unions also provide employment opportunities for
students who have studied international business.

XNAGEMENT

Aims

The curriculum in Management is designed to appeal to you if your in-
terests lie in the broad areas of business rather than in more spe-
cialized fields.

It seeks to encourage the breadth and depth of vision demanded for
successful business leadership in a highly complex society.

33

Your Program of Study

As a student who concentrates in Management, you will study accounting
as a tool of management rather than as a means of developing proficiency
as an accountant. You will study several areas of marketing to gain a better
appreciation of its role in business operations. Likewise, the role of a
sound human-relations program in the modern business organization will
be considered. In addition, you will study problems relating to the physical
aspects of management: the plant, its facilities, its internal organization,
and the problems involved in the production of goods and services.

The courses in Management vary a great deal in their content and in the
way they are taught. Several courses of study pertain to theory and are con-
ducted on a straight lecture basis. Other courses, especially in the last
two years of college, afford an opportunity for research, new ideas, and
self-expression. Together, these courses will provide a foundation for a
successful career in management.

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Aims

The concentration in Small Business Management is offered to provide
students who plan to operate their own businesses with an opportunity to
develop skills necessary for the effective management of small enterprises.

Your Program of Study

Students following the Small Business Management concentration will
take courses which will develop their ability to find and evaluate business
opportunities, to secure adequate sources of funds, and to organize and
manage the various facets of the small business: marketing, manufacturing,
finance and control, and personnel.

Your Future

Small business management presents a student with the opportunity to
prepare for a career in which he can be involved in the management of
business while maintaining a significant degree of autonomy and inde-
pendence. Some students will enter this career at graduation, or sometimes
even before it. However, many find that first they will obtain experience
through their cooperative work and postgraduate employment prior to
establishing their own enterprise.

TRANSPORTATION

Description

The need for qualified people in the field of transportation and business
logistics has increased rapidly in recent years. In the industrial setting, con-

34

tinued emphasis on cost control and the pressures of widespread distribu-
tion have created a demand for personnel who understand the dynamics of
logistical function, involving inventory control, warehousing, and trans-
portation, and the interaction of these activities with other functional
operations.

Growing concern with the economic and service conditions of the trans-
portation industry has created many governmental positions with Federal,
state, and local agencies which are engaged in policy development and
administration. Similarly, carriers such as airlines, railroads, and trucking
companies are interested in hiring those familiar with the operational and
regulatory-oriented aspects of their business. Employment opportunities
may also be found in consulting and teaching.

Your Program of Study

Course offerings in Transportation and Business Logistics are sequenced
so that students who desire only an introductory exposure to the field
may take one or several courses as part of a broader business background.
However, a sufficient number of courses will be offered to enable students
to choose a concentration in Transportation and Business Logistics in
preparation for a career in this field. By electing a specific combination
of courses, students may tailor their program to meet the requirements of
several of the previously mentioned occupations.

The graduate of the College of
Criminal Justice must be pre-
pared to judge objectively the
many socio-economic problems
inherent in the administration of
justice in contemporary Ameri-
can society. Obsolete and intel-
lectually antiquated methods of
administering justice have no
place in the modern world.

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean

The College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice, first of its kind in New England and the
only one In the nation operating on the Cooperative Plan of Education,
opened in the fall of 1967.

Methods of police administration, law enforcement, forensic science,
rehabilitation, and corrections are changing drastically to cope with con-
temporary developments; and those who intend to become professionally
engaged in these important services, as well as in other areas of social
and community service to society, now need much more formal education
than in the past.

Aims

A grant of $90,000 has been made by the Ford Foundation in partial
support of the program. The purpose of the five-year curriculum is to pre-
pare students for careers in law enforcement, corrections, rehabilitation,
and delinquency prevention.

It is Northeastern University's hope and expectation that the College of
Criminal Justice will make a substantial contribution to the education of
professional personnel in these important services in the years ahead and
thus will provide a real service to community, state, and nation.

Co-opportunities

After your freshman year, consisting of 36 weeks of full-time study, you
will alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of paid em-
ployment in cooperative work assignments. You will find that a wide range
of assignments will be available to you, including work in ballistics and

37

chemical laboratories, record and identification bureaus, planning and
community relations groups, and a number of private and public agencies
associated with problems of a criminal justice nature.

Most cooperative work opportunities are In New England, but there are
also many elsewhere in Federal, state, and local agencies, as well as in
private business and industry.

At the successful completion of your program, you will be awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice.

Your Program of Study

As shown below, you will study Political Science, English, Economics,
Psychology, Sociology, and Criminal Justice as a freshman. You may also
elect to take Basic ROTC Training or Physical Education.

In subsequent years you make take such professional courses as Criminal
Investigation, Evidence and Court Procedure, Criminalistics, Corrections,
Police-Community Relations, Criminal Law, Civil Liberties, Law Enforce-
ment Administration, Rehabilitation, and Research Methods.

Your professional study will also include many liberal content courses,
giving you a broad, general background in the liberal arts and behavior-
istic sciences.

Your Future

The College of Criminal Justice prepares young men and women for
professional careers in law enforcement and corrections. The curriculum
has been designed primarily for students interested in municipal and state
police service and correction agencies. However, Federal agencies and
industrial security operations in private industry also offer many challenging
and rewarding opportunities. It is expected that a number of graduates will
choose to pursue advanced study in academic fields such as social work,
criminology, law, and public administration.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Criminal Justice

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

21.100 Principles of Soc. 19.105 Found, of Psych. 19.106 Psychology

30.113 English 22.101 Intro, to Pol. Sci. 22.102 Intro, to Pol. Sci.

39.115 Economics 30.114 English 39.116 Economics

92.201 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.202 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.203 Hist, of Crim. Just.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

38

f

N

Elementary Education

With a concentration in one of the
following:

Humanities
Social Science
Mathematics-Science
Reading-Language
Special Education

Secondary Education

With a major in one of the following:

Earth Sciences

English

Social Studies

Mathematics

General Science

Biology

Chemistry

Physics

Modern Languages

Special Program

Speech and Hearing Therapy.

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean

The College of Education

Aims and Programs

The general objective of the College of Education is to develop teachers
adequate to do America's most important work — guiding the young to
maturity.

All programs in Teacher Education are built upon a broad liberal arts
base. Professional competence is added to this understanding of our own
and past culture. The College believes that an effective elementary teacher
requires this broad, liberal experience as a base for professional develop-
ment.

Secondary education students should be prepared to continue graduate
work either in education or in the major subject-matter area.

The course of study in Teacher Education has several distinctive fea-
tures. A unified professional sequence starts in the first year with social
science (Anthropology and Sociology) and continues in the second year
with Human Development and Learning. In the third year this program in-
cludes the Analysis of Teaching; in the fourth year, Methods and Materials
(in specific subject fields), and Measurement and Evaluation; and in the
fifth year, Backgrounds of American Education (history and philosophy).

Secondary School Preparation

If you are preparing for secondary school teaching, you must meet the
same requirements in your major field as a student in a liberal arts pro-
gram (30 semester hours above the freshman year). You have a choice of
English, Social Studies, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General
Science, Earth Sciences, or Modern Languages. If you wish to major in

41

Modern Languages, you must continue in college with one language
studied previously and add a second one. (See page 43.)

A special program in Speech and Hearing Therapy also is available.

Elementary School Preparation

If you are enrolled in Elementary Education, you must complete 40
quarter hours in one of the following areas:

A. Science and Mathematics (biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics,
natural science, physics).

B. Humanities (art, drama, literature, languages, excluding freshman
English and elementary modern language, music, philosophy, speech).

C. Social Sciences (economics, history, political science, psychology,
sociology-anthropology).

D. Language-Reading (modern language, linguistics, semantics, speech
and hearing, reading, literature).

E. Special Education (mental retardation, emotional disturbance, psy-
chology of personality, abnormal psychology, sociology, industrial
arts and crafts, rehabilitation).

In addition to the sequence of professional education courses listed
above, preparation Is given in the content and methodology of arithmetic,
reading, language arts, social studies, arts and crafts, music, science, and
physical education.

The Teacher Aide Program

Opportunities are steadily increasing for selected students to participate
as employees of cooperating school departments. If your record justifies
your selection, you will assist in administrative as well as instructional
functions. Thus you will enjoy a unique opportunity to develop broad view-
points and gain rich experience which will greatly enhance your con-
fidence and effectiveness as a teacher.

Degrees

The College of Education will award the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education to those who successfully complete the program of prepara-
tion for teaching at elementary or secondary school levels.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Education

There are several programs of study in the freshman year, depending
upon your field of interest. Common to all programs are English and social
science. Specific courses for each major are shown on the following pages.

42

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Nonscience Fields

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION/SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY/
ENGLISH/SOCIAL STUDIES/MODERN LANGUAGES

Mathematics or a modern language may be substituted lor Political Science upon approval ol the
dean during orientation week.

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

16.104 Earth Science 16.105 Earth Science 23.102 Western Civ.

22.101 Political Science* 22.102 Political Science* 30.114 English

30.113 English 23.101 Western Civ. 50.113 Social Science

50.111 Social Science 50.112 Social Science Elective

'Students may substitute Basic Mathematics or a modern language for Political
Science.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

EMENTARY EDUCATION

Your Program of Study

Each student must complete a concentration in one of the following
subject-matter areas: social science, the humanities, science and mathe-
matics, language-reading, or special education. The social science field
includes anthropology-sociology, history, political science, economics. The
humanities include literature, art, music, philosophy, and foreign languages.
Special education includes studies in those areas of psychology and
sociology most concerned with mental retardation, emotional disturbance,
and rehabilitation.

Other courses provide the necessary professional equipment of the
teacher. They include Human Development and Learning, Analysis of Teach-
ing, Methods and Materials in Elementary Science, Arithmetic, Reading,
Language Arts, Arts and Crafts, Music, Social Studies, Physical Education,
Evaluation and Measurement, and Backgrounds of American Education.

The program culminates in a quarter of supervised student teaching in
the senior year. Elementary Education students are assigned to a grade
in a public elementary school and work under the supervision of the regu-
lar classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member. They will be
actually teaching a good share of the time and observing and assisting the
I critic teacher the rest of the time.

ji Your Future

1} Many persons are content to make a career of classroom teaching in

1,1 the elementary school and find this a completely rewarding vocation.

43

others are interested in qualifying eventually for administrative positions,
supervisory positions, or careers in the special education of exceptional
children. Such persons will want to go into graduate work to prepare
themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for in-service
teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while continuing
their regular employment as classroom teachers.

With the added experience gained from Northeastern's unique Teacher
Aide Program and the opportunity to not only learn the mechanics of your
profession but to also make invaluable contacts with various school sys-
tems, you should be in an enviable position to find the type of teaching
opportunity for which you are best qualified and trained.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Description

As a Secondary Education major (English, Social Studies, Earth
Sciences, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General Science, f^athematics,
Modern Languages), you will teach several classes daily in your main field
or in one or two related subjects.

Type of Work

In addition to giving 20 or 30 hours of classroom work per week, you
will have many other duties — which always are part of a teacher's job —
from correcting papers and planning programs to interviewing parents or
directing extracurricular activities.

Your Program of Study

The sequence of professional education courses is essentially the same
for both elementary and secondary teachers. Turn to pages 43 and 46 for
your program of study. The program culminates in a quarter of supervised
student teaching in the senior year. Under the supervision of a regular
classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member, you will teach
three or more classes a day in a public senior or junior high school.

Your Future

Most persons who have mastered a secondary school subject look for-
ward to teaching in the classroom for many years. Some, however, desire
to move eventually into administrative or supervisory positions, or into
the field of guidance. Such persons will want to go into graduate work to
prepare themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for
in-service teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while
continuing their regular employment as classroom teachers.

44

•EECH AND HEARING THERAPY

Description

The profession of speech pathology and audiology (speech and hearing
therapy) is concerned with problems and disorders of human communi-
cation as manifested in the processes of speech and hearing. It is devoted
to providing clinical services to children and adults, as well as to related
basic and applied research. Some personnel concern themselves primarily
with speech disorders or with hearing disorders; nevertheless, speech
and hearing are so interrelated that professional competency requires
familiarity with both.

Such terms as speech correctionist and speech and hearing therapist
have been used to identify professional persons; however, the American
Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA), the national scientific and pro-
fessional organization devoted to encouraging basic study of the processes
of speech and hearing, recommends the use of speech pathologist (or
speech clinician) and audiologist.

Type of Work

Duties vary constantly with the individual and the setting. Most individ-
uals will be engaged in two or more of the following types of activity:
Clinical: evaluation of the speech and/or hearing impairment by a wide
variety of diagnostic procedures, followed, when indicated, by a thera-
peutic program. These activities involve cooperative endeavor with many
specialists — physicians, educators, psychologists, social workers, rehabili-
tation workers, etc. Research: those pursuits which seek to increase
basic understanding of the complex processes of speech and hearing.
Teaching: primary concern of members of college and university facul-
ties. Administration: constitutes some responsibility of most individuals in
this profession.

These duties are carried on in clinical service centers, hospitals, public
school systems, health departments, colleges and universities, industry,
research centers, and private practice.

Your Program of Study

In your upper-class years, you will have such subjects as: Science of
Voice and Speech, Introduction to Speech Pathology, Introduction to Audi-
ology, Psychology, Phonetics, Clinical Practice, Dynamics of Language
Development, Psychological Speech Disorders, Speech Reading and Audi-
tory Training, and Organic Voice and Speech Disorders.

Your freshman-year program of studies as a major in Speech and Hear-
ing Therapy will be found on page 43.

Your Future

There is a great demand for speech pathologists and audiologists in the

45

United States. The employment outlook is especially favorable for speech
clinicians in public schools.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of General Science, Earth Sciences, or Biology

First Quarter

10.101 Basic Math.

or Calculus
12.106 Gen. Chem.
18.131 Basic Animal

Biology
50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL
Second Quarter
10.102 Basic Math.

18.132 Basic Animal

Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter
10.103 Basic Math.

12.107 General Chem.
30.114 English
50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Mathematics or Physics

First Quarter

10.181 Calculus
11.117 Physics
30.113 English
50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.182 Calculus
11.118 Physics
23.102 Western Civ.
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.183 Algebra

11.119 Physics

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of Chemistry

First Quarter

10.150 Calculus

12.103 General Chem.

18.131 Biology

30.113 English

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.151 Calculus

12.104 General Chem.

18.132 Biology

50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.152 Linear Algebra

12.105 Analytical Chem.

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

46

f

Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

General Engineering

^^-

I

Melvin Mark, Dean

The College of Engineering

The College of Engineering prepares students to participate constructively
in a technologically changing world, contributing to the accumulation and
application of new knowledge as professional engineers. Fundamentals
are emphasized to provide the future engineer with the basic technical
knowledge that will enable him to practice in a variety of positions. At the
same time study of the social sciences and humanities provides an op-
portunity to develop an awareness of the social, economic, political,
aesthetic, and philosophical influences that are part of the context in
which he will practice his profession.

Aims

The concept of education as a continuing, lifelong process necessary
for effective work in an environment of constantly new facts, ideas, and
scientific principles underlies the complete structure of the engineering
curriculum.

Engineering education is directed toward assisting you to:

1. Understand the scientific principles and knowledge of that particu-
lar branch of engineering you may choose.

2. Comprehend and develop competence in the engineering method
and its application.

> 3. Communicate effectively and succinctly the important results of
any technical study both verbally and graphically.
4. Acquire the motivation for continuing professional growth.

49

Women in Engineering

More women are entering the field of engineering each year, recog-
nizing the opportunities present. Aware of their qualifications and potential,
industry and government provide positions of responsibility for competent
woman engineers. Any woman with scientific or technical interests should
consider the many possibilities offered in engineering.

Degrees Granted

The College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year pro-
grams of study leading to Bachelor of Science degrees in Chemical, Civil,
Electrical, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Engineering

The freshman year in Engineering consists of the prescribed courses shown
in the program below. Study during the first year will build your understand-
ing of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your ability to
communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means. Since the first year
of study is identical for all Engineering students, you may change your
choice of engineering specialization at the end of your freshman year with-
out loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies ,
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the engineer-
ing sciences and introduce you to the engineering method and its ap-
plication. About four fifths of your upper-class program is devoted to
scientific and technological study, and about one fifth to humanistic-social
courses, with the aim of balancing your growing technical proficiency
with a similar development of your appreciation of the nontechnical as-
pects of society and culture.

Cooperative work in the branch of engineering which you choose will
begin upon completion of your freshman year and continue throughout
your remaining upper-class years. Your work assignments during this time
will prove to be most valuable in helping you to integrate the important
elements of both an engineering and a liberal education. They will be in-
strumental in teaching you the value of teamwork while, at the same time,
helping you acquire insight into the problems of actual engineering practice.

Your Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the College of Engineeringt

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.152 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

* 9.106 Basic Eng. ** 9.107 Basic Eng. *M2.115 General Cham.

*30.114 Intro, to Lit. M2.114 General Chem. **30.115 Great Themes

In Lit.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

fFor information and specimen program in General Engineering, see pages 61 and 62.
'First lialf of a two-quarter sequence. ** Second tialf of a two-quarter sequence.

50

With respect to the courses in Basic Engineering, Chemistry, and Literature, as
indicated by * and **, only two of these three are tal<en in any given quarter. The
order in which these courses are taken will vary according to the section in which
students are enrolled. At no time are first-year students required to carry more than
four freshman courses.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

I1ICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Chemical engineering has grown out of the discoveries in the chemical
laboratories, which have served as a foundation for a great many new
industries whose production processes involve chemical as well as
physical changes.

Petroleum refining, plastics, manufacture of synthetic fibers, and hun-
dreds of other industries require men and women trained in chemistry as
well as in engineering. Moreover, much of the training received by the
chemical engineer is now being applied to the rapidly developing fields of
nuclear engineering, space engineering, and environmental controls. Many
older industries, such as foods, textiles, paints and varnishes, and leather
are also employing chemical engineers.

Type of Work

The chemical engineer has been defined as a "professional man ex-
perienced in the design, construction, and operation of plants in which
materials undergo chemical and physical change." It is the task of the
chemical engineer to reduce the costs, increase production, and improve
the quality of the products in the industry.

Your Program of Study

After you have taken the fundamental courses in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics required of all Engineering students, you will go on to ad-
vanced courses which apply these fundamentals to the solution of engi-
neering problems. These upper-class courses are a skillful blend of the
latest mathematical and theoretical analysis with the practical aspects of
the profession.

I Your instructors in the Department of Chemical Engineering have ob-
itained advanced degrees in this field and are directing research programs
aimed at solving tomorrow's problems in the area of chemical engineering.

Advanced degree programs, M.S., Ph.D., and D.Eng., available in the
IDepartment enhance the undergraduate training.

; Since the field of chemical engineering is so varied, your program of
|Study has been designed to provide you with a broad training in which

' 51

fundamental principles are stressed. This training will enable you to ac-
climate yourself readily to graduate school or to whatever industry you
may choose.

Your Future

Chemical engineering is one of the fastest-growing major fields of
engineering.

The reason is tremendous growth of research and development, espe-
cially in such fields as petroleum and chemicals (about one third of all
chemical engineers are employed in these fields).

Demand for good chemical engineers is expected to continue in the
foreseeable future. Biggest demand is being made by chemical and petro-
leum industries.

Other opportunities exist in government agencies, consulting firms, and
in college teaching.

Chemical Engineering Laboratories

The chemical engineering laboratories are designed to acquaint the
student with the experimental approach to the solution of engineering
problems and to develop research interests.

Experimental Methods Laboratories — The student is first taught the
basic measurements in engineering with emphasis on temperatures, pres-
sure, and flow rate. Following this, he is given problems in such areas as
transport properties, kinetics, thermodynamics, and process dynamics,
which he must solve experimentally. He is required to design the experi-
ment, conduct it, reduce the data using computers, and to write a final
report. In the experiments he uses pilot scale chemical engineering equip-
ment when applicable.

Research Laboratories— Used by advanced undergraduates and gradu-
ate students to carry out research in the various areas of chemical engi-
neering. Analytical laboratories and shop facilities are available to support
these research projects.

The Nuclear Engineeririg Laboratory — This laboratory contains a
subcritical-reactor purchased in part from funds supplied by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission. The assembly is fueled with natural uranium
and is water-moderated.

The installation also includes a reactor simulator which has the same
type of instrument panel and gives the same responses and reactions as
any critical reactor in the country.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Description

"Civil engineers influence the quality of life by shaping the environment
and by effecting the ecology."'

• From Statement of Policy on Environmental Systems by the American Society of Civil Engineers.

52

Civil engineering deals with the conceiving, planning, designing, con-
structing, and operating of environmental systems in the air, on water, and
on land. Each project or system is unique, designed to fit the particular
requirements of a single location and purpose. These projects or systems
help shape man's environment by making beneficial use of his natural
resources. Competent design solutions represent the most economical solu-
tions, with due regard to a structure's effect on the environment and its
satisfactory performance during its design life.

In general, civil engineering work includes housing, transportation, and
communications; and more specifically, highways, airports, spaceports,
pipelines, rail lines, bridges, dams, irrigation works, water treatment plants
and distribution systems, wastewater treatment and recovery plants, air
pollution treatment, solid waste disposal operations, and the design of
buildings of all sizes for all purposes.

Traditionally, civil engineers have been leaders of an interdisciplinary
approach to the improvement and protection of environmental quality. They
will continue to work toward this betterment as they improve and develop
the science and technology necessary to provide broad and fundamental
benefits for an improving quality of life and a social consciousness to match
their technical know-how.

Type of Work

Civil engineering is as old as civilization itself and, until recent times,
it embraced all phases of engineering except those of a military character.
Today its major branches include topographical, municipal, railroad, high-
way, structural, hydraulic, and environmental engineering.

Civil engineers work with facts rather than fancies, but also work on
problems for which the answers are not known and for which there are
likely to be several possible solutions. They must have imagination and be
Inventive and not be afraid of the unknown or untried.

Civil engineers work to improve man's environment; they help produce
industrial plants, great public works, housing, bases for space exploration
and travel, and transportation networks. The work areas range from the
cities to the wilderness, in developed and developing countries, and from
the equator to the polar regions.

Your Program of Study

Since the first step in every civil engineering project involves accurate
measurement of the surface features of the land, of the nature of the soil,
and of the character of the underlying rock, the study of Surveying and
related subjects, such as Geology and Soil Mechanics, will be included in
your program of study.

You will also study in detail such subjects as the Mechanics of Static
Bodies, Strength of Materials, and Theory of Structures, since the primary
consideration in designing any structure is to make certain that it will
safely withstand any force to which it may be subjected.

I 53

Your program of study is thus intended to prepare you for graduate
school or to take up the work of design and construction of structures,
and to solve the problems of water supply and waste water disposal, along
with other problems of pollution of our environment. You will also learn to
undertake intelligently the supervision of work in allied fields of engineer-
ing and in general contracting.

Your Future

Your work as a civil engineer will be relevant to man's present culture
and future needs.

Largest employment field: Federal, state, and local government agencies.

Second largest group: construction and consulting engineering offices.

Other major employers: public utilities, railroads, banks, finance, insur-
ance and real estate firms, colleges and universities.

Civil Engineering Laboratories

The Cement and Concrete Testing Laboratories, among the finest in the
United States, are equipped to conduct the standard physical tests in
cement and concrete as specified by the American Society for Testing
Materials. Additional equipment is available for research work. The re-
search facilities are used in conjunction with others throughout the United
States and Canada for work of the A.S.T.M. technical committees.

Ttie Hydraulics Laboratory is designed as a teaching aid and is used in
conjunction with hydraulics courses.

The Environmental Engineering Laboratories are used by both under-
graduate and graduate students. The laboratories are fully equipped to
perform any analysis on the examination of water, waste water, and in-
dustrial wastes. Research in many areas is also conducted.

The Air Sampling and Analysis Laboratory contains sophisticated equip-
ment for sampling and conducting physical and chemical analysis of pollu-
tants in the atmosphere.

The Soil Testing Laboratory is equipped to conduct the usual tests re-
quired to evaluate soil as a construction material and is also equipped
and used for research.

Surveying Equipment is complete and is capable of coping with the
most complex surveying projects encountered in engineering, including
the electronic method (geodimeter) of measuring linear distances.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Electrical engineering today embraces a continually widening sphere of
activity. It ranges in scope from laboratory and theoretical studies in ap-
plied physics to the economic design of communications and energy sys-j
tems, serving not only the land-based requirements of entire continents
but also the needs of space exploration.

54

Because electrical properties, concepts, instrumentation, and control
are basic to much of modern technology, the electrical engineer is often
engaged in interdisciplinary activities. Examples are biomedical elec-
tronics, electro-optics, and machine translation of languages.

Type of Work

Research and development, feasibility studies, design, supervision of
manufacturing or installation, and operation — all involving electrical de-
vices, components, or systems of components — make up the typical work
of the electrical engineer.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering obtains much of its impetus from pioneer-
ing developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will start
with fundamental courses in mathematics, physics, and chemistry. In the
Department of Electrical Engineering, your courses will be divided into
five related sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control;
electronics and communications, including an introduction to solid-state
physics; electromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy con-
version, emphasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work asso-
ciated with all of the foregoing.

In the senior year, engineering electives are offered in order that you
may have the experience of depth and specialization.

Power Systems Engineering

A program in Power Systems Engineering is conducted in cooperation
with electric power companies in New England and other eastern states.
The master's degree can be obtained in six years of cooperative education.
Students should write to Philip R. McCabe, Director of Admissions, for
further information.

Your Future

Employment opportunities are found both in large industrial companies
and small business firms. Satisfying jobs exist in the great university, in-
dustrial, and government laboratories.

Advanced degrees and continuing education courses beyond the bacca-
laureate degree will be of increasing importance to those who wish to prac-
tice electrical engineering as a profession. For others whose inclinations
are directed toward science and technology but who do not intend to prac-
tice electrical engineering professionally, an undergraduate education in
this field is an excellent preparation for a variety of careers. Some electrical
engineering graduates enter graduate programs in the biomedical field,
computer sciences, and other related areas. Still others enter industry and
graduate toward management positions in technically oriented companies.

55

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned
after a composite of typical industrial research and development labora-
tories. Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equip-
ment, the laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the
student may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been
studied in his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
terms, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of a digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the lab-
oratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own
study efforts.

The laboratory program consists of six courses. The first is devoted to
contemporary measurement techniques involving wide-band oscilloscopes,
various test generators, elementary potentiometric systems, and studies
of nonlinear devices. The second course is designed to demonstrate the
significance of device parameters, which must be experimentally deter-
mined to characterize devices completely for incorporation into systems.
The third course shows methods of testing to establish significant com-
parisons of experimental models with analytical models.

The remaining courses depend largely on the individual student. More
than one third of the laboratory program is devoted to laboratory projects
in which students devise and carry out experimental studies under the
guidance of faculty members and laboratory instructors.

Spacious and well-lighted, the laboratories are operated from early
morning to late evening, giving students the utmost freedom in pursuing
their experimental interests in electrical engineering.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Description

Industrial engineering, one of the most rapidly expanding fields of engi-
neering, is concerned with the design, control, and operation of productive
systems along with manufacturing and service organizations.

The recognition that many management problems can be formulated and
solved with the aid of mathematical or scientific methods has created a
demand for men and women with training in engineering and science to
assume administrative responsibility in industry. Today industrial engineers
are found not only in manufacturing, but also in government service, hos-
pitals, banks, transportation, law, medicine, research, and many other
areas requiring broad engineering and managerial skills. |

56

Should I Study Industrial Engineering?

Do you like to work with things: e.g., machines and automobiles? Do you
like to experiment and make changes? Do you like to get results through
working with people? Do you like (can you tolerate) mathematics and sci-
ence? Do you like to plan projects before doing them? Do you like to save
money? If you answer "yes" to many of these questions, you should con-
sider Industrial Engineering as a concentration.

What Is Industrial Engineering?

Everyone knows what a kitchen is and what activities take place there.
Let us draw the following comparisons between what the industrial engineer
does and activities in the kitchen.

Kitchen Activities

1. Timing preparation of a meal so that
all items are cooked and ready at
mealtime

2. Location of stove, sink, refrigerator,
etc. in the kitchen

3. Moving hot and cold foods from
kitchen to dining room and return-
ing dirty dishes

4. Arranging ingredients and cooking
utensils for the preparation of a pie

5. Persuading the children to wash the
dishes

6. Checking the quality of job the chil-
dren do at dish washing

7. Determining the quantity of can
goods to stock in the pantry

Industrial Engineering Activities
1. Production scheduling

2. Facilities planning and plant layout

3. Materials handling of production
items

4. Arranging a work place with proper
tools and materials to perform an
assembly easily — work design

5. Personnel relations

6. Quality control of production items

7. Inventory control of goods

Your Program of Study

The extensive sequence in physics, mathematics, and engineering sci-
ences in your program sharply differentiates your education from that of the
student of business management.

Your first two years will be devoted primarily to building a strong foun-
dation through the study of mathematics, physics, English, chemistry, and
the engineering sciences.

In your junior and senior years more advanced subjects will be In-
cluded. Among these are statistics, probability, operations research, qual-
ity control, computer science, management information systems, and
plant layout.

57

Your Future

Occupational outlook: excellent

Factors in your favor as an industrial engineer will be:

1. Expansion of automation.

2. Increasing complexity of industrial operations.

3. Vital role of the industrial engineer in reducing costs and increasing
productivity.

4. Increasing acceptability in nonmanufacturing business: e.g., hos-
pitals, newspapers, airlines, and other service industries.

Integrated Industrial Engineering Laboratories

The facility provides resources for students to work on projects in the
area of plant arrangement and tool location, and studies of production
equipment. Students work as individuals or in groups at the projects, de-
pending on the scope and complexity of the problem. Extensive laboratory
project work is also conducted in outside industrial plants and service
organizations on actual problems, combined with occasional plant visits
to view actual operations.

The Computer

Students are required to learn basic computer programming in their
first year. In later years they are asked to solve complex problems by
computer. The University Computation Center provides a service to the
student where he can leave his program at the Computation Center. An
experienced computer expert will then run the program on a high-speed
digital computer and, in a short time, the student can pick up his results.
The computer is of particular interest to the industrial engineer, since
many complex problems such as assembly line balancing, mathematical
modeling, and industrial simulations require a computer solution.

For further information about the Industrial Engineering curriculum, com-
municate with the Chairman, Department of Industrial Engineering, in
590 United Realty Building, or call (617) 437-2740.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Mechanical engineering has been traditionally defined as that branch
of engineering which is concerned with design, development, and manu-
facture of machines which do work or produce power. Included are such
well-known machines as the internal combustion engine, heating and air
conditioning systems, machine tools, printing presses, and rolling mills.
What is not generally appreciated is the role which the mechanical engi-
neer plays in developing new machines which operate in unique ways under
special conditions. For example, the space program requires engines]
which operate in the vacuum of outer space; power supplies for satellites]

58 J

which operate reliably for long periods of time on a single charge of fuel;
and materials to survive the severe conditions of reentry into the atmos-
phere. Deep-sea exploration requires vehicles which can operate under
enormous pressure loads. Production of electrical power requires effi-
cient operation under conditions which maintain a clean environment and
conserve limited fuel resources. The mechanical engineer is participating
actively in all these areas and many others.

Your Program of Study

The curriculum is designed to accommodate the broadening demands on
the mechanical engineer by first establishing a firm foundation in the basic
sciences and then permitting the student the option of directing his studies
toward a chosen area of interest.

In the first three years the student in Mechanical Engineering studies
the basic sciences (mathematics, physics, and chemistry), the engineering
sciences (mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and materials
science), and the humanities. As an upperclassman he can elect to con-
centrate his studies in the areas of thermofluid engineering, mechanics and
design, or materials science and engineering.

Thermofluid engineering is concerned with the properties and character-
istics of the working fluid of machines. For example, the ability of an air-
craft to fly depends upon the manner in which air flows over its lifting sur-
faces. The engineer must understand the characteristics of fluid flow. The
energy to run a turbine is extracted from the steam or combustion gases
which pass through it and the engineer must have a knowledge of the
concepts of thermodynamics; the efficiency of a cooling tower depends
upon the mechanisms by which fluids transfer heat to surfaces and the
engineer must have a firm grasp of the principles of heat transfer.

Mechanics and design are based upon the fundamental scientific and
mathematical tools which are utilized in the analysis of mechanical con-
figurations as they evolve in the design of machines and power-producing
devices. For example, the engineer in the area of mechanics and design
will analyze and design plate and shell components for nuclear power
plants and deep-sea oceanographic vessels; he will develop new methods
for evaluating filamentary composite structures; in the modern machine
tool industry he will be concerned with computer control of machine tools;
in the engine industry he will analyze stresses in such components as tur-
bine blades. To prepare for this the upper-class student will elect such
courses as experimental stress analysis, advanced strength of materials
and deformation of solids, vibrations, numerical and computer methods in
engineering analysis.

Materials science and engineering are concerned with understanding the
relationships between the structure and properties of materials and with
control of the structure to achieve desired properties. Only recently have
engineers come to realize that an understanding of the principles of mater-
ials science enables them to design more creatively and with greater
freedom than the traditional reference to handbooks. Examples of areas

59

where mechanical engineers find materials properties a part of the basic
design function are: manufacturing techniques, structures (vehicles, build-
ings), energy conversion, electronic devices (including computers), pack-
aging, and prosthetic devices. For those mechanical engineers who desire
further knowledge in the materials field, advanced courses are available.

Your Future

It is to the credit of the mechanical engineer that he has accepted the
challenge of new technologies and has expanded his areas of competence
to meet this challenge. Today he is found contributing in an important way
to many industries which have not been considered the traditional domain
of the mechanical engineer. Because of this, the opportunities for the
mechanical engineering graduate have been considerably broadened.

The mechanical engineer has played a major role in the development of
new technologies such as space, direct energy conversion, nuclear power,
and materials science. He can be expected to make important contributions
to current problems of environment, pollution, transportation, and ecology.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The concept of instruction in the mechanical engineering laboratory has
departed from the traditional program of a series of separate designated
experiments to one in which the laboratory is used primarily as a vehicle
for investigating a problem of interest to the student. This permits the stu-
dent to examine the problem in greater depth and serves as an introduction
to the manner in which an engineer will function in industry.

The student has free access to the facilities of the various mechanical
engineering laboratories, which include:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting
technology. X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid ar)d Gas Dynamics Laboratory— Designed to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories— Equ\pped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an auto-
matic electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile
test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

60

Heat Engineering Laboratories— These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous

oxygen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure

transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude

dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of

film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling
liquid, and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat

into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single

and multi-stage thermoelectric coolers.

8. A Curtis steam turbine and condenser.
Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid

power testing units.

ERAL ENGINEERING

Description

Engineering and technology influence all areas of endeavor and have a
profound effect on the lifestyle and institutions of the society. The impact
is both cultural and scientific and is manifested by the awareness that solu-
tions to society's problems are, in part, technological. The major purpose of
the General Engineering Program is to provide flexible, interdisciplinary
educational opportunities based on fundamental engineering concepts. Its
interdisciplinary nature allows the student to develop other areas of inter-
est in which an engineering background is professionally useful.

Type of Work

The program Is designed for students whose Interests are in engineering-
related professions rather than In the traditional profession of engineering.
It is expected that the work engaged In by graduates of this program will
encompass the entire spectrum of professional activity. Typical areas in-
clude urban planning, technology of health-care and public administration,
and legal aspects of technology. In addition, opportunity exists In the
emerging, highly interdisciplinary fields, such as ocean engineering, bio-
engineering, and systems science.

Your Program of Study

The General Engineering Program is highly elective and gives the student
the opportunity to develop. In conjunction with his adviser, a program de-

61

signed to meet his own career objectives. To achieve this goal, the student is
exposed to the fundamental engineering areas of electric circuits, systems,
mechanics, thermodynamics, and materials. These courses are based on
basic principles developed in early courses in the mathematics and physics.
Since the computer is a basic tool in any technological environment,
each student is required to learn the elements of computer programming.

Specimen Freshman Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.153 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

9.106 Basic Eng. 9.106 Basic Eng. 30.115 Grt. Them, in Lit.

30.114 Intro. Lit. * Liberal Arts Elective * Liberal Arts Elective

'Chemistry or Biology may be substituted for the Liberal Arts Elective provided that the latter is taken
in place of an upper-class elective. In addition to the above courses, the student may elect Basic
ROTC.

Your Future

All of society's forecasting indicators point to a bright future. It is diffi-
cult to imagine how society will grow and solve its problems without relying
on personal knowledge in engineering. A wide variety of employment op-
portunities exists in both the private and public sectors of the economy.

Graduate education and continuing education are becoming increasingly
important in professional life. By appropriately planning his program, the
student will be able to satisfy the prerequisites necessary for admission
into all types of graduate and professional schools.

BIOPHYSICS AND BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

An education, which includes a strong background in physical and
engineering science together with studies in biological sciences and hu-
manities, prepares the undergraduate for several careers. These include
medicine, dentistry, biophysics, and biomedical engineering.

There is no special curriculum in Biomedical Engineering. Several of the
engineering disciplines provide the student with a strong background in
physical science and engineering, together with education in the humanities.
The purpose of the Department of Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering
is to help the student choose courses in the biological sciences and to in-
tegrate his program in order for him to achieve the above career objectives.

Students who are interested in the above careers should take biological
sciences in their freshman year. The freshman program in Engineering per-
mits one to do so, since Biology can be substituted for a portion of Basic
Engineering in the freshman year. Students who wish to take an integrated
program directed toward one of the above areas must contact the Depart-

62

ment on their arrival as freshmen. This will permit arranging for the above
substitution and for further planning of the student's career.

The Department also provides guidance for students, other than fresh-
men, who are interested in the above careers.

Bachelor of Arts

or Bachelor of Science

Art History

Biology

Ciiemistry

Drama

Economics

Englisti

Geology

History

Independent Major*

Journalism

Mathematics

Modern Languages

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Sociology and Anthropology

'Bachelor of Arts only.

Robert A. Shepard, Dean

The College of Liberal Arts

Today it is widely accepted that a liberal education, which guides young
men and women toward intellectual maturity, must prepare them for both
the art of living and for the earning of a living. The College of Liberal Arts
holds that a truly liberal education and preparation for a career go hand
in hand.

As a liberal arts student at Northeastern, your academic study may be
complemented by experiences on the Cooperative Plan, which will enable
you to develop such desirable traits as self-reliance, initiative, and the
ability to work harmoniously with others.

You may also choose to attend Northeastern on a four-year non-
Cooperative Plan instead of on the Cooperative Plan.

Aims

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts you will learn to appreciate
the basic values upon which civilization and culture rest, and perceive and
accept your responsibilities as an active participant in social groups — the
family, the community, the nation, and the world. At the same time you
will be aided in the development of a resourceful and independent mind;
the ability to use, as well as to accumulate, knowledge; and the awareness
of your mental strengths and weaknesses.

65

Degrees Granted

Students in the College of Liberal Arts may earn either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree. The Bachelor of Arts degree
requires proficiency in a foreign language and supplementation of study
in your major area with a range of courses in the humanities, social sci-
ences, and sciences. The Bachelor of Science degree provides an oppor-
tunity for greater concentration in courses in the major. This concentration
is possible because there is no language requirement (except in the Biology
and Chemistry programs) and because there are comparatively few require-
ments in fields outside the major.

Preprofessional Preparation

In the College of Liberal Arts you will be able to get the necessary
preparation for professional education in dentistry, law, library science,
medicine, social work, and theology.

Since admission requirements of these programs vary, upper-class ad-
visers counsel students on their choice of courses.

Combined Degree Programs

Under Northeastern's combined program with professional schools, stu-
dents may reduce by one year the time ordinarily required to obtain the
Bachelor of Arts and the professional degree. After completing three
fourths of the requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree and being
admitted to a professional school of dentistry or medicine, students
may qualify for that degree at the end of their second year in profes-
sional school.

Students preparing for dentistry or medicine normally enroll in the Bio-
logical Sciences program. Those preparing for law normally enroll in the
Political Science or History curriculum. However, it is possible to prepare
for ttiese careers with other majors. Professional advising is available and
should be sought before selecting a major.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Liberal Arts

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts, your freshman-year program
will be determined partly by your probable major, and partly by your choice
of courses. It is important that you discuss your particular area of interest
with an admissions or guidance counselor. Entrance requirements will vary
according to the general area for which you have applied, and the extent of
your verbal and mathematical aptitudes will have a direct bearing upon
your success as a student.

During much of your first two years you will study a series of basic
subjects which are determined by your choice of a program. If you are to
obtain a liberal education, you must have preparation in several basic
fields.

Thereafter, in your upper-class years, you will have the choice of a wide
range of Liberal Arts electives which will enable you to plan a program in

66

keeping with your particular interests and aptitudes. Certain courses offered
in the other Basic Colleges will be open to you.

Through a comprehensive guidance program you will be advised in
your selection of courses so that you may attain reasonable academic
objectives.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies for Liberal Arts Students

All students in the College of Liberal Arts have the opportunity to choose
courses from the following list of subjects:

American History Geology Psychology

Art German Russian

Biology Italian Spanish

Economics Music Sociology

English Philosophy Theatre

French Political Science Western Civilization

Geography

In addition, separate courses, differing in approach, are available in each
of the following subjects; one approach is appropriate for science-oriented
students, one for social science- and humanities-oriented students.

Chemistry

Mathematics

Physics

Your freshman program will consist of either five or six subjects, de-
pending on your intended major. You will take four subjects each quarter.
An example of a six-subject program is shown below.*

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

Political Science Art English

Spanish Spanish Geology

Art English Sociology

Geology Sociology Political Science

The above is only one of many possible combinations of courses in the
freshman year. You will be asked to select the combination which best
matches your interests and your intended major. This selection will be
made using forms sent to you in the late spring of the year in which you
enter Northeastern.

Honors Program

For qualified students, the College of Liberal Arts offers a more chal-
lenging course of study in certain courses in the social sciences and hu-
manities. The program offers the student smaller classes, more individual

*ROTC possible.

Please see back of catalog lor full course descriptions.

67

attention by teachers, and greater opportunities for independent study. The
participating student receives special recognition for his honors work
and the chance to take part in the more specialized honors work of sub-
sequent years. The University will send invitations to eligible students after
their applications have been processed.

\RT HISTORY

Description

The Art Department offers courses covering the history of art to the
present, with the objective of developing a knowledge of the various forms
and styles of expression in the visual arts.

Your Program of Study

If you major in Art History, you will study the evolution of architecture,
sculpture, painting, graphic arts, photography and film art, and the most
modern trends in European and American art. All courses are presented by
illustrated lectures using slide projection or films, and students study origi-
nal works of art in various museum collections. You will start by being
introduced to all the art forms in a course titled History of Art I and II; and
then choosing from a variety of courses in the Art Department curriculum,
you will continue through the college years to explore in greater depth all
western and oriental arts.

Your Future

Many Art History majors eventually teach in secondary schools or junior
colleges where there is a considerable demand for people trained in the
arts. Some people work in museums or go on to graduate school involving
art research, writing, and teaching in universities.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

Art History majors may follow a full-time or cooperative program in the
Art Department. Full-time students graduate in four years rather than in the
five-year cooperative program. For students on the Cooperative Plan, jobs
are available in museums, government, and related artistic positions.

BIOLOGY

Description

The world of living things — from microbes to men — is the concern of the
biologist. Biological scientists can be grouped into three broad and gen-
eral subdivisions on the basis of the variety of organism with which they
work: botanists (plants), microbiologists (microorganisms), and zoolo-

gists (animals). There are many subspecialties in each of these three
main subdivisions.

Type of Work

By majoring in Biology at Northeastern you may prepare for many dif-
ferent occupations in the biological sciences, and for dentistry, medicine,
or teaching.

If you have a degree In biology, you may study to become a bacteriolo-
gist or a pathologist, or engage in sanitation work, biological surveying, or
biological engineering. It is also the background for nutritionists, who
study the processes through which human beings and animals utilize food.

Many graduates with degrees in biology are employed in the fisheries
or forestry services, public health, or county agency work. Some under-
take specialized study to prepare for work in museums as botanists or
zoologists; others became interested in various types of experimental
research work. Many Northeastern students have also undertaken gradu-
ate work in these areas, often on fellowships or as teaching assistants.

Premedical

Predental and premedical students major in Biology to obtain the neces-
sary courses for admission to dental or medical school. A predental and
premedical adviser counsels students in their upper-class years to make
certain that the proper courses are elected, since the admission require-
ments of professional schools vary. Premedical students are cautioned
that the successful completion of the required premedical program by no
means ensures admission to a medical school. Since most medical schools
have far more applicants than they can admit, standards of selection are
most rigorous. Premedical students who elect to be excused from the Co-
operative Plan are able to complete the five-year program in four years.

Predental

Predental students at Northeastern ordinarily need three years to meet
dental school admission requirements. Under Northeastern's combined
program with professional schools, predental students may reduce by one
year the time ordinarily required for obtaining the Bachelor of Arts and
the professional degree. After completing three-fourths of the requirement
for the Bachelor of Arts degree, they may qualify for that degree at the
end of the second year in dental school.

Your Program of Study

In your initial classwork you will be introduced to several branches of
the biological sciences. This is to enable you to understand and appreciate
how each related field contributes to the overall view.

Your basic course work will include such subjects as Organic Chemistry,
Physics, and Mathematics, and many hours of laboratory instruction. Stu-
dents interested in experimental biological research should seek additional
training in chemistry, mathematics, statistics, and physics.

Your Future

The demand for biologists fluctuates with general economic conditions,
the supply of graduates, and other factors. Most biologists are employed
by local, state, or Federal government agencies or in private and public
educational institutions, mainly in teaching and research, which are largely
financed, either directly or indirectly, by the public. In the 1970s the
amount of money allotted for conservation, environment protection, and
public health will influence the demand, inasmuch as biologists are in-
volved in these areas at all levels of training.

Because the supply of graduates of dental and medical schools is con-
trolled by the number of spaces available in these professional schools,
and the number of graduates lags behind the demand, the outlook in these
fields is excellent. The nation's expanding population and a rising concern
for medical and dental care ensure an increased demand for trained per-
sonnel which can be expected to continue even if the capacity of profes-
sional schools should be significantly increased.

As a result of the increased needs for medical care, there has been a
trend toward increasing the number of persons in paramedical professions,
most of which require some training in various areas of biology.

Biology Laboratories

The Department of Biology includes major laboratories, aquarium rooms,
stockrooms, preparation rooms, research areas, and a large suburban
greenhouse.

The laboratories are self-contained units fully equipped for the work to
be undertaken in them. Appropriate museum preparations, models, charts,
specimens and slides are present in the laboratories, which include gen-
eral biology, anatomy, bacteriology, microscopic anatomy, and physiology.

Special equipment for field studies on mammals, histochemical investi-
gations, and hematological studies is also available. The Department has a
close association with the University's Marine Science Institute at Nahant.

CHEMISTRY

Description

Many of the startling discoveries affecting man's way of life, and a myriad
of others which add to his comfort and welfare, are the result of chemi-
cal research. Detergents, antibiotics and other wonder drugs, new fabrics
made from synthetic fiber, and rocket fuels — these are just a few examples
of the wide range of products which research chemists have helped to
make possible. To make these discoveries, chemists — through either basic
or applied research — have had to understand the composition of sub-
stances and the transformation which they undergo.

70

Type of Work

Graduates of the Chemistry program at Northeastern are employed in a
wide variety of technical functions, such as research and development,
production, sales, market analysis, purchasing, and teaching. They are able
to offer prospective employers the benefits of practical experience in some
of these fields as a result of the cooperative work program at Northeastern.
Many graduates decide to continue in graduate studies, for which the
Chemistry program at Northeastern provides an excellent foundation.

Your Program of Study

The Chemistry program at Northeastern is approved by the American
Chemical Society.

In the freshman year the courses taken will generally be Chemistry,
English, Calculus, Physics, a foreign language, and an elective. Upper-level
courses include Organic, Inorganic, Physical, and Analytical Chemistry,
and Advanced Chemical Topics. Qualified students are encouraged to
undertake a research project under the supervision of a faculty member.
For the especially able student, an honors program is available.

Your Future

Chemists find employment in many industries. Good opportunities exist
in the plastics manufacturing industry, the iron and steel industry, rubber
and allied products industries, petroleum production and refining opera-
tions, and in the pharmaceutical industry.

Best bets are research in industrial, foundation, and government labora-
tories. Teaching and research assistantships are generally available while
students are working toward advanced degrees, so that graduate study is
not a financial burden. Research and development is the likeliest spot for
those with Ph.D. degrees.

Chemistry Laboratories

Hurtig Hall, the chemistry building, provides modern, air-conditioned
laboratories for gaining experience in experimental chemistry. The basic
courses include experiments that use up-to-date techniques: i.e., potenti-
ometric and colorimetric analysis, spectroscopy, gas chromatography,
calorimetry, and mass spectrometry. In addition, the excellent research
equipment of the Department of Chemistry is available to upper-class
students who participate in original research conducted by the faculty.

MA

Description

As a student of drama and theater arts, you can cultivate an understand-
ing and appreciation of one of society's main civilizing forces; develop
your creative, emotional, and intellectual powers, and your standard of

71

taste and craftsmanship; master the tools of your future life — professional,
educational, or avocational; and gain an insight into human behavior
and emotion.

Your Program of Study

If you have chosen to major in Drama, you have probably already been
exposed to theater as an art form or as an extracurricular activity. You
have no doubt already discovered the excitement of either acting a role
or helping in the mounting of a play. As an undergraduate Drama major,
you will be required to follow a program of studies which will introduce
you to the total theater experience, as well as to each of the individual
theater arts and crafts.

You will study theater history and drama criticism, dramatic literature
and play-writing, acting, directing, and technical production. You will learn
in the classroom and perform in the laboratory — the theater and its shops.
You will learn the many interpretative and creative arts and crafts which
compositely and collectively make for the art of the theater. You will be
able to express your creative and interpretative gifts in your courses, in
your laboratory classes, in your working in the casts and on the crews of
productions, and in your seeing and testing of the productions of profes-
sionals and of students in sister institutions. As a senior, you will be able
to demonstrate your artistic abilities in independently organized but
faculty-directed projects in play-writing, acting, directing, or design.

Your Future

Theater is not just acting. The activities which make up the theater
involve writing, designing, publicizing, criticizing, organizing the business
forces, preparing budgets, estimating costs, and creating and executing
costumes. Studying in the theater can prepare a student for many jobs
exclusive of those waiting for the gifted in professional theater. You can
prepare yourself for journalistic play reviewing, public relations and
advertising, television and radio production and writing, or interior decora-
tion. Of course, you may go on to graduate work in the theater to gain
professional proficiency in one specific area; or you may teach in high
schools and colleges, two of the most active theater-producing agencies
in the country. Also, you may major in the theater in the liberal arts tradi-
tion, to use theater avocationally.

ECONOMICS

Description

Economists study the ways in which men make their living and the
factors which determine their success or failure in satisfying their material
needs.

Some economists are concerned with such problems as the control of

72

inflation, the prevention of depression, the elimination of poverty, the regu-
lation of pollution, and the development of farm, wage, tax, and tariff
policies. Others develop comprehensive theories to explain the causes of
unemployment and employment or the ways in which international trade
influences world economic conditions. Still others are concerned with
the collection and interpretation of data on a wide variety of economic
problems.

Type of Work

A graduate of the program of study in Economics may be employed in a
community action program, or in the business world as an industrial econ-
omist, in general management, in banking, in industrial relations, or with a
labor union; he may be in foreign trade, advertising, in economic research
on a subject such as plant location; or he may qualify for entrance into the
Civil Service.

A person trained in economics may become expert in analyzing con-
sumer demands, the marketing and developing of new products, or the
making of financial studies. He may conduct research, provide specialized
services on a consulting basis, or go into teaching. Economists are found
in almost every area of human endeavor.

Your Program of Study

You may have several reasons for your interest in majoring in Eco-
nomics. Perhaps you are planning a specific career or wish to study
economics in conjunction with other areas of knowledge in order to obtain
a liberal education.

The core courses will provide training in economic theory, money and
banking, public finance, labor, international trade, growth and development,
and urban problems. In addition, courses are available in the use of such
tools as statistics and the computer. A large number of electives are pro-
vided which permit you to study more deeply in areas of your own interest.

Your Future

Employment outlook: Demand for well-trained economists will increase
throughout the 1970s; those with a bachelor's degree will continue to
be in demand as market research assistants and as administrative and
management trainees.

About one half of the professional economists are employed by colleges
and universities, and a master's degree is usually the minimum require-
ment. Another third of the economists are employed by government
agencies, mostly Federal.

For those starting with research jobs compiling data, a thorough knowl-
edge of statistical procedures will be very helpful.

73

ENGLISH

Today, perhaps more than ever before in the history of the United States,
a high value is placed on the individual who can express himself well in
both the written and the spoken word. Clarity, a precise choice of words,
accurate description, and brevity in communication are vital to most
phases of business and industry.

Type of Work

After graduation English majors secure permanent employment in pub-
lic relations, advertising, journalism, radio and television, or related fields.
Many go on to graduate study in order to qualify for careers in education,
library service, religion, or other professions.

Your Program of Study

If you are thinking of becoming an English major in Northeastern's
College of Liberal Arts, you have very likely already formed the habit of
reading for pleasure and of jotting down, at least occasionally, some ideas
that you think worth expressing.

Your goal as an undergraduate will be to become acquainted with the
best examples of literature and to develop skill in communication with
others. In addition to the freshman course in English composition, you will
have a chance to take two courses in creative writing and will decide
whether to compose short stories, poems, short plays, magazine articles,
or some of each.

In literature you will survey the outstanding English and American works
from the earliest days to the present. You may also wish to learn some-
thing about the nature and structures of language itself — how words are
formed and why we spell them as we do; how words are borrowed from
other languages and remodeled to suit our English vocabulary; and how
word meanings change.

While much of your study will be concerned with language and litera-
ture, you will also study other subjects as a foundation for well-rounded
thinking: history, economics, government, science, and, perhaps, sociology.

GEOLOGY

Description

Mountain peaks and ocean deeps, volcanoes and earthquakes, trilobites)
and dinosaurs, gemstones and precious metals: all materials and features]
of the earth are investigated by geologists. Many unexplored frontiers
await each new geologist, as only small portions of the earth have yet been
studied in detail.

74

Type of Work

Most geologists are people who enjoy the out-of-doors. While laboratory
analysis, microscopy, x-ray crystallography, and computer programs may
all be used in various aspects of the geologist's work, he first collects his
data in the field. The various geological specialties include mineralogy,
economic geology, glacial geology, geophysics, geochemistry, paleontol-
ogy, geological oceanography, and the very new specialty of astrogeology
associated with the space program.

Geologists find employment opportunities in the Federal and state agen-
cies, many segments of private industry (but particularly the petroleum
and mining industries), and in universities where they engage in both
teaching and research.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate Geology program introduces students to several
areas of geological study. An understanding of minerals and rocks is
fundamental for every geologist, however. Courses in Mineralogy and
Petrology are required of each student following introductory courses in
Geology, Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics. Students will elect at
least six additional geology courses during their last three years. While not
required, students are strongly urged to include Paleontology, Structural
Geology, and Sedimentation-Stratigraphy among their elective courses.

Field work will be a significant portion of each course wherever appro-
priate. Students will be assigned local areas which they will investigate
under the direction of a faculty member. A presentation (both oral and
written) of the investigation will be made. Cooperative work assignments
will complement the classroom work whenever feasible. The opportunity
to work directly with a practicing geologist is a distinct advantage of the
Cooperative Plan. A full-time option is also available.

Your Future

Most professional geologists hold advanced degrees, so students in
geology should plan now to continue with graduate study. An increasing
number of opportunities for geologists is anticipated during the next 10
years as more emphasis is placed on the environment and natural re-
sources. Problems of land use and water resources are only two of the
many areas where geological knowledge will be needed in the near future.

The rapid increase in earth science courses in the secondary schools
will also provide employment opportunities for many geologists.

ORY

Description

History courses at Northeastern seek to describe and explain the varied
activities and problems of human beings from ancient times to the present.

75

Your Program of Study

If you major in History, you will study the development of western civili-
zation and American history during the first two college years. A course,
The Historian's Craft, focuses on problems, methods, and philosophies of
historians. The History curriculum permits considerable opportunity for
electives both in the major and in the other liberal arts.

Honors in History

Qualified juniors and seniors are urged to follow a program of inde-
pendent study guided by professors in the Department of History.

Your Future

While many majors hope to spend their professional lives as historians,
a considerable number study history to broaden horizons and develop
understanding of themselves and of past and present society. Upon gradu-
ation they may become businessmen or lawyers.

Historians Who Teach

Most majors intend to teach. Students in the College of Liberal Arts may
take a sequence of courses offered in the College of Education which will
prepare them to teach in the public schools; those not taking the educa-
tion courses may teach in private secondary schools, or, after obtaining
master's or doctor's degrees, in junior colleges and universities.

Historians Who Do Not Teach

Not all history jobs involve teaching. Some men and women work for
museums, restoration projects, or archives. Others spend their lives in
research and writing.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

History majors may pursue either a full-time or cooperative program of
study, thereby qualifying for graduation in either four or five years. Co-
operative jobs might be in locations such as Minute Man National Histori-
cal Park, Massachusetts Historical Society, and Statue of Liberty National
Monument.

NDEPENDENT MAJOR

A student in the College of Liberal Arts has the opportunity to design
his own program if he is able to demonstrate that none of the established
programs provide preparation for the professional goal which he has seti
for himself. The Independent Major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree
only and must center on a discipline or combination of disciplines in the
liberal arts.

76

A student interested in designing his own program should discuss his
aims and ideas for an Independent Major with a counselor in the Liberal
Arts office who will help assign him to one or more faculty advisers.

The following are among the criteria which an Independent Major
must meet:

1. The proposal should be based on educational, professional, or voca-
tional goals.

2. The proposed major should be comparable in depth and scope to a
departmental major.

3. The proposed major should help meet the student's objectives.

hNALISM

Description

In this modern world it is evident that society relies increasingly on the
mass media so that its members may keep abreast of rapidly changing
conditions all around them. It is the role of the journalist to observe, under-
stand, analyze, explain, report, and interpret, as well as to provide leader-
ship in ideas and information through the many outlets of the mass media.

Type of Work

Graduates of a journalism program secure positions with newspapers,
television, radio stations, general and specialized magazines, and other
publications. In recent years allied fields have developed alongside the
traditional media, providing rewarding careers for those with a journalism
background. Such fields include public relations, publicity, industrial jour-
nalism, technical writing, and, of course, advertising and teaching.

Your Program of Study

A journalist should have a broad background of liberal arts courses on
the undergraduate level, and most university-level journalism programs
have long recognized this need. Along with this, he should have some
undergraduate background and professional courses, but not to the point
of overspecialization.

The generally accepted formula in journalism for the bachelor's degree
is a combination of approximately 80 percent liberal courses and 20 percent
professional courses. This combination is preferred by most graduate
schools of journalism, as well as by professional journalistic leaders.

In the freshman year at Northeastern all courses are in the liberal arts,
primarily the humanities. In each of the upper-class years the ideal arrange-
ment is to take one journalism course each term with three liberal courses
in the humanities, social sciences, and languages, or in a so-called dis-
ciplined area.

Because journalism thinking and skills can be better expanded and
understood with the aid of a laboratory, upper-class Journalism majors are

77

encouraged to participate in the Cooperative Plan of Education. Co-op
jobs with newspapers, radio and TV stations, news bureaus, and public
relations offices provide a laboratory experience. This is quite important to
one who wishes to be part of the world of communications. In addition,
such experience gives a student a major advantage if he or she decides to
seek admission to a graduate program in journalism following graduation
from Northeastern.

Your Future

Many opportunities exist in the growing field of journalism. A Journalism
major would be qualified for openings with daily and weekly newspapers,
news departments of radio and TV stations, news bureaus, wire services,
general and specialized magazines, industrial journalism, public relations,
publicity, and many other fields not directly related to mass media. A jour-
nalism education actually provides an excellent background for many non-
media fields where the communications process is important.

MATHEMATICS

Description

From programming and coding for digital computers to solving problems
in engineering; from research on the behavior of the atom to calculating
orbits of earth satellites — these are a few examples of the varied accom-
plishments and activities of those engaged in mathematics — one of the
oldest and most basic fields of science, as well as one of the most dynamic
and most rapidly growing.

Type of Work

Mathematics majors are employed in industry, educational institutions,
insurance companies, mathematical laboratories, engineering research
organizations, and government agencies. They do statistical, computa-
tional, and analytical work.

Your Program of Study

Your interest in studying an exact science such as mathematics must
be supported by a school record which indicates that you have laid a
strong foundation in this field.

During your freshman year the mathematics courses deal mainly with
differential and integral calculus, supplemented by plane analytic geom-
etry, and linear algebra. These provide the groundwork for a variety of
courses in the upper-class years.

Since there are many fields in which mathematical work plays an im-
portant part, you should acquaint yourself with some of these areas. This!
may be done through the Cooperative Education Program and through
introductory courses in such subjects as Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics,
Electricity, and Economics.

78

Your Future

Outlook: continued rapid growth of employment in mathematics, espe-
cially for those with advanced degrees, which are required for many
positions, particularly those in research and teaching. There are many
opportunities in the electronics manufacturing field where mathematicians
work with scientists and engineers on complex mathematical problems.

ERN LANGUAGES

Description

Some students choose an academic program in Modern Languages be-
cause they are interested in elementary, secondary school, or college
teaching, international business relations, government service, journalism,
or library science. Others major in this field because of their interest in
world affairs or travel, or because they are looking forward to creating the
proper home atmosphere in which to bring up world citizens.

A major in Modern Languages requiring advanced courses in two lan-
guages is available to students who have acquired in high school a strong
foundation in French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. Those who
mean to continue into graduate study will do well to have also two or
three years of high school Latin.

Your Program of Study

The Department of Modern Languages offers in each of the five lan-
guages at least three full literature courses during the regular college
year, and a conversational course.

The study of modern languages has a particular appeal for the person
whose interests are not limited to his immediate neighbors and contem-
poraries. If you desire to become familiar with world affairs, to travel
abroad, and to understand the customs and traditions of peoples in other
countries, you will find great satisfaction in study and research in for-
eign languages.

Your Future

Many professional careers in addition to elementary and secondary
school teaching, are open to the graduate who has majored in Modern Lan-
guages. Those who wish to teach in college must plan on graduate study.
There are challenging opportunities in government service, international
business relations, journalism, and library science. In each of these fields
a knowledge of modern languages is either required or highly desirable.

79

PHILOSOPHY

Description

Philosophers from Socrates to the present time have studied the ques-
tions and the wider issues which arise out of human experiences and beliefs
in all their rich variety — man's art, his religion, his moral values, his pur-
poses, his science, and his social order. The philosopher's approach be-
gins in his profound wonder about the meaning and importance of these
experiences for human existence as a whole. Philosophy helps man to
create, refashion, and justify the divergent beliefs about the nature of
things. It makes him more aware that the kinds of beliefs he holds or re-
jects govern lives, careers, hopes, and fears.

In this age men have been philosophically reawakened by new and ex-
citing developments in philosophy and in the physical and social sciences.
Philosophers, through discussion and writing, reexamine and reinterpret
such issues as the justification for belief in God, the nature of moral judg-
ments of right and wrong, the questions surrounding the quest for knowl-
edge and value, and the nature of the logic and methods of the sciences.
Through his vigorous analyses, the philosopher questions, increases, and
deepens human understanding and insight. One of his functions is to add
meaning to the fragmentary details resulting from specialization.

Your Program of Study

Northeastern's program for a Philosophy major is designed to provide
you with a balanced understanding of the nature of philosophy and partic-
ular philosophical problems which arise in the various arts and sciences.
A maximum number of electives has been provided so that you may choose
in accordance with your own background and interests.

in your sophomore year, you will begin your study of philosophy with a
two-term History of Philosophy course designed as an introduction and as
a preparation for more specialized study later. By the third or fourth year,
you will find particular areas and seminars within philosophy which have \
special appeal for you.

Philosophy majors may pursue either a five-year co-op or a four-year
full-time course of study. '

Your Future

Upon graduation, some Philosophy majors go on to graduate school to
prepare to teach not only philosophy but also subjects in many other fields.
This major gives the student the opportunity to discover and communicate
ideas through research, writing, and personal encounter.

Many select philosophy in order to develop a broad background in the
humanities and to sharpen their critical abilities for later specialization in
law, history, political science, education, and literature in graduate school.
Other students find their background in philosophy an excellent prepara-

80

tion for the ministry, priesthood or rabbinate. Indeed, former Philosophy
majors can be found in most of the major types of professional careers,
including those in school, college, and university administration.

;ics

Description

In physics one studies nature experimentally in order to develop a gen-
eral theory of the universe. The physicist's laboratory extends from a bench
microscope to the body of an exploding superstar, and the theories which
he uses attempt to explain the forces that shape all of nature. For example,
the theory of the chemical bond, and chemical and biological processes, as
well as the formulas of engineering, are all derived from physics.

Physics should be of interest to every educated man because of its gen-
eral nature. It is important to the philosopher interested in epistemology
(the theory of knowledge), as well as to the man with natural curiosity
about his world.

Type of Work

Professional physicists work in industry and in government laboratories
on research, and in colleges and universities as teachers and researchers.
At Northeastern the Department of Physics is especially strong in both
theoretical and experimental high-energy (nuclear-particle) and solid-state
physics. There is also a strong program in statistical mechanics, field
theory (including general relativity), and nuclear theory.

Co-op students and graduates find jobs in the above field, many of them
in the Department itself, as well as in other areas of physics: i.e., under-
water sound, space physics, and plasma physics. Some graduates continue
in the Northeastern Physics program and obtain the Ph.D. degree here.
Others go to different graduate schools, such as Cornell, M.I.T., and Chi-
cago, depending on their interests and abilities.

Program of Study

The program of study is quite flexible, reflecting the various interests of
students majoring in Physics. The first course in Physics is common to all
science and mathematics majors. It is a three-quarter course covering
three areas: mechanics; fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, and optics;
and electricity and magnetism. It should be taken either with or after the
three-quarter freshman Calculus course. Freshman Physics and Mathe-
matics majors usually start it in the fall, but it can be begun in any quarter.
Furthermore, only the first quarter is a prerequisite to the other two; the
second and third quarters can be taken in reverse order.

The three-quarter introductory course is followed by two-quarter courses
in physics and mathematics, and a two-quarter laboratory in General
Physics. Beyond that, three courses in physics, three laboratories in phys-
ics and one course in mathematics are the only Departmental requirements

81

for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Most Physics majors will want to take more
physics courses, and many more are offered, including Mechanics, Wave
Motion and Optics, Thermodynamics, Modern Physics, Electricity & Mag-
netism, Quantum Theory, Mathematical Physics, and an additional labora-
tory course.
The Physics major can be taken as a four- or five-year program.

Your Future

Currently there is a falling-off in demand for all scientists and pro-
fessionals, including physicists. Although it is difficult to predict job
opportunities five and 10 years from now, the following facts should be
considered.

1. Physicists are just beginning to understand the nature and dynamics
of the physical universe. The aspiring researcher will find plenty to
do in physics, assuming society will find the search for truth suffi-
ciently important for it to support this search adequately.

2. Physicists should be able to make a contribution to the development
of the new technology needed to solve problems resulting from the
old technology if society decides to solve these problems.

There is also much overlapping between applied physics and engineer-
ing. Physicists, chemists, biologists, and engineers will frequently work on
the same problems. However, when a new field must be developed, such
as nuclear energy or the taming of the fusion ("H-Bomb") reaction, physi-
cists are at an advantage because of the flexibility and fundamental
character of their education. Majoring in physics does not necessarily
imply making physics a career: one may end up in allied fields such as
biophysics, chemical physics, medical physics, astrophysics, geophysics,
oceanography, meteorology, or a completely new field of the future.

Physics Laboratories

The Northeastern University Physics laboratories are under the super-
vision of individual professors who are outstanding researchers in various
fields of physics. Techniques, equipment, and ideas are all stimulating and
up-to-date, from the general physics laboratory (sophomore year) to the
advanced laboratory (senior year).

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Description

Political science is concerned with the study of political institutions, the
social and economic forces which shape them, and the cultural context
within which they operate.

82

The Department of Political Science at Northeastern University has three
objectives: (1) to educate within the framework of the best liberal arts
tradition; (2) to heighten a student's awareness of political forces in the
environment and to sharpen his or her perception of a student's role as a
citizen in a democratic society; and (3) to provide a solid academic founda-
tion for those who elect political science or the law as a professional
career.

Your Program of Study

Undergraduate work in the Department is designed to give students a
broad and comprehensive exposure to the data of politics, while encourag-
ing them to pursue extensive work in related social sciences. In addition
to elective courses, they will pursue studies in comparative government,
American government, international relations, public administration, and
political theory. If they elect the Bachelor of Science program, they are
required to take courses in quantitative analytical methods.

Your Future

For all students, the study of political science can be the gateway to a
liberal education with its benefits of broadened interests, sharpened sensi-
bilities, and a quickened sense of civic responsibility. If you have a special
interest in politics, studies in this field provide excellent preparation for
governmental services, the study of law, the teaching of government and
related subjects, or for a political career.

For the student who wishes to pursue his professional studies at the
graduate level, concentration in political science opens up many attractive
opportunities. Opportunities for research are available in governmental re-
search bureaus in the universities, in government agencies — state, local,
and federal — and in private institutions teaching careers are opened. The
growth of specialized agencies in international bodies like the United Na-
tions calls for the skills of the political scientist. Individuals with specialized
training in political science are in demand also in some less obvious areas:
in the public service programming of educational and commercial television,
in journalism, and in legislative study and public relations activities with
private associations.

The Department will give assistance as professional objectives are
planned and will help to alert the student to professional opportunities
and the means for taking the greatest advantage of them.

rCHOLOGY

Type of Work

Psychologists study the way organisms behave and the reasons for their
behavior. The profession of psychology includes a number of different

areas of specialization. Some psychologists direct their efforts toward
the application of psychological knowledge and techniques to the solution
of human problems, while the main concern of others is basic scientific
research.

The majority of psychologists are engaged in providing services in clini-
cal, counseling, industrial, educational, and engineering psychology. These
applied areas are oriented toward helping not only individuals with severe
emo+ional disorders, but also those with normal, everyday problems such
as social, educational, and vocational adjustment. Employers for these psy-
chologists include business and industry; clinics and hospitals; and local,
state and federal governmental agencies. Some psychologists are self-
employed.

Research-oriented psychologists concentrate their study and work
toward understanding the behavior of man and lower animals through
scientific experimentation. Their research activities are diverse and numer-
ous. They are primarily employed by colleges and universities in a teaching
as well as a research capacity. Opportunities for employment are also
available in a variety of other public and private institutions.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate program for Psychology majors at Northeastern is
designed to meet a number of educational objectives. First, it provides
preparation for graduate study leading to a variety of professional careers
in psychology. Second, recognizing that not all undergraduate students
majoring in Psychology can or want to become professional psychologists,
the program provides training for individuals who want careers where a
background in psychology is relevant and beneficial: i.e., in personnel
work, advertising, social work, and teaching. Finally, the course of study
provides a liberal arts major that should enable the student to understand
himself and his world of experience more perceptively and sensitively.

In the freshman and sophomore years you will begin the study of your
major with courses designed to acquaint you with the scope of modern
psychology and give you the fundamental background for your later, more
specialized, upper-class program. As an advanced student you will take
courses which treat specific aspects of behavior in considerable detail.
Among the advanced courses are Abnormal Psychology, Experimental Psy-
chology, and seminars dealing with the development of psychology as a
behavioral science and contemporary psychological issues. You will have
a choice of upper-class electives in such fields as personality development,
social influences on behavior, principles of growth and adjustment, physio-
logical determinants of behavior, and principles of psychological testing.

In the experimental courses you will study scientific techniques for in-
vestigating human and animal behavior. You may also have the opportunity
to conduct your own research under the guidance of one of the faculty
members.

In the cooperative work phase of your studies, all efforts will be made to
provide you with valuable and relevant work experiences in research labo-
ratories, clinics, mental hospitals, or social service agencies.

84

Your Future

The field of psychology offers a wide variety of opportunities for both
men and women. Many factors point to the continued expansion of the
profession, which tripled in size between 1945 and 1955 and has since
grown by almost 1,500 annually. However, an advanced degree has be-
come a necessity for professional employment. Approximately 70 percent
of the 25,000 members of the American Psychological Association, the
national society of professional psychologists, hold the doctorate degree.
While there will continue to be employment possibilities for psychologists
with master's degrees, all indications point to an increasing demand for the
doctorate degree as the standard educational requirement.

The employment outlook for the 1970s will depend upon such trends
as the following.

1. Continued utilization by schools, government agencies, and private
industry of contributions that can be made by psychologists.

2. Funding to meet the growing concern about mental health needs.

3. The availability of government or foundation grants to sponsor psy-
chological research in universities and private industry.

4. Continued expansion of high school, junior college, college, and
university facilities employing psychologists as teaching and coun-
seling personnel.

Psychology Laboratories

The experimental facilities are well equipped for psychological demon-
strations, training, and research with human and animal subjects. Instruc-
tion is provided in human and animal learning, physiological psychology,
sensation, and perception, with emphasis on the visual and auditory
processes and personality and development.

OLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Description

Sociologists and anthropologists study the various forms of group ar-
rangement found in the world of man — families, communities, tribes, and
nations; and the wide variety of organization types — religious, business,
professional, and others. The origin and growth of these groups are traced
and analyzed, and their activities are considered as they relate to the in-
fluence they have on their members.

Type of Work

Within the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, you can enroll in
a wide range of courses which provides background for courses in such

M 85

professional fields as medicine, college and secondary school teaching,
race relations, social research, law, international relations, history, human
relations, social work, and field research in other cultures. Groundwork in
sociology and anthropology can be also increasingly valuable for the
ministry, priesthood, and rabbinate, and will be directly relevant to almost
any career in Federal or state government, from poverty programs to the
foreign service.

Your Program of Study

Two "concentrations" are possible within this Department, although there
is much overlapping in course requirements which will allow flexibility in
planning your courses.

As a Sociology concentrator, you will have a full complement of theory
and research courses in this field and will deal primarily with theoretical
and applied aspects of contemporary urban and industrial societies. If you
are an Anthropology concentrator, you will pursue your studies more in
the direction of tribal and peasant societies, as well as with economic and
technological change in developing societies of the world.

Your Future

A majority of sociologists and anthropologists are employed by colleges
and universities in teaching and research; many others work for Federal,
state, local, or international government agencies; some are employed in
private industry.

Employment opportunities are in college teaching or in social action pro-
grams. Other employment opportunities may exist for research workers
specializing in such areas as social psychology, urban sociology, com-
munity development, and educational and industrial sociology, as well as
in the field of criminology.

\

Bachelor of Engineering Technology

Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology

Associate Degree

Aviation Technology

y

4]

William F. King, Director

Lincoln College

Lincoln College prepares students to enter the technological world as
active participants whose mission is, simply stated, to get things done.
The engineering technologist works with the professional engineer, scien-
tist, medical doctor, supervisor, and craftsman in converting scientific
knowledge and craftsmanship into products and techniques. Fundamentals
are related to current practice, providing a supportive "why" for the prac-
tical "how". At the same time, study of the social sciences and humanities
gives an opportunity for students to develop an awareness of the social,
economic, and political influences that are part of the real world.

Aims

The structure of the Engineering Technology curriculum is based upon
the dual need for relevant technical skills and the foundation for future
growth. Engineering technology education will assist students to:

1. Understand the scientific principles that govern the current techno-
logy of that particular branch of engineering which they select.

2. Develop competence in the application of technology to problem-
solving.

3. Communicate effectively the important implications of technological
advancements.

4. Acquire the motivation for continued relevance in technical skills.

89

Women in Engineering Technology

Many women enter the technology field each year. Both government and
industry provide positions of responsibility for women technologists. Any
young woman with technical or scientific interests should consider en-
gineering technology as a career.

Degree Granted

Lincoln College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year
programs of study leading to Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees
in Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Your Freshman Year in Lincoln College

The freshman year in Engineering Technology consists of the pre-
scribed courses shown below. Study during the first year will build your
understanding of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your
ability to communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means.

Since the first year of study is identical for all technology students, you
may change your choice of specialization at the end of the freshman year
without loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the technical
application of the sciences. They will also introduce you to current tech-
nical hardware and its applications. About four fifths of your upper-class
program is devoted to scientific and technological study, and about one
fifth to humanistic-social courses, with the aim of balancing your growing
technical proficiency with an appreciation for the nontechnical aspects of
society and culture.

Cooperative work in the branch of engineering which you choose will
begin upon completion of your freshman year and continue throughout
your remaining upper-class years. Your work assignments during this time
will prove most valuable in helping you to integrate the important elements
of both a technical and a liberal education.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Lincoln College

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.307 Algebra & Trig. I 10.308 Algebra & Trig. II 10.320 Calculus I

11.317 Physics I 11.318 Physics II 11.319 Physics III

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Lit. 30.115 Great Themes in Lit

9.451 Graphics I 9.452 Graphics II 9.453 Comput. Prog. ;|

11.173 Physics Lab. I 11.174 Physics Lab. 11

In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

90

LCTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Electrical engineering technology deals with the design and operation of
equipment and systems related to power, communications, data process-
ing, and electrical control. Its major functions are:

1. The generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for
light and power purposes.

2. The development and production of equipment for telephone, radio,
television, radar, and communication.

3. The design and construction of data-processing systems and analog
or digital computers.

4. The application of electrical and electronic devices in the control of
processes and manufacture.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for the electrical engineering technology grad-
uate are in public and private laboratories; engineering consulting groups
dealing with industrial and plant applications; design organizations dealing
with operation and manufacture; sales engineering; and the electric utility
industry.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering technology derives many of its fundamentals
from developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will begin
with basic courses in mathematics and physics. In addition the freshman
year will include literature and engineering graphics, to aid in developing
your self-expression.

In the upper-class years your courses will be divided into five related
sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control; electronics
and communications, including an introduction to solid-state physics; elec-
tromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy conversion, em-
phasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work associated with
all of the foregoing. Current practice is stressed.

In the senior year electives are offered in order that you may have the
experience of depth and specialization.

Your Future

Opportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for
any other occupational group: a 50 percent increase is expected in the
next five years. More than 100,000 technologists will be needed each year,
whereas schools now graduate only 25,000 per year.

Since this program has been designed to prove an educational exper-
ience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not prepare

91

the student for direct admission into graduate schools of engineering. In
most cases, however, graduates will be eligible for programs such as busi-
ness, law, and education. In exceptional cases students may gain admission
to engineering graduate programs by taking additional undergraduate
course work in engineering.

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned after
a composite of typical industrial research and development laboratories.
Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equipment, the
laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the student
may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been studied in
his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
tems, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of the digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the
laboratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own study
efforts.

VIECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Mechanical engineering technology deals with the harnessing of power
resources by means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to
civil engineering, which deals primarily with static forces and structures,
mechanical engineering is more concerned with the motion and kinetics
of devices which are activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or
thermodynamic forces. Major functions of the mechanical engineering
technologist are:

1. Design and installation of all kinds of machinery, from pocket watches
to the largest of steel boring mills.

2. Development and production of engines and transport equipment
(automobile, aircraft, ship, railway, etc.).

3. Construction and operation of furnaces and boilers, as well as heat-
ing and air-conditioning equipment, for the control of atmospheric
and environmental conditions.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for Mechanical Engineering Technology
graduates are in the following areas: 1. Research and design development;
2. Production, operation, testing, or control; and 3. Installation, mainten-

92

ance, and sales. In performing these functions, graduates of the Mechanical
Engineering Technology program work in close association with profes-
sionals in the field. They may develop technologically to function inde-
pendently and hold positions of managerial responsibility.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The Mechanical Engineering Department includes the following labora-
tories:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting tech-
nology, X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid and Gas Dynamics Laboratory — Designed to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories — Equipped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an automatic
electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

Heat Engineering Laboratories — These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous
oxyen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure
transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude
dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of
film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling liquid,
and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat
into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single
and multistage thermoelectric coolers.

8. Curtis steam turbine and condenser.

Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid
power testing units.

k

Your Program of Study

Since machinery is predominantly the concern of the mechanical engi-
neer, your program of study is designed to give you considerable training
in the principles underlying the design and operation of engines, power
transmission devices, machine tools, and other machinery. This, of course,
implies a thorough study of the physical laws concerning motion and trans-
fer of energy. Applied mechanics, thermodynamics, and study of materials
will occupy prominent places in your program.

Your studies will thus provide you with a broad foundation in those
fundamental subjects essential to the understanding of current practice.
In your junior and senior years you will have considerable elective choice
and opportunity for specialization.

Your Future

Opportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for
any other occupational group: a 50 percent increase is expected in the
next five years. More than 100,000 technologists will be needed each year,
whereas schools now graduate only 25,000 per year.

Since this program has been designed to provide an educational ex-
perience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not pre-
pare the student for direct admission to graduate schools of engineering.
However, in most cases graduates of this program will be eligible for pro-
grams such as business, law, and education. In exceptional cases students
may gain admission to engineering graduate programs by taking additional
undergraduate course work in engineering.

AVIATION TECHNOLOGY

Lincoln College also offers on a full-time basis a program in Aviation
Technology leading to the Associate Degree. This program operates out of
the Norwood Municipal Airport in cooperation with Wiggins Airways, Inc.
Students having a strong interest in flying as an integral part of their ca-
reers should investigate this unique opportunity by communicating with
the Director, Lincoln College Aviation Program, at (617) 762-5690.

94

I

"The essence of nursing is caring for humanity. Excel-
lence in nursing can be achieved only through the
preparation of men and women who are knowledgeable
in liberal arts as well as the science upon which the
practice of nursing is founded."

Juanita O. Long, Dean, College of Nursing

V

-nQ

f

I f

,,;

«l

Juanita O. Long, Dean

The College of Hursing

The College of Nursing, first in the nation to operate on the Cooperative
Plan, was established by Northeastern University in the fall of 1964. The
College offers two distinct educational programs which prepare individuals
to practice nursing, an Associate Degree Program and a Baccalaureate
Degree Program.

The Associate Degree Program, established in 1964, which is three years
in length and leads to the degree of Associate in Science, has as its pur-
pose the preparation of a beginning practitioner whose goal is to give di-
rect patient care at the technical level.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program, initiated in 1966, leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science, is designed to prepare students for profes-
sional nursing practice. The curriculum is five years in length and serves
as a foundation for further professional development and graduate study.

Selection of Your Program

You are encouraged to acquaint yourself with the two programs offered
by the College of Nursing. An understanding of both programs will assist
you in selecting the one which will best contribute to your personal satis-
faction and success as you continue your education beyond high school.
Counselors in the Department of Admissions will be glad to discuss the
programs with you and to help you in making your decision.

Method

Freshmen in the College of Nursing remain on campus for three con-
secutive quarters of academic study, and students in succeeding years

97

alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of work in partici-
pating health agencies. The quarters of cooperative employment afford a
valuable work experience, as well as a source of income. Academic studies
in both the Associate Degree and the Baccalaureate Degree Programs in-
clude courses in nursing and general education. Under the guidance of the
College of Nursing faculty, clinical experiences in the care of patients are
introduced in the first year of the Associate Degree Program and in the
second year of the Baccalaureate Degree Program.

Type of Work

It is expected that the majority of new graduates of either program will
be employed as staff nurses in a variety of health agencies. The graduate
of the Baccalaureate Degree Program has the academic prerequisites for
graduate study in nursing.

Your Future

The demand for nurses is increasing steadily. You can be confident that
you will be able to secure a position in the field of your competency, a
choice that will be both satisfying and challenging.

Degrees Granted

At the successful completion of your selected program of study you will
be awarded the degree of Associate in Science or Bachelor of Science.
Graduates of both programs are eligible to take the State Board Examina-
tion required to become a Registered Nurse.

The Associate Degree Program

Your freshman year will be one of full-time study and will include
courses in nursing, liberal arts, and the biological and social sciences. Se-
lected clinical experiences in the nursing care of patients are an integral
part of the first year. Special emphasis is placed upon the responsibility!
of the nurse in the promotion of health and the development of basic
nursing skills.

Students interested in the Licensed Practical Nursing Transfer Program
toward the Associate Degree should write to the Admissions Department
for further information.

Upper-Class Years

During your second and third years in the College, you will progress}
through alternate quarters of classes at the University and cooperative
work assignments in specific hospitals. Care of patients in the hospital j
setting is the principal focus of the laboratory period. Cooperative work
assignments are entirely supplemental to these experiences, and will en-
hance your ability to function as a member of the health team.

Throughout your three years in the University, liberal arts, sciences and
nursing are interwoven into a meaningful whole. This balance of liberal
and technical education provides a firm foundation upon which you will

98

practice nursing in these changing times. The content of the Associate
Degree Program is not identical to the first three years of the Baccalau-
reate Program; therefore, direct transfer from the Associate to the Bacca-
laureate Program or the Baccalaureate to the Associate Program is not
feasible.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Associate Degree Program

Firsi Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

80.101 Fund. Nursing 80.102 Fund. Nursing 80.103 Fund. Nursing
18.107 Integ. Science 30.113 English 30.114 English

19.102 Basic Psychology 18.108 Integ. Science 18.109 Integ. Science

19.141 Growth and Devel. 19.142 Growth and Devel.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program

This five-year curriculum on the Cooperative Plan provides a broad gen-
eral education which includes a foundation in the sciences and humanities
underlying the practice of nursing. It is designed to prepare students to
provide professional nursing care in a variety of settings. In addition, the
program serves as a basis for further professional development and grad-
uate study essential to leadership positions in nursing.

Your Freshman Year

In the first year, learning experiences are planned that encourage per-
sonal involvement of each student in looking at his or her own growth,
progression, and development. Community, national, and world health prob-
lems, as well as social trends and their implications for nursing, provide
the students with a foundation for successive nursing courses.

Upper-Class Years

You will participate in the cooperative feature of the program through-
out your four upper-class years. During the periods of academic study,
liberal arts courses are concurrent with those in the Nursing major. The
nursing courses include clinical laboratory experiences which are planned
to implement principles presented in classroom and discussion sessions.
During the periods of cooperative employment, you will work in selected
health agencies.

To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science, you must complete 11
quarters of academic study and seven quarters of cooperative employment.

99

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Baccalaureate Degree Program

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.141 Biology 12.106 General Chem. 12.107 General Chem.

23.101 Western Civ. 18.142 Biology 18.148 Anatomy

30.113 English 30.114 English 23.102 Western Civ.

80.201 Nursing 80.202 Nursing 80.203 Nursing

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

100

B

/.

li^r^

€

_j2^/f,r ^•

wwm^

^

^"SD

<^^--

J'

.1- "^

L^^i^.

.^HiWl^^M^B 1;^^ ^ ' r* r

:fjBH^'^^

5i^!^„

Bachelor of Science

Management in Health

Agencies and

Institutions
Medical Record

Administration
Medical Technology
Pharmacy

Associate in Science

Cytotechnology
Dental Hygiene
Medical Laboratory

Technology

A.D. (M.L.T.)
Radiologic Technology
Respiratory Therapy

LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Accreditation

Each of the programs offered by the College is accredited by the appro-
priate professional group. The College holds membership in both the Ameri-
can Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the Association of Schools of
Allied Health Professions.

Alms

Northeastern University recognizes the great need for well-educated
allied health professionals. The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions is pledged to meet this need through its program of academic
and cooperative work and extracurricular activities, all of which are de-
signed to prepare students effectively to become professional practitioners,
to enter graduate schools, and to accept employment in the many areas
responsible for the delivery of health care.

Method

The five-year curriculum for the bachelor's degree and three-year re-
quirement for the associate degree provide the full amount of academic
learning time required to equip the student with the scientific and technical
knowledge necessary to practice his chosen profession effectively and to
meet licensure or registration requirements. The "side-by-side" study for
the various health professions gives students a clearer understanding of
how their work fits into the broad category of health care.

103

The Cooperative Plan

The Cooperative Plan will enable you to associate with professional prac-
titioners under actual working conditions. Such practical experience will
give greater meaning to your academic program of study.

Many allied health practitioners, like physicians, must meet certain re-
quirements to obtain licensure from the state in which they desire to prac-
tice. Others must meet professional registration requirements. Such
requirements may include graduation from an accredited program, passing
of a licensure or professional registration examination, and completion of
certain internship obligations.

The internship requirements of programs such as Pharmacy can be
partially or completely satisfied during cooperative work periods.

Degrees Granted

The degrees of Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy,
and Associate in Science are awarded to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Your freshman year for baccalaureate programs will include a core cur-
riculum generally including English, General Biology, Basic Mathematics,
a liberal arts elective, and General Chemistry. Associate degree programs
will vary depending on their specific nature, but will generally include
some core courses. Like other freshmen, you may also elect Basic ROTC
Training or Physical Education if you desire.

Your choice of major will have some bearing on your final program. It is
important that you discuss your area of interest with an admissions coun-
selor or the director of the selected program.

PHARMACY

Ninety percent of the drugs on the market today were unknown ten years
ago. This is an indication of the vast scope of knowledge which today's
pharmacists must have at their command, whether they are at work in the
familiar corner drugstore or in one of the other fast-developing fields open
to members of this profession. As part of their responsibilities, they are
expected to be expert advisers to other health professionals concerning the
use of these new drugs. Because of the rapid expansion in medical knowl-
edge in the past few years, colleges of pharmacy have assumed an even
greater role in educating patient-oriented pharmaceutical personnel.

Type of Work

A majority of the pharmacists in America today work in retail phar-
macies. A large number are also employed in such rapidly growing
branches of the profession as hospital and industrial pharmacy. There are

104

many careers open to pharmacists in the Armed Forces, government
agencies, professional associations, and colleges.

Pharmacy is not restricted to men. Women now make up 24 percent of
the enrollment in pharmacy colleges, with the number increasing yearly.
They comprise nearly eight percent of all practicing pharmacists and 33
percent of hospital pharmacists.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study in Pharmacy will not only prepare you to operate
a retail pharmacy, but will also equip you for the other occupations men-
tioned above. It will also provide an adequate foundation for graduate work.

The required curriculum includes instruction in each of three natural
divisions: (1) nonscientific courses in general education (the humanities
and social studies); (2) mathematics and the basic physical and biological
sciences; and (3) courses in the areas of professional instruction: phar-
maceutical chemistry, pharmacognosy, pharmacology, pharmacy, and
pharmacy administration.

Your Future

Most pharmacy graduates can expect to find employment readily. There
are increased demands for pharmacists in community practice, hospital
pharmacy, and other health care agencies.

Most significant rise — employment in hospitals.

In both industrial and hospital pharmacy, the demand will be greatest
for pharmacists with graduate education.

The long look ahead — continuous growth in the profession.

Pharmaceutical Sciences Laboratories

The College is housed in the Mugar Life Sciences Building on the Main
Campus of the University, where the services of all other divisions of the
University are available to the students. This wing was built and equipped
at a cost of $2,250,000 and is considered one of the finest physical facilities
devoted to pharmaceutical education.

Four floors of the five-story wing contain staff offices, classrooms,
animal quarters, storerooms, and fully equipped laboratories for under-
graduate instruction in General and Physical Pharmacy, Manufacturing
Pharmacy, Prescription Pharmacy, Pharmacy Administration, Medicinal
Chemistry, Pharmacognosy, and Pharmacology.

in addition, specially designed research laboratories are available to
graduate students and faculty in the aforementioned areas of instruction.
Also, a modern and well-equipped radio-isotope laboratory is available for
instruction and research in radiological health.

105

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Pharmacy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.101 Basic Math. 10.102 Basic Math. 10.103 Basic Math.

12.106 Gen. Chem. or or

30.113 English 10.106 Calculus 10.107 Calculus

71.201 Pharm. Orient. 12.107 Gen. Chem. 18.132 Biology

L.A. Elective 18.131 Biology 30.114 English

71.202 Pharm. Orient. L.A. Elective

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Description

The medical record administrator is a vital member of the hospital team.
He or she Is responsible for organizing and managing medical record de-
partments; providing statistics and adequate, complete medical records;
cataloging diseases and operations for research; designing recovery sys-
tems; and providing instruction for medical research and clinical evaluation.

The medical record administrator's responsibility Is as follows:

1. To design health Information systems.

2. To plan, organize, and direct medical record sciences.

3. To develop, analyze, and evaluate medical records and Indexes.

4. To cooperate with the medical staff In developing methods for evalu-
ation of patient care.

5. To cooperate with the medical and administrative staff In research
projects utilizing health care information.

Type of Work

The medical record administrator Is found in many types of health facili-
ties: heading medical record departments in hospitals, nursing homes,
health centers, and satellite clinics; performing staff functions for regional
planning councils or health insurance organizations; serving on faculties
of colleges or schools; and acting as consultant to business In developing
systems and equipment for use In hospitals.

Your Program of Study

The Medical Record Administration Program leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree In five years on the Cooperative Plan. This course of study
prepares students to take the registration examination given by the Ameri-

106

:an Medical Record Association to become a registered record administra-
:or and use tlie initials R.R.A. after their name.

Courses at the University will consist of liberal arts subjects, plus a
combination of science and business courses, including Anatomy and
Physiology, Management and Organization, and Electronic Data Process-
ng. The professional work includes such courses as Hospital Law, Medical
Terminology, Foundations of Medical Science, Medical Record Science,
and Organization and Management of the Medical Record Department.

In addition to academic courses, the student spends 300 hours in applied
medical record science at an affiliated hospital. The Medical Record Ad-
ministration Program is approved by both the American Medical Associ-
ation and the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical
Association.

four Future

Job opportunities for medical record administrators are unlimited. There
are employment opportunities in hospitals, universities, businesses, and
neighborhood health centers, and consulting positions connected with
3Xtended care facilities and nursing homes.

Those who wish to travel may find positions in other countries with the
^eace Corps, Project Hope, and American companies abroad. They may
also work in developing schools for medical record administrators over-
seas. The introduction of computers in hospitals has made the job of
he medical record administrator challenging, exciting, creative, and con-
stantly changing.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Record Administration

Quarter 1

8.131 Basic Animal

Biology
10.113 Freshman Writing
'3.101 Western

Civilization
or

Modern Language
0.101 Basic Math.
17.131 Dynamics of

Health Care

Quarter 2

18.132 Basic Animal
Biology

22.101 Political Science

10.102 Math.
21.100 Principles of

Sociology
87.132 Dynamics of
Health Care

Quarter 3

30.114 Intro, to Literature

23.102 Western Civilization

or
Modern Language

10.103 Math.

22.102 Political Science
87.133 Dynamics of
Health

n addition to above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
^lease see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

107

\/ledical Laboratory Science

/lEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Description

In every area of medicine, the medical technologist is a vital member of.
the medical team. Working with the physician, the medical technologist
performs laboratory analyses which aid in the detection, diagnosis, and
treatment of disease. Utilizing a strong foundation in the biological and
chemical sciences, the technologist performs complex clinical labora-
tory investigations.

Type of Work

The duties of the medical technologist may include testing of blood for |
transfusions, preparing vaccines, identifying bacteria and parasites, ex-
amining blood for malignant cells, and analyzing tissues and body fluids
for inorganic and complex organic chemical substances. The individual
who holds a baccalaureate degree will also be employed in medical lab-j
oratory educational and supervisory positions.

Your Program of Study

Students will enter the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions. Medical Laboratory Science students, while working toward the
Bachelor of Science degree, will register for classes during 12 quarters.
The additional quarter and two interim weeks are necessary for students to
complete the required academic courses, for eligibility to write the certi-
fication examination in medical technology, M.T.(A.S.C.P.). It is suggested
that Medical Laboratory Science students take this additional quarter during
the summer following the freshman year. However, students may arrange
courses so that this additional quarter is taken during the co-op period of
their senior year or during any summer co-op period.

By the end of the summer quarter preceding the senior year, students
must have completed all the necessary nonscience and basic professional
course requirements. Junior-year students may elect advanced medical
laboratory science courses and applied hospital study completion of the
appropriate prerequisites. Applied study in hematology, microbiology, and
clinical chemistry will be available in the New England Deaconess Hospital
and New England Baptist Hospital Medical Technology Programs in Boston.

The Medical Technology program is approved by the Board of Schools
and the Council of Medical Education of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists and the Council of Medical Education of the American Medical
Association. After satisfactory completion of the five-year program, stu-
dents will be eligible to write the Medical Technology Examination given
by the Registry of Medical Technologists.

108

Your Future

Medical technologists find employment opportunities in clinical labora-
tories and research laboratories in universities, medical schools, and
pharmaceutical firms. Those who wish to travel may work with the Peace
Corps, Project Hope, foreign missions, and private companies having hos-
pital facilities abroad. There is an ever-increasing demand for qualified
persons to teach in hospital schools of medical technology and colleges
and universities. Graduates from this broad and intensive program quickly
rise to supervisory positions.

ICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY, A.D.(M.L.T.)

Description

The newest professional category in the clinical laboratory is that of the
medical laboratory technician. He or she has had at least two years of
college and holds an associate degree. The medical laboratory techni-
cian will perform more complicated laboratory procedures than a laboratory
assistant, but will not undertake the supervisory and educational responsi-
bilities of a medical technologist.

Type of Work

A medical laboratory technician, A.D.(M.L.T.), will perform routine chemi-
i leal, microbiological, and hematological procedures in hospital laboratories.

■ Your Program of Study

This program is available on a three-year cooperative plan, and includes
Biology, Human Physiology, Chemistry, and the Basic Medical Laboratory
Science courses. Supervised clinical experience is an integral part of
the program.

Successful completion of the didactic and clinical portions entitles the
graduate to write the appropriate examination of the Board of Registry of
the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Upon successful completion
of college courses, the designation A.D.{M.L.T.) is given.

I Your Future

Employment opportunities can be expected to be widespread because of
the general demands for laboratory personnel. Areas of employment include
large private and hospital clinical laboratories, and physician in-office
laboratories. The Associate Degree in Medical Laboratory Technology pro-
vides a stepping-stone by which one may continue his education to become
a medical technologist.

109

CYTOTECHNOLOGY

Description

Cancer, a disease of disordered cell growth, is apparent with microscopic
examination in its earliest stages. Cytology Is the study of cells, and the
cytotechnologist concentrates upon the microscopic examination of cell
samplings for determinations of cancerous and benign tumor cells. North-
eastern's three-year program leads to an associate degree.

Type of Work

A majority of cytotechnologists work in hospital clinical laboratories.
Employment is also available in physicians' private offices, private labora-
tories, and research facilities. The work requires patience, precision, and
ability to work alone with minimal supervision.

Your Program of Study

During the two-year Cytotechnology Associate Degree program, the cur-
riculum will be concentrated in the biological sciences. An additional
12-month professional segment will include advanced studies in the his-
torical background of cytology, cytology as applied in clinical medicine,
and in areas of anatomy, histology, embryology, and cytophysiology. This
program is offered at the Boston School of Cytotechnology. This school was
established in a combined effort by seven of the teaching hospitals in the
Greater Boston area.

Upon successful completion of the 12-month professional curriculum,
the student is eligible to take the certifying examination given by the Board
of Registry, American Society of Clinical Pathologists.

Your Future

Thousands of skilled scientific assistants are needed in pathology lab-
oratories to work as cytotechnologists, screening slides for the cellular
abnormalities that are the warning signs of cancer. Opportunities exist In
private and public laboratories and industries. The cytotechnology graduate
may continue his education toward a baccalaureate degree.

110

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Laboratory Science

Medical Technology, Medical Laboratory Technology, and Cytotechnology

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

18.131 General Biology

18.132 Animal Biology

10.183 Calculus

10.104 Fund, of Math.

10.105 Fund, of Math.

or

or

or

•12.105 Anal. Chem.

10.105 Calculus

10.182 Calculus

or

12.103 General Chemistry

12.104 Gen. Chemistry

*12.171 Anal. Chem.

or

or

87.101 Basic Med. Lab

12.106 General Chemistry

12.107 Gen. Chemistry

Science

30.113 English

87.100 Lab. Med. Orient

Modern Language

Modern Language

or

or

Elective

Elective

•Optional for Cytotechnology students.

TAL HYGIENE

Description and Opportunities

The dental hygienist is an important member of the dental health team.
At the direction of the dentist, she is licensed to render direct preventive
; services to the patient. Her services include administering dental prophy-
lactic treatment, preparing dental radiographs, and teaching prescribed
methods of maintaining dental health.

Endowed with a sincere interest in people and a manner that reflects
understanding and friendliness, a young woman who is qualified to render
these services can look forward to a professional career that offers the
special satisfaction that comes from being a respected member of a health
team.

For the dental hygienist who is interested in teaching dental health In
schools and other public institutions, the baccalaureate degree program
is important. Not only does she have the personal satisfaction of working
with teachers and health workers in promoting better health for the com-
munity, but she is frequently given special status with the same rights and
privileges as teachers and other health educators.

New schools of dental hygiene are rapidly developing throughout the
United States, and dental hygienists with degrees in education are in in-
creasing demand as clinical instructors and administrators of their
programs.

Program

The Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a program of dental-
hygiene education and general education in cooperation with Northeastern

111

University. Students in tliis two-year program attend classes both at the
Forsyth Dental Center and at Northeastern's immediately adjacent campus
on Huntington Avenue. Graduates of the program will receive the Certifi-
cate in Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in
Science from Northeastern University. Students who are interested in this
program should make direct contact with the Forsyth School of Dental
Hygiene.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Dental Hygiene

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

12.101 General Chemistry

12.102

General Chemistry

18.120 Microbiology

18.114 Functional Human

18.115

Functional Human

19.102 Psychology

Anatomy

Anatomy

DH-09 Head & Neck

DH-01 Dental Anatomy

DH-02

Dental Anatomy

Anatomy

DH-20 Radiology

DH-40

Nutrition

DH-28 Dental Materials

DH-11 Dental Hygiene

DH-05

Histology

DH-13 Dental Hygiene

DH-11C Clinical Dental

DH-12

Dental Hygiene

DH-13C Clinical Dental

Hygiene

DH-12C

; Clinical Dental
Hygiene

Hygiene

Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptioris.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who complete the two-year associate degree program may
apply their credits toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
with a major in Health Education. This three-year curriculum on the Co-
operative Plan is taken at Boston-Bouve College. In addition, students who
complete the two-year program may apply their credits toward a Bachelor
of Science degree in Northeastern's University College.

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions may announce
a full-time degree program for radiologic technologists in the near future.
Prospective students interested in this area of study should make inquiry
at the Office of the Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions.

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS

For information about this program, communicate with the Office of the
Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions or with Northeastern's Uni-
versity College.

112

»IRATORY THERAPY

Respiratory therapy, formerly known as inhalation therapy, is the most
rapidly growing of the health professions. It is concerned with the diag-
nosis and treatment of acute and chronic lung disease occurring in pa-
tients of all ages, from newborn babies to senior citizens. Practitioners
must be able to apply knowledge of basic sciences in order to use respi-
rators, oxygen equipment, humidifying devices, and diagnostic tools with
I patients in various health care settings.

Type of Work

Most respiratory therapists work in hospitals. Their responsibilities in-
clude providing direct minute-to-minute care to patients in continuous
respirators, treating some respiratory problems with intermittent therapy,
teaching the patient with chronic disease to maintain his own care at home,
working with outpatients, using special respiratory function equipment to
aid in diagnosis, and maintaining sophisticated electronic and mechanical
devices.

Therapists concern themselves with all aspects of respiratory care. They
may spend part or all of any one day in the emergency room, newborn nurs-
ery, children's wing, outpatient department, intensive care unit, or pulmonary
laboratory. As the field expands, therapists are in increasing demand in ex-
tended care facilities, community health agencies, and research laboratories.

Your Program of Study

The Respiratory Therapy Program leads to the Associate in Science
degree in three years on the Cooperative Plan. It prepares you to take the
examination of the American Registry of Inhalation Therapists and forms
a basis for continuation of study on the baccalaureate degree level. Math-
ematics and the physical, biological, medical, and health sciences provide
the basis for the professional instruction in Respiratory Therapy. In addition
you will study English, speech, psychology, and history to provide you with
the necessary general educational background. You may round out your
program with elective courses.

Your Future

Graduates of associate degree programs find themselves in demand for
hospitals all over the country. Those who pass the examination of the
American Registry of Inhalation Therapists are sought for leadership posi-
tions in hospitals, educational programs, and research facilities. As the
incidence of respiratory disease continues to rise in this country and the
world, the demand for qualified therapists will continue to rise.

113

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Respiratory Therapy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.114 Functional Human 18.115 Functional Human 18.120 Basic Microbiology

Anatomy I Anatomy II 86.102 Hospital Law &

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Literature Ethics

10.104 Fundamentals of 10.105 Fundamentals of 86.193 Mechanical Basis

Math. Math. of Respiratory

86.191 Physical Basis 86.192 Phy. Basis of Res. Therapeutics

of Respiratory Dynamics II Soc. Sci. Elective

Dynamics I

114

The Reserve Officers' Trainini Corps

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) of the United States Army
exists for the purpose of developing officers— leaders of men. As a part of
the University curriculum, it offers courses of instruction leading to a
commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Army Reserve
or the Regular Army and permits fulfillment of one's military obligation as
an officer. The leadership and management benefits which accrue are as
important to the individual who intends to make his place in industry as to
the man who desires a military career.

Aims

Northeastern's ROTC is an Army, Senior Division, Class CC (Civilian
College) unit offering instruction in military fundamentals common to all
branches of the United States Army.

Record of Accomplishment

Northeastern has every right to be proud of its ROTC. With an enroll-
ment of approximately 400, the Northeastern Cadet Corps is one of the
largest single-campus voluntary units in the United States.

Who is Eligible?

Enrollment in ROTC is entirely voluntary and is open to all male under-
graduate students of the Colleges who are physically qualified and can
qualify for appointment as Second Lieutenants prior to reaching 28 years

117

of age. Students may withdraw from ROTC at any time during the freshman
or sophomore years.

Instruction

The Department of IVlilitary Science is the department of the University
which administers the ROTC Program and conducts all military instruc-
tion. It is made up of a group of U.S. Army officers and noncommissioned
officers especially selected for experience and ability and assigned to
Northeastern University by the Department of the Army after acceptance
by the University.

Basic and Advanced Courses

ROTC is divided into a Basic Course, during which you may be ap-
pointed a cadet noncommissioned officer, and an Advanced Course, in
which you may be appointed a cadet officer. The University physical edu-
cation requirement is satisfied by completion of the Basic Course, which
extends over the freshman and sophomore years. The freshman portion
of the course is offered at the Burlington Campus, as well as at the Main
Campus.

The Advanced Course starts with the middler (third) year and con-
tinues through the junior and senior years. Advanced Course students
attend a six-week summer camp after the senior year and receive retainer
pay while enrolled in the program. The Basic Course or its equivalent is a
prerequisite to enrollment in the Advanced Course. Some of the Basic
Colleges permit work in the Advanced Course to be substituted for cer-
tain electives in earning credit for graduation.

Your Program of Study

Some people think of the ROTC as mostly drill, but you will find that
this is not true. About 75 percent of your study will be classroom instruc-
tion. The first and second years include Map Reading, Small Unit Tactics,
Individual Weapons and Marksmanship, and Leadership Laboratory. The
Advanced Course includes such subjects as Tactics and Operations, Mili-
tary Leadership, Military Teaching Methods, Military Management, Logistics,
Military Law, and Counterinsurgency Operations.

Deferment from Selective Service

If you are enrolled in ROTC, and remain in good standing, you will be
granted deferment from Selective Service until your undergraduate educa-
tion is completed.

Uniforms and Equipment

The government will provide you with all required textbooks and uni-
forms without cost. A $10 deposit is required at the time of enrollment
This will be refunded when you return your uniform and other property^
to the University in good condition.

118

I

ROTC Pay

Advanced Course cadets receive a retainer of $100.00 per month during
actual Advanced Course instruction. The total amount of retainer during
the three years is $2,000.00.

In addition, Advanced Summer Camp pay is approximately $400.00 over
and above food, quarters, and medical care, which are free. Transportation
to and from camp is paid at the rate of six cents per mile.

ROTC Scholarship Programs

The Army ROTC Scholarship Program is designed to offer financial assist-
ance to outstanding young men who are interested in the Army as a career.
Each scholarship provides for free tuition, textbooks, and laboratory fees
in addition to paying a retainer of $100.00 per month for the period that the
scholarship is in effect. The scholarships are provided under the provisions
of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vitalization Act of 1964.

Scholarships may be awarded for either one, three, four, or five years.
Five-year scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as
freshmen, while the other scholarships are restricted to those students who
have completed the varying degrees of ROTC and are selected for con-
tinued enrollment. Applications for five-year scholarships must be sub-
mitted early in January of the student's senior year of high school.

Distinguished IVIilitary Students

If you demonstrate outstanding qualities of leadership, high moral
character and a definite aptitude for military service, and have attained an
academic standing in the upper half of your class, you may be designated
a Distinguished Military Student. This honor, conferred during the junior
year, is the highest to be given to any ROTC cadet.

If you maintain creditable standing up to graduation, you will be desig-
nated as a Distinguished Military Graduate. This designation will appear in
the commencement program as a military honor similar to the regular
academic honors. Distinguished Military Graduates are normally offered
a commission in the Regular Army, which they may accept instead of a
Reserve commission.

Flight Training

Northeastern was one of the original group of universities and colleges
in the United States at which the Army ROTC Flight Training Program
was introduced in 1956.

Under this Program, the Army will pay for flight training for selected
qualified ROTC cadets. This program is offered during the senior year.
To participate, the student must have an aptitude for flying and meet re-
quired physical standards. He must also agree to participate in the Army
Aviation Program, if selected, after entering active service.

Flight training under the ROTC Program is given at an airfield near the
University by a civilian flying school which has been approved by the

119

Federal Aviation Agency, Department of the Army, and the University.
The instruction includes 35 hours of ground training and more than 36
hours of flight training. It is taken on an extracurricular basis. All text-
books, flight clothing, and equipment required are furnished with no cost
to the student.

Students who successfully complete the instruction may qualify to take
the FAA examination for a private pilot's license.

ROTC Activities

Cadets are eligible for selection to membership in the honorary military
societies: the Pershing Rifles, Scabbard and Blade, and the National
ROTC Band Association.

In addition, they may participate in the University ROTC Band, the Uni-
versity Rifle Club (Varsity, Freshman, and ROTC Rifle Teams), the
Counter-Guerrilla Group, and student chapters of professional societies
such as the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association,
and the Society of American Military Engineers.

The Annual Military Ball, sponsored by the Scabbard and Blade, is one
of the most outstanding and colorful events of the year, with the queen
and her court ruling over the festivities.

120

part 3

The Particulars of Education

The Particulars of Education

THE DEPARTMENT OF ADMISSIONS

To find a college or university where both success and happiness can be
achieved is a goal of every young adult who plans to continue his edu-
cation beyond secondary school. This can be realized in a number of
ways — by talking with enrolled students and alumni, and by reading cata-
logs. High on the list of priorities should be a visit to the college campus.
The Committee on Admissions at Northeastern University extends a cordial
welcome to all students and has planned a series of experiences to make
their visit as worthwhile as possible.

The Admissions Conference

It is only natural that students should have many questions about North-
eastern— its programs of study, its services to students, and the Coopera-
tive Plan of Education in which so many of its upperclassmen are involved.
For this reason, the Committee on Admissions sponsors a series of Orien-
tation Conferences for the benefit of students. Offered at 10:00 a.m. and
2:00 p.m. on Mondays and Fridays during the period September 1 through!
April 30 (except for legal holidays), these conferences have been most
successful in helping students to understand the University better. They in-
clude a sound filmstrip in color and appropriate comments by an admissionsi
counselor. This is followed by an informal question and answer period.

122

Special group sessions are also held in the summer between July 1 and
September 1. Further information about these summer conferences may be
obtained from the Admissions Department.

Guided Tours

Guided tours of the campus are held daily, Monday through Friday, at
11:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Both the admissions conference and the tour
should be scheduled in advance. The opportunity to visit the University's
facilities and to observe student life on campus is one important way to
learn about Northeastern. Commuting students who wish to visit the Univer-
sity's Suburban Campus in Burlington are encouraged to do so. This will
appeal especially to those whose home communities are on the North
Shore of Boston.

The Interview

The interview is generally regarded as an appropriate time for stu-
dents with special problems to meet personally with an admissions
counselor. In studying the secondary school record, the counselor may
discover some factor which merits further explanation. In this event, the
applicant may be asked to arrange a visit to the Admissions Office. The in-
terview, therefore, may be held at the request of the student or the
counselor. Ordinarily, contacts with Admissions personnel will be more
beneficial if the two publications Introducing Northeastern University and
Co-opportunities have been carefully studied before the visit to campus.

Special Note

Northeastern does not hold classes for students in the Basic Colleges
on Saturdays; hence, guided tours cannot be provided at that time. A
weekday visit to the University is strongly recommended. Special Saturday
appointments are arranged on a limited basis, however.

lERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRANCE

The Northeastern University Committee on Admissions believes that candi-
dates should complete a secondary school program which is as challenging
as the student's ability enables him to complete successfully. A rec-
ommended program should include courses in English, foreign language,
mathematics, laboratory science, and history. Of particular importance are
the total quality of the school record, continuity and proficiency in sub-
jects which are critical to one's area of study at the University, and a wise
choice of elective courses. The high school transcript should provide clear

j evidence of sound study habits so necessary to success in college study.

I All candidates are encouraged to broaden their reading outside of class.

I It has been said that books stretch the mind. The student who can com-

: municate ideas, understand word meanings, and write effectively is at a
distinct advantage in the competition for admission.
Someday the period of the 1970s will be recorded as a time of great

f 123

change in the calendars and programs of both secondary schools and
colleges. At the high school level such innovations as independent study,
seminars for upper-level students, research projects, and active participa-
tion in worthwhile community projects have become the rule rather than
the exception. Many of these opportunities have come into being as the
result of open-campus developments.

Northeastern University is understandably interested in the growth of the
work/study concept in many secondary schools. Its Committee on Admis-
sions looks with favor upon the variety of worthwhile experiences outside
the classroom walls, from which so many students are profiting.

In similar vein, the University has introduced a degree of flexibility into
Its programs which makes it possible for enrolled students to explore a
variety of academic areas. For example, through the preregistration system
In the College of Liberal Arts, candidates for admission may delay definite
educational choices until after the fact of acceptance. Northeastern's con-
cern is that students not be forced into making educational and career
decisions before their experience can make such decisions possible.

Preparation for Study in Languages

If you hope to enroll in the College of Liberal Arts, or if you intend to
elect a language while enrolled in the College of Education or the College
of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, you must have demonstrated
proficiency in a foreign language. The Committee on Admissions believes
that a background of foreign language study Is desirable for all students
whatever their career interests.

Preparation for Study in Engineering,
The Sciences, and Mathematics

It is only natural that evidence of special aptitude and the highest pos-
sible level of preparation in science and mathematics should be required
of those who wish to study in the College of Engineering, or who wish to
major in Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, or Physics in the College of
Liberal Arts. Such preparation is also required of those who wish to pre-|
pare for the Teaching of Mathematics/Science while enrolled in the College'
of Education. Demonstrated technical aptitude is of paramount importance:
for those who seek admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Technology
Program as offered by Lincoln College.

The Committee on Admissions requires demonstrated ability in science
and mathematics in all the following areas of study:

124

Boston-Bouv§ College
Health Education
Physical Education
Physical Therapy

College of Education
The Teaching of Science-
Mathematics in junior and
senior high schools

College of Engineering
All programs

College of Liberal Arts

Biology, Chemistry, Geology,

Mathematics, Physics
College of Nursing

A.S. Degree program

B.S. Degree program
College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

All programs

Lincoln College

B.E.T. Degree program

It is recognized that courses in science and mathematics vary to a
large extent in terminology, teaching methods, and in content. Applicants
are encouraged, however, to complete the full sequence of such courses
if possible. Admissions counselors may recommend or require additional
summer school study prior to enrollment if an examination of the school
record reveals a deficiency in preparation. Despite the emphasis upon
mathematics and science in these programs, study in the social sciences
and humanities is considered an important foundation for subsequent pro-
fessional courses.

Preparation for Study in Business and IVIanagement

Candidates for admission must have successfully completed a strong
college preparatory program in high school. A primary goal of this curricu-
lum is to provide a broad preparation for leadership in administration.
While mathematics plays an important role in the total program, strong
emphasis is also placed upon study in the liberal arts. Through the behav-
ioral sciences, students are afforded opportunity to develop skills in the
management of people.

Preparation for Study in the Social Sciences,
Teaching, and Law Enforcement

Many candidates for admission have enjoyed their greatest success in
areas other than mathematics-science. Their interests lie quite naturally
in the study of the humanities and social sciences, if you are such a
student, you may choose to apply for admission to one of the following
programs:

Boston-Bouv6 College

Recreation Education

The major in Recreation Education is developed from a broad liberal arts
foundation. Students may select an emphasis in Community Recreation,
Outdoor Education and Conservation, or Therapeutic Recreation for work
with the retarded, the handicapped, or the aging.

125

College of Criminal Justice

By its very nature, the program in law enforcement requires a strong base
of liberal arts study before professional courses are introduced. Applicants
for admission should therefore demonstrate an ability to succeed in their
study of the behavioral and social sciences.

College of Education

Professional courses leading to teacher certification are based upon a
strong foundation of liberal arts study in the humanities and social sciences.
Included in this area are programs in Elementary Education, Special Edu-
cation, and the Teaching of English, Languages, and Social Studies.

College of Liberal Arts

Broad and flexible programs are offered to meet a variety of student in-
terests in Art History, Drama, English, History, Journalism, Modern Lan-
guages, Music, Philosophy, and the Social Sciences. A wide selection of
elective courses enables students to broaden their horizons in many areas
of study.

APPLYING FOR ADMISSION

An Application for Admission is included in the back of this catalog. The
application should be filled out properly in ink, signed, and forwarded to
the Dean of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts
02115. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University. It is to
the student's advantage to submit his application for admission promptly.

Rolling Admission Plan

Under Northeastern's Rolling Admission Plan, candidates may be noti-
fied of their acceptance at that point in their secondary school careers i
when there is sufficient evidence that they will be able to profit from
study at the university level. This may occur early in the senior year or;
after the results of College Board Examinations have been evaluated. In-
all cases of early acceptance, candidates are required to complete suc-
cessfully the senior year of high school.

Early Admission

In certain cases, highly talented students who have studied in an enrich-
ment program of studies may enroll at Northeastern prior to high school

126

graduation. A special form provided by the Admissions Committee requires
the endorsement of the school principal or guidance counselor for early
admission.

Advanced Placement

The University grants advanced placement credit to those students
with a score of 3 or better in their Advanced Placement Examinations.
Such students are excused from the basic courses in English, History,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, and Physics and in the advanced
courses in languages to which the Examinations apply. They receive full
credit for those courses from which they are excused.

Applicants are required to write their Advanced Placement Tests of the
College Board in May.

College Level Examination Program

The University cooperates with the College Entrance Examination Board
in its CLEP Program. Qualified students are encouraged to write the general
i and/or subject matter examinations of CLEP, with the result that college
credit may be allowed upon entrance. In general, the Committee on Ad-
missions accepts the score range recommendations of the College Board.
Northeastern University has been designated a CLEP Testing Center. In-
quiries may be addressed to Room 302 of the Carl S. Ell Student Center
Building.

Entrance Examinations

The results of entrance examinations are regarded by the Committee on
Admissions as a useful guidance tool. It is the quality and scope of a
student's school record which is of primary importance, yet the results of
aptitude and achievement tests are helpful to the admissions counselor in
determining that field of study in which he is most likely to succeed. Sec-
ondary schools normally forward to the Department of Admissions the
results of many test batteries which were administered during grades 9
through 12. It is the consistency of these score ranges which is significant.
All candidates are required to complete the Scholastic Aptitude Test
land three Achievement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board.
[There is no single schedule of testing which is best for all students. As a
' basic rule, no achievement test should be attempted unless the particular
(Subject is currently being studied. Students are advised to consult their
.^guidance counselors for appropriate testing schedules.

All students are required to write the English Composition Achievement
Test. Two other Achievement Tests are also required. In general, it is ex-
pected that applicants will complete this testing requirement in the areas
jin which they feel most competent. It is recognized that the senior program
of studies may determine the individual student's choice of Achieve-

jl ment Tests.

127

For full information about College Board Examinations, consult your school
guidance office or write directly to:

The College Entrance Examination Board

Post Office Box 592

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

or

Post Office Box 1025

Berkeley, California 94701

Programs For Minority Group Students

Northeastern University deliberately seeks to expand educational op-
portunities for deserving minority group students and to recruit promising
students from economically and culturally disadvantaged backgrounds. In
so doing, it has increased its guidance and other supporting services in
order that such students may be assured the opportunity to succeed in
their chosen fields of study. These supporting services include tutorial
study, programmed instruction, and summer study prior to enrollment.
Other counseling services are provided by the University's Afro-American
Center. Financial aid is granted as may be required to make college at-
tendance possible.

General and Special Health Requirements

The general health of all applicants for admission must be satisfactory.
Prior to registration at Northeastern, each applicant must submit on a
Student Health Service Form supplied by the University evidence of a
complete physical examination and chest X-ray. This information must be
forwarded to the University physician for his review. Proper health clear-
ance is considered a condition of admission.

Because of the special nature of certain professions which stress bodily
coordination, physical skills, rehabilitation, and patient care, emphasis if
necessarily placed upon sound health. For this reason, those who seel
admission to the Boston-Bouve College or the College of Nursing are re
quired to receive special health clearance prior to enrollment.

Transfer with Advanced Standing

Each year a number of qualified applicants are admitted as transfe
students from other colleges and universities. In order to enter with ao
vanced standing, a student must have completed the full equivalent of th
freshman year at Northeastern with grades of "C" or better. Full informe
tion about transferring with or without transfer credit is available upo
request.

Required Deposits

If the Committee on Admissions makes a favorable decision on your af
plication, you will be asked to submit a nonreturnable tuition deposit <

128

$100 by April 1. This deposit serves as an indication of your intention to
enroll and is applied to your first-quarter tuition account. A dormitory de-
posit of $100 is due at the same time for resident students. Requests to
extend the deposit date to May 1 will be honored if they are submitted, in
writing, to the Committee on Admissions no later than March 15.

Deferred Admission

Increasing numbers of accepted students seek information about a de-
ferred admission policy. Those who seek a travel experience before entering
college, and those who prefer to improve their financial resources through
gainful employment rather than to begin college studies in the fall, will find
that the following options are open to them.

1. The University now enrolls a January freshman class in most of its
programs. January admission opens up travel and work opportunities
through the month of December. Further information about the Janu-
ary class is available upon request.

2. Accepted students who do not submit the required tuition deposit on
April 1 will be placed on an inactive roster. Those students who wish
to enroll a year later should communicate with the Admissions Office
no later than February 1, describing the activities in which they have
been involved. Normally, a new certificate of admission would be
issued to them at that time.

ENSES

in considering the cost of a college education, it is well to remember that
the expenses involved are an investment — an investment you and your
family are making in your future. It is perhaps the most significant invest-
ment you will make in a lifetime.

It is important for you to understand that the freshman year at North-
eastern University is one of three quarters of full-time study. The Coopera-
tive Plan of Education, under which Northeastern students are gainfully
employed for services rendered, begins in the sophomore year.

In addition to serving its primary purpose of providing invaluable on-
the-job training, the Cooperative Plan also makes possible an education
without the accumulation of large personal debt.

Because of this Cooperative Plan of Education and Northeastern's de-
termination to keep the basic expenses as low as possible, many worthy
students who otherwise might not have been able to afford an education
have attended Northeastern. This is why Dr. Wilson M. Compton, former
President of the Council for Financial Aid to Education, has complimented
Northeastern for ". . . opening college opportunity for thousands to whom
the doors heretofore have largely been closed."

129

Freshman Expenses (3 Quarters)

Tuition for the freslnman year is $1,815, payable in three installments
as follows:

September 20, 1973 *$605.00

January 2, 1974 $605.00

April 1, 1974 $605.00

For students residing away from home, living expenses for Orientation
Week and the three-quarter freshman year will vary slightly according to
dormitory accommodations. These are on a seven-day-a-week basis. t

Speare and Stetson Halls $500.00 a quarter

Light, Melvin, Smith, and White Halls $485.00 a quarter

Other dormitories $460.00 a quarter

In addition, students who live in University residences are required to
pay an infirmary fee of $15 per quarter. Payment is due on the dates
appearing in the tuition schedule above.

Summary of Freshman Expenses

Your expenses for the three quarters of the freshman year will be dis-
tributed somewhat in this manner:

Application fee $15

Tuition $1815

ROTO deposit (if applicable) $10

Books and supplies $80-120

Health Services fee $75

Personal expenses $250-350

Board and room (if applicable) $1380-1500

Infirmary fee (if applicable) $45

Student Center fee $37.50
($12.50 for each of the three quarters)

Boston-Bouve College Professional Programs — Approximate Costs

Physical Education

Required uniform $85

Spring Practicum at Warren Center $70

Physical Therapy

Required uniform for physical therapy
procedures and physical education,
with clinic uniform costs in upper-class years $20
Recreation Education

Required uniform $50

Summer Camp $170 (approx.)

'Less the nonrefundable $100 tuition deposit payable on or before April 1.

tA nonrefundable deposit of $100 for board and room Is payable not later than April 1. This depositii
which is applied to the first-quarter cost of residence, reserves a space for you in a University
dormitory. Notices of definite room assignments are mailed by the Director of Housing in the summer'

130 I

Health Education

Required uniform for physical education $25

Because certain courses involve the use of consumable materials and the
lazard of breakage, separate deposit fees of $5-$20 may be charged.

All rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees at
any time.

Between the freshman and the sophomore years, you will have a vaca-
tion period of 13 weeks. Generally, Northeastern students use this period
to earn money toward tuition costs.

Jpper-Class Tuition

For the academic year 1972-1973 the tuition rates for upper-class stu-
dents have been established as follows:

Engineering $1720 ($860 per quarter)

All Other Colleges $1670 ($835 per quarter)

Jpper-Class Earnings

The average Northeastern student in good standing earns from $1,800 to
$3,300, depending upon his year and major, during each of his four upper-
class years on co-op. Some students will earn much more than this. In
addition, men electing Advanced ROTC will receive income amounting to
approximate $2,000 during their final three years.

Most students residing at home and some resident students living in
3ollege dormitories can expect to earn enough money to cover the cost of
[uition, books, and incidentals.

Upper-class students whose co-op assignments take them some dis-
tance from the Boston area will incur additional expenses which may not
be completely offset by their additional earnings. Such factors are con-
sidered by the Director of Financial Aid when making scholarships and
loans available.

Payment of Tuition

All payments should be made at the Bursar's Office, which is located on
the second floor of Richards Hall. Checks should be made payable to
Northeastern University.

A fee of $10 will be charged for failure to make payment, or specific
arrangements for payment, on or before the date due.

A student is eligible to attend classes only if:

1. Tuition for a given term is paid by the beginning of the second

week of that term; or

2. Specific arrangements have been made with the Bursar for a plan
of deferred payment, which entails a fee of $2.

Accident and Sickness Insurance

Students registered in the Basic Colleges are granted a special Blue

131

Cross-Blue Shield Hospital Policy which remains in effect continuously
from the day of initial registration until the day following withdrawal, dis-
missal, or graduation from the University.

Ail students pay a nonrefundable University Health Services fee of $75
per year. This fee covers the group Blue Cross-Blue Shield program and
the medical services which are provided to students by the University
Health Service.

Late Registration Fee

A fee of $5 will be charged for failure to register in accordance with
prescribed regulations on the dates specified in the college registration
bulletins. Registration must be made in person.

ROTC Uniform Deposit

Freshmen enrolling in ROTC make a deposit of $10 to cover loss of, or
damage to, an ROTC uniform or equipment. Any loss or damage exceeding
the deposit will be charged to the student.

Non-Cooperative Plan

Certain students in the College of Liberal Arts may elect non-cooperative!
programs. Tuition rates per quarter are the same as for students on thei
Cooperative Plan, and payments are due on the same dates.

Refunds

The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic-term basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in cases
where students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal illness.
or for other reasons beyond their control.

FINANCIAL AID

In the process of selecting a college or university, the element of cost can;
be an important factor. To make attendance at Northeastern feasible for
qualified students regardless of their financial circumstances, the Uni-
versity operates a substantial financial aid program. Coordinating the re-
sources of the University and the various public and private scholarship
and loan programs, the Office of Financial Aid oversees programs which
provided over five million dollars to almost 5,000 students in 1971-1972.

Types of Financial Aid

Financial aid at Northeastern may consist of a scholarship, loan, part-
time employment, or any combination of these three, as determined by
the Office of Financial Aid. This "package plan" helps an increasingly
larger number of students and families meet their educational expenses.
The type and amount of aid awarded will depend on the applicant's
achievement in the secondary school, participation in school and com-
munity activities, and the financial need of the family.

132 I

The University does not award financial assistance in any form to foreign
students.

College Scholarship Service

Northeastern University participates in the College Scholarship Service
(CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a stu-
dent should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college
and university and any other agency in determining the student's need for
financial assistance.

I Application Procedure

Applicants seeking financial assistance for the freshman year are re-

. quired to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) to
the College Scholarship Service by January 15, designating Northeastern
University as one of the recipients. The PCS may be obtained from second-
ary school guidance offices. If the form is not available at a student's high
school, he should communicate with the Office of Financial Aid.

By filing the Parents' Confidential Statement, a student will automatic-

: ally be considered for all pertinent aid programs. It is not necessary for

1 him to apply for aid programs on an individual basis.

Students should remember that the earlier they have completed their
financial aid application and have been accepted for admission to North-

; eastern, the better are their chances of receiving aid.

The Office of Financial Aid encourages students to discuss the cost of

I their academic program with their families and to make application for
assistance if there is a realistic need for it. Many students have the mis-
conception that only the top one or two individuals in their class will

' qualify for aid, or that the size of their family income will render them
ineligible for financial assistance. However, since there are many different
sources of financial assistance, each with different requirements for eligi-
bility, it is advisable for a student to make application and then let the
University officials decide on his qualifications. By failing to apply, and
by failing to do so in sufficient time for the University to take appropriate
action, the student may place an unnecessary burden on himself and his
family.

lOLARSHIP PROGRAMS

Federal Grant Programs

The Educational Opportunity Grant Program is designed to provide aid
to exceptionally needy students with academic promise. The grants, rang-
ing from $200 to $1,000, must be matched by scholarship or loan awards
from other programs and are renewable according to financial need.

The Law Enforcement Grant Program makes available maximum awards
of $600 per year for students enrolled in an area of study directly related
to law enforcement. Applicants must be full-time employees of a public

133

law enforcement agency and must agree to work for this agency for a two-
year period following completion of their studies.

The Federal Nursing Scholarship Program provides maximum grants of
$2,000, no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy stu-
dents enrolled in the College of Nursing.

The Health Professions Scholarship Program provides maximum grants
of $2,000, no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy
students enrolled in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions.

State Scholarship Programs

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts provides scholarship aid to Mass-
achusetts students pursuing full-time day programs of study in an accred-
ited college or university. Awards are made in the summer of each year,
and applications for entering freshmen are available in December through
their high school guidance office. Out-of-state students should also in-
vestigate aid programs in their respective states. Substantial state aid is
offered by Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Rhode Island. The
Office of Financial Aid strongly advises aid applicants to apply to state
scholarship programs at the same time that they apply for aid from the
University.

Trustee Scholarships

Established in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University,
these scholarships are granted each year in all of the Basic Colleges to
entering freshmen who have demonstrated scholastic attainment through-
out their preparatory or high school courses.

Regional Scholarships

A number of Regional Scholarships are available to highly qualified
students who reside in rural New England areas.

Charles Hayden Memorial Scholarships

The Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles
Hayden, an alumnus of the Boston English High School, offers annually
memorial scholarships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The schol-
arships are awarded to "deserving boys" whose parents are unable to
finance the entire cost of their education.

Alumni Scholarships

Scholarships for entering freshmen in each of the Basic Colleges are
awarded annually by the Northeastern Alumni Association through thei
generosity of donors' gifts to the Alumni Fund. Awards are granted to ap-
plicants who are relatives of Northeastern alumni on the basis of academic]
achievement and financial need.

134

Community Scholarships

The University has made available a number of $500 Community Schol-
arships for qualified entering freshmen who reside in Ashland, Boston,
Burlington, and Weston. Full tuition scholarships are also offered to quali-
fied applicants who reside in Framingham, Lynn, and Weymouth.

Nursing Scholarships

Scholarships are made available to students in the College of Nursing
through a fund established by contributions from Northeastern University,
the Permanent Charities Fund, the Children's Hospital Medical Center,
and the Beth Israel, Massachusetts General, New England Deaconess, and
Peter Bent Brigham Hospitals.

ROTC Scholarships

The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps Scholarship Program is
designed to offer financial assistance to outstanding young men who are
interested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for full
tuition, fees, and textbooks in addition to pay of $100 per month, which
during one six-week summer training period is increased to one half of a
Second Lieutenant's pay.

ROTC scholarships at Northeastern are for either a five-year or three-
year period. They are awarded to selected entering freshmen or students
who have completed the first two years of ROTC. Scholarships are not
related to financial need, and the earnings of a student during his co-
operative work period do not reduce scholarship payments. This award
may be supplemented, when necessary, by a scholarship, loan, or part-
time job.

Applications for entering freshmen must be submitted prior to March 1
for the following school year. Information on the ROTC Scholarship Pro-
gram may be obtained by writing to the Professor of Military Science,
Northeastern University.

lENT LOAN PROGRAMS

National Defense Student Loans

National Defense Student Loans are granted from funds made available
jointly through the United States Congress and through the University.
Applicants must be United States citizens or permanent residents of this
country. Applications for such loans are made on a year-to-year basis,
and the amount of each loan will be based on the University's estimate
of financial need and the funds available for distribution at the time. No
interest is charged on these loans until nine months after graduation, at
which time a 3 percent interest rate is applied. The loan is to be repaid
in equal installments over a 10-year period after graduation, but may be
repaid at any earlier date. A student may cancel a portion of the loan for

135

full-time employment as a teacher In a public or private and nonprofit
elementary or secondary school and institutions of higher learning.

Nursing Student Loans

The Nursing Student Loan Fund is similar to the National Defense Loan
Program. A student may cancel a portion of her loan if she accepts full-
time employment as a professional nurse in any public or nonprofit in-
stitution or agency.

Health Professions Loans

This program provides maximum loan aid of $2,500 per academic year
to College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions students who evi-
dence academic promise and financial need.

Loan repayment of principal and interest commences three years after
completion of studies and may extend over a 10-year period.

Law Enforcement Loans

The Law Enforcement Loan Program makes available 10-year, 3 percent
interest loans up to a maximum of $1,800 per year to full-time students
enrolled in a program directly related to law enforcement. Loans may be
cancelled at the rate of 25 percent per year for each year of full-time em-
ployment in a state, local, or Federal law enforcement agency.

Northeastern University Student Loans

Northeastern University has established a small tuition loan fund for
the benefit of needy students who cannot be assisted through usual aid
sources. Terms of repayment are comparable to those of the National
Defense Loans.

Guaranteed Insured Student Loans

Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, students are eligible to borrow
from a bank or other participating financial institution a maximum of
$1,500 per academic year for their educational expenses. For students
whose adjusted family incomes are less than $15,000, the interest would
be paid by the Federal government. Repayment would begin after gradua-
tion. The award is not based on financial need, and it is available to stu-
dents regardless of their family income. Students should inquire at their
local lending institution for application forms and additional information
regarding this program.

PART-TIME WORK

While it is unwise for a student to look to part-time employment as the
sole means of financing his college education, it is a recognized fact that
most students will seek part-time employment sometime during their col-

136

lege career, generally combining these earnings with some other form of
financial aid.

So that employment may be made readily available to all students who
need it, the University has created from its own funds and from funds pro-
vided under the College Work-Study Title of the Higher Education Act of
1965 a large number of job opportunities both on campus and in the neigh-
boring community. In all cases the jobs are structured in such a way as to
provide maximum part-time earnings without interfering with a student's
prime study time. In many cases the University is able to provide summer
employment for local students prior to their enrollment in September.

Any student wishing to secure part-time employment must file a copy of
the Parents' Confidential Statement with the Office of Financial Aid and
then communicate with that Office directly after official acceptance for
admission.

SING

Women's Residence Regulations

Unmarried women students who are under age 21 in their first year of
college, and who do not live with their parents or a legal guardian, are
required to live in a University residence hall both while attending classes
and working on their cooperative assignment. If a student's cooperative
work is not in her home town, and if it is not within commuting distance
of a University residence hall, special housing arrangements are made
through the Department of Cooperative Education, with the written approval
of her parents. Commuting students who wish to live elsewhere than at
home are also subject to the University's resident requirements.

Certain exceptions to these rules are made for students who desire to
live in another form of supervised housing approved by the University, or
who desire to live with an older relative, such as a grandparent, aunt, or
uncle. Permission for such a living arrangement must be obtained in ad-
vance from the Office of the Associate Dean of Students for Women's
Affairs. Special request forms for this purpose are available in that Office,
and must be submitted at least two weeks before the beginning of the
quarter in which the housing change would take effect. However, a request
for special residence permission does not mean that a student may ask to
be simply excused from the University's residence requirement.

Students in unauthorized housing are subject to disciplinary action.
Questions regarding these regulations must be directed to the Associate
Dean of Students for Women's Affairs.

I ENT ACTIVITIES

Whether your hobby is painting, science, photography, chess, debating,
sports, writing, music, dramatics, or international relations, chances are

137

you will find numerous opportunities to continue your interest while at
Northeastern.

More than 130 varieties of student activity are conducted regularly.
These include clubs, fraternities, sororities, religious groups, honor socie-
ties, musical organizations, societies for women students, professional
societies, and student government groups. Most of these activities are open
to freshmen.

The hours from 12:00 noon to 2:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and Thursdays are
reserved exclusively for student activities. No classes are scheduled dur-
ing this period.

If you like politics, you may wish to run for office. Each class has its
own set of officers, and the campaigning for "jobs" on the class boards
is frequently as spirited as that in any state or national election.

We hope — and believe — that you will enjoy as least some of these activi-
ties and special events. The only limitation is that imposed by time
required for the proper amount of study. If your marks are low or if you
are doing work far below your capabilities, your participation in student
activities should be limited until you are in good academic standing.

Participation in extracurricular activities will help you to live a full life
at Northeastern University. Not only will sharing in these activities con-
tribute to your further growth and self-development through training and
experience gained, but it will provide much beneficial recreation with
new-found friends and an opportunity to serve Northeastern. If you be-
come a leader in one of the organizations that particularly interests you,
you will be taking advantage of the opportunity to develop real adminis-
trative and executive ability.

The importance which Northeastern places on student activities is not
only shown by the regular hours set aside for participation, but also by the
extension of the advisory system to the program. Many organizations have
their own faculty adviser, who takes as much interest in the progress of
student members as does their section or class adviser and their coordi-
nator in the Department of Cooperative Education. The faculty adviser will
give students the benefit of his or her experience and mature viewpoint in
integrating their activities with other important phases of college life.

Chapel Services

Chapel services are held in the Bacon Memorial Chapel, located in the
Carl S. Ell Student Center, on Thursday from 12:30 to 1:00 p.m. Eminent
clergymen speak at the interfaith services. Attendance is voluntary.

The Dean of Chapel, who is available daily for counseling, and the
Director of Chapel Music assist the Student Chapel Committee of the
Student Union in planning the services.

138

Special Interest Groups

All-University Activities

Distinguished Speakers Series

Husl<y Key

Radio Station WRBB-FM

Student Center Committee
Student Council
Student Union

Art Club

Artistic Organizations
Dance Theatre Silver Masque

Educational Organizations

American Students for Israel

Computer Club

Debate Council

Economics Society

German Club

Health Education Majors' Club

History Club

International Students' Forum
Medical Technology Club
Music Therapy Club, Recreation

Education Department
Objectivism Study Group
The Philosophy Forum
Physical Education Majors' Club
Physical Therapy Club

Musical Organizations

Chamber Orchestra N. U. Band

Early Music Players N. U. Chorus

Ethnomusicological Society ROTC Band

Chinese Students
Contact Phone
Ecology Coalition
N. U. Female Liberation
Progressive Labor Party

Political and Social Action Organizations
Club

Students for a Democratic Society
University Forum
Vietnam Veterans Against the War
Young Americans for Freedom
Young Democrats

Cauldron

Publications
Northeastern News

Spectrum

Recreational Organizations

Camera Club
Chess Club
Film-making Club
Hus-Skiers and Outing Club
Karate Club
Model Railroad Club
Radio Club
Rifle Club

Sport Parachute Club

Sports Car Club

Underwater Society

Table Tennis Club

Women's Athletic and Recreational

Association
Wrestling Club
Yacht Club

139

Religious Organizations

Baptist Fellowship Intervarsity Christian Fellowship

Canterbury Club Lutheran Club

Catholic Students Association NIchiren Shoshu of America

Christian Prayer Group N.U. Overcomers

The Christian Science Phanar (Greek Orthodox)

Organization Presbyterian Club

Congregational Club Unitarian Universalist Club

Hillel Counselorship Wesley Club (Methodist)

Fraternities

The 15 recognized fraternities at Northeastern (six local and nine na-
tional) play an important part in the life of the University. Membership is
by invitation, and bids are extended by the fraternity to freshmen during
their first and second quarter. Smokers, dances, and socials for freshmen
are held with the object of pledging. The fraternities are:

Alpha Epsilon Pi (national) — Brookline

Alpha Kappa Sigma — Jamaica Plain

Beta Gamma Epsilon — Boston

Delta Chi (national) — Jamaica Plain

Delta Sigma Theta (national) — Boston

Gamma Phi Kappa — Boston

Nu Epsilon Zeta — Brookline

Phi Beta Alpha — Boston

Phi Gamma Pi — Brookline

Phi Kappa Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

Phi Sigma Kappa (national) — Jamaica Plain

Rho Pi Phi (national) — Boston

Sigma Alpha Mu (national) — Boston

Tau Kappa Epsilon (national) — Allston

Zeta Beta Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

The Interfraternity Council coordinates activities of these groups.

Honor Societies

The several honor societies are made up of juniors and seniors who
have been elected to membership from a list of eligible students sub-
mitted by the faculty. The basis of membership is high scholarship, good
character, and outstanding personal qualities. By meetings and annual
scholarship awards, the societies cultivate interest in and attainment of
high academic accomplishment.

All Colleges of University

Phi Kappa Phi
Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve Honor Society

140

College of Business Administration
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma

College of Education
Kappa Delta Pi

College of Engineering
Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial)
Chi Epsilon (Civil)
Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical)
Omega Chi Epsilon (Chemical)
Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical)
Tau Beta Pi

College of Liberal Arts
The Academy

Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Sigma (Biology)
Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)

College of Pharmacy
Rho Chi

Organizations for Women Students

All women students are eligible to join the women's society, Omega
Sigma. Through meetings and social functions, this society works to pro-
mote greater friendliness and unity among women students.

SORORITIES

Alpha Sigma Tau (national) Delta Phi Epsilon (national)

Alpha Omicron Pi (national) Lambda Delta Phi (national)

SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS

Cheerleaders Modern Dance Group

Dance Theatre (open to men and women)

ntramural Sports

MEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The intramural sports programs for men are organized to permit students
0 participate as members of a sports club, as members of a team, or as
ndividuals on a nonteam, "drop-in-and-participate" basis. Sports activities
ire scheduled according to seasonal interests, and include aquatics, bad-
ninton, basketball, boxing, gymnastics, handball, jogging, judo, track,
'olleyball, and weight and training.

141

WOMEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The Women's Athletic and Recreation Association has, as Its prime
purpose, the promotion of activity opportunities of an athletic and recrea-
tional nature for all undergraduate women students. Throughout the year,
intramurals and club participation are possible In badminton, basketball,
fencing, field hockey, golf, gymnastics, lacrosse, modern dance, speed
swimming, synchronized swimming, tennis, and volleyball. Varsity athletic
teams for women Include basketball, fencing, field hockey, lacrosse, swim-
ming, diving, tennis, and volleyball. Other activities may be offered when
warranted by student Interest and availability of facilities.

Professional Societies

You will benefit in many ways by joining the student chapter of a pro-
fessional society in an area of study of particular Interest to you. You will i
keep up with latest developments by listening to authorities In that field;
you will have the opportunity to exchange ideas with students from other
colleges and universities as well as from Northeastern; and you will learn
more about professional standards.

If you take an active part by attending regular meetings and social
affairs, you may become an officer or a representative or member of a^
delegation to meetings outside the University. Such participation may;
prove Invaluable in shaping your career.

The following professional societies are open to upperclassmen In their^
respective professional fields. The majority are national organizations.

Accounting Society (local)

Advertising Club (local)

Alpha Zeta Omega (Pharmacy)

American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation

American Chemical Society

American Finance Association

American Institute of Chemical Engineers

American Institute of Industrial Engineers

American Institute of Physics

American Marketing Association

American Pharmaceutical Association

American Physical Therapy Association

American Society for Medical Technology

American Society of Civil Engineers

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association

Association of Schools of Allied Health

Boston Society of Civil Engineers

Council of Professional Engineering Societies

Delta Sigma Theta (Pharmacy)

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Hi;

Kappa PsI (Pharmacy)

142

Lambda Kappa Sigma (Pharmacy sorority)

National Education Association

Rho Pi Phi

Sigma Delta Chi (Journalism)

Society for the Advancement of Management

Society of American Military Engineers

Society of Women Engineers

DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETICS

All students are urged to participate in the University's athletic program,
which includes all the major collegiate sports.

The University maintains varsity and freshman teams in baseball, crew,
cross country, football, hockey, track, and skiing. These teams are among
the finest in the East and have represented the University in both national
and international competitions. Students also participate in sports such as
golf, riflery, and sailing.

Home for the entire athletic program is the spacious Cabot Physical Edu-
cation Center and Edward S. Parsons Field. The gymnasium has four
basketball courts for men and one for women, and also features a rifle range
and a cage which provide facilities for indoor track, as well as for cross
country, baseball, and football drills. Parsons Field houses the Huskies'
football stadium and the Northeastern baseball diamond. It also accom-
modates training areas for the outdoor track team.

The University's major athletic teams have won 613 varsity events while
losing only 353 over the past nine years. Not only has success been a
tradition at Northeastern, but balance as well. Of the 65 major teams com-
peting over the past nine years, 52 have had winning seasons while only 10
have been in the red column.

Northeastern annually fields one of the toughest football elevens in New
England. In the past 10 years they have enjoyed seven winning seasons
against such Eastern powers as Temple, Harvard, and Holy Cross. The
finest team in the past decade was 1963's undefeated team that went on
to play in the Eastern Bowl.

The Husky hockey forces are one of the most powerful in Eastern ice cir-
cles. They won the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference Holiday Hockey
Tournament in 1964 and have competed in several E.C.A.C. Championships.

Basketball teams at Northeastern also have the winning habit. The
Huskies won the N.C.A.A. Regional Championship in 1962 and 1963 and
: went on to compete in national small-college championships in Evansville,
Indiana. Also in 1963 Northeastern received the E.C.A.C. College Division
Trophy for the finest small-college team in the East. After competing in six
N.C.A.A. College Division Championships in seven years, the Huskies
. moved into the University Division and finished the 1970-1971 season with
a 17 and 4 record.

The track and cross country teams have been outstandingly successful

143

in recent years. Cross country teams have a 71 and 18 record over the past
nine years, with undefeated seasons in 1963 and 1964.

The indoor tracl< team is 67 and 10 over the nine-year span and unde-
feated in 1964, 1965, and 1966. The Husl<y harriers have been dominant
outdoors, also compiling a 56 and 5 record. In total, the fieetfooted track
men have won 204 events over the last nine seasons while losing only 34.

Northeastern baseball ranks with the best in the East. The Huskies were
the New England Champions in 1966 and went on to compete in the College
World Series. In 1964 they placed second after a dramatic double-header
in Fenway Park, and Coach John Connelly was named New England Coach
of the Year.

But the most amazing Husky sports story is that of Northeastern's crew.
Their first season in 1965 saw them win four of five regattas while defeating
33 crews and losing to only one during the regular regatta season. Now
N.U. is one of the most powerful rowing colleges in the East. The Husky
crew received a second invitation to compete in the Henley Regatta, Henley,
England, in 1972.

FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAMS

Except for the visits which we hope you will make to the Admissions
Office, your first opportunity to know Northeastern and to meet your class-
mates, your deans, and your advisers will come during the freshman ori-
entation period.

The program for the orientation period is planned for you and supervised
by the Dean of Students and his staff. They will see to it that you are intro-
duced to the customs and people that make up Northeastern. At that time
registration, class schedules, and other procedures and details necessary
to your enrollment will be completed.

On the first day, in accordance with a long-standing tradition, you will be
welcomed by President Knowles at the Freshman Convocation. Later you
will be able to meet the Dean of your College and others who will have
important roles in your college career.

Upper-class students who volunteer their time will assist in setting up
and running programs, primarily evening events, which provide oppor-
tunities for relaxation, recreation, and cultural enrichment. The Office of
the Dean of Students will be available during the orientation period and
throughout the year to answer questions and provide assistance.

THE COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER

The purpose of the Counseling and Testing Center is to help students
with many different concerns. Some deal primarily with educational and
vocational planning, and others with personal problems, feelings, and inter-
personal relationships. At the Center the student is encouraged to discuss

144

his concerns with a counselor, following which he might take one or more
of these steps:

1. Continue individual discussions with the counselor.

2. Take psychological tests to increase his knowledge of himself.

3. Join a group of students with whom he can share his concerns.

4. Make use of the Center's extensive file of information about careers
and services.

The Center's services are available without charge to all students in the
Basic Colleges. Students can arrange an appointment by telephoning (617)
437-2142 or by visiting the Center in Room 302 Ell. Vocational counseling
services are also available on a fee basis to high school students and adults.
The counseling services of the Counseling and Testing Center are ap-
proved by the American Board on Counseling Services.

FACULTY ADVISORY SYSTEM

You probably have heard many times that the freshman year at any col-
lege is the hardest.

You may have to learn how to study — really study — for the first time. You
will have to learn to plan your time for study — and stick to it. You will be
largely on your own — perhaps for the first time in your life.

This is a large order and undoubtedly will require many adjustments on
your part. But the feeling of independence which will come as a result of
being on your own will be important to you. Frankly, we think you will find,
like many others before you, that this independence — provided that you
learn to plan your time wisely — is one of the big thrills of attending college.

But whether you find the adjustment from high school to college life
more difficult or easier than most, you can be sure of one thing: you can
always rely on a close personal relationship with members of Northeast-
em's faculty. This is possible through Northeastern's advisory system,
which has enabled hundreds of undergraduates throughout the years to
make successfully the numerous adjustments to college life. The continu-
ance of the system throughout your four upper-class years will help you to
choose a career best suited to your individual talents.

During your first week at Northeastern you will be assigned to a section
with 30 to 35 students and will meet your section adviser. You may
have this same adviser as one of your classroom teachers throughout your
freshman year. He will be informed of the progress you are making in your
courses and will be in a position to offer advice and encouragement. Of
course, you may consult with the Dean of Students or his assistants at
any time. The Dean supervises the entire first-year advisory system.

You will have personal interviews with your section adviser and will also
participate in one or two group meetings with all section members on hand.
These meetings will really help you to get acquainted and to feel at home.

Soon you will realize another reason why you feel so much at home at

il 145

Northeastern. Look around and you will find that members of your section
attend many of their classes together. This is a basic and unique feature
of the Northeastern freshman year.

Later on, as you get to know your classmates and get into the real swing
of college life with ail its cultural and social affairs, as well as its studies,
you'll find that your class also has a social adviser who serves in that
capacity throughout your years at the University.

And in addition to the regular conference hours held by your section
adviser, you can feel free to consult with any of your other professors.
They have regular conference hours, too, and they spend many additional
unscheduled hours in aiding students whenever they need help.

In your upper-class years you will find that your academic adviser will
be assigned according to your major instead of by sections.

The deans of the Colleges lend overall direction to these advisers, and
they, too, are a basic part of this effective, informal advisory system. You'll
find them as friendly, available and willing to help as your section or class
advisers.

Foreign Student Information

The University welcomes qualified students from foreign lands who are
adequately prepared to benefit from the educational, cultural, and social
opportunities it has to offer.

Northeastern University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-
immigrant aliens as full-time students in degree-granting programs of its
basic undergraduate colleges and graduate schools. Part-time and special
students are not included in this authorization.

Because of special problems of adjustment experienced by many stu-
dents from foreign countries, the University makes a special effort to
examine the educational and financial qualifications of prospective
students.

Specific University policies for foreign students are stated in the publi-
cation Information for Foreign Students. This leaflet may be obtained from
the Department of Admissions.

146

I?}©!

part 4

The Pillars of Education

H

The Pillars of Education

UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

"All that mankind has done, thought, gained or been: it is lying as in
magic preservation in the pages of books."

—THOMAS CARLYLE

By the selection of good books you may learn "the very heart and core
of ages past, the reason why men lived and worked and died."

As a Northeastern student, you will spend hours of hard, concentrated
study in one of the eight large reading rooms in the Dodge Library with
space for 675 students.

You may well spend considerable time in the Richardson Room, which, in
addition to special equipment, has a collection of 4,000 recordings, and
tapes. The records include Shakespearean and other plays, poetry, and
prose readings, as well as hundreds of classical and some jazz records.
The tapes are made from certain class lectures and can be used as often
as needed.

You will aso find the Reserve Book Room, the Reference Room, and the
Periodical Room (which receives more than 1,700 technical journals and
magazines) important to your studies.

An open-stack policy is in force at all times. This means that you will
always have free access to all books.

Since it was completed in 1952, the Dodge Library has acquired ap-
proximately 310,000 volumes and has a collection that Is growing at the

151

rate of about 3,000 volumes a month. In addition, the Library holds approx-
imately 356,000 titles on microform.

Additional libraries are: the divisional libraries of Physics/Electrical
Engineering, Mathematics/Psychology, the Boston-Bouve College library,
the Hurtig Hall library, and the School of Law library. The Suburban Cam-
pus at Burlington has its own library, and there are also libraries at the
Marine Science Institute in Nahant, and the Center for Management De-
velopment in Andover.

We know you will find the library a quiet, convenient place for study or
for recreational reading.

LEARNING RESOURCES

The fourth floor of the Dodge Library building Is comprised of a variety
of specialized resource and study facilities. The Learning Center, open days
and evenings, provides students with more than 50 individualized carrel
spaces for use with programmed instruction materials, videotaped presen-
tations, recorded lectures, slide-tape lessons, filmstrips, film loops, simula-
tion exercises, and a host of other media. All of these materials, whether
required for assignments or used as enrichment units, may be used free of
charge. Students also have available to them in this facility the Machine
Aids Laboratory, consisting of calculators and typewriters.

The Modern Language Laboratory is also located on the fourth floor of
the Library. Close by is the Instructional Technology Information Center,
which makes available to both students and faculty more than 4,500 refer-
ence items on instructional design and media. Students will also find in this
area audiovisual equipment and media production workshop facilities,
especially designed to accommodate students and faculty interested In!
developing or improving teaching skills.

RESEARCH ||

One of the fundamental purposes of a university Is to discover new fron
tiers of human knowledge through basic research. This is of great impor
tance In a university like Northeastern, which emphasizes preparation to ;
graduate study.

Research projects totaling approximately $4,000,000 yearly are being per
formed in virtually all departments of all the Colleges, with support cominc
from the University, the Department of Defense, the National Institutes o
Health, the National Science Foundation, and many other governmen i
agencies and private industry. Nearly all programs employ students, eithe \
as cooperative students or as graduate fellows.

A list of some of these projects, to show their diversity, would Includ' J
fundamental studies in nuclear physics, relativity theory, speech analysis '
determination of upper-atmosphere characteristics, solid-state theoo

152 fli

microelectronics, cancer detection, energy conversion, biological appli-
cations of lasers, modification of visual threshold under hypnosis, and
mathematical models describing metal alloys. At present, emphasis is being
given to the development of research in the humanities and social sciences.
This research program helps Northeastern University to attract and
retain the services of distinguished faculty members. You will be proud
to know these men and women as professors in your classrooms.

;/lPUTATION CENTER

The Computation Center has proved to be invaluable both for teaching
and for research purposes. Several hundred students have programs run
on the computer each day. Both faculty members and students use the
Center for nonsponsored research and thesis work.

An increasing amount of research is sponsored by both governmental
departments and industrial concerns.

«it

S

M

parts

Freshman Course Descriptions

Graphic Science

9.106 Basic Engineering I

Introduction to fundaments
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary
views. Reading and interpreting technical multi-view drawings. Elements of descrip-
tive geometry. Construction of both isometric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings.
Introduction to F0RTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Basic control statements to D0 statements, including subscripted vari-
ables and F0RMAT.

9.107 Basic Engineering II

Elements of engineering design through analysis of existing designs by means of
case studies, discussion of some commonly available components used to solve
design-oriented problems, group and individual participation in original and open-
ended design projects. Use of technical drawing to document and implement
engineering design. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, including use of
and contributions to scientific subroutines, etc. Computer graphics including the
making of drawings by means of a CalComp digital incremental plotter driven by
the computer.

9.451 Engineering Design I

Introduction to fundamentals of engineering graphics, including depicting of planar
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary!
views. Reading and interpreting of multi-view drawings. Construction of both isomet-i
ric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings, with some emphasis on drafting techniques.
Introduction to FORTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Data deck construction and basic control statements through IF
statements.

9.452 Engineering Design II

Emphasis on engineering drawings required to support engineering design, including
standard conventions, dimensioning, and production processes. More detailed draw-
ings, such as intersections and developments, are studied. Analysis and evaluation)
of existing design systems are accomplished through case studies chosen to demon- 1
strate how scientific principles are applied to design problems. Continuation of
F0RTRAN programming through subscripted variables and basic D0 loops. Exam-
ples of programming as an engineering tool.

156

9.453 Engineering Design III

Discussion of design processes, stressing original and creative solutions. Examina-
tion of some commonly available components used to solve design problems.
Involvement in both individual and group design projects. Examples of one-solution
problems are considered, as well as multi-solution problems. Introduction to self-
correcting (feedback) systems. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, includ-
ing Implied D0 loops and elementary scientific subroutines. Computer graphics,
including the making of drawings by means of a computer-driven CalComp plotter.

9.454 Engineering Design IV

Graphical analysis of machine elements such as cams and linkages. Translatory and
rotary motion involving displacement, locus generators, velocity and acceleration
vectors. Simple, compound, reverted, and epicyclic gear trains. Charts, graphs,
functional scales, and nomography. Computer applications to engineering and de-
sign efforts. Selected logical control and programming techniques.

Mathematics

10.101 Basic Mathematics

Development of real numbers and the algebraic operations, with emphasis placed on
the field postulates. Study of polynomials, fractions, exponents, radical expressions,
1st and 2nd degree equations, solutions of inequalities, relations and functions.

10.102 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.101)

Continuation of functions and relations, graphs, simple forms of conic sections, vari-
ation, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations and inequalities,
complex numbers.

10.103 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.102)

Theory of equations, sequences and series, probability, topics in trigonometry.

10.104 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 1 unit high school algebra)
Numerical systems; review of algebraic processes; solutions of linear and quadratic
equations and inequalities; elementary matrix operations with applications; permuta-
tions, combinations, and probability.

10.105 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.104 or equivalent)

Selected topics in analytic geometry; number sequences; limits and continuity of
functions; geometric interpretation of a derivative; derivatives by formula; applica-
tions of derivatives to curve-sketching and problem-solving.

10.106 Calculus (Prereq. 31/2 units of coll. prep. math, or 10.103, 10.105, or 10.123)

A first course for upper-class students. Differential calculus of one variable; topics
in analytic geometry.

10.107 Calculus (Prereq. 10.106)

Integral calculus of one variable with an introduction to differential equations.

10.111 Calculus (Prereq. 31/2 units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Biological Sciences and Phar-

157

macy. Limits, particularly the derivative; topics in analytic geometry related to the
application of the derivative.

10.112 Calculus (Prereq. 10.111)

Differentiation and integration of functions, with applications; topics in analytic ge-
ometry, including calculations of areas of plane figures bounded by algebraic
curves. Further techniques of evaluation of limits.

10.113 Calculus (Prereq. 10.112)

Transcendental functions and their derivatives and integrals; parametric functions;
applications of definite integrals and other limits.

10.124 Mathematics

Review of algebraic processes, solution of systems of linear equations, vectors and
matrices, exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to probability.

10.125 Mathematics

Introduction to differential and integral calculus, with business applications.

10.150 Calculus

Introduction to analytic geometry and to the differential and integral calculus of
algebraic functions; inequalities, functions, and graphs; limits and continuity; mean-
value theorem and applications.

10.151 Calculus

Differential calculus applied to maximum-minimum and rate problems; the differen-
tial; the definite integral and areas; the indefinite integral; circles and conies. The
differential and integral calculus of transcendental functions.

10.152 Calculus

Linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transformations and ma-
trices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations and determi-
nants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.181 Calculus (Prereq. V/z units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Mathematics or Physics. Review
of basic properties of sets and the real number system; inequalities, absolute value,
mathematical induction. Functions. Limits and continuity. Derivatives.

10.182 Calculus (Prereq. 10.201)

Further properties of the real number system; supremum and infimum. Properties
of continuous functions; extreme values; mean-value theorem. Riemann integral;
primitives; fundamental theorem of integral calculus. Integration by substitution
and by parts. Transcendental functions. Taylor's formula with remainder, inde-
terminate forms, I'Hopital's rule.

10.183 Calculus III

Continuation of 10.182

158

10.203 Algebra

Elementary linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transforma-
tions and matrices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations;
determinants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (Prereq. Math. Placement Test or
10.302)

Fundamental operations of algebra; algebraic fractions; exponents and radicals;
functions. Trigonometric functions of angles both in degree and in radian measure;
right triangles; identities and equations.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (Prereq. 10.307)

Quadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers; binomial
expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric graphs; other
transcendental functions, logarithms, inverse trigometric functions.

10.320 Calculus I (Prereq. 10.308, or 10.503, or 10.507)

Functions, graphs, and limits; study of the straight line, the circle, the parabola;
differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications, including the mean-value
theorem; continuity.

Physics

11.115 Fundamentals of Physics I (Physics for Humanists)

The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence intended primarily for students in the hu-
manities and social sciences. Some of the basic principles governing the physical
universe are established without using more mathematics than simple algebra. This
course is directed at the intellectually curious student, and attempts both to teach
him some physics and to show him how scientific modes of thought are related to
others with which he is more familiar. The first quarter discusses material in me-
chanics and thermodynamics.

11.116 Fundamentals of Physics II (Prereq. 11.115)
Continuation of 11.115. Electromagnetic theory and atomic physics.

11.117 Physics for Science Majors I (Calculus required as prerequisite or con-
currently)

The first quarter of a three-quarter sequence for all science majors. Kinematics,
Newton's laws of motion, momentum and energy, the conservation laws, gravitation.

11.118 Physics for Science Majors II (Prereq. 11.117)
Fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, optics.

11.119 Physics for Science Majors III (Prereq. 11.117 but nof 11.118)
Electrostatics, currents, magnetic fields, electromagnetism.

11.171 Basic Physics I (Physics for the Health Sciences)

The first quarter of a two-quarter physics sequence intended primarily for students
who are oriented toward the health sciences and athletics, including many students
in Biology, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, and Physical Education. No calculus re-

159

quired. The emphasis is on the laws of physics as they relate to problems in the
life sciences. The first quarter discusses topics in mechanics, thermodynamics,
and waves.

11.172 Basic Physics II

Continuation of 11.171. Electricity and magnetism and light.

11.173 Physics Laboratory I

The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence. The student performs experi-
ments from various fields of physics.

11.174 Physics Laboratory II

Continuation of 11.173.

11.203 Elementary Physics I (Physics for Engineers)

The first quarter of a four-quarter sequence intended primarily for Engineering stu-
dents. The student is assumed to be concurrently taking a four-quarter calculus
sequence. The aim of the course is to give the student a working knowledge of
physics. The first quarter discusses vector algebra and the dynamics of particle
motion.

11.204 Elementary Physics II (Physics for Engineers)

Continuation of 11.203. Conservation laws and their use in solving problems in ele-
mentary dynamics. Wave motion and vibrating systems.

11.205 Elementary Physics III (Physics for Engineers)
Continuation of 11.204. Electricity and magnetism.

11.317 Physics I (Mechanics) (Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently)
Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; Newton's laws; projectile and circular
motion; conservation laws for momentum and energy; rotational motion; simple
harmonic motion.

11.318 Physics II (Wave Motion, Sound, Heat) (Prereq. 11.317)

Wave motion, intensity, interference phenomena, Doppler effect, vibrating systems,
temperature, heat, change of state, heat transfer, kinetic theory of gases, general
gas laws, thermodynamics.

11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (Prereq. 11.318)
Electrostatics, magnetism, magnetic induction, induced currents, direct and alter-
nating current circuits, properties of light, reflection, refraction, dispersion, optical
systems, diffraction, polarization.

Chemistry

12.101 General Chemistry

Introduction to the principles of chemistry, with emphasis on stoichiometry, ionic
solutions, and the inorganic chemistry of biological systems.

160

12.102 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.101)

Introduction to organic chemistry with emphasis on compounds of biological sig-
nificance.

12.103 General Chemistry

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Stoichiometry, atomic structure,
chemical bonding, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, states of matter, solutions.
Laboratory: introduction to qualitative analysis.

12.104 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.103)

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Chemical equilibria, introduc-
tion to chemical thermodynamics and kinetics, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry,
topics in inorganic and organic chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.105 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.104)

The principles and practice of experimental measurements by means of chemical
reactions. Laboratory: quantitative analysis.

12.106 General Chemistry

For non-Chemistry majors. Atomic structure and periodicity, chemical bonding, stoi-
chiometry, solutions, states of matter, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases,
ionic equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Illustrative laboratory ex-
periments.

12.107 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.106)

For non-Chemistry majors. Qualitative analysis, colloidal dispersions, spontaneous
reactions, chemical kinetics, topics in inorganic and organic chemistry, nuclear
chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.108 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences I

Development and discussion of important principles and concepts of the chemical
sciences. Intended for students in the social sciences and humanities with minimal
background in science and mathematics. The objective of 12.108 and 12.109 is to
give the nonscience student an appreciation and some knowledge of the role in
chemistry in our technical society and in our everyday lives.

12.109 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences II

Continuation of 12.108. Discussion of the chemistry involved in such basic human
needs as food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production. Other topics
(e.g., environmental problems) may be included or substituted, since students will
participate in selecting topics for discussion.

12.114 General Chemistry

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon the states and structure of matter and chemical stoichiometry.

12.115 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.114)

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon chemical equilibria and the nature of some common materials.

I 161

12.171 Analytical Chemistry

Theories, principles, and applications of volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental
methods of analysis.

Earth Sciences

16.104 Introduction to Earth Science

This course considers both the solid and liquid environments of the earth. The forces
and factors producing changes in these environments are examined in some detail
and are applied to an understanding of the historical development of the earth.

16.105 Introduction to Earth Science

A continuation of 16.104. Consideration of the gaseous envelope surrounding the
earth and the meteorological phenomena that occur within it is followed by a study
of the earth as an astronomical body. Particular emphasis is placed on the behavior
of the earth as a member of the solar system.

16.141 Physical Geology

A study of natural phenomena ranging from landscape forms and scenery to the ca-
tastrophies brought about by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, floods, and hurricanes.
Field trips will emphasize cause and effect.

16.142 Historical Geology

The unfolding of the history of the earth, its inhabitants and its events in answer to
the question "When?" Emphasis will be placed on the origin of the earth, the succes-
sion of life on earth, and the coming of man.

16.180 Physical Geography I

Constructed to bring an understanding of man's physical environment with concen-
tration of study upon weather, climate, and vegetation on a worldwide scale.

16.182 Physical Geography II

An interpretative description and analysis of landforms and soils. Emphasis will be
placed on an examination of landform development and distribution.

Biology

18.107 Integrated Science

Principles of chemistry and microbiology.

18.108 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.107)
Human anatomy and physiology.

18.109 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.108)

Human anatomy and physiology. Development and inheritance.

18.120 Basic Microbiology

Microbial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physiological activities,
and disease production.

162

I

18.131 General Biology

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition and
activities, inheritance and cellular control, the evolutionary process, environmental
relationships.

18.132 Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.131)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of
animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.

18.141 Basic Animal Biology

Principles of biology. Universal properties and processes of living organisms as
exemplified by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, and environmental
relationships.

18.142 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.141)

Structure and function of organ systems and animals. Diversity of animals consid-
ered from the evolutionary standpoint.

18.148 Human Anatomy

The structure and development of the human body.

Psychology

19.101 Introductory Psychology

Psychological principles.

19.102 Basic Psychology

The basic principles of psychology.

19.105 Foundations of Psychology I

Major concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
approach to the study of behavior including growth and development, individual
differences, learning and social psychology.

19.106 Foundations of Psychology II (Prereq. 19.105)

The sensory bases of response, perception, motivation, emotions, personality, and
behavioral disorders.

19.141 Growth and Development I

Emphasis on infancy and childhood. Fundamental processes of growth and develop-
ment from conception to the beginning of adolescence; physical development and
maturation; socialization; social and interpersonal relations; personality cognition; in-
telligence, emotion and motivation. Emphasis upon family setting as well as upon
the broader social environment.

19.142 Growth and Development 11

Adolescence and adulthood. Exploration of physical and social changes in the years
from adolescence to senescence. Consideration of special circumstances and prob-
lems associated with adult life.

163

Anthropology

20.100 Principles of Social Anthropology

An introduction to tlie general fields of anthropological investigation, their scope, and
the nature of the integration of the subdisciplines in the concept of culture. Focus
on concepts of social structure and organization, function, change, and evolutionary
concepts of emerging levels of societal integration.

Sociology

21.100 Principles of Sociology

The basis of human society, the process of individual adjustment to society and the
matter of numbers, spatial distribution, and organization of people. Social organiza-
tion, social institutions, personality development, and institutional life.

Political Science

22.101 Introduction to Political Science I

A study of basic political concepts and forces of organization from the classical
Greeks to the modern nation-state. The Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are
contrasted as contemporary illustrations of the institutional distinction between a
totalitarian and a constitutional system.

22.102 Introduction to Political Science II (Prereq. 22.101)

The development of operational liberty in the United States and its constitutional
underpinnings are considered, together with an analysis of the national American
political process and the conduct of recent American foreign relations.

History

23.101 Western Civilization

The major ideas and institutions of western civilization from ancient times to 1789.

23.102 Western Civilization

A continuation of 23.101, covering the period since 1789.

23.210 The United States to 1865

The history of the American people from 1763 to 1865, with an analysis of the
American Revolution and of the major political, constitutional, diplomatic, economic,
and social problems of the new nation.

23.211 The United States Since 1865

A continuation of the survey of American history with discussion of the emergence
of an industrial economy, an urban society, world responsibility, and expanded
Federal government.

164

Philosophy & Religion

26.101 Introduction to Philosophy I

26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II

\t\ examination of a few of the more persistent and compelling issues in philosophy,
rhese courses are independent, but both emphasize philosophical thinking as an
activity rather than an assimiliation of an established body of facts. 26.101 includes
such topics as theories of reality and knowledge, and philosophical problems in
,'eligion. 26.102 includes topics of social and political philosophy, philosophies of
art and history.

Art History

27.118 History of Art I

A survey of western art from prehistoric times to the Renaissance.

27.119 History of Art II (Prereq. 27.118)

\ survey of western art from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.

Music

28.100 Music I

Emphasis on the techniques of listening: instrumental and vocal tone color, melodic
contour, rhythmic pattern, compositional design and style, harmony. This course
may serve either as preparation for general listening or for other music courses.

28.123 Music of the Romantic Era

Romantic realism and Romantic idealism after Beethoven. Composers to be studied
include Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Chopin, Wagner, Brahms, Tschaikov-
sky, and Mahler.

28.145 Beethoven

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this major figure. His relation to
the turbulent times in which he lived, his role in Classic and Romantic music.

Drama and Speech

29.106 Speech Fundamentals

Basic principles and techniques of effective modern speaking. Examination of indi-
vidual voice and articulation problems. The study and application of basic techniques
of oral interpretation.

29.121 Survey of the Theatre I

Introduction to the drama as a dynamic medium of human expression; historical
development of the theatrical form; reading and analysis of selected plays as they
relate to form, genre, style, from the point of view of audience and artist.

'29.122 Survey of the Theatre II

Introduction to the theatre as a collaborative art form (theoretical and practical)
;with an emphasis upon acting, directing, design, lighting, and the necessities of
[theatre economics.

! 165

English

30.113 Freshman Writing

Important principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argumentation
writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, and paragraphing; extensive
reading and analysis of the essay form; theme assignments.

30.114 Introduction to Literature

An introduction to literary forms: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Intensive reading
in various forms, and discussion of different approaches to literature. ;i

i

30.115 Great Themes in Literature (Prereq. 30.114)

Content determined by instructor, who chooses a theme and a number of books
from different periods to illustrate it. Examples: The Hero in Literature, Visions o1
Utopia, Science Fiction.

French

31.115 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.103 or 31.152)

Course for upperciassmen. Brief review of grammar and thorough oral work and the
reading of selected texts.

31.116 Intermediate French

Continuation of 31.115, with greater emphasis on reading.

31.131 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages tc

the eighteenth century. '

31.132 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the nineteenth anc
twentieth centuries.

31.151 Elementary French I

Essentials of grammar; practice in speaking and reading; progressive acquisition o
basic language skills.

31.152 Elementary French II (Prereq. 31.151)

Continuation of grammar study and basic language skills; reading of French o
increasing difficulty; practice in conversation.

Spanish

32.115 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.103 or 32.152)

Spanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of moderr
prose, with occasional oral and written translation; conversation practice based or
assigned readings.

32.116 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.115) j
Spanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading o
modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practicti
based on assigned readings.

166 i

32.131 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature I (Prereq. 32.116)

Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to
the Siglo de Oro.

32.132 IVIasterpieces of Spanish Literature II (Prereq. 32.131 or 32.116)

Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.

32.151 Elementary Spanish I

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary; and idiomatic expressions.

32.152 Elementary Spanish II

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of basic Spanish
prose.

German

33.115 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.103)

German civilization through texts of average difficulty; review of grammar; written

and oral exercises.

33.116 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.115)

Readings from modern German prose; conversational practice.

33.131 Masterpieces of German Literature I (Prereq. 33.116 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the twentieth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to the major genres
and authors.

33.132 Masterpieces of German Literature II (Prereq. 33.131 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the nineteenth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to major genres and
literary movements.

33.151 Elementary German I

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; acquisition of a basic vocabulary;
idiomatic expressions.

33.152 Elementary German II (Prereq. 33.151)

More difficult points of grammar; reading of simple German prose, with oral and
written exercises.

Economics

39.105 Principles of Economics

Development of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income concepts; na-

167

tional income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the banl<ing system and
the Federal Reserve System; government expenditures and taxation; international
trade; balance of international payments.

39.106 Principles of Economics

Comprehensive analysis of the economics of the firm with illustrative cases. Demand,
cost, and output relationships examined. Market structures and the public interest
include examination of antitrust policy, economic efficiency, research and innova-
tion, advertising, and economic concentration. Some emphasis placed on theory
versus practice.

39.115 Principles and Problems of Economics

An introduction to the conceptual aspects of economics; the flow of national income;
economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money and banking; monetary and fis-
cal policies; emphasis on developing conceptual tools for use in the analysis of
economic problems facing modern society.

39.116 Principles and Problems of Economics

Development of basic theory of demand, supply, and market price; applications to
selected microeconomic problems, such as basic economics of monopoly and com- i
petition, poverty, race, and discrimination, urban affairs, pollution, and other prob-
lems which relate to the role of the pricing system in resource allocation and income i
distribution. i

Accounting '

41.111 Principles of Accounting

An introduction to the nature and purposes of accounting. Use of accounting infor-
mation. Basic concepts of accounting; measuring business financial positions and
income; accounting for the acquisition of assets.

41.112 Principles of Accounting (Prereq. 41.111) !
Accounting for the financing of business. Recognition and classification of revenues
and costs; general purpose financial reporting. Measuring the flow of funds; ap-
praising financial results.

Business Administration

49.100 Introduction to Business

The business organization as a system of interrelated functions and operations; the
interactions between the organization and its environment; the role of management
in business organization. The organization and operation of business enterprise. The
significance of later studies in business administration for the business organization.

Education Foundations

50.111 Social Science I

Cultural anthropology and education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthropology
will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal and formal
aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be devoted to the study

168

of cross-cultural materials in order to understand the educational process in different
cultural milieus.

50.112 Social Science li

Sociology and education. The course involves sociological analysis of the educa-
tional enterprise in the United States and other technologically advanced societies,
including consideration of the socialization process, the formation of youth cultures,
and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention will be given to the
study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial factors on educational institu-
tions; education and social change; and the school as a social system.

50.113 Social Science III

Intergroup relations and education. Examination of theoretical and empirical ma-
terials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Particular atten-
tion will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of intergroup conflict.

Health Education

65.110 Foundations of Health Education

Orientation to school health education; introduction to the conceptual approach in
health education, with emphasis on personal health and factors influencing health;
and introduction to the philosophy of health education.

65.129 Health Education

Principles of personal health; emphasis on information pertinent to mental and
physical well-being, current social behavior, and effective approaches to college
living.

65.130 Health Problems of the College Student

Discussion of the major health problems affecting college students. Principles of
personal health, with emphasis on healthful college living (Physical Education
majors only).

Physical Education

62.201 Human Movement

An introduction to the nature and role of human movement and the analysis of
skillful movement performance through participation and observation. Introduction
to the objectives, literature, and organization of the profession of physical education.

62.203 Practicum in Group Dynamics (Prereq. 62.201)

A two-week residence group living experience at the Warren Center. An introduc-
tion to group dynamics through selected activities, discussion, and living and work-
ing together.

62.206 First Aid

First aid procedures recommended for the home, school, and community; emphasis
on practices endorsed by the American Red Cross.

169

62.215 Observation of Student Behavior (Prereq. 62.201) i

An introduction to tlie growth and development of elementary children and adoles- I
cents in physical education through direct observations and laboratory work with i
children. i

62.249 Physical Science Foundations (Prereq. 62.201) i

A treatment of basic concepts and fundamentals of chemistry and physics as applied
to human physiology and movement. 1

Recreation Education

63.120 Professional Orientation to Recreation

Philosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society. Discussion of
opportunities at home and abroad in school and community settings, in agencies, i
hospitals, institutions, and industries. Focus on goals for American recreation (in-
cludes unit on study habits).

I

63.121 Recreation Skills I j
Skill development and participation in the recreational activities: volleyball, bad- I
minton, social recreation, guitar and piano (includes unit on study habits).

63.122 Recreation Skills II j

Skill development and participation in gymnastics, folk dance, swimming, music i
analysis, song leading, and instrumental accompaniment (includes unit on practical
mathematics). |

\

63.123 Recreation Skills III

Development of leadership skill in social recreation activities: singing, folk dance,
games and party program planning, including leadership experiences with groups.
Counselor education — philosophy and leadership methods in camping. Red Cross
lifesaving course. Includes unit on business mathematics.

63.125 Outdoor Education and Camp Leadership

A two-week resident summer session at Warren Center and in Maine: includes
natural science, aquatics, overnight camping, Indian lore, ACA Campcraft certifica-
tion, leadership in special camp programs, outdoor sports, smallcraft training, and
arts and crafts.

Physical Therapy

64.111 Introduction to Physical Therapy

Orientation in the field of physical therapy and its role in the health professions.

64.113 Introduction to Physical Therapy (Prereq. 64.111)

Theory and practice in body mechanics, postural examinations, and basic proce-'

dures relating to patient management.

170

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Pharmacy

71.201 Pharmacy Orientation

Designed to introduce the beginning pharmacy student to simple fundamentals in
using basic tools and equipment in the practice of pharmacy. Modern audiovisual
aids will explain the prescription balance, graduals, mortars and pestles, filtration,
emulsification, tablet triturates, ointments and creams, suppositories, and prescrip-
tion packaging.

71.202 Pharmacy Orientation (Prereq. 71.201)

Pharmaceutical calculations designed to enable a student to carry out the necessary
steps in preparations and prescriptions. A programmed instruction text will be used.

Respiratory Therapy

86.191 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics

An introduction to respiratory therapy: basic respiratory anatomy and physiology,
basic physical and chemical principles.

86.192 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics II

Continuation of 86.191. Human ventilation and acid-base balance.

86.193 IVIechanical Basis of Respiratory Therapeutics

Principles of basic equipment used in respiratory therapy: pressure regulators, flow-
meters, and artificial airways and ventilators.

Medical Laboratory Science

87.100 Laboratory IVIedicine Orientation

The history and development of medical laboratory technology and pathology.

87.101 Basic IVIedical Laboratory Science (Prereq. 18.132, and 12.104 or 12.107)
Introduction to basic medical laboratory science: methods, principles, and theories.

Dental Hygiene

DH-11, 12, 13 Dental Hygiene

A series of lectures, discussions, and assignments introducing the student to the
principles and skills required in providing patient dental health care. Factors influenc-
ing the clinical practice: patient education, interpersonal relationships, ethics, and
jurisprudence. Emphasis is placed upon the hygienist's role in nutrition counseling.

DH-11 C, 12C, 13C Clinical Dental Hygiene

Integrated clinical demonstrations and practice are correlated with the lecture series
presented in DH-11, 12, 13. Instruction in the techniques of performing the complete
oral prophylaxis. Auxiliary procedures such as case histories, oral inspection, chart-
ing, fluoride applications, and patient instruction. Instrument sharpening and care
of instruments and equipment.

I 171

Nursing

80.101 Fundamentals of Nursing

This course is basic to all other courses in nursing in the Associate Degree Program.
The focus is on the patient as an individual. Underlying this is the concept of homeo-
stasis and the role of the nurse in meeting human needs. Nursing action is based
upon principles drawn from the behavioral, social, and biological sciences. Assign-
ments in patient care are designed to provide the student with opportunities to
interpret these principles in the promotion of health and prevention of illness.

80.102 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.101)

This is the second nursing course in the Associate Degree Program. The major focus
is on the identification of common deviations from homeostasis and the supportive
nursing measures involved in the restoration of the patient to homeostasis.

80.103 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.102)

In the third course in the Associate Degree Program, the major focus is on the
identification of specific long-term deviations from homeostasis and the nursing
actions involved in the restoration of the patient to optimal function and adaptation.

80.201 Nursing !

The first course in the Baccalaureate Degree Program introduces the student to the
varying levels of educational preparation in nursing; the philosophy, purposes, and
objectives of the program; interpretation of the student's own health behavior pat-
terns; identification of man's basic needs, according to Maslow; identification of
patterns of meeting the student's own needs; distinguishing the physiological, soci-
ological, and psychological components of human sexuality; communication tech-
niques; interpersonal processes; roles and role conflicts; group dynamics and
group processes; and methods of problem-solving.

80.202 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201)

The second course in the Baccalaureate Program assists the student in identifying
the general social trends and their implications for nursing; the characteristics of a
profession; the functions and purposes of nursing organizations; the standards of
behavior of the professional nurse; the fundamental principles of malpractice law,
legislation affecting health care, and the factors influencing the delivery of health
care; major world health problems affecting the welfare of communities; and the
roles and responsibilities of the comprehensive health team.

80.203 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201, 80.202)

The third course in the Baccalaureate Program introduces the student to the science
of nutrition. It helps the student recognize factors influencing the formation of fooc
habits for his or herself and others; in identiying normal nutrient needs according tc
age groups; in recognizing the need for objectivity in working with individuals ir •
meeting their needs, as well as the importance of nutrition and its relationshif i
to health. Medical terminology commonly used in nursing is studied.

172 i

Military Science

Military Science I

91.101 U.S. Defense Establishment

Emphasis is given to the history, organization, and mission of the Department of
Defense. Further, the mission and organization of the U.S. Army is taught, with em-
phasis given to the integration of small units into larger units and the general design
of military organization.

91.102 Map Reading and Aerial Photography (Prereq. 91.101)

Reading of maps and aerial photographs to include appreciation of basic principles.
Emphasis is on terrain analysis and evaluation, marginal information, military and
topographic map symbols, military and reference systems, methods of orientation,
intersection and resection, use of compass, and types of aerial photographs.

91.103 Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.102)

Progressive training in leadership, drill, and command. Exercise in command is
stressed wherein students perform duties and functions as officers incident to con-
duct of training.

Criminal Justice

92.201 History of Criminal Justice

An historic survey of the principles of criminal justice in the ancient and medieval
periods with emphasis upon the impact of religion and philosophy.

92.202 History of Criminal Justice

A continuation of the historic survey with an examination of the effect of the Renais-
sance and Reformation and the rise of nation-states.

92.203 History of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice in the modern and contemporary periods from the eighteenth
century to the present.

173

Contents Detailed

A Message from the President, 3
About Education, 7
The Philosophy of Education, 8
The Problem of Education, 9
The Plan of Education, 9
The Cooperative Plan, 9
The Place, 10
The Faculty, 12
A Message from the Dean of

Admissions, 13
The Academic Programs, 15
Boston-Bouve College, 17
Health Education, 19
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Health Education, 20
Physical Education, 20
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Education, 21
Physical Therapy, 22
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Therapy, 23
Recreation Education, 23

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in Recreation
Education, 24
College of Business Administration, 27
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 29
Accounting, 30
Marketing, 30
Finance and insurance, 31
Industrial Relations, 32
International Business, 33
Management, 33
Small Business Management, 34
Transportation, 34
College of Criminal Justice, 37
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 38
College of Education, 41
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies in the Teaching of
Nonscience Fields, 43
Elementary Education, 43
Secondary Education, 44

Speech and Hearing Therapy, 45
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in the Teaching of
General Science, Earth
Sciences, or Biology, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Mathematics or Physics, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Chemistry, 46
College of Engineering, 49
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 50
Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 52
Electrical Engineering, 54
Industrial Engineering, 56
Mechanical Engineering, 58
General Engineering, 61
Biophysics and Biomedical
Engineering, 62
College of Liberal Arts, 65
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 67
Art History, 68
Biology, 68
Chemistry, 70
Drama, 71
Economics, 72
English, 74
Geology, 74
History, 75

Independent Major, 76
Journalism, 77
Mathematics, 78
Modern Languages, 79
Philosophy, 80
Physics, 81
Political Science, 82
Psychology, 83
Sociology and
Anthropology, 85
Lincoln College, 89

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 90

174

Electrical Engineering

Technology, 91
Mechanical Engineering

Technology, 92
Aviation Technology, 94
oilege of Nursing, 97
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies for the Associate
Degree, 99
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies for the Baccalaureate
Degree, 100
;ollege of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions, 103
Pharmacy, 104

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 106
Medical Record Administration, 106
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Record
Administration, 107
Medical Laboratory Science, 108
I Medical Technology, 108

• Medical Laboratory

Technology, 109
Cytotechnology, 110
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Laboratory
I Science, 111

I Dental Hygiene, 111
I Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Dental Hygiene, 112
Radiologic Technology, 112
Management in Health Agencies
' and Institutions, 112

Respiratory Therapy, 113
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Respiratory Therapy, 114
Reserve Officers' Training Corps

(ROTC), 117
The Particulars of Education, 121
The Department of Admissions, 122
General Requirements for

Entrance, 123
Applying for Admission, 126
Expenses, 129
Financial Aid, 132
Scholarship Programs, 133
Student Loan Programs, 135
Part-Time Work, 136
Housing, 137
Student Activities, 137

The Department of Athletics, 143
Freshman Orientation

Programs, 144
The Counseling and Testing

Center, 144
The Faculty Advisory System, 145
The Pillars of Education, 149

The University Library, 151

Learning Resources, 152

Research, 152

Computation Center, 153
Freshman Course Descriptions, 155

Graphic Science, 156

Mathematics, 157

Physics, 159

Chemistry, 160

Earth Sciences, 162

Biology, 162

Psychology, 163

Anthropology, 164

Sociology, 164

Political Science, 164

History, 164

Philosophy & Religion, 165

Art History, 165

Music, 165

Drama & Speech, 165

English, 166

French, 166

Spanish, 166

German, 167

Economics, 167

Accounting, 168

Business Administration, 168

Education Foundations, 168

Health Education, 169

Physical Education, 169

Recreation Education, 170

Physical Therapy, 170

Pharmacy, 171

Respiratory Therapy, 171

Medical Laboratory Science, 171

Dental Hygiene, 171

Nursing, 172

Military Science, 173

Criminal Justice, 173

Map of Main Campus, 176

Freshman Academic Calendar,

inside back cover
Admissions Application,
insert at back

175

ro

<C CuO

ej

.— ~ QQ :

tuO>"
— I— >—

iE i^ -2 "S

•— c ^ OJ
ni O) ^

co^ co^ o >^a> Z3-.= V-,::

-5 '5 '^ in "^ ^, "^ 2 _ _

s-&Si.i-^'^ll££^

cqqqoc:>ooqqlxj u-u-cjinnriciicris:— I

CD ClO CD

O) QjO

o^ ~ en

•a:

Q- Qi q: ZD

o

LL.Ll_UJC3>a:^Ll_Uje3Ll_C3e3l-l_Ll_C3CQLUUjl-^^

cjCQLZjujiI2n=u_Li_LLjincj3

NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
1972-74

NORTHEASnRN UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

rm-Tk

yfs^oss

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Mossochiusetts 02115

Tel. [617)437-2705

Office hours at 304 Hoyden Hall:

Monday through Friday: 8 A.M. -6 P.M.

Saturday: 10 A.M. -2 P.M.

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 The Northeastern University Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

10 Administration Organization

12 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools

18 The University

20 Buildings and Facilities

23 The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

23 General Regulations

27 The Master's Degree

28 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree
30 Interdisciplinary Programs

32 Financial Information

32 Financial Obligations

33 Financial Aid

35 Fields of Study

36 Biology
48 Chemistry

55 Clinical Chemistry

59 Economics

68 English

76 History

84 Mathematics

95 Physics

102 Political Science

111 Psychology

1 1 7 Sociology and Anthropology

127 Index

O) § ■= '

^32

oqqolu i2i£o^:

S Q- cc cc ^

U.Li-LLJC3ci:3:Li.UJOli-C3C3lJ-l-i_C3CDLiJLLji-?3:Li.Ui.Uj:EC3

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1972-1973

Fall Quarterl 972

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday-Wednesday Sept 12-Sept. 13

Monday-Thursday Sept. 18-Sept. 21

Monday Sept. 25

Monday-Saturday Dec.11-Dec.16

Winter Quarter 1972-1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday

Monday-Thursday
Tuesday
Monday-Saturday

Nov. 28
Dec. 4-Dec. 7
Jan. 2
Mar. 19-Mar. 24

Spring Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

Mar. 6

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 12-Mar. 15

Classes begin

Monday

April 2

Last day to file commencement

card for spring commencement

Monday

April 2

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Monday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

June 1

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

June 11-June 16

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 17

Summer Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement
Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement
Examination period

Monday-Tuesday

Wednesday-Friday

Monday

Monday

Wednesday
Wednesday-Saturday

June 18-June 19
June 20-June 22
June 25

July 2

August 1
Aug. 1-Aug. 4

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1972-1973

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Monday

Monday

Monday

Monday

Wednesday

Monday

October 9
October 23
Nov. 23-Nov. 25
Dec. 18-Jan. 1
February 19
April 16
May 28
July 4
September 3

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin.

the governing boards
and officers of
the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
Diana J. Auger
'Charles F. Avila

Allen G. Barry
*Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
*Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
*George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Victor C. Bynoe

Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen
David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

'Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison
Joseph A. Erickson
Robert Erickson

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
CharlesW. Call, Jr.
Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham
'Richard P. Chapman

•Member of the Board of Trustees
^Resigned May 26, 1972.

'Frank L. Farwell
Joseph F. Ford

William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Elliott M. Gordon

John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
•Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.
t* George Hansen

William Hellman
* Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
*Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
•Robert L. Johnson
*Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Irwin L. Moore

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus
•Kenneth A. Loftman
Alfred E. Lonnberg
Edward A. Loring
•John Lowell
Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

•Lawrence H. Martin
J. Edwin Matz
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
Don G. Mitchell

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott
Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Gifford K. Simonds, Jr.
Donald B. Sinclair

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tGeorge Hansen, deceased May 2, 1972.

Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson
D. Thomas Trigg
'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Philip H. Theopold

Richard W. Young
Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1972

^Charles F. Avila
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
James A. Morton
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

'Member of the Board of Trustees
iResigned May 26, 1972.

Class of 1974 Class of 1975

°CarI S. Ell Roy H. Beaton

Frank L. Farweil F. Gregg Bemis

tGeorge Hansen Louis W. Cabot

Henry C. Jones Byron K. Elliott

Harold A. Mock Donald B. Guy

Farnham W. Smith Kenneth A. Loftman

George A. Snell John Lowell

Russell B. Stearns Lawrence H. Martin

Chaplin Tyler Augustin H. Parker

Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Ctiairman
'Charles F. Avila, Wee Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

^Carl S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farweil Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler

Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.BA., Sc.D. in Bus.Ed., President
Carl 8. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business

•President of the University
°President Emeritus of the University
tGeorge Hansen, deceased May 2, 1972.
'Resigned May 26, 1972.

10

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development and

Director of Development

Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance

Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate Scfiool

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B. Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of
Actuarial Science

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the
Executive Vice President

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of The Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions and
Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

11

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate Scfiool of
Arts and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and
Director of Lincoln College

Juanita A. Long, B.S.N. , M.S.N. , Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions

Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and
University Registrar

Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library

Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LLB., Dean of the School of Law

Andre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S.. M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes
Roy L. Wooldridge

12

The Academic Council

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman
Loring M. Thompson. Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Norman Rosenblatt
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

The Faculty Senate

'Kenneth W. Ballou
Conrad P. Caligaris
Robert H. Caplan
Paul V. Croke
Flora Descenza
F. Andre Favat
Austin W. Fisher, Jr.
Walter Fogg
E. Vaughn Gulo

* James S. Hekimian
Morris Horowitz
Donald M. Jacobs
Conrad Jankowski

* LeRoy C. Keagle
Robert D. Klein

'Gilbert G. MacDonald

'Melvin Mark

'Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Robert Martin
Philip McDonald

James A. Medeiros

Robert W. Miller

Gordon E. Pruett

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John F. Reinhard

Raymond H. Robinson

J. Spencer Rochefort

Richard D. Ruggles

Wilfred P. Rule
'Kenneth G. Ryder
'Robert A. Shepard

Carl A. Schiffman

Joseph J. Senna

Kathryn J. Shaffer

Paul H. Tedesco

Roy Weinstein

Paul C. Wermuth

Delaine Williamson
*Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

"Appointed by the President

13

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of ttie Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Francis L. Heuston, B.S., Coordinator of Admissions,

Graduate School of Education

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, B.S., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Andre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council

1971-1972

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
A. B. Warren, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee of the

Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative IVIembers

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

14

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Andre P. Priem, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director of
the Graduate School of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

(Terms expire Sept. 1972)

David W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science

Fred A. Barkley, Professor of Biology

Conrad P. Caligaris, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
the Department

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

David I. Epstein, Professor of l\/lathematics and Chairman of the
Department

David R. Freeman, Professor of Industrial Engineering

Bill C. Giessen, Associate Professor of Chemistry

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Bertram J. Malenka, Professor of Physics

Edward S. Marshall, Associate Professor of Management

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of /Management

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

15

Robert C. McLean, Associate Professor of Education

John L. Neunfieyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology

Charles F. Ritch, Jr., Professor of Education and Chairman, Department of
Educational Administration

Raymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

Earl Rubington, Professor of Sociology

Walter C. Schwab, Professor of Electrical Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and Chairman of
the Department

Arthur H. Walker, Professor of Management

A. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology

Arthur J. Weitzman, Associate Professor of English

Joseph J. Zelinski, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

16

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Associate University Registrar

Andre P. Priem, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Director of tfie Graduate Sctiool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Janice Walker, Assistant Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of Education

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
1972-1973

Robert H. Ketchum, Chairman, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of
Arts and Sciences

David W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science

Francis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Cfiairman of tfie Department

David I. Epstein, Professor of Matfiematics and Cfiairman of the Department

Michael J. Glaubman, Professor of Pfiysics and Cfiairman of tfie Department

Morris A. Horowitz, Professor of Economics and Cfiairman of tfie Department

Norman Kaplan, Professor of Sociology and Cfiairman of the Department

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Raymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

Michael Terman, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department

Karl Weiss, Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department

Arthur J. Weitzman, Associate Professor of English

17

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 165 distin-
guished business and professional men.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967), and by Lincoln
College's day Bachelor of Engineering Technology Programs (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the fi-
nancing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate
level in engineering, actuarial science, the pharmaceutical sciences,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed
to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening courses —
given by the University since 1906 — and adult-day courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. In addition to its day undergraduate programs in
Electrical Engineering Technology and Mechanical Engineering Tech-
nology, Lincoln College offers evening/part-time certificate, associate,
and bachelor degree programs in technological areas. All formal
courses of study leading to degrees through part-time programs are
approved by the Basic College faculties concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed:

18

THE UNIVERSIPT / 19

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Engineering in Chemical
Engineering.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its comnnunity in a period of accelerated change.
Its programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums,
and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs.
The Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade
associations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of pro-
grams dealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of
Community Services, working with governmental agencies and com-
munity organizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in
social problems on both the local and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are conducted by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. IVIany of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1 ,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical
Engineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology,
Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy. There are
additional subject collections for the Center of Management Develop-
ment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Institute
at N ah ant.

20

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 3,700 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an
athletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, and faculty
offices, as well as administrative offices for the Department of Athletics.

A recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, classrooms, conference
room and lounge, storage facilities, a research laboratory, and the admin-
istrative offices for Boston-Bouve College and its various departments.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments
are furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen
table. The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come,
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES

Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, and in camping admin-
istration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in Ashland, com-
pleted in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and lacrosse fields,
waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp sites, fields and
forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a recreation hall,
library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at the institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Nashua Campus

For students residing in the southern New Hampshire area, the Grad-
uate School of Business Administration offers a major portion of its
M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hampshire. These facilities,
made available by Sanders Associates Inc., are located in their head-
quarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts line.

the graduate school
of arts and sciences

Thirty years ago the Department of Chemistry and the Department
of Physics inaugurated the first graduate programs at Northeastern. In
the succeeding years the creation of degree programs in other depart-
ments of the College of Liberal Arts led to the formation of the graduate
program of arts and sciences in 1958 and finally the Graduate School
of Arts and Sciences in 1963. Ten departments now offer work at the
graduate level.

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English,
history, political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthro-
pology. The Master of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry,
clinical chemistry, mathematics, and physics. The Master of Science in
Health Science and the Master of Public Administration degrees are
also offered. In addition, there are programs leading to the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, economics, mathematics,
physics, psychology, and sociology.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations of the graduate school that follow are mini-
mal requirements shared by the several degree programs. The student
is advised to consult the appropriate departmental section for a state-
ment of specific requirements.

Application

All applicants should address inquiries to the Director of the Graduate
School of Arts and Sciences. Initial correspondence directed elsewhere
may result in valuable time lost in initiating the admissions procedure.
Application forms and reference blanks will be mailed to the applicant.
This material, together with complete official transcripts, the Graduate
Record Examination scores when required, and the results of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language, required of all applicants whose
native language is not English, should be returned to the Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Applications for those desiring
assistantships should be submitted no later than March 15, however,

23

24 / ARTS & SCIENCES

I

some departments have earlier deadlines. Applications received I
after this date may not be given equal consideration. All necessary i
supporting documents must be on file with the graduate school office
at least four weeks before the date of registration for the quarter in
which the student expects to begin his scholastic program. For more {
detailed information see departmental requirements for admission.

All applicants to the graduate school are strongly urged to take
both the aptitude and advanced portions of the Graduate Record Exami-
nation. These tests are presently required in biology, economics, Eng-
lish, history, mathematics, political science, psychology, and sociology i
and anthropology. At least two letters of recommendation are required
of all candidates. In biology, physics, psychology, and sociology and !
anthropology, three letters are necessary. Candidates for financial
awards should so indicate to those supplying references.

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work, an applicant must submit a com-
plete official transcript indicating the award of a bachelor's degree !
from a recognized institution and provide evidence that he is able to j
pursue creditably a program of graduate study in his chosen field. His !
scholastic record must therefore show distinction, and his undergrad- I
uate program show breadth as well as adequate preparation in the j
field in which the applicant expects to do advanced work. Admission
to the graduate school is for a specific academic quarter. Students
who fail to attend must reapply if they wish to do course work in a sub- i
sequent quarter. Acceptance to the school is granted upon recom-
mendation of the departmental graduate committee after a review of
the completed application. Foreign students who do not receive a
graduate award or whose award is insufficient to cover all educational
and living expenses must certify that they are able to meet all their
expenses while at Northeastern. A visa may not be granted without
such certification.

Student Classifications

Regular Student Those students admitted with a bachelor's degree
showing a high quality of previous work.

Provisional Student Students whose records do not qualify them for
enrollment as regular students. Provisional students must obtain a B
average in the first 12 quarter hours of study for continuation in the de-
gree program.

Special Student Students not matriculated in a degree program. Ac-
ceptance as a special student is in no way related to admission into a
departmental degree program. However, those special students sub- I
sequently admitted into a degree program may apply the first twelve f

ARTS & SCIENCES / 25

quarter hours of credit earned as a special student toward degree

requirements.

Doctoral Student Students admitted to a doctoral program.

Doctoral Degree Candidate Doctoral students who have completed 40
quarter hours of acceptable graduate work and have passed the quali-
fying examination.

Registration

Students must register within the dates and times listed on the school
calendar. The place of registration will be announced prior to each
period.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be registered for and completed
at the University unless approval has been obtained from the director
of the graduate school for work taken elsewhere.

Programs of Study

The study load for full-time students is usually four courses per quar-
ter. Part-time students are limited to two courses per quarter unless
permission to carry a heavier load is given by the departmental chair-
man or his designate. Courses in most fields are offered both in the
afternoon and evening.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been at a satisfactory level.

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is not at the level expected In graduate work.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the

course is unsatisfactory.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
I Incomplete without quality designation.

This grade may be given to those students who fail to complete

the work of the course.

26 / ARTS & SCIENCES

L Audit without credit.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

An S or U grade is used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se-
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both
the first and second quarters of the sequence.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade when the deficiency
which led to the I is made up to the satisfaction of and in the manner
prescribed by the instructor in the course, or, in his absence, by the
chairman of the department in which the grade is given. The period
for clearing such a grade will be restricted to one calendar year from
the date of its first being recorded on the student's permanent record.

Students must indicate their preference for auditing a course at
registration. No credit will be given for the course. It will, however,
appear on the student's transcript. Registration changes from an audit
to a graded status, or vice versa, may only be made prior to the first
day of classes.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is
equivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a
degree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of
one year must apply for readmission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburban
Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class
meeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on
which they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the
Instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi-
cated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes,
and when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to

i

ARTS & SCIENCES / 27

meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
possible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Application for the Diploma

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
before the applicable date listed in the calendar, there is no assurance
that the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all
other requirements have been fulfilled.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Admission

Specific requirements for each degree program will be found in the
appropriate paragraphs for each department.

Academic Requirements

A candidate for the master's degree must complete a minimum of 40
quarter hours of correlated work of graduate caliber and such other
study as may be required by the department in which he is registered.

During the first half of the total number of hours of course work
required for the degree, the candidate will be expected to maintain a
minimum quality point average of 2.5. At the completion of three-fourths
of the total number of hours of course work required for the degree,
the candidate will be expected to have a quality point average of 2.8.
To qualify for the degree, a final average of 3.0, equivalent to a grade
of B, must be obtained. This average will be calculated quarterly by the
graduate school on the basis of A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, and F = 0 and
will exclude any transfer credits.

Not more than six quarter hours of repeated courses, additional
courses, or permanent I's may be allowed in order to satisfy the re-
quirements for the degree.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of
F is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may
be repeated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course,
that course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or
another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once to
obtain a grade of B or better.

Comprehensive Examination

A final written or oral comprehensive examination may be required.
This examination will be given at least two weeks before the commence-
ment at which the degree is expected.

28 / ARTS & SCIENCES

Thesis

A thesis must show independent work based on original material, be
approved by the departmental graduate committee, and must receive
a grade of B or better to be accepted.

Language Requirement

An examination to show evidence of ability in one or more foreign
languages is required in some graduate programs. This knowledge is
established by an examination which will be administered by the grad-
uate school at least twice yearly.

Transfer Credit

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another in-
stitution may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that
the credits transferred consist of A or B grades in graduate level
courses, be in the candidate's field, have been earned at a recognized
institution, and have not been used toward any other degree. Students
should petition the director of the graduate school in writing for all
transfer credit. Transfer credit grades may not be used for the purpose
of obtaining the academic average necessary for the completion of the
degree requirements.

Time Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension
is granted by the Committee of the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who give
evidence of high attainment and research ability in their major field.
The degree requirements are administered by committees in charge of
each degree program. These committees may be departmental graduate
committees or the committee of the graduate school depending upon
the nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman of the
committee to certify to the Graduate School Office the completion of
each requirement for each candidate.

Admission

Each degree program has an established admission procedure for
students starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University.

ARTS & SCIENCES / 29

Residence Requirement

Candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the
equivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University
as a full-time graduate student. The committee of each degree program
specifies the method by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

Qualifying Examination

Students must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by
the committee of each degree program.

Comprehensive Examination

Degree programs may require a comprehensive examination during
the time in which a student is a degree candidate.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirement of 40 quarter hours constitutes
the work normally required for a master's degree. The course require-
ments beyond this in each doctoral program are specified by the com-
mittee in charge of the doctoral program.

Dissertation

Each doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies
the results of extended research and makes an original contribution
to the field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability
to carry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner
the results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation
is established by the committee in charge of the degree program.

Language Requirement

The foreign language requirement is established by the committee in
charge of each degree program.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the
doctoral dissertation and significant developments in the field of the
dissertation. Other fields may be included if recommended by the exam-
ining committee.

This examination will be taken after completion of all other require-
ments of the degree and must be held at least two weeks prior to the
commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

30 / ARTS & SCIENCES

Transfer Credit

Approval for transfer credit may be given by the committee in charge |
of the degree program. I

Time Limitation

After the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years
will be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements.

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approved
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the first
registration for doctoral work, registration must be continuous unless
withdrawal is allowed by the committee in charge of the degree pro-
gram. Students must be registered for dissertation during the quarter
in which they take the final oral examination.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS

Some graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs which
involve substantial work in two or more departments. To meet this need,
an interdisciplinary program may be established which corresponds in
scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree exactly with
the individual departmental regulations. For such possibilities, the
following option is available:

Admission

Application for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consists
of the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describing
the areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a part
of the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeastern
University, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It may
be directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the director
of the graduate school who forwards it to the appropriate department.
In either case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study requires
favorable recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-granting
department and approval by authorized representatives of the graduate
study committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines cov-
ered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department becomes
the registration base of the student.

ARTS & SCIENCES / 31

Formation of Interdisciplinary Committee

A student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must
obtain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral dissertation.
This adviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration de-
partment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this
student. A second member will be appointed from the registration de-
partment by its chairman. These two members will obtain one or more
additional members or request the director of the graduate school to do
so. At least two departments must be represented on the committee and a
majority of the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting de-
partments. The chairman of the registration department will notify the
director of the graduate school of the membership of the committee as
soon as arrangements are complete.

Duties of Interdisciplinary Committee

A member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member
of the registration department will serve as the registration officer to
approve the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved
course registration must also be filed with the other committee members
and with the graduate study committee of the registration department.

The interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis-
tration of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of
the dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must
also certify to the registration department the completion of the require-
ments for the award of the doctoral degree.

The interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the
student represents standards comparable to those of the registration
department and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate
depth in any area.

The program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the
director of the graduate school to determine whether objectives of the
program are being met.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Master's Degree Candidates

The tuition rate for 1972-1973 is $52 per quarter hour of credit.

Doctoral Candidates

Tuition for full-time doctoral candidates in 1972-1973 is $52 per quarter
hour of credit. Doctoral candidates actively utilizing the resources of
the university in their Ph.D. dissertation are charged an additional $600
per quarter. Those doctoral candidates registered for dissertation work
performed off campus are charged $200 in addition to tuition charges
each quarter, and those doctoral candidates who are no longer actively
utilizing university resources are charged a continuation fee of $50 per
quarter.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University.

Fees

An application fee of $15 is charged all students when they apply for
the first time in the graduate school at Northeastern.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a fee of
$25 for all degree candidates, payable before commencement by the
applicable date listed on the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. AH part-time students on
the Huntington Avenue campus are charged 75 cents a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University health serv-
ices fee of $75 each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield
coverage and entitle the student to the medical care furnished by the
University health services. Tuition and fees are subject to change with-
out notice.

32

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 33

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund

Official Withdrawal Filed Within

Percentage of Tuition

First week of quarter

100

Second week of quarter

75

Third week of quarter

50

Fourth week of quarter

25

FINANCIAL AID

Northeastern University has available fellowships and assistantships
for full-time students who are working toward the master's or doctor's
degree. Candidacy for these awards may be established by completing
the relevant section of the application for admission. Those students
already enrolled should consult their departmental adviser.

Teaching Assistantships

Teaching assistantships allowing remission of tuition and a stipend
are available in all departments. Holders of such awards devote half time
to academic assistance directly related to the teaching function and the
balance to course work.

Graduate Administrative Assistantships

Some University departments offer the graduate student an oppor-
tunity for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
in assisting with nonteaching, administrative duties.

Tuition Assistantships

Many departments provide remission of tuition to full-time students
assisting eight hours a week in the administrative work of the depart-
ment. These awards are normally given to students in the first year of
graduate work.

Research Fellowships

A number of departments offer research fellowships including N.I.H.,
N.S.F., and N.D.E.A. carrying a stipend and remitting tuition. Certain of
these grants require half-time work on research in the department,

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

with the remaining time devoted to course work. Others provide for full-
time work on research used for a thesis or dissertation.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships {

These scholarships provide for remission of tuition and all fees and
are awarded to qualified full- and part-time black students on the basis
of financial need.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an-
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of three quarters and are not
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships and research
fellowships are expected to devote full time to their studies and the
duties of the award. They may not accept outside employment without
the consent of their faculty adviser and the director of the graduate
school.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships for men in dormitories on or near the Hun-
tington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information and
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Defense Student Loan Program

Under the provisions of an act of the federal government, students
carrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up
to $2500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for under-
graduate and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be
determined on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases
to carry a half-time load and extends ten years from that point. Can-
cellation of up to 50 per cent of national defense loans including interest
is allowed for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 per
cent may be cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional informa-
tion and application forms are available from the Office of Financial
Aid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students and
one month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is requested for
other students.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

Higher Education Loan Plan

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in
the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies,
carry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is
paid by the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to
$1500 for each year of study up to a maximum of $7500 for both under-
graduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to twelve
months after completion of study and extends up to five years.

fields of study

The departmental sections that follow list courses available to a
student during the typical period of attendance required to obtain a
degree. The quarter in which a specific course will be offered will be
found in the course announcement made available in May for the sum-
mer quarter and in June for the following academic year.

biology

Professors

Francis D. Crisley, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Fred A. Barkley, Ph.D.
Charles Gainor, Ph.D.
Charles Goolsby, Ph.D.
Abdul-Karim Khudairi, Ph.D.
Nathan W. Riser, Ph.D., Director,

Marine Science Institute

Associate Professors

Charles H. Ellis, Jr., Ph.D.
JanisZ. Gabliks, D.D.S., Ph.D.
Charles A. Meszoely, Ph.D.
M. Patricia Morse, Ph.D.
Joseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Ernest Ruber, Ph.D.
Brunhild I. E. Stuerckow, Dr.

rer. nat.
Henry O. Werntz, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
H. David Ahlberg, Ph.D.
Harvey S. Bialy, Ph.D.
Helen Lambert, Ph.D.
Dale F. Levering, Jr., Ph.D.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Full-Time Program

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SCIENCE DEGREE
Part-Time Program
Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 23 applicants should
have a background which includes one year of organic chemistry,
physics, and mathematics and six quarter courses of the biology under-
graduate core curriculum or its equivalent. Students admitted with de-
ficiencies should remove them during the first 20 quarter hours of gradu-
ate work.

Program

Forty-six quarter hours of academic work are required. A candidate
for either degree is expected to take forty hours of course work includ-
ing four hours of seminar, and one laboratory course in microbiology,
unless previously taken elsewhere. Transfer credits will be accepted
only from those schools offering graduate programs in biology. Appli-
cation for such credit should be made in writing to the director of the
graduate school during the first quarter following the student's assign-
ment to an academic adviser. Other limitations on transfer credit are

36

BIOLOGY / 37

listed on page 28. Graduate courses in departments other than Biology
will be accepted for credit up to a limit of 12 quarter hours, including
those credits previously accepted as transfer credits, upon written
recommendation from the student's adviser to the graduate director
for final approval.

During his tenure, in addition to the above course requirements, each
student pursuing work toward the master of science degree in the full-
time program must enroll for a minimum of six credits of work in 18.990,
Special Topics in Biology, or 18.991, Research for the Master of Science
degree. After initial election of either 18.990 or 18.991 the student must
register for either of these courses for each quarter until the work is
completed. Work in 18.990, Special Topics in Biology, is pursued under
the supervision of an individual faculty member, by mutual agreement. It
may take the form of a comprehensive, critical review of the literature in
a specialized area and/or a specific program of experimental work on a
single topic. If experimental work has been elected under 18.990 it may
later be expanded, with permission of the departmental graduate com-
mittee, into a master's thesis with a topic and adviser and a committee
of three members approved by the departmental graduate committee.
Grades in 18.990 or 18.991 are recorded as "Satisfactory" until all
work is completed, culminating in either a comprehensive, well-written
report — which must be reviewed by the department graduate commit-
tee— or a thesis. A comprehensive examination in the last six months
of the master's program is required of all students, except those pre-
senting a thesis. For the latter a final oral examination on the thesis is
required. The department encourages the pursuit of a thesis wherever
feasible.

The program leading to the Master of Science in Health Science
degree is designed for part-time students who may progress according
to their abilities, the time available, and the need or desire to extend
their education into interdisciplinary work involving biology or allied
areas such as the health sciences. Students may elect to substitute
six quarter hours of course work credit for the required 18.990, Special
Topics in Biology or 18.991, M.S. Thesis. Those students electing the
course option must take a comprehensive examination in the last six-
month period of their program, similar to the examination required of
students pursuing Special Topics work. With the permission of the
departmental graduate committee the two master's degree programs
are interchangeable. If their schedules permit, students in the M.S. in
Health Science program may carry out their work on a full-time basis.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY PROGRAM
Admission

Applicants who will have a master's degree or its equivalent at entry
may be considered for direct admission to the doctoral program. Those

38 / BIOLOGY

who will not may be considered only for admission to the master's
program, and, after satisfactory completion of 30 quarter hours of grad-
uate study, may then be considered for admission to the doctoral
program.

Residence Requirement

After he has been admitted to the doctoral program, the student may
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate
work or by two years of half-time graduate work. However, a student
should expect to spend at least two years or the equivalent in full-time
study.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

Students entering the doctoral program will be expected to have had
the equivalent of an M.S. degree at Northeastern before taking their
qualifying examination. Students who have been accepted into the
doctoral program will normally be expected to complete the qualifying
examination by the end of three quarters at Northeastern University at
a time specified by the departmental graduate committee. The candi-
date will be expected to demonstrate an advanced knowledge of bio-
logical concepts. The examination will be oral and approximately two
hours in duration. Eligibility to continue in the program toward the
Doctor of Philosophy degree is contingent upon satisfactory perform-
ance on the qualifying examination.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination requirement will be fulfilled by two
written examinations, one in the major area of specialization and the
other in closely related areas. The candidate may apply through his
adviser after completing the foreign language requirement and at least
one quarter prior to the oral examination.

Course Requirements

After the establishment of candidacy, any further course requirements
will be established by the dissertation adviser and approved by the
departmental graduate committee.

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for the dissertation director will have
been made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not,
such arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree

BIOLOGY / 39

candidacy has been established., The dissertation director advises the
candidate on the research for the dissertation, which is to be performed
in accordance with general graduate school regulations. He serves as
chairman of the dissertation committee, which must approve the dis-
sertation before the degree may be conferred. The doctoral committee
shall consist of at least five members.

Language Requirement

Ability to read and translate biological literature in one foreign
language must be established by the candidate. In order to maximize
the usefulness of this language as a tool of research, the student should
take the language examination as early as possible. The examination
will be administered by the Department of Biology, or in certain cases,
by the Modern Language Department. French, German, and Russian are
the three most important foreign languages for the biologist. Students
will be expected to choose one of these languages for their examination,
but another language may be substituted where there is significant
literature in the area of interest.

Tool of Research

A tool of research is required in addition to the above language. This
requirement may be fulfilled through either passing a second foreign
language examination in a language in which there is significant
literature, or completion of a program in the general principles of
statistics, biometry, and/or computer programming.

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general regula-
tions of the graduate school.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
Admission

Application and credentials for admission to interdisciplinary pro-
grams involving the Biology Department, where this department is
clearly the department of registry, as described under "General Regu-
lations," should be submitted as described under the heading of
"Admission" in the section "The Doctor of Philosophy Program" for
biology. The interdisciplinary committee will consist of at least five
members. The composition of this committee will be determined by
mutual consent between the departments involved, but will have at
least three members from the Biology Department if the dissertation
adviser is from this department. Upon admission, suitable interdiscipli-
nary course requirements will be determined by the interdisciplinary
committee.

40 / BIOLOGY

Qualifying Examination

Students accepted into the program will normally be expected to com-
plete the qualifying examination by the end of three quarters at North-
eastern University. At least five areas of study will be covered by the
qualifying examination, at least three of which will be oral examinations
chosen by the candidate from the following areas: biochemistry, botany,
ecology, genetics, microbiology, physiology, and zoology. The remaining
components of the examination will be specified and evaluated by the
other participating department. With the exceptions of the procedures
for admission and examinations for qualification, the remaining require-
ments and procedures are as specified under "The Doctor of Philosophy
Program" for biology.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry lour quarter hours ol credit unless otherwise specified.

18.803 Biometrics

Statistical methods applied to biological samples and analysis of biological
research data. Prep. Algebra

18.804 Lower Invertebrates

Taxonomy, morphology, embryology, and life histories of acoelomate phyla
(Marine Science institute).

18.805 Coelomate invertebrates

Biology of annelida, arthropoda, moilusca, and echinodermata (Marine Science
institute).

18.806 IVIaiacology

Functional morphology, embryology, systematics, and ecology of the major
groups of mollusks. Prep. Invertebrate Zoology.

18.808 Vertebrate Zoology (5 q.h.)

Evolution, phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, population dynamics, re-
production, etc., of the vertebrates. Field collection, preparation, and study of
local vertebrates will be carried out in the laboratory. Prep. Comparative Anat-
omy or Embryology.

18.809 Mammaiogy (5 q.h.)

Phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, reproduction, population dynamics,
and natural history of the mammals. The course will include student presentation
of the recent advances in mammalogy. Field collection and laboratory prepara-
tion and study of specimens will be included. Prep. Comparative Anatomy or
Embryology.

18.810 iciithyology

Natural history and systematics of fishes, with emphasis on marine species
(Marine Science Institute).

BIOLOGY / 41

18.813 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology I (3 q.h.)

Chemical, physical and biotic factors influencing coastal and lake communities.
Lectures. Prep. 18.134 or 18.834 or equivalent.

18.814 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology II (3 q.h.)

One hour of lecture and one full day (7 hours) of laboratory-field work. Prep.
18.813.

18.815 Biological Factors in Ocean Engineering (2 q.h.)

Natural biological phenomena and their relationship with man-made alterations
of the sea. Prep. Registration in a graduate engineering program.

18.818 Ecology of Salt Marshes (3 q.h.)

Survey of fauna and flora, environmental factors affecting them and current bio-
logical and social problems associated with this habitat. This course will meet
for 2 lectures of IVa hours each and 1 full day of laboratory for 6 weeks during
the summer quarter. Prep. A basic ecology course or consent of the instructor.

18.819 Principles of Systematics (3 q.h.)

Codes of nomenclature. Biological principles basic to methodology of the prep-
aration of monographs and of faunas and floras.

18.823 Human Ecology

Parameters of the human ecological niche, man's effect on them, and their con-
sequences for him. Prep. Basic Ecology or consent of instructor.

18.825 Plant Nutrition and Metabolism

Mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, metabolic pathways, and translocation in
higher plants.

18.826 Plant Growth and Reproduction

Plant hormones, growth, development, and physiology of reproduction.
Prep. 18.825.

18.827 Physiology of Plant Growth and Development (2 q.h.)

A general coverage of the internal and environmental factors that influence
the physiology of plant growth and development. The mechanisms by which
plant growth hormones regulate the physiology of plants will be discussed with
particular emphasis on the roles of auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins, and
phytochrome. Alternates yearly with 18.833.

18.829 Fossil Plants (3 q.h.)
Plant forms from past times.

18.830 Marine Algae

Systematics, life histories, and ecology of marine algae, with emphasis on the
flora of the Gulf of Maine (Marine Science Institute).

18.831 Plant Morphogenesis I

A study of the continually unfolding series of changes in the life of the plant.
The origin of form, experimentally controlled development, and external and
internal factors that govern development of form. Prep. 18.137, 18.234.

42 / BIOLOGY

18.832 Plant Morphogenesis II

Plant tissue, organ, and cell culture techniques employed in the study of mor-
phogenetic processes. Prep. 18.831.

18.833 Photosynthesis (2 q.h.)

A general discussion of the biochemistry and physiology of photosynthesis with
particular emphasis on recent discoveries in electron transport, chloroplast
structure, and CO2 assimilation. The evolution and requirements of photosyn-
thesis will also be discussed. Prep. 18.827. Alternates yearly with 18.827.

18.834 Environmental and Population Biology (2 q.h.)

Physico-chemical factors influencing and influenced by organisms. Interactions
among individual organisms and among species. Students will participate in
lectures and laboratories given for 18.134. Individual work on specialized
aspects of ecology will be assigned. Prep. One year of General Biology,
including plant and animal biology.

18.835 Mammalian Physiology

Structural and biochemical aspects of mammalian cells. Bioelectric phenomena.
Muscle and nerve function. Physiology of digestive, cardiovascular, and respira-
tory systems. Kidney and its functions. Reproductive physiology and endocrine
system.

18.836 Cardiovascular Physiology (3 q.h.)

Physiology of blood cells, anemia, polycythemia immunity and allergy. Electro-
physiology of the heart, cardiac cycle, EKG, hemodynamics, capillary dynamics,
pulmonary circulation, cardiovascular reflexes, cardiac output and venous return.
Cardiac failure, coronary circulation, atherosclerosis, hypertension, cerebral
circulation, circulatory shock.

18.837 Cardiovascular Physiology Laboratory (1 q.h.)
Three hours of laboratory study per week. Prep. 18.836.

18.838 Animal Nutrition (2 q.h.)

Detailed consideration of organic and inorganic nutritional requirements of man
and selected animals. Digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrient
materials. Role of vitamins, minerals, and trace elements in metabolism. Varia-
tion in nutritional needs among normal individuals and in various physiologic
and genetic pathologies. Evaluation of food additives and of permissible levels
of toxic materials in food.

18.840 Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Mechanisms (2 q.h.)

Principles and selected examples of physiological response to environmental

variation. Prep. Basic Physiology.

18.842 Vertebrate Endocrinology (2 q.h.)

Regulation of physiologic processes in vertebrates by hormones and related
substances.

18.843 Procedures in Endocrinology (3 q.h.)

BIOLOGY / 43

18.845 Physiological Ecology (2 q.h.)

Study of biological and chemical mechanisms involved in adaptation; homeo-
stasis and its regulation, salt and water metabolism; respiratory and circulatory
control systems; adaptation versus acclimation. Control systems within the body
versus set points. Prep. College Biology, Organic Chemistry.

18.846 Nuclear and Radiobiology (2 q.h.)

Interaction of radiation and biological matter; isotopic tracer techniques; iso-
topes and biochemical reactions, radiation ecology, activation analysis and its
application in biological and forensic sciences. Prep. College Biology, Organic
Chemistry.

18.852 Advanced Developmental Biology (3 q.h.)

Analysis of development at the biochemical and cellular levels. Nucleic acid
and protein synthesis, gene action and differentiation, cell-cell interactions,
mechanisms of animal morphogenesis. 3 hrs. of lecture. Prep. 18.135, 18.136 or
consent of the instructor.

18.853 Advanced Developmental Biology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the fundamental problems of development through experimental tech-
niques. Culture of vertebrate and invertebrate embryos; microsurgical analysis
of morphogenesis; biochemistry of development, cell-cell interactions; organ and
tissue culture will be studied. 5 hours of laboratory per week. Prep. 18.852 or
consent of the instructor.

18.855 Insect Metabolism (2 q.h.)

Food consumption and intermediary metabolism in insects.

18.860 Cell Biophysics and Biochemistry (5 q.h.)

Biogenesis and ultrastructure of the cell considered together with the bio-
physical procedures and biochemical patterns used in the study of cellular and
tissue components. Prep. Organic Chemistry and General Biology.

18.863 Neurophysiology (2 q.h.)

The biophysical function of nerve cells including the resting potential energy, the
reception and transmission of stimuli, and the coding of neuronal signals.

18.864 Neurophysiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Introduction into neurophysiological methods. Prep. 18.863 (may be taken
concurrently).

18.870 Tropical Field Studies (1 q.h. per week)
Field work under direct supervision of faculty.

18.871 Evolution (3 q.h.)

Current concepts and selected examples of the process and results of evolu-
tion. The modern synthesis draws upon biochemical, physiological and genetic
evidence as well as classic morphological and biogeographical evidence. Dis-
cussion led by students and faculty. Prep. 18.131-18.136, or equivalent.

18.880 Computers in Biology

Programming and use of computers as a tool to solve research problems. Special
emphasis will be placed on problems arising in biological research and related
fields. Students will solve a spectrum of problems on the University computer.

44 / BIOLOGY

18.903 Environmental Microbiology

The microbial environment and ecology of the cell. Interactions between micro-
bial populations, stressing soil and fresh-water associations. Prep. 18.220 or
equivalent.

18.905 Marine Microbiology

Morphological, physiological, and ecological factors concerning marine micro-
organisms. Taxonomic problems, microbial association, and general methodolog-
ical approaches to the study of marine microorganisms. Prep. 18.220 or
equivalent.

18.907 Food Microbiology (2 q.h.)

Microbiology of food with emphasis on the pathogenic types and their inter-
actions with other groups indigenous to food. Prep. 18.220 or equivalent.

18.908 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Detection, quantification, and isolation of microorganisms and their products of
significance in food with emphasis on the pathogenic types. Prep. 18.907 (may
be taken concurrently).

18.909 Animal Virology

Physical and chemical properties of viruses. Viruses as intracellular parasites.
Viral replication and genetics, host-virus interaction, pathogenesis, diseases,
tumor viruses, and serological reactions. Laboratory sessions will consist of
demonstrations emphasizing use of animals, eggs and animal cell cultures for
cultivation, isolation, and identification of viruses. Prep. 18.220 and 18.242 or
their equivalent and Biochemistry.

18.910 Microbial Genetics (3 q.h.)

Principles of bacterial and bacteriophage genetics. Nature of variation and in-
heritance and the mechanisms of exchange of genetic material. Prep. 18.220
or equivalent.

18.911 Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Origin, isolation, and characterization of mutants. Mechanisms of genetic ex-
change in bacteria and bacteriophage. Prep. 18.910 (may be taken concur-
rently).

18.914 Medical Mycology (2 q.h.)

Morphological, pathological, and epidemiological factors of pathogenic opportu-
nistic and common fungal contaminants from human sources. Prep. 18.220 and
18.224 or equivalents.

18.915 Medical Mycology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Basic methodology for demonstration and isolation of fungi in clinical specimens.
Identification on morphologic and biochemical basis. Prep, or co-requisite
18.914.

18.940 Microbial Biochemistry

Study of the enzymatic reactions, intermediate products, and metabolic pathways
involved in carbohydrate, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism by micro-
organisms. Prep. 18.220 and 18.240 or equivalents, and Biochemistry.

BIOLOGY / 45

18.980 Seminar (1 q.h.)

Various topics and newer developments in botany, microbiology, physiology, and

zoology covered in depth. Student presentations are emphasized.

18.990, Special Topics in Biology (credit variable)

Special study of a selected topic under direction of a faculty member. Topic

and direction of study to be arranged with the faculty member supervising the

study.

18.991 M.S. Thesis

Research methods of some special field and their application to a specific prob-
lem, under direction of a faculty member.

18.992 Special Investigations in Biology (credit variable)

Laboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research being pursued for a
thesis or dissertation.

18.993 Biological Electron Microscopy

Electron Microscopy as a tool in research with emphasis on specimen prepara-
tion, particularly ultra-thin sectioning. Lectures and student seminars will cover
theory, laboratory procedures, and discussion of methods not used in the labora-
tory. Classes will meet at Henderson House, Weston, one day per week (3 hours
of lecture, 4 hours of laboratory) on a day selected by mutual agreement between
the class and the instructor. Given in cooperation with the Center for Continuing
Education. Limited to 8 students upon certification in writing by their thesis
advisers to the department chairman that the course is to be significantly applied
in thesis research. Students are accepted subject to approval by the instructor.

18.995 Ph.D. Dissertation

Original research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new bio-
logical knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
faculty member.

73.814 Concepts in Pharmacology I (2 q.h.)

Selected areas of pharmacology are examined in depth with special reference
to interactions of drugs and other chemical agents with biological systems.
Emphasis is placed on biochemical mechanisms, experimental design, evalua-
tion of data utilizing conventional statistical procedures, and techniques em-
ployed in pharmacological evaluations. Alternates yearly with 73.816.

73.815 Concepts in Pharmacology 11 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.814.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology I (2 q.h.)

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemical
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemical
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology, including
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal. Con-
sideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effects in man.
Alternates yearly with 73.814.

\ 73.817 Concepts in Toxicology II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.816.

46 / BIOLOGY

01.952 Industrial Hygiene (2 q.h.)

Factors in the industrial environment that adversely affeCt the health, connfort, and
efficiency of the worker. Industrial surveys, and application of engineering prin-
ciples to control of dust, toxic metals, gases and vapors, organic compounds,
radiation, pressure, temperature, and humidity.

01.957 Air Pollution Science (2 q.h.)

Theory and practice related to engineering management of air resources, con-
trol of gaseous emission, investigation and study of air pollution, sampling and
analysis methods.

90.821 Biochemistry I (2 q.h.)

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids,
nucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year Organic Chemistry.

90.822 Biochemistry II (2 q.h.)

Bioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism, including
carbohydrate cataboiism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi-
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I (90.821).

90.823 Biochemistry ill (2 q.h.)

Continuation of intermediary metabolism from Biochemistry II, or 73.842, includ-
ing lipid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis, and cell regula-
tion. Prep. Biochemistry II (90.822).

All undergraduate biology courses in the series designated 18.200-18.300, and
selected other courses as indicated below, are available for graduate credit.
Please consult the undergraduate or other appropriate bulletin for course details.

18.158, 18.159 Vertebrate Physiology I, II

18.208 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

18.209 Developmental Anatomy

18.210 Invertebrate Zoology

18.211 Parasitology

18.212 Vertebrate Paleontology
18.220 General Microbiology

18.227 Animal Histology

18.228 Histological Technique

18.231 Lower Plants

18.232 Higher Plants

18.233 Systematic Botany

18.234 Plant Anatomy

18.235 Economic Botany
18.237 Introduction to Plant Physiology

18.236 Horticulture
18.240 Microbial Physiology
18.242 Medical Microbiology

18.245 Serology-lmmunology

18.246 Serology-lmmunology Laboratory
18.251 Comparative Animal Physiology

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

Blab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

1 cl.

6 lab.

3 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

2cl.

6 lab.

4 q.h

2cl.

Blab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Blab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 q.h

Blab.

2 q.h.

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

BIOLOGY / 47

The following courses are offered in the evening program only as substitutes
for 18.158 and 18.159, Vertebrate Physiology I and II, which may be unavailable
to evening students. They will be offered in alternate years, beginning with 1972-
1973.

18.252 Mammalian Physiology I 2 cl. 3 lab. 3 q.h.
Structural and biochemical aspects of mammalian cells. Bioelectric phenomena;
muscle and nerve function; renal physiology. Prep. Course in Vertebrate An-
atomy or consent of the instructor.

18.253 Mammalian Physiology II 2 cl. 3 lab. 3 q.h.
Physiology of cardiovascular, respiratory and digestive systems. Reproductive
and endocrine physiology. Prep. 18.252.

Assistant Professors

Donald C. Clagett, Ph.D.
Geoffrey Davies, Ph.D.
Robert B. Davis, Ph.D.
J. Robert Huber, Dr. Sc. Tech.
Henry E. Keller III, Ph.D.
William M. Reiff, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Professors

Karl Weiss, Ph.D.

Chairman
Barry L. Karger, Ph.D.
W. Fay Luder, Ph.D.
Albert H. Soloway, Ph.D.
Alfred Viola, Ph.D.
Associate Professors
William E. Cass, Ph.D.
Bill C. Giessen, Dr. Sc. Nat.
David M. Howell, Ph.D.
Conrad M. Jankowski, Ph.D.
Elmer E. Jones, Ph.D.
John L. Roebber, Ph.D.
Robert N. Wiener, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23 an appli-
cant must have completed not less than four full-year chemistry courses
of the level required of an undergraduate major in chemistry. These must
include organic, physical, and analytical chemistry. Admission policy
favors those who have taken more chemistry than these minima. In
addition, one year each of college physics and calculus are required,
and further work in these subjects is desirable.

For the full-time program, these admission requirements may be modi-
fied to accommodate applicants who have taken fewer courses than
indicated above, but who have outstanding records and a strong interest
in chemical or interdisciplinary research. See also the description of
interdisciplinary programs.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

The normal full-time program consists of a total of 40 quarter hours
of courses, seminars, research, and a thesis based on this research.
Each student is required to take at least 24 quarter hours of credit in
courses. A minimum of 6 hours, but no more than 14 quarter hours of
credit may be assigned to 12.991, Research and Thesis for the Master
of Science degree. Each student is required to attend 12.990, Seminar,
in each term. One credit is assigned to a student for each term in
which he conducts a seminar, up to the maximum of two credits.

48

CHEMISTRY / 49

Part-Time Program

The admission requirements for this program are the same as for the
full-time program, but course requirements differ, and students may
progress according to their abilities and the time available.

Thirty-two credits must be taken in graduate offerings of the Depart-
ment of Chemistry. Eight additional credits may be taken in any gradu-
ate courses for which the student has the necessary prerequisites. The
student's program shall include:

(a) Four credits of organic chemistry. These will normally be 12.861 and
12.862.

(b) Four credits of inorganic chemistry. These will normally be 12.841 and
12.842.

(c) Four credits of analytical chemistry. These may be chosen from 12.821,
12.822, and 12.823.

(d) Four credits of physical chemistry. These may be chosen from 12.881,
12.882, 12.885, 12.886, and 12.893.

In cases of unusual preparation, more advanced courses may be
substituted within the given subdiscipline.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

I The doctoral program in chemistry may be pursued only in residence.

iThe additional requirements beyond those of the master's degree are
designed to demonstrate superior proficiency In original research, in-
cluding technical reading ability in a foreign language and familiarity

iwith current advances in one of the main divisions of chemistry.

Residence Requirement

I The residence requirement is satisfied after one year of full-time
graduate work or two years of half-time work. If a student holds a teach-
ing assistantship which occupies one half of his time, his residence
requirement is being discharged at half rate. Other arrangements re-
quire faculty approval. If a candidate has a research fellowship which
supports his research for the doctoral dissertation, his residence re-
quirement is discharged at full rate. Normally, the equivalent of two
years of work after establishment of doctoral candidacy is necessary
to complete research.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

50 / CHEMISTRY

Qualifying Examination

Qualifying examinations are offered in the fields of analytical, in- ;
organic, organic, and physical chemistry. There are eight examinations
offered each year in each field. A student must pass four of these.

A student is eligible to take the qualifying examination if:

(a) he has entered with a bachelor's degree and has achieved a 3.0
average in eight courses taken in the first year of residence;

(b) he has been admitted to the doctoral program with an awarded
master's degree;

(c) he is a part-time student who has petitioned the department to
do so.

Students in category "a" must pass the qualifying examinations by
July 1 of their second year of residence. Students in category "b" must !
pass the qualifying examinations by July 1 of their first year of resi-
dence. Students in category "c" will have the conditions set at the time !
their petition is approved.

Course Requirements

A candidate is normally required by his faculty adviser to do some
course work beyond the 40 quarter hour minimum. The number and
nature of these courses are individually determined for each candidate.

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for a dissertation adviser will have been
made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not, such
arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree candidacy
has been established. The dissertation adviser directs the research for
the dissertation and serves as chairman of the dissertation committee,
which must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

Language Requirements

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language as speci-
fied by the departmental graduate committee in accordance with the
general graduate school regulations. French, German, and Russian are
the acceptable foreign languages. Normally, proficiency is demonstrated
by taking examinations administered by the Chemistry Department.

CHEMISTRY / 51

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate school
regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit except seminar and research.

12.806 Chemical Aspects of the Environment

Consideration of problems related to air, water, food, drugs, energy, and ma-
terials. The lectures are given by experts in various fields, and are followed by
discussions. The course is open to all students with a bachelor's degree in
science or engineering. It may not be used by full-time students to establish
doctoral student status.

12.821 Analytical Separations

Theory and practice of analytical separation techniques. Emphasis will be on
fundamentals as they relate to practice. Topics will be based mainly on chromat-
ographic processes including gas and high speed liquid chromatography. Other
topics will include zone refining, liquid-liquid extraction, and electrophoresis.

12.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry

The principles and practice of electroanalytical chemistry will be discussed.
Topics will include potentiometry and ion-selective electrodes, normal and thin-
layer oculometry, polarography, and electrochemical relaxation methods. Appli-
cation of these techniques to titration endpoint detection will also be discussed.

12.823 Optical Methods of Analysis

The theory and practice of absorption and emission spectroscopy. Instruments,
methods, and applications will be considered.

12.824, 12.825, 12.826 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry i, II, ill

Selected topics of current importance in analytical chemistry.

12.827 Computers in Chemistry

A laboratory-lecture course illustrating the use of small digital computers for
real-time control of chemical instruments. Topics will include digital logic, real-
time data structures, A/D and D/A conversion, noise, and other aspects of real-
time computer interfacing. Programming will be done on a PDP-11 computer in
MIRACL, a language designed for real-time processing. Prep. Consent of
instructor.

12.828 Chemical Instrumentation

Principles of instrument design will be considered with emphasis on practical
aspects. Instrument limitations and sources of error will be considered along
with modular instruments and interfacing. Prep. Consent of instructor.

12.841 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I

Application of basic quantum chemistry to inorganic systems. Russell-Saunders
and j-j coupling. Stereo chemistry of non-transition-metal compounds; bonding
and structure of electron deficient systems.

52 / CHEMISTRY

12.842 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II

Magnetic properties; electronic spectra and selection rules. Thermodynamic
stability of coordination compounds. Experimental techniques of inorganic chem-
istry. Prep. 12.841.

12.843 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry III

Crystal symmetry. Introduction to theory of lokids; semi-conductors and metals;
non-stoichiometric compounds; solid state reactions. Application of molecular
orbital theory. Determination of electron distribution in transition metal com-
pounds. Moessbauer spectroscopy and advanced magneto-chemistry. Prep.
12.842 and 12.885.

12.846 Coordination Chemistry

Coordination compounds: their experimental detection, calculation of stability
constants, factors affecting solubility and stability constants. Ligand field theory.
Acidity, color, and lability of complexes. Kinetic and stereochemical studies of
inorganic reaction mechanisms. Prep. 12.843.

12.847, 12.848, 12.849, 12.850 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III, IV

Selected topics of current importance in inorganic chemistry. Prep. 12.842 and
consent of instructor.

12.851 Structure Determination in Solids

X-ray, electron, and neutron diffraction; elements of crystallography; computer-
aided calculations. Analytical techniques; important inorganic and organic struc-
ture types. Prep. 12.843.

12.852 Ligand Field Theory

Crystal field theory of ions in weak and strong fields. Molecular orbital theory
of transition metal complexes. Magnetic properties and electron spin resonance
effects. Prep. 12.843 and 12.886.

12.861, 12.862 Advanced Organic Chemistry I, II

An intensive survey of organic reactions. Modern concepts of structure and
mechanism are used to correlate factual material. Prep. One year of Organic 1
Ctiemistry. |

12.863 Physical Organic Chemistry I

Application of LCAO concepts, linear free energy relationships, interactions j
between solvent effects, steric considerations, and electronic factors, and intro- j
duction to orbital symmetry direction of concerted reactions. Prep. 12.862 or
consent of instructor.

12.864, 12.865 Stereochemistry 1, 11

Interrelation of steric arrangements of atoms in organic molecules with their
physical and chemical properties. Conformational analysis. Spatial relationships '
between atoms and groups during chemical reactions and consequent effects on j
chemical equilibria and reaction rates as an introduction to the study of reaction '
mechanisms. Prep. 12.863.

CHEMISTRY / 53

12.866 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds

Interpretation of the ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass
spectra of organic compounds. Prep. One year of Organic Chemistry.

12.867, 12.868, 12.869 Natural Products I, ii. III

Isolation, structure determination, synthesis, and transformations of selected
classes of organic compounds of biological interest. Prep. 12.862 (need not be
tal<en in sequence).

12.871, 12.872, 12.873 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry I, II, III

Selected topics of current importance in organic chemistry. Prep. 12.862 and
consent of instructor.

12.876, 12.877 Mechanisms of Organic Reactions I, II

Consideration of the fundamental factors influencing the course of a chemical
reaction. Study of the effects of structural and environmental changes on the
mechanisms of organic reactions. Prep. 12.865.

12.881 Thermodynamics I

First Law of Thermodynamics, Thermochemistry, Second and Third Laws, Equi-
librium. Prep. Consent of instructor.

12.882 Thermodynamics II

Partial Molar Properties, Mixtures, E.M.F. Prep. 12.881.

12.885 Atomic and Molecular Structure i

Introduction to quantum mechanics. Application to simple systems, and the
electronic structure of atoms and molecules. Prep. One year of Pfiysicai Ctiem-
istry.

12.886 Atomic and Molecular Structure II

Atomic spectroscopy. Rotational, vibrational, electronic, and magnetic spectra of
small polyatomic molecules. Prep. 12.885 or consent of ttte instructor.

12.891 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry

Selected topics of current importance in physical chemistry. Prep. Consent of
instructor.

12.892 Selected Topics in Solid State Chemistry

Band theory. Metals, semiconductors and insulators. Thermal, magnetic, and
transport properties. Alloy phases. Phase transformations and crystal defects.
Surface effects. Material preparation techniques. Prep. 12.885.

12.893 Kinetics

Collision and transition state theories of reaction rates. Relaxation theory.
Theory of unimolecular reactions. Kinetics in liquid solutions. Photochemistry.
Prep. One year of ptiysical ctiemistry.

54 / CHEMISTRY

12.894 Statistical Thermodynamics

Systems of independent particles. Distribution functions. Partition functions and
thermodynamic properties. Prep. 12.881 and 12.885 or their equivalents.

12.895 Statistical Mechanics I

Quantum statistics; fermions and bosons. Application to electrons in metals,
phonons, and photons; superfluidity and superconductivity. Prep. 12.894.

12.896 Statistical Mechanics II

Fluctuations, noise, and irreversible thermodynamics. Boltzmann transport equa-
tions. Phase transitions of higher order; Ising model. Prep. 12.895.

12.897 Quantum Chemistry I

Linear algebra and the formulation of quantum theory. Angular momentum. Sys-
tems with spherically symmetric potentials and the one-electron atom. Prep.
12.886.

12.898 Quantum Chemistry II

Variational method and perturbation theory. Electron spin. SCF method and
many-electron atoms. Prep. 12.897.

12.899 Quantum Chemistry III

Group theory. Small molecules. Time-dependent theory and selected advanced
topics. Prep., 12.898.

12.901 Polymer Chemistry I

Introduction to polymers. Major emphasis on synthesis. Step-reaction, chain-
reaction, and ring-opening polymerizations. Copolymerization. Three-dimensional
polymers and crosslinking. Prep. One year of Organic Chemistry and one year
of Physical Chemistry.

12.902 Polymer Chemistry II

Physical chemistry of polymers in solution and bulk. Molecular characterization.
Mechanical and physical properties in the glassy, rubbery, viscous, and semi-
crystalline states. Prep. 12.901.

12.903 Polymer Chemistry ill

Industrial practice. Polymer processing. Fibers. Elastomers. Coatings. Adhesives.
Reinforced plastics. Relationship of polymer structure to usage. Prep. 12.902.

12.910 Special Projects in Chemistry

Laboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research pursued for a
thesis. Prep. Permission of the departmental faculty is required.

12.990 Seminar (1 q.h.)

Oral reports by the participants on current or recent investigations in chemistry.

12.991 Research and Thesis for M.S. (maximum: 14 q.h.)

Original research and a written thesis thereon, under supervision of a faculty
member.

CHEMISTRY / 55

12.995 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D.

Driginal research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new chemi-
:al knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
acuity member.

90.821 Biochemistry I

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids,
lucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year organic chemistry.

30.822 Biochemistry II

3ioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism including
carbohydrate catabolism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi-
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I, 90.821.

30.823 Biochemistry III

Continuation of intermediary metabolism from Biochemistry II, including lipid,
Drotein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis and cell regulation. Prep.
3iochemistry II, 90.822.

See Biology Department offerings and College of Pharmacy offerings for other
courses on chemical topics.

clinical chemistry

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
Part-Time Program
^dmission

In addition to the admissions requirements listed on page 23, an
applicant must have completed a baccalaureate program in either
Diology, chemistry, medical technology, or pharmacy. Background core
-ourses must include a minimum of two quarters of organic chemistry,
one quarter of analytical chemistry or its equivalent, two quarters of
luman physiology, and two quarters of physical chemistry. Deficien-
cies in these areas may be removed by taking appropriate undergradu-
ate courses concurrently with those graduate courses which do not
equlre the deficient prerequisites.

'rogram

The Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry is an interdisciplinary
)rogram with the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions,
■orty quarter hours of academic coursework are required. In addition,
1 student must have at least three months of clinical laboratory ex-
)erience prior to completion of academic degree requirements. The
ollowing are core courses required in the program:

56 / CHEMISTRY

Total Credits

12.821

Analytical Separations

2

12.822

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

2

12.823

Optical Methods of Analysis

2

90.821

Biochemistry i

2

90.822

Biochemistry II

2

90.823

Biochemistry III

2

72.834

Clinical Chemistry 1

2

72.835

Clinical Chemistry II

2

73.844

Drug Metabolism

2

73.845

Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

2

20

Twelve additional credits must be taken from those courses desig-
nated as core electives. A maximum of 8 quarter hours may be taken
outside the core offerings with permission of the admissions commit- j
tee and the respective course instructors.

While the overall program has flexibility, the schedule below is recom-
mended as a guide:

1st Quarter

12.821

Analytical Separations

90.821

Biochemistry 1

2nd Quarter

90.822

Biochemistry II

73.844

Drug Metabolism

3rd Quarter

12.823

Optical Methods of Analysis

90.823

Biochemistry ill

4th Quarter

12.827

Computers in Chemistry

72.834

Clinical Chemistry 1

5th Quarter

12.822

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

72.835

Clinical Chemistry II

6th Quarter

72.836

Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry

73.845

Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

7th-11th Quarters

Electives

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise indicated,
indicates core elective.

The following course descriptions may be found under Chemistry offerings:

12.821
12.822
12.823
12.824
12.825
12.827
12.828
90.821-

.823

Analytical Separations

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

Optical Methods of Analysis

Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry I*

Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry II*

Computers in Chemistry*

Chemical Instrumentation*

Biochemistry I, II, III

CHEMISTRY / 57

72.834 Clinical Chemistry I

This course interrelates the chemistry of those naturally occurring biochemicals
of importance for clinical diagnosis and the analytical approaches and tech-
niques necessary for detection. Specific reference is made to autoanalyzers
and instrumentation relevant to clinical chemistry. Prep. Biochemistry III,
90.823, or its equivalent.

72.835 Clinical Chemistry II

A continuation of the principles and techniques as presented in Clinical Chem-
istry I with a discussion of enzymes and their use in analytical methods of
clinical importance. Prep. Clinical Chemistry I, 72.834.

72.836 Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry*

Presentation of recent advances in clinical chemistry, such as radioimmunology
and other rapidly developing areas of interest. Prep. 72.834, Clinical Chemistry,
offered yearly, spring quarter.

72.861 Central Nervous System Depressants*

Presentation and discussion of the chemistry, structure-activity relationships,
and mechanism of action of general anesthetics, hypnotics and sedatives, anti-
epileptics, analgetics, tranquilizers, and muscle relaxants. A consideration of the
mechanics of drug design and methods of modification will be undertaken.
Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, offered alternate years.

72.862 Autonomic Drugs*

A discussion of drugs acting on the central nervous system with a special em-
phasis on the mechanism of action of the chemical mediators of the peripheral
nervous system. The role of agents affecting this system — adrenergic and cho-
linergic and reversible and irreversible inhibitors of these systems will be

: discussed in relation to their chemical structure and biological activity. Prep.

' Two semesters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.863 Anti-infectives*

A study of the various chemotherapeutic agents employed in the treatment of
I infectious diseases. Included will be the sulfonamides, antibiotics, antivirais,
' antitubercular, antifungal, and antimalarial agents. Special emphasis will be on
i structure-activity relationships, mechanisms of action, and modern research in

each area. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.864 Cancer Therapy*

Recent developments in new approaches to the treatment of cancer from a

chemotherapeutic standpoint will be considered: including alkylating agents,

antimetabolites, hormones, and miscellaneous compounds, and combinations of

■I the above with radiation and immunology. Possible mechanisms of action will

j be explored. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

!

72.865 Special Topics in Medicinal Chemistry*

A consideration of a special area of medicinal chemistry including either CNS
compounds, pharmacodynamic agents or chemotherapeutics; their chemistry
and structure-activity relationships will be presented. Prep. Two quarters of
Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

58 / CHEMISTRY

72.866 Phytochemistry*

The important classes of chemical compounds produced by plants considered
from the standpoint of their biogenetic origin, methods for their detection, iso-
lation and characterization; application of these techniques to research in phar-
macy, medicine, economic botany, taxonomy; and introduction to the literature
of plant chemistry. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, two quarters of
Biology. Offered alternate years.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology \*

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemical
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemical
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology including
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal and
man. Consideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effects
in man. Prep. Permission of Instructor. Offered alternate years.

73.817 Concepts in Toxicology ir

Continuation of Concepts in Toxicology I. Prep. 73.816. Offered alternate years.

73.844 Drug Metabolism

Presentation of detoxication mechanisms relating to drug metabolism and ex-
cretion patterns: adaptive factors influencing metabolism will be discussed.
Prep. Biocfiemistry I, 90.821.

73.845 Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

Methodology of radioactive nuclides and application of these isotopes to biology
and medicine with special emphasis on their use in clinical analysis.

Ottier biology, cfiemistry, and pfiarmacy courses may be talfen witfi tfie
approval of the admissions committee and the course instructor.

economics

Professors Assistant Professors

Morris A. Horowitz, Ph.D., David Anderson, M.A.

Chairman Craig Coelen, M.A.

Irwin L. Herrnstadt, Ph.D. Daryl A. Hellman, Ph.D.

Gustav Schachter, Ph.D. David Kidder, Ph.D.

Donald Shelby, Ph.D. Andrew Sum, M.A.

Steven Swanson, M.A.
Associate Professors

Conrad P. Caligaris, Ph.D. Instructors

Bruce Cohen, Ph.D. Jerry Cromwell, M.A.

Ernest M. DeCicco, Ph.D. John Miranowski, M.A.

Harold M. Goldstein, Ph.D.

Sungwoo Kim, Ph.D.

Peggy Musgrave, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program
comprises 16 quarter hours of required core course work and 24 quarter
hours of electives of which a minimum of twelve quarter hours must be
selected from one of the economic fields listed below. The required core
courses must be completed as soon as possible. With the approval of
the graduate adviser, a student may select a maximum of six quarter
hours from graduate courses offered by other departments, or two ad-
.vanced undergraduate courses in economics carrying three quarter
hours of graduate credit.

Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 23, applicants should
have had a minimum of 12 semester hours of economics, or the equiva-
lent, of which three semester hours, or the equivalent, should be sta-
tistics. Admission is only possible in the fall and winter quarters. Ap-
plications for admission to the fall quarter will be given consideration
if received by August 31. Applications for admission to the winter
quarter will be given consideration if received by November 30.

I Applications for financial aid should be submitted no later than
March 15. See page 33 for information on financial aid available.

Comprehensive Examination

I A comprehensive examination, which will be held in accordance with
the general graduate school regulations, must be taken by all students

59

60 / ECONOMICS

during the quarter in which the student completes the 40 quarter hours
of academic work. The examination may be repeated only once.

Master's Thesis

A master's thesis for six quarter hours of credit is optional with the
approval of the graduate adviser. Approval will be granted only in those
instances in which previous graduate work of the student indicates
capacity for independent study.

Required Core Courses

The required core courses are:

Credits

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory* 4

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory* 4

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economists** 4

39.9E1 Statistical Inference 4

Economic Fields

Available economic fields are listed below. Under each field are stated
the required field courses and the elective field courses. Students must
take at least twelve quarter hours in one field of concentration. In all
fields the first listed required course in the field ordinarily should be
taken first by the student majoring in the field. For students not major-
ing in the field, courses in the field may be taken in any sequence.

Manpower Economics

Required field courses:

39.9G1 Economics of the Labor Market and Labor Force
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Elective field courses:

39.9G5 Economics of Manpower Planning II

39.9G7 Public Policy in Manpower

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

39.9H3 Economics of Education

Urban/Regional Economics

Required field courses:
39.9K1 Regional Economics
39.9L1 Urban Economics I
39.9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

* Candidates deficient in intermediate theory may not be admitted into these core
courses until they have completed 39.9A0 and/or 39.9B0.
** New candidates must take a mathematics examination given by the department during
registration period. Those who fail may not enroll in 39.9D1 until they have completed
39.9D0.

ECONOMICS / 61

Elective field courses:
39.9K4 Externalities
39.9L2 Urban Economics II
39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation
39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

Development Economics

Required field courses:

39.9P1 Economic Development

39.9P3 Regional Development

39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

Elective field courses:
39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development
39.901 Development Finance
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9K1 Regional Economics

Economics of Money and Finance

Required field courses:
39.9S1 Monetary Theory
39.9S3 Monetary Policy
39.9V1 Seminar in Money and Finance

Elective field courses:
39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance
39.9T5 Capital Markets
39.901 Development Finance
39.9B2 Macroeconomic Theory II

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The doctoral degree program In economics is offered in the fields of
Tianpower economics and urban/ regional economics.

Admission

' Applicants who will have a master's degree in economics or its
squivalent at entry may be considered for direct admission to the
doctoral program. Applicants who will not have a master's degree in
aconomics or its equivalent at entry may be considered for admission
o the doctoral program after the satisfactory completion of 40 quarter
lours of graduate work.

Applications for the doctoral program should be submitted no later
han March 15.

Residence Requirement

After he has been admitted to the doctoral program, the student may
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate
ivork. Teaching assistants may satisfy the residence requirement by

62 / ECONOMICS

two consecutive years of half-time graduate course work. A student
should expect to spend at least two academic years in full-time study,
or its equivalent, completing the requirements for the doctoral degree.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Course Requirements

A. At least 32 quarter hours of graduate work beyond the master's
degree will be required. These include:

Required Core Courses:
39.9A2 Microeconomics II
39.9B2 Macroeconomics II
39.9E7 Econometrics I
39.9E8 Econometrics II

B. Concentration in the two academic fields of manpower economics
and urban/regional economics. Course work in each field must include
the doctoral seminars 39.9J3 and 39.9N3. Each of these seminars has
a prerequisite of 12 quarter hours of graduate work in the field.

Qualifying Exam

Each student must pass a comprehensive qualifying examination
after the completion of the required core and field courses. This com-
prehensive will be given in parts: (1) A three-hour written exam in thai
general areas of economic theory and methodology; (2) A three-hour
written exam covering the two doctoral fields; (3) A two-hour oral exam
covering the two doctoral fields. Passing the qualifying exams signifies
that the student has completed all course requirements and can now
devote all his time to his dissertation. The examination may be re-i
peated only once. {

Doctoral Dissertation |

An original doctoral dissertation is required of all students in accord-'
ance with the general graduate school regulations and the regulations!
established by the department. After the successful completion of hisj
qualifying examination, each student shall work with a dissertation ad-j
viser under whose guidance he will write his doctoral dissertation. The
dissertation adviser serves as chairman of the dissertation committee i
which must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be established in accordance with the
general graduate school regulations.

ECONOMICS / 63

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

39.9A0 Introduction to Intermediate Microeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of microeconomic theory. This course offers no credit toward
a degree in economics.

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

A non-math treatment of microeconomic theory at the beginning graduate level.
An investigation of the conditions underlying consumer and producer equi-
librium under different objective functions and various market structures. Deriva-
tion of product demand curves, supply curves, and factor demand curves for
alternative market structures in product and factor markets are surveyed.

39.9A2 Microeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

An examination of contemporary microeconomic problems and theory with
specific emphasis on welfare economics, general equilibrium, distribution, the
theory of the firm, and the ability of modern value theory to reach meaningful
and feasible policy conclusions. Prep. 39.9A1 and consent of instructor.

39.9B0 Introduction to Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of macroeconomic theory. This course offers no credit
toward a degree in economics.

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

Income and employment theory; classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian ag-
gregate demand and supply systems.

39.9B2 Macroeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

Theory and problems of macro-dynamics, growth, inflation, cycles, and stabili-
zation policy. Prep. 39.9B1 and consent of instructor.

39.9D0 Introduction to Mathematics for Economists (4 q.h.)
This course acquaints the student with the algebra and elementary calculus
necessary for quantitative economics: simultaneous linear systems; polynomial,
logarithmic, and exponential functions; and elementary differential and integral
calculus (meets four hours a week). This course offers no credit toward a degree
in economics.

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economics (4 q.h.)

Application of matrix algebra and simple multivariate calculus to economic

analysis. Static organization and dynamic analysis, difference and differential

equations. Examples from economic theory. Prep. 39.9D0 or mathematics

examination.

39.9E1 Statistical Inference (4 q.h.)

Estimation of population values and testing hypotheses. Classical estimation and
testing compared to Bayesian Probability. Topics covered include the normal,
t, binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, exponential, X^, F, and other probability
distributions and the design of sample surveys.

64 / ECONOMICS

39.9E5 Economic Programming

Economic programming with emphasis on linear programming, including the
transportation and simple problems, and simulation and queuing theory with
applications to the computer. Prep. 39.9D1.

39.9E7 Econometrics I

Review of matrix algebra; single equation least squares estimates and their
theoretical properties; hypothesis testing and measures of goodness of fit;
definitions of and tests for autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, and multicollin-
earity; simultaneous equations estimation: identification, bias, and alternative
estimation techniques. Prep. 39.9D1, 39.9E1.

39.9E8 Econometrics II

Assymptotic and small sample properties of various estimators; rank-order con-
ditions for identification; specification error and error in variables; remedies for
autocorrelation and multicollinearity; dummy variables; distributed lags; fore-
casting and simulation; non-linear estimation; alternative estimation technique
(two-stage least squares, three-stage least squares, maximum likelihood esti-
mators, etc.). Prep. 39.9E7.

5.913 Data Processing

A study of digital computers and computer programming techniques. The
FORTRAN language is utilized for programming and running several projects.

39.9G1 Economics of the Labor IVIarket and Labor Force

Macro- and micro-analysis of labor supply and demand. Labor force measure-
ment and change. Functioning of labor markets. Labor allocation. Wage and
employment determination. Changes in the composition of labor demand. Impact
of technological change. UnemploymenL Income distribution and poverty. Prep.
39.9A1 co-requisite.

39.9G4 Economics of IVIanpower Planning I

Analysis and evaluation of manpower planning techniques and policies. Macro-
and micro-methods. The role of education and training. Integration of man-
power planning with general development planning. Relationship of different
methods to economic, political, and social conditions. Prep. 39.9A1 co-
requisite.

39.9G5 Economics of IVIanpower Planning II

Application of planning tools to problems of national economic developmenL
Evaluation of methods and predictions used in national manpower plans. Prep.
39.9G4.

39.907 Public Policy in Manpower

Analysis and evaluation of national manpower programs and their implementa-
tion on the local level. Relationships between public policy and policies of
employers and unions; relationships between programs at different levels of
government

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

The organization of medical care, the problems associated with various alterna-
tive delivery systems, the utilization and availability of physicians and other i

ECONOMICS / 65

categories of paramedical personnel, the growth and pressures exerted by third
party payers; and consideration of federal, state, and municipal participation in
the delivery of quality medical care under various alternatives for national health
insurance.

39.9H3 Economics of Education

An examination of the contribution of education to the process of economic
growth and the way education is produced and distributed. Special topics to
include: inequalities in returns to education; the role of intelligence and class
background in educational success; and socializing role of education in pro-
duction.

39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Selected topics on the development and use of human resources. Prep. Con-
sent of instructor.

39.9J3 Manpower Economics Research Seminar (4 q.h.)
Prep. 12 q.h. of Manpower Economics.

39.9K1 Regional Economics

Delineating regions. Theories of location for firms, industries, and people.
Regional income accounting systems, and models of intra- and inter-regional
income determinants and impact analysis. Prep. 39.9A1 co-requisite.

39.9K4 Externalities

Theoretical foundations for urban and regional economics. Survey of economic
theory related to externalities and welfare economics. Prep. 39.9A1 and consent
of instructor.

39.9L1 Urban Economics I

The economy of cities. Analysis of intra-metropolitan spatial relationships includ-
ing residential location, land, and housing markets. Prep 39.9A1 co-requisite.

!: 39.9L2 Urban Economics II

Continuation of Urban Economics I. Problems in urban economics including seg-
regation, housing, transportation, urban renewal, and related policy issues.
Prep. 39.9L1.

39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation

Urban agglomeration, economic activities, residential concentration and trans-
portation network; urban and suburban densities in relation to the central place;
capital budgeting; pricing; costs incidence and externalities of various modes;
cost-benefit analysis; effects of transportation patterns on urban socio-economic
life; modal split and forecasting economic requirements for integrated urban
transport needs.

39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

A study of the development of the federal system, interstate and interarea fiscal
comparisons, grants-in-aid, tax credits, revenue sharing, state and local taxes,
non-tax revenues, borrowing and budgeting at the state and local level, and a

, discussion of the process and prospects of state and municipal equalization of

' tax burden and effort. Prep. 39.9A1.

66 / ECONOMICS

39.9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

Selected topics in urban/regional economics. Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9N3 Urban/Regional Research Seminar (4 q.h.)
Prep. 12 q.h. of Urban /Regional Economics.

39.9P1 Economic Development

A study of the prospects of economic growth in less developed areas. Measure-
ment and theories of economic development. Role of human and natural re-
sources, education, technology, and capital formation in national, regional, and
sectoral development. Changes in institutions.

39.9P3 Regional Development.

Intra-regional dynamics, dualism, and spontaneous polarization. Growth poles,
dispersion, and spread effect; inter-regional factor migration and social cost;
regional structural change and dynamic analysis; public policies and planning;
socio-economic variables and measurements; feasibility and simulation in short-
run analysis. Examples of regions at county, province, state and "area" level;
differentiation between political and economic boundaries; bootstrapping vs.
outside source approach. Application of the FS and UN multiregional models.

39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development

Comparison of economic systems in differing stages of economic development
as exemplified by Yugoslavia, Southern Italy, Turkey, the Middle East, and China,

39.9Q1 Development Finance

Sources of investment finance in developing countries; role of taxation and tax
structure reform; development of financial institutions and capital markets;
private and official finance from abroad and debt-service problems; problems of
monetary management and export instability.

39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

Planning techniques at the national, regional project and plan level. Planning
for system of regions; interindustry economic programming; interdependence,
resource use, and structural change. Application of input-output and linear and
non-linear optimal decision techniques to short-run planning and long-run pro-
jection. Evaluation of discontinuities, linkages, and "openness." Planning in
closed and open economy. The role of the private sector and the governments,
limits, sequence, and optimality in planning. Application of techniques to em-
pirical examples. Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9S1 Monetary Theory

A study of money, money flow models and theories of the demand for money
and velocity. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

39.9S3 Monetary Policy

The interrelationships among financial markets, central banking and monetary
policy.

39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance

Techniques of fiscal policy, fiscal policy norms, public sector debt; tax policy;
federal tax reform; the conflict between social implications of price stabilization
and full employment; public expenditure policy and the interrelationship be-
tween monetary and fiscal controls. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

ECONOMICS / 67

39.9T5 Capital Markets

Primary sources of savings and demand for financial assets; role of financial
intermediaries; banking system and government lending agencies. Demand for
funds and real investment — mortgage, corporate and government securities
markets; interdependence of rate structures. Flow of funds data in relation to
national income accounts.

39.9V1 Seminar in money, credit, and banl^ing.

Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9Z1 IVIaster's Thesis Seminar (maximum 6 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by members of the department; approval of graduate adviser

required.

39.9Z2 Readings in Economics (1 q.h.)

Supervised reading in selected topics in economics. Prep. Consent of instruc-
tor and approval of graduate adviser.

39.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation Seminar (no credit)
Prep. Approval of graduate adviser required.

english

Assistant Professors

Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.
Gerald Griffin, Ph.D.
Norma Kroll, Ph.D.
James Nagel, Ph.D.
Martin L. Robbins, Ph.D.
Kinley E. Roby, Ph.D.
Donald Roemer, Ph.D.
Joseph E. Westlund, Ph.D.
Richard Yoder, Ph.D.

Professors

Paul C. Wermuth, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Arthur J. Weitzman, Ph.D.,

Director of Graduate Studies
James T. Barrs, Ph.D. (Emeritus)
Victor E. Howes, Ph.D.
Samuel French Morse, Ph.D.
Joseph Price, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.
Raymond E. Blois, Ph.D.
M. X. Lesser, Ph.D.
Jane A. Nelson, Ph.D.
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.
Stanley J. Trachtenberg, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The Department of English offers a program leading to the M.A.
degree. The courses emphasize training in research and criticism in
the fields of English and American literature, and they provide the
student the comprehensive background necessary for a career as a
scholar, teacher, and writer.

Admission

Applicants are judged favorably if they do superior work in their
undergraduate preparation and do significantly better than average in
the verbal and advanced sections of the Graduate Record Examination,
the scores of which are required before an application will be con-
sidered. An applicant is expected to have had at least 24 semester
credits in English beyond the freshman level and have achieved a 3.0
average in English courses on a 4 point scale. Recommendations should
be submitted by former English professors. An applicant who is deficient
in any one of these areas may be admitted as a provisional student.

The category of special student is provided for those nondegree
students who wish to take a summer course or those already enrolled

68

ENGLISH / 69

in a graduate program in another institution who wish to transfer credit.
A holder of a graduate degree in English may also enroll as a special
student.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. The course
work must include 30.8A1, Bibliography and Literary Historiography,
which should be taken as soon as the student enters the program.
Required also are three hours from courses in Group II; three hours
from courses in Group III; and three hours from courses in Group IV;
three hours from courses in Group V; and fifteen hours in designated
seminars, which are limited in enrollment to twelve students. The
remaining twelve hours may be elected from any courses in the
program.

Transfer Credit

A student may transfer from another institution no more than 12
quarter hours (9 semester hours) of graduate credit in English. Within
this limit, graduate courses in other fields may also be transferred if
their relevance to the student's specialized interest can be demon-
strated. In every case, a petition for graduate credit must be sent to the
Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences with a copy of
an official transcript.

Thesis

A thesis is optional. A student wishing to write a master's paper must
secure the approval of a graduate faculty member and write the thesis
under the supervision of his advisor. Six credits in lieu of course work
are allowed. The student must enroll in 30.9Z1, Thesis, to obtain credit.
Papers must conform to the guidelines laid down in the MLA Style
Sheet.

Comprehensive Examination

A three-hour comprehensive examination is required. It will be given
during the spring quarter. Copies of previous examinations are avail-
able in the graduate director's office. A student must accrue 30 quarter
hours of credit before he is eligible to take the examination. The ex-
amination may be taken only twice.

Language Requirement

Normally a degree candidate must pass a reading examination in
French or German or Latin. Substitutions must have the approval of the
graduate director. Exemption from the examination may be obtained
by submitting evidence of having passed with at least a grade of C an
advanced undergraduate language course carrying six credits.

70 / ENGLISH

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

GROUP I
(three quarter hours required)

30.8A1 Bibliography and Literary Historiography

Materials and techniques of researcii in English and American literature;
bibliography, form, and content of papers and theses; problems of literary
history.

GROUP II
(three quarter hours required)

30.8B1 Theories of Criticism

Modern critical theories including New Critical, psychoanalytic, Marxist and
structuralist. Course may not be used to satisfy group requirement.

30.8C1 Historical Linguistics I

Written records; the classification of language; phonetics and phonetic change;
the comparative method; dialect geography.

30.8C2 Historical Linguistics II

Continuation of 30.8C1. Fluctuation; analogic and semantic change; cultural,
intimate, and dialect borrowing. Prep. 30.8C1.

30.8C4 Semantics

The relation between language and behavior; the concept of change, variety,
and uniqueness; symbols; levels of abstraction; habits of evaluation of linguistic
phenomena; and modification of such habits in the direction of human adjust-
ment, understanding, and survival.

30.8C5 History of the English Language I

The nature and origin of language; ancestry and early growth of English;
phonetics, sound-change, and history of English sounds; history of English
inflections; sources of the vocabulary; the making of words.

30.8C6 History of the English Language II

Semantic change; syntax and usage; dictionaries, spelling, pronunciation, varia-
tions, and usage. Prep. 30.8C5.

30.8D1 Introduction to Old English

30.8D6 Chaucer I

Troilus and Criseyde; Fragment 1, 2, and 7 of the Canterbury Tales, with particu-
lar attention to the tales of the Knight, the Shipman, the Prioress, and the Priest.

30.8D7 Chaucer II

Fragments 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 of the Canterbury Tales, with particular atten-
tion to the tales of the Wife of Bath, the Clerk, the Merchant, the Pardoner,
and the Manciple. Prep. 30.8D6.

ENGLISH / 71

GROUP III
(three quarter hours required)

30.8E1 Tudor Literature

Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Raleigh and the beginnings of Prose Fiction.

30.8E4 Renaissance Drama

Twelve representative Elizabethan and Jacobean comedies and tragedies.

30.8F1 Seventeenth-Century Literature

Major prose and poetry of the seventeenth century, excluding drama: Bacon,
Hobbes, Browne, Bunyan, Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Marvell, and others.

GROUP IV
(three quarter hours required)

30.8G1 Restoration and Early Eighteenth-Century

A critical study of neoclassical poetry and criticism: Dryden, Pope, Swift, and
Gay.

30.8G6 Age of Johnson

Johnson, Boswell, and the Club: Burke, Goldsmith, and Gibbon; poetry of
Cowper, Gray, and Burns.

30.8H1 Romanticism

General introduction to English Romanticism as an intellectual and artistic
movement.

30.8J1 Victorian Literature

General survey touching upon major genres of Victorian literature: such writers
as Arnold, G. M. Hopkins; Dickens, Eliot; Carlyle, Ruskin, Pater.

30.8K1 Twentieth-Century British Literature

Theme and structure in the work of several dramatists from Shaw to Osborne
and of several novelists from Conrad to Anthony Powell with an emphasis on
major trends in the novel and in drama during the present century. Course may
not be used to satisfy group requirement.

GROUP V
(three quarter hours required)

30.8L1 Colonial American Literature

A survey of two centuries of American literature from the founding of the colo-
nies to the emergence of the new republic, from Bradford to Cooper.

30.8M1 Nineteenth-Century American Literature

A critical examination of major works of this period including Cooper's Patii-
finder, Emerson's Nature, Hawthorne's l\/larble Faun, Thoreau's Walden, Melville's
Moby Dicl<, Whitman's Drum-Taps, and James's Portrait of a Lady.

30.8N1 Twentieth-Century American Literature

Chance collisions: Adams, Dreiser, Crane, Dos Passes, Fitzgerald, Cozzens,
Faulkner. The beginnings and development of Naturalistic fiction.

72 / ENGLISH

SEMINARS

(Fifteen quarter hours of seminar courses are required, of which three

credits must be in a pre-nineteenth-century period.)

30.9B1 Critical Schools

The subject of this year's seminar will be archetypal criticism: C. G. Jung, Maud
Bodkin, and Northrop Frye.

30.9B3 English Prose

30.9B5 Comic Drama

The Comic Spirit and its manifestations in dramatic literature and performance.
The nature and forms of comic playwriting from Aristophanes to the present.
An examination of the theater's comic forms: farce, comedy, satire, parody.

30.986 Tragic Drama

This course will consider important theories of tragedy and certain plays in an
effort to consider the relation, if any, which exists between theory and practice
of the tragic genre.

30.987 Theatrical Styles

An examination of modern dramatic expression and theory. The course will give
particular attention to absurdist drama, existentialist drama, and Brecht's
theatre of alienation.

30.9C1 Phonetics and Dialectology

Mastering of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and of a standard pho-
nemic alphabet; their application to practical work in recording and studying
both standard speech and dialects.

30.9C2 Descriptive Linguistics

Intonation (stress, pitch, juncture); phonemics; morphemes and morphology;
syntactic devices; the process of communication; variation in speech; etc. ,
Prep. 30.9C1.

30.9C5 Transformational and Generative Grammar of English

Deep and surface structures and transformations necessary to generate the
latter; graphic representations of structure; deep-structure nature of adjectives,
pronouns, prepositions, auxiliaries, possessives, etc.; comparison with tradi-
tional grammar.

30.9D1 Beowulf i

Prep. 30.8D1

30.9D2 Old English Poetry

Prep. 30.8D1

30.9D5 Middle English Lyrics and Drama

Prep. 30.8D6 or 30.8D7.

30.9D8 Studies in Fourteenth-Century Literature

Major works in Middle English including Sir Gawaine and The Green Knight, :
The Pearl, and Piers Plowman.

ENGLISH / 73

30.9E1 Studies in Renaissance Poetry

Shakespeare, Marlowe, Jonson et al.

30.9E4 Jacobean Drama

About ten plays, mostly tragedies (except for Jonson); the course presumes a
knowledge of Shakespeare's late tragedies and romances.

30.9E5 Shakespeare's Histories

The English history plays from Richard III to Henry V, plus Titus Andronicus,
Julius Caesar, and Troilus and Cressida.

30.9E6 Shakespeare's Tragedies

Eight Plays from Richard II to Antony and Cleopatra.

30.9E7 Shakespeare's Comedies

Eight plays from Comedy of Errors to The Tempest.

30.9E8 Problems of Shakespearean interpretation

Present and historical approaches will be considered for the light they shed on
several Shakespearean works; a general knowledge of Shakespearean drama
and poetry is presumed.

30.9F1 IVIetaphysical Poetry

Analysis of the structure and texture of poems by Donne, Herbert, and Marvel!
to determine the distinguishing characteristics of the metaphysical approach to
poetry.

30.9F4 Seventeenth-Century Thought

Discussion of seventeenth century theories on science, religion, politics, and art
as expressed in Bacon, Burton, Browne, Locke, and Hobbes.

30.9F6 Paradise Lost

A study of Milton's epic primarily from the standpoint of diction with exercises
in stylistic analysis.

30.9F7 IVIilton's Lyrics

A study of Milton's shorter poems primarily from the standpoint of genre with
exercises in comparative criticism.

30.9G2 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama

Plays of Etherege, Wycherley, Dryden, Vanburgh, Congreve, Gay, Lillo, Gold-
smith, and Sheridan.

30.9G3 Augustan Literature

Images of London: ambivalence and satire in urban literature; a survey of novels,
essays, plays and poetry treating of life in an urban milieu.

30.9G5 Intellectual Prose of the Eighteenth-Century

Jonathan Swift.

30.9G7 Eighteenth-Century Fiction

Novels by Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Smollett, Sterne and Austen.

30.9G8 Individual Eighteenth-Century Novelist

Henry Fielding.

74 / ENGLISH

30.9H1 Romantic Poetry I

The First Generation: Wordsworth and Coleridge.

30.9H2 Romantic Poetry II

The Second Generation: Byron, Keats, and Shelley.

30.9H3 Problems of Romanticism

Theoretical and historical concepts of Romanticism; defining imagination; the
transition to Romanticism; critical readings of the Romantic poets.

30.9J1 Victorian Poetry I

Close study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold.

30.9J2 Victorian Poetry II

The Pre-Raphaelite circle, the movement toward modernism: D. G. Rossetti,
Swinburne, G. M. Hopkins, Hardy, Wilde.

30.9J5 Intellectual Prose of the Victorian Age

The relation between ideas and literary form in the major works of such writers
as Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Ruskin, Pater, Carroll, Wilde.

30.9J7 Victorian Novel

Close study of major works by Dickens, Eliot, the Brontes, Hardy.

30.9J8 Individual Victorian Novelist

Recent critical approaches to the novels of Charles Dickens.

30.9K1 Early Twentieth-Century British Poetry

Twentieth-century poets whose work has shaped the modern tradition, or
extended our understanding of the traditions of the past: Hardy, Yeats, Law-
rence, Muir, Auden, Owen, Thomas.

30.9K2 Contemporary British Poetry

Graves, Larkin, Hughes, ef a/.

30.9K3 Individual Modern British Poet

W. H. Auden. A study of Auden's achievement as poet, critic, dramatist, and
translator, in the context of his age.

30.9K4 Twentieth-Century Irish Renaissance

Special attention to Yeats, Synge, O'Casey and other major writers of the Irish
revival.

30.9K7 Twentieth-Century British Fiction

Major figures of the modern and the contemporary periods: Conrad, Joyce,
Cary, Orwell, Beckett, Compton-Burnett, Braine, Burgess, Fowles.

30.9K8 Individual Modern British Novelist

C. P. Snow

30.9L1 Puritanism

Edward Taylor and Jonathan Edwards.

30.9L2 Eighteenth-Century American Literature

The beginning of the American literary tradition in poetry, fiction, and drama,
from Freneau to Brown.

ENGLISH / 75

30.9M1 Transcendentalism

From religious or metaphysical idealism to theories of self-transformation, with
emphasis on Emerson and Thoreau and consideration of related figures such
as Kant, Coleridge, Carlyle, William James, Mumford, Jung.

30.9M2 Nineteenth-Century American Poetry

The legacies of Whitman and Dickinson, with reports on the poetry and poetics
of lesser figures in the period from Bryant to Robinson and Frost.

30.9I\/I7 The Romance in America

A close study of Hawthorne's themes and techniques as found in his short
fiction, with particular emphasis on the earlier works and some minor concen-
tration on the problems of his short fiction apocrypha.

30.9M8 The Rise of Realism

An examination of Local Colorism, Realism, and Naturalism in the works of
Twain, Howells, James, Dreiser, Norris, and readings in European Realism.

30.9N1 Twentieth-Century American Poetry

Twentieth-century poets who have struggled to establish a tradition for Amer-
ican poetry and whose examples have dominated poetry up to the present:
Robinson, Frost, Stevens, W. 0. Williams, M. Moore, Eliot, Pound, Crane, Cum-
mings, and the Fugitives. Some contemporary poets will also be studied.

30.9N2 Individual Modern American Poet

Robert Frost.

30.9N3 Contemporary American Poetry

Ammons, Berryman, Corso, Dickey ef al.

30.9N7 Modern American Novel

Comic Resistance: West, Ellison, Mailer, Hawkes, Barth. The exhaustion of
possibilities and the post-modern idea of self.

30.9N8 Individual American Novelist

Saul Bellow.

30.9N9 Modern American Drama

Philosophic and aesthetic trends among such playwrights as O'Neill, Williams,
Miller, Albee, Simon, and others.

30.9P5 Literature of the American South

A study of the southern literary experience from early nineteenth century to
mid-twentieth, from Simms to Faulkner.

30.9R1 Creative Writing I

Prose fiction.

30.9R2 Creative Writing II

Prose fiction.

30.9Z1 Thesis (maximum: 6 q.h.)
By arrangement.

30.9Z2 Directed Research

By arrangement.

history

Professors

Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Philip N. Backstrom, Jr., Ph.D.
Wallace P. Bishop, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Martha E. Frangois, Ph.D.
Norbert L. Fullington, Ph.D.
Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Stanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Donald R. Allen, Ph.D.
Ruth T. Anderson. Ph.D.

Charmarie J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.
Ballard C. Campbell, Ph.D.
William M. Fowler, Ph.D.
Gerald H. Herman, M.A.
John D. Post, Ph.D.

Lecturer

Helen S. Frothingham, M.A.

Instructors

Martin R. Ring, M.A.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
must have had a program which includes at least 15 semester hours of
history. Applicants for the fall quarter who submit their application and
all supporting documents by March 15 will be notified on or about April
1. Students who are interested in financial assistance must file all ma-
terial by March 15.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. Full-time
students take four courses each quarter, thereby completing 36 quarter
hours during the fall, winter, and spring quarters. The remaining cred-
its may be taken during the summer sessions preceding or following the
normal academic year.

All students must take the following courses:

23.800 Methodology and Theory
either 23.801 European Historiography or 23.900 American Historians

Two courses specifically labeled "seminar", except that students writing
theses need take only one seminar.

Students must complete 23.800 prior to enrolling in seminars, and
grades of at least B must be obtained in the seminars.

76

HISTORY / 77

Students must complete at least one course (three quarter hours) in
each of three areas: Group I, Europe; Group II, United States; and
Group III, Other Regions.

Group requirements will not be satisfied by the historiography
courses, 23.801 and 23.900, or by 23.896, 23.897, 23.898, and 23.899.
Courses are identified by group in the course list below.

With the approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter
hours may be elected from graduate courses in other departments and
a maximum of 12 quarter hours may be elected from advanced under-
graduate courses in history.

A thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart-
ment. If approved, a thesis carries nine quarter hours of credit.

Comprehensive Examination

Ail degree candidates must pass a comprehensive examination.

Language Requirement

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language approved
by the department.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

23.800 Methodology

The objectives, methods, and resources of the historian.

23.801 European Historiography

The development of historical writing from ancient times to the present.

23.802 Ancient Greece (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of ancient Greece.

23.803 Ancient Rome (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of Rome in the period of the Republic or the
Empire.

23.806 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-1789 (Group I)

The broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought, with emphasis on scientific,
religious, and political ideas.

23.807 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-1870 (Group I)

The great age of liberal and nationalistic thought. Social problems created by
industrialism and various proposals to solve these problems will be examined.

23.808 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-1950 (Group I)

The intellectual developments which have brought Europe to its present position
in world affairs. Topics considered include theories of evolution, scientism,
radical socialism, and fascism.

23.809 Seminar in European Intellectual History (Group I)
Research and writing on special topics in European intellectual history.

78 / HISTORY

23.810 Social History of Europe, 400-1350 (Group I)

A study of society in the "Age of Faith," with special emphasis on aspirations,
way of life, and cultural achievement.

23.811 Social History of Europe, 1350-1650 (Group I)

A study of social structure, standards of living, aspirations and frustrations, and
cultural achievement in an age of Black Death, Renaissance, and religious con-
troversy.

23.812 Social History of Europe, 1650-1850 (Group I)

Exploration of social development and cultural achievement in an age of revolu-
tions— intellectual, political, agricultural, and industrial.

23.813 Economic History of Europe since 1850 (Group I)
Topical analysis of the economic development of modern Europe.

23.817 Medieval Institutions (Group I)

Political, economic, and religious institutions in England and France from the
fourth to the thirteenth centuries.

23.818 Seminar in the Renaissance (Group I)

Research and writing in topics concerning the Renaissance.

23.819 Seminar in the Reformation (Group I)
Research and writing concerning the Reformation.

23.820 The Renaissance (Group I)

European political and cultural life from the thirteenth to the seventeenth cen-
turies, with attention to Humanism and to the rebirth of classicism in literature
and the arts.

23.821 The Reformation (Group I)

The development of the Christian Church from the thirteenth to the seventeenth
centuries, with attention to the conflict between church and state, the impact
of the Renaissance, the rise of the Protestant sects, and the wars of religion.

23.822 European Urban History to 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places from Roman times to 1750 with special consideration
of origins; layouts; political, economic, and social life; and the effects of towns
on society.

23.823 European Urban History since 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places since 1750 with attention to the growth of population,
industrialization, and bureaucratization and attendant problems.

23.826 English Medieval Constitutional History (Group I)

A study of the traditions and institutions which contributed to the development
of common law and parliamentary government from the time of Alfred through
the reign of Henry VIII.

23.827 Seminar in England, 1558-1660 (Group I)

A study of political, religious, social, and economic problems from Elizabeth I
to the Restoration.

23.830 Britain, 1688-1815 (Group I)

Topics include constitutional evolution, political parties, social and economic
change, religious and intellectual developments, cultural achievements, and
Scotland and Ireland.

HISTORY / 79

23.831 Britain, 1815-1914 (Group I)

Aspects of nineteenth-century Britain,' including reform of parliament, liberal-
ism and socialism, the Irish question, imperialism, and Victorian ideals and
attitudes.

23.832 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Britain (Group I)

The seminar will focus on British political parties in the 1930's, with special
emphasis on the development of their foreign policies.

23.833 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Group I)

Liberalism, conservatism, and the progress of the English people will be the
theme of the seminar.

23.835 France, 1180-1661 (Group I)

The history of France from the time of Philip II to the majority of Louis XIV with
special emphasis on the problems of cultural, political, and economic unity and
the effects of the Renaissance and the Reformation.

23.836 France, 1661-1830 (Group I)

A study of the "Old Regime," including an examination of the reign of Louis
XIV, the decline of the French monarchy in the eighteenth century, and the
general effects of the Enlightenment; an analysis of the revolutionary period,
1789 to 1830.

23.840 France and Germany, 1870-1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in the Third French Republic and Wilhelmian
Germany.

23.841 France and Germany since 1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in French and German history since the First
World War.

23.842 Seminar in Modern France (Group I)

Research and writing on a special topic or period in modern French history.

23.845 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Europe (Group I)
Research and writing in European history from 1850 to 1900.

23.850 Seminar in Russian History (Group I)

A narrow period or special topic in Russian history. The course presupposes a

basic knowledge of Russian history and will require extensive work on a research

paper.

23.855 European Socialist Thought (Group I)

Studies in the history of socialism from the early nineteenth-century Utopias to

the New Left.

23.860 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914 (Group I)

The foreign policies of the chief European powers, with emphasis on changing

alliances and alignments, imperialistic rivalries, and efforts at international

cooperation.

80 / HISTORY

23.862 Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

The political history of Europe since 1900, with attention to World War I, the
rise of Communism and Fascism, the struggle for security in the western democ-
racies, World War II, and the Cold War.

23.863 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

A study of a selected controversy in contemporary European History.

23.870 China to 1800 (Group III)

History of Chinese civilization from antiquity through Confucianism to the
period of Western impact.

23.871 l\/lodern China (Group ill)

Revolution and institutional change in China from the nineteenth century to 1927.

23.872 Communism in China (Group III)

A study of the Chinese Communist movement from its origins in the 1920s to the
present.

23.873 Japan to 1600 (Group III)

A survey of early Japanese history with special emphasis on the social, politi-
cal, intellectual, and literary history of the medieval period.

23.874 Japan, 1600-1868 (Group III)

A study of the Tokugawa period, emphasizing the problems of late feudal con-
trol, urban and rural developments, social, intellectual, and literary history.

23.875 Modern Japan (Group III)

The history of Japan since the fall of the Tokugawa, emphasizing political and
economic developments, especially after World War II.

23.881 Modern Africa (Group III)

A topical approach to the history of Africa since 1850.

23.883 History of the Islamic Peoples (Group III)

A study of the history, culture, and religion of the followers of Muhammad from
600 to 1800.

23.884 Modern Middle East (Group III)

A study of the Middle East in the twentieth century.

23.895 Approaches to World History

An interdisciplinary examination of the study of civilization emphasizing various
methodologies and theories and testing them by studying specific historical
periods and cultures.

23.896 Psycho-History

An introduction to the concepts, scholarship, problems, and directions of psycho-
historical studies.

23.897 Seminar in the Teaching of History

Topics include the use of media and fiction, the selection of textbooks and sup-
plemental materials, and various classroom techniques in the teaching of history.

HISTORY / 81

23.898 Population in History

An application of demographic theory to history.

23.899 Studies in Comparative History

The American image in Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

23.900 American Historians

The writing of American history by Americans from colonial times to the present
with emphasis on changes in both form and substance.

23.901 Recent Interpretations of American History (Group II)

The literature of American history since 1945.

23.905 Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century (Group II)

Exploration of the New World, settlement of the English North American main-
land colonies, and the adaptation of European institutions and ideas to New
World conditions.

23.906 Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century (Group II)
The expansion of the English colonies in the New World, the development of
political and social institutions, and the sources of friction with England.

23.909 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary America (Group II)
Research and writing on some topic in American history prior to 1789.

23.910 American Social History, 1607-1815 (Group II)

The ethnic foundation of American society; the ways Americans made their
living, and the ways in which they lived during the colonial and early national
periods.

23.911 American Social History, 1815-1900 (Group II)

The King Cotton society of the South, the ferment of reform and industrialism
in the North, the Civil War, and the materialistic civilization of the late nine-
teenth century.

23.912 American Social History, 1900-1950 (Group II)

The transformation of the naive and idealistic America of the early twentieth
century to life in a world in which technology has far outstripped man's mental
and moral capacity to cope with it.

23.913 American Intellectual History, 1750-1865 (Group II)

American attitudes toward the individual and toward government during the
Enlightenment, the romantic movement, and the slavery controversy.

23.914 American Intellectual History since the Civil War (Group II)

The adaptation of the ideas of an agricultural society to the conditions of an
urban and industrial society.

23.915 Seminar in American Intellectual History (Group II)

The seminar will focus upon a single figure in American intellectual history.
His writings and writings about him will be analyzed.

23.918 Seminar in American Cultural History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of American culture.

82 / HISTORY

23.920 Seminar in American Urban History (Group II)

The political, economic, and social history of America's major cities, with
special emphasis on Boston's last century.

23.921 American Social Structure (Group II)

An analysis of the changing composition of American Society.

23.924 Topics in American Reform (Group II)

Selected studies of movements to change aspects of American Society.

23.925 Seminar in American Economic History (Group 11)

The development of the American economy from 1800 to the present, with
special attention to the history of transportation. Topics include the develop-
ment of highways, canals, railroads, and airlines, with an examination of the
roles of private enterprise and government.

23.930 The Westward IVIovement in the United States in the Nineteenth
Century (Group II)

Westward migration into the various geographic provinces will be traced, with
emphasis upon its causes, processes, and its economic and political influences.
Economic aspects stressed will be those relating to the land: agriculture,
mining, lumbering, and grazing.

23.931 IMan and Land in the United States in the Twentieth Century (Group II)
Aspects of land use in America since the closing of the frontier, with attention
to agriculture and mining and to conservation programs.

23.935 Seminar in Recent American History (Group II)

Special topics from the period 1896 to 1960 will be studied in detail, and

students will present a research paper on a major person, action, or movement.

23.937 American Politics, 1787-1892 (Group II)

The political history of the United States from the Constitution to Populism.

23.938 American Politics since 1892 (Group II)
Party alignments in the twentieth century.

23.939 Seminar in American Political History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of American politics.

23.941 American Diplomatic History, 1775-1889 (Group II)

The history of American foreign policy and foreign relations from the American
Revolution to 1889.

23.942 American Diplomatic History since 1889 (Group II)

The United States in the age of world involvement and responsibility; the im-
perialistic episode; the world wars; international organizations and alliances.

23.943 Seminar in American Diplomatic History (Group II)

Research and writing on selected topics in the history of American foreign
relations.

23.967 Afro-American History I (Group II)

The history of Afro-Americans to 1900, with emphasis on the role of black people

in slavery and freedom.

HISTORY / 83

23.968 Afro-American History II (Group II)
The history of Afro-Americans since 1900.

23.969 Seminar in Afro-American History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of Afro-American history.

23.970 The United States and the Caribbean Region (Group II)

The Caribbean policy of the United States from the Monroe Doctrine to the
present.

23.971 Mexican History (Group III)

The making of modern Mexico from its Indian and Spanish beginnings to the
present.

23.973 South America to 1900 (Group III)

The European impact on South America, the movements for independence, and
the nineteenth-century history of the new republics.

23.974 South America since 1900 (Group ill)

The internal developments of the South American republics and their relations
with one another and with other nations in the twentieth century.

23.975 Seminar in South American History (Group III)

Research and writing on special topics in the history of the South American
republics.

23.990 Assigned Reading in History (1 q.h.)
Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

23.991 Thesis (9 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by members of the department.

mathematics

Professors

David I. Epstein, Ph.D.

Chairman
Robert A. Bonic, Ph.D.
Bohumil CenkI, D.Sc.
Holland C. Filgo, Jr., Ph.D.
Arshag Hajian, Ph.D.
Flavio B. Reis, Ph.D.
Gabriel Stolzenberg, Ph.D.
Harold L. Stubbs, Ph.D.
Jack Warga, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Samuel J. Blank, Ph.D.
Mark Bridger, Ph.D.
Harriet Fell, Ph.D.
John Frampton, Ph.D.
Charles J. Freifeld, Ph.D.
Eugene Cover, Ph.D.
Lawrence C. House, M.A.
Clyde Schechter, Ph.D.
Betty Stark, Ph.D.
WilbertWils, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Alberto R. Galmarino, Ph.D.
Maurice E. Gilmore, Ph.D.
Robert D. Klein, M.S.
Nancy J. Kopell, Ph.D.
Richard A. Rasala, Ph.D.
Thomas O. Sherman, Ph.D.
Victor R. Staknis, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
should have a background which includes courses in linear and modern
algebra and mathematical analysis.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

Forty hours of course work are required for the degree. The following
courses are required.

Credits

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology 4

10.9A2 Algebra A 4

10.9A3 Integration 3

10.9A4 Algebra B 3

10.9A5 General Topology 3

10.9A6 Complex Variables 4

10.9A7 Geometry 4

25
The remaining 15 credits required for the master's degree may be
selected from any graduate mathematics courses with the approval of

84

MATHEMATICS / 85

the Student's faculty adviser. In some cases, courses in other depart-
ments may be approved.

A full-time candidate for the master's degree will normally take the
courses listed above in the first year of graduate study, according to the
following schedule:

Fail Quarter Credits Winter Quarter Credits

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and 10.9A3 Integration 3

Topology 4 10.9A4 Algebra B 3

10.9A2 Algebra A 4 10.9A5 General Topology . . 3

Spring Quarter Credits

10.9A6 Complex Variables . 4
10.9A7 Geometry 4

Part-Time Program

Students in this program may progress according to their abilities and
the time available. If students are deficient in any of the mathematics
courses required for admission to the degree program, they will be re-
quired to satisfy their deficiencies by taking courses given for this pur-
pose. Such courses will carry graduate credit, but the credit will be in
addition to the regular degree requirements. The following courses are
required:

Total Credits

10.8C1 General Topology I 2

10.8D1, 10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, 11 4

10.8J1, 10.8J2, 10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex

Variable I, II, III 6

10.8P1, 10.8P2, Algebra I, II 4

Te

The remaining 24 quarter hours may be selected from graduate mathe-
matics courses. With the approval of the department, a maximum of 10
of these elective credits may be selected from courses in other depart-
ments in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences or the Graduate
School of Engineering.

Other Requirements

There is no comprehensive examination and no language requirement
for the master's degree. A thesis is not required but may in some cases
be substituted for an elective course with the approval of the department.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

Admission

Students who have completed the first year of the full-time master's
degree program or who have obtained a master's degree at another

86 / MATHEMATICS

institution are eligible for admission to the doctoral program. A student
who wishes to earn the doctor's degree should inform the chairman of
the graduate committee of his desire to be a doctoral candidate.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad-
uate work.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

A doctoral candidate will be required to do some sort of independent
work during his second year of graduate study (see below). A candi-
date's performance in course work and in independent work will be
used to judge whether he should continue in the doctoral program. After
the second year, a student's adviser and the graduate faculty in general
will monitor his work. He will be permitted to remain a doctoral candi-
date as long as his progress is satisfactory.

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the minimum master's degree
requirements of 40 quarter hours of credit, are established by the de-
partmental graduate committee for each candidate. In most cases, 40
quarter hours of additional work will be required.

Independent Work

A doctoral student in his second year of graduate study will be re-
quired to do some kind of independent project. The aim of the project is
to start a student on independent work and to give him a practical way
to learn research techniques. The student should, with the help of his
adviser, choose a topic he wants to investigate. In studying his topic,
a student should read texts and journal articles and learn what to read
and what not to read. In addition, he should try to solve problems,
compute examples, modify proofs, and see whether or not the known
results can be extended. A student should report on his work either in
seminars or by giving a special lecture or writing up a short paper. The
work of the project can in some cases be done in conjunction with
departmental seminars or courses.

IVIinor Specialty

Each doctoral candidate will select some specific mathematical sub-
ject of an advanced nature and by means of reading, lecture courses,
and/or seminars master the equivalent of one full year's course work

MATHEMATICS / 87

in this area. Approval of the area in which the student intends to work
should be obtained in advance from the Ph.D. committee. The topic
must be reasonably unrelated to that area in which the student plans to
write a dissertation.

Language Requirements

Ability to read and translate mathematical texts and journals in two
foreign languages must be established by each candidate. The lan-
guages may be chosen from French, German, and Russian; any other
choice requires special approval. The student should notify the chair-
man of the departmental graduate committee when he is prepared to be
examined on each language. At least one language examination must be
passed before beginning work on the dissertation. The examinations
are conducted by members of the faculty of the mathematics depart-
ment.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

Dissertation

After the successful completion of his independent work, each stu-
dent shall select a dissertation adviser under whose guidance he will
write his doctoral dissertation. If the student wishes it, the departmental
graduate committee will assist him in the selection of a dissertation
adviser. The dissertation itself must represent an original solution of a
problem in the chosen area of mathematics which makes some con-
tribution to mathematical knowledge.

Final Oral Examination

This examination on the dissertation will be held in accordance with
the graduate school regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

The following courses are offered for those who wish to enter the master's
degree program in mathematics, but who fail to satisfy the admission require-
ments in algebra and/or analysis. These courses will be taken in addition to the
required course work in mathematics.

10.8B1, 10.8B2, 10.8B3 Abstract Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

Groups, subgroups, normal subgroups, rings, ideals, integral domains, and

fields. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

88 / MATHEMATICS

10.8B4 Advanced Calculus I (2 q.h.)

Functions of one independent variable; limits, continuity, differentiability.
Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded interval. Roile's theo- |
rem and the mean-value theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. j

10.8B5 Advanced Calculus II (2 q.h.) {

Functions of several independent variables. Distance and open sets; limits,
continuity. Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded set. Differ-
entiability and differentials, mean-value theorem, implicit function theorems,
Jacobians and transformations. Prep. 10.8B4.

10.8B6 Advanced Calculus III (2 q.h.)

Sequences, sequences of functions, uniform convergence, series. Integration,

line and surface integrals. Prep. 10.8B5.

The following courses may be used toward the degree requirements in
mathematics.

10.8C1, 10.8C2 General Topology I, 11 (2 q.h.)

Sets and maps, metric spaces, topological spaces, separation axioms, compact-
ness, connectedness. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8D1 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I (2 q.h.)

Lebesgue measure on real line, measurable functions, Lebesgue integral, con-
vergence theorems, bounded variation, absolute continuity. Prep. 10.8C1.

10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II (2 q.h.)

Classical Banach spaces, integration theory on abstract measure spaces, signed

measures, Radon-Nikodym theorem, product measure, Fubini theorem. Prep.

10.8D1.

10.8E1 Advanced Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

First order differential equation; existence and uniqueness theorems; depend-
ence of solution on parameter. Stability theory. Periodic solutions. Prep 10.886.

10.8E2 Advanced Differential Equations 11 (2 q.h.)
Systems of first order differential equations. Prep. 10.8E1.

10.8E3 Advanced Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)

Selected topics, including asymtotic behavior of situations. Prep. 10.8E2.

10.8E4 Partial Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

Partial differential equations of first order; Cauchy-problem; Cauchy-Kowalewski

theorem. Method of characteristics. Prep. 10.886.

10.8E5 Partial Differential Equations II (2 q.h.)

Classification of second order equations. Well-posed problems. Emphasis on

hyperbolic equations. Prep. 10.8E4.

I

MATHEMATICS / 89

10.8E6 Partial Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)
Emphasis on elliptic equations. Prep. 10.8E5.

10.8E7 Nonlinear Differential Equations (2 q.h.)

Nonlinear differential equations of the first order; systems of differential equa-
tions; singular points and stability; second-order nonlinear equations; results of
Poincare and Lyapunov; problems in nonlinear mechanics. Prep. 10.8E3.

10.8E8, 10.8E9 Integral Equations I, II (2 q.h.)

Equations of Volterra and Fredholm. Symmetric kernals. Orthogonal systems of

functions. Applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8F1 Difference Equations (2 q.h.)

Formulation and solution of difference equations; approximate solution of engi-
neering problems by finite-difference methods; relaxation techniques; stability
and convergence of approximate methods; applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or
equivalent.

10.8F3, 10.8F4 Calculus of Variations I, II (2 q.h.)

The concept of the first variation of a functional; the simplest variational
problem; Euler's equation. Generalization to several variables. Hamilton-Jacobi
theory. Sufficient conditions for extrema. Fields of extremals. Direct methods in
variational problems. Prep. 10.8B6.

10.8G1 Probability I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of probability theory; discrete and continuous probability distri-
butions, including binominal, Poisson, and normal; law of large numbers and
central limit theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

10.8G2 Probability II (2 q.h.)

Further study of probability distributions for one or more random variables.

Special topics such as occupancy problems and Markov chains. Prep. 10.8G1.

10.8G4 Mathematical Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Fundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and estimation based on
large or small samples; simple correlation and linear regression. Prep. 10.8G1
or equivalent.

10.8G5 Mathematics Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of variance; further topics in statistical inference. Prep. 10.8G4.

10.8G6 Estimation Theory I (2 q.h.)

Review of probability with application to multidimensional random vectors.
State space approach to dynamic systems with uncertainties. Estimation theory
for static and dynamic linear systems based on Bayesian, maximum likelihood,
minimum variance, Kalman-Bucy, and weighted least squares methods. Deter-
mination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for discrete linear systems. Prep.
10.8A4 and 10.8G1.

90 / MATHEMATICS

10.8G7 Estimation Theory II (2 q.h.)

Determination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for continuous linear systems.
Review of stochastic processes with application to estimation theory. Estimation
theory for static and dynamic nonlinear systems. Introduction to hypothesis
testing. Prep. 10.8G6.

10.8G8 Stochastic Processes I (2 q.h.)

Probability spaces for an infinite family of random variables. Gaussian processes.
Processes with independent increments. Strict and wide sense stationary proc-
esses. Ergodicity. Random harmonic analysis. Prep. 10.8G2.

10.8G9 Stochastic Processes II (2 q.h.)

Markov chains with discrete and continuous time parameter. Markov processes.

Counting processes. Renewal processes. Queuing problems. Prep. 10.8G8.

10.8J1 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable I (2 q.h.)

Geometry of the complex plane, analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem. Prep.

10.8C1 (may be taken concurrently).

10.8J2 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable II (2 q.h.)

infinite sequences and series, singularities, residues, applications. Prep. 10.8J1.

10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable III (2 q.h.)

Meromorphic functions, Mittag-Leffler theorem, conformal mapping. Prep.

10.8J2.

10.8L1 Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Solutions of systems of linear algebraic equations by reduction and iterative

methods. Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Prep. 10.8B6 or

equivalent.

10.8L2 Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Approximation and interpolation. Use of difference techniques in interpolation
and quadrature. Approximation by series of orthogonal functions; rational ap-
proximation. Prep. 10.8L1.

10.8L3 Numerical Analysis III (2 q.h.)

Numerical solution of ordinary and partial difference equations with emphasis

on stability and accuracy of solutions. Prep. 10.812.

10.8L4 Linear Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Vector space, Jordan canonical form, norms and seminorms, direct solution of
linear systems, special systems, error analysis, iterative methods. Prep. 10.8B1
and 10.8B6.

10.8L5 Linear Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Acceleration of iterative methods, the eigenvalue and eigenvector problem.

Prep. 10.8L4.

MATHEMATICS / 91

10.8L6 Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
Applications of linear numerical analysis to the solution of partial differential
equations. Prep. 10.8L5.

10.8M1, 10.8M2 Approximation Theory I, II (2 q.h.)

Various techniques for the approximation of given functions, including inter-
polation, rational approximation, and orthogonal functions. Applications to such
problems as numerical integration and solution of differential equations. Prep.
10.8B6.

10.8M4 Interpolation and Approximation (2 q.h.)

Review of Taylor's theorem, elementary interpolation formulas, difference tables,
Newton's formulas, lozenge diagram. Uniform approximation, Weierstrass
theorem, Chebychev polynomials. Rational approximation, Pade table, Maehly's
methods. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8M5 Approximation and Quadrature (2 q.h.)

Least-squares approximation, orthogonal functions, properties of orthogonal
polynomials. Trigonometric approximation, filtering and smoothing. Numerical
integration schemes, including Newton-Cotes, Gaussian and Romberg methods.
Introduction to Monte Carlo methods and evaluation of higher dimensional
integrals. Prep. 10.8M4.

10.8M6 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
Existence of solutions of differential equations, direction field plots. One-step
methods: Euier's method, second-order methods, Runge-Kutta schemes; multi-
step methods: predictor-corrector methods, stability, automatic error control,
results of Dahlquist, Butcher, Stetter, and Gragg. Higher-order equations and
systems of equations. Introduction to boundary-value problems. Prep. 10.8M5.

10.8P1, 10.8P2, 10.8P3 Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

The content of these courses is the same as 10.9A2 and the first part of 10.9A4.

Prep. 10.8B2 or equivalent.

10.8T1 Matrix Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Solutions of systems of linear equations by direct and iterative methods; matrix

inversion, characteristic values, canonical forms. Prep. 10.886 or equivalent.

10.8T2 Matrix Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Discussion of Hermitian, orthogonal, and unitary matrices and their physical

significance. Functions of matrices and matrix calculus. Prep. 10.871.

10.8T3 Tensor Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Tensor algebra; review of three-dimensional point and vector spaces in the
setting of tensor analysis. Linear algebra and n-dimensional affine space. The
coordinate tensor, tensor products, invariants, physical components. Prep.
10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8T4 Tensor Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Symmetric and alternating tensors, rank and support, duality. The metric tensor.

Tensor Calculus: curvilinear coordinates, tangent spaces. Prep. 10.8T3.

92 / MATHEMATICS

10.815 Tensor Analysis III (2 q.h.)

Tensor fields, covariant derivative. Riemannian geometry, geodesies, curvature

tensor. Parallel displacement, linear connections, exterior forms. Prep. 10.874. '

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology (4 q.h.)

Sets and functions. Metric spaces with examples. Continuous functions. Notions ;
of compact, complete, paracompact spaces. Function spaces, especially Banach
and Hilbert spaces. Multilinear maps. Coordinate-free calculus, inverse and Im-
plicit function theorems, Taylor formula, first-order differential equations.

10.9A2 Algebra A (4 q.h.)

Theory of groups: Examples of groups. Subgroups and homomorphisms. Permu-
tation groups, actions, orbits, stabilizer groups, index formulas, quotient spaces,
conjugacy, geometric examples. Simplicity of the alternating group. Free groups
and groups defined by generators and relations. Sylow theorems and the syste-
matic study of groups of small order. Structure of finitely generated abelian
groups. A brief study of the classical linear groups.

10.9A3 Integration (3 q.h.) ■

Measure spaces. Abstract Lebesgue integral. Convergence theorems. Construe- i
tion of Lebesgue measure on R". Radon-Nikodym theorem. Product measure]
theorem. Fubini's theorem. j

10.9A4 Algebra B (3 q.h.) |

Polynomial functions and formal polynomials. Polynomial rings and unique '
factorization. Construction of extension fields. Splitting fields of polynomials.
Theory of fields and Galois theory. Examples.

10.9A5 General Topology (3 q.h.)

General topological spaces. Moore-Smith convergence. Compactness and con-
nectedness. Separation properties. Products. Quotient spaces. Inductive and
projective limits. Function spaces. Elementary homotopy. Some of the functorial
viewpoint.

10.9A6 Complex Variables (4 q.h.)

Elementary properties of holomorphic functions, harmonic functions, maximum
modulus principle, approximation theorems, conformal maps, zeroes of holo-
morphic functions, analytic continuation.

10.9A7 Geometry (4 q.h.)

Fundamental group, covering spaces, simplicial complexes, manifolds, orienta-
tion, linear group manifolds. Some attempt to tie up algebra and topology.

10.9B3 Constructive Algebra (4 q.h.)

A constructive development of some of the old familiar areas of algebra: prin-
cipal ideal domains, Dedekind domains, factorial domains, Noetherian rings.

10.9B9 Seminar: Constructive Analysis (4 q.h.)

Topics in classical mathematics and analysis of them from the constructive

standpoint.

MATHEMATICS / 93

10.9C1, 10.9C2 Functional Analysis A, B (4 q.h.)

Topological vector spaces, Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces, algebras of opera-
tors, representations.

10.9E1 Advanced Differential Equations (4 q.h.)

The material of 10.8E1 and 10.8E2 is covered as a unit in 10.9E1. Prep. 10.9A1.

10.9E3, 10.9E4 Partial Differential Equations A, B (4 q.h.)

Treats a selection of the material of 10.8E4, 10.8E5, and 10.8E6. Prep. 10.9A1

and 10.9A6.

10.9E6 Integral Equations (4 q.h.)

Covers material from 10.8E8, 10.8E9. Prep. 10.9A1.

10.9G1 Probability (4 q.h.)

Probability spaces. Probability laws of families of random variables. Distribution
functions and characteristics functions on R'. Strong limit laws of sums of inde-
pendent random variables. Central limit theorem. Conditional expectations.

10.9H1 Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.)

This course embodies the material in 10.8G4 and 10.8G5. Prep. 10.8G1 or

equivalent.

10.9M5, 10.9M6 Lie Groups and Fourier Theory A, B (4 q.h.)
Certain questions in analysis take on a special simplicity due to the benevolent
presence of an algebraic structure. Starting with simple classical examples, the
course will work toward a deeper and more contemporary vision of Lie groups
and Fourier theory. Ideas will outweigh proofs.

10.9N1 Advanced Mathematics A (4 q.h.)

Legendre and Bessel functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier integrals, boundary-
value problems, introduction to matrix algebra. Prep. Differential Equations.
: Not to be used for credit toward the program in mathematics.

10.9N2 Advanced Mathematics B (4 q.h.)
I. This course embodies the material in 10.8A3 and 10.8A4. Prep. 10.9N1.
Not to be used for credit toward the program in mathematics.

10.9P0 Seminar: Classical Groups (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in classical groups as chosen by participants.

10.9P1 Representations of Groups (4 q.h.)

A basic course in group representations and character theory.

10.9Q1 Homological Algebra (4 q.h.)

Maps, sums, tensor products, exact sequences, homology, derived functors and

adjoints, applications to algebra and topology.

10.9Q2 Module Theory (4 q.h.)

Techniques of commutative and homological algebra applied to modules and

ideals. Applications to regular and Gorenstein rings.

94 / MATHEMATICS

10.9Q6 Ring Theory (4 q.h.)

A survey of ring theory: Commutative algebra and how to interpret an algebraic
statement geometrically. Semi-simple rings and modules with structure and |
splitting theory and Brauer group. The analogous splitting theory for field j
extensions. |

I
10.9U1, 10.9U2 Algebraic Topology A, B (4 q.h.) |

Topics from: Homology groups, homology sequences, fiber spaces, sheaves, j
products in homology and cohomology, cohomology algebra, Kunneth theorems,
Steenrod operations, Poincare duality, higher homotopy groups and the
Hurewicz theorem, characteristic classes.

10.9W1, 10.9W2 Dynamical Systems A, B (4 q.h.)

Structural stability and qualitative theory of dynamical systems,

10.9W9 Seminar: Dynamical Systems (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in dynamical systems as chosen by participants.

10.9Z1 Master's Thesis (up to 6 q.h.)

10.9Z2 Readings in Analysis (4 q.h.)

10.9Z3 Readings in Algebra (4 q.h.)

10.9Z4 Readings in Topology (4 q.h.)

10.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation

10.9Z6 Seminar in Analysis (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z7 Seminar in Algebra (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z8 Seminar in Topology (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

physics

Assistant Professors

Evangelos M. Anastassakis, Ph.D.
Irvin M. Asher, Ph.D.
Robert I. Boughton, Ph.D.
David R. Bowen, Ph.D.
David Earles, Ph.D.
William L. Faissler, Ph.D.
James L. Sigel, Ph.D.
Jeffrey B. Sokoloff, Ph.D.
Allan Widom, Ph.D.
Chian-Yuan Young, Ph.D.

Research Associates

John K. Lawrence, Ph.D.
Huan Lee, Ph.D.
Robert P. Perrin, Ph.D.
Douglas M. Potter, Ph.D.
Edward I. Shibata, Ph.D.
Giulia Srivastava, Ph.D.
Yau Wu Tang, Ph.D.
Neal E. Tornberg, Ph.D.

Professors

Ronald Aaron, Ph.D.

Acting Chairman
Michael J. Glaubman, Ph.D.

Chairman
Petros N. Argyres, Ph.D.
Richard L. Arnowitt, Ph.D.
Alan H. Cromer, Ph.D.
Marvin H. Friedman, Ph.D.
Marvin W. Gettner, Ph.D.
Walter Hauser, Ph.D.
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D.
Bertram J. Malenka, Ph.D.
Clive H. Perry, Ph.D.
Eugene J. Saletan, Ph.D.
Carl J. Shiftman, Ph.D.
Roy Weinstein, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Lowell Dworin, Ph.D.
David A. Garelick, Ph.D.
Hyman Goldberg, Ph.D.
Bernard A. Gottschalk, Ph.D.
Robert P. Lowndes, Ph.D.
Pran Nath, Ph.D.
James E. Neighbor, Ph.D.
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Ph.D.
Michael T. Vaughn, Ph.D.
Eberhard von Goeler, Ph.D.
Fa Yueh Wu, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
must have had a program which includes 12 semester hours of physics
beyond general physics, and mathematics through differential equations.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic credit are required. The regis-
tration of full-time students will be approved by a faculty adviser. Be-
cause of the general increase in the level of undergraduate and graduate
courses in recent years, it is recommended that students who are weak
in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, or modern physics take one
or more of the following sequences.

95

96 / PHYSICS

11.200, 11.201 Mechanics I, II

1 1 .208 Mathematical Physics

11.210, 11.211 Electricity and Magnetism I, II

11.230 Modern Physics

11.240, 11.241 Quantum I, II

These courses carry credit toward the master's degree at the rate of
three quarter hours of graduate credit for a four quarter-hour under-
graduate course. A maximum of nine quarter hours of graduate credit
may be earned in undergraduate courses. Course descriptions will be
found in the catalogue of the College of Liberal Arts.

A thesis option is available for a full-time student with the approval of
the department. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit.
The program may be completed on a part-time basis, and the student
may progress according to his ability and time available.

All students will be required to complete the required courses listed
below.

Total Credits
Mathematical Physics

11.811, 11.812, 11.813; or 11.825, 11.836* 6

Classical Mechanics

11.821, 11.822, 11.823; or 11.824, 11.826 6

Electromagnetic Theory

11.831, 11.832, 11.833; or 11.834, 11.835 6

Quantum Theory

11.841, 11.842, 11.843 12

30
* NOTE: 11.836 is the third quarter of Electromagnetic Theory.

In addition to these 30 quarter hours of required courses, 12 more
quarter hours must be taken. These may be elected from any course in
physics, mathematics, engineering, chemistry, or biology, for which the
student has the necessary preparation.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

Admission

A student's eligibility to take the Ph.D. qualifying examination is
decided by a committee of the department on the basis of the student's
overall performance. Full-time students will be notified of their status
sometime in their second year of study. Students enrolled in the part-
time master's degree program who wish to qualify for Ph.D. candidacy
may so indicate by petition to the graduate committee of the depart-
ment. The petition should include a timetable for completing the addi-
tional 33 (30 if he has had 11.836) quarter hours of required courses
listed below and for taking the qualifying examination.

PHYSICS / 97

Residence Requirement

After a student has completed the required 60 quarter hours of course
work and has passed his qualifying examination, he becomes a doctoral
degree candidate and must satisfy the residence requirement by one

year of full-time graduate work.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general grad-
uate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written examination covers the material in the required courses for
the M.S. and Ph.D. programs. This examination is given twice a year,
once in September and once in February. A student must take this
examination during the next fall quarter following the quarter in which
he became eligible to take it. If the examination is failed, it may be
repeated the next time it is given.

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the 30 quarter hours of re-
quired courses for the masters' degree, are:

Credits

11.836*

Electromagnetic Theory C . .

3

11.844

Quantum Theory D

3

11.867,

11.868, 11.869 Introduction to

Particle and Nuclear Physics .

12

11.874,

11.875 The Physics of Solids .

6

11,827,

11.828, 11.829 Statistical

Mechanics

9

33
Dissertation

The student should have made arrangements for a dissertation adviser
by the time he wishes to take the oral part of the qualifying exami-
nation. An outline of the dissertation must be approved by the depart-
mental graduate committee at least eight months before the dissertation
examination.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

* If a student has had 11.836 for his M.S. course requirement, the additional
course requirements add up to only 30 q.h.

98 / PHYSICS

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate school
regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

11.804, 11.805, 11.806 Advanced Solid State A, B, C (4 q.h.)
Adiabatic approximation and theory of lattice vibrations of perfect crystals; op-
tical phonons and polaritons; phonons in imperfect crystals; neutron scattering;
photon absorption and scattering; recoilless emission; phonon-phonon inter-
action; second sound. One-electron approximation and theory of Bloch elec-
trons; Bloch electrons in external fields. Screening and plasmons; excitons;
electron-phonon interaction; polarons; quantum theory of transport; supercon-
ductivity; electronic and lattice conduction; ultrasonic attenuation. Ferromag-
netism and antiferromagnetism; magnons; magnetic resonance; alloys, amor-
phous semiconductors; liquid solutions. Prep. 11.829 and 11.875.

11.807, 11.808, 11.809 Quantum Fiefd Theory, A, B, C (4 q.h.)
The content of the above three courses provides a study of the quantum me-
chanical, one-particle wave equations for electrons, nucleons, neutrinos, and
mesons, symmetric and antisymmetric multiparticle systems, second quantiza-
tion, free relativistic boson fields, fermion fields and electromagnetic fields,
relation to the description of various elementary particles, theory of interacting
fields and particles, formal scattering theory, Feynman diagrams, renormaliza-
tion procedures, application to scattering, production and decay phenomena,
quantum electrodynamics efiects, recent formal developments, group theoreti-
cal methods. The third quarter will be devoted to special topics. Prep. 11.844

11.811, 11.812, 11.813 Mathematical Physics I, II, III (2 q h.)

An introduction to mathematical methods of theoretical physics. Topics to be
covered include vector spaces, eigenfunction expansions, special functions of
mathematical physics, theory of functions of a complex variable, differential and
integral equations, generalized functions, Green's functions, partial differential
equations, perturbation theory, and selected applications.

11.814 Mathematical Physics A (4 q.h.)

11.815 Mathematical Physics B (3 q.h.)

These two courses cover essentially the same material as 11.811, 11.812, 11.813.
Prep. 11.814.

11.821, 11.822, 11.823 Classical Mechanics I, 11, III (2 q.h.)
Newton's laws of motion, constraints and D'Alembert's principles, Lagrange's
equations, Hamilton's variational principle, central force motion, Hamilton's
canonical equations, coupled oscillations, rigid body motion, Hamiltonian formu-
lation of mechanics, canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, action-
angle variables, classical perturbation theory.

11.824, 11.826 Classical Mechanics A, B (3 q.h.)

The content of these two courses is essentially the same as 11.821, 11.822,

11.823.

PHYSICS / 99

11.825 Mathematical Physics (3 q.h.)

Linear spaces, inner product, ortinogonaiity and completeness, operators and
linear transformations, eigenvalue problems. Hilbert spaces, approximation of a
function by polynomials (Weierstrass theorem), Fourier series and transforms.
Analytic functions of a complex variable, complex integration, residue theorem,
Hilbert transforms. Green's functions, testing functions and generalized func-
tions. Domain of a differential operator, the adjoint differential operator, Green's
functions and delta function. Solution of differential equations in up to three
dimensions.

11.827, 11.828, 11.829 Statistical Mechanics A, B, C (3 q.h.)
A study of the basics of thermodynamics, density matrix and partition function
for the canonical and grand canonical ensembles and their connection with
thermodynamic functions, application to specific examples, fluctuations, and
irreversible processes. Prep. 11.843 (may be taken concurrently).

11.831,11.832,11.833 Electromagnetic Theory I, II, III (2 q h.)

Electrostatics, boundary value problems. Green's functions and orthogonal func-
tion expansion, electrostatics of dielectric media, magnetostatics, time varying
fields, Maxwell's equations, energy and momentum of the electromagnetic field,
boundary conditions, plane waves, Fourier analysis, radiation of electromagnetic
waves.

11.834, 11.835 Electromagnetic Theory A, B (3 q.h.)

The content of these two courses is the same as 11.831, 11.832, 11.833.

11.836 Electromagnetic Theory C (3 q.h.)

Irreducible multipole expansion of the electromagnetic field; introduction to
special relativity, radiation from high-speed particles. Prep. 11.835.

11.837 Electromagnetic Theory D (3 q.h.)

Advanced topics in electromagnetic theory such as problems involving radiation
reaction, energy, momentum, and the equations of motion of a high-speed par-
ticle, Cerenkov radiation, the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulation of electro-
magnetism. Prep. 11.836. Offered biennially. Fall qtr. 1974

11.838, 11.839 General Relativity A, B (3 q.h.)

A brief survey of differential geometry, physical basis of the Einstein equations,
simple solutions and experimental tests, cosmology, asymptotic properties of the
Einstein equations (radiation, energy, momentum), quantization of the theory.
Prep. 11.837; and 11.823 or 11.826.

11.841 Quantum Theory A (4 q.h.)

Experimental basis of quantum theory, Schroedinger equations, and probability
interpretation. Uncertainty principle, one-dimensional problems, operator
methods for harmonic oscillator, orbital angular momentum, central force
problem. Fall qtr.

11.842 Quantum Theory B (4 q.h.)

Scattering problems. Born approximation, phase shift analysis, introduction to
S-matrix theory, general vector space formulation of quantum mechanics. Prep.
11.841. Winter qtr.

100 / PHYSICS

11.843 Quantum Theory C (4 q.h.)

Time-independent perturbation theory (nondegenerate and degenerate), time-
dependent perturbation theory, semiclassical theory of radiation, Pauli wave
equation. Prep. 11.842. Spring qtr.

11.844, 11.845 Quantum Theory D, E (3 q.h.)

A study of the special topics in nonrelativistic and relativistic quantum me-
chanics, Dirac wave equations, addition of angular momentum problems. Prep.
11.843.

11.854, 11.855, 11.856 Particles and Fields (4 q.h.)

The course begins with a study of second quantized systems of spin zero, spin
one half and spin one fields. It continues with a discussion of the properties of
baryons, mesons, leptons, and resonant states. A general phenomenologica!
framework of the fundamental interactions between these elementary particles is
developed and comparison of predictions of the theory with experiment is made.
The basis for the construction of the theory depends upon those ideas which are
well established as well as current advancements as they appear in the litera-
ture. Prep. 11.843.

11.857, 11.858, 11.859 Many-Body Theory A, B, C (4 q.h.)

An introduction to some many-body problems and the mathematical techniques
used in dealing with them. The following topics are discussed: Theory of linear
response and correlation functions. Hartree-Bock and random phase approxima-
tion. Many-body perturbation theory. Landau-Fermi liquid theory. Applications to
solid-state problems. Superconductivity. Superfluidity. Introduction to the meth-
od of Green's functions. Prep. 11.843 and 11.827 (may be taken concurrently).
Offered biennially.

11.867, 11.868, 11.869 Introduction to Particle and Nuclear Physics (4 q.h.)
An introduction to nuclear physics and elementary particle phenomena. Discus-
sion will include such topics as properties of two nucleon system, nuclear forces,
shell model, phenomenology of baryons, mesons and leptons, electron-proton
scattering, symmetries, weak interactions. Prep. 11.843.

1 1 .874, 1 1 .875 The Physics of Solids A, B (3 q.h.)

Crystal structure and macroscopic properties of solids; lattice dynamics; band
theory of solids; transport theory and the Boltzmann equation; the Fermi surface;
magnetism; dielectric properties. Prep. 11.842 and 11.827 (may be taken con-
currently).

11.881 Quantum Theory of Fields A (3 q.h.)
For description see 11.883.

Prep. 11.836 and 11.844 (may be taken concurrently).

11.882 Quantum Theory of Fields B (3 q.h.)
For description see 11.883.

Prep. 11.881 and 11.845 (may be taken concurrently).

11.883 Quantum Theory of Fields C (3 q.h.)

Prep. 11.882.

The content of the above courses provides a study of the quantum mechanical,

one-particle wave equations for electrons, nucieons, neutrinos, and mesons.

PHYSICS / 101

symmetric and antisymmetric multiparticle systems, second quantization, free
relativistic boson fields, fermion fields and electromagnetic fields, relation to
the description of various elementary particles, theory of interacting fields and
particles, formal scattering theory, Feynman diagrams, renormalization proce-
dures, application to scattering, production and decay phenomena, quantum
electrodynamics effects, recent formal developments.

11,990 Special Topics in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.)

A discussion of special topics in physics to be chosen by the instructor. Prep.

Consent of the instructor.

11.992 Special Problems in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.)

Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep.

Consent of faculty member.

11.995 Doctoral Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

political science

Professors Assistant Professors

R. Gregg Wilfong, Ph.D. James A. Medeiros, Ph.D.

Chairman David G. Pfeiffer, M.A.

David W. Barkiey, M.P.A., Ph.D. David E. Schmitt, Ph.D.

Associate Professors Lecturers

George E. Berkley, Ph.D. Joseph F. Courtney, M.P.A., J.D.

L. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D. Robert E. Curtis, M.G.A.

Robert L Cord, Ph.D. Richard Gladstone, M.A., M.C.P.

Minton F. Goldman, Ph.D. Demeter J. Kollias, M.P.A.

Walter S. Jones, Ph.D. Robert H. McClain, Jr., M.P.A.

Steve Worth, Ph.D. George J. Nolfi, M.P.A., Ph.D.

John A. Wolaver, M.B.A., M.U.A.

Richard Underwood, M.S., LL.B.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
for the Master of Arts program should have had a background which
includes at least 15 semester hours of political science or government.
All applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination.

Applicants for the Master of Public Administration program should
demonstrate a clear and strong interest in public administration. All
applicants for admission must furnish a statement that supports his or
her interest in public administration and provides reasons for wishing to
enter this program. Although it is anticipated that most candidates for
this program will come with a major concentration in the social sci-
ences, this is not mandatory, and applicants from other fields such as
engineering, law, the sciences, and business administration will be con-
sidered for candidacy.

THE IVIASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. With the
approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter hours may
be elected from graduate courses in other departments and a maximum
of eight quarter hours may be elected from advanced undergraduate
courses.

102

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 103

A thesis is optional with thQ approval of the chairman of the depart-
ment. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit.

Comprehensive Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general graduate
school regulations. Every candidate for the degree must pass examina-
tions in two fields as prescribed by the department. Choice may be
made from the following fields: American Government, Comparative
Government, International Relations, Political Theory, or Public Ad-
ministration.

THE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADIVIINISTRATION DEGREE

Program

Forty-two hours of academic work are required. All students must
complete the following five courses:

22.872 Public Fiscal Management

22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

22.878 Research Methods in Public Administration

22.880 Survey of Public Administration

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

At least five additional courses must be selected from courses
designated public administration electives. Not more than four courses
may be selected from other graduate courses offered by the University,
and these must have the approval of the faculty adviser.

Comprehensive Examination

A candidate for the degree must pass a general examination in the
field of public administration as a whole which will test both mastery
of the literature and the ability to apply concepts in the field to con-
crete problems of government.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.
All courses are seminars.

22.800 American Government

Analysis in depth of selected problems in American government. Examples of
problems are: transition of American political parties, legislative reapportion-
ments, and the decline of Congress as a law-making body. M.P.A. elective.

104 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.810 Models of Political Systems.

A detailed examination and critique of current models of political systems.

22.820 Legislative Process

Study of Congress and of the influence of the President, administrative bureauc-
racy, parties, interest groups, and public opinion on the development of legis-
lative policy. Comparisons will be made with legislative process in the states.
M.P.A. elective.

22.824 The Presidency

Examination of the place and function of the chief executive in the formulation
and execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

22.826 American Electoral Behavior

The theoretical and methodological assumptions of election studies of the
American political system will be analyzed and the substantive conclusions
carefully reviewed.

22.827 Campaigns and Elections.

A study of campaign tactics and strategies. Field Work required.

22.828 The Judiciary

Analysis of the role of the judiciary in the American governmental process.
Special attention is given to those areas of constitutional law where the Court's
decisions have a profound impact on the basic structure of American politics
(apportionment, economic regulation, federalism, etc.).

22.830 Civil Rights

Examination of the doctrine of constitutionalism illustrated and amplified by
a study of the substance and process of the Bill of Rights as developed in
decisions of Federal courts, and Congressional enactments.

22.831 Procedural Due Process in the United States

An analysis of procedural rights under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment, utilizing such juridical sources as judicial decisions, and analytical
writings.

22.832 Intergovernmental Relations

An institutional-behavioral analysis of the changing relationship between the
various levels of American government — national, state, and local — relating the
pattern of change to the social and economic forces which underlie it. M.P.A.
elective.

22.834 Constitutional Law

A case development in the basic structural aspects of the American constitu-
tional system including an evaluation of federalism, separation of powers, and
the formal and informal processes of amendment and constitutional change.

22.835 Administrative Problems in Criminal Justice

An examination of the criminal justice system in the United States with par-
ticular emphasis on political and administrative factors. Emphasis on the role of
police, courts, judges, juries, parole, probation and incarceration. M.P.A.
elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 105

22.836 Federal Bureaucracy

Examination of dynamic and structural aspects of the national government, with
attention to the place of the national administration in the federal system.
M.P.A. elective.

22.838 Bureaucracy and Public Control

An analysis of problems of democratic control in American administration.
Topics include technological change, size and complexity, executive-legislative
relations, interest groups, and political culture. Stress upon problems for ad-
ministration in dealing with the multiple pressures of a complex, democratic
political system. M.P.A. elective.

22.840 Problems In State Government

Appraisal of the problems of contemporary state government in the U.S.
Particular emphasis is given to the state government of Massachusetts. Indi-
vidual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

22.842 Urban Planning

A study of the history and techniques of city planning, stressing the elements of
planning. M.P.A. elective.

22.843 The Politics of Urban Planning

An investigation of the relationships of planning to other governmental func-
tions with stress on practical processes, particularly at the municipal govern-
ment level. M.P.A. elective.

22.844 Urban Government

The contemporary crisis in urban government — problems of political inde-
pendence, government finance and administration, rapid growth of suburban and
metropolitan areas, and decline and decay of the core city are stressed. Par-
ticular emphasis is given to the Boston metropolitan area. Individual research
is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

22.845 Problems of Municipal Administration

Selected case problems and topics in municipal administration including
organization, financial management, personnel and labor relations, municipal
services, and public and political relations. Individual research is stressed.
M.P.A. elective.

22.846 Problems of Regional and Urban Development

An examination of the role of government and politics in the planning, pro-
gramming, and administration of regional and urban development in the United
States. Consideration is given to urban renewal; interurban and interregional
competition; interstate compacts; public authorities; T.V.A., Appalachia, and
New England regional development; anti-poverty programs; and conflicts be-
tween public and private interests. Individual research is stressed. M.P.A.
elective.

22.847 The Politics of Transportation

Examination of the role of politics, governmental mechanisms and public policy
in the transportation planning process. Particular attention is given to political
interest groups and the manner in which they affect transportation policy on the
federal, state and local levels. M.P.A. elective.

106 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.848 Problems of Urban Renewal

Examination of the role of government, politics, and public policy in the urban
renewal process and related problems of housing in the United States. M.P.A.
elective.

22.849 Urban Management and Systems Planning

A non-technical, step-by-step application of systems and computer technology to
problems in urban management. M.P.A. elective.

22.850 Comparative Politics I

Comparative analysis of politics and political systems with special attention to
fundamental problems of theory and practice. The chief focus is on contem-
porary political systems and contemporary theories in the field of comparative
politics. Traditional models are also treated, but more briefly. Particular atten-
tion will be paid to British and American political experience.

22.851 Comparative Politics II

Extends and intensifies the comparative analysis of politics undertaken in Com-
parative Politics I by examining a broader range of institutional experience.
Special attention will be given to European political experience, particularly that
of France and Germany. Prep. 22.850.

22.854 Totalitarianism

An analysis of totalitarianism and dictatorship including study of historical
background; fundamental characteristics; theories of origin, nature, and sig-
nificance; and evaluation of techniques, ideologies, policies, and instruments
of power. Special attention will be given to the government and politics of the
Soviet Union.

22.856 Government and Politics of France

A study of governmental organization and political behavior in France today.
Special attention is given to the role of the presidency, executive-legislative
relations, and the political party system.

22.858 Government and Politics of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland

An analysis of government organization and political behavior in the United
Kingdom. Special attention will be given to executive-legislative relations, the
political party system, and the politics of Northern Ireland.

22.872 Public Fiscal Management

A study of the interrelationships in public administration between systems of
finance and the achievement of program objectives. Emphasis is placed upon
those aspects of the budgetary process that bear on fiscal policy and appro-
priations.

22.873 Systematic Analysis and Public Finance

A conceptual examination of the Planning, Programming and Budgeting System
(PPBS) and its application to the decision-making and budgetary processes in
the public sector. An overview of the elements of the system and their applica-
tion in determining optimum allocation of public funds. Specific examples will
be discussed. M.P.A. elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 107

22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

An introduction to problems in public management and techniques for dealing
with them. This will include functions of middle management, supervision, ad-
ministration of staff activities (e.g. planning, personnel, budget), organization
and methods, public relations, managerial use of computer-based techniques,
and tactics and strategies of management.

22.876 Administrative Behavior

An analysis of the sociological and psychological aspects of organization and
management. Topics include: bureaucratic leadership; interaction of individual
and organization; dynamics of the small group; pathology of bureaucratic
behavior. M.P.A. elective.

22.877 Public Policy and Environmental Control

Consideration of the legal, political, administrative, and intergovernmental fac-
tors involved in the formulation of public policy and the exercise of public
power in regulating the use of the environment. Individual research is stressed.
M.P.A. elective.

22.878 Research in Public Administration

Development and application of research designs in public administration.
M.P.A. elective.

22.879 Science, Technology, and the Administration of Public Policy

An analysis of central administrative and policy issues raised by the interrela-
tionships of science and public affairs. Some issues to be discussed: effects of
technological development upon the development of policy alternatives and their
implementation; national policy for support of science and technology; the ad-
ministrative role of the expert. M.P.A. elective.

22.880 Survey of Public Administration

Introduction to the literature and the major topics in public administration with
special attention given to the interrelationships of politics and administration.

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

Technique, practice, and organization of personnel functions in public adminis-
tration, including recruitment, compensation, training, discipline, and relations
with employee organizations.

22.883 Comparative Public Administration

A comparative study of the approaches to public administration in selected
democratic governments in the United States and Europe. M.P.A. elective.

22.884 Comparative Metropolitan Government and Politics

An examination of structure, administration, and politics of selected major
European cities in the context of the metropolitan problem in the United States
with special emphasis on problem solution and comparative administration.
M.P.A. elective.

22.885 Quantitative Methods in Public Administration

Application of statistical techniques to Public Administration. M.P.A. elective.

108 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.888 Administrative Law

Study of rule-making, adjudication (formal and informal), administrative finality
and judicial review, administrative procedure, scope of administrative powers,
and enforcement techniques.

22.890 Research Seminar in Public Administration

Will require each student to develop and report upon an individual research
project in public administration. This seminar will normally be taken in the last
quarter of study for the M.P.A. degree.

22.900 Ancient and IVIedieval Political Thought

The development of political thought from Greek antiquity to the end of the
Middle Ages. Both historical and analytical approaches will be utilized. Atten-
tion is also paid to the cultural, social, and intellectual context within which
political theories develop.

22.910 IVIodern Political Thought

Examination of political thought from Machiavelli to Marx.

22.920 Contemporary Political Theory

The main currents of political thought in the latter half of the nineteenth and
the twentieth centuries with special emphasis on the relations between political
theory, philosophy, and political science.

22.922 The Measurement of Political Events

The purpose of this course is to acquaint political science majors with some
analytical and mathematical tools appropriate for use in studying politics.

22.924 Strategy in Politics

An examination of formal theories of political behavior, stressing elements of
strategy and their implications. Relationships between political actors, patterns
in political processes, bargaining, decision making, and voting will be covered.

22.926 Trends in American Political Thought

Examination of intellectual concepts and movements that have informed and
influenced American political life with emphasis upon those relating to the
making and execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

22.928 Organization Theory

An in-depth study of the major organization theories including the scientific
basis for organization theory; models and ideal types; decision-making; applica-
tion of game theory; systems analysis. M.P.A. elective.

22.930 Positive Political Theory

An examination of the works of Anthony Downs, William Riker, and others in
this current school of political analysis.

22.942 Asia and the Politics of Development

This course is an investigation of the character of political development in
general and of the problems it poses for Asian political systems in particular.
The focus will be on China, Vietnam, and Thailand.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 109

22.943 The Governments and Politics of Latin America

This course investigates contemporary Latin American politics with particular
emphasis on militarism, revolution, executive dominance, and social change,
it then focuses on three representative nations such as Mexico, Argentina, and
Cuba.

22.944 Nationalism

The evolution and role of nationalism in both theory and practice. Representa-
tive nationalistic movements and theories are analyzed.

22.946 The Politics of Revolution and Change

Analysis of the nature of political change with attention to both theory and
practice. Topics discussed are revolution, major trends in contemporary politics,
and the relationship between political change and technological, scientific, or
social change.

22.948 Government and Politics of North Africa and the Middle East

Comparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of African
states north of the Sahara. Also stressed is the relationship of this area with
the Middle East.

22.950 United States-Soviet Relations

The relations between the United States and the Soviet Union from 1917 to
the present. Topics stressed are: the "nonrecognition" period, the breakdown
of the World War II "Grand Alliance," and the nature of the present power
conflict.

22.951 United States-Far Eastern Relations

American diplomacy in the Far East, with primary concentration on Japan since
World War II, the two Chinas, and Southeast Asia.

22.952 Communist China's Foreign Policy

A study of the Peking government's relations with Afro-Asia, the Soviet orbit,
and the West. Attention is given to policy objectives, strategy, tactics, and the
method of decision making in both the party and state apparatus.

22.954 Soviet Relations with Eastern Europe

An analysis of Soviet policy in Eastern Europe, especially Russian efforts after
World War II to develop communism and maintain a position of pre-eminence
in this region.

22.956 Government and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa

Comparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of selected
African states south of the Sahara. Special attention is given to the Republic
of South Africa and its policy of apartheid.

22.958 The Formulation and Conduct of American Foreign Policy

The governmental mechanism for foreign policy formulation and its conduct.
Problems in decision making and execution are emphasized.

22.959 American Foreign Policy

Examination in depth of selected issues concerning the role of the United
States in world affairs since 1945.

110 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.960 Problems of World Order I

Emphasizes such topics as appraisal of diverse systems of public order, ap-
proaches of international law and international organization to the problem of
world order, and the problem of world peace enforcement.

22.961 Problems of World Order II

Continuation of 22.960: political problems of world order are stressed. Repre-
sentative topics considered are arms control, disarmament, strengthening the
United Nations, and evaluation of world government proposals. Prep. 22.960.

22.964 The United Nations

Selected topics on the "non-political" work of the United Nations: human rights;
economic, social, health and related problems; decolonization and the trustee-
ship system.

22.966 International Law

Examination of selected topics in International Law not covered in 22.960 and
22.961.

22.967 Regional Organization

A study of international organization at the regional level, concerned with
examining the capability of institutions to foster integration of policy and author-
ity, and with the effect of this progress upon broader international cooperation.

22.968 The Atlantic Community

A topical analysis of European-American diplomacy from the Marshall Plan to
the present, with attention to security matters. United States policy regarding
the European integration movement, the Anglo-American "special relationship,"
the Franco-American discord, and the German dilemma. Continuing focus will
be upon Europe as part of the global diplomacy of a superpower as world
politics assumes a multipolar configuration.

22.969 The United States and the United Nations

A study of the pursuit of American foreign policy through the United Nations,
with emphasis on the uses and effects of parliamentary diplomacy.

22.990 Assigned Reading (maximum: 6 q.h.)
Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

22.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by individual members of the department.

psychology

Professors

John C. Armington, Ph.D.
Richard I. Lanyon, Ph.D.
Bertram Scharf, Ph.D.
Murray Sidman, Ph.D.
A. Bertrand Warren, Ph.D.
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.
Roger F. Brightbill, Ph.D.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.
Harry A. Mackay, Ph.D.
Helen S. Mahut, Ph.D.
Michael Terman, Ph.D.
Acting Chairman

Assistant Professors

Isaac M. Colbert, Ph.D.
Thomas Corwin, Ph.D.
Alexander A. Skavenski, Ph.D.
C. William Tyler, Ph.D.

Research Associate

Jiuan S. Terman, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
are expected to have had at least 15 semester hours of psychology, in-
cluding experimental psychology and statistics. This requirement may
be waived in some cases. The Miller Analogies Test is desirable but not
required. All application materials must be submitted prior to February
1 of the year in which the applicant plans to begin study. The Graduate
Record Examination should be taken by December 15 to insure com-
pletion of admissions credentials by February 1.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The master's degree is usually taken en route to the Ph.D. Require-
ments for this degree are 42 quarter hours of academic work including
research for six quarter hours of credit, and passing the written quali-
fying examination as outlined below. The academic work, planned as
an integral part of the doctoral program, is outlined on the following
pages.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE
Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time gradu-
ate work after admission to doctoral candidacy.

Ill

112 / PSYCHOLOGY

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general grad-
uate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of evaluation of written mate-
rials based upon proseminar discussions.

Course Requirements

A minimum of 27 quarter hours of academic work beyond those re-
quired for the master's degree is required. The nature and number of
courses must be approved by the adviser and the departmental gradu-
ate committee. Approved courses may be taken in other departments.

Dissertation Requirement

A student may start his dissertation during his first year of doctoral
work. A dissertation committee will be appointed by the chairman of the
department upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate
committee. The dissertation committee will be responsible for initial
approval of the dissertation in its final form.

Language Requirement

A reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. Normally
the language selected will be French, German, or Russian. Other lan-
guages may be selected by petition to the departmental graduate com-
mittee. Proficiency in a language will be determined in a manner
prescribed by the departmental graduate committee. The student must
take the language examination during his first two years of study.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination is taken after completion of all other re-
quirements for the degree. This examination will not be held until at
least two weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by the
departmental graduate committee and must be passed at least two
weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

The final oral examination will deal with the subject matter of the
doctoral dissertation, significant developments in the field of the disser-
tation, and subject matter as required by the examining committee.

PSYCHOLOGY / 113

Program

The program will normally be taken in accordance with the following
pattern:

I FIRST YEAR

Fall Credits Winter Credits

19.808 Quantitative 19.809 Quantitative

Methods I 3 Methods II 3

19.817 General Experimen- 19.818 General Experimen-
tal Psychology I ... 4 tal Psychology II . . . 4

19.886 Departmental 19.887 Departmental

Research Seminar I 2 Research Seminar II 2

9 9

Spring Credits

19.810 Quantitative

Methods III 3

19.819 General Experimen-
tal Psychology III . . 4

19.888 Department

Research Seminar III 2

9

SECOND YEAR

Six quarter hours of research and at least 9 quarter hours of elec-
itives must be taken during the second year.

All course work beyond the first year is elective and is determined by
fthe student and his adviser with the approval of the graduate committee.

:« DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

'19.807 Mathematical Psychology

'Several theories which generate quantitative predictions of behavior are
ipresented.

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, III

A survey of the quantitative methods used in experimental psychology, empha-
sizing applications of computer programming, theory of functions and relations,
curve fitting, probability functions, set theory, and analysis of variance.

19.814 Information-Processing Models in Psychology

Sensory systems considered as information-flow channels, with emphasis on the
visual system. Topics to be discussed include: Selection and encoding of sen-

114 / PSYCHOLOGY

sory information, the effects of neural inhibition and feedback, and applications
of linear systems analysis to sensory systems.

19.815 Signal Detection Theory Seminar

This seminar is directed towards the general theory of signal detectability and
its application to psychophysical experiments. First, the seminar will consider
the general theory of signal detectability at its current state of development.
Then, it will consider appropriate procedures for data collection and analysis
in order to fit them into the signal detection context.

19.817, 19.818, 19.819 General Experimental Psychology I, II, III (4 q.h.)
The Departmental proseminar. Student presentations and discussions of the ;
experimental literature relating to faculty research interest areas. Includes units
on scientific method, learning, sensory processes, physiological variables, per-
sonality and developmental variables, and applications of basic research.

19.828, 19.829 Modern Psychophysics 1, 11

Evaluation and practice of scaling procedures developed by Stevens, and con-
sideration of neuro-physiological evidence supporting the power law.

19.833 Perception

A detailed consideration of research in such areas as form, space and pattern
perception, recognition, and the effects of set and motivation on perception.
Physiological concomitants of perceptual phenomena will be considered.

19.835, 19.836, 19.837 Learning and Behavioral Analysis I, II, III

These seminars cover contemporary research in operant conditioning, with
emphasis on relating the techniques of behavioral analysis to problems of rein-
forcement, comparative psychophysics, and physiological psychology.

19.838 Human Learning and Cognition

Critical evaluation of current problems in human learning, including concept
learning, directed thinl<ing, attention, memory, probability learning, serial and
paired-associate learning.

19.844, 19.845, 19.846 Physiological and Comparative Psychology I, II, III

Seminars: a shared background, key concepts, and central issues of the field of
physio'ogical and comparative psychology.

19.847, 19.848 Mammalian Neuroanatomy

A study of the anatomy of the nervous system including its embryological devel-
opment. Major emphasis will be given to the central nervous system including
its ultrastructure.

19.860, 19.861, 19.862 Vision I, II, III

Seminars: classical and modern problems in vision. Recent journal articles will
provide primary source materials for discussion. Consideration will be given to

PSYCHOLOGY / 115

problems of stimulus specification, retinal structure, photochemistry, and psycho-
physical measures of sensitivity, color vision, and electrophysioiogy.

19.870, 19,871, 19.872 Cognition and Psycholinguistics I, II, III

Seminars: current research and theory in such areas as concept attainment,
problem solving, long and short term memory, language acquisition, perception
of language, transformational grammars, and linguistic competence.

19.880, 19.881 Sensory Psychophysiology I, M

Concentration on the anatomy and physiology of the various sensory systems,
and correlation of these data with psychophysical and perceptual concepts.
Laboratory work will be included.

19.886, 19.887, 19.888 Departmental Research Seminar I, II, III (2 q.h.)
Weekly colloquia devoted to the presentation of current research by members
of the faculty, graduate students, and invited guests.

19.901, 19,902, 19.903 Personality Theory and Research I, II, III

A survey of representative theoretical formulations of the normal personality
and its development, and an examination of experimental evidence bearing upon
relevant concepts and assumptions (e.g. anxiety, repression, aggression, cog-
nitive styles, etc.).

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, III

A survey of the quantitative methods used in experimental psychology, empha-
sizing applications of computer programming, theory of functions and relations,
curve fitting, probability functions, set theory and analysis of variance.

19.912, 19.913, 19.914 Behavior Modification I, II, III

Survey and demonstrations of applied behavior analysis, with emphasis on
behavior therapies, retardate training techniques, and classroom behavior
modification.

19.908, 19.909, 19.910 Measurement of Complex Human Behavior I, II, III

Examination of quantification procedures for complex human behavior, including
statistical concepts, procedures for traditional personality assessment, intellect-
ual ability and skills.

19.920, 19.921 Social Psychology I, II

Group phenomena and the influences of the group upon the thought and be-
havior of the individual. Such topics as social interaction, perception, opinions,
attitudes, leadership, and social conflict will be discussed.

19.940, 19.941 Experimental Child Psychology I, II

Selected topics in child behavior and development with emphasis on current
research.

19.980, 19.981, 19.982 Research Methods I, II, III

Instrumentation and laboratory techniques through instruction and participation
in ongoing laboratory projects.

116 / PSYCHOLOGY

19.990 Special Topics in Psychology (maximum: 9 q.h.)

19.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

Experimental worl< for the master's degree requirement.

19.995 Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

sociology and
anthropology

Professors Assistant Professors

Norman Kaplan, Ph.D., Marcia Garrett, Ph.D.

Chairman Patricia Golden, Ph.D.

Blanche Geer, Ph.D. Jane Hilowitz, D.Phil.

Frank F. Lee, Ph.D. Lila Leibowitz, Ph.D.

Earl Rubington, Ph.D. Jack Levin, Ph.D.

„ , Jack Stauder, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Morris Freilich, Ph.D. Other Faculty

(on leave 72-73) John D. Herzog, Ph.D.,

Elliott A. Krause, Ph.D. Professor of Social Science in

Morton Rubin, Ph.D. Education, College of Education

(on leave 72-73) Stephen Schafer,

D. Jur., Prof. Agrege,

Professor of Criminology,

College of Criminal Justice

Admission

The general procedures and requirements are set forth on page 23.
Students will normally be admitted to begin their graduate work in the
fall quarter only. Applications received after March 15 will usually not
be considered. Each application will be reviewed on its own merits. Any
questions concerning the adequacy of the undergraduate background
in sociology or anthropology will be considered individually. In some
cases, students may be asked to make up certain deficiencies before
proceeding to the basic requirements. Exceptions will be made with
respect to procedural or substantive requirements on an individual
basis if the circumstances seem sufficiently compelling.

In addition to examining the catalog and course offerings, all prospec-
tive candidates are urged to learn something about the scholarly inter-
ests and writings of our faculty and to talk with graduate students now
in residence to ascertain whether or not we have something to offer
in terms of their capabilities, needs, and interests.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The department offers graduate programs that lead to a master of
arts degree in sociology or social anthropology. Forty-two quarter hours
of B or better academic work are required for the degree. Certain
advanced undergraduate courses offered by the department may be

117

118 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

taken for graduate credit with the approval of the department. Students
must maintain a better than B average.

In general, students are encouraged to fashion a program of studies
best suited to their needs and capabilities instead of following any
single set of rigid requirements. To this end, all entering students
should consult with members of the faculty and make a tentative choice
of faculty adviser before registering for courses.

For the Master of Arts in Sociology, students are generally required
to take three quarter courses in theory (usually 21.805, 21.806, and
21.807) and two in methodology (usually 21.810 and 21.811). The statis-
tics requirement may be satisfied by achieving at least a B in 21.814 or
its equivalent. All students are strongly advised to take some work in
social anthropology.

For the Master of Arts in Social Anthropology, students are generally
required to take two quarter courses each in theory (usually 20.801
and 20.802) and methodology. Other requirements will be individually
determined. All students are strongly advised to take some work in
sociology.

Students who can demonstrate proficiency in any of the requirements
need not take those particular courses.

A master's paper is required and earns four quarter hours of credit.
This paper may be based on empirical or library research, and must
be of publishable quality. It is expected that the full-time student will
complete his master's paper no later than the end of his second year.
Students planning to go on for the Ph.D. are urged to take the qualify-
ing examination during their second year of residence as the results
will be a major determining factor in deciding whether to encourage
the student to try to go on or not.

Deadlines for Submission of Master's Paper

A student must have substantially finished his master's paper as
certified by his first reader on or before April 1 of the year in which he
expects to be awarded the degree. Those who miss the April 1st dead-
line will normally have to wait until the subsequent fall quarter, and
should not expect that a defense can be set up much before November
1st of that quarter.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The department offers the Ph.D. in sociology. A limited number of
students will be enrolled in the Ph.D. program so as to provide highly
personalized study and research training with individual supervision.

Admission

Applicants to the doctoral program should apply for admission not

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 119

later than March fifteenth of the, year in which they expect to complete
the requirements for the master's degree.

Students seeking admission whose master's degree is not in soci-
ology will be considered on an individual basis. A tentative evaluation of
the probability of advanced standing will be made at the time the
student is admitted with the final determination after the qualifying
examination has been completed.

Students completing their master's at Northeastern will be considered
for admission to the doctoral program only after the results of their
qualifying examination have been evaluated. Students completing their
master's at another institution are admitted with the expectation
that they will take the qualifying examination at the first available
opportunity.

Residence Requirement

The university's residence requirement can be satisfied by one year
of full-time graduate work, or its equivalent, beyond the Master of Arts
degree. If the M.A. has not been in sociology, a longer period of resi-
dence will undoubtedly be essential. Most students should expect to
spend approximately two years or the equivalent in full-time graduate
study beyond the requirements of the master's degree.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
regulations of the graduate school.

Qualifying Examination

Students will be examined on their basic knowledge of sociology,
especially theory and research methods. The main purpose of this test
is diagnostic and should help both the department and the student
evaluate strengths and weaknesses and chart a course for the future
in the light of these results. Excessive weaknesses and lack of sufficient
depth will lead to a recommendation to consider pursuing other alterna-
tives elsewhere.

Students completing their master's work at Northeastern must take
the qualifying examination before being admitted to the doctoral pro-
gram. Students entering the program with a master's degree from an-
other institution should take the qualifying examination at the earliest
opportunity after enrolling at Northeastern University.

Course Requirements

Generally, forty-two hours of academic work beyond the master's
degree are required. However, the actual number needed by any par-
ticular student will be specially determined in each case. Depending
on background, experience, and performance, a greater or lesser

I

120 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

number of formal courses may be required. Decisions on special cases ii
will be made by the Committee on Graduate Studies (COGS), acting i
in conjunction with the student, his adviser, and the chairman of the »i
department. Students entering from another university may be required I
to take certain basic courses before proceeding with the doctoral I'
program.

Language Requirements

A reading knowledge of French and German is required. Petitions to
substitute any other language in which there is substantial sociological
literature will be considered. Petition for such substitutions must be
submitted for approval to COGS. The language requirements must be
satisfied before admission to the comprehensive examination. Statistics
and/or advanced mathematics as well as languages needed primarily
for field research are considered an integral part of the training of
students specializing in such directions, and are therefore not the
equivalent of the general language requirement.

Comprehensive Examination

During the period of doctoral degree candidacy, each student must
pass a comprehensive examination. This will cover sociology (including
theory and methods) and social anthropology. The comprehensive ex-
amination must be passed at least nine months before the commence-
ment at which the Ph.D. is to be awarded.

Doctoral Dissertation

The student must submit a prospectus describing the topic of his
doctoral dissertation, his methods of research, and the theoretical rele-
vance of his problem. This prospectus is to be discussed with and
approved by the dissertation committee consisting of the major adviser,
two readers within the department and at least one reader from
outside the department. The revised prospectus is then filed with the
department.

Deadlines for Considering a Doctoral Dissertation

The chairman of the dissertation committee should be fully satisfied
that a dissertation is substantially complete on or before April 1 of the
year in which the candidate expects to defend.

Final Oral Examination

The dissertation will be defended after completion of all other re-
quirements for the doctoral degree. This oral defense will be held
approximately four weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by
the dissertation committee, and at least two weeks before the com-
mencement at which the degree is to be awarded. j

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 121

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Many undergraduate courses in the 20.200 series may be offered for graduate
credit. Students should check the current course announcements to fa/re ad-
vantage of these offerings.

20.801, 20.802 Theory I, II

History of major contemporary orientations: evolutionary approaches, culture
area, cultural ecology, functionalism, structuralism, and analysis of current
status of these and related theories.

20.805, 20.806 Field Work I, II

Data collection through participant observation and related anthropological
methods. Data analysis and reports.

20.815 Tribal Societies and Culture

The structures and institutions of bands, tribes, and chiefdoms: comparative and
functional studies of tribal societies and the dynamics of change under contact

situations.

20.820 Peasant Society and Culture

Institutions of peasant society. The structure of traditional civilizations and the
interrelations between urban and local communities: comparative and functional
analysis of the peasant community and the dynamics of change from peasant to
post-peasant and industrialized societies.

20.825 Language and Communication

Human communication, including language. Theories of the evolution of lan-
guage and the application of models derived from the study of language to
other aspects of behavior.

20.830 Individual and Culture

Examination of current theory and method in the study of the interplay betv^^een
personality and culture. Contributions by various disciplines are discussed.

20.835 Kinship and Social Structure

A variety of kinship systems and their terminological and structural components
and the way in which their systems articulate with other social institutions.

20.836 Family in Evolutionary Perspective

The emergence of family from pre-human patterns, its biological and behavioral
components, and its cross-cultural variations examined from an evolutionary

perspective.

20.840 Urban Anthropology

Selected problems in anthropological studies in urban societies.

122 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

20.850 Religion and Myth

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient, and contemporary religions.
Exploration of religious concepts and movements in relation to social, religious,
and political organization.

20.860 Cultural Ecology

Examines man's adaptation to environment and the effect of different human
adaptations on natural systems.

20.870 Evolution of Society

The development of political and economic institutions: specialization, social
stratification and the emergence of civilization.

20.880, 20.881, 20.882, 20.883, 20.884, 20.885

Ethnographic area courses (India, Africa, Mediterranean and others) will be j
offered as resources permit.

20.950, 20.951, 20.952 Directed Study in Social Anthropology (maximum: 9 q.h.) |
Reading and empirical research in social and cultural anthropology supervised \
by members of the anthropological staff. I

20.980 Contemporary Issues in Social Anthropology i

Contemporary issues in the field of anthropology. Supervised readings and j
written reports on special problems. |

I

20.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.) j

Discussion of selected topics in the field of anthropology. .

20.991 Master's Paper in Social Anthropology

Empirical or library research meeting the criteria for publication in a profes-
sional journal. Supervision by members of the department.

SOCIOLOGY

21.189 Essentials of Statistical Theory

This course reviews concepts essential to an understanding of statistical theory
relevant for sociologists. It will include a review of measures of central tendency
and dispersion, elementary probability theory, standard probability distributions |
(Normal, Chi-square, F distribution, student's T distributions, binomial, Poisson,
etc.), sampling theory, sampling distribution, and the theory of hypothesis test-
ing. It may be used to remedy deficiencies in prior statistical training but it does
not carry graduate credit.

21.805, 21.806 Foundations of Social Theory I and II

The classic theorists (Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Simme, and others) will be
considered intensively.

21.807 Contemporary Sociological Theories

Analytic treatment of major contemporary theories such as functionalism, con-
flict, neo-Marxism, and others. Prep. 21.806.

21.808 Recent Developments in Sociological Theory

New horizons in theory and the relation of theory to research. Topics to be
selected each year and announced by the instructor. Prep. 21.807.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 123

21.810 Introduction to Research Methods I

Methods of empirical social research including survey techniques, interviewing,
questionnaire construction, sampling procedures, experimental design, and
content analysis.

21.811 Introduction to Research Methods II

A continuation of work begun in 21.810. Students will conduct individual re-
search projects.

21.812 Current Issues in Social Research

Selected topics will be examined.

21.813 Statistical Methods for Sociologists

This course is a detailed introduction to statistical methods most relevant to
sociology. Topics include tabular analysis, non-parametric statistics, analysis of
variance, regression analysis, path analysis, measures of association, estima-
tion and univariate and multivariate hypothesis testing. The approach will
presume a knowledge of elementary statistical theory — especially of sampling
distribution and the effects of sampling procedure and samples size on their
characteristics. Laboratory work including computer processing will be required.

21.814 Mathematical Models and Advanced Statistical Methods for Sociologists

This course will include selected topics in advanced sociological statistics: in-
troduction to Markov chains, factor analysis, multiple classification analysis, and
model building. The orientation will be toward the more advanced students and
the approach will be somewhat mathematical. Some mathematical aptitude or
at least one previous college course in mathematics is suggested. Graduate
statistics (21.813) is a prerequisite.

21.817 American Society

Study of the development of and the changes in the institutional structure of
American society in comparison with certain other social systems.

21.820 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

Applications of sociological concepts and principles to some problems of social
disorganization in industrial societies. Analysis of such problems as suicide,
prostitution, physical handicaps, unemployment, alcoholism, sexual deviance,
and gambling. Prep. 21.806.

21.827 Sociology of Delinquency

Social and psychological factors of delinquency and their implications for pre-
vention, rehabilitation, and treatment.

21.830 Penology and Corrections

Police, court, corrections. The penal system and its treatment methods. Prison.
Capital punishment. Probation and conditional sentencing. The inmate society.
Parole. After-care. Social consequences of crime.

21.835 Theories of Criminology

Theories and philosophies, underlying various correctional systems. Schools of
thought in criminology and penology. Theoretical approaches to the crime and
delinquency problem from the beginnings of criminology to current thinking

124 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

21.837 Sociology of Law

Fundamentals of law. The concept of social control. Order and Law. Consensus
and conflict. Analysis of the normative-formative influences of law. Mores and
morals. The concept of justice. Analysis of some legal institutions.

21.840 Sociology of Medicine

Social aspects of illness and medicine, historically and cross-culturally. Illness
and the medical profession in modern society and their structural settings: the
community, the hospital, the medical school. Research studies in the field will
be examined critically and problems for future research will be specified.

21.843 Sociology of Education

The structure and functioning of educational institutions. Student, faculty, and
administrative perspectives. Emphasis will be placed on the role of education
In processes of socialization, social mobility, social change, and social control.

21.847 Forma! Organizations

Analysis of the goals, functions, and consequences for the individual in modern
organizations. Aspects of bureaucratization will be examined within business
firms, public institutions, and private associations.

21.850 Sociology of Occupations and Professions

The relations between the occupations and professions and society. Special
topics may include occupational stratification, professional group behavior, re-
cruitment and socialization of occupations and professions, and political activism.

21.855 Political Sociology

Sociological analysis of power relations and power systems with special atten-
tion to the bases of political power, processes of change in power, and the
part played by violence and revolutionary movements.

21.857 Economic Sociology

The role of economic factors in the social process. Consideration will be given
to both classic economic theory and its impact on classic social theory, and the
potential interrelations between modern economic theory (especially model-
building approaches) and general sociological problems.

21.860 Intergroup Relations

The relations between various racial, nationality, cultural, and religious groups
with emphasis on historical development. Particular attention will be paid to
American society with its specific problems of adjustment and assimilation.

21.863 Sociology of Religion

A sociological analysis of religious institutions and experiences in their histori-
cal and contemporary content. Religion and political content will be considered.

21.865 Sociology of Knowledge

The relationship between the social base of a society and its intellectual
products. The view points of authors such as Marx, Weber, Mannheim, G. H.
Mead, the Neo-Marxian, and other modern schools will be considered. Prep.
Three terms of graduate theory.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 125

21.870 The Family

Social structure and social functions of the family as a social institution. Rela-
tions between the family and other institutions in society will be examined
comparatively and historically.

21.873, 21.874 Childhood and Adolescence I, II

Growth and development of the child in the social context. Primary socialization
in the family including the transmission of role expectations, values, and the
development of self concept. Secondary group socialization in school, neighbor-
hood, and peer group.

21.877 Theories of Socialization

A critical examination of the major theories in the field. Attention will be focused
on the work of Freud, Piaget, Cooley, Mead, Parsons, and Merton.

21.880 Community Analysis

Ecological theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development
of the concept, and discussion of methods for community study. Comparison
between rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evalua-
tion of community action programs.

21.885 Urban Sociology

Theories of the development of urban life. Comparisons between pre-industrial
and industrializing urban areas. Methods for the study of urban social structure
and change. Evaluation of contemporary metropolitan action programs.

21.886 Seminar in Urban Social Research Issues

Social science theories and methods are evaluated from the perspectives of
urban affairs research. Consent of instructor.

21.890 Middle East Area Study

Socio-cuitural analysis of the Middle East. Ecological, structural, institutional,
and normative factors in nomadic, rural, and urban life. Comparative regional
analysis.

21.895 Latin American Societies

Study and analysis of selected Latin American societies with particular atten-
tion to such countries as Cuba, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. Emphasis on urban-
ization and industrialization, social and political change.

21.900 Issues in Social Psychology

Human behavior and theories of self from a sociological and psychological per-
spective. Special consideration of interpersonal relations, socialization, and
symbolic interaction.

21.910 The Sociology of Science

Selected topics dealing with interactions between science and society. Con-
sent of instructor.

21.912, 21.913 Experimental Methods in Social Research I, II

This course covers experimental design and laboratory methods in sociology.
The small groups laboratory is treated as a setting for testing sociological theory.

126 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 1

j
The emphasis is upon techniques and problems in the creation and manipulation |
of social variables in the laboratory situation, although the techniques of the
natural experiment are also considered.

21.915 Seminar in Symbolic Interaction

The social psychology of groups as found in the works of Mead, Becker, Blumer,
Goffman, and others. I

21.916,21.917 Seminar in Qualitative Analysis I, II I

First Quarter: Social Structure process and meaning in interacting groups. Each
student studies a face-to-face group by means of participant observation using
symbolic interaction concepts. Second Quarter: Situational analysis of field data.
The relation of method and theory.

21.920 Social Stratification

Theories of inequality between groups in historical perspective, from classical
to modern industrial times. Discussion and evaluation of sociological research
in social stratification in regard to different social and cultural groups.

21.930, 20.930 Social and Cultural Change S, A

Two-quarter course, in coniunction with Anthropology.

Analysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutions.

Modern social trends are discussed.

21.940, 21.941 Social Control I, II

Seminar in research, theories, and methods in the sociology of social control.

21.950, 21.951 Seminar in Social Structure I, II

Seminar relating current theories and research in sociology, social psychology,
and social anthropology.

21.960,21.961,21.962 Seminar on Socialization I, II, III

I. Instructor reviews theories and findings in organizational socialization. II. i
Students design studies in organizational socialization. III. Students present '■
results of their studies. Not open to first year students.

21.980 Contemporary Issues in Sociology

Contemporary issues in sociology. Supervised readings and written reports on
special problems. i

21.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.)

Discussion of selected topics in the field of sociology.

21.991 Master's Paper in Sociology

Supervision by members of the department. Empirical or library research meet-
ing the criteria for publication in a professional journal.

21.992, 21.993, 21.994 Directed Study in Sociology (Maximum: 9 q.h.)

Reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.Open to doctoral

candidates with the consent of the graduate committee.

21.995 Doctoral Dissertation

index

Academic calendar, 5-6
Academic Council, 13
Address of University, 1
Administration

University, 10-12

Graduate, 14
Admission, 24 (see also Courses)

Doctor's degree, 29-31

Master's degree, 28-30
Applications, 23
Assistantships, 33

B

Biology, 36

Courses, 40-47

Faculty, 36

Programs, 36-40
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings, 20-22

i c

Calendar, 5-6

Campus description and location, 20
Map, 4
, Center for Continuing Education, 19
Chemistry, 48

Courses, 51-55
Faculty, 48
Programs, 48-51
Plinical Chemistry
Program, 55-56
Courses, 57-58
Class hours, 26

Colleges (undergraduate), 127
Committee of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences, 16
Cooperative Plan of Education, 18

(see also Courses)
: Corporation, 7-9
: Courses

Anthropology (see Sociology)
Biology, 36
Chemistry, 48

Clinical Chemistry, 55
Economics, 59
English, 68
History, 76
Mathematics, 84
Physics, 95
Political Science, 102

Psychology, 111
Sociology, 117
Credits, 26

Degree programs, 27-31

(see also Courses)
Doctor of Philosophy degree

Admission, 28

Comprehensive examination, 29

Course requirements, 29

Dissertation, 29

Final oral examination, 29

Foreign language, 29

Interdisciplinary programs, 30-31

Qualifying examination, 29

Registration, 30

Residence requirement, 29

Time limitation, 28

Transfer credit, 28

Economics, 59

Courses, 63-67

Faculty, 59

Programs, 59-62
English, 68

Courses, 70-75

Faculty, 68

Program, 68-69
Evening programs (see Courses)
Executive Council, 12

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 32-33

Fellowships, 33-34

Fields of Study (see Courses)

Financial aid, 33-35

Grading system, 25-26
Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences, 23

Fields of study, 36-126
Registration, 5, 25
Regulations, 23-27

H

Henderson House, 22
History, 76

Courses, 77-83

127

128 / INDEX

Faculty, 76
Program, 76-77

Interdisciplinary programs, 30-31

Library, 20-21

Loan program, 34-35

M

Map of campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 22

Mathematics

Courses, 87-94

Faculty, 84

Programs, 84-87
Master's degree
(see also Courses)

Admission, 27

Comprehensive examination, 27

Language requirement, 28

Thesis, 28

Time limitation, 28

Transfer credit, 28

N

NDEA loan program, 34

Part-time programs
(see Courses)

Physics, 95

Courses, 95, 98-101
Faculty, 95
Programs, 95-98

Political Science, 102

Courses, 103-110

Faculty, 102

Program, 102-103
Programs of study, 27-31

(see Courses)
Psychology, 111

Courses, 113-116

Faculty, 111

Programs, 111-113

Registration, 25

Regulations

For doctor's degree, 28-30
For master's degree, 27-28
General, 23-27

Research activities, 19

Residence requirement, 25, 29

Sociology and Anthropology, 117

Courses, 121-126

Faculty, 117

Programs, 117-120
Student center, 20
Suburban campus, 21

Tuition, 32
Trustees, 9

University Council, 12

University Graduate Council, 14-15

W

Withdrawals, 26

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Offering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate
degrees

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Lincoln College

Offering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to
associate and baccalaureate degrees

Lincoln College
University College

lortheastern
jniversity

Graduate

School

)f

business

\dministration

973-74

northeastern
university

Graduate

School

of

Business

Administration

1973-74

NEA

Northeastern University

224 Hayden Hall

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Telephone (617) 437-2714

niiiik

■■c.

in

".{i

contents

4 Academic Calendar

5 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

19 The University, Graduate Level Programs, and Research Activities

21 Buildings and Facilities

21 Main Campus Facilities

22 Suburban Facilities

25 The Graduate School of Business Administration

25 Full-Tlme Internship

26 Full-Time Non-internship

26 Full-Time Assistantship

27 Part-Time Study

28 General Regulations
33 Financial Information

37 The Faculty

41 Master of Business Administration Curriculum

47 Description of Courses

61 Undergraduate Universities Attended by Students

62 Faculty Office and Telephone Directory

63 Index

64 Campus Map

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Wednesday-Thursday
Monday-Thursday

Wednesday-Thursday

Monday

Saturday

Monday-Friday

Sept. 5-Sept. 6
Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Sept. 5-Sept. 13
September 24
November 24
Dec. 10-Dec. 14

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Tuesday
Monday-Thursday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Saturday
Monday-Friday

November 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6

Dec. 3-Dec. 6
January 2
March 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 22

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Tuesday

March 5

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

Classes begin

Monday

April 1

Last day to file commencement card

for spring commencement

Monday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Monday

April 29

Last day to drop a course

Saturday

June 1

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

May 31

Examination periodt

Monday-Friday

June 10-June 14

Spring commencement

Sunday

June 16

'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before

the date of the interview.
tExaminations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate

examination schedule.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day

Monday

October 8

Veterans' Day

Monday

October 22

Thanksgiving Recess

Thursday-Sati

jrday

Nov. 22-Nov. 24

Christmas Vacation

Monday-Tuesday

Dec. 17-Jan. 1

Washington's Birthday

Monday

February 18

Patriots' Day

Monday

April 15

IVIemorial Day

Monday

May 27

Independence Day

Thursday

July 4

Labor Day

Monday

September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. In addition. Northeastern
takes affirmative action in the recruitment of students and
employees.

I

fN

^

i

1
1 r'

K"V|

IL i I: _

r'^^^^Hnp': >r f.

,1,

-r^

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
'Roy H. Beaton
'F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
*Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham
'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen
'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
"William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
•William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
•Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
* Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell
tEdward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

•Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
* 'Honorary Trustee
tEdward R. Mitton, deceased June 24, 1973

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
•George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

Xhaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
°CarI S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1 975 Class of 1 976

Roy H. Beaton Diana J. Auger

F. Gregg Bemis George R. Brown

Louis W. Cabot William R. Driver, Jr.

Byron K. Elliott Harold D. Hodgkinson

Donald B. Guy Robert L. Johnson

Kenneth A. Loftman Mrs. John B. Kenerson
John Lowell (Frances Comins)

Lawrence H. Martin James A. Morton

Augustin H. Parker Amelia Peabody

Francis J. Quirico Thomas L. Phillips

Earl P. Stevenson Robert G. Stone

Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio; Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman; Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

'Carl S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farwell Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis, *Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus.Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Wee President for Student Affairs

•President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

10

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Wee President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate Sctiool

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration
John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the
Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Joseph M. Goiemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

11

John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of tfie Graduate Scfiooi of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Environmental Healtti
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Healtfi Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of ttie

Division of Cooperative Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of tfie University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration

and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of tfie Sctiool of Law
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of CriminalJustice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

12

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Cliairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Grotty, Jr.
John A. Gurry
Martin W. Essigmann
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
'Kenneth Ballou

Samuel Bernstein

Robert L. Cord

Charlotte M. Chamberlain

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur
'Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
•James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Maurice Kaufman
"Christopher Kennedy

Robert Klein
*Melvin Mark

Edward S. Marshall

Robert Miller

Richard G. Natoli

Irene Nichols
*Paul M. Pratt

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John R. Reinhard
*Daniel J. Roberts

J. Spencer Rochefort
* Norman Rosenblatt
*Kenneth G. Ryder

Eugene Saletan

Kathryn Shaffer
•Robert Shepard

Ruth E. Sullivan

Roy Weinstein

Paul Wermuth

M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

13

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Assistant Registrar of the Graduate Schools

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1972-1973

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

14

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Director of tfie Graduate Schiool of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of tfie
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of
Pliarmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of tlie Graduate Scliooi of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of tfie Graduate
Scfiool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

Ernest M. Decicco, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Snell Professor of Health Care and

Chairman of the Department of Physical Therapy

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

David I. Epstein, Professor of t^athematics and Chairman of the Department

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Thomas Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Counseling Education

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of hAanagement

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Wesley W. Marple, Jr., Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Welville B. Nowak, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

15

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Ptiarmacognosy and l\^edicinal Ctiemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Ptiarmacology

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Pfiysicai Education

Jayantilal Satia, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Cfiemistry and Chairman of
tfie Department

Yogenda N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

Herbert L. Sussman, Associate Professor of English

Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology and Acting Chairman
of the Department

Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

R. Gregg Wilfong, Professor of Political Science

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

16

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and
Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the Scfiool of Law

Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration 1973-1974

Joseph M. Golemme, Cochairman, Professor of Accounting, and Director
of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting

John W. Jordan, Cochairman, Assistant Dean and Director of the Graduate
School of Business Administration

James S. Hekimian, Dean of the College of Business Administration

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

Joseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting

Harold Fletcher, Assistant Professor of Finance

Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management

Ralph C. Porter, Assistant Professor of Cooperative Education

Dharmendra T. Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

17

W ' V

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of tiigher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 170 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the
financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the gradu-
ate level in engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been devel-
oped to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to offering day
undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering Technology and
Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln College offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor degree programs in tech-
nological areas. All formal courses of study leading to degrees through
part-time programs are approved by the Basic College faculties con-
cerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

19

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated
change. Adult education programs offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning take place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, and
Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy.
There are additional subject collections for the Center for Management
Development at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Insti-
tute in Nahant.

21

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfictie forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 3,700 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. The large gymnasium contains four
basketball courts. In addition, the Center consists of an athletic cage,
a small gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative offices
for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education Depart-
ment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelie Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table.
The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come,
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, in group practicum, and in
camping administration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in
Ashland, completed in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and
lacrosse fields, waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp
sites, fields and forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a
recreation hall, library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference
accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers
a major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massa-
chusetts. These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration
Hospital, are conveniently located just off Route 24.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a
major portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hamp-
shire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are
located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts
line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

«ftWWWi«6W^®^

graduate school of
business administration

The Graduate School of Business Administration at Northeastern
University offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Business
Administration. Broad in concept, the program is aimed at preparing the
student for a career in administration rather than for an immediate or
particular position. The curriculum and teaching methods center around
the development of basic skills and knowledge appropriate to administra-
tion, rather than upon specialized functional techniques. Although the case
method of study is used extensively, a variety of teaching methods is
employed that is consonant with particular course objectives. The basic
objectives of the program are: to confront the student with meaningful
learning experiences, to increase skills and knowledge in basic disciplines
underlying administrative practice, and to develop judgment and skills of
problem analysis and decision making in complex organizations.

The student may choose one of four methods of securing an M.B.A.
degree: full-time internship, full-time non-internship, full-time assistantship,
and part-time study.

FULL-TIME STUDY
Internship

A feature which makes the Northeastern M.B.A. Program unusual in
graduate education is the management internship. Following the philoso-
phy that a balanced exposure to theory and practice is the most effective
approach to management education, the two-year program affords excel-
lent opportunity in each area. Class work begins with basic disciplines
vital to sound progress in a management-oriented course. The functional
areas of business are treated next, with process courses and electives
following.

This program encompasses nine months of work experience in the world
of business and management and 12 months of classroom study. The work
periods of three and six months' duration may be scheduled to meet the
ongoing needs of individual employers and students alike. The intern works
in an administrative capacity in a realistic organizational environment from

25

26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

which a major source of funds may be obtained for continuance of the
program. The nature of the job assures ample opportunity to observe,
research, and report upon some aspect, element, or problem of the
organization. The experience entails a report which will be considered
within the academic portion of the program.

Because of economic, academic, and individual variables, the Graduate
School cannot guarantee placement; however, the University has a full-time
experienced staff to assist the student in obtaining his internship. A student
is also encouraged to investigate employment opportunities on his own
in order to facilitate final placement by the intern coordinator.

An illustration of term sequence within the two-year internship program
is shown below.

1st Year 2nd Year

FALL QUARTER In Class Management Internship

WINTER QUARTER In Class Management Internship

SPRING QUARTER Management Internship In Class

SUMMER QUARTER In Class

During each academic quarter the student normally carries six courses
(18 hours of course work).

Thus, the full-time internship blends one full calendar year of academic
study with nine months of coordinated work as an intern in a business
or nonprofit organization. This combination of theory and practice gives
the intern excellent preparation for a career in management.

Non-internship

The full-time, non-internship allows students wide latitude in determin-
ing their pace toward the M.B.A. degree. They may elect to take four, five,
or six courses each quarter, enabling them to complete the degree
requirements in a period from one calendar year to two academic years.

Assistantship

Under the full-time assistantship, students combine their studies with
academic experience in the College of Business Administration. A student
may be a teaching assistant, a graduate administrative assistant, or a tuition
assistant. Appointees to these positions work directly with members of
the faculty and staff of the College of Business Administration. This work
affords the student interested in developing a college or university career
the opportunity to explore and gain experience in teaching, research, or
administration.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 27

Teaching assistants and graduate administrative assistants receive re-
mission of tuition and a stipend of $2,600 in return for devoting their time
respectively to assisting directly in the teaching process or in administrative
duties within the College. These appointees must not take less than a
half-time academic load In the M.B.A. Program. Assistants who are in the
second year of study and receive a reappointment are paid a stipend of
$2,800.

Tuition assistants receive remission of tuition in return for sharing in
the administrative work of the College. These awards are normally given
to full-time, non-intern students in their first year of graduate work. Tuition
assistants devote eight hours a week to their assigned administrative work.

PART-TIME STUDY

Part-time students may continue their full-time employment while acquir-
ing the background, skills, and knowledge that will help them advance
their career in administration.

These students normally take two courses per quarter and may complete
the degree program in three to four years, depending upon whether course
work is taken during the summer quarter. All degree requirements may
be completed at the Boston or suburban campuses.

Students maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition the
Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration for permission
to take more than two courses per quarter.

Thus, part-time students have the advantage of attending classes in the
late afternoon and evening to learn the theory behind the practical applica-
tion of their employment.

APPLICATION INFORMATION AND PROCEDURE

All applicants should address inquiries to the Graduate School of
Business Administration. Application forms and reference blanks will be
mailed to them. This material, together with one official transcript, the
Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business (ATGSB) scores, and the
results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, required
by all applicants whose native language is not English), should be returned
to:

Northeastern University
Graduate School of Business Administration
224 Hayden Hall
Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Applications for the ATGSB Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 966

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

28 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Applications for the TOEFL Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 899

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Full-time non-internship, internship, and assistantship applications should
be submitted by April 1:

Applications for part-time study must be completed no later than two
weeks prior to the registration period for the quarter in which the applicant
plans to enter the M.B.A. Program.

To be admitted for graduate work in the College of Business Administra-
tion, applicants must have completed undergraduate work of high quality
and must have obtained a bachelor's degree from a recognized institution
of higher learning. The overall quality of undergraduate achievement is
considered to be of more importance than the particular field of specializa-
tion. Official transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate work
must be submitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration
before admission can be considered or an evaluation made.

Applicants are also required to submit three letters of reference from
individuals who are familiar with their qualifications for graduate study in
business administration.

The basic criteria considered in the admissions procedure are: under-
graduate grades, previous graduate work, the score on the Admission Test
for Graduate Study in Business, job experience, and present job level.
An overall impression of strength, past success, and motivation to succeed
in the Graduate School is sought in the applicants for the program.

Although the M.B.A. Program presumes no particular level of competence
in the areas of accounting, economics, statistics, mathematics, and behav-
ioral science, prospective applicants are advised to acquire some back-
ground in these areas in their undergraduate work.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate Council.
In some matters the committee of each graduate school is allowed discre-
tion to establish regulations within limits defined by the Council. The
regulations and academic requirements which follow have been formulated
in accordance with this general policy.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the M.B.A. degree, an average grade of B must
be obtained in the total credit hours required for graduation. No more
than three extra courses or repeated courses may be taken in order to I
satisfy this grade requirement.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 29

Any Student who receives a grade of less than B in four or more degree
credit courses may be withdrawn from the program by action of the
Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of
I or F is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may
be repeated only once. If a grade of I or F is received in an elective
course, that course may be repeated once with a grade of C or better,
or another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once to obtain
a grade of B or better.

The continuing development of the Graduate School forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some revisions are indicated.
When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, and
when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to meet
the requirements of the latest bulletin.

Application for the Degree

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office before
the date appearing on the calendar, there is no assurance that the degree
will be granted in that particular year, even though all other requirements
have been met. Prompt filing of the commencement card also assures
that the name appears correctly on the diploma.

Classifications

Students initially entering the M.B.A. Program are classified into one
of two groups depending upon their admission credentials.

Regular Students are those individuals who meet in full all admittance
criteria based on the standards established by the Committee on Graduate
Study in Business Administration.

Special Students must meet the same admission criteria as regular
students and are allowed a maximum of four courses (12 quarter hours)
in the program. Special students accruing any deficiencies will not be
allowed to continue. This classification is reserved for individuals who
already hold an M.B.A. degree.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a degree.
Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one quarter
without notifying the program director will be classified as inactive.

All inactive students must submit a written petition to the director of
the program in order to be readmitted to graduate study. Petition forms
may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall.

30 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ^

Credits and Class Hours

All credits at Northeastern University are entered as quarter-hour credits,
with a quarter hour of credit being equivalent to three fourths of a semester
hour: i.e., 12 semester hours equal 16 quarter hours.

All classes in the Graduate School of Business Administration meet on I

a quarter basis, v^lth an academic quarter being defined as a term of '
approximately 12 weeks' duration. In the summer quarter, classes meet

in two six-week sessions. The academic calendar at the front of this bulletin .

should be consulted to determine the opening dates of each quarter. I

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent \

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course !
has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory i

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course \
has been at a satisfactory level. !

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course
is not at the level expected In graduate work.

F Failure
This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course i
is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete
This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work
of the course.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

These grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter sequence
in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both the first and
second quarters of the sequence.

The designation I will be changed to a grade upon removal of the
deficiencies which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies must
be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of I is
received, unless the instructor grants an extension of time. However, such
extension may not exceed two additional consecutive calendar quarters.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 31

A make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate
School of Business Administration during the sixth week of each quarter.
Any student who wishes to take a make-up examination must obtain
permission of the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion by the second week of the quarter succeeding that in which the
examination was missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that
succeeding quarter unless circumstances warrant the Director's permission
to defer it to one of the next two quarters.

Registration

Part-time students must register during the periods listed on the school
calendar. Dates of registration are specified by letter for students accepted
for full-time study.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence at the
University, unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration for work taken elsewhere.
Students who are in residence and are using the facilities of the University
must register for such work.

Time Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

Transfer Credit

A maximum of 15 quarter hours of graduate credit obtained at another
institution may be accepted toward the master's degree, provided that the
credits transferred carry grades of A or B, have been earned at a recognized
institution, have not been used toward any other degree, and are relevant
to the M.B.A. Program. Students should petition the Graduate School of
Business Administration in writing for all transfer credit. Petition forms may
be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall. Grades on transfer credit are
excluded in the computation of the academic average necessary for the
completion of the degree requirements.

(Waiver of Courses

Certain required courses may be waived if a student can demonstrate
that the course material would be a repetition of previous academic training.
Course waivers are subject to faculty approval and do not entitle a student
to transfer credit. An elective must be substituted for each required course
which is waived. Questions concerning course waivers should be directed
to the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration prior
to quarterly registration.

32 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburban
Campus Main Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class j
meeting of the quarter. Students are withdrawn as of the date on which i
they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor i
does not constitute an official withdrawal. I

i

Petitions for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class meeting of |
the quarter must be submitted to the Director of the Graduate School, I
and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. Petition |
forms may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall. !

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Tuition for master's degree candidates and special students is $51.00
per quarter hour of credit. Since each graduate course is three credit
hours, the cost for each course is $153.00.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

Fees

All applications must be accompanied by an application fee (nonrefund-
able) of $15.00. No applications will be processed until the fee has been
received by the Graduate School of Business Administration. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent directly to
the Office of the Graduate School of Business, 224 Hayden Hall.

Upon notification of admission, all full-time applicants are required to
pay a tuition deposit of $51.00. This deposit is credited to the student's
tuition, and is not refundable for those who do not register.

Other fees include: a charge of $10.00 for late payment of tuition; a
final examination make-up fee of $5.00; and a fee of $25.00 for all degree
candidates, payable before commencement by the applicable date listed
jOn the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for tuition assistants,
teaching assistants, and administrative assistants is $6.25 each quarter.
All part-time students on the Huntington Avenue Campus are charged $.75
a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University Health Services
fee of $75.00 each year. This fee provides Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage
and entitles the student to the medical care furnished by the University
Health Services.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged before
graduation.

33

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:
Official Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition Refunded

First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

Although the Graduate School of Business Administration grants finan-
cial aid only in the form of assistantships and internships (which are
described in detail in the section on Application Information and Procedure,
page 27). Northeastern University also has a limited amount of financial
aid for full-time students enrolled in the Graduate School of Business
Administration. Information in addition to that below, and application forms,
are available from the Northeastern Office of Financial Aid. These forms
are not available in the Graduate School of Business Administration Office.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Huntington
Avenue Campus is available each year. Appointments carry a minimum
compensation of room and board. Further information and application
forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

Higher Education Loan Plan

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in
the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies, carry
an interest charge of seven percent, three percent of which is paid by
the Federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to $1,500 for
each year of study up to a maximum of $7,500 for both undergraduate
and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to 12 months after
completion of study and extends up to five years.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships

A limited number of full- and half-time Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships
are available. Holders of these appointments devote full or half time to
graduate work.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

National Defense Student Loan Program

Under the provisions of an act of the Federal government, students
carrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up
to $2,500 for one school year and up to a total of $1 0,000 for undergraduate
and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be determined
on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases
to carry a half-time load and extends 10 years from that point. Cancellation
of up to 50 percent of National Defense Loans, including interest, is allowed
for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 percent may be
cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional information and applica-
tion forms are available from the Office of Financial Aid. The application
deadline is September 1 for full-time students and one month prior to the
start of the quarter for which aid is requested for other students.

r

X

\

\

faculty

Robert F. Abbanat, Lecturer In Business Administration; B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology; MB. A., DBA., Harvard University
Dean S. Ammer, Director. Bureau of Business and Economic Research, and Professor of Management:

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MB. A., Ph.D., New York University
Harley H. Anderson, Assistant Dean. Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; J.D., Suffolk University
Thomas C. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Management: B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Candidate, University of

Minnesota
Warren G. Briggs, Associate Professor of Management: B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;

M.B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Robert H. Caplan. Professor of Management: B.C.E., Cornell University; MB. A., D.B.A., Harvard

University
Clairmont P. Carter, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B.A., Pennsylvania State University; MB. A.,

Akron University; D.B.A., Kent State University
John J. Castellano, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., University of New Hampshire;

M.B.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D. Candidate, State University of New York at Buffalo
Saverio Cerullo, Associate Professor of Finance: B.S., MB. A., Boston University
Wallace Clausen, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.A., Swarthmore College; MB. A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, Harvard University
Charles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marl^eting: B.A., Northeastern University; M.C.S., M.A., Boston

University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Paul v. Croke, Associate Professor of Management: A.B., MB. A., Boston College; Ph.D., Rensselaer

Polytechnic Institute
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean, College of Business Administration, and Associate Professor

of Management: A.B., Holy Cross College; A.M., Harvard University; M.B.A., Ed.D., Boston University
Joseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting; B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,

Columbia University
Stephen Duckworth, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A.,

D.B.A., Harvard University
Charles H. Dufton, Coordinator, Marketing Group, and Professor of Marketing: A.B., Yale University;

M.A., University of Michigan
*James W. Earley, Lecturer in Business Administration; A.B., Holy Cross College; B.S., State College

at Fitchburg; M.B.A., Northeastern University
Paul R. Egan, Lecturer in Business Administration; B.S., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., Xavier University
Edwin F. Estle, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Purdue University; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

University
Robert H. Farrar, Assistant Professor of Accounting and Management: B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; Ph.D. Candidate, University of Massachusetts
Michael Fetters, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., Ohio State University; M.B.A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, University of Wisconsin
Ralph W. Fingar, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Union College; Ph.D., University of Texas
Angelo Fiumara, Associate Professor of Business Law; A.B., J.D., Boston College
Harold Fletcher, Assistant Professor of Finance: B.S , Western Kentucky University; M.A., University

of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: A.B., B.S., Columbia University; M.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; D.B.A., Harvard University
Joseph M. Golemme. Professor of Accounting, and Director. Graduate Sctiool of Professional Account-
ing: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Boston University; C.P.A.

37

38 / FACULTY

Steven B. Grossman, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B.S., M.A., Northeastern University; Pti.D.,

Tufts University
Carlo E. Gubellini, Coordinator, Accounting Group, and Professor of Management: B.S., Norttieasterni

University; MB. A., Boston University I

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance and Accounting: B.S., M.S., Columbia University;!

MB. A., DBA., Indiana University; C.P.A. f

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration and Professor of /Management: A.B., M.B.A.,

D.B.A., Harvard University
Richard B. Higgins, Professor of /Management: A.B., Tufts University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Christine L. Hobart, Associate Professor of Management: A.B., Radcliffe College; D.B.A., Harvard

University
Anthony P. Hourihan, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.A., University College Dublin; M.B.A.,

University of Wisconsin; Ph.D. Candidate, Harvard University

Geoffrey G. Jackson, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.A., Amherst College; M.S., Columbia

University
Paul Janell, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., Northeastern University; MB. A.,

Babson College; Ph.D., Michigan State University
John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean and Director, Graduate School of Business Administration: B.S., M.S.,

State College at Boston
Lyman A. Keith, Professor of Management: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., M.B.A., Boston University
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management: B.S., Duquesne University; MB. A., DBA.,

University of Maryland
Richard Lindhe, Associate Professor of Accounting: B.S., M.Ed., Kent State University; Ph.D., University

of Chicago
John Macy, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,

Northeastern University; D.B.A. Candidate, Harvard University
Law/rence H. Malchman, Professor of Accounting: B.S., Ed.M., Boston University; C.P.A.
Maureen Malin, Lecturer In Business Administration: A.B., Radcliffe College; MB. A., Ed.D. Candidate,

Harvard University; Ph.D. Candidate, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Wesley W. Marple, Jr., Coordinator. Finance Group, and Professor of Finance: A.B., Princeton

University; M.B.A., D.B.A. , Harvard University
Edward S. Marshall, Associate Professor of Management: M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., State

University of Iowa
Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management: A.B., MB. A., Dartmouth College; D.B.A., Harvard

University
Philip R. McDonald, Professor of Marl<eting and Management: B.A., University of British Columbia;

MB. A., D.B.A., Harvard University
Robert J. Minichiello, Professor of Marketing: A.B., Harvard University, MB. A., Boston University; DBA.,

Harvard University
Mark M. Moriarty,>Ass/sfanf Professor of Marketing and Management: B.S.I.M., Purdue University; M.A.,

University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. Candidate, Purdue University
A. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations: A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia

University
Russell W. Olive, Coordinator. Management Sciences Group, and Professor of Management: B.S., M.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Boston University; D.B.A., Harvard University; P.E.
Robert A. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Management: B.S., MB. A., Northeastern University; M.A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, Boston College
Andre P. Priem, Associate Professor of Management: B.B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati
Paul C. Richards, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., MB. A., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Herman Rochwarg, Associate Professor of Management: B.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
Raymond Roy, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B. Comm., St. Mary's University; M.B.A., University

of Massachusetts; D.B.A., University of Maryland
Anghel N. Rugina, Professor of Economics and Finance: B.S., College of Business, Golatz, Rumania;

M.A., Ph.D., Academy of High Studies in Economics, Bucharest, Rumania; Ph.D., University of

Freiburg, Germany
Richard J. Santos, Associate Dean and Director, Center for Management Development, and Associate

Professor: B.S., Salem State College; M.A., Emerson College
Daniel C. Scioletti, /4ssoc/afe Professor of Sus/ness Law; B.B.A., Colby College; LL.B., Suffolk University;

Ed.M., Boston University
Henry H. Seward, Lecturer In Business Administration: B.A., Yale University; M.B.A., Michigan State

University; D.B.A. Candidate, Harvard University

FACULTY / 39

Charles Shelley, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.B.A., University of Massachusetts;
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

Barry Shore, Associate Professor of (Management: B.S., Tufts University; M.B.A., University of Massa-
chusetts; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

Albert Slavin, Lillian L. and Harry A. Cowan Professor of Accounting: Ed.B., Ed.M., Boston University;
C.P.A.

Jeffrey A. Timmons, Assistant Professor of Management: A.B., Colgate University; M.B.A., D.B.A.,
Harvard University

Dharmendra T. Verma, Associate Professor of f^arketing: B.S., University of Bombay; M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Utah

Arthur H. Walker, Professor of IManagement: A.B., Bowdoln College; M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University

Edward R. Wlllett, Professor of finance: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University

Frederick Wiseman, Associate Professor of Marketing: B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell
University

master of business
administration curriculum

students entering the program must finish 72 quarter hours of graduate
: credit to complete the Master of Business Administration Program. This
' requirement applies to both full- and part-time students. The course content
I for internship, assistantship, and part-time programs is the same.

' Required Courses

Number Courses Credit Hours

41 .81 1 Financial and Managerial Accounting 3

41.812 Control 1 3

41.813 Control II 3

43.81 1 Marketing Management I 3

43.812 Marketing Management II 3

44.81 1 Financial Management 1 3

44.812 Financial Management II 3

45.805 Operations Management I 3

45.806 Operations Management II 3

45.81 5 Behavioral Concepts 3

45.816 Organizational Behavior I 3

45.81 7 Organizational Behavior II 3

45.836 Policy: the Social, Political,
Economic, and Legal Environment 3

45.837 Policy: the Formulation and Implementation of
Strategy 3

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis 3

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I 3

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II 3

Total Required Credit Hours 51

Elective Credit Hours 21

Total Credit Hours for Degree 72

41

42 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Elective Courses

In addition to the required courses, students must complete course work
in electives to bring their total program to the 72 quarter hours of credit
required for the Master of Business Administration degree. All elective
courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

Courses may also be selected from other graduate programs at North-
eastern University with the permission of the director of the appropriate
program and the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion.

Administration and Its Environments

39.805 Business Cycles and

Forecasting
39.823 Government Finance
39.825 Fiscal Policy
39.831 Money and Banking
39.835 Labor Economics
41.862 Tax Factors in Business

Decisions
43.814 Consumer Behavior

45.961 Business Participation in
Metropolitan Problems

45.962 Institutional Environment
of Business I

45.964 Institutional Environment

of Business II
45.969 Government and Business
45.973 New Sectors of Collective

Bargaining
45.989 Science and Technology:

The Challenge to Management

45.991 Business Law— Law of
Contracts, Agency and Sales

45.992 Law of Business

Organizations and Negotiable

39.9H1

Instruments

41.816

45.808
45.833

Financial Management

44.814

International Financial
Management

45.838

44.901

Advanced Financial
Management

45.976

44.921

Investment Analysis

45.977

44.923

Seminar in Strategies for

Growth Funding

49.918

44.924

Mergers and Acquisitions

44.926 Policy Issues in Corporate
Money Management

44.935 Management of Financial
Institutions

44.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting

General Management

45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies

for Corporate Management
45.830 Formal Planning Systems
45.997-9 Special Topics in Business
Administration (1 to 3 Q.H.)

49.932 The Computer and Its
Applications I

49.933 The Computer and Its
Application II

49.935 Computer Applications in
Management Science

Health Care Administration

Health Manpower
Management Control of Health
Service Systems
Comparative Management
Operations Management in
the Health Care System
Policy Formation in
Health Care
Workers in the Health
Care System
Information Systems for
Health Care Administration
Information Theory and
Systems

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 43

International Business Management

39.827 Economic Development
39.829 Comparative Economic

Systems
39.833 International Economics
41.801 International Accounting
43.910 International Marketing
44.814 International Financial

Management

Management of Human Resources

45.808 Comparative Management

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

45.820 Psychological Dynamics of
Leadership

45.821 Policy Formation in Non-
business Institutions

45.835 Seminar in Organizational

Development
45.951 Executive Development

45.971 Personnel Management

45.972 Industrial Relations
45.976 Workers in the Health Care

System
45.985 Management of Research and
Development

Marketing Management

43.814 Consumer Behavior
43.910 International Marketing
43.925 Sales Management
43.931 Marketing Research
43.934 New Product Development
43.936 Strategy Problems of Mass

Distributors
43.941 Industrial Marketing
49.922 Marketing Information

Systems

Operations Management

45.809 Advanced Operations Manage-
ment

45.833 Operations Management in the
Health Care System

45.902 Planning and Control of
Manufacturing Operations

45.965 Management of Small Business
Enterprises

49.904 Contemporary Problems in

Managing Complex Operating
Systems

49.907 Operations Management Game

Management of Transportation and
Logistics

48.801 Seminar in Transportation

Systems
48.805 Urban Transportation
48.901 Physical Distribution

Management

Small Business Management

45.829 New Ventures:

A Career Choice
45.965 Management of Small

Business Enterprises
45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Managerial Control

41.801 International Accounting

Management Control Systems

Management Control of Health

Service Systems

Management Performance

Appraisal

Tax Factors in Business

Decisions

41.815
41.816

41 .825

41.862

44 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Recommended Part-Time Program

While the part-time student has some flexibility in the order in which
he takes his required work, the schedule below is recommended as a guide:

Course

Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis

Behavioral Concepts I

Control I I

Organizational Behavior I I

Control II

Organizational Behavior II

Managerial Economic Analysis

Quantitative Analysis I

Quantitative Analysis II

Elective

Marketing Management I

Financial Management I

Marketing Management II

Financial Management II

Operations Management I

Elective !

Operations Management II

Elective

Policy: the Social, Political, Economic, (

and Legal Environment '

Elective
11th 45.837 Policy: the Formulation and Implementation of

Strategy

Elective
12th Elective

Elective

OTHER GRADUATE-LEVEL PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS

Master of Science in Accounting

The program of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting at
Northeastern University in Boston is designed specifically for liberal arts
and other nonaccounting majors. The School was established to help satisfy
the accounting profession's need for persons with a broad liberal education
and a high-quality professional education. The distinctive feature of the
15-month program, a three-month internship with a public accounting
firm, is in keeping with the basic cooperative philosophy of Northeastern
University.

Quarter

Number

1st

41.811

45.815

2nd

41.812

45.816

3rd

41.813

45.817

4th

49.901

49.902

5th

49.903

6th

43.811

44.811

7th

43.812

44.812

8th

45.805

9th

45.806

0th

45.836

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 45

Management Development Program

The Management Development Program is a graduate-level course in
business, designed for experienced managers who have had responsibility
for a major task, function, department, division, or independent enterprise.
Its general aim is to improve the manager's overall performance.

There is a choice of two six-week sessions spaced over five months,
October through February or January through May. Participants attend
two consecutive weeks of classes at the outset and thereafter one week
in each of the remaining four months. This approach offers a tested
alternative to organizations which recognize the need for manager training
but find it difficult to release a key man for lengthy periods of study. A
certificate is awarded to all who successfully complete the course work.

description of courses

39.805 Business Cycles and Forecasting

Presentation of short-run dynamic models of economic fluctuations, measurements
of economic activities, use of cyclical indicators, anticipation survey data, simple
aggregate models for forecasting business activity, and a survey and evaluation of
governmental discretionary stabilization policies in the recent past. This material is
discussed with reference to the current business situation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit.

39.823 Government Finance

A survey of governmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis
upon their economic effects and their relationship to principles of economic welfare.
Discussions of taxation, tax incidence, tax theory, debt management, and employment
levels. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.825 Fiscal Policy

Deliberate adjustments in revenues and expenditures for the purpose of obtaining
greater economic stability and economic growth. Discussion of neutral fiscal policy,
built-in stabilizers, budget management, attainment of full employment, inflation, and
deflation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.827 Economic Development

The study of the process of structural change in the course of economic development,
with emphasis on the causes and consequences of growth. Models depicting the
mobilization and allocation of resources are presented, along with an examination
of the cultural and political obstacles to production and distribution in underdeveloped
countries today. The theoretical analysis is supplemented with case studies. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.829 Comparative Economic Systems

A comparative study of central economic theories and institutions of Capitalism,
Socialism, Communism, and the Welfare State. Particular attention to criteria for
evaluating success in meeting diverse goals, techniques and problems of planning,
and real growth rates. Some attention paid to primitive economics. Prep. 15 Q.H.
of Grad. Credit

39.831 Money and Banking

A study of the nature and function of the monetary and banking systems of the United
States and of alternative theoretical models of the relationships between money and
economic activity. Current issues in monetary theory and policy and international
finance are considered. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

47

48 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

39.833 International Economics

The historical background of the Balance of International Payments of the United
States. To understand the nature of the problems in this field, central attention is
given to the theory of international trade and capital movements. Further attention
is paid to the interpretation and evaluation of the various possible foreign economic
policies. Trade agreements and restrictions are also included as a part of the greater
issues of international economic development and cooperation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of
Grad. Credit.

39.835 Labor Economics

The economics of wage determination, impact of unions on wages and inflation,
the economics of full employment and unemployment, and private and public remedial
policies; the labor force, governmental labor legislation, security, unionism, and
democracy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

The organization of medical care; the problems associated with various alternative
delivery systems; the utilization and availability of physicians and other categories
of paramedical personnel; the growth and pressures exerted by third-party payers;
and consideration of Federal, state, and municipal participation in the delivery of
quality medical care under various alternatives for national health insurance. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit

41.801 International Accounting

New accounting tasks have been created by the significant expansion of international
business. Accounting concepts and practices vary from country to country, and they
affect international business events and transactions. The course attempts to produce
an understanding of national and regional patterns of accounting and their interna-
tional implications. Prep. 41.813, Planning Decisions and Control Systems.

41.811 Financial and Managerial Accounting

An introduction to accounting systems, including the development of financial state-
ments. Includes a critical appraisal of analytical techniques of evaluating the firm's
potential through historical data. Prep. none.

41.812 Control I

After examining the role which profit maximization plays as an entity objective,
alternative courses of action for goal achievement are integrated into a programmed
budgeting process. Emphasis is given to the budget as a planning, motivating,
coordinating, evaluating, and re-planning device. Prep. 41.811, Financial and Mana-
gerial Accounting.

41.813 Control II

A study of the integration and coordination of short-range programs with long-range
plans and the control mechanisms which enhance appropriate conformance to the
strategic budget. Primary emphasis is on organizations decentralized into divisional
units. Prep. 41.812.

41.815 Management Control Systems

Management control is the process by which management translates the organiza-
tional objectives and strategy into specified goals for attainment in a specified period

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 49

of time, and secures the effective accomplishment of these goals in an efficient
manner. This course deals with systems that facilitate this process, with particular
attention to those designed for use at divisional and top management levels. Prep.
41.813.

41.816 Management Control of Health Service Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a competence in conceptualizing and
managing the planning and control requirements of organizations operating in the
health services domain. Major topics include: planning, budgeting, responsibility
accounting, cost analysis, and cost control. The role of the controller in these activities
is also examined. The course embodies the idea of a system's integrating these
requirements. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

41.825 Management Performance Appraisal

Management is held accountable to its several constituencies, including higher level
management, investors, creditors, and customers, so that effective methods of
evaluating management performance are necessary. This course critically examines
the traditional means of management appraisal, as well as several newer techniques
which have been proposed. Among the topics discussed are: management's social
responsibilities, criteria for management effectiveness, financial and nonfinancial
measures of effectiveness, management audits, and social audits. Prep. 41.813,
Planning, Decisions, and Control Systems.

41.862 Tax Factors in Business Decisions

A survey of the Internal Revenue Code and its implications for choice of organizational
form, corporate reorganizations, compensation policies, and foreign business opera-
tions. Mergers and acquisitions and the management of depreciable property are
examined in the light of decisions made by the Internal Revenue Service and the
tax courts. The emphasis is on discussion and research into corporate income tax
problems that affect business decisions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

43.811 Marketing Management I

The objectives of Marketing Management I and II are twofold: 1 . to provide the student
with a comprehensive understanding of basic marketing functions, institutions, and
concepts; and 2. to develop the student's ability to analyze and make recommen-
dations about business problems that involve the creation, distribution, and sale of
goods and services. Marketing Management I emphasizes the definition of marketing
problems, demand analysis, consumer analysis, and market research. Prep. none.

43.812 Marketing Management II

A continuation of Marketing Management I, with emphasis on the formulation and
implementation of marketing strategy. Emphasis is placed on product policy, channels
of distribution, pricing, advertising, personal selling, and the development of inte-
grated marketing programs of action. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

43.814 Consumer Behavior

Development of an understanding of consumer attitudes and behavior processes.
Various economic and behavioral models of consumer behavior are examined and
evaluated as bases for the planning and evaluation of marketing strategies. Text,
readings, project. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

50 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

43.910 International Marketing !

Objective is to develop an understanding of: 1. the opportunities and challenges i
facing the international marketing executive; 2. the decision-making process in
marketing goods abroad; and 3. the environmental forces— economic, cultural and I
political— affecting the marketing process and acting as constraints on the develop- 1
ment of marketing strategies abroad. Lectures, discussions, reports, and '
cases. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

43.925 Sales Management

Designed to help the student develop both the understanding and decision-making
skills necessary to build and maintain an effective sales organization. Cases and i
readings are used which examine the strategic and operating problems of the sales ,
manager. Four major topic areas are: 1. the selling function, 2. sales management
at the field level, 3. the sales executive, and 4. sales and marketing manage-
ment. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Management II, or permission of the instructor.

43.934 New Product Development

The importance of new/ products to the survival and prosperity of firms continues
to grow with increasing shortening of product life cycles; with changes in technology,
competition, and consumer tastes; and with increasing operating costs. For most
firms, coping with the problems of environmental change through modification of i
the product line is both vital and difficult. This seminar will have as a primary concern j
the examination and analysis of some of the problems firms face in directing and 1
managing their new product development activities. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Man-
agement II.

43.936 Strategy Problems of Mass Distributors

An examination of selected major strategy problems facing large-scale food and
general merchandise distributors; selecting store locations determining merchandis-
ing and promotional policies; and formulating long-range plans. Cases and issues
are explored from the viewpoint of the management of prominent supermarket,
department store, and discount retailers, with the role of mass distributors in the
marketing of consumer goods. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Management II.

43.941 Industrial Marketing

The problems of industrial concerns in marketing their products and services to
industrial, business, and organizational customers. Emphasis is placed on determining
these customers' needs and on developing programs to satisfy these needs. Topics
include the roles and responsibilities of the marketing executive engaged in industrial
distribution, advertising, and research, as well as roles and responsibilities of industrial
salesmen, sales supervisors, and selling agents. Prep. 43.812. Marketing Manage-
ment II.

44.811 Financial Management I

This course and its required sequel, 44.812, acquaint students with concepts,
practices, and procedures of financial management and offer training in analytical
approaches which help them make wise decisions affecting the flow of funds within
an organization. Financial Management I concentrates on the sources and uses of
short-term and immediate-term funds, and Financial Management II on long-term
funds. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep. 41.813. Control II.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 51

44.812 Financial IVIanagement II

Concentrates on long-term sources and uses of funds, with an introduction to capital
budgeting techniques and the concept of cost of capital. Risk and return trade-offs
are included. Broad topics of overall financial strategy and timing are examined.
Frequently, evening students are required to prepare a term report based upon data
gathered on their jobs and/or from financial literature. Prep. 44.811, Financial
Management I.

44.814 International Financial IVIanagement

Comprehensive coverage of the field of international financial management, including
the fundamental problems of financial forecasting, multinational capital budgeting,
affiliate financial structures, international fund movements and instruments of interna-
tional finance, import-export financing, and the characteristics of foreign environ-
ments. Background information is sought in the interpretation of U.S. foreign
investment controls and the reaction of foreign governments to U.S. interfer-
ence. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

44.901 Finance III— Advanced Financial Management

An opportunity to study several important areas of financial management in greater
depth than is possible in the basic finance courses. Some of the topics are: corporate
capital structure, dividend policy, capital budgeting, and the management of current
assets. Instruction is primarily through assigned readings and classroom case discus-
sions. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

44.921 Investment Analysis

Investment principles and risks. The objective is the development of a sound invest-
ment program, with attention to identification of investment objectives and risks.
Emphasis is placed on the techniques of analysis and evaluation of various types
of securities and the associated risks, the operation of the securities markets, and
the various methods of portfolio management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

44.923 Seminar in Strategies for Growth Funding

The planning and implementation of funding actions are becoming as complex and
necessary to corporate success as the conception, engineering, and production of
quality products. A course with a narrowed scope dealing in depth with concepts
and practices of designing capital structures to accommodate corporate growth.
Published and unpublished research material will be utilized, along with classroom
discussions of published cases and of "live cases", presentations by visiting practi-
tioners. The purpose of the course is to increase the understanding of management's
opportunities to influence the supply of available financial resources. Prep. 44.812,
Financial Management II.

44.924 Mergers and Acquisitions

This seminar explores the economic environment which has recently given rise to
a large number of corporate mergers and the business factors underlying these
corporate combinations. The financial, managerial, accounting, and legal factors
affecting mergers are studied. Students learn how to appraise a potential merger
and structure a merger on advantageous terms. Instruction is through directed
readings, case discussions, and independent research. Prep. 44.812, Financial
Management II.

52 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

44.926 Policy Issues in Corporate Money IVIanagement

The seminar has a twofold objective: 1. to develop the financial manager's under-
standing of the basic concepts, instruments, and structure of the money market,
and 2. to analyze and discuss policy issues in corporate money management as j
they are affected by subtle but important changes in the environment of federal |
monetary and fiscal policy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

44.935 Management of Financial Institutions

The intent is to acquaint students with the broad range of decision-making problems
faced by major financial institutions such as commercial banks, savings and invest- 1
ment institutions, and finance companies when viewed as competitive, profit-seeking j
business entities. Major areas of concern in the course are: sources and uses of '
funds by financial institutions, competition, regulation, and strategic policy planning
by financial institutions. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep.
44.812, Financial Management II.

44.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting

A course with narrow scope, dealing in depth with the managerial and financial
problems of allocating corporate resources to long-term uses within the firm. The
problems to be considered include the encouragement of new investment opportu-
nities, as well as systems and techniques for their evaluation and selection. The
goal of the course is to enhance the individual's ability to affect the selection of
investment opportunities to assure a maximum contribution to the firm's develop-
ment. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

45.805 Operations Management I

The study of operations as an integrated system responding to the firm's goals and
objectives, explores from a manager's viewpoint: 1. the nature of the short- and
long-range problems generated within operations; 2. the factors in plant layout and
the firm's physical facilities; and 3. the cost data required for decisions about the
productive process, including capital costs and investment criteria. Topics include:
management's function in operations-system design, process planning, automation,
work methods, job structure, job enlargement, and participation. Text and cases
are used. Prep. 49.903, Introduction to Operations Research.

45.806 Operations Management II

Continuation of the study of management of operations, exploring: 1. the utility of
standards and work measurement; 2. usefulness of operations control of various
analytical techniques, such as waiting line theory, simulation, and linear programming;
and 3. the operation and control of the productive system. Topics include: manage-
ment of inventory control, production-inventory systems, maintenance, quality, and
improvement of operations cost. Text and cases are used. Prep. 45.805, Operations
Management I.

45.808 Comparative Management

An analysis of the management process in different types of organizations with
emphasis on similarities and differences. Among the types of organizations examined
are: business firms, school systems, colleges and universities, unions, political parties,
prisons, hospitals, churches, and military organizations. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 53

45.809 Advanced Operations Management

This course is designed for those whose career goals are positions of responsibility
in the management of the manufacturing or operations functions of an enterprise.
Although the primary focus is upon manufacturing enterprises, complex operating
problems in service-oriented institutions are included. Drawing primarily upon case
studies, the course focuses on the development and implementation of detailed
responses to the management requirements of operating systems. Emphasis is given
to emerging technological developments, such as computer-based mechanization
and automation, and to new developments in several areas of production and
operations management. Prep. 45.805 and 45.706.

45.815 Behavioral Concepts

A brief examination of major concepts and findings of the behavioral sciences which
have particular pertinence to business and administration. Systematic ways of under-
standing behavior are developed, taking account of technical, economic, political,
and human factors. Individual development is studied from the standpoint of character,
perception, learning, and motivation. Behavior of people in small groups is also
examined in terms of the structure and dynamics of the individuals in the group. Prep.
none.

45.816 Organizational Behavior I

Basic findings and concepts of the behavioral sciences are related to the specific
aspects of behavior in formally constituted organizations. Supervisory behavior is
examined in the behavioral context, as well as relations between groups, in order
to develop ways of achieving collaboration. Prep. 45.815, Behavioral Concepts.

45.817 Organizational Behavior II

The study of behavior in organizations is expanded to larger organizations in order
to understand and deal systematically with the complex relationships found at this
level. This course also provides an opportunity to apply knowledge about people
in organizations to the improvement of organizational systems and to the process
of achieving changes in organizations. Prep. 45.816. Organizational Behavior I.

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

An intensive inquiry into communications from one person to another, the longest
distance of all. Makes use of unconventional media for learning (selected films, drama,
and the short story) in which universal qualities of the interactions between people
are described, analyzed, and reinterpreted to different settings in today's
.world. Prep. none.

»5.820 Psychological Dynamics of Leadership

Reviews the existing approaches and hypotheses about the nature of leadership,
-ocuses on psychoanalytic theory as a foundation from which to understand leader-
ship behavior. An extensive case history provides material for class discussion and
llustration of the theories of leadership. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.821 Policy Formulation in Nonbusiness Institutions

This seminar focuses primarily on the decision-making process in government
nstitutions, primarily at the Federal level. Readings portray nonrational perspectives
)n behavior, such as the cybernetic and political models of decisions. Their larger
lim is to develop awareness of cognitive limitations of public policy decision-makers

54 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

and the inherent dysfunctions of bureaucracies in which they operate. Class sessions i
explore the evolution of public policy, the role of analysis in policy formulation and I
implementation, and the methodology of policy analysis. The seminar is concerned i
with strategic decisions rather than with day-to-day operating problems. Prep. 15 i
Q.H. of Grad. Credit. |

45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies for Corporate IVlanagement

An opportunity for in-depth research and analysis of growth strategies available to
business firms. In a seminar setting, students examine firm and industry approaches
to growth through expansion and diversification. Special emphasis is placed on the
use of research and acquisition as means for achieving growth objectives. Prep.
45.825, Business Policy 1; also permission of the instructor.

45.829 New Ventures: A Career Choice

This course enables students to examine the nature of entrepreneurship and the '
appropriateness of self-employment for an individual. The focus is on the decision
to own and operate one's own business. Students examine the nature of the values, .
motivations, goals, and life style required by the entrepreneurial role. Guest speakers, |
cases, selected readings, and self-assessment exercises help students identify the !
connection between their own interests and goals and an entrepreneurial
career. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.830 Formal Planning Systems

Although plans that extend five or more years into the future are no longer a novelty,
the formal planning concept itself is still in its infancy. This course focuses on the
present-day "state-of-the-art" in planning for both profit and nonprofit organizations.
Special emphasis is given to case studies of successful planning in real-life organiza-
tions of various sizes. Students are expected to develop hypothetical plans based
upon their own assessment of economic and other environmental factors. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit

45.833 Operations Management in the Health Care System

This course serves those whose career goals are positions of responsibility in the
management of the health care system. The objectives of the course are: 1 . to provide
a basic understanding of operations management problems existing in the health
care system, and 2. to develop decision-making ability to deal effectively with these
problems. Topics covered in the course are: the fundamentals of management in
the health care system, organizational planning, operations planning and control,
utilization of resources, and policy considerations in effective and efficient operation
of the health care system. Prep. 45.805, Operations Management I.

45.835 Seminar in Organizational Development

Organizational development is the process of deliberate organizational change that
is planned, organization-wide, and managed from the top so as to increase organiza-
tional effectiveness through planned intervention by change agents. This course
examines organizational development as an emerging professional discipline, focus-
ing on identifying variables affected by a change program and developing an
understanding of methods and techniques. Prep. Organizational Behavior II.

45.836 Policy: The Social, Political, Economic, and Legal Environment

Both business and nonbusiness organizations exist in a multifaceted environment
of social, political, economic, and legal entities whose influences generated by these

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 55

environmental factors must be identified and dealt with in the decision-making
processes of organizations. The objective of this course is to develop an appreciation
of these environmental forces, a skill in identifying and projecting their significance,
and the ability to formulate the decision-making processes responsive to them. The
concept of corporate strategy is developed as a medium in which to achieve these
objectives. Prep, all other required courses.

45.837 Policy: The Formulation and Implementation of Strategy

A continuation of course #45.836, with emphasis on the formulation and implementa-
tion of organizational strategy. Approaches to strategy formulation in both profit and
nonprofit organizations are compared and contrasted. Prep. 45.836.

45.838 Policy Formation in Health Care

A focus on the problem of defining and implementing policy in the health care sector.
The various internal and external components of the health care system are analyzed
as they relate to policy making and implementation. The course also includes a
discussion of nontraditional methods of health care delivery such as neighborhood
health centers and national health insurance. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.902 Planning and Control of Manufacturing Operations

A study of the problems of managing the flow of materials, operations, and information
within an organization in response to, or anticipation of, market demands. The
concepts and techniques discussed are applicable in a variety of institutional settings.
Topics include: inventory management, demand forecasting, manpower and opera-
tions scheduling, project management, and integrated operations control systems.
The tone of the course is pragmatic; particular emphasis is on practical evaluation
and problems of implementing the analytic methods discussed. Prep. 45.806, Opera-
tions Mariagement II.

45.951 Executive Development

^n examination of the executive position in an organization and the personal
characteristics and skills which it requires. The course examines the effects of cultural
change and shifting mores on motivation and management control, with their implica-
:ion for developing appropriate organizational relationships. Report writing, oral
'eports, and leading of group discussions are dominant techniques. Student evalua-
:ion is encouraged. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.961 Business Participation in Metropolitan Problems

Activities of business as a participant in urban and area resource develop-
Tient— human, physical, cultural. Business leadership and policy in sustaining a viable
social, political, and economic order, with consideration of complications, perplexi-
ies, programs, and alternatives. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.962 Institutional Environment of Business I

The relationship of the business corporation to various elements in its environment:
)olitical, social, economic, scientific, and educational. Developing interactions and
nutual responsibilities, with emphasis on initiating and planning, to influence these
external institutional relations rather than only to respond to them. Responsibilities
)f business and of businessmen for community, national, international, and ecological
velfare. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

56 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.964 Institutional Environment of Business II

Further examination of the relation of business to its environment and the responsi-
bility of the businessman and the firm to external and internal interests in a dynamic
and pluralistic system. Emphasis on situations involving conflicting values and
personal, organizational, moral, and public interest, with role playing to allow student
participation in corporate conflict determination. Prep. 45.962, Institutional Environ- j

ment of Business I. I

I
!

45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Oriented toward the entrepreneur. Consideration given to locating and evaluating j
business opportunities introduced by new ideas, product development, licensing,
inventions, patents, etc. The organization, start, and growth of a new business or j
the acquisition of a going concern, including fund raising and related state regula- i
tions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit. j

j

45.969 Government and Business

Analysis of the role of government as a regulating force, as well as the nature and
impact of government fiscal, economic, and socioeconomic policies on the conduct
of business. The political and economic philosophies behind greater government
participation in the economic structure of the nation as indicated by public-utility, j
antitrust, labor, and socioeconomic legislation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

I

45.971 Personnel Management j

Significant developments of labor relations and employment theory; the principles j
of personnel management and of management-union relations; policy considerations
for the managing of manpower resources; policy impact of current developments^
in work theory; and resource management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.972 Labor Relations

Traditional labor policy in relation to management, unions, and the public; manage-
ment-union relations as joint control over human resources of private and public
organizations; history of the labor movement and collective bargaining; work rules
and productivity; labor disputes and supplements to negotiations; political and |
economic power; legal responsibilities of labor and management; management
authority and employee discipline; and types of management-union relations.
Theories and cases. Prep. 45.971, Personnel Management. I

!

45.973 New Sectors of Collective Bargaining j

A focus on new sectors of bargaining: 1. by public employees, including municipal,!
state, and Federal; 2. by professional associations, including those of teachers,
doctors, nurses, and engineers; and in the mainly unorganized sectors; i.e., agricul-
ture, health care industry, and so-called white-collar-service areas. The purpose is
to study the variety of patterns emerging in these sectors as a result of the interplay i
of the following forces: 1. presence or absence of a national labor law or policy;

2. relationship to existing trade union structure and industrial relations system;

3. occupational characteristics and industry or service technology, and 4. produc-
tivity and growth. Varying issues in collective bargaining are discussed through cases,
readings, and a group term project, and by invited practitioners. Prep. 15 Q.H. of
Grad. Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 57

45.976 Workers in the Health Care System

The present health care system in the United States is in the process of major change
generated by both the internal and external social, legal, and professional environ-
ments. The purpose of this course is to describe and analyze some of the dynamics
and complexities of these changes and to consider how these changes affect the
workers in the system. In turn, the worker's influence on these changes is studied.
The foci are the past, present, and future of major occupation levels and groupings
servicing the system, their relationship to each other and to the total system. A major
feature of the course is a group research project. Case studies, readings, lectures,
and guest speakers are also used. The course is limited to 24. Prep. 45.815. 45.816.

45.977 Information Systems for Health Care Facilities

Introduction to the complexities of the quantity and variety of information requirements
in the field and the state of the technology capability, as well as an understanding
of the system's components through use of this information. Course covers systems
information flow and new computer techniques. Cases, reading, and on-site
visits. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.985 Management of Research and Development

Some corporations grow more rapidly than their competitors because of better
management of their technical programs. This course focuses on the unique problems
of R & D management through readings and case studies of the important consider-
ations involved in dealing with scientists and engineers as individuals; planning,
organizing, and controling research; and establishing a climate for research. Prep.
41.811, Basics of Financial and l\/lanagerial Analysis, and 45.817, Organizational
Behavior II.

45.989 Science and Technology: The Challenge to Management

Greater understanding of the growing importance of the results of science and
technology on business activity and of the special problems and opportunities
encountered by management in using this knowledge. The course examines the
complex interaction of social, economic, political, and technical variables affecting
the climate for technological change. The critical role of the manager in the innovative
process is studied, examining the great array of techniques which help him keep
abreast of new R&D results. The contribution of various organizational structures
to the creative application of technology is also examined. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit

45.991 Business Law— Law of Contracts, Agency, and Sales

Designed to give the student a basic knowledge of the legal aspects of contracts
and the results of contractual obligations. Attention is paid to the employment contract
in general, with emphasis on the principal and agent and the master and servant
relationships. The law governing the sale of personal property as reflected in the
Uniform Commercial Code is emphasized. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.992 The Law of Business Organizations and Negotiable Instruments

The Law of Negotiable Instruments as reflected in the Uniform Commerical Code,
with special consideration given to commercial paper used in business transactions.
The law governing formation and operation of partnerships, corporations, and other
business organizations, with emphasis on the legal results and operations of those
concerned and the liability of members thereof. A study of the legal framework within
which the formal business organization must operate. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

58 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.997 Special Studies in Business Administration (1 to 3 OH. Credit)
A special tutorial arrangement between a student and a faculty member for a guided
reading, research, laboratory, fieldwork, report, or teaching experience. It is for
graduate students who desire to do advanced work or carry out some special
investigation of a problem in business administration not specifically covered else-
where in the curriculum. Students must petition the Committee on Graduate Study
in Business Administration for permission to register in this course. This petition
should include an outline, a brief description of the work planned, and an indication
of the professor to whom the student will be responsible. The professor will submit
to the Graduate Office a letter outlining in some detail the nature of the work that
the student will be doing in the course. The petition will be submitted after the student
has received permission to take the course from a member of the College of Business
Administration faculty. The course carries variable credit, ranging from one to three
quarter hours. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.998 Special Studies in Business Administration (2 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

45.999 Special Studies in Business Administration (3 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

?

48.801 Seminar in Transportation j

The objectives are twofold: 1. to provide a basic understanding of the functions and i
importance of the domestic transportation system, and 2. to develop the student's
ability to analyze government policies related to transportation. The cost, service, j
and pricing characteristics of the several modes of transportation are examined. )
Emphasis is given to the special problems which confront both carriers engaged j
in the various forms of transportation and shippers who rely upon their ser- i
vices. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit. !

48.805 Urban Transportation

This course examines urban transportation from the Federal, state, and local levels.
Emphasis is given to the role of transportation in community development. Federal
programs concerning transit, and current urban transportation problems in the Boston
metropolitan area. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

48.901 Physical Distribution Management

Study of the design and management of physical distribution systems to facilitate
the flow of goods through distribution channels. It covers aspects of plant and
warehouse locations, inventory controls, and selection of transportation carrier. The
course includes the use of case problems in logistics. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis

Managerial economic analysis establishes the economic foundations and framework
for managerial decisions. The course provides an introduction to the principles of
economic analysis, economic institutions, and issues of public policy. It stresses
the interdependency of the economic decisions of the firm with industry structures
and national economic policies. Topics covered include: sources, market decisions
and market structure, employment and growth, and the economic role of governmental
resource allocations. Prep. none.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 59

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I

The basic objective of the Quantitative Analysis course sequence is to acquaint
students with a variety of methodological techniques which enable them to improve:
1. analysis and interpretation of data, 2. communication with staff specialists, and
3. understanding of the problem areas in which quantitative and operations research
methods can aid in the decision-making process. Topics covered are: descriptive
statistics, probability, decision trees, sampling and estimation, and hypothesis
testing. Prep. none.

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II

Concentration on the modern techniques of management science. The emphasis
is on applications, and several cases will be covered which expose the student to
the issues of problem definition, model building, model solution, and implementation
of results. Topics include: regression analysis, linear programming, transportation
algorithm, and simulation. Prep. 49.902.

49.904 Contemporary Problems in IVIanaging Complex Operating Systems

A focus on those planning and control problems which are common to a broad
spectrum of operating systems. Such problems include: demand forecasting, systems
planning, aggregate planning, inventory control, and scheduling. The vehicle used
for studying these problems is the case method. Cases from the following settings
have been scheduled: hospital, factory, banking, police, government, and public utility.
Most cases are quantitative, and the student is required to use the computer. Prep.
45.806, Operations Management II.

49.907 Operations Management Game

The Operations Management Game is a computer game of considerable complexity
focusing on operations problems. Teams are formed to make several decisions
affecting the operation of the firm for the next day: i.e., on hiring-firing, overtime,
machine sequencing, maintenance, and capital expenditures. These decisions are
then submitted to the computer and their consequences are provided as output to
each team. The team reacts by preparing another set of entries to guide the firm's
operation for the next day. During the game models covered in operations research
and the operations management courses are explored to determine their usefulness
as decision aids. Prep. 49.903, 45.806.

49.918 Information Theory and Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a framework for the analysis of com-
munication and information systems in organizations. Aspects of communications
theory are studied as background for building this framework. Through the analysis
of case studies, the adequacy of the analytic framework and its underlying theory
is tested. Topics include development of an analytical framework for viewing informa-
tion systems and communication in organizations. Various aspects of communications
theory are discussed and analyzed. A major objective of the communications and
informations flow in organizations is to tie these events back to the underlying
theory. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.992 Marketing Information Systems

This seminar examines the theoretical concepts, empirical research, and practical
applications of information systems in marketing. A few lectures are given on basic
concepts, individual studies are prepared by the members of the seminar on subsys-

60 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

terns, such as forecasting, sales control, input-output analysis, consumer models,
and the concept of total systems. These studies are followed by oral reports and
group discussions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.932 Introduction to Computer Applications

Several objectives are: introduction to the technology, terminology, and economics
of computer hardware and software; examination of management issues in the
selection, evaluation, and use of computer services; simple programming exercises
using the BASIC language on the time-sharing computer; and a small research topic
report. Students visit a batch-processing computer center, and use remote time-shar-
ing consoles to solve business-oriented exercises. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.933 Computer Applications in Date Processing

Examines management issues in EDP and MIS applications of computers. Topics |
include: information system design, computer service evaluation, selection and j
contracting, organizing and staffing for computer service, and future trends of]
technology, economics, and applications. Case studies and current management '
publications are used. As a project students design an actual information system
and describe the methods and costs for its computer implementation. Prep. 49.932,
41.813, or equivalents.

49.935 Computer Applications in IVIanagement Science I

Discussion of the technical and economic role of computers in applying quantitative!
techniques of management science to planning and operations problems. Reviews
selected techniques, including multiple regression analysis, linear programming,
simulation, and statistical analysis. Discusses practical problems of preparing or
selecting computer programs, gathering data, and implementing results. Students
do programming in BASIC or FORTRAN and use canned programs to solve realistic
problems. Ample time-sharing and batch-computer service is available for the course.
Students design, complete, and report to the class a significant computer application
term project. Prep. 49.902, 49.903, and 49.932, or equivalents.

undergraduate
universities attended
by students

Air Force Academy

Amherst College

Arizona, University of

Assumption College

Bates College

Bentley College

Boston College

Boston University

Bowdoin College

Brandeis University

Bridgeport, University of

Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute

Brown University

Bucknell University

Calcutta, University of (India)

California, University of

Canisius College

Case Institute of Technology

Catholic University of America

Catholic University (Venezuela)

Cincinnati, University of

City College of New York

Colby College

Colgate University

Columbia University

Connecticut, University of

Cornell University

Dartmouth College

Delaware. University of

Denison University

Drake University

Drexel University

Duke University

Fairfield University

Florida. University of

Fordham University

Franklin and Marshall College

Gettysburg College

Hartford University

Harvard University

Hawaii. University of

Hiram College

Hofstra University

Holy Cross College

Houston. University of

illinois. University of

Institute of Science (India)

Ithaca College

Johns Hopkins University

Lafayette College

Lake Forest College

Lehigh University

Lowell Technical Institute

Loyola University

Maine. University of

Maryland, University of

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Massachusetts Maritime Academy

Massachusetts, University of

McGill University (Canada)

McMaster University (Canada)

Merrimack College

Nebraska, University of

New Hampshire, University of

Northeastern University

Notre Dame, University of

Ohio Wesleyan University

Pennsylvania State University

Pennsylvania, University of

Plymouth State College

Providence College

Radcliffe College

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Rhode Island, University of

Rochester Institute of Technology

Rochester, University of

Rutgers, The State University (New Jersey)

St. Anselm's College

St. John University

St. Lawrence University

Simmons College

Smith College

Stanford University

State College at Boston

State University of New York, at Buffalo

State University of New York, at Genesco

State University of New York, at Oneonta

Stonehill College

Suffolk University

Sydenham College (India)

Syracuse University

Tennessee, University of

Texas, University of

Tufts University

United States Merchant Marine Academy

United States Military Academy

United States Naval Academy

Vermont, University of

Villanova University

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

West London College of Commerce (England)

Worcester Polytechnic Institute

Yale University

61

faculty directory

Name

Room

Ammer, Dean S.

213 HA

Anderson, Harley H.

202 HA

Anderson, Thomas C.

305 HA

Briggs, Warren G.

302 HA

Caplan, Robert H.

302 HA

Carter, Clairmont P.

205 HA

Cerullo, Saverio

209 HA

Collazzo, Charles J.

322 HA

Croke, Paul V.

305 HA

Crotty, Philip T.

202 HA

Curran, Joseph R.

213 HA

Dufton, Charles H.

211 HA

Farrar, Robert H.

205 HA

Fiumara, Angelo

204 HA

Fletcher, Harold

209 HA

Godin, Victor B.

204 HA

Golemme, Joseph M.

206 HA

Grossman, Steven

205 HA

Gubellini, Carlo E.

206 HA

Hehre, Robert J.

222 HA

Heklmian, James S.

202 HA

Higgins, Richard B.

304 HA

Hobart, Christine L.

213 HA

Jordan, Johin W.

224 HA

Kaen, Frederick

209 HA

Keith, Lyman A.

204 HA

Lieb, Robert

204 HA

Lindhe, Richard

205 HA

Malchman, Lawrence

205 HA

Marple, Wesley W.

209 HA

Marshall, Edward

213 HA

McCarthy, Daniel J.

302 HA

McDonald, Philip R.

322 HA

Minichiello, Robert J.

322 HA

Moriarty, Mark M.

322 HA

Myers, A. Howard

305 HA

Olive, Russell W.

302 HA

Parsons, Robert A.

302 HA

Priem, Andre P.

305 HA

Richards, Paul C.

205 HA

Rochwarg, Herman

305 HA

Roy, Raymond

205 HA

Rugina, Anghel N.

209 HA

Santos, Richard J.

212 HA

Scioletti, Daniel C.

204 HA

Shore, Barry

304 HA

Slavin, Albert

205 HA

Timmons, Jeffry

213 HA

Verma, Dharmendra T.

322 HA

Walker, Arthur H.

305 HA

Willett, Edward

209 HA

Wiseman, Frederick

322 HA

Extension
437-3252
3230
3257
3255
3255
3240
3248
3260
3257
3230
3252
3260
3240
3236
3248
3236
3244
3240
3244
3248
3230
3255
3252
2714
3248
3236
3236
3240
3240
3248
3252
3255
3260
3260
3260
3257
3255
3255
3257
3240
3257
3240
3248
3272
3236
3255
3240
3252
3260
3257
3248
3260

62

index

Academic Council, 13
Academic Requirements, 28
Address of University, 1
Administration

University, 10

Graduate Division, 14, 15
Application Procedure and

Admission Requirements, 27, 29
Assistantship, 26

B
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings and Facilities, 21
Brockton Campus, 23
Burlington Campus, 22

H

Henderson House, 23

Higher Education Loan Plan, 34

Holidays, 5

Internship, 25

Libraries, 21

Living Accommodations, 22

Loans, 34, 35

M

Map of Campus, 64
Marine Science Institute, 23

Calendar, 64

Campus Description and Location, 21

Map, 64
Changes in Requirements, 29
Class Hours, 30
Classifications, Academic, 29
Colleges, Undergraduate, 19
Committee on Graduate Study in

Business Administration, 17
Committees, General University, 12
Continuing Education, Center for, 20
Continuity of Program, 29
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of, 47
Credits, 30

Transfer, 31
Curriculum, 41
Contents, 3

Degree, Application for, 29
Degree Requirements, 28
Dormitory Proctorships, 34

National Defense Loans, 35
Nashua Campus, 23

Part-time Recommended Program, 27
Programs, types of, 25

Part-Time, 27

Fuli-Time, 25, 27

Refunds, 34
Registration, 31
Regulations, 28
Research Activities, 20
Residence, Academic, 31

Facilities, 22
Required Courses, 41

S

Schools, Graduate and Professional, 19
Student Center, 21
Suburban Facilities, 22

Elective Courses, 42, 43
Executive Council, 12

Time Limits, 31
Transfer Credit, 31
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 33

Faculty, 37
Faculty Directory, 62
Faculty Senate, 13
Fellowships, 34
Financial Information, 33
Full-Time Program, 25
Framingham Campus, 23

Grading System, 30

Graduate and Professional Schools, 19

U

Undergraduate Universities Attended

by Students, 61
University Council, 12
University, Description of, 19
University Graduate Council, 14

W

Waiver Procedure, 31
Warren Center, 23
Withdrawals, 32

63

Oct;

S -c Q- ■;= 5P^ Jr, -o 5

. ^ m ^ M J5 «a: ^ 5r fe ^= c s S _2 ^ ™ ^ ™
:Srooo= 55 2f^3£S°^U= = ro.y

I o o o o uj iZ Li. o 3: x: ^ ^ :^ ^ c£ S Q. q:

U.Lj.LiJO<t3:Ll.LUC3Ll.t3C3Ll-Li.eJCQUJLLji-<^Li-U-Ujn=(

O Q

lortheastern
jniversity

iraduate

iichool >^

Education *%%S"/%_

973-74

%

For Reference

Not to be taken from this room

northeastern
university

Graduate

School

of

Education

1973-74

Northeastern University

102 The Fenway

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (617) 437-2708

CNi

'•:^i

rj

contents

4

Campus Map

5

Academic Calendar

6

University Holidays

7

The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7

The Northeastern University Corporation

9

Board of Trustees

10

Administrative Organization

12

General University Committees

14

Organization of the Graduate Schools

18

The University

20

Buildings and Facilities

23

The Graduate School of Education

23

General Regulations

27

Financial Information

27

Financial Obligations

28

Financial Aid

31

Faculty

33

Programs of the Graduate School of Education

35

Master of Education Degree

38

Teacher Certification Program

38

Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study

40

Fields of Study

40

Professional Specializations

64

Teacher Certification Program

65

Advanced Graduate Study

73

Description of Courses

73

Foundations of Education

65

Curriculum and Instruction

84

Educational Administration

92

Counselor Education

97

Rehabilitation Administration and Special Education

110

Departmental Directory

111

Index

z 1— 00 a: = <£ it: o o _i a: «« oc •a: t
CO CQ o o tJ o o o Lu Lu u. Li_ o ^ i: :

T3 " 3 </l 3: JS

i2 -C Q- •

-2J o o

CO CO O O O I

C -D

E

<CB op E

= cj T3 _2; ^ ai c

~~l-5 c g a> ra ,

= CO j5 cj 2o '^ .

^ <= -o^ ^ g E -' 7 -S o "-

■g 2,-5 a^S^g-Sf 1=1 I |^"§ |^|.e|

00^; 000'— ™^<iJc:c»-HH— ^TO.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Wednesday-Thursday Sept. 5-Sept. 6

Monday-Thursday Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Monday Sept. 24

Monday-Saturday Dec. 10-Dec. 15

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Monday-Saturday

Nov. 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6
Jan. 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 23

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

Mar. 5

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

Classes begin

Monday

April 1

Last day to file commencement

card for spring commencement

Monday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Tuesday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

May 31

Examination period

Tuesday-Monday

June 11-June 17

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 16

Summer Quarter 1974

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement
Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement
Examination period

Monday-Tuesday

Wednesday-Friday

Monday

Monday

June 17-June 18
June 19-June 21
June 24

July 1

Thursday August 1

Wednesday-Saturday July 31-Aug. 3

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Tuesday

Monday

Monday

Monday

Thursday

Monday

October 8
October 22
Nov. 22-Nov. 24
Dec. 17-Jan. 1
February 18
April 15
May 27
July 4
September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
•Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

* Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

* Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
•Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
*Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell

Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
'Honorary Trustee

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
•George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegier
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson ill
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
"Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgl<inson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
James A. Morton
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
=Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
Lawrence H. Martin

Harold A. Mock
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
Chaplin Tyler

Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

'President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

10

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv6 College and

Director of Boston-Bouv^ Graduate Scfiool

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the
Executive Vice President

Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C.-Gartand, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

11

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Marl<, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education

Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Director of Afro-American Institute and
Assistant Dean of Students

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of CriminalJustice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., l^.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

12

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

'Catherine L. Allen

Israel Aluf

Joseph E. Barbeau

Conrad P. Caligaris

Robert L. Cord

Alan Cromer

Flora Descenza

F. Andre Favat

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.

Austin W. Fisher, Jr.

Walter Fogg
*James S. Hekimian

Morris Horowitz

Donald M. Jacobs

Conrad Jankowski
*Juanita Long
'Gilbert G. MacDonald
'Melvin Mark

Edward Marshall

The Faculty Senate

Robert Martin
Philip McDonald
Robert W. Miller
Irene Nichols

*John C. O'Byrne
Benjamin M. Rabinovici
John F. Reinhard
J. Spencer Rochefort

'Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan

'Robert A. Shepard
Joseph J. Senna
Kathryn J. Shaffer
Ruth E. Sullivan
Arthur Walker
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
Delaine Williamson

'Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

13

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS .

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouv6 College Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Assistant Registrar of the Graduate Schools

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, B.S., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1972-1973

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
A. B. Warren, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee of the

Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouvi College and Director of
Boston-Bouv^ College Graduate School

\

14

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

Ernest M. Decicco, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
the Department

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance

Thomas Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Counseling Education

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of h/lanagement

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of l\/lanagement

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Welville B. Nowak, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

15

Robert F. Raffauf , Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Ctiemistry

John F, Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

Jayantilal Satia, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and Chairman of
the Department

Yogenda N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

IHaroid L. Stubbs, Stone Professor of Mathematics

Herbert L. Sussman, Associate Professor of English

Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology and Acting Chairman
of the Department

Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

R. Gregg Wilfong, Professor of Political Science and Chairman of the Department

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouv6 College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

16

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the Scfiool of Law

Philip J. Rusche, Director of tfie Graduate Scliool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Education
1972-1973

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of
tfie Graduate School of Education, Chairman

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Thomas F. Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Education

Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Harold A. Miner, Associate Professor of Education

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

17

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of higiier learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 170 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering program (1971). This educa-
tional method enables students to gain valuable practical experience
as an integral part of their college program and also provides the
means by which they may contribute substantially to the financing of
their education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate level in
engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration, profes-
sional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been devel-
oped to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to offering day
undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering Technology and
Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln College offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor degree programs in
technological areas. All formal courses of study leading to degrees
through part-time programs are approved by the Basic College faculties
concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

18

THE UNIVERSITY / 19

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master of
Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change.
Its programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums,
and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs.
The Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade asso-
ciations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs
dealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of Com-
munity Services, working with governmental agencies and community
organizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in social
problems on both the local and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. IVIany of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hail, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, Physi-
cal and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy. There are addi-
tional subject collections for the Center for Management Development
at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Institute in Nahant.

20

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 2,300 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an
athletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as
administrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Phys-
ical Education Department of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Upperclass Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table.
The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first-come,
first-served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, and in camping admin-
istration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in Ashland, com-
pleted in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and lacrosse fields,
waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp sites, fields and
forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a recreation hall,
library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this Institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers
a major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massa-
chusetts. These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration
Hospital, are conveniently located just off Route 24.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a
major portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hamp-
shire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are
located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts
line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

the graduate school
of education

The Graduate School of Education provides programs leading to the
Master of Education degree for in-service educators who wish to pursue
a specialization and for individuals who wish to pursue the special areas
of study indicated below. A nondegree program for those who wish
certification as elementary or secondary teachers is also offered.

Individuals who possess or are eligible for teaching certificates may
earn the Master of Education degree in the areas of elementary or
secondary school counseling, career education, curriculum and instruc-
tion, elementary and secondary administration, deaf education, emo-
tional disturbance, and mental retardation.

Those individuals who do not possess a teaching certificate may
specialize in the areas of college counseling, community counseling,
cooperative education, rehabilitation counseling, educational research,
human development, instructional technology, occupational education,
rehabilitation administration, speech pathology or audiology, and spe-
cial education community personnel.

Programs of study leading to the Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study in the areas of counseling, educational administration, rehabilita-
tion, and special education are offered to those individuals who pres-
enty hold a master's degree.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate
Council. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is
allowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the
council. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have
been formulated in accordance with this general policy.

Registration

Students must register within the period listed on the school calendar.
Time and place of registration will be announced prior to each period.

23

24 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University
unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the Graduate
School for work taken elsewhere. Students who are in residence and
are using the facilities of the University must register for such work.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:
A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the

course has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been at a satisfactory level.

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is not at the level expected in graduate work.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete

This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work
of the course.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

These two grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se-
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both
the first and second quarters of the sequence.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade upon removal of the defi-
ciency which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies
must be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of
I is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor.
However, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con-
secutive calendar quarters.

Any student who wishes to take a final make-up examination must
obtain permission of the Director of the Graduate School by the second
week of the quarter succeeding that in which the examination was
missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that succeeding
quarter unless circumstances warrant permission of the Director to
defer it to one of the next two quarters.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION / 25

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is
equivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit. The academic
calendar at the front of this bulletin should be consulted in order to
determine the opening and closing dates of each quarter. It should be
noted that most classes meet either in the late afternoon or evening.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a
degree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of
one year must apply for readmission.

Witlidrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Burling-
ton Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class
meeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on
which they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the
instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. See section on
financial information for information on refunds.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi-
cated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes,
and when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to
meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
possible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Application for the Degree

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
before the applicable date listed on the calendar, there is no assurance
that the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all
other requirements have been fulfilled.

Honor Society

Northeastern University has on campus an active chapter of Kappa
Delta Pi, a national honor society in education. Founded in 1911 at the
University of Illinois, it invites individuals to become members "because
of high records and an exhibited professional attitude which would
enable one to grow in the field of education."

Graduate students must be degree candidates in the College of Edu-
cation and have completed a major portion of work with a cumulative
average of at least 3.5 out of 4.0, and have no C grades on their records.

26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Interested candidates may receive further information by writing: Dean
of Education, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115.

Supporting Services

The College of Education operates or coordinates with other agencies
in the operation of certain bureaus, clinics, and offices which support
and enrich the academic programs. Graduate students may find some
of these services to be of interest and assistance while others may be
suggested as sources of information or practical experiences. Among
these services are those discussed in the following paragraphs.

Northeastern University's Speech and Hearing Clinic, located in
133 Forsyth Building, provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for
both University students and school-age community children insofar as
staff and facilities allow. The Clinic is accredited by the Professional
Services Board of the American Speech and Hearing Association.

The Instructional Materials Center (formerly the Curriculum Library),
located in the Kennedy Building (104 The Fenway), contains a variety
of materials and resources relating to a large number of programs and
task areas of elementary and secondary schools. Use of this facility is
limited to staff and students of the College of Education.

The Bureau of Educational Field Services, located in Cushing Hall
(102 The Fenway), provides certain research and development as well
as consultative services to school systems and other educational
agencies on a contractual basis.

Northeastern University's Reading and Learning Clinic, located in
Cushing Hall, provides diagnostic and corrective services in reading
for both University students and school-age community children insofar
as staff and facilities allow.

The New England Rehabilitation Research Institute, located in the
United Realty Building, conducts rehabilitation studies on the problems
of motivation and dependency and publishes reports pertaining to the
area of rehabilitation. A materials resources library in rehabilitation
research is housed in the same building as the Department of Rehabil-
itation and Special Education.

The Center for Educational Development, located in Cushing Hall,
works with community agencies in developing and implementing in-
novative educational programs, particularly in areas which lack sub-
stantial financial resources, both urban and rural-isolated areas.

In addition, the College of Education utilizes the resources, materials,
and facilities of other University-wide bureaus such as the Office of
Educational Resources, an important component of which is the Center
for Programmed Instruction.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
Tuition

Tuition for master's degree candidates, CAGS candidates and special
students is $41 per quarter hour of credit. There is a special tuition
charge of $425 for the following: 50.845-846, Research Internship I & II;
51.805, Student Teaching; 51.873 and 51.875, Reading Clinic I & II;
53.805-806, Counseling Practicum; 53.840-841, Advanced Field Work;
55.850-851, Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed and Seminar;
55.852, Practicum; 55.853-854, Practicum and Seminar, 55.855-856, Stu-
dent Teaching of the Mentally Retarded and Seminar.

There is a special tuition charge of $250 for the following: 50.960,
Practicum; 52.843, Administrative Internship; 55.813, Advanced Clinical
Practice; Counselor Education Interns enrolled in the Boston School
System.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees
at any time.

Fees

An Application Fee of $15 (nonrefundable) is charged all students
when they apply for admission to the Graduate School of Education.
No application papers will be processed until this fee has been received.
Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent to
the Graduate School of Education, 102 The Fenway, Boston, Mass. 02115.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a final
examination make-up fee of $5; a fee of $25 for all degree candidates,
payable before commencement by the applicable date listed on the
academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the student center. The fee for teaching assistants
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on the
Huntington Avenue campus are charged $ .75 a quarter.

27

28 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

All full-time students, including those with assistantships and fellow-
ships, will pay a nonrefundable university health services fee of $75
each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage and
entitle the student to the medical care furnished by the University
health service.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should
be discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund

Official Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition
First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

There is a limited number of means of providing financial aid for
graduate students. Information concerning scholarships and loan pro-
grams is available in the Office of Financial Aid,

Graduate Administrative Assistantships

Some University departments offer the graduate student an oppor-
tunity for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
in assisting with nonteaching, administrative duties. In all cases the
student must register for a half-time academic load.

Tuition Assistantships

These appointments offer tuition waiver only. Graduate students
given this type of appointment are assigned duties in the department
requiring an average of 8 hours per week. They are expected to register
for a full-time academic load.

Teaching Assistantships

Graduate students given this type of appointment assist in the work
of instructional departments or other offices of the University. The ap-
pointee may be assigned to class instruction, laboratory supervision,
correcting papers and proctoring examinations. Including necessary

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 29

preparation time, assigned duties require about 18 to 20 hours per
week.
The student must register for a half-time academic load.

Traineeships

Graduate students given these appointments must devote full-time
to graduate work in accordance with the stipulation of the appointment.
These appointments are made from traineeships available from NASA,
NSF, NDEA, and other government grants to the University. They may
be for 9 to 12 months.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr.
Awards are made as openings occur to qualified minority graduate stu-
dents who show financial need and are accepted to full-time study in the
graduate schools of the University. Stipends will cover tuition and all
fees.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an-
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships are expected
to devote full time to their studies and the duties of the award. They
may not accept outside employment without the consent of their faculty
adviser and the Director of the Graduate School.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Hun-
tington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information and
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-
half the normal academic workload, are accepted as degree candidates,
and who show evidence of financial need.

The federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow while
pursuing a post-baccalaureate degree is $5000.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at
an institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be
extended over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of 3 percent
per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years
while a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

30 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candi-
dates, enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load,
may borrow from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms
and conditions vary from state to state, but a student generally may
borrow up to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per
year) depending on financial need. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is in school if the student is eligible for inter-
est subsidy.

The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship
Service, a Parents' Confidential Statement; or if he has been declared
financially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Con-
fidential Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid
Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
Education Office of your state government. Additional information and
necessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
from the Financial Aid Office.

faculty

Roger Aubrey, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education

Robert E. Bacheider, B.S.Ed., M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Lecturer ir) Education

Ronald E. Baptiste, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education

Joseph E. Barbeau, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

Gloria D. Bernheim, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education

Richard C. Berry, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education

George W. Best, B.S., A.M., Lecturer in Education

Wendell R. Brown, B.A., LL.B., D.S.S., Associate Professor of Education

Nicholas J. Buffone, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education

Robert S. Butters, A.B., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

Russell J. Call, B.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education & Director

of Field Placement
Thomas H. Clark, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Education
Donald Cochran, B.A., M.A.T., Lecturer in Education
Gregory C. Coffin, A.B., Ed.M., Ph.D., Professor of Education
Melvin E. Cohen, B.S., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., D.Ed., Lecturer in Education
David R. Cook, B.S.Ed., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Cfiairman,

Department of Counselor Education
Hugh J. Crossland, B.B.A., M.B.A., J.D., LL.M., Lecturer in Education
Gerald E. Cubelli, B.A., M.S., Lecturer in Education

Thomas E. Cyrs, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education and

Director of Division of Instructional
Systems Development
Gregory C. Coffin, A.B., Ed.M., Ph.D., Professor of Education
Melvin E. Cohen, B.S., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., D.Ed., Lecturer in Education
David R. Cook, B.S.Ed., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Cfiairman,

Department of Counselor Education
Hugh J. Crossland, B.B.A., M.B.A., J.D., LL.M., Lecturer in Education
Gerald E. Cubelli, B.A., M.S., Lecturer in Education

Thomas E. Cyrs, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education and

Director of Division of Instructional
Systems Development
Richard L. Dill, B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Lecturer in Education
Irvin Doress, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

E. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A., Professor of Education

F. Andre Favat, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Robert J. Ferullo, B.S.B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Professor of Special Education and

Director of Speecti and Hearing Center
William G. Freeman, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.S., Lecturer in Education
Dorothy H. Galo, A.B., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Mina B. Ghattas, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education and

Director of Division of Instructional hAedia
Systems
George J. Goldin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Special Education and Director

of Refiabilitation Researcti Institute
Bonnie Greenberg, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Education
E. Vaughn Gulo, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Lane W. Gunnoe, B.A., Lecturer in Education
Charles F. Haley, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Education
Thomas F. Harrington, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Robert W. Hayes, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education
Thomas F. Henstock, B.A., M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
John D. Herzog, B.A., M.A.T., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education and

Cfiairman, Department of Foundations
of Education
Clinton T. Hilliard, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education

31

32 / FACULTY

Fred Hinman, M.D., Lecturer in Education

Melvin Howards, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Education and Chairman,

Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Maurice Kaufman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Alvin Kent, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education and Director of Office

of Educational Resources
Daniel C. Kielson, Ed.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education
Blanche Korngold, A.B., Ed.M., C.A.S., Assistant Professor of Education
Albert Kovner, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Louise LaFontaine, A.B., M.A., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Special Education
Mary J. Lee, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Professor of Education
Marcus Lieberman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education
Jerry E. Long, B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Education

Matthew H. Luzzi, B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

and Acting Cfiairman, Department
of Rehabilitation and Special
Education
Mervin D. Lynch, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
John Maguire, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education
Bruce A. Maloof, B.A., M.S.W., Lecturer in Education
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Education
Robert C. McLean, A.B., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Joseph Meier, Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Harold A. Miner, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Kenneth K. Nakano, A.B., M.D., Lecturer in Education
Irene A. Nichols, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Hjordis G. Ohberg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Special Education
Barbara F. Okun, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Arthur J. O'Shea, B.A., M.A., Ed.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education
David W. Parfitt, B.S., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Sandra M. Parker, B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Guy A. Petralia, A.B., A.M., Ed.M., Lecturer in Education
Katherine M. Pigott, B.S.Ed., O.T.R., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., Lecturer in Education
William G. Quill, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Robert W. Read, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Robert B. Redden, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Special Education
Charles F. Pitch, Jr., A.B., A.M., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Chairman,

Department of Educational Administration
Kristine M. Rosenthal, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Stephan B. Ross, B.A., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Philip J. Rusche, A.B., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education and

Director of the Graduate School

of Education
Thomas Francis Ryan, Jr., B.A., M.S.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Ray F. Saari, B.A., M.DIv., M.S.W., Lecturer in Education
Judith D. Samuels, B.Ed., M.A., Lecturer in Education
Harold F. Schuknecht, S.B., M.D., Lecturer in Education
David S. Shapiro, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Iris Siegel, B.S., M.A., Instructor in Special Education
Robert W. Sparks, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Education
Marylin Spiegel, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education
Harriet Stanton, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education
Lois E. Stryker, B.A., M.P.A., Lecturer in Education
Paul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Benjamin Tessler, LL.B., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Gerald A Tuttle, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology

and Audiology
Newton K. Von Sander, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education
Martin J. Wheeler, A.B., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education

James W. Wilson, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Research Profesor, Cooperative Education
Wesley G. Woll, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Education
Alvin D. Zaiinger, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Education

programs of the graduate
school of education

MASTER OF EDUCATION

Professional Specializations

School Counseling Programs

Elementary School Counseling

Secondary School Counseling

Career Education Specialist
College Counseling Programs

College Counseling and Student Personnel

Cooperative Education Coordinator
Community and Rehabilitation Counseling and Psychology

Rehabilitation Counseling

Community Mental Health Counseling

Community Services Counseling
Curriculum and Instruction

English-Language Arts

Reading

Science-Mathematics

Social Studies
Educational Administration

Elementary and Secondary Administration

Instructional Technology

Occupational Education
Educational Research
Human Development
Rehabilitation Administration
Special Education

Audiology

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities

Special Education Community Personnel

Speech Pathology and

Teaching the Deaf (not offered 1973-74)

33

34 / PROGRAMS

Nondegree Program for Certification
of Elementary and Secondary Teachers

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY (CAGS)

Counselor Education

Pupil Personnel Services Administration

Counseling and Community Psychology

Rehabilitation Counseling
Educational Administration

Cooperative Education

Educational Administration

Higher Education

Instructional Technology
Rehabilitation and Special Education

PROGRAMS / 35
MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE

Admission to Degree Candidacy

An applicant must have earned a bachelor's degree from an accred-
ited institution and must complete all admissions procedures as
described.

An applicant for graduate study in a master's degree program or a
CAGS program (other than Counselor Education) should have on file
in the office of the Graduate School of Education three weeks (two
months for full-time) prior to the beginning of classes in any given
quarter:

1. Two completed application forms.

2. Two official transcripts from all colleges or universities at-
tended.

3. References as follows:

a. If no teaching experience, three letters of recommenda-
tion from individuals acquainted with the applicant's
scholastic, professional, or intellectual ability.

b. If teaching experience (beyond student teaching), one
reference from the current or most recent supervisor.

4. An official copy of the Miller Analogies Test score (MAT).

5. For CAGS applicants, a record of an interview with the chair-
man of the department to which they are applying.

6. For applicants whose native language is not English, an
official copy of the results of the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL).

The Graduate School of Education may require a preadmission con-
ference with any applicant. Applicants may at any time request a confer-
ence with the Director of the Graduate School of Education or his
designate.

Application Fee

All applications for admission must be accompanied by an application
fee (nonrefundable) of $15. No application will be processed until the
fee has been received by the Graduate School of Education. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent to the
Graduate School of Education, 102 The Fenway.

Confirmation

Applicants must confirm their acceptance to a program within the
designated period of time. If confirmations are not received, places in
the program will be offered to other applicants.

36 / PROGRAMS

Full-time Study

A full-time student must take three courses in all quarters except the
summer session, during which he must take a minimum of two courses.
Enrollment in an additional course in any quarter must be approved by
the adviser.

Part-time Study

A part-time student may enroll in a maximum of two courses in any
given quarter.

Program Selection and Registration

Upon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student will be assigned
an adviser in his major area of study. After notification of acceptance
by the Graduate School of Education, the student must confer with the
adviser regarding his program of studies and initial course registration.
The student's initial program and any subsequent changes may develop
only as a result of the written recommendation of the adviser.

Initial registration will be allowed only upon presentation of a "Per-
mit to Register" card.

Special Student Status

Applicants who have earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution and who acknowledge that they do not wish to pursue a de-
gree may be accepted as special students. Special students may reg-
ister for a maximum of three courses, one per quarter, provided that
they submit an application form, accompanied by an application fee
of $15, and an official transcript, three weeks prior to the beginning of
classes. Academic credit earned in such study may not be used to fulfill
degree requirements in the Graduate School of Education unless the
applicant is accepted as a degree candidate and the courses are appli-
cable to his program. Special students may be considered for degree
candidacy only upon full presentation of application materials and a
formal petition to the Director of the Graduate School of Education.

Academic Classification

1. Regular Applicants who meet in full the criteria for immediate

matriculation are classified as regular students.

2. Provisional Some applicants who do not meet regular admissions

standards may be admitted as provisional students.
Such students must maintain a B average in their
first twelve quarter hours of work in order to con-
tinue in the graduate program. Provisional students
admitted for part-time study may take only one
course in their first quarter of study.

3. Special See above.

PROGRAMS / 37

Programs of Study

The curricula of the programs for the Master of Education degree are
given on pages 41-64.

Programs are available for students with or without regular teaching
certification. Those with certification may major in the professional
specializations listed on page 40.

Students without certification must pursue a Master of Education
degree program for which certification is not mandatory (as indicated
on page 40).

A nondegree certification program for elementary and secondary
teachers is available as described on pages 64 and 65.

Comprehensive Examination

A comprehensive examination may be required by a department. Un-
satisfactory performance in such an examination constitutes grounds
for withholding the degree.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the Master's Degree in Education, an average
grade of B must be obtained in all courses. No additional course credits
may be allowed in order to satisfy the B average required for the degree.

No student who receives a grade of less than B in three or more
courses will be permitted to continue in the program. A student who has
accumulated two grades of C from the same faculty member may not
register for a third course with this faculty member.

A student who receives a grade of F in a course must make up the
course in accordance with the recommendation of his adviser. A stu-
dent who receives a grade of F in two courses will not be permitted to
continue in the program.

Credit and Course Requirements

In satisfying the requirement for a minimum of 40 quarter hours, a
student's program must include at least 12 courses which apply to the
degree.

Transfer Credits

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institu-
tion may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that the
credits are recommended for transfer by the student's adviser, consist
of work taken at the graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of
A or B, have been earned at an accredited institution, and have not been
used toward any other degree. Students should petition the Director
of the Graduate School in writing for all transfer credit by completing
the necessary form, obtainable from either the office of the Graduate
School of Education or the faculty adviser. The completed form must be

38 / PROGRAMS

submitted to the Director of the Graduate School of Education along
with an official transcript and an excerpt from the catalog describing
the course. No transfer form will be considered complete without the
signature of the student's adviser or department chairman. Grades on
transfer credits may not be used for the purpose of obtaining the
academic average necessary for completion of the degree requirements.

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

NONDEGREE PROGRAIM FOR CERTIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY TEACHERS

Admission

Applicants for this program must follow the admissions procedures
as described on page 35 and meet the admissions requirements for
the Master of Education degree. In addition, applicants must have had
a course in either child or adolescent psychology (or take such a course
as a fourth course requirement in the Graduate School of Education).
Candidates for secondary certification must have completed, before
admission, at least 36 quarter hours of courses in the field In which they
are preparing to teach, with a QPA for all courses taken in that field of
at least 2.000.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for Student Teaching, students must have com-
pleted the three required courses with a B average, and be recom-
mended by their major adviser.

A student may repeat a course in which he has received a grade of C
or F, and the second grade will govern. However, only one course may
be repeated on this basis.

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY
(CAGS) PROGRAM
Admission

An applicant for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study in
Counselor Education, Educational Administration, and Rehabilitation
and Special Education must hold a master's degree from an accredited
institution and file supportive materials in accordance with guidelines
which will be provided upon request. Inquiry, specifying the program for
which information is sought, should be addressed to the Director of the
Graduate School of Education.

Counselor Education CAGS students are accepted once a year, be-
tween April 1 and November 1. All application materials must be com-

PROGRAMS / 39

pleted by September 15, or the candidate's application will automatically
be forwarded for inclusion in the next action period. Within this period
candidates will be informed of their admission status as soon as possible
after all application credentials are completed, but no later than the start
of the registration period for the next quarter.

Applicants for CAGS programs in areas other than Counselor Educa-
tion must have application materials on file in the office of the Graduate
School of Education three weeks (two months for full-time) prior to the
beginning of classes in any given quarter.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study,
an average grade of B must be obtained in all courses. No additional
course credits may be allowed in order to satisfy the B average required
for the certificate.

No student who receives a grade of less than B in three or more
courses will be permitted to continue in the program. A student who has
accumulated two grades of C from the same faculty member may not
register for a third course with this faculty member.

A student who receives a grade of F in a course must make up the
course in accordance with the recommendation of his adviser. A student
who receives a grade of F in two courses will not be permitted to con-
tinue in the program.

Transfer Credits

See requirements under master's degree on preceding pages.

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

Qualifying and Comprehensive Examinations

Students may be required to take a qualifying examination. All stu-
dents are required to satisfactorily complete a comprehensive examina-
tion in order to qualify for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

fields of study

PROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS

Master of Education

Applicants who possess a valid teaching certificate or who are eligible
for such certificate at the time the program is begun, may be admitted
to study for the Master of Education degree and specialize in one of
the following areas:

Page ,

Counselor Education 42 j

Elementary School Counseling 43 1

Secondary School Counseling 44 j

Career Education Specialist 45 ;

*College Counseling and Student Personnel 46 jl

'Cooperative Education Coordinator 46 jl

•Rehabilitation Counseling 47 \

•Community Mental Health Counseling 48 |(

•Community Services Counseling 49 j!^

Curriculum and Instruction (including Reading) 50 j:

•Educational Administration 53 f

Elementary and Secondary Administration 53 fi

Instructional Technology 54 j

Occupational Education 54 jj

•Educational Research 55

•Human Development 56

•Rehabilitation Administration 57

Special Education 57

•Speech Pathology 58

•Audiology 59

Teaching the Deaf (not offered 1973-74) 60

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities 62

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities 62 1

•Special Education Community Personnel 63

•Teaching certification not mandatory.

40

FIELDS OF STUDY / 41

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined below.
In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very flexible. Any vari-
ations or changes must have the prior recommendation of the major
adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School of
Education.

MASTER OF EDUCATION
CORE REQUIREMENT

Required of all candidates:

Area I — Research
50.815 Research Design in Education

Entrance into this course must be preceded by satisfac-
tory completion of a proficiency examination in statistics
administered by the Center for Programmed Instruction or
by satisfactory completion of 50.841 Introduction to Edu-
cational Statistics. Important: 50.815 must be included
among the first six courses taken by each student.

All candidates must complete at least one course in each of two of the
following areas:

Area II — Psychological Foundations

50.803 Child Psychology

50.804 Adolescent Psychology

These two courses are intended for students with no pre-
vious background in psychology.

50.806 Psychology of Learning

50.810 Psychology of Personality

50.81 1 Psychology of Cognition

It is strongly recommended that entrance into any of these
courses be preceded by a course in psychology.

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

Entrance into this course must be preceded by a course in
child psychology or human development.

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

Entrance into this course must be preceded by a course in
adolescent psychology or human development.

50.850 Communications Theory

42 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Area III — Social Foundations

50.801 Educational Anthropology

50.802 Sociology of Education

These two courses are intended for students with no pre-
vious background in sociology and anthropology.

50.805 Personality and Social Structure

It is strongly recommended that entrance into this course
be preceded by a course in sociology, cultural anthropol-
ogy, or social psychology.

50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education

Area IV — Humanistic Foundations

50.81 2 History of Education

50.81 3 Philosophy of Education
50.818 Comparative Education

PROGRAMS
Counselor Education

General Information

The Department of Counselor Education offers eight distinct pro-
grams within three major program clusters: School Counseling, College
Counseling, and Community and Rehabilitation Counseling and Psy-
chology. Each of the programs in these clusters is described on the
following pages. Prospective students must apply to either a cluster
or a specific program. Final admission will be to a specific program
within a cluster.

The master's degree requirements can be completed by full-time
students in four quarters or one calendar year. However, the Depart-
ment considers these programs to be minimal and urges most students
to take an additional year of study leading to the C.A.G.S.

Part-time students entering any of the programs should be aware that
the practicum sequence (53.805-53.806), including the concurrently re-
quired counseling course (53.804), is only offered on a sequential basis
beginning in the fall quarter. Part-time students may not begin this
sequence until their second year of study. Applications must be made
and approved in advance for the practicum.

Full-time students in Counselor Education Programs will be accepted
once a year between April 1 and July 15, with a deadline of July 1 for
completion of all admissions requirements. Early application is encour-
aged since there is limited enrollment and all spaces may be taken
before the July 1 deadline for filing application materials. Part-time
students will be admitted between April 1 and November 1, with the
deadline for completing admissions requirements September 15.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 43

Financial Aid — Internships

No financial aid in the form of scholarships or grants is available to
students through the Department. Students should consult the Financial
Aid Office of the University for information as to what is available to
graduate students. However, the Department does try to develop paid
internships in various work settings as both a means to ease the finan-
cial burden and to provide a more extensive work experience. The
numbers of internships are limited, and they are not necessarily avail-
able in all programs. Their availability is entirely dependent on the in-
terest and ability of schools or agencies to make money available for
an internship position.

The opportunity for professional development makes the internship
especially attractive, and any interested student is encouraged to apply.
No placements can be guaranteed, however. Applications for intern-
ships and additional information are available from the Department of
Counselor Education.

Core Curriculum Requirements

In addition to three Foundations of Education core requirements de-
scribed on pages 41 and 42, all programs in the Department have a com-
mon core of required courses as follows:

53.800 Foundations of Guidance and Human Services

53.801 Tests and Test Procedures
53.804 Counseling Theory and Process
53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum

The Counseling Practicum is always specific to the particular program
to which the student has been admitted. These core requirements con-
stitute eight of the twelve courses required for the master's degree. The
program descriptions that follow will specify the remaining four required
and elective courses and identify recommended Foundations of Educa-
tion core requirements.

School Counseling Programs*

Elementary School Counseling
The Elementary School Counseling Program prepares students to:
1) help children to grow in self-understanding and in positive fuller use
of potential; 2) help parents to understand the developmental needs of

* Massachusetts certification requirements for guidance counselors will change
in 1975 to make it possible for students without teaching certificates to become
certified through our program as guidance counselors. Pending this change
students in these programs should be eligible for or possess a valid teaching
certificate.

44 / FIELDS OF STUDY

all pupils and work with parents to meet the individual needs of their
own children in the school situation; 3) participate in creating a school
environment conducive to learning and growth for all children; and 4)
participate in curriculum development and change. The training focuses
on developing competencies in individual counseling, group counseling,
consulting, testing, and parent counseling. Students are prepared to
work with children, parents, and teachers in schools and related settings.

Recommended Core Courses
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
50.808 Seminar in Child Development

Department Requirements

53.810 Personal and Vocational Development in

Elementary Schools
53.813 School Counseling Strategies
53.824 Individual Intelligence Testing

Elective chosen from

53.808 Group Counseling

53.81 1 Family and Parent Counseling
55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.880, Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Physical,
55.881 Mental, and Emotional Disturbances

Elementary Counseling Practicum placements are made in a variety
of urban and suburban elementary schools and in child guidance clinics.

Secondary School Counseling

It is the assumption of this program that there are things which the
school counselor can do to make the school a better place in which to
learn and to teach. Various ways in which the guidance person can work
with pupils, parents, teachers, administrators, and community agencies
as a counselor, as a consultant, and as a coordinator are emphasized.
The focus of the program is on the practical background knowledge
and the specific skills the counselor needs for helping students to learn
more effectively, to make decisions more maturely, and to achieve per-
sonal fulfillment more completely.

Recommended Core Courses
50.802 Sociology of Education

or
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

Department Requirements

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

FIELDS OF STUDY / 45

53.808 Group Counseling

53.813 School Counseling Strategies

Elective chosen from
53.807 Administration of Guidance Services
53.81 1 Family and Parent Counseling
55.807 Learning Disabilities

Secondary Counseling practicum placements are made in a variety of
urban and suburban secondary schools and school outreach programs.

Career Education Specialist

This program is designed to prepare students for a variety of coun-
selor-type roles within the career education orientation. These newly
emerging roles within the broad field of career education encompass
three specific dimensions of training: 1) the organization and utilization
of career information as a resource, 2) the development of job place-
ment— job counseling skills, and 3) the innovation of appropriate cur-
riculum practices and revisions. The program is designed so that at the
practicum phase of their training students can be placed in field settings
where they can obtain actual experience in all three of these dimen-
sions of career education. This program is intended for students who
have experience and/or an interest in working with school age youth —
grades kindergarten to twelve — in the area of career development and
work placement.

Recommended Core Courses
50.802 Sociology of Education

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

Department Requirements
53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies
52.816 Seminar in Career Education

Elective chosen from
51.900 Cooperative Education in America
52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development

and Supervision
53.807 Administration of Guidance Services
50.965 Occupational Placement

Career Education Specialist Practicum placements will be made in
both comprehensive and vocational-technical schools where there is an
emphasis on career education and/or work-study type programs. Insofar
as possible placements will provide an opportunity for working on a
K-12basis.

46 / FIELDS OF STUDY
College Counseling Programs

College Counseling and Student Personnel

This program provides the student with two basic options for future
work in higher education. The preparation for both options is common
and based on the assumption that the student personnel worker must
have the human relations skills of the counselor, and the counselor
must have an understanding of both the learning development needs of
students and the instructional environment of the college setting. Grad-
uates will have a basic knowledge of vocational development and career
planning, information-gathering, interviewing techniques, decision-
making strategies, and group process. Students may then choose to
emphasize the counseling role in the counseling center or the student
personnel role which is more programmatic within the institution.
Practicum placements can be varied to suit individual interests. Posi-
tions for graduates may include counseling in junior colleges or resi-
dence halls; counseling in financial aid, student activities, or admissions
offices; or that of assistant to a dean of students.

Recommended Core Courses
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
50.810 Psychology of Personality

Department Requirements
53.809 The College Student and His Campus
53.808 Group Counseling
53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

or
53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

Elective chosen from

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information
53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work

College Counseling and Student Personnel Practicum placements are
made in a variety of junior college, college, and university settings in
the Greater Boston area. In addition to counseling center placements,
there are placements in residence halls, financial aids offices, and other
student personnel program offices. Placements are also made in such
higher education related settings as the Center for Alternative Educa-
tion, a personal development program.

Cooperative Education Coordinator

The rapid expansion of cooperative education programs in higher
education throughout the United States has increased the need for

FIELDS OF STUDY / 47

trained persons to staff the centers that coordinate and operate these
programs. Northeastern University is the largest cooperative education
institution in the world and as such, can provide an excellent oppor-
tunity for the student interested in this aspect of higher education. At
the master's level the preparation emphasizes a counseling base be-
cause the coordinator's prime role involves student contact. The three
major elements in the coordinator's role are 1) vocational decision-
making counseling, 2) work placement and work evaluation, and 3) cur-
riculum development within the institution. The coordinative function
involves providing links between the student and his educational pro-
gram and the employer and his work setting. These two elements are
combined to produce a total educational experience for the student.
Preparation beyond the master's degree can lead to careers in either
student personnel, counseling, higher education administration, or
cooperative education administration.

Recommended Core Courses
50.802 Sociology of Education
50.806 Psychology of Learning

Department Requirements
53.809 The College Student and His Campus
53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies
52.824 Administration of Cooperative Education

Elective chosen from
53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information
51.900 Cooperative Education in America
53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work

Cooperative Education Coordinator placements will be made in the
Division of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University, and in other
colleges and junior colleges in the area that have or are developing
cooperative education programs.

Community and Rehabilitation Counseling and Psychology

Rehabilitation Counseling

This program is designed to prepare students to deliver comprehen-
sive services to disabled and handicapped populations with the ultimate
objective of improving the nature of their social, family, and personal
functioning. The population to be served includes the physically handi-
capped, mentally ill, mentally retarded, alcohol and drug addicted, chron-
ically dependent, and penal offenders. Graduates of this program will
be generally familiar with the nature of physical, mental, and social
handicaps; with the existing rehabilitative services through work ex-

48 / FIELDS OF STUDY

periences, field visits, reading, and discussions with agency personnel;
with the elements of rehabilitation operations, including systematic
evaluation, individual counseling, planning for additional needed ex-
aminations and services, planning for training, vocational planning and
placement, and follow-up services in the community.

Recommended Core Courses
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

50.810 Psychology of Personality
or

50.807 Abnormal Psychology (with approval of Chairman of
Department of Foundations of Education)
Department Requirements

53.815 Psycho-Social Counseling Strategies

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation

Elective chosen from

53.811 Family and Parent Counseling
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation
50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I
50.965 Occupational Placement

55.833 Mental Health

Rehabilitation Counseling practicum placements are made in com-
munity workshops for the physically handicapped, mentally ill, mentally
retarded; workshops and half-way houses for drug addicts, alcoholics,
and penal offenders; rehabilitation centers in mental hospitals, schools
for mentally retarded, and correctional institutions; rehabilitation pro-
grams for dependent persons in the welfare department and in the
Division of Employment Security; and rehabilitation programs and de-
partments in community mental health centers.

Community Mental Health Counseling

This program is designed to prepare students to assist in the delivery
of comprehensive mental health and allied counseling services to in-
dividuals, families, and groups experiencing personal, career, and so-
cial problems. Graduates will be introduced to the major approaches
to individual, group, marriage, and family counseling. They will have
some knowledge of important environmental effects on the behavior of
various client populations. Because of the comprehensive nature of the
community mental health field, students seeking admission to this pro-
gram should give serious consideration to a two-year commitment or
its equivalent leading to the completion of a Certificate of Advanced
Graduate Study.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 49

Recommended Core Courses
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

50.810 Psychology of Personality
or

50.807 Abnormal Psychology (with approval of Chairman of

Department of Foundations of Education)

Department Requirements

53.808 Group Counseling

53.811 Family and Parent Counseling
53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

Elective chosen from
50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology
50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

19.178 Physiological Basis of Psychology I

19.179 Physiological Basis of Psychology II

Community Mental Health Counseling practicum placements are
made in out-patient clinics, in-patient facilities, community mental
health centers, city hospitals having family counseling services, state
mental hospitals, drop-in centers, career planning agencies, adolescent
counseling programs, street-work and out-reach counseling programs.

MGH/ELMHC Option

An option within the above program, requiring two years for comple-
tion, is offered in cooperation with the Massachusetts General Hospital
Eric Lindemann Mental Health Center. Applicants for this program
should specify this preference on their application materials (MGH/
ELMHC Option). At the same time the applicant should request a sep-
arate set of application materials from Dr. Sherry Autor, Bullfinch
Center, Massachusetts General Hospital. This option provides for an
extensive practicum over the two year period. Certain of the above
courses listed as electives will be required for students in this option.
Further information may be obtained from Dr. Autor.

Community Services Counseling

This program is designed to prepare students to work in a variety of
human services agencies providing adjustment, informational, suppor-
tive, and recreational services for broad segments of the population
regarded as behaving normally. Much of the work could be categorized
as preventive community mental health. Graduates will have a basic
knowledge of vocational development and career planning, information-
gathering. Interviewing techniques, and decision-making strategies.
They will have a knowledge of psychometrlcs, adolescent and aduit

I

50 / FIELDS OF STUDY

personality development, procedures in educational and vocational
placement, and the utilization of multiple helping agencies in meeting
clients' needs. They will have skills in individual and small group
counseling.

Recommended Core Courses

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Department Requirements
53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information
53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

Electives chosen from

50.810 Psychology of Personality
50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation
53.808 Group Counseling

Community Services Counseling Practicum placements will include
state offices of the Division of Employment Security, Manpower Train-
ing Programs, Model Cities Programs, YMCA, YWCA, Boys' Clubs,
Girls' Clubs, recreational facilities, community centers, drop-in centers,
Youth Activities Commission, and career planning agencies.

Curriculum and Instruction (Including Programs in Reading)

The programs in Curriculum and Instruction are appropriate for certi-
fied or experienced teachers who wish to prepare for instructional
leadership and curriculum development responsibilities, who wish to
enlarge their professional backgrounds in subject matter or pedagogy,
or who wish to achieve reading certification.

This program will enable its graduates:

(1) to view the educational process as an ongoing activity embodying
both continuity in each of its parts and inter-relatedness among
its parts;

(2) to plan and institute learning activities which promote continuity
and inter-relatedness;

(3) to evaluate and modify appropriately existing programs and prac-
tices in their special fields;

(4) to identify educational needs, analyze them, and develop suitable
plans to meet them;

(5) to institute desired changes in educational practice.

The following roles are seen as some of those for which graduates of
the program will be prepared:

I

FIELDS OF STUDY / 51

(1) specialist in a particular content area, such as reading, mathe-
matics, science, social studies, English-language arts, at one or
more levels — elementary, secondary, or adult education;

(2) curriculum specialist in a variety of educational settings;

(3) instructional specialist such as team leader, conductor of work-
shops, master teacher, and so forth, in a school or other educa-
tional setting.

The Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction is divided into
four basic areas of study:

1. Master of Education Core

2. Curriculum and Instruction Core

The Curriculum and Instruction Core consists of two sequential
courses which individually and together emphasize a unitary view
of the processes of curriculum development and instructional prac-
tices at all levels of education and in all school subjects. The Cur-
riculum and Instruction Core is taught jointly by members of the
Department, and students have the unique opportunity of studying
with a wide range of faculty, each contributing his individual ex-
pertise and perspective within the context of the common purpose.

3. Specialization

A specialization consists of a number of courses constructed
around a broad area through which students can pursue their spe-
cific interests while at the same time keeping sight of larger con-
texts. The courses are taught jointly by members of the Depart-
ment of Curriculum and Instruction, grouped according to the
commonalities among their subjects, thus giving students the op-
portunity to work within a context which, while recognizing the dis-
creteness of a subject, at the same time encourages recognition
of what this subject shares with its fellows in its area.

Students will normally select one area of specialization from those
listed below, depending upon their background and interests.
Students whose interests lie outside the above areas will be per-
mitted to design, with their advisers, a program to meet their
needs. Students seeking reading certification will fulfill the state
requirements by completing the courses in the Reading specializa-
tion.

4. Electives

The elective portion of the Curriculum and Instruction Program will
enaole students to pursue other areas of interest which will com-
plement or extend their area of specialization. Electives can be
selected broadly from the offerings of the Graduate Division of the
University.

52 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Specimen Programs

Master of Education Core
Three courses as defined on pages 41 and 42.

Curriculum and Instruction Core

51.880 Evolution and Revolution in the School Curriculum

51.881 The Dynamics of Innovation in Curriculum and Instruction

Specializations
Science-Mathematics

51 .837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

51.839 Implementing Change in Science and Mathematics Edu-

cation
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)
or

Social Studies
51.851 Seminar in Current Issues in the Social Studies

51.853 History and the Social Sciences in the School Curricu-

lum

51.854 Social Science Materials Seminar
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)

or

English-Language Arts

51 .870 Developmental Reading and Writing

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

51 .872 Literature and Materials Seminar
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)

or

Reading

51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

51 .872 Literature and Materials Seminar

51.873 Reading Clinic I

51.874 Reading and Language Disabilities II

51.875 Reading Clinic II

Elective (one to be approved by adviser)
or

General Academic

51 .870 Developmental Reading and Writing

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics Edu-
cation

FIELDS OF STUDY / 53

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

51 .853 History and the Social Sciences in the School Curriculum

51 .854 Social Science Materials Seminar

Elective (one to be approved by adviser)
or

Other Purposes

A student who wishes to specialize in curriculum and instruction
in a field not included in those listed above should make an ap-
pointment with an adviser for this program who will help him
develop an appropriate course of study by drawing on courses
offered throughout the Graduate Division of the University.

Each candidate's program must be approved by his faculty adviser
before he begins his course of study. A student admitted to special
student status who feels he may eventually wish to be admitted to
degree candidacy must consult with an appropriate faculty adviser
before he enrolls in any course.

Educational Administration

In the field of educational administration, three distinct programs are
provided at the master's degree level. These programs are in the areas
of elementary and secondary school administration, instructional tech-
nology, and occupational education.

Elementary and Secondary Administration
This program is designed to prepare the student for initial entry into
the field of educational administration, preparing him for such beginning
positions as assistant principal, principal of a small school, department
chairman, special program director, or beginning administrator in allied
fields as well as to serve as a foundation for further graduate study. A
typical program is as follows:

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 41 and 42.

Educational Administration Requirements

52.810 Leadership in Education: Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education: Part II

Departmental Program of Study

52.812 Overview of Administrative Tasks

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and

Supervision

52.805 Simulated Problems: Secondary School Administration
or

52.814 Simulated Problems: Elementary School Administration

52.806 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration I

I

54 / FIELDS OF STUDY

52.807 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration II

52.808 Seminar in Educational Administration
Elective (to be approved by adviser)

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examina-
tion is given to each student.

Instructional Technology

In recent years considerable growth and expansion has taken place
in the area of technology for instructional purposes. With this thought
in mind, the master's degree in this field has been created. It is aimed
at formally preparing students to serve effectively as directors of such
programs in schools, colleges, government, and industrial settings. Stu-
dents completing this program are certifiable as audiovisual media
specialists in the public schools.

Atypical program:

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 41 and 42.

Educational Administration Required Courses (4)

52.810 Leadership in Education: Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education: Part II

52.81 2 An Overview of Administrative Tasks

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and

Supervision

Instructional Technology Required Courses (5)

52.822 Foundations of Instructional Communications and Tech-

nology

52.823 Principles of Instructional Systems Development

52.817 Design, Production, and Utilization of Instructional Ma-

terials

52.818 Developing Curriculum Learning Packages
52.821 Administration of Instructional Media Programs

Those seeking certification as Audiovisual Media Specialists must
also enroll in 52.847 Cataloguing and Classification of Instructional
Materials.

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examina-
tion is given to each student.

Occupational Education

This program of study is designed to equip prospective administrators
and supervisors of occupational education with understandings, skills,

I

FIELDS OF STUDY / 55

and technical competencies which will enable them to assume and
perform leadership functions in such positions as coordinators, super-
visors, or directors of occupational education in regular or compre-
hensive secondary schools, specialized vocational schools, community
colleges, or at the state level. Satisfactory completion of an oral con-
ference and a written comprehensive examination is also a requirement
of this program.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as outlined on pages 41 and 42.

Educational Administration Requirements (4)

52.810 Leadership in Education Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education Part II

52.812 Overview of Administrative Tasks

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and

Supervision

Departmental Program of Studies in Occupational Education (5)

52.806 Directed Field Experiences I

52.807 Directed Field Experiences II

52.815 Simulated Problems: Administration of Occupational

Education

52.816 Seminar in Career Education

52.843 Internship — other appropriate occupational electives from
the Graduate School of Education.

Educational Research

This program is designed to train educational researchers who will
have: 1) an understanding of the nature and characteristics of research
as it is carried on in educational research agencies; 2) a basic knowl-
edge of research methodology and related theory that will enable them
to assist at all stages of educational research; and 3) the technical skill
to carry out independently the operational aspect of educational re-
search.

The objectives stated above and the related competences are
achieved through an integrated program of study. This program may be
taken on a full- or part-time basis, and study may begin in any quarter.
A full-time student will normally complete degree requirements in one
academic or calendar year (three or four quarters). The culminating
component of the program is the planning, executing, and writing up of
research for a thesis, intended as a small-scale but original investigation
into a significant educational problem. The thesis may be presented in
one of several formats selected jointly by the student and the adviser.

All candidates will be required to complete the following program:

56 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)

50.815 Research Design in Education (Area I)

Two courses from the remaining areas as described on pages 41

and 42.
Educational Research Requirements

50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics
50.817 Research Problems in Education

50.847 Introduction to Computer Programming: FORTRAN IV
50.891 Thesis (equivalent to two courses)
Electives (three)

Human Development

The overall objective of this program is to provide opportunities for
practicing and prospective educators to expand and deepen their
knowledge and understanding of human development in its psycho-
logical and social aspects. Completion of the program does not lead to
state certification, and a teaching certificate is not required for admis-
sion to the program. However, the program can provide a useful back-
ground for persons teaching, or planning to teach, psychology and
behavioral science in secondary and elementary schools. It can also
serve as introductory preparation for students who aspire to later
doctoral study in the field of human development. Full-time students
will take a maximum of four courses per term and will complete the
program in a minimum of three quarters. Part-time students will take
a maximum of two courses per term and will complete the program in a
minimum of six quarters.

Candidates may begin study in any quarter and will be required to
complete the following program:

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
50.815 Research Design in Education

Two additional courses, one from Area III (Social Foundations) and
one from Area IV (Humanistic Foundations).
Human Development Requirements
50.806 Psychology of Learning

or
50.81 1 Psychology of Cognition
50.81 0 Psychology of Personality

or
50.805 Personality and Social Structure (if not taken in EdM Core,
above)

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development
50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology

FIELDS OF STUDY / 57

Electives (choice of courses or thesis):

Courses: four courses, chosen in consultation with an adviser, from
those offered in the Graduate School of Education and
other departments in the University

Thesis: 50.817 Research Problems in Education
50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics
50.891 Thesis (equivalent to two courses)

Rehabilitation Administration and Special Education

Rehabilitation Administration

Students majoring in Rehabilitation Administration should anticipate
taking 14 credit courses for the degree under either of the following
options:

Plan A: For students with limited rehabilitation or administration expe-
rience.

The program will be conducted on a cooperative education basis. This
means that the student will alternate periods of academic course work
with paid practical experience in the field over a 21 -month period.

Plan B: For students with considerable rehabilitation or administration
experience.

The program takes one calendar year from September through Au-
gust and includes four academic quarters. During this time the student
also completes 500 hours of practical experience in the field. Under
Plan B there are a limited number of federal stipends available which
are issued on a competitive basis.

Plan C: For students with limited rehabilitation or administration expe-
rience who wish an alternative plan to cooperative education.

The program will take a minimum of two calendar years. During that
time the student will elect his academic course work, 500 hours of
practical field work experience, and a full-time internship experience.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 41 and 42.

Rehabilitation Requirements

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation

50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory
50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I

50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II

50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation

58 / FIELDS OF STUDY

55.832 Group Dynamics

*50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

Electives. Students will be required by their advisers to
choose electives from the following courses as they per-
tain to specific administrative goals.

50.958 Social Welfare and Rehabilitation

50.959 Rehabilitation Research

50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop

50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law

50.965 Occupational Placement

All students are required to take a noncredit course in fiscal man-
agement as part of their program.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

The program leading to the degree of Master of Education in either
Speech Pathology or Audiology is designed to qualify candidates for
membership in and certification by the American Speech and Hearing
Association. Graduates of the program are also qualified for further
graduate study and for employment as speech pathologists or audi-
ologists in clinics, hospitals, public schools, and rehabilitation centers.

This program assumes that students have completed an undergrad-
uate preprofessional program in speech and hearing. Those without
such preparation will be required to complete additional courses beyond
the 48 quarter hours normally required for the master's degree.

This pi-ogram is conducted in affiliation with the Massachusetts Eye
and Ear Infirmary.

Speech Pathology
Each student's program is individually designed with the assistance
of a faculty adviser to assure that course work is distributed in all major
professional areas including: diagnostics, articulation, language, fluency,
voice, and audiology. The student is also advised about how his program
prepares him to meet certification requirements established by the
American Speech and Hearing Association.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 41 and 42.

Speech Pathology Courses
A minimum of nine courses selected from the following or appro-
priate electives:

'Required, but does not carry degree credit.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 59

55.803 Cerebral Palsy

55.804 Aphasia and Related Neurological Disturbances

55.805 Disorders of Voice

55.806 Language Disturbances in Children
55.811 Stuttering

*55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech and Language Pathology

*55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice

*55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language

55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology and Physiology of Speech-
Hearing Mechanism

55.822 Functional and Organic Disorders of Speech

55.823 Social Aspects of Communication Disorders

55.824 Seminar in Speech Pathology
55.860 Aphasia Rehabilitation
55.891 Thesis (optional)

55.899 Directed Study (optional)

Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination is a re-
quirement of this program.

Audiology

Each student's program is individually designed with the assistance
of a faculty adviser to assure that course work is distributed among
evaluation, diagnosis, and aural rehabilitation. The student is also
advised about how his program prepares him to meet certification
requirements established by the American Speech and Hearing
Association.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses defined on pages 41 and 42.

Audiology Courses
A minimum of nine courses selected from the following or appro-
priate electives:

"55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

55.815 Clinical Audiology

*55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of

Speech-Hearing Mechanism
*55.81 8 Pathologies of the Ear

55.819 Clinical Audiometry II

55.820 Physiological Acoustics

55.821 Seminar in Audiology

55.823 Social Aspects of Communication Disorders

(cont.)

•Required or an equivalent.

I

60 / FIELDS OF STUDY

55.825 Teaching Speech to Deaf Children

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to Deaf Children
55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

55.891 Thesis (optional)
55.899 Directed Study (optional)

Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination is a re-
quirement of this program.

Teaching the Deaf

(not offered 1973-74)

The following curriculum in the preparation of teachers of the deaf is

offered in affiliation with the Beverly School for the Deaf. Candidates

lacking prerequisite courses will be required to complete them prior to

the following program.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on page 41.

Teaching the Deaf Requirements

55.801 Psychology of Exceptional Children

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

55.815 Clinical Audiology

55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology

55.825 Teaching Speech to the Deaf

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to the Deaf

55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education

55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

55.852 Practicum: Teaching the Deaf (8 quarter hours)

Interrelated Programs in Special Education
Northeastern University offers an interrelated program in Special
Education with options leading to preparation for work with children
having mild to moderate handicaps (learning disabilities, mental re-
tardation, emotional disturbance) or those having severe handicaps in
one or more of the above areas. A further option at the master's level for
persons planning to work outside the classroom with schools and/or
public agencies in an advocacy role is that of the Special Education
Community Personnel (SECP).

Eligibility for certification at the elementary or secondary level is pre-
requisite to beginning the special education sequence and may be
earned through satisfactory completion of prescribed work in ele-
mentary or secondary education at Northeastern. Applicants certified
at the secondary level may need additional work in remedial teaching at
the elementary level to prepare for work with handicapped youngsters.
Degree candidates may be required to take 50.803 (Child Psychology),
50.807 (Abnormal Psychology), and an introductory course in statistics

FIELDS OF STUDY / 61

without degree credit if such work has not been taken previously, or In
the latter case, is not satisfied through the programmed learning course.

Completion of the SECP program or an option leading to certification
in a single area will normally require four quarters. Certification in two
areas (e.g., learning disabilities and mental retardation) may require an
extra quarter of work.

All teacher preparation programs assume possession or acquisition
of a solid core of knowledge and experience with the normal child and
his curriculum and the special child and his adapted curriculum. Em-
phasis is on the learning problem approach. Educational settings
utilized for field work include public and private schools, day and resi-
dential facilities, and hospital-based educational facilities. A sequenced
program will be developed in consultation with the major adviser based
upon the student's background and experience. It will include basic
requirements of the graduate school, the Division, and the State Depart-
ment of Teacher Certification (where appropriate). Electives will be
drawn from other programs as warranted.

Completion of all programs in special education is contingent upon
the candidate's demonstration of competency in specified fields of
knowledge and skills. An oral comprehensive examination will be taken
near the end of the student's second quarter of work.

Financial Aid — Traineeships

A limited number of traineeships through Federal grants is antici-
pated for 1973-1974. The student in need of financial help should discuss
the matter during the interview with the Division faculty member. The
Department has also attempted to develop paid internships in a variety
of settings in order to offer students other opportunities for professional
development as well as a means of financial assistance. Students se-
lected for an internship will need to plan for a program extending over
approximately two years. (Refer also to Financial Aid, page 28).

Core Curriculum Requirements

In addition to the Foundations of Education core requirements de-
scribed on pages 41 and 42, the programs in the Division of Special
Education have the following common core of required courses:

55.880, 55.881 Etiology, Dynamics and Treatment of Physical,
Mental, and Emotional Disturbances

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other

Handicapping Conditions

(numbers vary Field work and Seminar
with option) Student Teaching or Practicum

The last two courses are specific to the student's major interest. The
core requirements constitute five of the minimum twelve courses of the

62 / FIELDS OF STUDY

master's degree. Additional courses, specified by the Massachusetts
Department of Teacher Certification, are included below in each area of
specialization. The program for each student is designed in relation to
his educational and experiential background, his professional goals,
and the limitations (such as certification) implied by such goals.

Teacher Preparation Options

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities

This area of specialization prepares students to work with mildly
handicapped pupils in a self-contained class or as a resource teacher
in a school where classes have been integrated. The sequence is de-
signed to meet present state requirements for certification in the areas
of Mental Retardation and Learning Disabilities.

Recommended Core Courses
50.808 Seminar in Child Development
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Department and/or State Requirements
55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation

55.880, 881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Physical,
Mental, and Emotional Disturbances

55.841 Methods and Materials

55.843 Industrial Arts & Crafts — Vocational Education

55.844 Measurement and Evaluation

55.855 Fieldwork and Seminar

55.856 Student Teaching — Mentally Retarded

Electives chosen from:
55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems
53.810 Personal and Vocational Development in Elementary

Schools
55.847 Seminar in Mental Retardation
55.833 Mental Health

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life
55.839 Multiply Handicapped
Others in consultation with adviser

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities

This area of specialization prepares students to work with mildly
handicapped pupils in a self-contained class or to work as a resource
teacher where classes have been integrated. Courses are designed to
meet present state requirements in the areas of Emotional Disturbance
and Learning Disabilities:

FIELDS OF STUDY / 63

Recommended Core Courses

50.808 Seminar in Child Devefopment

50.805 Personality and Social Structure
Department and/or State Requirements

55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.880, 881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Physical,
Mental and Emotional Disturbances

55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed

55.850 Field Work and Seminar

55.851 Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed

Electives chosen from
55.833 Mental Health
55.837 Seminar: Problems of the Emotionally Disturbed

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other

Handicapping Conditions
55.844 Measurement and Evaluation
55.839 The Multiply Handicapped

55.841 Methods and Materials

55.842 Methods and Materials

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life

55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems

55.849 Special Education for the Gifted
Others in consultation with adviser.

Teaching the Severely Handicapped
Modifications of either of the two programs described above may be
made for the student who desires to teach severely handicapped chil-
dren or adults in an institution or community-based facility.

Special Education Community Personnel
(A Noncertification Program)

Northeastern University, Department of Rehabilitation and Special
Education, in response to identified needs and national trends, offers
a program for individuals with broad interests and abilities to prepare
them to function as advocates for handicapped children and youth and
to act as liaison between community agencies and the school.

Implied in such a program is the possession or acquisition of knowl-
edge of social problems, teaching, community and school organization,
child development, problems of multiple handicaps, and facilities for
care, treatment, and remediation. Implied also are skills in working with
the handicapped, with peers in numerous professions, and with tech-
niques of survey research. Integrated course and field work experiences
will be designed to complement each applicant's background of edu-
cation and experience. Approximately four to five quarters are estimated
for demonstration of competence in the specified areas.

64 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Recommended Core Courses

50.810 Psychology of Personality

50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education
Department Requirements

55.880, Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Emotional

55.881 Disturbances in Children

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and other
Handicapping Conditions

55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.853 Field work and Seminar

55.854 Practicum

Electives chosen from
50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Service
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation
55.835 Socio-Psychodynamics of Family Life
55.839 Multiply Handicapped

51 .920 Methods and Materials in Adult Literacy Education
Other courses in consultation with adviser.

NONDEGREE PROGRAM FOR CERTIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY TEACHERS

This program is designed to qualify college graduates for certifica-
tion as elementary or secondary teachers in the Commonwealth. Stu-
dents who are interested in qualifying to teach in other states should
obtain a copy of that state's certification requirements and bring it to
the initial interview with their advisers.

This program does not lead to any higher degree. However, individuals
who are able to be full-time graduate students may apply for simultane-
ous admission to the Master of Education program in Curriculum and
Instruction.

This program is open to college graduates who meet the general
admissions requirements of the Master of Education degree and who
have completed a course in either child or adolescent psychology.
(These courses are offered by the Graduate School of Education and
may be taken while the student is enrolled in the program.) In addition,
candidates for secondary certification must have completed, before ad-
mission, at least 36 quarter hours of courses in the field in which they
are preparing to teach with a QPA for all courses taken in that field of
at least 2.000.

The program consists of (a) three successive courses which meet
in the late afternoon or evening two days a week for two hours each day,
and (b) student teaching which requires the student to student teach
full time during the spring quarter and to attend a two-hour seminar
every other week.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 65

The program can be most conveniently completed in four consecutive
quarters, beginning in a summer quarter and terminating in the follow-
ing spring quarter with student teaching. A student may enter the pro-
gram in the fall quarter and by taking two courses in that quarter be
prepared for student teaching in the spring. Anyone who will not be
able to work full time as a student teacher in the spring quarter should
not enter the program.

The courses in this program may not be used for credit in the Master
of Education degree programs.

Course Sequence

(The courses must be taken in the order listed):

51 .801 Curricula of American Schools

(Offered in the Summer and Fall Quarters only)

51.800 Principles of Teaching

(Offered in the Fall Quarter only)

51 .806 Methods and Materials in the Education of Adolescents

and Adults
(Offered in the Winter Quarter only)
or

51 .807 Methods and Materials in the Education of Children
(Offered in the Winter Quarter only)

51.805 Student Teaching with Related Seminar
(Offered in the Spring Quarter only)

Applications for Student Teaching must be received by the Director
of Field Placement no later than October 15.

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study is available to applicants
who have demonstrated a strong background in the special field of study
at the master's level and who meet the specific requirements of the
Graduate School of Education and the appropriate department. CAGS
programs are offered in the areas of:

Counselor Education

Pupil Personnel Services Administration
Counseling and Community Psychology
Rehabilitation Counseling

Educational Administration
Cooperative Education
Educational Administration
Higher Education
Instructional Technology

Rehabilitation and Special Education

66 / FIELDS OF STUDY

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined in tiie
following pages. In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very
flexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendation
of the major adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School
of Education.

Counselor Education

The CAGS represents an additional year of preparation for the human
services field. It is not a predoctoral program but a terminal profes-
sional program. There are three basic options that a student can select
following master's degree preparation: Pupil Personnel Services Admin-
istration, Counseling and Community Psychology, and Rehabilitation
Counseling. Each option is described below.

Each of these program options presumes master's level preparation i
equivalent to that offered by the Department of Counselor Education. I
Any student lacking a supervised practicum will be required to take
53.805-53.806 in addition to the minimum course requirements for the {
CAGS. Other courses may also be required to make up deficiencies. !
Students with master's degree preparation in fields other than counsel- j
ing or related human services will not be admitted to the CAGS unless I
they present a relevant experiential background. Otherwise, a second I
master's degree is recomrnended.

In addition to the course requirements, students must pass a com-
prehensive examination (written and/or oral) before the certificate will
be awarded.

Applicants for the CAGS will be accepted during the period of April 1
to November 1, with a deadline of September 15 for completing all
application procedures. After filing all application materials required
by the Graduate School, applicants will be contacted by the Department
to arrange for admissions interviews during the admitting period. Since
there are a limited number of spaces in the CAGS program, early ap-
plication is urged.

Pupil Personnel Services Administration

Students who have prepared themselves for school counseling posi-
tions and who are interested In leadership positions in guidance and
pupil personnel services should choose this option. The program pro-]
vides for further work in counseling, but emphasizes administrative
and organizational preparation for the effective delivery of personnel
services to students. Field placements will provide for the development
of skills and knowledge In planning, supervision, and delivery of serv-
ices within the context of the total educational program of the school
system.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 67

Courses

53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change

53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

53.833 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and In-Service

Education
53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

52.810 Leadership I

52.811 Leadership II

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration
Two Electives

Counseling and Community Psychology

Students whose primary interest is the delivery of individual and
group counseling services in a variety of settings, including but not
limited to, schools, college counseling centers, and mental health
centers, should choose this option. This program provides for a more
"therapeutic" orientation but is not as focused on a particular setting or
category of settings. Field placements will provide for the development
of the student's individual and group counseling skills and will be varied
according to individual need and interest. Mental health settings will
tend to predominate in the field assignments.

Courses

53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change
53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling
53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

53.835 Psychodiagnostic Measures

50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology

I 55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life
50.807 Abnormal Psychology
Two Electives

Rehabilitation Counseling

This is an advanced level program for students who desire to work
with the various populations described under the master's degree pro-
gram related to this area. The special emphasis of the program will be
in the acquisition of 1) advanced counseling skills, 2) supervisory skills,
3) program development skills, and 4) administrative skills. The student
trained at this level will retain his identity and function as a counselor,
but he will also be prepared for supervisory and staff training functions.
In addition, he will acquire skill in the planning and development of new

68 / FIELDS OF STUDY

and modified service programs, including the capability of preparing
necessary designs for grant applications, program evaluation, and other
related tasks. The administrative training will prepare the student for
possible assumption of leadership positions in the delivery of human
services.

Courses

53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change

53.817 Counseling Strategies for the Disabled and Handicapped

53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling
50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision
50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory
50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I

53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

T\NO Electives

Educational Administration

Beyond the master's degree level, four advanced administrative
training programs at the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS)
level are offered. These programs are in the fields of Cooperative
Education, Educational Administration, Higher Education, and Instruc-
tional Technology.

Cooperative Education

A program of study at the master's level in the area of Cooperative
Education is located in the Counselor Education Department. The pro-
gram offered here is an advanced one aimed at the preparation of ad-
ministrators of cooperative education programs in a variety of settings:
the public schools, vocational-technical schools, and junior colleges, as
well as at other institutions of higher learning.

A typical program is as follows:

Required Core

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration
51.900 Cooperative Education in America

52.824 The Administration of Cooperative Education

Electives

A minimum of seven to be selected in consultation with the stu-
dent's adviser. These courses will be drawn from the appropriate
areas of administration, counselor education, or other related offer-

FIELDS OF STUDY / 69

ings depending upon the student's career goals in settings such as:
colleges, junior colleges, public schools, and other educational
agencies.

Upon completion of this program, a comprehensive examination is
given to each student.

Educational Administration

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) program in Edu-
cational Administration is designed to provide the student with a closer
examination of a particular administrative or supervisory position. Ex-
tending beyond the generic master's degree program, major emphasis
is given to role specialization and the particular skills that should be
acquired by prospective and practicing school administrators. Comple-
tion of this program should develop further the leadership capabilities
essential to the student's area of specialization such as: the principal-
ship of a large school; the assistant superintendency; the superin-
tendency of a small district or supervisory union; directorship of federal
system-wide, or state education department programs.

A minimum of 12 courses beyond the master's degree is required for
completion of the program as well as satisfactory completion of a
comprehensive examination.

Core Courses (required)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

Electives

52.834 Educational Finance

52.835 School Business Management

52.836 Personnel Administration

52.837 School-Community Relations

52.838 School Plant Planning

52.839 Operation and Maintenance of the School Plant

52.840 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated

Experience — The Superintendency

52.841 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated

Experience — Assistant Superintendent
for Business Management

52.842 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated

Experience — Assistant Superintendent
for Instructional Services
52.899 Directed Study

52.843 Administrative Internship

(cent.)

70 / FIELDS OF STUDY

52.844 School Law

52.865 Systems Theory in Education

52.866 Politics and Educational Decision-Making

Higher Education

This program of study is directed toward the training of college ad-
ministrators. Emphasis is placed on the development of attitudes, under-
standings, and skills necessary to prepare the potential administrator
and to give this development the necessary philosophic base on which
the administrator can build an effective career.

A typical program is as follows:

Required Core

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

Electives

A minimum of nine to be selected in consultation with the student's
adviser. These courses will be drawn from appropriate areas of ad-
ministration, counselor education, and other related offerings depend-
ing upon the particular higher education specialization of the student.

Upon completion of this program, a comprehensive examination is
given to each student.

Instructional Technology

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) program in In-
structional Technology is designed to provide the student with advanced
administrative and instructional technology skills. Four areas of contact
are integrated into this advanced program. A broad exposure is pre-
sented in the field of educational administration through the core
courses. Instructional technology electives provide the student with
advanced techniques of using modern technology for instructional
purposes. By means of educational administration electives, reasonable
depth is provided in such areas as finance, physical facilities, and com-
munity relations. And finally, by means of additional electives throughout
the university, further contacts and expertise may be attained.

Upon completion of this advanced program, the student is prepared
to assume top leadership in the field of instructional technology in
central office positions of a public school system as well as directorship
of such specialized programs in industry, government, institutions of
higher learning, and privately operated instructional programs in urban
settings.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 71

A typical program is as follows:

Educational Administration Core Courses (3)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

Instructional Technology Electives (minimum of 4 as approved by the

adviser)

Educational Administration Electives (minimum of 4 as approved by

the adviser)

Electives (optional number)

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examination
is given to each student.

Rehabilitation and Special Education

Rehabilitation Administration
The CAGS Program in Rehabilitation Administration is offered for
students who already possess a master's degree in rehabilitation
administration or its equivalent. It is intended to enable a student to
develop advanced skills in the areas of program planning, decision
making, communication and research design in administration. In
addition, the educational experience will be substantively focused in
areas of service to fields of corrections, alcohol and drug addition,
geriatrics, and social welfare.

A minimum of twelve (12) courses beyond the master's degree is re-
quired for completion of the program as well as satisfactory comple-
tion of a qualifying and a comprehensive examination.

Departmental Core Courses (Required)
50.959 Rehabilitation Research

50.980 Psychological Problems of Disability

50.981 Administrative Problems in Rehabilitation
50.986 Critical Issues in Rehabilitation Administration

Electives

50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision

50.983 Rehabilitation of Alcoholic and Drug Dependent

50.984 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender

50.985 Rehabilitation of the Geriatric Client
52.832 The Process of Administration
52.836 Personnel Administration

52.843 Administrative Internship

52.899 Directed Study

55.832 Group Dynamics

55.833 Mental Health

72 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Special Education Administration

An interrelated program at the CAGS level is designed to prepare
administrators of Special Education programs in public schools and in
local and state institutions and agencies.

Students entering the CAGS program in Special Education Adminis-
tration must have a master's degree, equivalent to that offered at North-
eastern, in one or more areas of special education and at least three
years of classroom experience. Some students may have to take pre-
requisite courses to satisfy deficiencies.

Core Requirements

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory

Department Requirements
50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services
55.870 Seminar in Special Education Administration
55.839 Multiply Handicapped
52.843 Administrative Internship

Electives chosen are dependent upon student's past educational and
experiential background.

In addition to course requirements and demonstration of competencies
in both academic and practicum areas, students must pass a written
and/or oral comprehensive examination before the certificate will be
awarded.

description of courses

All courses cart7 four quarter hours of credit unless indicated other-
wise. Please see the current schedule for summer, fall, winter, and
spring quarter listings.

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

50.801 Educational Anthropology

Examination of schooling as a particular variety of socialization, with special
attention to characteristics of societies that rely heavily on formal instruction,
contrasted with less deliberately patterned techniques of child-rearing. Readings
will be mainly cross-cultural, ethnographic, and historical. The emphasis of the
course varies from quarter to quarter, and will be announced in the registration
materials distributed in advance of each quarter, (core course)

50.802 Sociology of Education

The functioning of educational institutions in their social and cultural milieu will
be examined from anthropological and sociological perspectives. The school as
a social system; influence of the stratification system, youth cultures, and racial
antagonisms upon the educational enterprise, (core course)

50.803 Child Psychology

A review of the principles of child development from birth to pre-adolescence.
Particular emphasis will be placed on intellectual, social, and emotional devel-
opment. The theoretical formulations of psychoanalysis, social learning theory,
and Piaget will be discussed in the context of relevant research in these areas,
as well as their educational implications, (core course)

50.804 Adolescent Psychology

Social, emotional, and intellectual development through the adolescent years.
Problems in family relationships and in the adolescent's social environment
as well as his adjustment in school. Case history material, (core course)

50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Human behavior from a combined psychodynamic and sociological point of
view, with special emphasis on socialization and the relations between the
individual and the collectivity. The integration of relevant theories from psy-
chology, sociology, and anthropology. Suggested Prep, a course in sociology,
cultural anthropology, or social psychology, (core course)

50.806 Psychology of Learning

The basic principles and conditions of acquisition, retention, and transfer of
learning. Suggested Prep, a course in psychology, (core course)

73

74 / COURSES

50.807 Abnormal Psychology

How personality becomes disordered. Problems of neurosis, character dis-
orders, psychosomatic disorders, and psychoses. Current methods of clinical
diagnosis and treatment will be reviewed. (With the approval of the adviser and
the Chairman of the Department of Foundations of Education, may serve as a
core course for students majoring in Counselor Education, Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration, and Special Education.)

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of child development theories
with special reference to personality and cognitive development. Critical eval-
uation of research related to child development theories with particular empha-
sis on recent trends, new approaches, and relevance to educational theories
and practices. Prep, a course in child psychology or human development, (core
course)

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of major problem areas facing
the adolescent in our society today. Particular emphasis will be given to social
and emotional development. Included will be a survey of research in such areas
as psychoanalysis, social learning, morality, and delinquency. Prep, a course
in adolescent psychology or human development, (core course)

50.810. Psychology of Personality

An examination of theoretical approaches to the study of personality, with
emphasis upon theories dealing with dynamic factors in personality develop-
ment. The role of social and cultural factors, as well as implications of various
theories for the therapeutic processes, will be considered. Suggested Prep,
a course in psychology, (core course)

50.811 Psychology of Cognition

A consideration of the processes involved in cognitive organization and func-
tioning. Topics will include: language, concept formation, and problem solving.
Suggested Prep, a course in psychology, (core course)

50.812 History of Education

An opportunity to explore some of the historical roots of contemporary educa-
tional theory and practice, with a focus on selected aspects of educational
history from antiquity to the present. Also, an opportunity to utilize any knowl-
edge gained for the development of a personal educational position, (core
course)

50.813 Philosophy of Education

An introduction to the basic precepts of philosophy as viable tools with which
to build a philosophy of education. An analysis of major philosophic world-
frames in their historical context; i.e. Aristotelian, Thomistic, idealistic, realistic,
and pragmatic. An examination of philosophies of education which cover the
broad spectrum of thought, ranging from authoritarian to democratic, deter-
mining from this examination where along the continuum to place the foundation
from which to build one's own personal philosophy of education to be translated
into conduct in the classroom, (core course)

COURSES / 75

50.814 The Nature and Theory of Psychological
and Educational Measurement

An examination of the logic of measurement and the nature of human capaci-
ties, aptitudes, and abilities. Characteristics of tests, ratings, questionnaires,
and similar instruments are reviewed with emphasis on their reliability, validity,
and useability. Item analysis procedures and test standardization are covered.
(May not be offered in 1973-1974.)

50.815 Research Design in Education

An introduction to scientific methods of research in education and related
fields. Stress will be placed on a critical reading and understanding of research
literature, formulating research hypotheses, constructing a research proposal,
and carrying out an individual or group project. This course must be included
among the first six courses taken by each student, (core course)

A course in statistics, or competence in this field as demonstrated by successful
completion of a statistics proficiency exam, is required prior to taking this
offering. A no-credit, no-charge programmed course in statistics has been ar-
ranged for this purpose and is available through the University's Learning Center,
406 Dodge. The regular tuition course, 50.841, is also available. Students choos-
ing the proficiency exam route may also use the services of a special teaching
assistant who has been appointed to advise and assist them. The office hours
and location of the teaching assistant will vary from quarter to quarter and may
be obtained from the Foundations Department Secretary in 306 Cushing.

50.817 Research Problems in Education

Each student will identify a research problem, review the relevant research litera-
ture, design an appropriate methodology, and prepare a written research pro-
posal. Prep. 50.815, Researcfi Design in Education or 50.840, Introduction to
Educational Research. (May not be offered 1973-1974.)

50.818 Comparative Education

Introduction to education in other nations to explore relationships with the politi-
cal, economic, social, and cultural milieu: Western and Eastern Europe, South
America, and Africa will be considered, (core course)

50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology

The major developmental theories and related research of Havighurst, Erickson,
Piaget, and others. Prep, permission of instructor.

50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education

Discussion of selected issues in contemporary American education such as
school desegregation, compensatory education, learning problems of the dis-
advantaged, professionalization of teachers, etc. Review of relevant research
and opinions. The topic or topics of the seminar for a particular quarter will be
announced in the registration materials distributed in advance of that quarter,
(core course)

50.840 Introduction to Educational Research

An introduction to the rationale and procedures for educational research: the
use of theory in the formulation of research problems and hypotheses; review

76 / COURSES

and summarization of research literature; isolation and definition of variables;
and design of educational studies and experiments. Open only to Educational
Research majors. (May not be offered 1973-1974.)

50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

Basic descriptive statistics for measurement and research. Topics include use
of statistical notation, measures of central tendency and variability, probability
and sampling techniques, theoretical distributions, linear regression and corre-
lation, and an introduction to statistical inference.

50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics

Statistical inference of normal populations and discrete data; estimation; test-
ing of hypotheses; multiple correlation; analysis of variance and covariance;
contingency; the chi-square test and other non-parametric tests. Emphasis is
given to application in educational research. (May not be offered 1973-1974.)

50.843 Research Methods I

Each student will begin a research study designed in a prior research course.
Prep. 50.817, Research Problems in Education or 50.845, Research Internship
and Field Seminar I. (May not be offered 1973-1974.)

50.844 Research Methods II

Each student will complete the research study designed in 50.817 Research
Problems in Education. Prep. 50.843, Research Methods I. (May not be offered
1973-1974.)

50.845 Research Internship and Field Seminar I (6 Quarter Hours)
Open only to Educational Research majors. (May not be offered 1973-1974.)

50.846 Research Internship and Field Seminar 11 (6 Quarter Hours)
Open only to Educational Research majors. (May not be offered (1973-1974.)

50.847 Introduction to Computer Programing: FORTRAN IV

A laboratory course designed to develop facility in the use of a wide range of
data processing equipment in educational research. Students will be introduced
to the basic principles of computer programing, but emphasis will be placed
on the applicability and use of existing statistical programs. (May not be offered
1973-1974.)

50.850 Communications Theory

An introduction to communications theory, covering models of the communica-
tion process, attitude changes, information, innovation, dissemination and flow,
communication modalities and language processing, (core course)

50.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

50.895 Institute in Foundations of Education

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the

I

COURSES / 77

College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-
demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on tine part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

50.898 Workshop in Foundations of Education

The department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of worksfiop instructor.

50.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of thie Chairman of ttie Department and of tfie
Director of tfie Graduate Sctiool of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during ttie quarter prior to registration for tfie Directed Study.)

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

51.800 Principles of Teaching (6 quarter hours)
A consideration of the rational bases for effective teaching. Efforts are made
to relate learning theory and educational objectives to various strategies and
tactics of teaching. The functions of the teacher are examined as components
of learner development. Prep, a course in child or adolescent psychology and

51.801 Curricula of American Schools. Fall quarter only. Open only to students
in the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.801 Curricula of American Schools (6 quarter hours)

Methods of organizing material to be learned at the state, district, school, and
classroom level to meet the needs and to match the abilities of the students.
Attention will be given to innovative practices which are found both within and
outside of the public school system. Summer and Fall quarters only. Open only
to students in the Nondegree Certification Program.

78 / COURSES

51.805 Student Teaching with Related Seminar (8 quarter hours)
A University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools offering
comprehensive programs within reasonable commuting distance of Northeastern.
Participating on a full-time basis, the student is expected to develop planning
and communication abilities within his major field. Biweekly seminars at the
University provide additional opportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships
and to examine generic problems of teaching. Spring Quarter only. Open only
to students in the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.806 Methods and IVIaterials for Teaching Adolescents (6 quarter hours)
Teaching methods and learning materials used in teaching adolescents and
adults in a number of educational settlings and for a number of purposes. The
course will help students identify objectives, plan and execute appropriate
learning experiences, and evaluate outcomes. From time to time, special sections
will be organized for students within a particular subject field. Prep. 51.800
Principles of Teaching. Winter quarter only. Open only to students in the Non-
degree Certification Program.

51.807 Methods and Materials for Teaching Children (6 quarter hours)
Teaching methods and learning materials used in teaching children in a number
of educational settings. This course will help students establish objectives, plan
and execute appropriate learning experiences, and evaluate outcomes. Prep.
51.800 Principles of Teaching. Winter quarter only. Open only to students in
the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.810 Modern Topics in Elementary School Mathematics

An introduction to the modern elementary school mathematics curriculum
for teachers and students preparing to teach who are not acquainted with these
topics.

51.811 Mathematics of the Primary Grades

The concepts of arithmetic and geometry found in modern mathematics courses
for grades K-3. Prep, teaching experience.

51.812 Mathematics of the Middle Grades

The concepts of arithmetic and algebra found in modern mathematics courses for
grades 4-6. Prep, teaching experience.

51.813 Informal Geometry for Teachers

The concepts of geometry found in the modern mathematics curriculum of grades
4-8. Prep, teaching experience.

51.824 The Teaching of Geometry in the High School

A study of students, teaching methods, and courses in geometry with re-exam-
ination of selected background topics, including two-value logic, methods of
proof, postulational systems, and analytical methods.

51.825 Seminar in Mathematics Education

Each student is expected to analyze a mathematics learning problem, to in-
vestigate relevant research, and to prepare materials embodying his own pro-
posed solution. Prep, permission of instructor.

COURSES / 79

51.828 The Teaching of Elementary Calculus

An examination from an advanced viewpoint of selected topics in elementary
calculus, including limits applied to formal differentiation, continuity, uniform

continuity and intermediate values, boundedness and existence of extremes,
differentiable functions, areas and integration, and properties of the Riemann
integral. Prep, teaching experience.

51.830 Concepts of Earth Science for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the earth sciences considered from a philosophical and/or
historical point of view to illustrate and emphasize man's interrelationship with
his ecological environment; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831, and 51.832 are
not sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.831 Concepts of Biology for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the biological sciences considered from a philosophical
and/or historical point of view; a realistic consideration of man's place in his
biological world; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831, and 51.832 are not
sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.832 Concepts of Physical Sciences for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the physical sciences considered from a philosophical and/or
historical point of view; the appraising of claims and counter-claims relative to
the pollution of man's physical environment; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831,
and 51.832 are not sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics Education

The process of identfying problems and evaluating proposed solutions, taking
into consideration the needs of the student population, the dichotomy of theory
and applications in course design, and the role of common processes and con-
ceptual schemes in integrating seemingly disparate courses. Traditional and
modern programs will be investigated in terms of the problems they were de-
signed to solve, their success or failure in this mission, and the relevance of
such programs to present problems. Prep, teaching experience or certification.

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

The analysis and evaluation of a number of types of teaching strategies and
learning materials, including laboratory materials and techniques, printed matter
of all types, games, kits, multimedia materials, and interactive computer pro-
grams. Each student will be expected to undertake an extensive project apply-
ing his knowledge of strategies and materials to the achieving of previously
identified objectives and appropriate to a given class, group, or individual
student. Prep, teaching experience or certification.

51.839 Implementing Change in Science and Mathematics Education

The planning, organization, and execution of inservice experiences for teachers
related to all phases of science and mathematics education from subject-matter
courses to curriculum planning to materials workshops. Prep, teaching experi-
ence or certification.

Recommended: 51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and (Mathematics Edu-
cation, 51.838 Workship in Science and Mathematics Education, and 51.881 The
Dynamics of Curriculum Development.

80 / COURSES

51.842 The English-Language Arts Curriculum

The design and function of the English-language arts curriculum; selected cur-
rent issues as they impinge upon the English-language arts curriculum; the
design and function of research in the English-language arts curriculum. Open to
certified or experienced teachers; required of all candidates for the Master of
Education in Curriculum and Instruction: English, and the Master of Education
in Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep, permission of instructor.

51.846 English As a Second Language I

First course in teaching ESL introducting the basic linguistic, cultural, and
psychological concepts. Analysis of current approaches to teaching ESL locally
and internationally from the standpoint of diagnosis, grouping, use of particular
methods, and materials. Observations of ongoing ESL programs locally will be
include. Prep. 51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I or permission of
instructor.

51.847 English As a Second Language 11

Second course in the ESL sequence which emphasizes innovative means in
teaching ESL. Specific projects according to student need and interest will be
developed, and supervised clinical work. Prep. 51.846 Engiisfi as a Second
Language t.

51.849 Topics in English-Language Arts Education

An investigation of a matter of immediate concern to English-language arts edu-
cation but for which no organized study is ordinarily available. Typical topics
are: media in the English-language arts program; behavioral objectives in the
English-language arts program; the English-language arts program for the dis-
advantaged. Each year the seminar topic for that year is announced prior to
registration.

51.851 Seminar in Current Issues in the Social Studies

A content approach to problems of political, economic, and social significance
which have contemporary relevance for teachers of the social sciences.

51.853 History and the Social Studies in the School Curriculum

Permits the student to explore some of the fundamental concepts of anthro- |
pology, sociology, economics, political science, and history. Emphasis will be '
given to the interrelatedness of disciplines and to the extraction of operating
principles from those that aid in the analyses of social problems. As a conse-
quence of such analysis, the student should be equipped to find a greater variety
of conceptual relationships within the historical social science field. From there
a framework for evolving courses of study can be generated. Prep, teacfiing j
experience or certification.

51.854 Social Science Materials Seminar

A curriculum course wherein the knowledge previously acquired will be used
to establish criteria for the selection and development of curriculum materials.
All materials of instruction will be viewed as means of implementation of ob-
jectives relating to specific social science concepts and skills. An effort will be
made to personalize and concretize abstract phenomena and to demonstrate
their impact on the quality of human lives. Students will examine and analyze

i

COURSES / 81

prepared curricula and will be asked to develop original materials that include
provision for the integration of a variety of thinking, reading, and social skills.
Prep, teaching experience or certification.

51.861 Principles of Programmed Instruction

The development and current status of self-instructional devices. A survey of
available programs and teaching machines, with emphasis on the details of the
construction and evaluation of programs.

51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing

Reading and writing as the receiving and generating of language; current
developmental reading, writing and related language skills; selected research
findings bearing on relevant topics. Required of candidates for Master of Edu-
cation in Curriculum and Instruction: Reading Certification; Curriculum and In-
struction: English; Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep, permission
of instructor.

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

Reading and language disabilities; causes and correlates of disability; language
differences; aspects of measurement; diagnostic and corrective procedures in
reading, writing, and related language skills; selected research findings bear-
ing on relevant topics. Required of candidates for Master of Education in Cur-
riclum and Instruction: Reading Certification; Curriculum and Instruction: Eng-
lish; Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep. 51.870 Developmental
Reading and Writing.

51.872 Literature and Materials Seminar

Literature for children, adolescents and adults; the sources of interest in litera-
ture as they relate to the reader; the inter-relatedness of literature and the other
components of the language arts program; investigation of materials available.
Students will develop projects related to their needs and interests. Required of
candidates for Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction; Reading
Certification; Curriculum and Instruction: English; Curriculum and Instruction:
Language Arts.

51.873 Reading Clinic I

Practicum in clinical experience. Children and adults with severe reading dis-
abilities will be tutored in the Reading Clinic twice a week for ^Vi hours each
session, under close staff supervision. A one-hour seminar will follow each
tutoring session for purposes of discussion and case presentation. A diagnosis,
lesson plans, daily logs, complete case history, and a final progress evaluation
will be required of each student. May be taken concurrently with 51.871.
Prep. 51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing.

51.874 Reading and Language Disabilities II

Second course on Reading and Language Disabilities, including an examina-
tion of selected models of language processes; cognitive and affective dimen-
sions; problems in language pathology; and other learning disabilities including
academic, perceptual-motor, and neurological areas. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities I and 51.873 Reading Clinic I.

82 / COURSES

51.875 Reading Clinic II

A continuation of the Practicum. Requirements and format will be the same as
Clinic I. May be taken concurrently with 51.874. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities I and 51.873 Reading Clinic I.

51.876 Teaching Reading in Junior and Senior High School

Developmental or corrective reading programs at the secondary level. Develop-
ment of reading rate, comprehension, interpretation, study skills, in the con-
tent areas.

51.877 Linguistics and Reading

An introductory course in linguistics. The following topics will be examined as
applied to the reading process and the teaching of reading: characteristics
and systems of natural languages; development of the English language; lan-
guage acquisition and dialectology. Selected models of language processes
will be examined in light of recent linguistic theory. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities /.

51.880 Evolution and Revolution in the School Curriculum

Examination of the curriculum of the American school as an expression of con-
flict between subject-centered and student-centered curricula, traditionalists
and revisionists, behaviorism and psycho-dynamism, and the interplay of forces
generated by students, teachers, administrators, and other interested groups.
Present school curricula will be analyzed as the outcomes of such conflicts,
and trends for the future development of school curricula will be hypothesized.
Prep, experience or certification.

51.881 The Dynamics of Curiculum Design

Identification and analysis of problems in curriculum and instruction in light
of the forces affecting the curriculum within the student's area of specialization;
design and implementation of solutions to such problems; evaluation, and field-
testing where feasible, of these solutions. Prep. 51.880 Evolution and Revolu-
tion in the School Curriculum.

51.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours,) with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

51.894 Workshop in Supervision Of Instruction (6 quarter hours)

For teachers and other specialists in English, mathematics, science, social
studies, and reading in schools and other educational institutions which em-
phasizes the nature of the supervisory role and appropriate tasks for profes-
sional people overseeing the work of other professional people, at all levels
of education. The workshop will focus upon the critical role of the relationship
between supervisory functions and the quality of the performance and the
needs for improvement of the individual being supervised. The supervising pro-
fessional will be seen as a skilled, experienced, and sensitive person who can
oversee the work of others as well as understand a great deal about the cur-
riculum and the specific content, skills, and understandings it embraces and how
to communicate these to students. Will include a weekly seminar dealing with
matters of a generic nature concerning the nature of supervision at all levels

COURSES / 83

and within the total curriculum of schools or other educational programs and
small group seminars in which participants may consider the problems related
to more specific content areas and levels and supervised field work.

51.895 Institute in Elementary Education

51.896 Institute in Secondary Education

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-
demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

51.897 Workshop in Elementary Education

51.898 Workshop in Secondary Education

The department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of workshop instructor.

51.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

51.900 Cooperative Education in America

An examination of cooperative education as a complex tool for achieving goals
of education. Attention will be directed to its psychological implications for the
individual, its social implications for the nation, and its place in educational
thought. American higher education will be the principal focus of these con-
siderations.

84 / COURSES

51.920 Methods and Materials in Adult Literacy Education

This introductory course includes a review of current ABE programs around the
country with particular emphasis on the programs in Boston, e.g., OIC (Op-
portunities Industrialization Center), New Urban League, WIN (Work Incentive
Program), and public school programs for adults. This review of the programs
will include a study and some observation of ongoing programs in the area,
especially the WIN program presently being run by Northeastern. Specifically,
students will discuss, observe, and study various approaches to ABE programs
in terms of curriculum, methodology, materials used, grouping, and evaluation.

A major objective of the course will be to become more aware of the psycho-
logical problems of adult readers and nonreaders. Adult behavior and learning
will be studied; the effects on learning of particular environmental forces (e.g.,
black ghetto, Indian reservation, rural-urban factors, etc.); methods of teaching
adults, at various levels, will be studied and observed, as will a wide range of
currently available books and materials for adult programs. All students may do
some supervised clinical work with adults in the Reading and Learning Clinic;
logs will be kept on the diagnostic and corrective work developed for each
student. Prep, permission of instructor.

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

52.805 Simulated Problems: Secondary School Administration

The workshop is designed to place each student in a simulated decision-making
situation as a principal or administrator of a secondary school. Background
materials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school
system, including its publics, its policies, its certified and noncertified staff
members, and its geographical and socio-economic makeup. These background
data are disseminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews
with influential people in the fictitious community as well as through written
materials. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.806 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration I

Required of all master's candidates who major in school administration. Study
and discussion of administrative functions will be coordinated with selected
field trips to administrative settings and with guest lectures by practicing admin-
istrators. These experiences usually involve visits to such agencies as: an ele-
mentary school, a middle school, a high school, a superintendent of school's
office, a school committee meeting, and perhaps a regional school or a federally-
financed regional service — all under the supervision of local school committees.
Prep. 52.810 & 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.807 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration II.

A companion course with 52.806; required of all master's candidates who major
in school administration. Study and discussion of administrative functions will
be coordinated with selected field trips to administrative settings and with guest
lectures by practicing administrators. These experiences are aimed at educa-
tional agencies under the supervision of state, federal, or independent institu-
tions. Visits involve the State Department of Education, the regional educational
office of the United States Office of Education in Boston, along with regional ed-

COURSES / 85

ucational organizations which may be operating independently. (52.807 may be
a continuation of 52.806 or may precede it.) Prep. 52.810 & 52.811 or permission
of instructor.

52.808 Seminar in Educational Administration

A culminating experience for students majoring in school administration at
the master's level. A student is confronted with major issues facing the school
and its administrators. Great emphasis is placed upon applying knowledge
gained in previous administrative courses to an understanding of contemporary
educational problems. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.810 Leadership in Education, Part i

Part one of a two-term core course designed to introduce the student to con-
cepts of formal organization. This core, consisting of a two-part sequence, is
prerequisite to further study in the Department of Educational Administration.
Part I provides the student with an overview of formal organizations as social
systems with emphasis given to the leadership function. Relationships between
individuals and organizations are considered. Communications and decision-
making functions are analyzed and examined.

52.811 Leadership in Education, Part II

Part II continues an emphasis on the leadership function in organizations. It
examines selected informal organization elements such as motivation, normative
order, social power, conflict, conformity, and creativity. Attention is given to
processes of change and innovation in organizations. Prep. 52.810 must be
completed before enrollment in 52.811.

52.812 An Overview of the Administrative Tasks

A survey of the operational areas of concern to the educational administrator.
Included will be the following task areas: school-community relations, student
personnel, staff personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical facilities, finance
and business management, and organizational structure. Prep. 52.810, 52.811
or permission of instructor.

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and Supervision

Views the responsibilities of administrative personnel relating to the improve-
ment of curricular and instructional practices. Evaluative techniques, inservice
education, supervisory procedures, and innovative programs are among the
areas of consideration. Opportunities are extended for students to become en-
gaged in supervisory projects individually or in small teams. Prep. 52.810 &
52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.814 Simulated Problems: Elementary School Administration

The workshop is designed to place each student in a simulated decision-making
situation as a principal or administrator of an elementary school. Background
materials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school
system, including its publics, its policies, its certified and noncertified staff
members, and its geographical and socio-economic makeup. These background
data are disseminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews
with influential people in the fictitious community as well as through written
materials. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

86 / COURSES

52.815 Simulated Problems: Administration of Occupational Education

Each student is confronted with a series of simulated decision-making situa-
tions such as those which are usually faced by administrators of programs in
the area of occupational education. Readings, audio-visual material, and class
interactions all aid in making this experience a most rewarding one.

52.816 Seminar in Career Education

Students will be confronted with a sampling of the major issues facing ad-
ministrators and supervisors of such programs in their efforts to organize,
promote, and operate programs in occupational and career education. Emphasis
will be placed on applying the knowledge acquired in previous courses and
other program experiences to arrive at a better understanding of contemporary
occupational and career education problems and their solutions.

52.817 Design, Production, and Utilization of Instructional Materials

Deals with all aspects of instructional media surveying types, techniques, advan-
tages, limitations, sources and methods of use of materials and equipment in
specified areas. Emphasis is on the selection of appropriate media to suit given
learning objectives. Laboratory experience in operation of equipment and the
production of instructional materials is provided.

52.818 Developing Curriculum Learning Packages

During this course each student will produce a self-correcting, self-pacing, self-
directing learning package. Individualized programs currently using the con-
cept of contract learning will be reviewed and evaluated.

52.819 Introduction to Instructional Television

Concerned with operation of an instructional television studio and the produc-
tion of television programs for direct instruction. Each student will write,
direct, and evaluate a short television program in any curriculum field and area
of his choice.

52.820 Principles of Programmed Learning

Will cover the development and current status of self-instructional devices and
programs. Students will survey available programs and teaching machines, with
emphasis on details concerning construction, selection, evaluation, administra-
tion and use of programs.

52.821 Administration of Instructional Media Programs

Addresses itself to the various aspects and problems involved in the manage-
ment and operation of educational media programs. Public school, university,
medical center, commercial, and industrial training program settings are con-
sidered in terms of service, instruction, and research.

52.822 Foundations of Instructional Communications and Technology

Introduction to the concepts and principles of the learning process, communica-
tions, multi-media instruction and instructional sysems. Surveys will include
programmed instruction, instructional television, games and simulation, audio-
tutorial laboratories, computer-assisted instruction (CAI), computer-managed
instruction (CMI), curriculum learning packages, mediated teaching units, in-
dividualized instruction, performance contracting, validated instruction, and
criterion-referenced testing. Discussion will involve problems of administra-
tion and economics of instructional communications and technology in school
systems and training centers.

COURSES / 87

52.823 Principles of instructional Systems Development

Introduction to the concept of a system as it relates to the instructional process.
Each student will select a problem in any area of his choice and conduct a com-
plete systems analysis and systems synthesis to resolve the problem. The con-
tributions of the behavioral sciences as they relate to systems development
will also be reviewed.

52.824 Administration of Cooperative Education

An examination of significant elements in the planning, implementation and
operation of a cooperative education program. Areas of concern include: agents
for institutional change, intra-institutional relationships, program costs and
funding sources, cooperative education calendars, development of cooperative
work assignments, relationships with cooperative employers, and operational
policies.

52.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendations of the adviser.

52.895 Institute in Educational Administration

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-
demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

52.898 Workshop in Administration

The department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of workstiop instructor.

88 / COURSES

52.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be submitted
during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

CAGS COURSE OFFERINGS IN
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

(Open only to CAGS degree candidates in Educational Administration or by
special permission of the chairman of the department granted prior to reg-
istration.)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

A seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Critical and contem-
porary issues which face school administrators will be examined closely. The
status of the administrator; federal, state, and local revenue sources; accounta-
bility; the voucher plan; teacher militancy; equal educational opportunity;
conflicts with religious organizations; control of schools; urban education
problems; cultural deprivation; and human rights are examples of topics that
will be analyzed.

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

A seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Although major em-
phasis will be given to curriculum and instruction, attention will also be given
to planned change in other critical areas such as team teaching, modular
scheduling, nongradedness, educational parks, programmed instruction, in-
service education, individualizing education, and teacher-learner relationships.

52.832 The Process of Administration

Simulation, case analysis, and role-playing will be utilized to gain insight into
such topics as the improvement of organizational morale, professional job
satisfaction, and current issues of involvement and conflict. Alternative courses
of action are studied to cope with problematical events confronting educational
administrators.

52.834 Educational Finance

The study of school finance deals with the principles and problems of financing
education and also considers the basic concepts of economics relative to the
place of school finance in the field of public finance. The sources and rationale
for public support of schools are examined. Selected state and federal aid
programs, capital outlay programs, current practices and issues of local support
and bond issue campaigns are included in this study.

52.835 School Business Management

The practices and issues in the administration of school business affairs. The
role of the business administrator and the educational budget will be exam-
ined. Included in this course will be the principles of budget preparation and
develofjment, purchasing, supply management and distribution, inventory control,
debt service administration, bond scheduling, cash flow, school accounting and

COURSES / 89

data processing systems, auditing, financial reporting and management of pay-
roll, insurance programs, transportation programs, school food services, and
the operation and maintenance programs for the physical plants.

52.836 Personnel Administration

The purposes, patterns, and issues in personnel administration are the major
considerations of the course. Study will include the skills, attitudes, and
knowledge which an institutional staff needs to have and which are essential
to the accomplishments of organizational goals. Personnel administration pro-
grams and problems of student personnel, para-professional, nonprofessional,
and professional staff members will serve as the focus for the course.

52.837 School-Community Relations

This course includes the study and design of school-community relations pro-
grams based on the principles and practices of the intercommunications between
the school and its several publics. Selected research findings relative to public
relations programs in business, industry, and governmental agencies will be
reviewed in addition to those involving educational systems. Stress will be
placed on the role of the administrator in the development of a comprehensive
program of school-community relations for his administrative unit.

52.838 School Plant Planning

This course seeks to have the student develop a basic understanding of the
process of planning school facilities. This process includes the preparation of
educational specifications based on such factors as school board policies, the
existing and projected educational programs, school organization, school build-
ing utilization and adequacy, population projections, and total community
analyses. Other components of school plant planning will be studied, including
the selection of the architect, the translation of the educational specifications
into building specifications, the development of the building program brochure,
and the administrator's role in working with the building committee and architect
in the actual design of the building. The relationships between the educational
program, such as a highly individualized flexible program, and the building
design, such as an "open school" design, will be a continual focus in the course.

52.839 Operation and Maintenance of the School Plant

The techniques and procedures involved in providing a clean, safe, and health-
ful physical environment for school personnel are the major considerations in
this course.

The selection, assignment, and supervision of the custodial and maintenance
staffs and the organization and management of the custodial and maintenance
programs are the major areas of study. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on review and study of the research relative to operating a school facility as
well as on such matters as appropriate painting schedules, replacement sched-
ules for mechanical systems, floor-ceiling-roofing materials, and purchasing and
supplying techniques. Statutes or regulations pertaining to the operation of
schools, such as those of the State Board of Health, the State Fire Marshal,
insurance underwriters, and boiler inspectors, will be studied also.

90 / COURSES

52.840 Problems in School Administration:

A Simulated Experience — The Superintendency

52.841 Problems in School Administration:

A Simulated Experience — Assistant Superintendent for
Business Management

52.842 Problems in School Administration:

A Simulated Experience — Assistant Superintendent for
Instructional Services

These courses are designed to place each student in a simulated decision-
making situation in his area of concentration. Background materials have been
prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school system including its
publics, policies, certified and noncertified staff members, and the geographical
and socio-economic makeup of the community. These background data are dis-
seminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with in-
fluential people in this community as well as through written materials.

52.843 Administrative Internship

This is an individualized offering involving supervised observations, internships,
and externships in educational administration and it is designed to provide
further practical experience in the student's area of administrative preparation.
The administrative internship program must be worked out well in advance with
the adviser.

52.844 School Law

The student will be expected to develop a basic understanding of federal and
state laws that apply to school systems, educational programs, and personnel
as well as of the legal prerogatives available to the practicing administrator and
the local boards of education. This study will include consideration of the con-
stitutional, statutory, and common-law foundations of educational systems and
the school administrator's role with respect to them.

52.845 Seminar in Media Research and Learning

Provides for surveys, critical analyses, and discussions of current research deal-
ing with learning principles, communication theory, media, and instructional
systems design. Oral and written reports are required. Experimental and field
research are considered for additional credit in subsequent terms.

52.846 Developing Curriculum in Learning Packages — Advanced

Using the instructional development techniques acquired in the introductory
course, students will design a more sophisticated learning package, field test
it, and using the test data, revise the package until the predetermined criteria
are met.

52.847 Cataloguing and Classification of Instructional Materials

The principles, codes, and techniques utilized in organizing both print and non-
print materials in an integrated collection. Emphasis on the application of biblio-
graphic methods of control to films, records, slides, cassettes, kits, and other
media. Acquaintance with the sources and tools listing instructional materials
for the purpose of ordering them and the development of the skill which assists
the user in locating them.

COURSES / 91

52.860 Academic Administration in Higher Education

Recruitment of properly qualified faculty and staff is only one problem of the
academic administrator. This course will also consider the problems of: pupil
services, admissions, athletics, curriculum development, accreditation, instruc-
tional resources, registration and scheduling, faculty organization, continuing
education, faculty rights and responsibilities, and personnel policies.

52.861 Problems in College Administration: A Simulated Experience

This seminar is designed to place each student in simulated decision-making
situations as an administrator of a college or junior college. Background mate-
rials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious college in-
cluding its policies, make-up of faculty and student body, its financial situation,
the community it serves, and its board of control. These data are disseminated
through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with fictitious people
as well as through written materials.

52.862 Institutional Planning and Facilities

This course will consider the planning of new colleges as well as the expansion
and maintenance of existing ones. Systems analysis, needs surveys, and devel-
opment of educational specifications for college facilities will constitute half
of the course. The other half will involve the operation and maintenance of the
physical plant including provisions for housing, safety, parking, communica-
tions, and health service.

52.863 Financial Management in Higher Education

This course seeks to combine a knowledge of fund-raising activities with the
study of proper financial management in higher educational institutions. The
problems of fund raising for both public and private, two- and four-year insti-
tutions will be considered. Modern techniques of budget preparation and control
will include purchasing, school accounting, data processing, providing benefits
for faculty, financial reporting, food services, housing, and operation and main-
tenance of physical plant.

52.864 Typologies of Higher Education

A study of the types of higher educational institutions, with emphasis on organ-
izational structure, modes of governance, and administration. The history of
higher education, particularly the development of colleges, universities, and junior
colleges in the United States, will be considered to provide perspective for the
modern college administrator. Important issues and the problems they presented
for administrators will provide the major focus of this course.

52.865 Systems Theory in Education

A course open to all students pursuing the Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study. This course will provide the student with an introduction to general sys-
tems theory and the implications of systems theory to leadership, administra-
tion, and supervision. The course will include examination of systems applica-
tions such as PERT, PPBS, and flow chart development. Special consideration
will be given to systems study as a method of planning and evaluation.

52.866 Politics and Educational Decision Making

This course examines federal, state, and local governmental arrangements and
political processes which influence educational policies of school systems.

92 / COURSES

Emphasis is given to the application of political science concepts and research
methods to educational policy-making processes and to the political environ-
ment surrounding the educational administrator.

52.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

COUNSELOR EDUCATION

53.800 Foundations of Guidance and Human Services

A philosophically-, theoretically-oriented course dealing with the current social
context of the "counter-culture," the nature of humanness, and the relation of
these two aspects to guidance services in schools and human services in other
educational and community settings. Course procedures will emphasize the
development of student self-understanding and increased awareness of social
and institutional structures and their effect on human beings. The helping person
as an agent of social and institutional change will be the focus of the latter half
of the course.

53.801 Tests and Test Procedures

The principles and problems of psychological testing as applied to the work
of the counselor are discussed. Some consideration is given to technical con-
cepts as they apply to the treatment, use, understanding, and interpretation
of test scores. The student is made familiar with some of the currently used
tests of intelligence, scholastic aptitude, differential aptitudes, achievement,
interest, and personality. Tests are evaluated for use in education and guid-
ance. Problems of test interpretation are discussed briefly.

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

A dual-emphasis course dealing, first, with theories about how individuals make
decisions concerning their choice of vocation, and second, with the kind of
data which is needed to assist people with these decisions. This requisite data
deals with the following areas: the relationship of social and economic change
to occupational trends; the classification and description of occupational fields;
methods of collecting, evaluating, filing, and disseminating vocational informa-
tion; and the role of the counselor in fulfilling these functions.

53.804 Counseling Theory and Process

A required course for all Counselor Education degree candidates which must be
taken in the Fall Quarter concurrently with the beginning of Practicum. The
course will provide the student, through self-instructional materials, with a basic
cognitive understanding of several major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Classroom content will help the student to become familiar with a wide range
of individual counseling strategies; to develop listening, understanding, and
communications skills; and to further probe his own self-understanding as a
counselor. These skills and understandings will be discussed and simulated

COURSES / 93

in the context of a variety of settings with a variety of clients. Role playing,
case material, and audio and video materials will be utilized in the instruction.
This course will not be open to special students, but may be elected by degree
candidates in other departments.

53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum (8 quarter hours)

The counseling practicum is a supervised counseling experience extending
over the academic year. Students will begin their practicum in the Fall Quarter.
Emphasis at the beginning of the year will be on small group seminars dealing
with counseling and other related matters. The second half of the year will con-
centrate on the supervised counseling assignment. Assignment to practicums
will be made according to the student's major area of concentration. Students
must make themselves available a minimum of one day per week for the first
half of the year and one and a half days (or the equivalent) the second half of
the year for placement in a field setting. Seminars will stress material germane
to the student's major.

Part-time students must submit an application for practicum (available from
the Department) by March 30 for approval to enroll in the practicum the following
Fall Quarter. Prep, approval of the Department of Counselor Education.

53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

An advanced level guidance course designed to help meet the certification re-
quirements for guidance directors in Massachusetts. The course will cover
philosophies, principles, and methods of establishing and administering guidance
programs in the public schools. Simulated materials are used to replicate
actual guidance problems dealing with testing programs, budgeting, interper-
sonal relationships, and other practical matters.

53.808 Group Counseling

An introduction to theory, principles, and techniques of counseling with groups
of individuals at different levels of development and for varying purposes. A
basic mode of approach will be to involve students in a genuine group counsel-
ing experience in order to understand the phenomenon of group experience.
Prep. 53.804, Counseling Tfieory and Process or permission of instructor.

53.809 The College Student and His Campus

The relationship between college students and their environment will be ex-
amined. Focus is on student rights, self expression, emotional concerns, and
their search for identity. Varying concerns of personnel services in different
types of college climates will be studied. The student and the college campus
will be examined in relation to the goals of higher education.

53.810 Vocational and Personal Development in the Elementary School

Required for elementary guidance majors, this course is designed to meet
Massachusetts certification requirements in guidance by providing an elementary
level focus for the consideration of vocational development and the use of occu-
pational information. This consideration, however, will be set in the context of
the elementary guidance specialist's role as a counselor/consultant on both
the vocational and personal/educational development of elementary school
pupils.

94 / COURSES

53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

The family will be studied as an institution, as an arena of interpersonal trans-
action, and as a seed-bed both of distress and of health. Various modes of
counseling families will be presented, together with the theoretical notions
underlying their use. The course will also demonstrate counselor-parent relations
in the context of the school setting. Prep. 53.804, Counseling Theory and
Process or permission of instructor.

53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work

Relevant topics and cases for personnel workers and administrators in higher
education will be discussed and studied in depth. The expertise of appropriate
specialists will be utilized. Prep. 53.809, Ttie College Student and His Campus
or permission of instructor.

53.813 School Counseling Strategies

Intended primarily for students who will counsel in school settings or other
settings emphasizing work with children and adolescents. A broad range of
approaches will be considered, including but not limited to, behavior modifica-
tion, Gestalt, and Adierian strategies. Special emphasis will be placed on the
development of strategies designed to help alleviate typical school-related and
developmental problems such as nonachievement, decision-making, negative
self-identity, and disruptive behavior. Consideration will also be given to the
counselor's role as a consultant to teachers, parents, and administrators in
effecting positive behavior change. Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and
Process.

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

Develops an understanding of the essential ingredients of a self awareness
program especially in relation to a person's role expectations in the world of
work. Vocational counseling is viewed as dealing with the entire individual in-
cluding his values, underlying psychological needs and drives, and the influence
of the environment on one's present level of development and career aware-
ness. Other topics to be developed in this course will include counseling with
females, with nonachievers, the decline of the work ethic, community resource
development, job placement, and information giving as a perceptual process.
Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and Process. The course is intended for a
variety of client populations from adolescence through adulthood.

53.815 Psycho-Social Counseling Strategies

Focuses on four topics vital to the planning and conduct of counseling with
individuals and families suffering from psychological and social problems: 1)
Psycho-social approaches to understanding human behavior including self-
concept theories, social role theories, and theories of social class and cultural
influences upon behavior and function; 2) Methodology for obtaining compre-
hensive data about resources, problems and needs of client populations; 3)
Models for the identification of causal factors in human problems; and 4) Models
and techniques for planning and conducting counseling, referral and coopera-
tive utilization of community resources for problem solving. Prep. 53.804
Counseling Theory and Process.

53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

Focuses on a variety of strategies designed to alleviate problems of older
adolescents and adults. Perceptual or insight approaches, behavioral ap-

COURSES / 95

proaches, and Gestalt approaches to counseling will be analyzed for their
effectiveness with a variety of psychological problems. The context for con-
sidering this eclectic approach to psychological counseling will be communica-
tions theory and organizational psychology, with the latter being related to the
effective delivery of counseling and mental health services. Prep. 53.804 Coun-
seling Theory and Process. This course is primarily intended for the student
working with client populations in college counseling centers and mental health
settings.

53.817 Counseling Strategies for the Disabled and Handicapped

The special psychological problems of disabled and handicapped populations
will be examined. This will include the physically disabled, mentally ill, mentally
retarded, alcoholic, drug addicted, and chronically dependent. Counseling, ad-
justment, and rehabilitation programs currently in operation will be examined
through guest speakers and case discussions. Special problems and techniques
of counseling the disabled will be examined through case studies, role playing,
and field visits. Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and Process.

53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling

An advanced level course for students with previous experience or preparation
in marriage and family counseling. Skills to be emphasized will include 1) the
preparation of case studies of family and marriage histories and current func-
tioning; 2) the design of service, counseling, and referral programs based upon
comprehensive studies of needs and resources; and 3) the practice of counsel-
ing strategies through role playing, taped interviews, and progress reports of
current counseling activities. Prep. 53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

53.824 Individual Intelligence Testing (6 Quarter Hours)

Preparation to administer, score, and interpret the Stanford-Binet Intelligence
Test, the Wechsier Adult Intelligence Test, and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale
for Children. Consideration will be given to the theories of intelligence upon
which the tests are based and the use of the tests in educational and clinic
settings. Students will be required to administer and score 30 tests including
some from each of the three tests included in the course. Prep. 53.801 Tests
and Test Procedures or permission of instructor.

53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

This course will be a continuation of the content presented in Group Counseling,
placing greater emphasis on developing skill in conducting group counseling at
a variety of age levels. Greater attention will be given to relevant readings and
research on group process and methods for behavior modification. Prep.
53.808, Group Counseling or permission of instructor.

53.833 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and In-Service Education

Supervisory methods of improving the effectiveness of school counselors' skills
in counseling and other aspects of guidance work, of involving counselors in
the improvement of the guidance program, and of enhancing the personal
growth of the counselor. Prep, master's degree in guidance or permission of
the instructor.

96 / COURSES

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change

An advanced level counseling course required of all CAGS students and de-
signed to provide greater depth of cognitive understanding of a variety of
approaches to counseling. Original readings from a number of major theorists
will be required. A major goal of the course will be to identify the major simi-
larities and differences of assumptions, goals, and strategies of the theorists
studied and to build a strong conceptual basis for a counseling eclecticism
from this analysis. Some of the theorists studied will include Freud, Adier,
Perls, Ellis, Glasser, Rogers, Sullivan, May, FrankI, Bandura, and Skinner. Prep.
53.804 Counseling Theory and Process or permission of instructor.

53.835 Psychodiagnostic Measures

An advanced level course in the use and interpretation of interest and person-
ality measures for more clinically oriented settings. The course will place heavy
emphasis on the case study method. Some of the tests typically studied in this
course may include the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory, the Cali-
fornia Psychological Inventory, Edwards Personal Preference Schedule, the
Semantic Differential, and various interest measures. The course will introduce
the student to projective techniques beginning with the sentence completion
test. Prep. 53.801, Tests and Test Procedures; Abnormal Psychology or Per-
sonality Theory; and permission of instructor.

53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

Concepts of systems analysis will be applied to the development, management,
and delivery of human services. Students will be taught the skills of analy-
sis and synthesis of problems, the writing of behavioral objectives, and the
design of flowcharts. These skills will be applied to problems of the student's
choosing. Consideration will be given to the underlying concept of this approach
as well as to its limitations in relation to other approaches to human services
problems.

53.840, 53.841 Advanced Field Work (8 quarter hours)

Required of all CAGS students. The student will be assigned a field work place-
ment consistent with his major professional goal and/or the setting in which
he intends to work. The activity of the field work will extend across the academic
year from September to June and require a minimum of four hours a week in
the field work setting. Seminars will meet on alternate weeks with additional
individual supervision on campus. Supervision will also be provided in the field
setting. Both quarters must be completed before credit will be given for the
course. Prep. Counseling Practicum or the equivalent in experience.

53.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

53.895 Institute in Counselor Education

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-

COURSES / 97

demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

53.898 Workshop in Counselor Education

The department may offer a special workshop in a special field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of workshop instructor.

53.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the Di-
rector of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be submitted
during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

REHABILITATION ADMINISTRATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION

Rehabilitation Administration

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation

An overview of and orientation to the field of rehabilitation, including its
historical development, legislative involvement, psychological implications, and
sociological dimensions. Emphasis is placed on coordinating and integrating
services as they relate to the field of rehabilitation as a community process.

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation

The wide spectrum of disabilities that could profit from rehabilitation, including
orthopedic, neurological, medical, surgical, and mental disabilities. Basic prin-
ciples of medical rehabilitation important for the administrator to know will be
presented. Psychological aspects of disability will also be discussed.

50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services

The use of vocational rehabilitation as an effective rehabilitation process in
federal, state, and private agencies as supported and encouraged by the most
recent social and rehabilitation services legislation. This will include use of the

98 / COURSES

rehabilitation model in programs for the physically handicapped, mentally re-
tarded, emotionally disturbed, aging, welfare populations, youthful offenders,
culturally disadvantaged, and other special community programs. There will be
emphasis on the administrative involvement in developing and supporting the
diagnostic, evaluative, counseling, and placement procedures used in such re-
habilitative programs.

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory

The body of conceptual knowledge regarding organizational and administrative
theory will be examined. Formal and informal organizations, organizations as
social systems, status and role concepts, leadership in organizations, power
structure, relationships to authority, decision-making, and communication in
and between organizations. An organizational analysis will be made of all the
different types of rehabilitation settings currently in use.

50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

What the administrator needs to know about community planning to plan a
program in his area. Basic principles of community planning, community organ-
ization, and community dynamics, as well as interdisciplinary relations in re-
habilitation. Examples of community planning from different rehabilitation
agencies and the referral process among these agencies will be studied.

50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation

The complex network of federal-state relations and their implications for re-
habilitation. Grant procedures, matching formulas, public relations and VRA
directives, state and federal legislation pertinent to rehabilitation.

50.958 Social Welfare and Rehabilitation

Acquainting rehabilitation administrators with the broad field of social welfare.
The course will review the historical backgrounds of the relationship between
vocational rehabilitation and social welfare and the more recent fast-moving
developments in the relationship of these fields.

50.959 Rehabilitation Research

The emphasis in this course will be on administrative research, program evalua-
tion, grantsmanship, etc. In addition, students will have the opportunity to de-
velop a research design on some aspect of rehabilitation administration and
carry out the necessary research operations involved.

50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration

Students will be assigned to a variety of rehabilitation agencies for their prac-
ticum experience. Problem-solving relevant to experiences encountered in in-
ternship.

50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I

An in-depth study of management practices within a rehabilitation organization
from a behavioral stand-point. Areas to be covered include need surveys, goal
setting practices, job descriptions, recruitment, staffing, training, professional
development, caseload management, program planning, utilization of research,
community relations, leadership patterns, performance appraisal, and external
relationships. Special cases will be used in classroom exercises.

COURSES / 99

50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop

Special problems of administering a sheltered workshop, such as community
planning, work evaluation, job-training, labor relations, contracting, production,
and occupational placement.

50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II

Understanding the fiscal management of the typical rehabilitation setting includ-
ing basic rehabilitation agency accounting, planned program budgeting, dis-
bursements, cost-analysis, contracting, taxation, forecasting, and funding. The
implication of data processing for fiscal management will be covered in the
course. Special problems will be assigned during the course.

50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law

This course is designed to sensitize rehabilitation administrators to the impact
of legislative developments upon the field of rehabilitation. Special emphasis
will be placed on understanding the legal implications for rehabilitation of the
latest Vocational Rehabilitation Administrative Amendments, workmen's com-
pensation laws, eligibility determination criteria, and Social Security Amend-
ments.

50.965 Occupational Placement

A study of the dynamics of moving the rehabilitation client into the world of
work within the framework of the specific community structure. Development
of facility in use of resource materials in occupational information, job de-
scription and analysis, performance appraisal, training, and vocational assess-
ment. The personnel point of view toward the handicapped will be discussed
and analyzed, and more effective placement practices will be developed.

50.980 Psychological Problems of Disability

In depth study of the disabled from the viewpoint of psychosocial factors, inter-
personal relationships, and cognitive versus noncognitive functioning in those
with motor and sensory disabilities; problems of dependency and motivation.

50.981 Administrative Problems in Rehabilitation

Seminar designed to analyze in depth critical issues and selected rehabilitation
problems. Operations and systems research as applied to rehabilitation will be
highlighted. Students will make use of institute research studies and studies
available through Social and Rehabilitation Services completed research and
demonstration projects.

50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision

The relationship between case management and casework supervision will be
explored. Topics covered will be dynamics of the communication process,
decision-making, conflict, resolution and compliance, management of resources
external to the organization, and structural and functional analysis of super-
visory process. K^anagement of case load.

50.983 Rehabilitation of the Alcoholic and Drug Dependent

A study of comprehensive factors including the nature of etiology dynamics
involved in alcoholic and drug dependency; techniques for evaluation; rehabili-
tation administration, planning, and treatment.

100 / COURSES

50.984 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender

The rehabilitation of the penal offender will be examined from an eclectic point
of view. Psychodynamic elements will be stressed as well as social factors in
the etiology, evaluation, treatment and rehabilitation seminar planning and
administration.

50.985 Rehabilitation of the Geriatric

This course will present a comprehensive treatment of the problems, dimensions,
and parameters involved in the administration of the various services and
facilities for the rehabilitation of the geriatric. Special emphasis will be placed
on the rehabilitation philosophy versus disengagement.

50.986 Critical Issues in Rehabilitation Administration

This course will be built around the exploration and in-depth discussion of
current issues which are highly problematical to the field. Among these issues
are the breadth of the concept of disability, appropriate training sequences for
the various rehabilitation disciplines, the resolution of conflict over role overlap
among disciplines, appropriate models for service delivery systems, etc. The
most current and relevant research will be brought to bear upon these areas as
well as knowledge from the reservoir of experience of instructors, visiting
experts, and the student participants themselves. Students will be prepared to
cope with these issues as they exist in the profession and in the community. A
theoretical orientation frame of reference will be brought to bear upon problems
wherever feasible.

50.991 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two electives
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

50.995 Institute in Rehabilitation Administration

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-
demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

50.998 Workshop in Rehabilitation Administration

The department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school

COURSES / 101

or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of workshop instructor.

50.999 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of tfie chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

Speech Pathology and Audiology

55.803 Cerebral Palsy

Neuromuscular involvements and concomitant language and speech disorders;
intellectual deficits, psychological deviations, communicative disorders of a
cerebral palsied population; testing, placement, and management of the cere-
bral palsied child and adult with emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach.

55.804 Aphasia and Related Neurological Disturbances

Emphasis on clinical analysis of aphasic verbal behavior, physiology and path-
ology of aphasia, review of literature, and a brief review of current attitudes con-
cerning therapy.

55.805 Seminar: Voice Disorders

Physiology and neurology of the laryngeal mechanism; the laryngoscopic ex-
amination. Voice disorders as learned behavior as a result of organic, neuro-
logical, and psychological deviation. Evaluation, referral, and management.

55.806 Language Disturbances in Children

Minimal cerebral dysfunction and its effect on language acquisition and use
in the communicatively disturbed child; behavioral patterns of the nonverbal
child; concepts of delayed development of language; evaluation and manage-
ment.

55.811 Stuttering

Contemporary research in the field of stuttering. Elaboration of theories and
their related therapies. Psychodynamics of stuttering behavior and empirical
problems.

55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech and Language Pathology

Evaluation, interpretation, and integration of test results; the application of
standard psychological tests to speech and hearing disorders; analysis of pa-
tients' premorbid and morbid histories, medical and psychological diagnoses;
design and execution of therapeutic procedures; proper referral techniques and
report writing; practicum situation. Prep. 55.816, Test Procedures in Speech
and Language or permission of instructor.

102 / COURSES

55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice

Supervised clinical practicum in speech pathology and audiology in the North-
eastern University Speech and Hearing Clinic and medical settings, educational
settings, and rehabilitation centers. A minimum of 150 c!ocl< hours of experience
with patients is required, to extend over a three quarter time period. An "I"
grade will be awarded until all the requirements are met and then a pass-fail
grade will be awarded. Prep. 50 clock hours of clinical experience and permis-
sion of the clinical staff.

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

The use of pure tone and speech reception instrumentation and hearing aid
evaluation, the results and interpretation in the diagnosis of functional and
organic disorders. Lectures, demonstration, observations, and practicum. Prep.
Introduction to Audiology and consent of instructor.

55.815 Clinical Audiology

The process of identification and evaluation of hearing loss. Differential diagno-
sis. Tests for conductive, sensorineural, and retrocochlear involvements. A
consideration of research findings in the area of hearing aid selection, audi-
tory training, lip reading, and language training for hearing handicapped indi-
viduals. Prep. Introduction to Audiology (see undergraduate Education catalog).

55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language

Procedures in evaluating organic and functional communication disorders using
standard and nonstandard speech and language tests in University clinic situ-
ations. Demonstration and application of techniques, and objective reporting.

55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech-Hearing
Mechanism

Lectures and demonstrations by medical personnel. Emphasis on the head and
neck. Admission by consent of adviser and medical supervisor. For advanced
standing students. Prep. Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech and
Hearing I; Introduction to Audiology, and Pathologies of the Ear.

55.818 Pathologies of the Ear

Lectures and observations in the organic and neurological pathologies of the
ear; i.e., otitis media, Meniere's disease, and otosclerosis. Consideration of
approaches to treatment (medical setting).

55.819 Clinical Audiometry 11

Specialized techniques (Bekesy, FGSR, EEG, group testing, and screening) the
results and interpretation in the diagnosis of functional and organic hearing
disorders. Prep. Introduction to Audiology and Audiometry I, lectures, demon-
stration, observations, and practicum.

55.820 Physiological Acoustics

Acoustics, anatomy, and physiology of the auditory system; psychophysical
methods; and a consideration of auditory theories and mechanics.

55.821 Seminar in Audiology

Advanced study of the rationale and development of principles associated with
special procedures and methods used in audiology.

COURSES / 103

55.822 Functional and Organic Disorders of Speech

Diagnosis, prognosis, and remediation of articulatory disorders as learned be-
havior, as a result of organic and/or psychological deviation. Evaluation, refer-
ral, and management. Prep. Anatomy I, Organic Disorders, and graduate
standing.

55.823 Social Aspects of Communication Disorders

Effect of communication disorders on social functioning; the impact on child
and family; sociological significance for parents; helping the family; kinds of
help needed by family. Similarities and differences in services offered by the
social caseworker, school guidance counselor, vocational counselor, clinical
psychologist, and the psychiatrist.

55.824 Seminar in Speech Pathology

A consideration of communication disorders of all types from a psychiatric
viewpoint. A presentation of cases by the psychiatric and psychologic staff.
Differential diagnosis, etiology, symptomatology, and management.

55.860 Aphasia Rehabilitation

Emphasis on current attitudes toward therapy and new methods, clinical methods
of evaluation which are preparatory to therapy, observation of therapeutic
methods, and supervised clinical practice at the Veterans Administration Hos-
pital. Prep. 55.804, Seminar: Aptiasia and Related Neurological Disturbances or
an acceptable equivalent.

55.861 Neuropathology

The intricacies of neurological disease. Application of functional neuroanatomy
in comprehending the various disease processes involving the nervous system.
Derangements of speech with a neurological basis, an understanding of the
disease process in relation to the diagnosis and treatment of patients with
neurological diseases: cerebrovascular disease tumors or malformations, Par-
kinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, and others. Case presentations, neuro-
anatomy, laboratory experience, and analysis in the hospital environment. Prep,
permission of instructor.

55.862 Experimental Phonetics

Theoretical consideration of: 1. speech as a motor behavior with special refer-
ence to physiological investigations of normal respiration, phonation, and articu-
lation; and 2. speech as an acoustic phenomenon with special reference to
acoustic investigation of voice and speech sounds. Survey of the experimental
literature. Prep, a course in phonetics or consent of instructor.

55.863 Advanced Study in Articulation Disorders

An exploration into advanced theories of normal and abnormal phonological
development with emphasis on distinctive feature theory and phoneme theory;
direct application of theories to diagnosis and treatment of various phonological
disorders.

55.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

104 / COURSES

Teaching the Deaf
(Will not be offered 1973-74.)

55.825 Teaching Speech to Deaf Children

Utilization of vibration, visual aids, kinesthetic and proprioceptive cues, resid-
ual hearing and imitation in combination to elicit intelligible speech from the
deaf.

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to Deaf Children

Modern methods in use such as the Fitzgerald Key and the Natural Language
Approach. Emphasis on how to use language in natural situations through lip
reading and writing, with later emphasis on the formal presentation of language
principles.

Methods used to develop reading experiences that focus on content rather than
mechanics. Development of a balanced reading program that will provide
adequate motivation, provision for evaluation, a wide variety of rich materials,
and a well-organized sequence of reading experiences.

55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education

Special methodologies in teaching the deaf. A wide view of the field and a
comprehensive consideration of methods and materials. Emphasis placed on how
to provide concrete experiences and activities, trips, and demonstrations to
assist the child in understanding. There will also be demonstrations in the use
of visual and auditory aids.

55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

Various speechreading methods, auditory training techniques, and materials.
An integrated approach to the treatment of the hearing handicapped.

55.852 Practicum: Teaching of the Deaf (8 quarter hours)

An opportunity for observing and teaching deaf children at various levels, under
regular supervision in the Beverly School for the Deaf.

Special Education
(For sequence requirements refer to Fields of Study.)

55.801 Special Education for the Regular Classroom Teacher

This course is designed as an introductory course for students and for teachers
in the field to consider the nature and needs of exceptional children. Educa-
tional adjustments which will need to be made both in and out of the regular
classroom are given major emphasis. The roles of the regular class teacher,
the resource teacher, and other remedial specialists will be examined, and uses
of the team approach will be explored.

55.807 Learning Disabilities

Survey of characteristics of children who possess adequate mental ability,
sensory processes, and emotional stability but who present specific deficits in
perceptual, integrative, or expressive processes which impair learning efficiency.
An overview of diagnostic tests, the reading process, curriculum materials, and
teaching methods combined with observation and practice in clinical diag-
nosis and prescription.

I

COURSES / 105

55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed

A study of approaches used to deal with disruptive behavior. Curriculum and
facilities adjustments and techniques of classroom management are also con-
sidered. Prep. 55.880 Etiology, Dynamics and Treatment (may be taken con-
currently with 55.880).

55.832 Group Dynamics

Emphasis on understanding group growth, behavior, and action fundamental to
developing solutions to the complex problems of group life. Students will learn
to examine their strengths and weaknesses, to make decisions, to become alert
to new ideas and actions, to discover the pulse of a group, and analyze reasons
for being productive while another group may be nonproductive. The group will
examine such areas as sociodrama, sociometric techniques, attitude testing,
social action project development, and communication blocks in human rela-
tions.

55.833 Mental Health

A study of conditions leading to optimal social adjustment. Consideration of
the relationship between the maturation process and mental health, possible
predeterminants of maladjustment, and factors which encourage the attainment
of emotional maturity. Special emphasis will be paid to the role of the school.
Contributions from the fields of psychiatry, psychology, sociology, physiology,
and medicine will be synthesized and evaluated.

55.834 Case Conferences on Emotionally Disturbed Children

This course will be conducted as a seminar in connection with the student's
practicum. Case presentations by outstanding resource persons will be thor-
oughly examined and discussed. Students will also be expected to make their
case presentations to the seminar. Prep. 50.807 Abnormal Psychology, 55.831
Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed.

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life

A consideration will be given to the internal and external dynamics of family
life and the significance of such dynamics to the mental health of the handi-
capped child. Approaches to working with parents are explored.

55.837 Seminar: Problems of the Emotionally Disturbed Child

This course will be devoted to an intensive study of the special problems of the
emotionally disturbed child. It will provide an opportunity to proceed in depth
in areas of special interest to the seminar students. Special attention will be
paid to problems presented by the autistic child, the neurotic child, the child
with character disorders, the child with psychosomatic disorders, and the
multihandicapped child. Prep. 55.880-881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment.

55.838 The Socially and Emotionally Maladjusted

Orientation to the dynamics, characteristics, and needs of the maladjusted
child and adolescent. Psycho-educational management through use of one or
more of major educational approaches will be considered.

55.839 The Multiply Handicapped

A review of handicapping conditions and consideration of the educational
implications of multiple handicaps. Tutoring a child with two or more handicaps,

106 / COURSES

consulting with agencies and school personnel will be among projects assigned.
Prep. 55.880-881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment and 55.840 Psychology of
Mental Retardation and Otiier Handicapping Conditions, or permission of tlie ,
Instructor. I

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other Handicapping Conditions

A study of the social and emotional adjustment of handicapped children and of :
the psychological significance of mental, sensory, and motor variations in the
adjustive process. The effects of limitations imposed by attitudes of society,
the attitude of the individual toward his handicap, and the effect of the handicap
itself are evaluated. Implications for educational programs are analyzed.

55.841 Methods and Materials — Trainable Retarded

Approaches and techniques utilized in working with the severely handicapped. '
Prep. 55.880-881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment.

55.842 Methods and Materials — Educable Retarded

Techniques used in special education to provide for assessment, diagnosis, and
prescriptive teaching for the educable retarded and other mildly handicapped
pupils. Roles of the learning specialist, resource teacher, and the regular class \
teacher will be examined. Prep. 55.880-881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment i
(may be taken concurrently). j

55.843 Industrial Arts and Crafts and Vocational Education for the i
Handicapped

Designed to develop fundamental skills in the teaching of basic arts and crafts
and home management, and in projects assigned in such areas as: use of tools
for simple projects, household repairs, basic sewing, and essentials of food i
preparation. Visits are made to sheltered workshops and vocational adjustment
centers.

55.844 Measurement and Evaluation in Special Education

Emphasis on the assessment of abilities of handicapped children and interpre-
tation of test results. Demonstrations of the WISC, the ITPA, and other fre-
quently used diagnostic tess. Emphasis is on interpretation of test results for
educational remediation. Prep. 55.880-881 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment.

55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers

The course is designed to assist in developing effective working relationships
between vocational rehabilitation counselors and special education teachers
through exposure of the two groups to a number of similar experiences.
Elementary and secondary school personnel concerned with exceptional
children will also find the course valuable. Consideration will be given to
present legislation, the teacher's role in vocational rehabilitation, an under-
standing of the counseling process, and vocational rehabilitation resources
available to school personnel.

55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems

Consideration and evaluation of tests and procedures currently in use for the
fSurpose of evaluating preschool children in areas of physical, perceptual, and

COURSES / 107

intellectual functioning. Clinical experience will be an integral part of the
course and work with parents will be emphasized. Prep. 55.844 Measurement
and Evaluation.

55.849 Special Education for Gifted Children

Identification, characteristics and problems of gifted, creative, and talented
children and youth. Emphasis on administrative and instructional adjustments
needed to provide for this group of exceptional children.

55.850 Field Work and Seminar

55.851 Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed (4 quarter hours each)
Courses designed to satisfy Massachusetts certification requirements for
teaching, under clinical supervision, children designated as emotionally dis-
turbed. The courses extend over a full year in a series of experiences as
participant observer, tutor, and teacher. Students must make available a mini-
mum of 2 days per week for the first 2 quarters and 5 full days per week for
the 3rd quarter. Part-time students who are employed will need to make pro-
vision for evening, weekend, or summer assignments to satisfy the field experi-
ence, and to satisfy the student teaching requirement, 5 days per week. Provision
for attendance at seminars must also be made.

55.853 Field Work and Seminar

55.854 Practicum in Special Education (4 quarter hours each)

Courses designed to satisfy Department requirements for field experience and
extended practicum for SECP or other students who do not need certification.
The courses extend over a full year and cover a series of experiences. Students
must make available a minimum of 2 days per week for the first 2 quarters and
5 full days per week for the 3rd quarter. Application for field placement is made
2 quarters prior to that for which field work is planned. Part-time students who
are employed will need to make provision for evening, weekend, or summer
assignments to satisfy the requirement for field experience, and a full quarter
of field work, 5 days per week. Provision for attendance at seminars must also
be made.

55.855 Field Work and Seminar

55.856 Student Teaching of the Mentally Retarded (4 quarter hours each)
Courses designed to satisfy present Massachusetts certification requirements for
teaching children designated as mentally retarded. The courses extend over a
full year in a series of experiences as participant observer, tutor, and teacher.
Students must make available a minimum of 2 days per week for the first 2

: quarters and 5 full days per week for the 3rd quarter. Part-time students who
are employed will need to make provision for evening, weekend, or summer

i assignments to satisfy the field experience, and to satisfy the student teaching
requirement, 5 days per week. Provision for attendance at seminars must also be
made.

55.870 Administration and Supervision of Special Education

Designed for advanced graduate students preparing for administrative or
supervisory positions in special education programs. Facilities and curriculum

108 / COURSES

adjustments, staff roles, methods and content for in-service training, and the
use of the team approach are studied. Field trips to observe and evaluate |
programs are required. Prep. 52-810, 52-811 Leadership in Education I & II.

55.880, 55.881 Etiology, Dynamics and Treatment of Physical, Mental

and Emotional Disturbances (8 quarter hours)

The etiology, dynamics, diagnosis, and treatment of physical and mental
anomalies and of emotional disturbance in children with special reference to
their influence on learning. The nature and role of concerned agencies are
discussed and emphasis is placed on the multidisciplinary approach for life-
span planning. This course meets two consecutive quarters. Prep. 50.803 Child
Psychology (may be taken concurrently during the first quarter).

55.882 Seminar in Mental Retardation

A study of research in the field and its implications for teaching. Intervention
strategies will be studied and evaluated.

55.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

55.895 Institute in Special Education

The department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special insti-
tute faculty drawn from resources outside the University as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of
academic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time
commitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening
sessions five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the
nature and scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for par-
ticipants who are currently employed in a common field of work and who are
desirous of receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, or
new content areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion
of an institute but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern
without the approval of the department in which the student is doing his major
field of specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree
candidates in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to
registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute
instructor.

55.898 Workshop in Special Education

The department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of
instructional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a
degree program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in
which the student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All

COURSES / 109

workshop participants must be degree candidates In the Graduate School of
Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students.
Prep, permission of workshop instructor.

55.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Prep, approval of ttie cfiairman of ttie department and of tfie
Director of tfie Graduate Sctiooi of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during tfie quarter prior to registration for tfie Directed Study.)

110 / DIRECTORY

DEPARTMENTAL DIRECTORY

Counselor Education
Curriculum & Instruction
Director of Field Placement
Educational Administration
Foundations of Education
Graduate School of Education
Rehabilitation Administration
Special Education
Speech Pathology & Audiology

Telephone

Office

Number

405 CU

437-3276

227 CU

437-3302

90 KB

437-3280

82 KB

437-3286

319 CU

437-3282

118 CU

437-2708

232 UR

437-2485

232 UR

437-2485

133 FR

437-2492

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Offering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate
degrees

Boston-Bouv6 College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Lincoln College

Offering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening fiours leading to
associate and baccalaureate degrees

Lincoln College
University College

index

Academic Council, 13
Address of Graduate School

of Education, 1
Administration

Graduate Division, 14

University, 10
Admission

GAGS, 38

Master's Degree, 35

Nondegree Certification, 38

B
■Board of Trustees, 9
Building and Facilities, 20

Calendar, 5-6

Campus Description and

Location, 20
Map, 4
Certificate of Advanced

Graduate Study, 38

(See also Fields of Study)
Class Hours and Credits, 25
Classifications, Academic, 36
Colleges, Undergraduates, 110
Committee of the Graduate

School of Education, 17
Comprehensive Examination, 37
Continuing Education, Center for, 19
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Core Requirements, 41, 42
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of

Counselor Education, 92
Educational Administration, 84
Foundations of Education, 73

Curriculum and Instruction, 77
Rehabilitation Administration
and Special Education, 97
Credits, 25, 37
Transfer, 37

Departmental Directory, 110

Executive Committee, 10

Faculty, 31

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 27

Fields of Study

Advanced Graduate Study, 65
Teacher Certification, 69
Programs in Professional
Specializations, 40

Financial Information, 27-30

Full-Time Study, 36

Grading System, 24
Graduate and Professional
Schools, 18, 19

H

Henderson House, 23

Libraries, 20

M

Map of Campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 22

Master's Degree, Admission, 35-38

111

112 / INDEX

Part-Time Study, 36
Programs of Study, 33
(See also Fields of Study)

Refunds, 28
Registration, 23
Dates, 5-6
Regulations, 23-26
Research Activities, 19
Residence Requirement, 24

Special-Student Status, 36
Student Center, 20

Student Teaching, 64, 65
Suburban Facilities, 21, 22

Teacher Certification Program, 64
Transfer Credits, 37
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 27

u

Undergraduate Colleges, 110
University Council, 12
University Graduate Council, 14

W

Withdrawals, 25

pur iheastern
versity

^.dduate
-«hool

jineermg
^-74

northeastern
university

Graduate

School

of

Engineering

1973-74

Northeastern University

214 Hayden Hall

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (617) 437-2711

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 The Northeastern University Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

10 Administration Organization

12 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools

19 The University

21 Buildings and Facilities

25 Regulations of the Graduate School of Engineering
25 General Regulations

30 The Master's Degree

34 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree

36 The Doctor of Engineering Degree

39 Interdisciplinary Programs

40 The Engineer Degree
43 Financial Information

43 Financial Obligations

44 Financial Aid
47 Faculty

51 Fields of Study

51 Chemical Engineering

61 Civil Engineering

83 Electrical Engineering

119 Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management

137 Mechanical Engineering

157 Mathematics and Physics

159 Index

COS

SI— cqx=3<^cso_iq: «c 0:31

OQ OQ O CJ CJ Q Q ^ WU LU •- ■■ --— ■

s

f if I"! ■"

CO oa o <J> o o o o Lu IT Li. LI. e> 3: ^ :<: :x: ^ ^ <X S o. a: Q= 3

I

T3 c a> c

■«aT^'-2<g'*-'*roS2o^«^'^2?i)2

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Wednesday-Thursday
Monday-Thursday

Wednesday-Thursday

Monday

Saturday

Monday-Friday

Sept. 5-Sept. 6
Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Sept. 5-Sept. 13
September 24
November 24
Dec. 10-Dec. 14

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Tuesday
Monday-Thursday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Saturday
Monday-Friday

November 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6

Dec. 3-Dec. 6
January 2
March 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 22

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Tuesday

March 5

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

Classes begin

Monday

April 1

Last day to file commencement card

for spring commencement

Monday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Monday

April 29

Last day to drop a course

Saturday

June 1

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

May 31

Examination period!

Monday-Friday

June 10-June 14

Spring commencement

Sunday

June 16

'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before

the date of the interview.
tExaminations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate

examination schedule.

Summer Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment
Classes begin
Last day to file a commencement

card for fall commencement
Last day to drop a course
Examination period
Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement

8:00 p.m.)

Monday-Tuesday

Wednesday-Friday

Monday-Friday
Monday

Monday

Friday

Wednesday-Friday

Tuesday

June 17-June 18
June 19-June 21

June 17-June 21
June 24

July 1

July 19 I

July 31-Aug. 2

July 30

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriots' Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Tuesday

Monday

Monday

Monday

Thursday

Monday

October 8
October 22
Nov. 22-Nov. 24
Dec. 17-Jan. 1
February 18
April 15
May 27
July 4
September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T.Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry

•Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beal

*Roy H. Beaton

*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

*George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

*Louis W. Cabot
"Norman L. Cahners
ChariesW. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham

"Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

•David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
•Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

•Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
•William P. Ellison
Joseph A. Erickson
Robert Erickson

•Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell

Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trus'ees
"Honorary Trustee

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
•Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
"George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
•Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
•Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegler
•Alvin C. Zlses

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
°Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1975 Class of 1976

Roy H. Beaton Diana J. Auger

F. Gregg Bemis George R. Brown

Louis W. Cabot William R. Driver, Jr.

Byron K. Elliott Harold D. Hodgl<inson

Donald B. Guy Robert L. Johnson

Kenneth A. Loftman Mrs. John B. Kenerson
John Lowell (Frances Comins)

Lawrence H. Martin James A. Morton

Augustin H. Parker Amelia Peabody

Francis J. Quirico Thomas L. Phillips

Earl P. Stevenson Robert G. Stone

Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

'Carl S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farwell Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of tlie University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

•President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

10

I

I

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate School

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the
Executive Vice President

Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of tfie Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of tlie Graduate Scfiool of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Healtfi Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education

Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Director of Afro-American Institute and
Assistant Dean of Students

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

12

I

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

'Catherine L. Allen

Israel Aluf

Joseph E. Barbeau

Conrad P. Caligaris

Robert L. Cord

Alan Cromer

Flora Descenza

F. Andre Favat

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.

Austin W. Fisher, Jr.

Walter Fogg
* James S. Hekimian

Morris Horowitz

Donald M. Jacobs

Conrad Jankowski
'Juanita Long
'Gilbert G. MacDonald
*Melvin Mark

Edward Marshall

Robert Martin

Philip McDonald

Robert W. Miller

Irene Nichols
'John C. O'Byrne

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John F. Reinhard

J. Spencer Rochefort
'Kenneth G. Ryder

Eugene J. Saletan
*Robert A. Shepard

Joseph J. Senna

Kathryn J. Shaffer

Ruth E. Sullivan

Arthur Walker

Roy Weinstein

Paul C. Wermuth

Delaine Williamson
*Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

'Appointed by the President

13

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouv6 College Graduate School j

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools !

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professiorial
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Assistant Registrar of the Graduate Schools

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, B.S., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1972-1973

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
A. B. Warren, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee of the

Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

14

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

Ernest M. Decicco, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
the Department

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance

Thomas Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Counseling Education

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of (Management

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Welville B. Nowak, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

15

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Pliarmacognosy and l\/ledicinal Cfiemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Ptiarmacology

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Phiysical Education

Jayantilal Satia, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of !\/ledicinal Chemistry and Cfiairman of
the Department

Yogenda N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

Harold L. Stubbs, Stone Professor of Mathematics

Herbert L. Sussman, Associate Professor of English

Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology and Acting Chairman
of the Department

Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

R. Gregg Wilfong, Professor of Political Science and Chairman of the Department

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

16

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, Dean of tlie Scfiool of Lav/

Philip J. Rusche, Director of tlie Graduate Sciiool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty

Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration

Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee on Graduate Study in Engineering

1972-1973

George W. Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S., Chairman, Assistant Dean of Engineering

and Director of the Graduate
School of Engineering and
Professor of Civil Engineering

Arthur R. Foster, B.S., M.Eng., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
and Chairman of the Department

Bernard M. Goodwin, B.S., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering

James M. Moore, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Engineering and
Chairman of the Department

Harold R. Raemer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering

and Chairman of the Department

Ernest L. Spencer, S.B., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering

and Chairman of the Department

Richard E. Sprague, B.S., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the

Graduate School of Engineering

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., Ed.M., Ex Officio, Dean of Graduate

Placement Services

17

'

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 174 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning. Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the fi-
nancing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate
level in engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been devel-
oped to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to offering day
undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering Technology and
Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln College offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor degree programs in
technological areas. All formal courses of study leading to degrees
through part-time programs are approved by the Basic College faculties
concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

19

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master of
Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of its connmunity in a period of accelerated
change. Adult education programs offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
Is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center In Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged In a wide variety of basic
research projects In business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are Unlversity-wlde and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern Is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate Instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning takes place In an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, Physi-
cal and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy. There are addi-
tional subject collections for the Center for Management Development
at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Institute in Nahant.

21

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 2,300 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an
athletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as
administrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Phys-
ical Education Department of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hail

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hail, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Upperclass Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table.
The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first-come,
first-served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, and in camping admin-
istration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in Ashland, com-
pleted in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and lacrosse fields,
waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp sites, fields and
forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a recreation hall,
library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this Institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Nashua Campus

For students residing in the southern New Hampshire area, the Grad-
uate School of Business Administration offers a major portion of its
M.B.A. Program at facilities In Nashua, New Hampshire. These facilities,
made available by Sanders Associates Inc., are located in their head-
quarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts line.

regulations of the
graduate school
of engineering

The Master of Science degree may be earned in Chemical Engineer-
ing, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering, and Engineering Management. In addition,
there are programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and
Mechanical Engineering. The Doctor of Engineering degree is offered
in Chemical Engineering. The Engineer degree may be earned in Elec-
trical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the University Graduate Council. In some
matters the committee of each graduate school is allowed discretion
to establish regulations v/ithin limits defined by the council. The regula-
tions and academic requirements which follow have been formulated in
•accordance with this general policy.

Applications

All applicants for full-time study at the master's level should address
inquiries to the respective departments or to the Graduate School of
Engineering. Application forms and reference blanks will be mailed to
the applicant. This material, together with the $15.00 non-refundable
application fee, necessary transcripts, the Graduate Record Examina-
tion scores when required, and the results of the Test of English as a
Foreign Language, required of all applicants whose native language is
not English, should be returned to the Graduate School of Engineering
Office as soon after January 15 as possible.

All applicants for partrtime study at the master's level who wish to
enroll in the Fall Quarter should request an application from the Grad-

25

26 / REGULATIONS

uate School of Engineering Office. The completed application, a $15.00
non-refundable application fee, and an official transcript should be
mailed to the Graduate School of Engineering prior to September 1.
The applicant will be notified by mail regarding his acceptance. Mail
applications will not be accepted after September 1.

After September 1, applicants for part-time study who wish to enroll
in the Fall Quarter which begins in September of each year must call
the Graduate School of Engineering for an appointment. This will assure
them of an opportunity, at this late date, to be counseled by a member
of the Engineering Faculty. Mail applications could not be processed
in the short period of time from September 1 to the beginning of the
Fall Quarter.

Applicants for part-time study who wish to begin a graduate program
in any quarter other than the Fall Quarter may request an application
from the Graduate School of Engineering Office. The completed appli-
cation, the non-refundable $15.00 application fee and an official tran-
script should be sent to the Graduate School no later than three weeks
prior to the interview and registration period for the quarter in which
the applicant plans to begin his program. The dates of the interview
and registration periods are announced in the catalog (see academic
calendar) and in the circular issued each July.

If an applicant is unable to submit the application material by mail
at least three weeks prior to the registration period, he should call the
Graduate School Office to arrange for a personal interview to deter-
mine his qualifications for admission. The application, the non-refund-
able $15.00 application fee and the official transcript may be submitted
at the interview.

In some cases, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of
the applicants. The examination is administered by the Educational
Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Applicants
must make their own arrangements with the Educational Testing Service
for the examination.

Test scores for Graduate Record Examinations and Test of English
as a Foreign Language sent to the Graduate School of Engineering are
retained for only one year from the date they were taken. If an applicant
does not enroll in the quarter for which he was accepted, but delays his
registration for a period of one year or more from the date that he
originally took his examinations, he must repeat the examinations or
resubmit the original test scores before he will be permitted to register.

Transcripts

Official transcripts of previous college training must be supplied with
the mail application if an admissions decision is to be rendered by
return mail, or submitted at the personal interview. If this is not feasible,
the official transcripts must be mailed to the Graduate School of Engi-

REGULATIONS / 27

peering as soon after the initial registration as possible. Failure to file
the necessary transcripts will result in the student being asked to
withdraw.

Admission

To be admitted for graduate work, an applicant must have obtained
a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering or a closely related science
from a recognized college or university with an acceptable quality of
undergraduate work. His scholastic record, therefore, must show ability
to pursue creditably a program of graduate study, and his undergraduate
training must indicate breadth as well as adequate preparation in the
field in which the applicant expects to do advanced work. Acceptance
to the school is granted upon recommendation of the departmental
graduate committee or its designate following a review of the applica-
tion and supporting material. The recommendation is based upon
promise of academic success and fulfillment of minimum criteria estab-
lished by each department in the Graduate School of Engineering.

Students with an engineering or related science bachelor's degree,
' who are enrolled in another graduate school at Northeastern, may trans-
fer to the Graduate School of Engineering. However, they must make
application and file the necessary documents, the same as transfers
from other colleges or universities. The submission of registration ma-
terials for engineering course work does not constitute enrollment in the
Graduate School of Engineering.

Registration

Students must register within the dates and times listed on the school

calendar. The place of registration will be announced prior to each

period.

Auditors are not permitted. All students attending any course in the

[Graduate School of Engineering must be officially registered by the

• Registrar and listed on the class roster.

' Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University
unless approval has been obtained from the director of the graduate
school for work taken elsewhere. Students who are in residence and
are using the facilities of the University must register for such work.

I Programs of Study

The curricula of the degree programs are given under each depart-
mental heading. The descriptions of courses offered by the several de-
partments are given so that prospective students may obtain a view of

28 / REGULATIONS

the course coverage. Preparation courses are indicated when necessary.
Not all courses are offered every year, but the course offerings will be
arranged in such a manner that students may make continuous progress
toward the degree.

The Graduate School of Engineering issues a circular close to July 1st
which gives the courses for the following academic year and the times
at which they meet.

The number of students enrolled in each class will be limited to permit
effective teaching at the graduate level. The University reserves the right
to cancel, postpone, combine, or modify any course.

At the time of his first registration, each full-time student must de-
velop, with the assistance of his faculty adviser, a complete program of
study for the degree for which he is registered. All subsequent changes
must be approved by his faculty adviser.

Part-time students will be expected to complete the required courses
outlined by each department, after which the elective courses may be
undertaken. The study load for such students is limited to a program of
two courses per quarter (one course in the summer) unless special
permission to carry a heavier load is given by the director of the
graduate school.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been at a satisfactory level.

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the ,
course is not at the level expected in graduate work.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete
This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work
of the course.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

REGULATIONS / 29

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

These grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se-
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both
the first and second quarters of the sequence. The designations S
and U may also be used for thesis and seminar worl<.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade upon removal of the
deficiency which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies
must be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of
I is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor.
However, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con-
secutive calendar quarters.

Any student who wishes to make-up a final examination must obtain
permission from the director of the graduate school by the second week
of the quarter succeeding that in which the examination was missed.
The make-up examination must be taken in that succeeding quarter
unless circumstances warrant permission of the director to defer it to
one of the next two quarters.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is
equivalent to three fourths of a semester hour credit. All classes meet
on a quarter basis. In the summer session, classes meet for six-week
periods. The academic calendar in the front of this catalog should be
consulted for the opening and closing dates of each academic quarter.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward the
degree. Any student who has not attended the Graduate School of Engi-
neering for a period of one year must apply to the director for re-
admission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburban
Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class meet-
ing of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on which
they fill out the official withdrawal form. Ceasing to attend a class or
notifying the Instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal.

Students who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from
the class unless they notify the Registrar of their intention not to with-
draw. Requests for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class meet-
ing of the quarter may be submitted to the Director of the Graduate
School, and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student.

30 / REGULATIONS

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi-
cated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes,
and when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to
meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
possible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Filing for the Degree

Each student who plans to graduate either in June or September must
submit to the Registrar's Office a completed commencement data card
prior to the deadline listed in the academic calendar for that commence-
ment at which he expects to receive the degree. If the deadline for
filing is not met there is no assurance that the degree will be awarded
that year. The commencement data card is supplied with the registration
materials or is available in the Registrar's Office.

THE IVIASTER'S DEGREE

Admission

Specific requirements for each degree program will be found in the
appropriate paragraphs for each academic department in the Graduate
School of Engineering.

Academic Classifications

Students initially entering the Graduate School are classified into
one of three groups according to their admission qualifications.

Regular students are those who meet in full all admittance criteria
based on the standards established by the Committee on Graduate
Study in Engineering.

Provisional students are those whose records are above the mini-
mum required for acceptance but do not qualify them for regular ad-
mission based on the standards established. Therefore, provisional
students must obtain a B average in their first 12 quarter hours of
course work to continue in the graduate school and be reclassified as
regular.

Special students are those who do not wish to pursue a master's
degree program or who may already possess the master's degree.
Special students with only the bachelor's degree must meet the same
admission criteria as the regular or provisional student and will be
limited to a maximum of 12 quarter hours of graduate credits.

REGULATIONS / 31

Any student whose record is not satisfactory may be dropped from the
program regardless of his classification.

Academic Requirements

A candidate for the master's degree must satisfactorily complete an
approved program consisting of a minimum of 40 quarter hours of cor-
related work of graduate caliber and such other study as may be re-
quired by the department in which he is registered.

To qualify for the Master of Science degree from the Graduate School
of Engineering each student must have an average grade accumulative
of not less than B with no more than 12 credits below a B in all courses
undertaken at Northeastern University. The Committee on Graduate
Study in Engineering allows eight quarter hours of credit to be taken in
addition to the stated degree requirements to repeat failed required
courses or to substitute for elective courses to obtain the required B
average for completion of degree requirements. The number of I grades'
that a student may accrue will be limited.

Within the above limitations for extra or repeated courses, a required
course for which a grade of F is received must be repeated with a grade
of C or better, and may be repeated only once. If a grade of F is
received in an elective course, that course may be repeated once to
obtain a grade of C or better, or another elective course may be sub-
stituted for it. If a grade of C is received in a required course, that
course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of B or better.

Comprehensive Examination

At the discretion of the department, a final written or oral compre-
hensive examination may be required. Such examinations will be given
at least two weeks before the commencement at which the degree is
expected.

Thesis

If a thesis is required in partial fulfillment of degree requirements, it
must show independent work based in part upon original material, and
must meet the approval of the departmental graduate committee.

The thesis must receive a grade of B or better to be accepted. In-
structions for the preparation of the thesis may be obtained from the
department.

Language Requirement

An examination to show evidence of ability in one or more foreign
languages may be required in some graduate programs. This knowledge
is established by an examination arranged by the departmental graduate
committee. This examination will be administered at least twice yearly.

32 / REGULATIONS

Transfer Credits

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institu-
tion may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that the
credits transferred are in the candidate's field, consist of work taken at
the graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of A or B, have been
earned at a recognized college or university, and have not been used
toward any other degree. Students should petition the Graduate School
of Engineering in writing for all transfer credits. Grades on transfer
credits may not be used for the purpose of obtaining the academic
average necessary for completion of the degree requirements.

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension j|
is granted by the graduate school committee.

Fellowships

The departments of the Graduate School of Engineering have two
types of fellowships available. Some departments have teaching assist-
antships and research fellowships for students enrolled in work leading
to the master's degree. The departments which give doctoral degrees
also have research fellowships for such students.

Assistantships

Some departments have teaching assistantships, on the Cooperative
Plan, in which students alternate full-time academic work with full-time
work in the department. Some departments also have available research
fellowships. Applications for traineeships must be filed by March 15,
with two letters of recommendation and a transcript of all prior college
work. All students must have their course program approved by the
chairman of the respective department before the student registers.

Cooperative Programs

All the graduate departments offer full-time programs on the Coopera-
tive Plan. This plan requires two academic years and a summer. During
this time, each student has three twelve-week quarters of academic
work and four twelve-week quarters of professional employment. The
staff of the Department of Guidance and Placement of the Division of
Cooperative Education will arrange for employment of cooperative
graduate students. Applicants for this program must file two letters of
recommendation and a copy of all prior college work as soon after :|,j
January 15 as possible. The admissions committee will notify applicants i j,
as soon as their material is complete.

Students who are admitted to a master's degree program under the

REGULATIONS / 33

Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory performance, each
cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible for their degree.

In some departments, all of the students start their academic work in
the fall quarter and are classed as Division A students. Some depart-
ments have one group of students starting their academic work in the
fall quarter and one group of students starting their academic work in
the winter quarter. In this case, the first group of students is classed as
Division A and the second group of students is classed as Division B.
The relationship of the first academic quarter for students in the respec-
tive divisions and the Fall, Winter, and Spring academic quarters is
explained in the following chart:

DIVISION A

Academic Year

First Academic
Quarter

Second Academic
Quarter

First

Fall Quarter

Spring Quarter

Second

Winter Quarter

DIVISION B

Academic Year

First Academic
Quarter

Second Academic
Quarter

First

Winter Quarter

Second

Fall Quarter

Spring Quarter

Normally, the Cooperative Plan operates as shown above. Economic
conditions, the military, and other factors may cause a departure from
the normal plan. Interested applicants may obtain, when they apply for
admission, information from the department about any modification of
the academic year.

Full-Time Program

All the departments offer a continuous full-time program in which the
requirements for the master's degree can be completed in one aca-
demic year.

Part-Time Program

Most of the departments offer part-time programs in which the ad-
mission requirements are the same as for full-time programs. However,
the program is established in such a way that students may progress
according to their abilities and the time available. The curricula of the
part-time programs are specified by the departments. All part-time

34 / REGULATIONS

Students must register in those areas which are posted outside of the
Registrar's Office or at the Suburban Campus at the times designated
by the academic calendar. An official transcript of prior college work
must be submitted with the application for those who apply by mail or
at the personal interview for those who apply after the mail deadline.

Honorary Societies

Northeastern University has chapters of Tau Beta Pi, Sigma Xi,
and Phi Kappa Phi. Graduate students are eligible for consideration
for election to these societies in accordance with the admission require-
ments of each organization.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who give

evidence of high attainment and research ability in their major field. J

The degree requirements are administered by committees in charge of |

each degree program. These committees may be departmental graduate |

committees or the committee of the graduate school, depending upon |

the nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman of i

the committee to certify to the Graduate School of Engineering l\

the completion of each requirement for each candidate. I

Admission I

Each degree program has an established admission procedure for
students starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University. Initial ^
contact should be with the chairman of the appropriate department. '

Classification and Degree Candidacy

Students taking advanced graduate work are classified as follows:

1. Doctoral Student

Students in this classification have been admitted to a doc-
toral program.

2. Doctoral Degree Candidate

Students in this classification are doctoral students who have
completed 40 quarter hours of acceptable graduate work beyond
the bachelor's degree and have passed the qualifying examina-
tion.

3. Special Students

This classification is given to students taking advanced grad-
uate work who are not enrolled for a master's degree, and who
have not been admitted to a doctoral program.

REGULATIONS / 35

Residence Requirement

Candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the
equivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University
taking graduate work. The committee of each degree program specifies
the method by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

Qualifying Examination

Students must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by
the committee of the degree program. The material covered in the
qualifying examination and the level of course work necessary to
prepare for the examination are established by the committee for each
program.

Comprehensive Examination

Degree programs may require a comprehensive examination during
the time in which a student is a degree candidate. The purpose of this
examination is to test the knowledge and skills of the student in a
particular area and his knowledge of recent research developments
in his field.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirements of 40 quarter hours constitute
the work normally required for a master's degree. The course require-
ments beyond this are the doctoral course requirements and the amount
of such work necessary in each doctoral program is specified by the
committee in charge of the doctoral program.

Dissertation

Each doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies
the results of extended research and makes an original contribution to
the field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability to
carry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner
the results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation
is established by the committee in charge of the degree program. The
original bound copy of the dissertation must be deposited in the library.

Language Requirement

The foreign language requirement and how it is satisfied is established
by the committee in charge of each degree program.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be taken after completion of all other
requirements for the degree. This examination must be held at least
two weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be
awarded.

36 / REGULATIONS

The committee for the final oral examination for the doctoral degree
is appointed by the committee in charge of the degree program, and
the director of the graduate school is notified of the time of the
examination.

The final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the doctoral
dissertation and significant developments in the field of the dissertation.
Other fields may be included if recommended by the examining
committee.

Transfer Credit

If transfer credit for doctoral course work is desired, approval for
such transfer credit must be given by the committee in charge of the
degree program.

Time Limitation

After the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years
will be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements. If a stu-
dent wishes to obtain a time extension, he may, with the approval of the
committee of his degree program, petition the Committee on Doctoral
Degree Programs of the University Graduate Council for such extension.

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approved
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the first
registration for doctoral work, registration must be continuous unless
withdrawal is allowed by the committee in charge of the degree program.
Students must be registered for dissertation during the quarter in which
they take the final oral examination.

THE DOCTOR OF ENGINEERING DEGREE

The Doctor of Engineering degree is awarded to candidates who give
evidence of high attainment and ability in their major field. The degree
requirements are administered by committees in charge of each degree
program. These committees may be departmental graduate committees
or the committee of the graduate school depending upon the nature of
the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman of the committee to
certify to the Graduate School of Engineering the completion of each
requirement for each candidate.

Admission

Each degree program has an established admission procedure for
students starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University. Initial
contact should be with the chairman of the appropriate department.

REGULATIONS / 37

Classification and Degree Candidacy

Students taking advanced graduate work are classified as follows:

1. Doctoral Student

Students in this classification have been admitted to the
doctoral program.

2. Doctoral Degree Candidate

Students in this classification are doctoral students who have
completed 40 quarter hours of acceptable graduate work beyond
the bachelor's degree and have passed the qualifying exam-
ination.

3. Special Students

This classification is given to students taking advanced grad-
uate work who are not enrolled for a master's degree, and who
have not been admitted to a doctoral program.

Residence Requirement

Candidates for the Doctor of Engineering degree must spend the
equivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University
taking graduate work. The committee of each degree program specifies
the method by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

Qualifying Examination

Students must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set
by the committee of the degree program. The material covered in the
qualifying examination and the level of course work necessary to pre-
pare for the examination are established by the committee for each
program.

Comprehensive Examination

Degree programs may require a comprehensive examination during
the time in which a student is a degree candidate. The purpose of this
examination is to test the knowledge and skills of the student in a par-
ticular area and his knowledge of recent research developments in this
field.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirements of 40 quarter hours constitute the
work normally required for a master's degree. The course requirements
beyond this are doctoral course requirements, and the amount of such
work necessary in each doctoral program is specified by the committee
in charge of the doctoral program.

38 / REGULATIONS

Dissertation

The dissertation for the Doctor of Engineering degree is fundamentally
different from that of the Doctor of Philosophy degree. In general, the
latter focuses on contributions to new knowledge in the engineering
sciences and is expected to demonstrate the student's competence as a
researcher. The dissertation for the Doctor of Engineering degree fo-
cuses on creative engineering design and in-depth engineering studies.
It may, and usually will, contain elements that involve research, but
above all, it must demonstrate the student's ability to work creatively on
engineering analysis and design problems such as those encountered
in professional practice.

Language Requirement

There is no foreign language requirement, but, in lieu of such a
requirement, the student must demonstrate proficiency in computer soft-
ware techniques and an acceptable machine language.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be taken after completion of all other
requirements for the degree. This examination must be held at least two
weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

The committee for the final oral examination for the doctoral degree
is appointed by the committee in charge of the degree program, and
the director of the graduate school is notified of the time of the exam-
ination.

The final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the doctoral
dissertation and significant developments in the field of the dissertation.
Other fields may be included if recommended by the examining com-
mittee.

Transfer Credit

If transfer credit for doctoral course work is desired, approval for
such transfer credit must be given by the committee in charge of the
degree program.

Time Limitation

After the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years
will be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements. If a
student wishes to obtain a time extension, he may, with the approval of
the committee of his degree program, petition the Committee on
Doctoral Degree Programs or the University Graduate Council for such
extension.

i

REGULATIONS / 39

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approved
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the first
registration for doctoral work, registration must be continuous unless
withdrawal is allowed by the committee in charge of the degree pro-
gram. Students must be registered for dissertation during the quarter
in which they take the final oral examination.

Professional Experience

The student is required to present evidence of at least one calendar
year of experience in engineering practice at a suitable professional
level. This experience must have been acquired after completion of a
bachelor's degree in a branch of engineering. The committee in charge
of each degree program specifies the details of the professional experi-
ence requirement.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS

Some graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs which
involve substantial work in two or more departments. To meet this need,
an interdisciplinary program may be established which corresponds
in scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree exactly
with the individual departmental regulations. For such possibilities, the
following plan is in operation:

Admission

Application for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consists
of the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describing
the areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a part
of the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeastern
University, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It may
be directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the director
of the graduate school, who directs it to the appropriate department. In
either case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study requires favor-
able recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-granting de-
partment and approval by authorized representatives of the graduate
study committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines
covered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department be-
comes the registration base of the student.

Formation of Interdisciplinary Committee

A student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must
obtain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral thesis. This
adviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration depart-

40 / REGULATIONS

ment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this student.
A second member will be appointed from the registration department by
its chairman. These two members will obtain one or more additional
members or request the director of the graduate school to do so. At
least two departments must be represented on the committee and a
majority of the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting
departments. The chairman of the registration department will notify
the director of the graduate school of the membership of the commit-
tee as soon as arrangements are complete.

Duties of Interdisciplinary Committee

A member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member
of the registration department will serve as the registration officer to
approve the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved
course registration must also be filed with the other committee members
and with the graduate study committee of the registration department.

The interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis-
tration of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of
the dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must
also certify to the registration department the completion of the require-
ments for the award of the doctoral degree.

The interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the
student represents standards comparable to those of the registration
department and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate
depth in any area.

The program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the
director of the graduate school to determine whether objectives of the
program are being met.

THE ENGINEER DEGREE

The degree of Engineer is intended for those who do not wish to
make a commitment to post-master's degree graduate study that is as
extensive as that required for one of the doctor's degrees. It is an
intermediate degree, between master's and doctor's degrees. A student
who has completed the Engineer degree is eligible to apply for admis-
sion to a doctor's degree program.

Admission

Each departmental Engineer degree program has its own admission
procedure for students beginning the program. Normally a master's
degree in engineering or related field is required. Initial contact should
be with the chairman of the appropriate department.

REGULATIONS / 41

Classification and Degree Candidacy

A student admitted to the Engineer degree program will be designated
as a candidate for this degree.

Residence Requirement

Candidates for the Engineer degree must spend the equivalent of at
least two academic quarters in residence at the University taking grad-
uate work. The committee of each degree program specifies the method
by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

Qualifying and Comprehensive Examinations

The committee for each Engineer degree program specifies its own
examinations. Normally, no qualifying examination is required for candi-
dacy and no comprehensive examination is required for completion, but
individual departments offering the degree may require such exam-
inations.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirement will be 40 quarter hours beyond
the master's degree, with no more than 10 quarter hours of credit out
of the 40 allowed for work on the dissertation. A minimum of 20 quarter
hours must be taken in the department in which the degree is offered.
Specific course requirements for each Engineer degree program are
determined by the departmental committee in charge of the program.

Dissertation

Each Engineer degree student must complete a dissertation which
demonstrates a high level of competence in engineering research,
development, or design. As a general guideline, the amount of effort
normally expected will be the equivalent of about 10 quarter hours of
graduate course work.

Language Requirement

No foreign language is required for the Engineer degree.

Final Oral Examination

A final oral examination may be required by the departmental com-
mittee in charge of the Engineer degree program. The examination will
normally consist of a defense of the dissertation.

Transfer of Credit

Approval for transfer of credit must be given by the departmental
committee in charge of the degree program.

42 / REGULATIONS

Time Limitation

After admission to the program, a maximum of five years will be

allowed for completion of the degree requirements. Extension of this i

time limit may be granted with the approval of the departmental com- |

mittee in charge of the degree program. j

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approved
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the first j
registration for this work, registration must be continuous unless with- i
drawal is allowed by the departmental committee in charge of the ;
degree program. j

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees
at any time. However, any change in tuition and fees will become
effective at the beginning of the school year which follows the one in
which the change was announced.

The tuition rate for all graduate students is $53 per quarter hour of
credit. Doctoral candidates actively utilizing the resources of the Uni-
versity in their Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Engineering disserta-
tion are charged an additional $600 per quarter. Those doctoral candi-
dates registered for dissertation work to be performed off campus are
charged $200 per quarter in addition to tuition. All doctoral candidates
who are no longer actively utilizing University resources are charged a
continuation fee of $50 per quarter.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by cash or check to Northeastern University on or before
the date specified.

Fees

A $15.00 non-refundable application fee must accompany the appli-
cation for admission to the Graduate School of Engineering. No applica-
tions will be processed until the fee has been received..

Upon notification of acceptance, all full-time applicants are required
to pay a tuition deposit of $50.00. This deposit will be credited to the
student's tuition, and it is not refundable for those who do not register.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition and a
commencement fee of $25 for all degree candidates, payable before
commencement by the date listed in the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on
the Huntington Avenue Campus are charged $.75 a quarter.

All full-time students pay a non-refundable University Health Service
fee of $75 each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield

43

44 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

coverage and entitle the students to the medical care furnished by the
University Health Services.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should
be discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund:

Official Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition
First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

Northeastern University has available the following types of assistant-
ships and fellowships for support of graduate students. Those inter-
ested in financial aid must apply through the chairman of the major
department. The chairmen or representatives of the Department are
listed in the catalog under the Committee on Graduate Study in Engi-
neering.

Teaching Asslstantshlps

Teaching asslstantshlps allowing remission of tuition and a stipend
are available in all departments. Holders of such awards devote half
time to academic assistance directly related to the teaching function
and the balance to course work.

Graduate Administrative Assistantships

Some University departments offer the graduate student an opportu-
nity for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
in assisting with non-teaching, administrative duties.

Tuition Assistantships

Many departments provide remission of tuition for students who
share in the administrative work of the department. These awards are
normally given to full-time students in the first year of graduate work.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 45

Research Fellowships

A number of departments offer research fellowships including N.I.H.
and N.S.F. that carry a stipend and remit tuition. Certain of these grants
require half-time work on research in the department, with the remain-
ing time devoted to course work. Others provide for full-time work on
research used for thesis or dissertation.

Martin Luther King, Jr. Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr.,
awards are made as openings occur to qualified minority graduate
students who show financial need and are accepted to full-time study
in the Graduate Schools of the University. Stipends will cover tuition
and all fees.

Doctoral Research Fellowships

In the departments which give work leading to the Ph.D. degree,
research fellowships available for students who have established candi-
dacy for the Ph.D. degree carry a higher stipend than fellowships at
the master's level.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an-
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships and research
fellowships are expected to devote full time to their studies and the
duties of the grant. They may not accept outside employment without
the consent of their faculty advisers and the director of the graduate
school.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in dormitories on or near the Huntington
Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a minimum
compensation of room and board. Further information and application
forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Defense Student Loans

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-
half the normal academic load, are accepted as degree candidates, and
who show evidence of financial need.

The Federal maximum a graduate student may borrow is $5000 while
pursuing his post-baccalaureate degree.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at

46 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

an institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be
extended over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of 3% per
annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years while a
borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

Additional information and application forms are available from the
Office of Financial Aid. The application deadline is September 1 for
full-time students. For other students the deadline is six weeks prior to
the start of the quarter for which aid is requested.

Guaranteed Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candi-
dates, enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load,
may borrow from a participating bank or other financial institution.
Terms and conditions vary from state to state, but a student generally
may borrow up to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500
per year) depending on financial need. The Federal government pays
the interest while the student is in school if the student is eligible for
interest subsidy.

The student must have submitted through the College Scholarship
Service, a Parents' Confidential Statement or, if he has been declared
financially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Confi-
dential Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
Education Office of your State government. Additional information and
necessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
from the Financial Aid Office.

faculty

Charles T. Ajamian, B.S., M.S., Ed.M., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

Edward E. Altshuler, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Ralph E. Bach, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Eiectrical Engineering

Robert E. Bayliss, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

Frederic C. Blanc, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Ralph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of t^echanical Engineering

Joseph J. Bluhm, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

H. Frederick Bowman, B.S., M.S., Nuc.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mecfianical

Engineering
Lyie E. Branagan, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Bruno Brodfeld, B.S.C.E., Lecturer in Engineering
Allan S. Bufferd, B.S., M.S., D.Sc, Lecturer in Engineering

Ralph A. Buonopane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cfiemical Engineering
Leroy M. Cahoon, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Marcello J. Carrabes, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Jonathan D. Casher, B.S., S.M., Lecturer in Engineering
Sze-Hou Chang, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Chang-Chi Chao, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
William H, Chu, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mecfianical Engineering
John W. Cippola, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Brian J. Clifton, B.Sc, Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

John J. Cochrane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Basil L. Cochrun, B.S., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Denis M. Coffey, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Bell A. Cogbill, B.S., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Donald S. Cunningham, S.B., Lecturer in Engineering
Cameron H. Daley, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Foster J. DeGiacomo, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering
James G. Dolan, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Ladislav Dolansky, Ing., M.S., E.E., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Leonard R. Doyon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Robert M. Duff, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
John F. Dunn, Jr., S.B., S.M., Sc.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Louis I. Egelson, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering
Kurt Eisemann, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Computer Science
James M. Feldman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Austin W. Fisher, B.S., Sc.D., Professor of Engineering Management
Arthur R. Foster, B.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and

Chairman of the Department
David R. Freeman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Engineering
Maurice Gertel, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Aaron J. Goldberg, S.B., S.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Robert P. Goldberg, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Kenneth I. Golden, B.S., S.M., M.E., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
David S. Goldman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert A. Gonsalves, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Michael R. Goodman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Bernard M. Goodwin, B.S., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Paul F. Gorman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

47

48 / FACULTY

Arvin Grabel, B.E.E., M.E.E., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Electricat Engineering

Robert S. Green, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering

Constantine J. Gregory, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Environmental Science

Herbert L. Groginsky, B.E.E., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Richard E. Grojean, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Physics

William P. Hansen, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

John A. Hanson, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

William E. Harper, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Donald J. Harrahy, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Barbara E. Hawkes, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert S. Hilbert, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Mitchell O. Hoenig, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Stewart V. Hoover, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Dennis R. Horn, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Richard E. Howard, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Thomas E. Hulbert, B.M.E., M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering

Ziva D. Jankov, Dipl. Eng., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Walter E. JaworskI, B.S., M.S., D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Paul M. Kalaghan, A.B., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Wayne G. Kellner, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Dennis Kelsall, B.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

McKeen Kessel, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Rajinder K. Khetarpal, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Ira Kohlberg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Jack Larsen, A.B., M.A., LL.B., LL.M., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert J. Lechner, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Kenneth M. Leet, B.S., M.S., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

Joseph H. Lenney, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

Edward M. Lenoe, A.B., B.S., M.S., D.E.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Edward F. Levell, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Walter H. Lob, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Morton Loewenthal, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Robert F. London, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

Bertram S. Long, B.S., M.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Thomas J. MacDonald, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

John D. Macey, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Frank J. Mahoney, III, B.E.E., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert N. Martin, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Francis D. McCarthy, B.E., M.E.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

John D. McLellan, B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

David R. McMillan, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert L. Meserve, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

Victor S. Miller, A.B., A.M., Lecturer in Engineering

Ernest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Henry T. Minden, B.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Harold K. Mintz, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

James M. Moore, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Engineering and

Chairman of the Department
James D. Murphy, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Paul J. Murphy, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Richard J. Murphy, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Saul Namyet, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Thomas L. Neff, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Warren G. Nelson, S.B., S.M., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Ronald G. Newburgh, A.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
David D. Nickerson, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering
Hiroshi H. Nishino, B.S., E.E., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
David W. Noones, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Leslie M. Novak, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Welville B. Nowak, S.B., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Robert M. O'Brien, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering
John C. O'Callahan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

FACULTY / 49

James C. O'Shaughnessy, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Civil Engineering

Paul J. Ossenbruggen, B.C.E., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Alex C. Papaioannou, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Gerald S. Parker, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Robert E. Parkin, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

Kenneth Paulin, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Edward T. Peters, B.A., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Thomas E. Phalen, Jr., B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Walter H. Phoenix, B.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

Nadipuram R. Prasad, B.E., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering

John Proakis, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Benjamin M. Rabinovici, Ing. Dipl. E.E., M.S., D.Sc, Professor of Electrical Engineering

Harold R. Raemer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering and

Chairman of the Department
Charles F. Reeves, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Wilfred J. Remillard, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
George O. Reynolds, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Howard H. Reynolds, A.B., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Peter J. Riordan, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
J. Spencer Rochefort, B.S., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering
John W. Rossettos, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., AssocJate Professor of tvlechanical Engineering
Walter M. Rowell, Jr., B.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Harvey Rubinstein, B.E.E., S.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Gerald D. Saks, B.M.E., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering

Sheldon S. Sandler, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Martin M. Santa, B.S., S.M., LL.B., Lecturer in Engineering

Jayantilal K. Satia, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
Gerhard O. Sauermann, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Martin Schetzen, B.E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
John K. Schindler.-S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Walter C. Schwab, S.B., S.M., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
William J. Scott, B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering
Richard J. Scranton, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Michael S. Shebanow, Dipl. Eng., Lecturer in Engineering
Russell R. Sherburne, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Michael B. Silevitch, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Sidney L. Smith, S.B., S.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Ernest L. Spencer, B.S., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering and

Chairman of the Department
Chester W. Stanhope, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering

Richard R. Stewart, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Robert D. Stuart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Raimundas Sukys, B.S., M.S., Research Associate in Electrical Engineering
Joseph Teno, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Lloyd G. Thompson, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Ralph A. Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering and

Chairman of the Department
Raoul F. van Ligten, M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
Thomas Vasilos, B.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering

Yash P. Verma, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Pran N. Wahi, B.E., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering
David M. Waxman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering
Irvine W. Wei, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Lih-Jyh Weng, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
John A. Williams, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Gerald A. Woelfl, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Bernie T. Woodrow, B.S., M.S., Lecturer Jn Engineering
Leslie E. Woods, Lecturer in Engineering

Alvin J. Yorra, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Joseph J. Zelinski, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
John Zotos, B.S., M.S., Met.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Joel L. Zuckerman, B.S., M.A., Lecturer in Engineering

chemical engineering

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work in Chemical Engineering, applicants
must have obtained a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engi-
neering, with an acceptable quality of undergraduate work, from a
recognized college or university.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Full-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program
may be taken on the Cooperative Plan where students enroll for
academic work in the Fall and Spring Quarters of the first year and in
the Winter Quarter of the second year. The other three quarters of the
two academic years and the summer after the first year are available
for professional employment. Students who are admitted to a master's
degree program under the Cooperative Plan must complete, through
satisfactory performance, each cooperative work assignment in order
to be eligible for their degree.

The sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be
taken according to the following pattern:

First Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

4.802 Chemical Chemical

Engineering Engineering

Mathematics 4 Electives 8

*4.829 Chemical Process 4.991 Thesis 5

Control 4 ^

4.891 Kinetics of
Chemical
Processes 4

4.991 Thesis 2

14
Third Academic Quarter Credits

Chemical
Engineering

Electives 8

4.991 Thesis _5

13

•This course may be exchanged with a Spring Quarter elective during the 1973-74
academic year only.

51

52 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Chemical Engineering Electives

The electives will normally be available according to the following
schedule:

Winter Quarter Spring Quarter

4.803 Numerical Techniques in 4.801 Advanced Chemical

Chemical Engineering Engineering Calculations

4.811 Chemical Engineering 4.806 Optimization Techniques

Thermodynamics 4.845 Advanced Plant Design

4.823 Transport Phenomena Concepts

4.840 Advanced Management 4.850 Chemical Process Pollution
Techniques in the Control (Water)

Chemical Industry 4.973 Heat Transfer

4.890 Chemical Reactor Analysis

4.974 Fluid Mechanics

Additional course work may be substituted for the Master of Science
thesis upon approval of the chairman of the department. The request for
this substitution must be made at the time of acceptance to the graduate
school.

Students may take the program on a continuous full-time basis to
complete the degree requirements in one academic year. The sequence
of courses which students take on this plan is established by the
chairman of the department.

Electives

With the approval of the chairman of the department, substitutions
may be made for some of the prescribed courses by other courses in
the department or in other departments which give graduate work.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The following material outlines the procedure for admission to the
doctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de-
gree. For further information applicants should write to the Chairman
of the Department of Chemical Engineering.

Admission

Applicants who are enrolled as candidates for the degree of Master
of Science in Chemical Engineering at Northeastern University should
apply in writing to the Chairman of the Department of Chemical Engi-
neering for admission to the doctoral program. Such application must
be made by April first of the year in which they expect to receive the
master's degree. The departmental graduate committee will examine
the record of the applicant and decide whether or not he should be
allowed to take the qualifying examination.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 53

Applicants who are enrolled for graduate work at other Institutions or
who have completed the requirements for the master's degree should
write the chairman of the department for an application for an interview.
This form, together with transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate
work, must be transmitted to the chairman of the departmental graduate
committee. The applicant will be notified of an interview time and, after
the interview, will be advised if he should make formal application for
admission to the doctoral program. Approved applicants must submit
an application for admission as a doctoral candidate and two letters of
recommendation not later than April first. The applicant will be notified
of the acceptance of his application and the date of the qualifying
examination.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad-
uate work or two consecutive years of part-time graduate work. In the
latter case, a detailed time schedule must be approved by the depart-
mental graduate committee as evidence that at least half of the time is
being devoted to the requirements of the graduate school program.
In general, it should be expected that at least two years of full-time
work after establishment of degree candidacy will be necessary.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination Includes both written and oral parts and is
normally given in the spring and the fall. The written examination, in
general, will cover the following areas:

1. General Principles in Chemical Engineering Science

2. Thermodynamics and Stoichiometry

3. Mathematical Procedures and Kinetics

4. Specialized Technological Topics (to be announced)

The oral examination will test general comprehension.

A student may take any or all of the written examinations in each area
and may repeat a failed examination, only once, at a later offering. The
taking and successful completion of all examinations may not extend
over a period greater than 13 months. Previously administered examina-
tions will be available to formal applicants.

Comprehensive Examination

During the time in which a student is a candidate for a doctoral degree
he may be required to demonstrate by means of a comprehensive exami-

54 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

nation a subject-matter knowledge satisfactory for the award of the
degree.

Course Requirements

The course requirements in addition to the minimum requirements
for establishing degree candidacy will be determined by the depart-
mental graduate committee and the student in consultation with the
committee.

Transfer credit will be dealt with on an individual basis by the depart-
mental graduate committee in accordance with the general graduate
school regulations.

Thesis

An individual may choose his thesis topic and supervisor as soon as
he becomes a doctoral student. In most cases selection of topic will be
made immediately after the student has established his candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree. He will be expected to discuss with the staff their
Ph.D. thesis topics offerings. After these discussions, the student shall
notify the adviser, the department head, and the chairman of the de-
partmental graduate committee in writing of his choice of thesis topic
and adviser. The chairman of the departmental graduate committee
after consultation with the thesis adviser shall appoint an appropriate
thesis committee. This committee shall be kept informed of the progress
of the thesis and will approve the thesis in its final form.

Language Requirement

The foreign language requirement may be satisfied by a reading
knowledge in two languages selected from French, German, and Russian.
The examinations are administered by the department and consist of
translation from current scientific journals or textbooks.

Final Oral Examination

This examination is held in accordance with the general regulations
of the graduate school.

THE DOCTOR OF ENGINEERING DEGREE

The following material outlines the procedure for admission to the
doctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Doctor of
Engineering degree. For further information, applicants should write
to the Chairman of the Department of Chemical Engineering.

Admission

Applicants for the Doctor of Engineering program must either be
candidates for the Master of Science degree in Chemical Engineering

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 55

or have completed the Master of Science program in Chemical
Engineering.

Applicants need not have undertaken a master's thesis.

Applicants for the Doctor of Engineering degree must pass the
doctorate qualifying examination given to applicants for the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in this department.

Applicants must file application forms with the departmental grad-
uate committee along with official transcripts of previous college work,
and two letters of recommendation. Applicants will not be considered
until all documents have been received. Applicants will be notified
promptly as to whether or not they have been accepted.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied only by full-time residence for
one academic year. This requirement must be fulfilled after successful
completion of the qualifying examination and prior to the end of the
five-year period set forth in the general regulations.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination includes both written and oral parts and
is normally given in the spring and the fall. The written examination, In
general, will cover the following areas:

1. General Principles in Chemical Engineering Science

2. Thermodynamics and Stoichiometry

3. Mathematical Procedures and Kinetics

4. Specialized Technological Topics (to be announced)

The oral examination will test general comprehension.

A student may take any or all of the examinations in each area and
may repeat a failed examination, only once, at a later offering. The
taking and successful completion of all examinations may not extend
over a period greater than 13 months. Previously administered examina-
tions will be available to formal applicants.

Comprehensive Examination

During the time in which a student is a candidate for a doctoral
degree he may be required to demonstrate by means of a compre-
hensive examination a subject-matter knowledge satisfactory for the
award of the degree.

56 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements j
for establishing degree candidacy, will be determined by the depart- |
mental graduate committee and the student in consultation with the |
committee. !

Transfer credit will be dealt with on an individual basis by the de- |
partmental graduate committee in accordance with the general graduate j
school regulations. j

I
Engineering Problem j

Engineering Problem advisers will be appointed by the departmental ;
graduate committee. Approval of the topic for the Problem rests with i
the Problem adviser and the committee. i

The Engineering Problem is not a research problem but rather an |
engineering problem in depth. It may include elements of design, i
economics, business management principles, and process development, j
In general, it will not include laboratory investigations. i

Normally, the Engineering Problem will be solved on campus. Under |
special arrangements approved by the departmental graduate com- (
mittee and the adviser, a portion of the work may be performed off i
campus. I

Regardless of the arrangements made for the Engineering Problem,
no off-campus adviser will be approved. Only the Problem adviser will
specify the nature and requirements of the Problem, and the findings
and results remain the property of the adviser and the University to be
published as they determine.

Language Requirement

There is no foreign language requirement for this degree.

Computer Ability

Ability with computer programming must be demonstrated when
required.

Final Oral Examination

This examination is held in accordance with the general graduate
school regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted.
Seminars and thesis may have varying credits established by the department
at the time of registration.

4.801 Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations

The study of complex material and energy balances is undertaken with the view
to apply these to actual plant conditions. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Chemical Engineering, including Differential Equations.

1

p

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 57

4.802 Chemical Engineering Mathematics

Formulation and solution of problems involving advanced calculus as they arise
in chemical engineering situations. Methods covered will include ordinary
differential equations, series solutions, complex variables, Laplace transforms,
partial differential equations, and matrix operations. Emphasis will be placed
on methods for formulating the problems. It will be assumed that the student
has been exposed to some of these topics in appropriate mathematics courses.
Prep. 10.147 Mathematical Analysis or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

4.803 Numerical Techniques in Chemical Engineering

Digital computer applications to chemical engineering problems. Topi s covered
include location of roots of linear and non-linear equations, numerical integra-
tion, and curve-fitting techniques with emphasis on the numerical solution of
ordinary and partial differential equations and to the subject of linear algebra.
Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

4.806 Optimization Techniques

Several mathematical optimization techniques are developed and applied to
chemical engineering problems. Emphasis on a thorough understanding of a
single, representative technique selected from among many within its class.
Topics include single variable search (Fibonocicci Search), multi-dimensional
search (Pattern Search), linear systems (Linear Programming) and sequential
operations (Dynamic Programming). Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, spring quarter

4.811 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

Classical thermodynamics as a method of approach to the analysis of processes
of interest to chemical engineers. A study of chemical and phase equilibria
involving the various states of matter; prediction and correlation of physical,
chemical, and transport properties of gases and liquids; elementary concepts of
quantum and statistical mechanics to interpret the empirical properties of clas-
sical thermodynamics. Fundamental principles are reviewed to the extent
needed. Prep. Undergraduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

4.821 Corrosion Fundamentals (2 q.h. credits)

Economic factors, basic theories, types, behaviors of specific systems, and pro-
tection against corrosion are studied. Wherever possible, engineering applica-
tions of the principles are emphasized. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree.

4.823 Transport Phenomena

A consideration of the relationships of mass, momentum, and energy transfer.
Fundamental equations of change covering the transport of momentum, heat, and
mass are developed to illustrate the essential unity of the transport processes.
Molecular, microscopic, and macroscopic systems are studied. It will be seen
that much of the theory behind the engineering calculations on which the unit
operations of chemical engineering are based can be organized and integrated
in terms of equations of change. Prep. Advanced (Mathematics and Unit Oper-
ations or equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter

58 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

4.829 Chemical Process Control

Review of classical control techniques; state variable approach to control of !

discrete and continuous systems wtih applications to process control. Prep. ,

4.138 or Permission. Offered yearly, fall quarter .

4.830 Advanced Topics in Process Control '

State variables for discrete systems, sampled data systems, continuous and dis- !

Crete systems optimization, associated papers from the Chemical Engineering ]

literature. Prep. 4.829, Cliemicai Process Control. I

Offered yearly, spring quarter i

4.832 Chemical Data Estimation (2 q.h. credits)

Methods of obtaining physical and thermodynamic properties of chemical i

compounds and systems without resorting to laboratory investigation. Latest |

empirical relationships and physical and thermodynamic laws are introduced to |

obtain data for plant design and other chemical and engineering uses. Prep. ^

Bachelor of Science degree. i

4.833 Research Techniques 1

The essential techniques of research including experimentation, mathematical
modeling, data reduction, and graphical presentation techniques. For students in i
the non-research options (M.S. and D.Eng.). Prep. Bachelor of Science degree
and registration in non-thesis M.S. or D.Eng. program. Offered yearly, all quarters •

4.834 Research Techniques II i

Continuation of 4.833. Prep. 4.833. Offered yearly, all quarters ;

4.835 Analytical and Numerical Techniques

For students interested in solving comprehensive problems using computer
methods. Problems solved in the course will be based on the interest of the
students and staff and will be individual. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree '
and knowledge of digital computer programming.

4.840 Advanced Management Techniques in the Chemical Industry

Management techniques applied to the chemical industry. Special attention to
management of research organizations and to management of engineering
services, such as design, computer, and related activities. Prep. Graduate
standing. Offered yearly, winter quarter

4.845 Advanced Plant Design Concepts

Modern approaches to plant design; computer-oriented design, analysis and
simulation of chemical processes, use of strategy decision making in design,
advanced scheduling and planning techniques. Prep. Undergraduate plant
design course, knowledge of digital computer programming.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

4.850 Chemical Process Pollution Control (Water)

Provides chemical engineering students with basic fundamentals for handling
environmental problems in the chemical process industries. Water quality re-
quirements and industrial waste characteristics; wastewater treatment processes
applicable to environmental engineering; biological treatment processes and
equipment; comprehensive design problems involving biological and tertiary

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 59

treatment; the economics of water treatment and reuse. Prep. Graduate stand-
ing in Chemical Engineering. Open to selected ChE seniors.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

4.890 Chemical Reactor Analysis

Effects of fluid mixing, temperature and reaction rate model on the performance
of chemical reactors. Specific topics covered are macro- and micromixing in
homogeneous media, boundary conditions for tubular flow reactors, stability of
non-isothermal reactors, optimal reactor performance and radical polymeriza-
tion. Prep. Thermodynamics, undergraduate Chemical Engineering Kinetics or
equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter

4.891 Kinetics of Chemical Processes

Theoretical foundations are developed for the investigation and rationalization
of chemical reaction rates. Rate theories regarding elementary steps; sequen-
tial reactions using the steady-state approximation; correlations of homogeneous
and heterogeneous catalysis; matrix methods applied to the analysis of reaction
networks. Prep. Undergraduate Thermodynamics. Offered yearly, fall quarter
4.899 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering

Topics of interest to the staff member conducting this class are presented for
advanced study. A student may not take more than one Special Topics course
with any one instructor. Prep. Permission of department staff.

Offered yearly, all quarters

4.973 Heat Transfer

DiscussiOR of the mechanisms of heat transfer. Conduction in stationary
systems. Free and forced convection in laminar and turbulent flow. Boiling and
condensation. Heat exchangers. Prep. Undergraduate Heat Transfer.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

4.974 Fluid Mechanics

Discussion of statics, kinematics, and stress concepts associated with fluids.
Formulation of the general equations of motion with application to laminar and
turbulent flow. Topics on boundary layer theory and compressible flow are
included. Prep. Undergraduate Fluid Mechanics.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

4.990 Seminar

Topics of an advanced nature are presented by staff, outside speakers, and
students in the graduate program. This course must be attended by all master's
degree candidates. Prep. Admission to graduate program in Chemical Engi-
neering. Offered yearly, all quarters

4.991 Thesis (Master's Degree)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the supervision of the
department. For master's degree requirement. Prep. Admission to Master of
Science program in Chemical Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters

4.995 Thesis (Ph.D. Degree)

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under the supervision of the
department. Prep. Admission to doctoral program in Chemical Engineering.

Offered yearly, all quarters

4.996 Thesis (D. Eng. Degree)

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under the supervision of the de-
partment. Prep. Admission to doctoral program in Chemical Engineering.

Offered yearly, all quarters

civil engineering

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of
Science in Civil Engineering, applicants nnust have obtained a Bachelor
of Science degree in Civil Engineering, with an acceptable quality of
undergraduate work, from a recognized institution. Applicants with a
Bachelor of Science degree from a recognized institution in some other
engineering field or related science and an appropriate background of
preparation may pursue this program and qualify for the degree of
Master of Science.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
General

The master's degree requirements can be completed on the Coopera-
tive Plan, on a full-time basis or part-time in the evening. Forty quarter
hours of academic work are required. A master's report carrying 4 Q.H.
of credit, or a thesis of 8 Q.H. credit is required* in all fields of civil
engineering (environmental, structural and transportation).

A meaningful sequence of electives must be chosen which meets the
approval of the department. Department interviews are necessary early
in the program for all students in order that an approved program of
electives may be arranged with the individual. It is suggested that only
required courses be taken in the first quarter. During that quarter an
interview should be scheduled within the department for preliminary
planning of the remainder of the individual program.

Full-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

On the Cooperative Plan students enroll for academic work in the
Fall and Spring Quarters of the first year and in the Winter Quarter of
the second year. The other three quarters of the two academic years
and the summer after the first year are available for professional em-
ployment. Students who are admitted to a master's degree program
under the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory per-
formance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible
for their degree.

*NOTE: This is a new requirement for structural majors and applies to students entering
this program in the Fall of 1972.

61

62 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

Full-Time Program

Arrangements may be made to complete the degree requirements in
one year on a continuous full-time basis.

Part-Time Programs

The admission requirements for these programs are the same as for
the full-time program, but students may progress according to their
ability to combine their study load with their employment load. A maxi-
mum of seven years is allowed to complete the program.

Substitutions

With the approval of the department, substitutions may be made for
some of the prescribed courses by other courses in the department or
in other departments which offer graduate work.

Students may petition to substitute eight quarter hours of approved
course work for the required four quarter hours Master's Report.

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

The Structural Engineering Program emphasizes basic courses in
Structural Analysis, Design of Steel and Concrete Structures, and Soil
and Rock Mechanics. Advanced topics in Dynamics, Stability, Models
and Numerical Methods round out a comprehensive presentation which
may be supplemented by offerings from other programs, such as
mechanical engineering or industrial engineering.

SPECIMEN DAY PROGRAM
First Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

1.847 Structural Analysis ... 4 1.856 Structural Analysis ... 4

1.858 Concrete Structures .. 4 1.861 Design of Structures I 2

1.877 Eng. Props, of Soils . . 4 1.878 Foundation Eng 4

1.882 Engineering Geology . 2 1.894 Numerical Methods

,..• j„,,^x 77 in Struct. Mechanics . 4

(Minimum) 14 _

1.897 Master's Report 4

or

1.899 Thesis 8

(Minimum) 14

Tliird Academic Quarter Credits

1.855 Concrete Structures III 2
1.857 Structural Dynamics . . 4
1.864 Design of Structures 4

1.873 Soils Testing Lab. ... 2

1.897 Master's Report 4

or
1.899 Thesis 8

(Minimum) 12

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 63

PART-TIME PROGRAM
Required Courses Credits

1.841 Structural Analysis I . . 2

1.842 Structural Analysis II . 2

1.843 Structural Analysis III . 2
1.897 Master's Report 4

or

1.899 Thesis _8

(Minimum) 10

Electlves (Part-time Program)

Students in the Structural Engineering major must elect 24 quarter
hours from civil engineering courses within the structural engineering
field (courses in the 840-899 series).

Six quarter hours may be elected from any courses in engineering or
science for which the student has the necessary preparation.

The electives will normally be available according to the following
schedule:

Fall Quarter Credits Winter Quarter Credits

1.844 Structural Analysis IV 2 1.850 Struc. Dynamics I 2

1.853 Concrete Structures I . 2 1.854 Concrete Structures II 2

1.859 Structural Stability ... 2 1.862 Design of Structures II 2

1.861 Design of Structures I 2 1.872 Eng. Props, of Soils II 2

1.871 Eng. Props, of Soils I . 2 1.875 Soil Mechanics and

1.874 Soil Mechanics and FoundationEng.il... 2

Foundation Eng. I ... . 2 1.884 Rock Mechanics I ... . 2

1.882 Eng. Geology I 2 1.892 Numerical Methods in

Struct. Mechanics I . . 2

Spring Quarter Credits

1.849 Model Analysis 2

1.851 Struct. Dynamics II .. . 2

1.855 Concrete Structures III 2

1.863 Design of Structures III 2

1.873 Soils Testing Lab. ... 2
1.876 Soil Mechanics and

Foundation Eng. Ill . . 2

1.885 Rock Mechanics II ... 2
1.893 Numerical Methods in

Struct. Mechanics II . . 2

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

Transportation is an interdisciplinary program with courses offered
by the Graduate Schools of Engineering, Business Administration,
Liberal Arts, and Law. A student may tailor a program of study for a
career goal in transportation engineering, administration, planning or

64 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

research. A maximum of nine quarter hours of course work may be
selected in non-technical fields in or related to transportation. Students
who complete this program successfully will receive the Master of
Science degree. A student with an accredited undergraduate degree in
Civil Engineering will be awarded a Master of Science degree in Civil
Engineering if at least 24 quarter hours of his graduate course work
are in Civil Engineering (1 . — Courses).

Each student is required to prepare a program of study which must
be reviewed and approved by his faculty adviser. A typical program of
study will normally consist of the courses shown in the Specimen
Program. Typical technical and non-technical course lists are by no
means complete; they are presented only to illustrate the variety of
courses which may be selected. For a complete listing of courses and
course descriptions, consult the appropriate Northeastern University
Graduate School catalog and the appropriate sections in each catalog.

SPECIMEN DAY PROGRAM
First Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

1.810 Systems Analysis I . . 2 1.805 Traffic Flow Theory . . 4

5.950 Eng. Statistics I 2 1.806 Urban Trans. Analysis 4

Technical Electives .. 4 1.812 Systems Analysis II .. 2

Non-technical Elective 3 5.951 Eng. Statistics II 2

Non-technical Elective 3

Third Academic Quarter Credits

1.837 Interdisciplinary Urban

Transp. Seminar 2

Technical Electives . . 4

Non-tech. Elective .... 4
1.839 Thesis 8

Total (Minimum) 40

PART-TIME PROGRAM

The part-time transportation program is also an interdisciplinary
program. Students in the part-time program are subject to the same aca-
demic requirements as full-time students; however, part-time students
must complete the courses listed below:

Required Courses Credits

Required Courses

Cred

1.801

Urban Transp. Anal. 1 2

1.838

Master's Report

1.802

Urban Transp. Anal. II 2

(Transportation) . . .

4

1.803

Traffic Flow Theory 1 2

or

1.804

Traffic Flow Theory II 2

1.839

Thesis (Transp.) . . .

8

1.810

Systems Analysis 1 . . 2

5.950

Eng. Statistics 1 . . .

2

1.812

Systems Analysis II . 2

5.951

Eng. Statistics II . . .

2

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 65

Technical Electives

The courses listed are normally available in the academic quarter
indicated:

Fall Quarter

Credits

*1.293 Environmental Eng. . 4
1.835 Transp. Materials

and Design 2

*1.877 Eng. Props, of Soils . 4

5.808 Basic Eng. Economy 2

5.809 Adv. Eng. Economy . 2
5.913 Data Proc. for Engs. . 2

5.950 Eng. Statistics I 2

5.951 Eng. Statistics II 2

5.953 Statistical Decision

Theory 2

Spring Quarter Credits

*1.293 Environmental Eng. . 4
1.830 Transp. Geom.

Design 2

5.808 Basic Eng. Economy . 2

Winter Quarter

Credits

* 1.293 Environmental Eng. . 4

1.823 Pavement Design .. . 2

*1.878 Foundation Eng 4

1.955 Air Sampling and
Analysis 2

1.956 Air Pollution Eng. .. . 2

5.808 Basic Eng. Economy 2

5.809 Adv. Eng. Economy . 2

5.904 Queuing Theory and

its Application 2

5.905 Anal, with Simulation 2
5.913 Data Proc. for Eng. . 2

5.950 Eng. Statistics I.' 2

5.951 Eng. Statistics II 2

Spring Quarter Credits

5.809 Adv. Eng. Economy . 2

5.913 Data Proc. for Eng. . 2

5.950 Eng, Statistics I 2

5.951 Eng. Statistics II 2

Non-Technical Electives

(Consult the appropriate Graduate School catalog for the academic
quarter in which these courses are offered.)

21.880 Community Analysis . 3 39.9M1 Economics of Urban

21.886 Seminar in Urban Affairs 3

Social Research 39.9M3 Topics in Urban

Issues 3 Economics 3

22.845 Problems in Municipal 39.9J8 Fiscal Aspects of
Administration 3 Urban Regional Dev. 3

22.846 Problems in Regional Cities and Suburbs . . 4
and Urban Dev 3 Law and the Env. ... 3

22.847 Politics of Urban 45.801 Seminar in Trans-
Transportation 3 portation Systems . . 3

39.267 Economics of Urban 45.805 Urban Transportation

Transportation 4 Management 3

39.9J5 Regional Planning . . 3

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Includes areas of specialization such as water quality management,
water and wastewater engineering, environmental health, air pollution

* Offered days only.

66 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

control and solid waste management. A day program on the Coopera-
tive Plan is available.

Part-time students and full-time students not on traineeships or grants-
in-aid have the option of undertaking either a Master's Report for 4 Q.H.
credit or a Master's Thesis for 8 Q.H. credit. (Students on traineeships
or with grants-in-aid may be required to complete a Master's Thesis.)

Suggested programs for both full-time and part-time students are
given below. Other programs, tailored to meet individual requirements,
may be developed through conferences with the student's adviser.

SPECIMEN DAY PROGRAM

First Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

1.914 Water & Wastewater 1.922 Env. Bacteriology ... 2

Treatment 4 1.994 Seminar 2

*1.923 Environmental Chem. 4 Electives 10

1.933 Environmental Anal. 4 77

Elective 2

14

Third Academic Quarter Credits

1 .91 2 Water & Wastewater

Treatment III 2

Electives 6 or 2

1.993 Master's Report 4

or
1.991 Thesis _8

(Minimum) 12

PART-TIME PROGRAM
Required Courses Credits

1 .91 0 Water & Wastewater
Treatment I 2

1 .91 1 Water & Wastewater
Treatment II 2

1.912 Water & Wastewater
Treatment III 2

*1.920 Env. Chemistry I ... 2

*1.921 Env. Chemistry II ... 2

1.922 Env. Bacteriology .. . 2

1.930 Env. Analysis 1 2

1.931 Env. Analysis II 2

1.993 Master's Report 4

or

1.991 Thesis 8

20 or 24

* These required courses may be waived for those students who have taken North-
eastern course 1.223, Environmental Chemistry, or equivalent. Course 1.933 or courses
1.930 and 1.931 will be required of all students.

I

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 67

Electives (Day Program)

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required for the degree,
including certain approved electives which are available from other
departments. A minimum of 14 quarter hours of elective courses must
be obtained from environmental engineering courses offered by the
Civil Engineering Department. (900 series)

The 14 Q.H. will normally be available according to the following
schedule. Approved additional electives may be available from the
graduate offerings in the departments of chemistry, biology, chemical
engineering, and industrial engineering.

Fall Quarter

Credits

1.800

Systems Analysis . .

4

M.810

Systems Analysis 1 .

2

* 1.905

Water Resources . .

2

* 1.940

Public Health

2

•1.945

Solid Waste Mgmt. .

2

•1.950

Air Pollution Eng. .

2

1.954

Stream Sanitation .

2

Winter Quarter

Credits

•1.812

Systems Analysis II

2

1.904

Hydraulics

4

1.907

Water Resources . .

2

1.912

Water and Waste

Treatment

2

•1.951

Radiological Health

2

1.956

Air Pollution Centre

}| 4

•1.957

Air Pollution Scienc

e 2

Spring Quarter

Credits

1.913

Industrial Waste . . .

2

1.938

Envir. Lab.-Unit Op.

4

•1.952

Industrial Hygiene .

2

•1.953

Envir. Microbio . . .

2

•1.954

Stream Sanitation .

2

1.970

Environmental Desig

n 4

1.996

Sem.— Env. Health

2

Electives (Part-time Program)

Fall Quarter

Credits

1.901

Hydraulics 1

2

1.905

Water Resources 1 . .

2

1.913

Industrial Waste

2

1.940

Public Health Eng. .

2

1.945

Solid Waste Mgmt. . .

2

1.950

Air Pollution Eng. . . .

2

1.960

Hydraulic Structures

1 2

•Offered evening only

68 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

Winter Quarter

1.902 Hydraulics II

1.906 Water Resources I

1.935 Envir. Lab-Unit Op

1.946 Waste Reclamation

1.951 Radiological Health
1.957 Air Pollution Science

1.961 Hydraulic Structures

Spring Quarter

1.903 Hydraulics III

1.907 Water Resources III

1.936 Envir. Lab.-Unit Op.

1.947 Incineration

1.952 Industrial Hygiene .

1.953 Envir. Microbiology

1.954 Stream Sanitation .

1.955 Air Analysis

1.962 Hydraulic Struct. Ill

Credits

2
2
2
2
2
2
I 2

Credits

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Civil Engineering (Geotechnical)

At the master's degree level it is possible to undertake concentrated
study in geotechnical engineering v\/hich is concerned with materials
within the earth's crust. Students with this interest should consider the
following courses recommended by the Civil Engineering Department to
obtain a competent knowledge in the field.

Courses

Credits

1.871

Eng. Prop, of Soils 1 . .

2

1.872

Eng. Prop, of Soils II .

2

1.873

Soils Testing Lab. . . .

2

1.874

Soil Mectianics and

Foundation Eng. 1 . . .

2

1.875

Soil Mechanics and

Foundation Eng. II . . .

2

1.876

Soil Mechanics and

Foundation Eng. Ill . .

2

1.882

Engineering Geol. . . .

2

1.884

Rock Mechanics 1

2

1.885

Rock Mechanics II . . .

2

THE DOCTOR'S DEGREE

Environmental Engineering
Full-Time Program

The following material outlines the procedures for admission to the
doctoral program in environmental engineering and the steps necessary
to qualify for the Ph.D. degree. For further information applicants should

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 69

write to the Chairman of the Ph.D. Committee, Department of Civil
Engineering.

Admission

Each student admitted to the program will initially have the status of
doctoral student. In the usual case, he will have received a master's
degree in an appropriate field of engineering or science prior to entry
into the program. Applicants should apply to the Chairman of the Ph.D.
Committee, Department of Civil Engineering for admission to the doc-
toral program, preferably by February 1st. The departmental graduate
committee will interview the applicant, examine his record, and decide
whether he should be admitted to the program. The chairman of the
department will appoint a program adviser for each doctoral student,
upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate committee.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad-
uate work after admission as a doctoral student. However, it is expected
that at least two years of full-time graduate study will be required be-
yond the master's degree.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations. At least one year of full-time study and
successful completion of the qualifying examination are required for
consideration as a doctoral degree candidate.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination will consist of a written and an oral
section. The written part will cover: (1) environmental engineering
and/or science and (2) selected areas depending upon the educational
background and interest of the student. In certain cases the student may
be exempted from the written part of the examination. The oral portion
will measure general comprehension. If the oral examination is failed,
it may be repeated with permission of the departmental graduate com-
mittee. The qualifying examination shall be completed no later than
two years after admittance as a doctoral student.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination is given after the thesis has been
completed. This examination is based upon the defense of the thesis.

Course Requirements

Course requirements for each applicant will be determined by the
departmental graduate committee. Formal course work will be selected

70 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

to meet the individual student's objectives. Graduate level study up to
12 quarter hours of course work, completed under programs other
than this full-time program may be accepted, but requires approval of
the departmental graduate committee.

Thesis

After degree candidacy has been established, a candidate must com-
plete a thesis which embodies the results of extended research and
includes material suitable for publication.

A thesis committee will be appointed by the chairman of the de-
partmental graduate committee. The thesis committee, consisting or-
dinarily of five members, two of whom are from other departments, will
be informed of the progress of the thesis and will be responsible for its
approval.

Language Requirement

A reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. The re-
quirement shall be determined in a manner prescribed by the depart-
mental graduate committee, and must be satisfied prior to taking the
oral qualifying examination.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. Not all
courses are offered every year. Refer to the Graduate School of Engineering
circular issued about July 1 each year for the courses to be offered in the new
academic year and the times at which they are scheduled to meet.

1.800 Systems Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

Systems Analysis involves the use of quantitative and economic techniques for
allocation of resources in the planning and design of large physical systems as
encountered in transportation and environmental engineering. Topics include
the calculus method for constrainted and unconstrainted optimization problems,
linear programming, dynamic programming, marginal analysis, sensitivity analy-
sis and decision analysis for selection. Prep. 5.910, Analytical Techniques for
Engineers or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter, days

1.801 Urban Transportation Analysis I

Principles of transportation systems analysis and formulation of the current
urban transportation planning process; development and investigation of con-
temporary mathematical models of transportation demand which compose the
forecasting model system. Prep. 5.910, Analytical Techniques for Engineers or
equivalent. Offered 1974-75, fall quarter

1.802 Urban Transportation Analysis 11

Evaluation of alternative urban transportation networks including fixed and
variable costs, consideration of indirect as well as direct impacts; investigation

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 71

of various frameworks for evaluation including benefit-cost analysis; treatment
of uncertainty. Prep. 1.801, Urban Transportation Analysis I.

Offered 1974-75, winter quarter

1.803 Traffic Flow Theory I

Statistical methods in traffic flow theory; probability models, hypothesis testing
and its use, queuing theory and simulation techniques. Prep. 5.950, Engineer-
ing Statistics I or equivalent. Offered 1975-76, fall quarter

1.804 Traffic Flow Theory li

Deterministic methods in traffic flow theory; car following models; various
methods of analogy, capacity and level of service. Prep. 1.803, Traffic Flow
Theory I. Offered 1975-76, winter quarter

1.805 Traffic Flow Theory (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.803 and 1.804, Traffic
Flow Theory I and II. Prep. 5.950, Engineering Statistics I or equivalent.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.806 Urban Transportation Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.801 and 1.802, Urban
Transportation Analysis I and II. Prep. 5.910, Analytical Tecfiniques for Engi-
neers or equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.810 Systems Analysis I

Systems Analysis involves the use of quantitative and economic techniques for
allocation of resources in planning and design of large physical systems as
encountered in transportation, environmental, and structural engineering. Topics
include calculus method for constrainted and unconstrainted optimization prob-
lems, marginal analysis, and linear programming. Prep. 5.910, Analytical Tecfi-
niques for Engineers or equivalent. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.812 Systems Analysis II

A continuation of 1.810 and includes the following topics: sensitivity analysis,
dynamic programming, and decision analysis for selection. Prep. 1.810, Sys-
tems Analysis I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.819 Environmental Impacts of Urban Transportation (4 q.h. credits)
Examination of the human response to noise, water and air pollution; physical
effects of pollution in relation to source-receptor configurations and urban scale
meteorology; laboratory and field techniques used in measuring pollutant levels;
government regulations and guidelines and their effect on urban transportation
planning. Prep. Admission to Graduate Scfiool of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter, days

1.823 Pavement Design

Materials and methods of design and testing for modern highway pavements
such as Portland cement concrete and the various asphaltic concrete types.
Prep. 1.835, Transportation l^aterials and Design.

Offered 1974-75, winter quarter

72 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

1.830 Transportation Geometric Design

Principles of road and parking terminal design, with emphasis on operations;
highway planning, including vehicle speed, highway volume and capacity con-
siderations; design standards. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of En-
gineering. Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

1.835 Transportation Materials and Design

Investigation of soil and construction material properties in pavement design.
Beams on elastic foundation, rigid and flexible pavements. Applications include
material and design for various modes of transportation. Prep. Admission to
Graduate School of Engineering. Offered 1974-75, fall quarter

1.837 Interdisciplinary Urban Transportation Seminar

Review and presentation of research and public policy on broad topics in trans-
portation. Guest lecturers and formal paper presentations. Prep. 1.802, Urban
Transportation Analysis II, and 1.812, Systems Analysis II.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.838 Master's Report (Transportation) (4 q.h. credits)

An individual effort in an area selected by student and adviser resulting in a
definitive report. Prep. Permission of the Civil Engineering Department.

Offered yearly, all quarters

1.839 Thesis (Master's Degree) (8 q.h. credits)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted by arrangement with and under
the supervision of the department. Prep. Permission of the Civil Engineering
Department. Offered yearly, all quarters

1.841 Structural Analysis I

Review of basic principles of structural analysis, determinacy, indeterminacy,
stability. Introduction to energy methods and virtual work. Application of energy
methods to equilibrium problems. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus plus
Theory of Structures. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.842 Structural Analysis II

Approximate methods of structural analysis with emphasis on lateral load anal-
ysis of multistory structures. A complete treatment of moment distribution in-
cluding non-prismatic members, axial load, and shear distribution. Prep. 1.841
Structural Analysis I. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.843 Structural Analysis III

Introduction to matrix methods of structural analysis, including stiffness and
flexibility methods. Prep. 1.842, Structural Analysis II.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.844 Structural Analysis IV

Introduction to advanced structural mechanics, emphasis on theory of elasticity,
and development of finite element method of analysis. Prep. 1.843 Structural
Analysis III. Offered 1974-75, fall quarter

1.847 Structural Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.841 and 1.842 — Structural
Analysis I and 11. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus plus Theory of Struc-
tures. Offered yearly, fall quarter

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 73

1.849 Model Analysis

Development of the principles of similitude to establish the relationship be-
tween behavior in the model and the full-sized structure. Review of techniques
to fabricate, to load, and to instrument models. Application and use of strain
gauges. The laboratory portion is devoted to model analysis of a complex
structure. Prep. Admission to program and approval of instructor.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.850 Structural Dynamics I

Analysis by exact and approximate methods of structures subjected to dynamic
loads. Prep. 1.843, Structural Analysis III. Offered 1974-75, w^inter quarter

1.851 Structural Dynamics II

Continuation of 1.850 with application to the analysis of structures subjected to
blast loads and seismic loadings. Prep. 1.850, Structural Dynamics I.

Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

1.853 Concrete Structures I

Review of basic characteristics of concrete as a structural material, use of reg-
ular reinforced concrete for structures; principles of prestressed concrete;
ultimate strength analysis and design of members. Prep. Reinforced Concrete
Design. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.854 Concrete Structures II

Applications of cast in place and precast prestressed members in structures;
evaluation of structural systems with prefabricated concrete components with
emphasis on stability considerations. Prep. 1.853, Concrete Structures I.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.855 Concrete Structures III

Analysis and design of thin shell concrete structures, folded plates and hyper-
bolic paraboloid surfaces. Future trends in design and analysis of concrete
structures. Prep. 1.854, Concrete Structures II. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.856 Structural Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the course content offered in 1.843, Struc-
tural Analysis III and 1.844, Structural Analysis IV. Prep. 1.847, Structural
Analysis. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.857 Structural Dynamics (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.850 and 1.851 — Struc-
tural Dynamics I and II. Prep. 1.856, Structural Analysis.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.858 Concrete Structures (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.853 and 1.854 — Concrete
Structures I and II. Prep. Reinforced Concrete Design.

Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.859 Structural Stability

Elastic and inelastic stability of structures including beams, columns, plates,
and shells. Prep. 1.843, Structural Analysis III. Offered 1974-75, fall quarter

74 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

1.861 Design of Structures I

An advanced course in elastic design in structural steel. Design problems in-
volving braced and rigid frame structures subject to gravity, wind, and seismic
loads are considered. Prep. 1.842, Structural Analysis II.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.862 Design of Structures II

An advanced course in analysis and design in structural steel with emphasis on |
plastic behavior including rigid frame buildings and braced multistory frame
buildings. Prep. 1.861, Desigr) of Structures I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.863 Design of Structures III

Advanced problems in elastic and plastic design of structural steel. Topics in-
clude curved girders and cable supported structures. Prep. 1.862, Design of \
Structures II. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter !

1.864 Design of Structures (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.862 and 1.863 — Design
of Structures II and III. Prep. 1.861, Design of Structures I.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.871 Engineering Properties of Soils I

Review of phase relationships, soil consistency, etc.; permeability and capil-
larity; effective stress concept, analysis of seepage in porous media; stress
distribution; introduction to settlement analysis. Prep. Undergraduate course
in basic soil mecfianics. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.872 Engineering Properties of Soils II

A continuation of course 1.871. The course covers consolidation theory and
settlement analysis; shear strength properties of soils; stability analysis of
open and braced cuts; and earth pressure theory and analysis. Prep. 1.871,
Engineering Properties of Soils I. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.873 Soils Testing Laboratory

Emphasis on the soil behavior aspects of consolidation theory, settlement
analysis, and shear strength. Approximately one-half of the term is devoted to
laboratory studies in soil compaction, consolidation, and shear strength. Prep.

1.871, Engineering Properties of Soils I. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.874 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering I

Soil compressibility; case studies of deep-seated settlement; allowable settle-
ments; preloading concepts; bearing capacity; subsurface exploration. Prep.

1.872, Engineering Properties of Soils II. Offered 1974-75, fall quarter

1.875 Soil IVIechanics and Foundation Engineering II

Design principles of footings, mats and floating foundations; pile foundations;
selection of foundation scheme; case studies. Prep. 1.874, Soil Mechanics and
Foundation Engineering I. Offered 1974-75, winter quarter

1.876 Soil IVIechanics and Foundation Engineering III

Lateral earth pressure theory; analysis and design of retaining walls, anchored
bulkheads and braced cofferdams; dewatering; observational approach to de-

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 75

sign; foundation performance with case studies; cellular cofferdams. Prep.
1.875, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering II.

Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

1.877 Engineering Properties of Soils (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.871 and 1.872 — Engi-
neering Properties of Soils I and 11. Prep. Undergraduate course in basic soil
mechanics. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.878 Foundation Engineering (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the course content offered in 1.874 and
1.875 — Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering I and II. Prep. 1.877
Engineering Properties of Soils. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.882 Engineering Geology I

Review of minerals, selected topics in historical and structural geology related
to engineering geology; origin and occurrence of various rock types, geologic
structures, faulting and joint systems; weathering of rock and weathering prod-
ucts, glaciation, geologic mapping and environmental aspects. Prep. Under-
graduate course in geology. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.884 Rock Mechanics I

Interrelationship with other disciplines; index properties; classification systems;
laboratory tests; state of stress and stress distribution. Prep. 1.882, Engineer-
ing Geology I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.885 Rock Mechanics II

Behavior of rock under combined stresses; pore pressure effects; failure the-
ories; in-site deformation modulus and shear strength characteristics; field test-
ing. Prep. 1.884, Rocl< Mechanics I. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.892 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics I

Formulation and numerical solution of civil engineering problems in structural
mechanics. Emphasis will be on lumped parameter systems. Equilibrium,
eigenvalue, and propagation type problems will be covered. Prep. 1.843, Struc-
tural Analysis III. Offered 1974-75, winter quarter

1.893 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics II

Continuation of 1.892. Prep. 1.892, Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics I.

Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

1.894 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.892 and 1.893 — Numer-
ical Methods in Structural Mechanics I and II.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.897 Master's Report (Structural) (4 q.h. credits)

An individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or literature investigation and
analysis or advanced design of a project in an area of structural engineering
selected by student and adviser resulting in a definitive report. Prep. Permis-
sion of the Civil Engineering Department. Offered yearly, all quarters

76 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

1.898 Special Topics in Structural Engineering (2 q.h. credits)

An individual effort in an area selected by student and adviser resulting in a
definitive report. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Graduate
Sctiool of Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters

1.899 Thesis (Master's Degree) (8 q.h. credits)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted by arrangement with and under
supervision of the department. Prep. Permission of the department.

Offered yearly, all quarters

1.901 Hydraulics I

Mechanical properties of fluids — fluid statics, continuity, energy relationships
(Bernoulli and Euler equations), momentum, dimensional analysis, steady flow
in conduits under pressure, pipe systems. Prep. Undergraduate course in
hydraulics. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.902 Hydraulics II

Open channel flow — energy relationships, critical flow, controls, momentum
principles, flow resistance, uniform flow, gradually varied flow, local phenomena.
Prep. 1.901, Hydraulics I. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.903 Hydraulics III

Open channel flow — channel transitions; unsteady flow; potential flow —
velocity potential function and stream function; selected topics in hydraulics
and fluid mechanics. Prep. 1.902, Hydraulics II. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.904 Hydraulics (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies substantially the material in 1.902 and
1.903 — Hydraulics II and III. Prep. Undergraduate course in hydraulics.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.905 Water Resources Planning I

Hydrologic cycle; precipitation studies including data adjustment, spatial and
temporal variability, intensity-duration-frequency relationships; abstractions of
water due to evapotranspiration and infiltration; groundwater flow, including flow
nets and well hydraulics; runoff studies including data adjustment, runoff vol-
ume, peak flows, unit hydrographs, flood formulas, and drainage design. Prep.
Admission to Graduate School of Engineering. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.906 Water Resources Planning 11

Drainage and river basin morphology; hydrogeology; streamflow and streamflow
routing; storage models of runoff; reservoir routing and design; floods and flood
control; case studies in hydrology; water resources planning including water
law and policy, urbanization and its effects, reservoir system operation and
regulation, alternative uses of water resources, and multipurpose projects; con-
servation and reuse of water. Prep. 1.905, Water Resources Planning I.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.907 Water Resources Planning III

Statistical studies applied to hydrologic data, including basic statistics; fre-
quency and probability distributions; methods of frequency analysis; multiple
linear regression and correlation analysis; introduction to mathematical model-
ing of hydrologic processes including discussion of deterministic and stochastic

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 77

processes; time series analysis, Markov chains; synthetic hydrology and sim-
ulation. Prep. 1.906, Water Resources Planning II.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.910 Water and Wastewater Treatment I

Water quality, water impurities and effects, the theory and practice of water
treatment, and the elements of design of water treatment works including intake
facilities, wells, filtration, coagulation, sedimentation, softening, iron and man-
ganese removal, disinfection, and fluoridation. Prep. 1.921, Environmental
Chemistry II, or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.91 1 Water and Wastewater Treatment II

Waste characteristics, the theory and practice of wastewater treatment and dis-
posal, and the elements of design of primary and secondary treatment works,
including screening, grit removal, sedimentation, biological treatment processes,
sludge digestion and disposal, stabilization ponds, and disinfection. Prep.
1.910, Water and Wastewater Treatment I. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1 .91 2 Water and Wastewater Treatment III

Salt water conversion, advanced wastewater treatment, and other special prob-
lems in water and wastewater characteristics and treatment, including corrosion
control, pumping and storage, application of chemicals, radioactive wastes,
thermal pollution, and treatment plant instrumentation. Prep. 1.911, Water and
Wastewater Treatment II. Offered yearly, spring quarter

Offered yearly, winter quarter, days

1.913 Industrial Waste Disposal

Evaluation of industrial waste problems and development of process design for
the required treatment facilities; study of various manufacturing processes and
their wastewater problems; industrial waste survey techniques; characteristics
of industrial wastes; waste reduction methods; physical, chemical, biological,
and advanced treatment methods; industrial wastewaters and disposal and
treatment of industrial solids and liquids. Prep. 1.912, Water and Wastewater
Treatment III and 1.921, Environmental Chemistry II.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.914 Water & Wastewater Treatment (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.910 and 1.911 — Water
and Wastewater Treatment I and II. Prep. Two undergraduate semesters of
hydraulics. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.920 Environmental Chemistry I

Analytical chemistry principles are studied with reference to environmental en-
gineering applications. The chemistry of processes such as coagulation, iron and
manganese removal, ion exchange, softening, and disinfection are included. The
principles of spectroscopy and polarography are also discussed. Prep. Two
semesters of general chemistry. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.921 Environmental Chemistry II

A continuation of 1.920 including gas transfer, oxidation and reduction, and
radiation chemistry. Reaction rates with reference to environmental engineering

78 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

applications such as BOD are discussed. Topics in organic chemistry and in-
strumental analysis are included. Prep. 1.920, Environmental Chemistry I.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

See NOTE below regarding courses 1.921, 1.922, and courses 1.930, 1.931.

1.922 Environmental Bacteriology

A study of bacteriology with emphasis on environmental engineering applica-
tions. The course includes cell structure, nutrition, morphology, growth, repro-
duction, and metabolism of bacteria. Effects of environmental factors including
inhibition, killing, and natural habitats are discussed. Methods of quantitative
bacteriology are also covered. Prep. 1.921, Environmental Chemistry II.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.923 Environmental Chemistry (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.920 and 1.921 — Environ-
mental Chemistry I and II. Prep. Two semesters of general chemistry.

Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.930 Environmental Analysis I

A laboratory course for the analytical measurement of environmental conditions.
Physical, chemical, and biological characteristics are determined by the latest
analytical methods with emphasis on their fundamental principles and opera-
tional techniques. Interpretation of analytical results for practical applications
is also stressed. Prep. 1.921, Environmental Chemistry II.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

NOTE: It is strongly recommended that this course and 1.931 be taken simul-
taneously with 1.921 and 1.922.

1.931 Environmental Analysis 11

The laboratory analyses are continued with emphasis on the chemical and bio-
logical analyses associated with treatment methods; microbiological techniques
utilizing microscopy and membrane filter preparation; emphasis on environ-
mental reports. Prep. 1.930, Environmental Analysis I.

Offered yearly, spring quarter
1.933 Environmental Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.930 and 1.931 — Environ-
mental Anaylsis I and II. Prep. 1.923, Environmental Chemistry taken simul-
taneously. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.935 Unit Operations in Environmental Engineering i

Laboratory scale unit operations illustrating the physical, chemical and biologi-
cal principles involved in water and wastewater treatment. The aim is to obtain
criteria for system design. Topics include disinfection, water softening, sedimen-
tation, chemical coagulation, and ion exchange. Prep. 1.931, Environmental
Analysis II. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.936 Unit Operations in Environmental Engineering II

A continuation of 1.935. Topics include biodegradability studies using the War-
burg respirameter, activated sludge, anaerobic digestion, vacuum filtration, and
chemical-physical process involved in wastewater treatment. A comprehensive

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 79

evaluation of each unit process is required in a report from each student. Prep.
1.935, Unit Operations in Environmental Engineering I.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.938 Unit Operations in Environmental Engineering (4 q.h. credits)
This course, offered days, embodies the material in 1.935 and 1.936 — Unit
Operations in Environmental Engineering. Prep. 1.933, Environmental Analysis
and 1.913, Industrial Waste Disposal. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.940 Public Health Engineering Survey

An historical survey of public health conditions to introduce the student to the
modern approach to public health engineering problems. Applications of engi-
neering principles to such problems as garbage and refuse disposal, control of
insect-borne diseases, milk and food sanitation, rodent control, camp and recre-
ational sanitation, housing, control of atmospheric pollution, and radiological
health. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.945 Solid Waste Management

Basic solid waste management for engineering and science students covering
storage, collection practices, sanitary landfill principles, incineration practices
and reclamation possibilities. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineer-
ing. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.946 Waste Reclamation

Review and analyses of various unit operations useful or potentially useful in
the separation and processing of salvageable materials from municipal refuse
and incinerator residue; economics, management and regulatory practices af-
fecting recovery and recycle possibilities. Prep. 1.945, Solid Waste Manage-
ment. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.947 Incineration

Incinerator design and operation examining the combustion process, design
problems and solutions, special incinerators for salvage and industrial opera-
tions, performance testing, and pollution control requirements. Prep. 1.945,
Solid Waste Management. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.948 Solid Waste Laboratory

A laboratory and design course, offered to day students, covering practices
related to the physical, chemical, and biological analysis of refuse, residue,
quench waters, and leachate. Field studies involving current local problems.
Students will design systems to solve the problems. Prep. 1.945, Solid Waste
Management. Offered by special arrangement

1.950 Air Pollution Engineering

Theory and practice related to engineering management of air resources;
applications of models for the atmospheric dispersion of pollutants; analysis
of control systems for gaseous and particulate emissions utilizing dry collection,
wet collection, absorption, and catalytic processes. Discussion of source control
evaluation and air quality standards. 1.957, Air Pollution Science is recom-
mended as a preparation course. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of
Engineering. Offered yearly, winter quarter

80 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

1.951 Radiological Health Engineering

Types and sources of radioactive wastes, methods of handling, storage, and
disposition of solid, liquid, and gaseous radioactive wastes. Regulatory agency
requirements. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.952 Industrial Hygiene

Characterization and control of industrial problems associated with noise, heat
and ventilation. Physical and biological aspects of environmental stress are dis-
cussed. Emphasis is placed on the application of engineering principles to the
design of control systems. Evaluation procedures for control effectiveness are
reviewed. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.953 Environmental Microbiology

An advanced course in environmental microbiology. Transformations of environ-
mental products containing compounds of sulfur, nitrogen, complex hydrocar-
bons and pesticides. Advanced techniques for the simulation and evaluation of
microbiological systems applied to biological control of water and wastewater.
Prep. 1.922, Environmental Bacteriology. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.954 Stream Sanitation

Analysis of the disposal of conservative and non-conservative pollutants in
streams. Topics include water quality standards, BOD and oxygen relationships
in streams, bacterial pollution, eutrophication, thermal pollution, and general
corrective control methods in streams. Prep. 1.920, Environmental Chemistry I.

Offered yearly, spring quarter, evenings
Offered yearly, fall quarter, days

1.955 Air Sampling and Analysis

A laboratory course on air pollution measurements utilizing physical, chemical,
and instrumental methods and calibration and use of sampling equipment for
gaseous and particulate pollutants. Identification and quantitive measurements
of pollutants are performed utilizing microscopy, spectrophotometry, gas chroma-
tography, and atomic absorption spectroscopy. Prep. 1.950, Air Pollution.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.956 Air Pollution Control (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material of 1.950, Air Pollution Engi-
neering and 1.955, Air Sampling and Analysis. Prep. Admission to Graduate
School of Engineering. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.957 Air Pollution Science

Biological and chemical aspects of air pollution with emphasis on the toxicolog-
ical aspects of the environment, physiological effects of aerosols, analysis of
organic and inorganic constituents of the atmosphere and rationale for establish-
ment of air quality criteria and standards. Note: Course 1.957 is open to non-
engineering graduate students as well as engineering graduate students. Prep.
Consent of the department and instructor. Offered yearly, fall quarter

1.960 Hydraulic Structures I

Dams and associated structures. Design criteria and preliminary analyses for
gravity, arch, buttress, rock-fill and earth-fill dams. Foundation treatment and

CIVIL ENGINEERING / 81

scour protection. Spillway structures. Gates. Navigation requirements of large
rivers. Fishways. Prep. Undergraduate course in hydraulics.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.961 Hydraulic Structures II

Intake structures in reservoirs and on rivers. Tunnels and pipe lines: design
criteria and structural analyses; economic studies for diameter selection.
Penstocks and anchor blocks. Canals — seepage and erosion, linings, canal
structures. Prep. Undergraduate course in hydraulics.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

1.962 Hydraulic Structures III

Surge tanks: selection of type. River regulation: design principles, flood pro-
tection and navigation requirements, bank revetments, groins, dikes, and levees.
Cofferdams. Operation and maintenance of hydraulic structures. Prep. Under-
graduate course in hydraulics. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

1.970 Design of Environmental Systems (4 q.h. credits)

The development of comprehensive engineering reports. Fundamental design
concepts of complete systems for environmental control, including water treat-
ment; wastewater disposal, air quality control, and solid waste disposal; evalua-
tion of economic alternatives for environmental quality control; discussion of
actual engineering reports and designs will include considerations of the logic
and conclusions. Prep. 1.912, Water and Wastewater Treatment III.

Offered yearly, spring quarter, days

1.980 Environmental Planning and Control

Examination of the social, technological, economic, political, legal and insti-
tutional aspects of environmental planning and management; environmental
impact and assessment considerations related to development projects; environ-
mental planning methodology and techniques. Prep. Admission to the Graduate
School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

1.985 Environmental Protection

Environmental quality and its effects on health, comfort, aesthetics, balance of
ecosystems and renewable resources; interaction of the water-land-air complex,
vector control, food protection, ionizing radiation, other radiation, and the en-
ergies of heat and sound. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engi-
neering. Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) (8 q.h. credits)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted by arrangement with and under
the supervision of the department. Prep. Permission of the Civil Engineering
Department. Offered yearly, all quarters

1.992 Special Topics in Environmental Engineering (2 q.h. credits)

An individual effort in an area selected by student and adviser resulting in a
definitive report. Prep. Permission of the Civil Engineering Department.

Offered yearly, all quarters

1.993 Master's Report Environmental Engineering (4 q.h. credits)

An individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or literature investigation and
analysis or advanced design of a project in an area of environmental engineer-

82 / CIVIL ENGINEERING

ing selected by student and adviser resulting in a definitive report. Prep. Per-
mission of the Civil Engineering Department. Offered yearly, all quarters

1.994 Seminar — Environmental Engineering

Discussions by professional engineers and scientists, faculty, and graduate
students on subjects in the area of environmental engineering and science. Open
to day students only. Prep Consent of frte instructor.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

1.996 Seminar — Environmental Health

Discussion by professional people in the public health field, faculty, and graduate
students on subjects within the area of environmental health. Open to day
students only. Prep. Consent of tlie instructor. Offered yearly, spring quarter

1.997 Thesis (Ph.D. Degree)

Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to doctoral program in Environ-
mental Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters

electrical engineering

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of
Science in Electrical Engineering, applicants must have obtained a
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering, with an accept-
able quality of undergraduate work, from a recognized college or univer-
sity. Applicants with a Bachelor of Science degree in other engineering
or related science fields and an appropriate background of preparation
may pursue this program and qualify for the degree of Master of
Science without specification. In some cases, students whose Bachelor
of Science degree is in some other engineering or related science field
may qualify for the degree of Master of Science in Electrical Engineer-
ing. This requires special approval of the Department of Electrical
Engineering.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Full-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program may
be taken on the Cooperative Plan. On this plan one group of students
takes academic work in the Fall and Spring Quarters of the first year and
in the Winter Quarter of the second year. Another group may take the
academic work in the Winter Quarter of the first year and in the Fall and
Spring Quarters of the second year. In either case, the other three quar-
ters of the two academic years and the summer after the first year are
available for professional employment. Students who are admitted to a
master's degree program under the Cooperative Plan must complete,
through satisfactory performance, each cooperative work assignment
in order to be eligible for their degree.

The sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be
taken according to the following pattern:

Second Academic Quarter Credits

3.832 Network Synthesis I 4

3.990 Seminar I 2

10.8G1 Probability 2

or
3.902 Appl. Prob. &

Stoch. Proc 4

Electives 4 or 6

1 First Academic Quarter

Credits

3.827 Linear Systems

Analysis

4

3.842 Linear Active Circuits

4

3.823 Mathematical

Methods in Electrical

Engineering

4

Electives

2 or 4

14 or 16 12 or 14 or 16

84 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Third Academic Quarter Credits

3.877 Electromagnetic

Theory 4

3.991 Seminar II 2

Electives 8 or 10

14or16

A limited amount of work may be elected from the part-time program.

A thesis for six quarter hours credit is elective with the approval of
the chairman of the department. If the thesis option is approved, this
work is done in the second year of the program. Details concerning
thesis proposals, editorial format, and time schedules are available in
the Graduate School Office.

The program of each student will be made up from the required and
elective courses available in each term and approved by the student's
academic adviser.

Electives

The electives will normally be available according to the following
schedule:

Fall Quarter

3.902 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes
3.959 Control Theory I — Analysis and Synthesis
3.979 Electronic Digital Computers

Winter Quarter

3.803 Plasma and Gas Discharge

3.838 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I

3.902 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes

3.909 Detection and Estimation Theory

3.962 Control Theory II — Nonlinear and Sampled-Data Systems

3.979 Electronic Digital Computers

Spring Quarter

3.839 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis II
3.883 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory

3.902 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes

3.905 Information Theory and Coding

3.965 Control Theory III — Optimal Control and Stochastic Systems

(Additional electives will be available from the late afternoon portion
of the part-time program in all quarters.)

Full-Time Program

For those students whose programs would be better served by full-
time study the prescribed courses may be taken in one academic year.
The sequence of the required courses will be different from the full-time
program on the Cooperative Plan.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 85

POWER SYSTEMS MAJOR

FuM-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

The integrated six-year program for students enrolled in the power
systems engineering curriculum culminates in a graduate year on the
Cooperative Plan. Under this arrangement all students are combined into
one division and take academic work during the Fall and Spring Quarters
while engaged in cooperative work during the Summer and Winter
Quarters.

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. Those students
who have completed five years of the integrated undergraduate program
have earned six quarter hour credits of graduate work prior to their
graduate year and hence complete only 34 additional quarter hours of
credit.

The power major is also available to students electing a normal two-
year cooperative plan or a one-year full-time, non-cooperative plan.

Courses taken by students in the six-year integrated program are:

Fall Academic Quarter Credits Spring Academic Quarter Credits

3.827 Linear Systems 3.931 Power Systems

Analysis 4 Planning 4

3.928 Analysis of 3.944 Special Topics in

Power Systems .... 4 Power 2

3.990 Seminar I 2 3.991 Seminar II 2

Electlves 6 Electives 10

16 18

*3.823 Mathematical M0.8G1 Probability 2

Methods in Electrical ^

Eng 4

20

Electives

In addition to the electives listed for the Electrical Engineering Day-
Graduate Cooperative Program, the following courses are suggested for
consideration by the power major students:

Fall Quarter

3.932 Power System Protection

3.935 Computers in Power Systems I

3.940 Electric Machinery Theory I

3.943 Advanced Power Laboratory (By special arrangement)

3.944 Special Topics in Power

3.959 Control Theory I — Analysis and Synthesis

5.801 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I

2.920 Direct Energy Conversion

'Taken by six-year students during undergraduate quarters 9 and 10.

86 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Winter Quarter

3.933 Power Systems Transients !

3.936 Computers in Power Systems II I

3.941 Electric Machinery Theory II i

3.943 Advanced Power Laboratory (By special arrangement) i

3.944 Special Topics in Power |
3.962 Control Theory II — Nonlinear and Sampled-Data Systems
5.802 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise II
5.812 Management of Technical Innovation
2.921 Direct Energy Conversion

Spring Quarter

3.934 Power System Stability

3.937 Computers in Power Systems III

3.942 Electric Machinery Theory III

3.943 Advanced Power Laboratory (By special arrangement)

3.965 Control Theory III — Optimal Control and Stochastic Systems

3.998 Special Problems in Electrical Engineering

5.818 Management Information Systems

5.820 Personnel Administration for Engineers

5.950 Engineering Statistics I

2.923 Special Topics in Direct Energy Conversion

Part-Time Program
Electrical Engineering
Admission

The admission requirennents for the part-time program leading to the
degree of Master of Science in Electrical Engineering are the same as
for the full-time program, but students may progress according to their
abilities and the time available.

All graduate courses presuppose mastery of the subject matter of a
modern, fully accredited curriculum in electrical engineering. Applicants
who have not taken further academic work for some time since they
received their bachelor's degree may be required to take graduate
courses to satisfy any deficiencies. For this purpose, the following
courses are available:

Credits

3.975 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I 2

3.976 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II 2

3.977 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III 2

3.978 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering IV 2

These courses carry graduate credit but a maximum of four quarter
hours of credit from this group may be used as elective credit In the
degree program.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 87

Program

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required for the master's
degree of which 16 quarter hours of credit are specified as follows:

Required Courses Credits

3.825 Linear Systems Analysis ll-A 2

3.826 Linear Systems Analysis il-B 2

*3.840 Linear Active Circuits l-A 2

*3.841 Linear Active Circuits l-B 2

3.875 Electromagnetic Theory A 2

3.876 Electromagnetic Theory B 2

3.8C1 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering l-A 2

and

3.8C2 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering l-B 2

or

3.8C4 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering ll-A 2

and

3.8C5 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering Il-B 2

or

3.900 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes A . . 2

and

3.901 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B . . 2

Students lacking the necessary prerequisites for 3.8C1 or 3.8C4 may
be required to take undergraduate courses 3.292 or 3.293 to clear this
deficiency. By petition, these courses may carry graduate credit.

Electives

In addition to the required course work each student is expected to
select a major and a minor area from the list given below. Ten quarter
hours of credit must be taken in the major area and six quarter hours
of credit taken in the minor area. The area or areas to which a course
is assigned is indicated in the following listings. Not every course is
assigned to an area. They may be used as one of the free elective
courses. Eight quarter hours of credit are free electives which may be
selected from graduate courses in sciences or other engineering de-
partments for which the student has the necessary preparation.

Subject Areas

1. Circuits and Systems

3.830 3.838 3.951

3.831 3.839 3.952

3.832 3.843 3.953

3.833 3.845 3.954

3.834 3.860

3.835 3.861
3.837 3.950

* Evening part-time students who wish to major in Power Systems should substitute
3.925, 3.926 and 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis (2 credits per quarter) for 3.840 and
3.841.

68 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

2. Computer Science

4. Communications and Control

3.860

3.8T9

3.817

3.904

3.861

3.935

3.818

3.905

3.892

3.936

3.819

3.906

3.893

3.937

3.865

3.907

3.894

3.972

3.866

3.908

3.895

3.973

3.867

3.909

3.898

3.974

3.871

3.957

3.899

3.979

3.872

3.958

3.8T1

3.985

3.873

3.959

3.8T2

3.986

3.898

3.960

3.8T3

3.987

3.899

3.961

3.8T7

3.988

3.900

3.962

3.8T8

3.989

3.901

3.963

3.902

3.964

3.903

3.965

Fields

Waves and Optics

3.800

3.890

5. Physical Electronics

3.801

3.891

3.806

3.854

3.802

3.914

3.807

3.858

3.806

3.915

3.808

3.859

3.807

3.916

3.853

3.808

3.917

3.810

3.918

6. Power Systems

3.811

3.919

2.920

3.935

3.812

3.920

2.921

3.936

3.817

3.921

2.935

3.937

3.818

3.922

2.936

3.940

3.819

3.923

3.925

3.941

3.878

3.924

3.926

3.942

3.879

3.980

3.927

3.943

3.880

3.981

3.928

3.944

3.881

3.982

3.930

3.945

3.882

3.983

3.931

3.946

3.883

3.984

3.932

3.947

3.885

3.933

Quarter-Sequence Courses

Certain courses have an A or B after the course title. In these cases,
credit will be given toward the degree only if both the A and B courses
are successfully completed.

ELECTRO-OPTICS PROGRAM

The Electro-Optics Program is designed to provide the engineer and
scientist with a working knowledge of current electro-optical techniques
and systems. Emphasis is placed on application to industrial and re-
search problems.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 89

Admission

To be enrolled for this degree program, applicants must have a
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or Physics, with an
acceptable quality of undergraduate work from a recognized institution.
Admission requirements are those of the regular program in electrical
engineering.

Program

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required, of which 18 are
specified. At least 12 additional hours of electives in optics are to be
chosen from the optics elective listed below. The remaining ten hours
may be selected from optics electives or from suitable courses in
science or engineering.

Specified Courses Credits

3.8C1 Math. Methods in Elec. Eng. I-A 2

or

3.8C4 Math. Methods in Elec. Eng. Il-A 2

3.8C2 Math. Methods in Elec. Eng. I-B 2

or

3.8C5 Math. Methods in Elec. Eng. Il-B 2

3.914 Electro-Optics I 2

3.915 Electro-Optics II 2

3.916 Fourier-Optics I 2

3.917 Fourier-Optics II 2

3.918 Experimental Optics I 2

3.919 Experimental Optics II 2

3.920 Experimental Optics III 2

Optics Electives Credits

3.806 Lasers I 2

3.807 Lasers II 2

3.808 Laser Applications 2

3.913 Optical Storage and Display 2

3.921 Optical Properties of Matter I 2

3.922 Optical Properties of Matter II 2

3.923 Optical Properties of Matter III 2

3.924 Advanced Topics in Electro-Optics 2

3.980 Optical Instrument Design Concepts 2

3.981 Principles of Optical Detection I 2

3.982 Principles of Optical Detection II 2

3.983 Fourier Optics 111 2

3.984 Spectroscopic Instrumentation 2

90 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Model Program in Electro-Optics

Credits

First Year

3.8C4 Math. Math, in

Elec. Eng. li-A 2

Math. Meth. in

Elec. Eng. Il-B 2

Electro-Optics I 2

Lasers I 2

Lasers II 2

Laser Applications ... 2

12

3.805

3.914
3.806
3.807
3.808

Third Year

3.913 Optical Storage

and Display 2

Optical Properties

of Matter I 2

Optical Properties

of Matter II 2

Prin. Optical Det. I . . . 2
Prin. Optical Det. II . . 2
Spectroscopic Instr. . . 2

12

Second Year Credits

3.915 Electro-Optics II 2

3.916 Fourier Optics I 2

3.917 Fourier Optics II 2

3.918 Experimental Optics I . 2

3.919 Experimental Optics II 2

3.920 Experimental Optics III 2

12

Credits

3.921

3.922

3.981
3.982
3.984

Four additional hours of electives are required for a total of 40 |
credits for the degree.

Course Prerequisites

The prerequisites suggested for each course are given so that the
student will receive full benefit from the course. In case of doubt, the
student should consult the Director of the Electro-Optics Program or
the course instructor.

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR

The Computer Science Program is structured to provide a curriculum
of study in computer science and engineering leading to the degree of
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering, or Master of Science, with
a major in Computer Science.

Admission

To be enrolled for this degree program, applicants must have ob-
tained a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering, mathematics, or
the physical sciences from a recognized college or university and must
present satisfactory evidence of ability to pursue graduate study.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 91

Program

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required, of which 12 are
specified and 28 are elective.

Specified Courses Credits

3.893 Digital Computer Programming I 2

3.894 Digital Computer Programming II 2

3.972 Electronic Digital Computers I 2

3.973 Electronic Digital Computers II 2

3.8T1 Numerical Methods and Computer

Applications I 2

3.8T2 Numerical Methods and Computer

Applications II 2

•3.990 Seminar 2

Electives

Sixteen quarter hours of credit nnust be chosen from the following
list of courses:

3.860 Pulse Processing I

3.861 Pulse Processing II

3.895 Digital Computer Programming III

3.898 Combinatorial & Optimization Techniques I

3.899 Combinatorial & Optimization Techniques II
3.8T3 Numerical Methods and Computer Applications III
3.8T7 Digital Filtering I

3.8T8 Digital Filtering II

3.960 Control Theory ll-A

3.961 Control Theory ll-B

3.967 Switching Circuits I

3.968 Switching Circuits II

3.969 Switching Circuits III

3.974 Electronic Digital Computers III

3.985 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I

3.986 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines II

3.987 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines III

3.988 Special Topics in Computer Science

3.989 Computer Peripherals
3.995 Thesis

3.998 Special Problems in Electrical Engineering

5.911 Linear Programming

5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing

5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques
5.920 Computer Utility Systems

A maximum of ten quarter hours of credit may be selected from grad-
uate courses in mathematics, physical sciences or other engineering
departments with the approval of the student's academic adviser.

•Seminar may be required of all full-time students.

92 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Thesis

A thesis carrying six credits may be elected with the approval of the
chairman of the department. If the thesis option is approved, this work
is done in the second half of the program.

THE DOCTOR'S DEGREE

Full-Time Program

The following material outlines the procedures for admission to the
doctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de-
gree. For further information applicants should write to the Secretary,
Department of Electrical Engineering.

Admission

Students who are interested in pursuing a doctor's program, should
contact the Electrical Engineering Department to request an applica-
tion. Completed applications, together with transcripts of all prior work
and two letters of recommendation, should be forwarded to the Elec-
trical Engineering Department, 412 Dana Hall, no later than 1 Decem-
ber of the preceding year. Following evaluation of this material, the
applicant will be informed whether or not he will be permitted to under-
take the qualifying examination. A personal interview is not required,
but a student may arrange with the Secretary of the Electrical Engineer-
ing Graduate Committee, Professor Robert N. Martin (617-437-3041),
for an appointment for further program details if desired. A student who
has received approval to take the qualifying examination is considered
a pre-doctoral student until such time as he passes the examination.
Upon successful completion of the qualifying examination he becomes
a Ph.D. candidate.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad-
uate work or two consecutive years of part-time graduate work. In the
latter case, a detailed time schedule must be approved by the student's
adviser in order to give evidence that at least half of the time is being
devoted to the requirements of the graduate school program.

Qualifying Examination

The Ph.D. qualifying examination has emerged from its role as a re-
quirement for admission to the doctoral program to the dual purpose of,
one: serving as an indicator of the student's capability for successful
completion of the program, and two: serving as a guide to his adviser
in developing a suitable plan of study tailored to the individual needs
of the candidate.

With these goals in mind, the candidate is urged to take the qualifying
examination early in his graduate program (i.e., not later than the suc-
cessful completion of 40 quarter hours of graduate work).

i

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 93

The examination is composed of a written and an oral part, and is
usually given in the spring quarter of each academic year. The written
part covers the following general categories:

(1) Circuits and Electronics

(2) Fields, Waves, and Energy Conversion

(3) Systems

(4) Miscellaneous Topics in Electrical Engineering

For candidates pursuing a Ph.D. with an emphasis in either Computer
Science or Modern Optics, the qualifying examination will be appropri-
ately modified.

The oral part is designed to test general comprehension. Together,
the oral and written portions of the examination review the factual
knowledge of a typical undergraduate Electrical Engineering program
and the understanding of that material from a more mature point of view.

If the examination is failed it may be repeated only with permission
of the Graduate Committee upon recommendation of the Ph.D. Qualify-
ing Examination Committee.

Comprehensive Examination

Within three years of his establishment of degree candidacy, the
student will be required to demonstrate by means of a comprehensive
examination a subject matter knowledge satisfactory for the award of
the degree.

The comprehensive examination is an oral examination open to the
Electrical Engineering faculty (assistant professor and above in rank)
and administered by the student's Thesis Committee. Departmental
faculty will be informed of the examination via a departmental notice
at least one week prior to the examination. Normally the examination
will be given at the time the Thesis Proposal is submitted to the Thesis
Committee for approval. As part of this examination the Thesis Com-
mittee will review the student's doctoral program and his performance
in graduate courses, as well as examine the student on subject matter
related to his graduate studies and his thesis area.

Course Requirements

Successful completion of a doctoral program normally requires 70
quarter hours of satisfactory graduate level work exclusive of thesis
■esearch and doctoral reading courses.

Doctoral Seminar, 3.993 and 3.994 are the only required courses.

The course work must include a three-course sequence (graduate
evel) in each of two minor areas. Both minors must be in science, ap-
plied science, or a related area. One minor may be chosen from an
irea of electrical engineering outside the candidate's proposed major
irea.

94 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Thesis |

The candidate's thesis research shall be directed by his Thesis Ad- !

viser, whom he shall select upon establishing candidacy. The Thesis I

Committee shall approve the thesis in final form. I

Language Requirement i

The language requirement may be satisfied in French, German, 1
or Russian. The Princeton Educational Testing Service Language Exami-
nation is used for this purpose. The examination is administered by I
Northeastern University annually. If necessary, it may be taken at an- '
other institution. It must be passed before the final oral examination
is taken.

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the departmental
regulations.

THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER DEGREE

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the graduate pro-
fessional degree usually known as the Engineer Degree. This degree,
offered at a number of institutions, usually requires about one year of
full-time graduate study beyond the master's degree. The official title
of the degree is "Electrical Engineer".

The following material outlines the procedures for admission to the
Electrical Engineer degree program and the steps necessary to qualify
for the degree. For further information applicants should write to Pro-
fessor Robert A. Gonsalves, Department of Electrical Engineering,
Room 329, Dana Hall, Northeastern University.

Admission

Students who are interested in pursuing the Electrical Engineer
degree should make application for admission to the program prior to
April 1. A master's degree in electrical engineering or its equivalent
and the approval of the departmental graduate committee is required
for admission. In some cases, where the master's degree is not in elec-
trical engineering, a student may be admitted to the program with the
stipulation that certain deficiencies be made up without credit toward
the degree.

The Engineer Degree is available on either a full-time or part-time,
basis.

1

Classification and Degree Candidacy

A student admitted to the Engineer degree program will be designated
as a candidate for this degree.

P

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 95

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by two academic quarters of
full-time graduate work during the same academic year or four academic
quarters of half-time graduate work during a period of two consecutive
academic years. In the latter case, or if the student is in the part-time
program, the plan for satisfying residence requirements must be ap-
proved by the student's adviser.

Qualification and Examinations

A student must maintain a B average in order to qualify for the de-
gree. In some instances, a student may be required to take special
examinations. Such examinations will be determined in each case by
the departmental graduate committee.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirements will be 40 quarter hours beyond the
master's degree, with no more than 10 quarter hours of credit out of the
40 allowed for work on the dissertation. A minimum of 20 quarter hours
must be taken in electrical engineering. The student's course program
must be approved by his adviser.

Dissertation

Each engineer degree student must complete a dissertation which
demonstrates a high level of competence in research, development, or
design in the field of electrical engineering. As a general guideline, the
amount of effort normally expected will be the equivalent of about 10
quarter hours of graduate work.

Language Requirement

No foreign language is required for the Electrical Engineer degree.

Final Oral Examination

A final oral examination consisting of a defense of the dissertation
may be required if the student's adviser and the departmental graduate
committee so decide.

Transfer of Credits

Approval for transfer of credit may be given by the departmental
graduate committee upon request from the student.

Time Limitation

After admission to the program, a maximum of five years will be
allowed for completion of the degree requirements. Extension of this
time limit may be granted with the approval of the departmental
graduate committee.

96 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as ap-
proved by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After
the first registration for this work, registration must be continuous un-
less withdrawal is allowed by the departmental committee in charge of
the degree program.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. Courses
carrying four quarter hours of credit are day courses except where noted. Course
descriptions are applicable to both day and evening courses. Quarters indicated
following course descriptions refer primarily to the part-time program. Not all
courses are offered every year. Refer to the Graduate School of Engineering
circular issued about July 1 each year for the courses to be offered in the new
academic year and the times at which they are scheduled to meet.

3.800 Plasma Engineering I

Behavior, diagnostics, and generation of plasma and gas discharges; emphasis
on the engineering and experimental point of view rather than on a rigorous
theoretical treatment. Current literature on a variety of plasma engineering ap-
plications will be introduced throughout the course. First quarter topics include:
dynamics of charged particles in static electric and magnetic fields, E and M
wave-plasma interactions, Infinite and Finite Media, elastic and inelastic colli-
sions. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or Physics
or 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III. Fall quarter

3.801 Plasma Engineering II

Ionization, diffusion, sheaths, glow and arc discharges, plasma oscillations, and
plasma diagnostic techniques. Prep. 3.800, Plasma Engineering I.

Winter quarter

3.802 Plasma Engineering III

Principles of MHD and Controlled Fusion Engineering. General plasma engi-
neering applications. Prep. 3.801 , Plasma Engineering II. Spring quarter

3.803 Plasma Engineering (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.800 and 3.801 — Plasma Engi-
neering I and II. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering
or Physics or 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III. Winter quarter

3.806 Lasers I

Review of basic optical principles and atomic physics; introduction to optical
coherence; models for the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter;J
a general description of lasers is given. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree inl
Engineering or Science. Fall quarter^

3.807 Lasers 11

Laser threshold and rate equations; elementary resonator theory and fabrica-
tion; giant pulse operation; specific solid-state, liquid, and gas lasers; and laser!
systems. Prep. 3.806, Lasers I. Winter quarter]

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 97

3.808 Laser Applications

Applications of lasers and laser systems for a variety of engineering and basic
science disciplines; specific laser optoelectronic devices. Prep. 3.807, Lasers
II or equivalent. Spring quarter

3.810 Plasma Dynamics I

Electrodynamics of homogenous and stationary plasmas; definition of and rela-
tions among the linear plasma response functions and their role in power ab-
sorption; Hilbert transforms and sum rules; statistical mechanical aspects:
von-Neumann-Liouville equation, linear response theory and the fluctuation-
dissipation and compliance theorems; statistical basis for Omsager symmetry
relations and sum rules. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877,
Electromagnetic Theory or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.811 Plasma Dynamics II

Applications of the fluctuation-dissipation theorems to: equation of state for
classical plasmas, interactions of relativistic test particles with relativistic plas-
mas, power loss calculations and derivations of the relativistic Fakler-Planak
coefficients; the Vlasov equation for relativistic plasmas in external magnetic
fields. Prep. 3.810, Plasma Dynamics I. Winter quarter

3.812 Plasma Dynamics III

Continuation of the Vlasov equation; Landau damping and beam-plasma in-
stabilities; quasi-linear theory; theory of shock waves in plasma: Rankine-
Hugoniot relations, structure, and stability; MHD instabilities: Rayleigh-Taylor
and flute instabilities, etc. Prep. 3.811, Plasma Dynamics II. Spring quarter

3.817 Physical Acoustics

Radiation, transmission, and absorption phenomena of plane and spherical
waves. Distributed-system analogies, simple sources, dipole sources, radiation
impedance, and radiation patterns. Diffraction theory and ray acoustics. Finite
amplitude waves and shock waves. The effects of inhomogeneities and of
dissipation processes on sound transmission. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree
in Engineering or Science. Fall quarter

3.818 Speech Communications

Theory of acoustic transducers, such as microphones, loudspeakers, and horns.
Mechanism of speech production and the acoustic properties of the vocal system.
Hearing and psychoacoustics, Analog synthesizers of speech. Speech coding
and transmission systems. Prep. 3.817 Physical Acoustics. Winter quarter

3.819 Underwater Sound

Fundamentals of sonar and acoustic signal processing. Echo ranging and direct
listening. Model of the underwater acoustic channel. Matched filters and corre-
lation detection. Prep. 3.818, Speech Communications. Spring Quarter

3.823 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering (4 q.h. credits)
This course, offered days, embodies the material in 3. 804 and 3.8C5, Mathe-
matical Methods in Electrical Engineering ll-A and ll-B. (Not open to Northeast-
ern graduates who have completed 3.293). Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering. Fall and winter quarters

98 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

3.824 Linear Systems Analysis I (Fundamental Precepts)

A study of the basic concepts of time and frequency domain analysis including
differential equations and systems of simultaneous first order equations, integral
solutions including superposition and convolution integrals and Green's function
solutions; the application of complex variable theory to the study of Laplace and
z-transforms; the application of matrix theory to systems analysis. Prep.
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, Precis of f^odern
Electrical Engineering I. Recommended are courses 3.8C4 and 3.8C5 or their
equivalent. Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.825 Linear Systems Analysis ll-A (State Variable Representation of Systems)

A continuation of program begun with 3.824. Introduction to state variable
analysis of continuous and discrete systems. Standard canonical representations.
Computer simulation of systems behavior. Solution of state equations for linear
time invariant systems. Analysis of transient response. Prep. 3.824, Linear Sys-
tems Analysis I or equivalent. Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.826 Linear Systems Analysis ll-B (Applications of State Variable and Trans-
form Techniques)

A continuation of 3.825. Extensions of techniques to time varying systems.
Stability and related matters. Introduction to optimization and optimal systems.
Observability and controllability. Further applications to discrete as well as
continuous systems. The application of digital computers to systems analysis.
Prep. 3.825, Linear Systems Analysis ll-A. Winter and spring quarters

3.827 Linear Systems Analysis through State Variable and Transform Tech-
niques (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.825 and 3.826, Linear Systems
Analysis ll-A and ll-B. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engi-
neering and 3.824, Linear Systems Analysis I or equivalent.

Fall and winter quarters

3.830 Network Synthesis l-A

Matrix circuit analysis including m-port parameter systems. Positive-real func-
tions. Energy functions. Driving-point synthesis techniques for LC, RC, and RL
networks. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975,
Precis of hJlodern Electrical Engineering I. Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.831 Network Synthesis l-B

Driving-point synthesis of RLC networks. Properties of two-port networks. Two-
port synthesis, including the parallel ladder realization. Lattice synthesis. Prep.

3.830, Network Synthesis l-A. Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.832 Network Synthesis I (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.830, Network Synthesis l-A and

3.831, Network Synthesis l-B. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering or 3.975, Precis of l^odern Electrical Engineering I.

Fall and spring quarters

3.833 Network Synthesis II

Scattering, immittance, and hybrid formalisms for linear networks; state-space
formulation and techniques for time-invariant and time-varying networks; intro-

I

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 99

duction to passive n-port synthesis. Prep. 3.831, Network Synthesis l-B or
3.832, Network Synthesis I. Fall quarter

3.834 Advanced Network Theory I

General reaiizability of linear lumped and distributed systems; synthesis of
reciprocal and non-reciprocal n-port networks; lossless microwave multi-port
junctions; stability characterizations of active networks; theory of linear active
multi-port networks. Prep. 3.833, Network Synthesis II. Winter quarter

3.835 Advanced Network Theory II

Interrelationship between parts of network functions; theory of optimum broad-
band matching; approximation methods and insertion loss synthesis; analysis
and synthesis of transmission line filters and equalizers; gain-bandwidth theory
of negative resistance devices including tunnel diodes, varactors, avalanche
transit-time, and bulk-effect devices. Prep. 3.834, Advanced Network Theory I.

Spring quarter

3.837 Topological Circuit Analysis and Linear Graphs

Mathematical properties of the Kirchoff equations. Matrix and topological circuit
analysis. Fundamentals of graph theory. Selected applications of graph theory
in the fields of network synthesis, switching theory, and communication networks.
Prep. 10.9N2, Advanced Mathematics or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.838 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I

Numerical, graphical, and analytical methods for the solution of physical systems
described by nonlinear differential equations. Geometric analysis in second-order
systems. Perturbation and averaging theory. Prep. 3.831, Network Synthesis l-B
or 3.832, Network Synthesis I. Winter quarter

3.839 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis II

Linear, time-varying systems and their relationship to certain nonlinear problems.
The WJKB approximation. The Hill and Mathieu Equations. Stability of nonlinear
systems. Lyapunov Theory. Selected topics in nonlinear analysis according to
group interest. Prep. 3.838, Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I. Spring quarter

3.840 Linear Active Circuits l-A

Active networks are developed from device representation and appropriate circuit
theory concepts. Topics included are application of flowgraphs and matrices to
design and analysis, development of solid state device models, stability, inte-
grated circuitry limitations and dominant pole analysis, and realization from open
and short-circuit impedance concepts. These are applied to the realization,
operation, and optimization of gainband-width products of wide-band amplifiers
to obtain specific characteristics such as Butterworth and other functions.
Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.967, Precis of
Modern Electrical Engineering II. Fall quarter

3.841 Linear Active Circuits l-B

The results of 3.840, Linear Active Circuits l-A, are extended to include narrow-
band, band pass amplifiers, and feedback amplifier concepts. The effects of
feedback upon gain, impedance noise, and stability are developed from return
difference and ratio viewpoints utilizing open and short-circuit loop gain con-
cepts. Consideration is given to the synthesis of driving point and transfer

100 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

functions using active filters, negative impedance converters, and other basic
building blocks. Prep. 3.840, Linear Active Circuits l-A. Winter quarter

3.842 Linear Active Circuits I (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days, includes the material given in 3.840, Linear Active Circuits l-A and
3.841, Linear Active Circuits l-B. Prep. Bactielor of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering or 3.976, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II.

Fall and winter quarters

3.843 Linear Active Circuits 11

A continuation of the material covered in Linear Active Circuits l-A and l-B.
Emphasis will be placed on feedback systems, including multiloop amplifier
design. These techniques will be applied to integrated circuit realizations of
basic active networks. Prep. 3.841, Linear Active Circuits l-B or 3.842, Linear
Active Circuits I. Spring quarter

3.845 Active Network Synthesis

Basic methods of active network synthesis are introduced through three com-
monly used approaches: feedback amplifier, negative impedance converter, and
gyrator; structures of Sallen and Key, Kuh, Linvill, Yanagisawa, Rohrer, Kinari-
wals, Sepress, and Calahan; consideration of the practical realization of NIC's
and gyrators, standard decomposition methods and sensitivity; work of Sand-
berg, Larky, Newcomb, Daniels, Horowtiz, and Thomas. Prep. 3.381, Network
Synthesis l-B and 3.841, Linear Active Circuits l-B or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.853 Solid State Device Theory and Practice (4 q.h. credits)

This course meets twice weekly. On one night there is a two-hour lecture; on
the other, a three-hour lab. The course carries four quarter hours of credit.

A case method study of solid state devices with a laboratory tightly integrated
with the classroom work. The methodology developed is fundamental to the
discrete and integrated circuit technology. The classroom portion of the course
is devoted to junction diode and bipolar transistor theory including the physics
of achieving a given design. In the laboratory, the student designs, builds, and
tests diodes and transistors to meet certain electrical characteristics. The
devices achieved are seldom of commercial quality, but sufficient equipment is
available in the laboratory to make practical device processing possible even
for completely untrained personnel. Prep. An undergraduate level background
in electronics and semiconductor devices. Fall quarter

3.854 Solid State Theory and Practice (4 q.h. credits)

The course is offered on the same basis as 03.853 and is a continuation of
that course. The central topic is field effect transistors with appropriate design
problems for the laboratory. Prep. 3.853 Solid State Device Theory and Prac-
tice. Spring quarter

3.858 Characteristics and Models of Solid State Devices I (4 q.h. credits)
Open to both day and evening students. Two two-hour evening sessions per
week.

This two-quarter sequence is designed to develop real insight into the operation
of a broad range of semiconductor devices. First half of this quarter is devoted

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 101

to important topics in the physics of semiconductors to provide the background
necessary for device analysis. Second half of the quarter is devoted to analysis
of fundamental building-block units of which devices are made including the
PN junction, the ohmic contact, and the Schottky barrier. Each is examined
under reasonable extremes of bias and temperature to establish the electrical
behavior expected from such elementary units. A detailed analysis of the bi-
polar transistor. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or
equivalent. Winter quarter

3.859 Characteristics and Models of Solid State Devices II (4 q.h. credits)
Open to both day and evening students. Two two-hour evening sessions per
week.

A continuation of 3.858. First half of this quarter is devoted to the metal-oxide-
semiconductor interface, its influence on the behavior of real junctions, and the
various realizations of the field-effect transistor. A detailed analysis of the per-
formance of FET's will permit a critical comparison of field effect and bipolar
transistors. Second half is devoted to solid state microwave devices; devices
that are both unique to microwave applications and the relevant low frequency
elements which require somewhat different analysis at microwave frequencies.
An examination of noise in semiconductor devices. Prep. 3.858, Characteristics
and Models of Solid State Devices I or equivalent. Spring quarter

3.860 Pulse Processing I

The principles and techniques of pulse-forming and pulse-processing circuits,
basic radar, television, digital computation, pulse modulation systems, and data-
processing systems. Wave shaping circuits, logic circuits, switching circuits,
digital devices, and time base generators will be covered. Prep. Bachelor of
Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, 3.976, and 3.977, Precis of
l^odern Electrical Engineering I, II, and II. Winter quarter

3.861 Pulse Processing 11

Continuation of 3.860, Pulse Processing I, to include digital filters and corre-
lators, pulse transformers, memory devices, and linear delay devices. Prep.
3.860, Pulse Processing I. Spring quarter

3.865 Radar Systems I

Emphasis on the systems aspects of radar engineering. Topics covered include
antennas; low-noise receivers; high-power transmitters; range, angle, and Dop-
pler tracking systems; search radar systems. Mathematical descriptions are used
throughout. Prep. Background in probability and Fourier analysis. Fall quarter

3.866 Radar Systems II

Continuation of 3.865, Radar Systems I, a further consideration of systems
aspects. The principles of radar detection theory; matched filter and correlation
receiver design; radar ambiguity function; radar uncertainty principles; radar
waveform synthesis; fundamental accuracy limits; generalized tracking problems.
Prep. 3.865, Radar Systems I. Winter quarter

3.867 Radar Systems III

Advanced topics in radar engineering including modern tracking techniques,

102 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

waveform synthesis, multifunction array radar techniques, and selected topics in
radar-sensing techniques and devices. Prep. 3.866, Radar Systems II.

Spring quarter

3.871 Communications Systems I

Primarily concerned with radio communication systems as used in terrestrial and
space communication applications. Antenna gain, space loss, cosmic and atmos-
pheric noise, and receiver noise as factors influencing the signal-to-noise ratio
in space and satellite repeater systems; channel models are developed for over
the horizon systems utilizing ionospheric propagation and exhibiting fading and
multipaths; contemporary systems are discussed from the standpoint of signal
spectrum, noise power and message ambiguity as exhibited at the output of the
intermediate frequency receiver. Prep. Background in probability and Fourier
analysis. Fall quarter

3.872 Communications Systems II

Primarily concerned with the theoretical aspects of analogue modulation systems
used in radio and space communications. First and second threshold effects will
be discussed in conjunction with signal-to-noise considerations for amplitude
and angle modulated systems. Treatment of frequency feedback and phase-lock
loops will be included in the discussion of frequency modulation and detection.
Frequency division multiplexing will include sub-carrier pre-emphasis and com-
parative performance figures for SSSC/FM and FM/FM. Prep. 3.871, Commu-
nications Systems I or 3.900, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes A.

Winter quarter

3.873 Communications Systems III

Continuation of techniques of 3.872 to cover digital modulation systems and time
division multiplexing. Adaptive sampling, aliasing, and interpolation will be dis-
cussed along with PAM/FM. Pulse code modulation systems utilizing frequency
and phase shifted carriers will be compared under noise conditions. Treatment
will be given to the use of codes with special correlation, modulation by
sequences, and phase-coherent communication. Prep. 3.872, Communications
Systems II. Spring quarter

3.875 Electromagnetic Theory A

Maxwell's equations and related electromagnetic laws and relations; basic
properties of matter; electromagnetic potentials; the scalar and vector Poisson,
D'Alembert, and Helmholtz equations; Green's functions; both mathematical and
physical aspects of the theory and their relation to engineering applications.
Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.977, Precis of
Modern Electrical Engineering III, Advanced Calculus, and Vector Analysis.

Fall quarter

3.876 Electromagnetic Theory B

Basic radiation phenomenon including retarded potentials, radiation from mov-
ing charges, electromagnetic energy, and energy-related theorems. Propaga-
tion of plane waves in media with real and complex constitutive parameters.
Fundamental theory of guided waves. Prep. 3.875, Electromagnetic Theory A.

Winter quarter

3.877 Electromagnetic Theory (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.875 and 3.876, Electromagnetic

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 103

Theory A and B. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or
3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III. Winter and spring quarters

3.878 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory A

More advanced approaches to problems in electromagnetic theory of interest to
electrical engineers — for example: waveguide, antennas, diffraction, and scat-
tering; approximation techniques for obtaining useful solutions of field theory
problems including integral equation, perturbation, and variational techniques.
Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory.

Spring quarter

3.879 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory B

Special relativity and relativistic electrodynamics. Radiation from moving
charges. Statistical concepts and propagation in random media. Introduction to
magnetohydrodynamics and plasma physics. Prep. 3.878 Advanced Electromag-
netic Theory A. Fall quarter

3.880 Microwave Theory

Propagation of electromagnetic waves on periodic structures. Propagation on a
helix. Waves on electron beams. Coupled-mode theory. Traveling-wave devices.
Propagation in anisotropic media. Ferrite devices. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic
Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. Spring quarter

3.881 Microwave Circuits I

Review of microwave circuit theorems; scattering matrices and applications;
eigenvalue problem; symmetrical and miscellaneous junctions; applications of
3-db couplers; polarizers, phase shifters and attenuators; non-reciprocal and
ferrite devices. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromag-
netic Theory. Winter quarter

3.882 Microwave Circuits II

One-port resonant cavity; transmission cavity; analysis and synthesis of micro-
wave filters; traveling-wave resonators; periodically loaded lines; selected micro-
wave system considerations. Prep. 3.881, Microwave Circuits I. Spring quarter

3.883 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.878 and 3.879 — Advanced Elec-
tromagnetic Theory A and B. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877,
Electromagnetic Theory. Spring quarter

3.885 Antennas and Environmental Sensors

Fundamental theory of the transient and steady state operation of radiating
devices with emphasis on wire type antennas — although more complex struc-
tures will also be studied; use of antennas for environmental probes and for
mapping and measuring the resources of the earth; remote sensing from radi-
ating structures; use of computers in solving antenna problems. Prep. 3.876,
Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. Spring quarter

3.887 Biological Picture Processing

The preparation and meaning of greatly magnified pictures of biological objects.
Electron microscope studies of particular biological systems; practical problems
in specimen preparation and the limitation of optical and electron optical sys-
tems; reconstruction of the three-dimensional structure of the specimen using

104 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

both real space and Fourier techniques; use of high speed computers in proc-
essing and interpreting the pictorial data. As time permits, other optical methods
for gathering biological pictures will be discussed. Prep. Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering or Science. Spring quarter

3.890 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation I

Topics in wave propagation of prime importance in communications and space
physics. Review of wave propagation in a homogeneous medium. Physical pro-
cesses in the atmosphere. The formation and structure of the ionosphere. Basic
magneto-ionic theory. Propagation of waves in a spatially varying medium. Ray
theory. Prep. 10.9N2, Advanced Matliematics or equivalent. Winter quarter

3.891 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation II

Application of the theory of the oblique incidence of radio waves on the iono-
sphere, including the effects of the presence of the geomagnetic field, to radio
communications. The interpretation of ionograms. Path prediction and field
strength computations. Absorption. Top side soundings. Incoherent thermal
scatter. Ionospheric irregularities and motions, and their study by space and
frequency diversity techniques and other methods. Prep. 3.890, Electromagnetic
Wave Propagation I. Spring quarter

3.892 introduction to Digital Computer Programming

Analysis of assorted problems of differing types and discussion of potential
solution methods; transformation of chosen solution methods into detailed flow
charts; principles of computer programming: logical decision trees, loops, ar-
rays, subroutines, internal checks, error handling, input, output, and the use of
library routines; implementation of these principles using the FORTRAN IV
language including its advanced features; principles of program testing and the
circumvention of language restrictions. (Not open to those who have completed

3.970, Digital Computer Programming I.) Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering or Science. Fall quarter

3.893 Digital Computer Programming I

Review of FORTRAN IV and its advanced features; binary number system; de-
scription of a machine and its language; addressing techniques, indirect and
indexed addressing, input/output instructions and devices; introduction to some
of the topics of 3.894. (Not open to those who have completed 3.970, Digital
Computer Programming I.) Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
or Science and knovi/ledge of FORTRAN IV, ALGOL or PL/I. Fall quarter

3.894 Digital Computer Programming II

First half of a two-quarter sequence on operating systems and language pro-
cessors. Topics covered in the sequence include: data and program structures,
list and string processing, sorting, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, and real-
time systems; re-entrant coding and recursion; storage allocation, segmenta-
tion, virtual memory, memory protection, management of multi-level storage;
assemblers, interpreters, and compilers; nested and recursive macros; syn-
tactic analysis, instruction formats, and code generation; libraries; special pur-
pose computers, digital controllers. (Not open to those who have completed

3.971, Digital Computer Programming II.) Prep. 3.893, Digital Computer Pro-
gramming I. Winter quarter

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 105

3.895 Digital Computer Programming III

Continuation of 3.894. Prep. 3.894, Digital Computer Programming II.

Spring quarter

3.898 Combinatorial Methods and Optimization Techniques I

An introductory course in applied combinatorial matliematics which treats se-
lected topics in enumerative analysis and optimization techniques. Illustrative
applications will be given in the areas of computer science, information process-
ing, operational research, and controls. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree.

Fall quarter

3.899 Combinatorial Methods and Optimization Techniques II

A continuation of course 3.898. Prep. 3.898, Combinatorial Methods and Opti-
mization Techniques I. Winter quarter

3.8C1 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering l-A

Complex variable theory; mapping by functions, definite and indefinite integrals,
Cauchy integral formula, Laurent series, the residue theorem and branch points.
Not open to Northeastern graduates who have completed 3.292. Prep. Bachelor
of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Fall quarter

3.8C2 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering l-B

A continuation of 3.801 that includes application of complex variable theory to
Fourier theory, Hilbert transforms, and conformal transformations in the analysis
of linear systems and in electrostatics; the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation,
Poisson's integral formula and concept of analytic continuation. Prep. 3.8C1,
Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering l-A. Winter quarter

3.8C4 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering ll-A

Linear algebraic equations; Gauss algorithm; Linear operators in an n-dimen-
sional vector space over infinite and finite fields; characteristic value problem;
minimum polynomial; functions of a matrix; Cayley-Hamilton theorem; Sylvester's
identity; matrix transformations: equivalence, congruence, similarity; quadratic
forms; definiteness; canonical forms under equivalence and congruence trans-
formation; polynomial matrices. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering. Fall quarter

3.8C5 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering ll-B

Smith normal form; determinantal divisors; invariant factors; elementary divisors;
canonical forms under similarity: companion forms and Jordan form; method of
Jordan chains; Segre, Ferrer, and Weyr characteristics; decomposition of a
vector space into invariant subspaces. Prep. 3.8C4, Mathematical Methods in
Electrical Engineering ll-A. Winter quarter

3.8T1 Numerical Methods and Computer Applications I

Survey of numerical methods applied to engineering and scientific problems
with emphasis on machine implementation and problem solving; roundoff errors
and cumulative errors; difference and summation calculus; roots of polynomials
and nonlinear functions; orthogonal functions mcluding polynomials, least
squares, and Chebyshev approximation of functions; systems of algebraic equa-
tions, matrix notation, and machine implementation; inversion of matrices includ-
ing iterative methods; sparse matrix techniques. Prep. Bachelor of Science in
Engineering, Mathematics, or Physics; a working knowledge of FORTRAN.

Fall quarter

106 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

3.8T2 Numerical Methods and Computer Applications 11

Interpolation; numeric quadrature; numeric integration of ordinary differential
equations including predictor-corrector methods; stiff dynamic equations,
partial differential equations, approximations, boundary value problems. Prep.
3.8T1, Numerical Methods and Computer Applications I. Winter quarter

3.8T3 Numerical Methods and Computer Applications III

Linear and dynamic programming, steepest descent and simplex methods, with
application to nonlinear functions in n-dimensional space; eigenvalues and
eigenvectors of matrices; approximate location of eigenvalues; stability; Routh-
Hurwitz criterion; more specialized techniques including the fast Fourier trans-
form, digital simulation of analog computation, system modelling, etc. Prep.
3.872, Numerical Methods and Computer Applications II. Spring quarter

3.8T7 Digital Filtering I

Representation of discrete signals and systems; z-transforms and discrete
Fourier transforms; difference equations and state space representation of
discrete systems; design of digital filters; recursive and nonrecursive. Prep.
3.824, Linear Systems Analysis I or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.8T8 Digital Filtering II

Algorithms for fast Fourier transforms, e.g., Cooley-Tukey, Sande-Tukey, etc.;
radix two, four and arbitrary algorithms; digital spectra, smoothing techniques,
spectral window; effects of quantization truncation and parameter inaccuracies;
system performance in the presence of noise; applications to signal processing
problems and the solution of partial differential equations. Prep. 3.8T7, Digital
Filtering I or consent of the instructor. Winter quarter

3.8T9 Digital Filtering (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 3.8T7 and 3.8T8, Digital

Filtering I and II. Prep. 3.824, Linear Systems Analysis I or equivalent.

Spring quarter

The two-part sequence which follows serves to introduce students in engineer-
ing and physics to the notions of probability, random variables and stochastic
processes. The subject matter is given below.

3.900 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes A

Introductory probability, sample space and random variables, examples of dis-
crete and continuous probability distribution functions, averages, moments and
characteristic function, multivariate distributions, change of variables and func-
tions of variables, central limit theorem, description of stochastic vectors. Prep.
Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.901 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B

General concepts of stochastic processes, stationarity and ergodicity, stochastic
continuity and differentiation, the Gaussian process, linear systems with sto-
chastic inputs, correlation functions and power spectra, stochastic orthogonality
and linear mean-square estimation filtering and prediction. Prep 3.900, Applied
Probability and Stochastic Processes A. Fall, winter and spring quarters

3.902 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.900, Applied Probability and Sto-

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 107

chastic Processes A and 3.901, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B.
Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.903 Information Theory

Deals principally with three aspects of information theory; the statistical descrip-
tion of sources and the probabilistic measure of their information contents, the
determination of channel capacity, and the fundamental coding theorems.
Prep. 3.900, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes A or 3.902, Applied
Probability and Stochastic Processes or Probability. Fall quarter

3.904 Error Correcting Coding

Error correcting codes and their decoding techniques which show promise for
practical applications in digital communication and computer systems. Emphasis
on the linear block codes based on the algebraic structure; cyclic codes for
random error correction (B-C-H codes) and burst error correction. Some knowl-
edge of elementary aspects of modern algebra is desirable but not necessary.
Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Winter quarter

3.905 Information Theory and Coding (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.903, Information Theory and 3.904,
Error Correcting Coding. Prep. 3.900, Applied Probability and Stochastic Proc-
esses A or 3.902, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes. Spring quarter

3.906 Detection and Estimation Theory A

This course presents the classical theory of signal detection and estimation.
Particular topics include: likelihood ratio tests for detection of known or random
signals; calculation of error probabilities; the signal selection problem; and
maximum likelihood estimation of signal parameters. Prep. 3.901, Applied Prob-
ability and Stochastic Processes B or 3.902, Applied Probability and Stochastic
Processes. Winter quarter

3.907 Detection and Estimation Theory B

This course is a continuation of 3.906 stressing application of the theory. Par-
ticular topics include: synthesis of an adaptive receiver; ambiguity function;
estimation of angle modulated signals; and selection of features and training
algorithms in pattern recognition. Prep. 3.906, Detection and Estimation
Theory A. Spring quarter

3.908 Special Topics in Communication Theory

This course is designed to cover other aspects of communication theory of
current interest that have not been covered in previous courses. The subject
matter may change from year to year. Subjects to be given in 1973-74 are:
Fall Quarter — Data Transmission I

Deals with the theoretical and practical aspects of digital data transmission
in the presence of channel distortion and additive noise. Topics covered in
this quarter include the basic binary and M-ary modulation techniques
namely, PSK, PAM, FSK, orthogonal and bi-orthogonal signaling, and their
performance in an additive Gaussian noise channel; signal design tech-
niques for band limited channels; Nyquist criteria; effect of channel ampli-
tude and delay distortion on performance; and adaptive equalization. Prep.
3.901, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B or 3.902, Applied
Probability and Stochastic Processes.

108 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Winter Quarter — Data Transmission II

Discussion of several adaptive equalization algorithms for combatting inter-
symbol interference; maximum likelihood sequence estimation and the Vi-
terbi algorithm; the characterization of fading multipath channels; diversity
reception techniques; characterization of atmospheric and man-made (im-
pulsive) noise in radio communications, its effect on error-rate perform-
ance; and receiver processing techniques for combatting impulsive noise.
Prep. 3.901, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B or 3.902, Ap-
plied Probability and Stochastic Processes.

Spring Quarter — Topics on Coding

Convolutional coding and probabilistic decoding, arithmetic codes, com-
bination of codes, coding for ranging and synchronization. Prep. 3.904,
Error-Correcting Coding or 3.905, Information Theory and Coding.

3.909 Detection and Estimation Theory (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.906 and 3.907, Detection and
Estimation Theory A and B. Prep. 3.901, Applied Probability and Stochastic
Processes B or 3.902, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes.

Winter quarter

3.910 Nonlinear Systems I

Operators and functionals. Functional pov\/er series representation of nonlinear
systems. Functional representation of the response of a nonlinear system when
its input is either a constant, a sinusoid, a transient. System transforms. Appli-
cations to the analysis and synthesis of nonlinear systems in terms of functional
power series. Prep. An undergraduate course in Signals and Systems and 3.900,
Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes A or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.911 Nonlinear Systems II

Nonlinear systems with random inputs. Functional representation of the response
of a nonlinear system when its input is a random process. Orthogonal systems of
functionals. Representation and analysis of nonlinear systems in terms of
orthologonal systems of functionals. The optimum nonlinear filter, predictor, and
general operator. Special classes of nonlinear systems. Determination of opti-
mum nonlinear systems for generalized error criteria. Prep. 3.910, Nonlinear
Systems I and either 3.901, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes B or
3.902, Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes. Winter quarter

3.912 Nonlinear Systems III

Functional analysis of systems characterized by nonlinear differential equations.
Operator approach to system theory and its relationship to differential equation
representations. The methods of iteration in nonlinear theory and its application
to feedback sysetms. Prep. 3.911, Nonlinear Systems II. Spring quarter

3.913 Optical Storage and Display

Survey of materials and methods for the storage and display of information.
Topics included are: photographic film, holograms, storage tubes, magneto-
optical films, photochromic materials, electro-optical crystals, evaporated thin
films and liquid crystals. Prep. 3.914, Electro-Optics I or equivalent.

Fall quarter

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 109

3.914 Electro-Optics I — Introduction

Introduction to the principles of electro-optical systems; imaging and non-
imaging devices. Topics included are: optical imaging, sources, detectors,
transmission, absorption scattering, polarization, system evaluation and limita-
tion. Prep. 10.8A4, Advanced Mathematics or 3.823, Mathematical Methods in
Electrical Engineering or equivalent. Spring quarter

3.915 Electro-Optics II — Imaging Devices

Detailed theory of image formation; evaluation of optical instruments; detailed
description of representative systems; test procedures and critical alignment
techniques. Prep. 3.914, Electro-Optics I or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.916 Fourier Optics I

This two-quarter sequence covers: optical diffraction and imaging problems
as linear systems; necessary tools of Fourier Analysis and linear systems
analysis which occur when solving the scalar wave equation; waves and their
properties; reflection, refraction, polarization, and propagation of waves;
foundations of scalar diffraction theory — including Fresnel and Fraunhofer
diffraction, interferometry, division of amplitude, division of wavefront, inter-
ferometric instrumentation, Fourier transforming, image properties of lenses,
coherent and incoherent imaging; and advanced topics in the application of
communication theory to optical problems, transfer and spread functions,
spatial filtering, and holography. Prep. 3.915, Electro-Optics II or equivalent.

Winter quarter

3.917 Fourier Optics II

Continuation of 3.916. Prep. 3.916, Fourier Optics I. Spring quarter

3.918 Experimental Optics I

Should be taken concurrently with 3.915, Electro-Optics II.

1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Fall quarter

3.919 Experimental Optics II

Should be taken concurrently with 3.916, Fourier Optics I.

1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Winter quarter

3.920 Experimental Optics III

Should be taken concurrently with 3.917, Fourier Optics II.

1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Spring quarter

The laboratory course provides practical experience in experimental optics to
supplement the theory developed in the electro- and Fourier optics lectures.
Topics include: geometrical properties of lenses, aberrations, and resolution
measurements; diffraction effects in optics and in lens systems; interferometric
techniques applied to precise optical measurements and to image evaluation.
Optical transfer function, spatial optical filtering and Fourier transformation
concepts are studied in the laboratory; investigation of holographic techniques
and the coherence of light.

3.921 Optical Properties of Matter I — Crystals

Optics of crystals; classification and effects of crystal symmetry on optical
properties; classical description of wave propagation in crystals; applications of
the theory to modulation, pulse generation, non-linear optics. Prep. 3.914,
Electro-Optics I. Fall quarter

110 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

3.922 Optical Properties of Matter II

Introduction to electro-optical and magneto-optical effects in nfiaterial media;
linear and non-linear optical materials; elasto-optic and acousto-optical mate-
rials; polarization and propagation effects; modulation. Prep. 3.921, Optical
Properties of Matter I — Crystals. Winter quarter

3.923 Optical Properties of Matter III

Thin films and optical fibers; multilayer filters; dichroics; integrated optics.
Prep. 3.922, Optical Properties of Matter II. Spring quarter

3.924 Advanced Topics in Electro-Optics

Special topics in modern optics and optical techniques requiring the presenta-
tion of a paper by participants at termination of the course. Prep. Consent of
the Director of the Electro-Optics Program. Offered by special arrangement

Additional courses on the optics sequence are 3.980, 3.981, 3.982, 3.983, and
3.984.

3.925 Power Circuit Analysis I

Fundamental concepts of single-phase and polyphase power systems; definitions
of terms; use of per unit quantities; equivalent circuits of symmetrical 3-phase
systems; introduction to symmetrical components; short circuits on systems
with a single power source. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering. Fall quarter

3.926 Power Circuit Analysis II

This course is a continuation of 3.925, Power Circuit Analysis I. Sequence im-
pedances of various power-system elements are considered from application
point of view; unsymmetrical faults on otherwise symmetrical 3-phase systems;
open conductors and asymmetrical connections and loadings; analysis of simul-
taneous faults on 3-phase systems; 2-phase systems. Prep. 3.925, Power Circuit
Analysis I. Winter quarter

3.927 Power Circuit Analysis III

This course is a continuation of 3.926, Power Circuit Analysis II. Introduction
to Clarke components and applications in analysis of asymmetrical systems and
faults; transmission line theory; protective relaying; fundamentals of system
stability. Prep. 3.926, Power Circuit Analysis II. Spring quarter

3.928 Analysis of Power Systems (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. This course is designed to provide the basic material, including
special mathematical techniques, applicable to the solution of problems asso-
ciated with power systems. The sequence-impedance characteristics of various
power-system elements are investigated with emphasis on application rather
than design. Abnormal situations including simultaneous faults and system tran-
sients are treated in depth, making use of Clarke components and modified
Clarke components as well as symmetrical components. Polyphase transmission
line theory, system protection and system stability are introduced and discussed
briefly. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering.

Fall quarter
3.930 Power System Planning

Engineering and economic aspects underlying system development and plan-
ning. Probability methods of determining installed and spinning-reserve re-

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 111

quirements. Mathematical models of system operation for production-costing
studies. Detailed examples include economic comparison of nuclear and fossil-
fired plants, the role of pumped-hydro generation, power pooling, and coordi-
nated planning of interconnected systems, and the functions of high-voltage
and EHV transmission in planning and operation. Prep. 3.925, Power Circuit
Analysis I. Spring quarter

3.931 Power System Planning (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.930 but with more extensive and
in-depth coverage. Prep. 3.928, Analysis of Power Systems or equivalent.

Spring quarter

3.932 Power Systems Protection

Consideration of protection applied to generation, transmission, and distribution.
Investigation of the characteristics and operating principles of various methods
of protective relaying; analysis of current techniques pertaining to system pro-
tection. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.933 Power System Transients

Transients in power systems due to system switching, lightning, or faults. Travel-
ing-wave phenomena; insulation coordination; overvoltages due to disturbances
on the system; surge protection. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or
equivalent. Winter quarter

3.935 Computers in Power Systems I

Techniques used in solving power system problems with a digital computer.
Basic concepts of matrix algebra are examined, followed by methods for the
formation of incidence and network matrices; treatment of three-phase balanced
and unbalanced networks in matrix form. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Electrical Engineering or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.936 Computers in Power Systems M

Consideration of the short-circuit problem; bus impedance matrix domain, modi-
fication of bus impedance matrix for line-out, end-of-line faults, additions, re-
movals, impedance changes; matrix reductions; features of working short-circuit
programs. Prep. 3.935, Computers in Power Systems I. Winter quarter

3.937 Computers in Power Systems III

The solution of simultaneous linear and non-linear algebraic equations, and
numerical techniques for solving differential equations. Digital computer appli-
cation in special fields is treated, including turbine-generator control, economic
dispatch and system security, and use as part of a hybrid digital-analog system.
Prep. 3.936, Computers in Power Systems II. Spring quarter

3.940 Electric Machinery Theory I

Review of electromagnetic theory as applied to electrical machines; in-depth
analysis of the a-c induction machine; generalized machine and d-q transfor-
mations. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975,
3.976, and 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I, II, and III. Fall quarter

3.941 Electric Machinery Theory II

Analysis of the principles of operation of synchronous machines with special

112 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

reference to dqo and symmetrical components; consideration of the transient
behavior of the machine. Prep. 3.940, Electric Machinery Ttieory I.

Winter quarter

3.942 Electric Machinery Theory III

Dynamic behavior of machines; comprehensive treatment of the problem of
stability as applied to electric machinery. Prep. 3.941, Electric Machinery
Theory II. Spring quarter

3.943 Advanced Power Laboratory

Offered days. In-depth investigations of the steady-state and dynamic modes
of operation of rotating machines. Polyphase rectification and control circuits.
Experimentation in other related power areas. Prep. Bachelor of Science de-
gree in Electrical Engineering. All quarters

3.944 Special Topics In Power

Offered days. (Part-time students may enroll in this course only by special ar-
rangement.) Directed reading and discussion of topics of special interest in the
power field. Series of lectures by guest speakers from industry on topics of
particular interest to the power student. Prep. Permission of instructor.

All quarters

3.945 Power System Transient Stability

Transient system models; small- and large-scale oscillations; solution of swing
equation for single and multi-generator cases; load frequency and voltage con-
trollers and transient stability. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or equiva-
lent. Fall quarter

3.946 MHD Energy Conversion

Theory of operation of MHD generators; fluid mechanics; electrodynamics;
channel design; magnet design; and applications. Prep. Bachelor of Science
degree in Electrical Engineering or equivalent. Winter quarter

3.947 High Voltage DC Power Transmission

Fundamental concepts of high-voltage DC power transmission; rectifier per-
formance; inverter performance; method of regulation; protection; reactive
power and filter requirements. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or equiva-
lent. Spring quarter

3.950 Systems Analysis l-A

Review of probability and statistics. Elements of Markov processes, queuing as
a Markov process. Finite and infinite queue systems, multiple-server, parallel
and sequential queuing; fundamentals of reliability theory. Prep. Bachelor of
Science degree in Engineering or Science. Fall quarter

3.951 Systems Analysis l-B

Flow-graph representation of queuing systems, equivalence of flow-graph and
analog-computer representation; fundamental concepts in game theory; solu-
tion of rectangular games; pure and mixed strategies, maximin and minimax
principle; zero and non-zero-sum games, infinite games; transformation of games
into linear programming problems. Other methods of solving competitive-
situation problems. Prep. 3.950, Systems Analysis l-A. Winter quarter

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 113

3.952 Systems Analysis II

Modelling of systems problems in terms of linear programming approach. Trans-
portation problem; graphical representation and solution of linear-programming
problems; allocation problem; simplex method; concept of duality and its use in
linear programming. Prep. 10.8A4, Advanced Mathematics or 10.9N2, Advanced
Mathematics. Spring quarter

3.953 Systems Analysis III

Optimization of stochastic systems. Markov-process approach to the analysis
of probabilistic systems. Z-transform analysis of Markov processes. Solution of
sequential decision processes by value and policy iteration. Single-chain and
multi-chain systems. Sequential decision processes with discounting. Machinery
and car replacement problem, and other applications. Prep. 3.950, Systems
Analysis I- A, 3.952, Systems Analysis II, 10.8G1, Probability or equivalent.

Fall quarter

3.954 Systems Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.950 and 3.951 — Systems Analysis
l-A and l-B. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Spring quarter

3.957 Control Theory l-A — Analysis

Transient performance of linear feedback control systems for deterministic
inputs. Block diagram representation and computer simulation of typical sys-
tems. Discussion of stability criteria. Development and application of root-locus
and Nyquist methods for complementary time and frequency domain analysis.
Prep. Knowledge of transient analysis and Laplace transforms. Fall quarter

3.958 Control Theory l-B — Synthesis

Comparison of several compensation configurations for both static and dynamic
performance criteria. System design using root-locus and Bode-Nichols methods.
Discussion of pole-zero synthesis techniques and consideration of the multi-
input problem. Practical aspects of system design and review of component
technology. Prep. 3.957, Control Theory l-A — Analysis or equivalent.

Winter quarter

3.959 Control Theory I — Analysis and Synthesis (4 q.h. credits)

Includes the material given in 3.957, Control Theory l-A — Analysis and 3.958,
Control Theory l-B — Synthesis. Open to qualified undergraduate students. Prep.
Knowledge of transient analysis and Laplace transforms. Fall quarter

3.960 Control Theory ll-A — Nonlinear Systems

Analog and digital simulation of nonlinear system problems. Discussion of de-
scribing function and phase plane analysis techniques. Introduction to the
methods of Liapunov. Design of intentionally nonlinear systems including com-
parison of compensation schemes; discussion of adaptive control systems.
Prep. 3.958, Control Theory l-B — Synthesis or 3.959, Control Theory I —
Analysis and Synthesis or equivalent. Spring quarter

3.961 Control Theory ll-B — Sampled-Data Systems

Treatment of linear sampled-data control systems by means of the z-transform.
Development of methods for analysis and synthesis of control systems with
digital components and sampled-data inputs. Discussion of related topics in-

114 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

eluding difference equations and digital filtering. Prep. 3.958, Control Theory
l-B — Synthesis or 3.959, Control Theory I — Analysis and Synthesis or equiv-
alent. Fall quarter

3.962 Control Theory II — Nonlinear and Sampled-Data System (4 q.h. credits)
Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.960, Control Theory ll-A and 3.961,
Control Theory I l-B. Prep. 3.958, Control Theory l-B — Synthesis or 3.959, Con-
trol Theory I — Analysis and Synthesis or equivalent. Winter quarter

3.963 Control Theory lll-A — Optimal Control

Discussion of the optimal control problems with reference to aerospace and
process control applications. Formulation of problem in terms of state variables.
Variational calculus development of the maximum principle. Numerical solutions
by dynamic programming and steepest-descent algorithms. Prep. 3.826, Linear
Systems Analysis ll-B or 3.827, Linear Systems Analysis. Winter quarter

3.964 Control Theory lll-B — Stochastic Systems

Statistical models for random inputs encountered in the operation of control
systems. Filtering and prediction, correlation functions and spectral densities.
Optimum design for nonstationary random processes. Analog and digital simula-
tion for system design. Prep. 3.826, Linear Systems Analysis ll-B or 3.827,
Linear Systems Analysis. Spring quarter

3.965 Control Theory III — Optimal Control and Stochastic Systems (4 q.h.
credits)

Offered days. Includes the material given in 3.963, Control Theory lll-A — Opti-
mal Control and 3.964, Control Theory lll-B — Stochastic Systems. Prep. 3.826,
Linear Systems Analysis ll-B or 3.827, Linear Systems Analysis. Spring quarter

3.967 Switching Circuits I

Logical design of combinational switching circuits, including minimization and
decomposition of switching functions; multiple output networks; symmetric net-
works; threshold logic. Prep. Bachelor ol Science degree in Engineering or
Science. Fall quarter

3.968 Switching Circuits 11

Logical design of sequential switching circuits, including the finite-state machine
model; iterative networks; capabilities and limitations of finite-state machines;
state equivalence; synthesis of asynchronous sequential circuits; state assign-
ment problem and partition theory; machine decomposition. Prep. 3.967,
Switching Circuits I. Winter quarter

3.969 Switching Circuits III

Selected topics from the theory of finite automata, possibly including such topics
as machine experiments; information lossless machines; linear sequential ma-
chines; finite-state recognizers. Prep. 3.968, Switching Circuits II and Linear
Algebra background such as covered in 3.823, Math Methods in Electrical En-
gineering. Spring quarter

3.972 Electronic Digital Computers I

The structural aspects of modern digital computer design, basic elements of a
digital computer system, sequential networks, linear sequential circuits, ele-
mentary machines, essential features of the central processor, realization of

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 115

fixed and floating point arithmetic operations; serial parallel combinations;
computer organization; internal structure of digital machines. Prep. Bachelor
of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Fall quarter

3.973 Electronic Digital Computers 11

Essential features of automatic programming; types of memories; organization,
cycle time and addressing; levels of storage capacity, operating speed and
cost/bit; special function memories; structural design of a general-purpose
computer: instruction formats and repertoires, program sequencing, control of
data and instruction flow; execution of several types of instructions; software-
hardware interaction. Prep. 3.972, Electronic Digital Computers I.

Winter quarter

3.974 Electronic Digital Computers III

Hybrid computation, analog to digital and digital to analog conversion methods;
techniques for mass storage; special purpose computers; the digital differential
analyzer, principle of operation, design, solutions of certain differential equa-
tions; different types of special purpose computers; effects of system and com-
ponent constraints on storage density. Prep. 3.973, Electronic Digital Com-
puters II. Spring quarter

3.975 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I

Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science plus knowledge
of matrix algebra. Fall quarter

3.976 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II

Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Winter quarter

3.977 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III

Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Spring quarter

3.978 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering IV

Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or Science.

Spring quarter

The preceding four precis courses are intended primarily for those whose
undergraduate major was in an engineering or scientific field other than elec-
trical engineering. They are also recommended for students 5 to 10 years away
from their bachelor's degree in electrical engineering who feel the need for a
review of electrical science. They are open only to students in these categories.
The material is basically undergraduate in nature but the viewpoint and depth
are at the mature level appropriate to graduate students. Part I deals with the
theory of electric circuits and linear systems, Part II with electronics, Part III
with field theory from the engineering viewpoint, and Part IV with communication
theory especially spectral analysis correlation and modulation.

3.979 Electronic Digital Computers (4 q.h. credits)

This course, offered days, embodies the material in 3.972 and 3.973 — Electronic
Digital Computers I and II. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or
Science. Fall and winter quarters

3.980 Optical Instrumentation Design Concepts

An introduction to the design of optical instrumentation. Principles and basic
concepts rather than a rundown of known optical systems. In sequence the

116 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

topics are: introduction, mechanical shock and vibration, l<inematic designs,
application of third order aberrations, simple optical ray tracing, optical testing,
tolerances, optical instrumentation, philosophy, functional design, design for
quantity production, quality assurance, "special order" design, industrial design,
examples and exercises. Prep. 3.915, Electro-Optics II. Spring quarter

3.981 Principles of Optical Detection I — Application

Laws governing radiation and radiometry; properties of real radiation sources;
detailed description of detection devices (image forming and signal generating);
noise; contrast and MTF; detection systems (imaging devices and ranging de-
vices); electro-optical detector systems analysis. Prep. 3.915, Electro-Optics II
or equivalent. Winter quarter

3.982 Principles of Optical Detection II — Theory

Review of detector parameters; statistics of detector noise; practical considera-
tions in real detectors; detection, resolution and recognition of signals; hetero-
dyne detection and parametric amplification; sub-nanosecond pulse detection;
calibration of electro-optical detectors; detectors as system components. Prep.
3.981, Principles of Optical Detection I. Spring quarter

3.983 Fourier Optics III

The third in a series covering current topics of interest in this field and optical
instrumentation. Application of coherence phenomena to optical instrumentation
such as microdensitometers, microscopes, viewers, cameras, spectraphotometric
and interferometric instruments; applications of holography, optical data pro-
cessing and computing, holographic memories, optical modulation, noise and its
effects on data collection, synthetic aperture optics and medical application of
laser optics. Prep. 3.917, Fourier Optics II. Fall quarter

3.984 Spectroscopic Instrumentation

Survey of optical instrumentation employed in analysis and control situations;
modern methods of spectrometry and interferometry; optimization of analytical
systems; topics in electron spectroscopy. X-ray spectroscopy, microwave
spectroscopy, and related fields. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engi-
neering or Science. Winter quarter

3.985 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I

Study of theoretical models of computation; finite state machines; preparation
of state diagrams; linear expressions; deterministic and non-deterministic ma-
chines; operations on sets of sentences, regular expressions; Turing machines;
digital representation of information. Prep. 3.972, Electronic Digital Computers
I or equivalent. Fall quarter

3.986 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines II

Principles of digital information processing systems with emphasis on the stored
program synchronous computer. Description of digital systems, review of digital
computer development; essential features of automatic programming; basic
techniques for data manipulation, instruction formats and repertoires; elementary
machines; special and general purpose computers; modular system organization.
Prep. 3.985, Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I. Winter quarter

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 117

3.987 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital IVIachines ill

Review of automata theory and computing machines; coding systems; study of
theoretical models of computation; finite state machines; deterministic and non-
deterministic finite automata; one-way and two-way tape machines; acceptors;
equivalencies; preparation of state diagrams; linear expressions; universal Turing
machines; decidability; Post, Church, and Senu-Thue systems; language develop-
ment, syntax and semantics of programming languages; syntax-directed com-
pilers; translation procedures. Prep. 3.986, Fundamentals of Automatic Digital
Machines II. Spring quarter

3.988 Special Topics in Computer Science

Aspects of Computer Science not covered in other courses. The subject matter
may change from year to year. Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.989 Computer Peripherals

Survey of various types of modern computer peripherals, systems considera-
tions, displays (CRT; control units, editing features, graphics, etc.); mass storage
(magnetic surfaces; flying heads, recording techniques, disks; file organization,
search strategies, mass storage, software, etc.); communications terminals
(modems, control procedures, store and forward, multiplexers, etc.); tape units
(types, consideration of cost vs. performance, tape labels and formats, magnetic
recording on tapes, design features, etc.); future trends in peripherals. Prep.
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or related engineering or
sciences. Spring quarter

3.990 Seminar I

A library survey of a selected topic in the general field of electrical engineering
with an oral presentation based on this survey. Participation in the departmental
seminar program of guest lecturers. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering or Science. Fall and spring quarters

3.991 Seminar 11

The preparation of a research paper suitable for publication in a professional
journal, plus an oral presentation of this report. Prep. 3.990, Seminar I.

Winter and spring quarters

3.993 Doctoral Seminar I

Two hours per week of presentation and discussion of topics at a level com-
patible with a doctoral program. Subject matter may cover a wide range of
scientific and engineering fields. (Only S or F grades will be assigned for this
course.) Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. Fall quarter

3.994 Doctoral Seminar II

Continuation of 3.993, Doctoral Seminar I. (Only S or F grades will be assigned
for This course.) Prep. 3.993, Doctoral Seminar I. Winter quarter

3.995 Master's Thesis

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the
department. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Fall, winter, and spring quarters

118 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

3.996 Doctoral Thesis

Theoretical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the
department. Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam.

Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.997 Doctoral Reading

Material approved by the candidate's adviser. (Only S or F grades will be
assigned for this course.) Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam.

Fall, winter, and spring quarters

3.998 Special Problems in Electrical Engineering j

Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep. |
Consent of dept. chairman. Fail, winter, and spring quarters

3.999 Electrical Engineer Degree Thesis Research. Prep. Admission to En- j
gineer Degree Program. Fall, winter, and spring quarters i

industrial engineering

and

engineering management

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Full-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of
Science in Industrial Engineering, applicants nnust have obtained a
Bachelor of Science degree, with an acceptable quality of undergraduate
work, in some engineering field from a recognized college or university.

The program as described below presupposes a background in the
following areas: basic operations research, probability and statistics,
engineering economy, data processing, and accounting. Recognizing
that some applicants may be deficient in certain of these subjects, the
intensive courses listed below are available. At the time of admission
to the program the adviser will specify, on the basis of the applicant's
transcript, those courses on the list which the applicant must complete
satisfactorily to qualify for the degree. Such specified courses are to be
completed as early in the program as scheduling will permit. The
courses below carry graduate credit but a maximum of six quarter
hours of credit from this group may be used as elective credit toward
the degree.

Course Credits

5.808 Basic Engineering Econonny 2

5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers 2

5.900 Basic Operations Research 4

5.913 Data Processing for Engineers 2

10.8G1 Probability 2

12
119

120 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

Program \i

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. Under the Co- jj
operative Plan, students take academic work as outlined below in the j|
Fall and Spring Quarters of the first year and in the Winter Quarter of ||!
the second year. The other three quarters of the two academic years \j
and the summer after the first year are available for professional em-
ployment. Students who are admitted to a master's degree program
under the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory per-
formance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible for
their degree.

The program may also be pursued on a continuous full-time basis in
one academic year with the sequence of courses established by the
adviser.

A thesis of six quarter hours of credit is required. A faculty adviser
will be appointed upon approval of the thesis topic.

The sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be
taken according to the following pattern:

First Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

5.803 Industrial 5.824 Case Studies in

Organizations 2 Industrial

5.823 Advanced Production Engineering 2

Analysis 4 5.914 Advanced Operations

5.992 Seminar 2 Research 4

5.809 Advanced Engineering 10.9H1 Mathematical Statistics 4

Economy 2 Electives 4

Electlves 4

14

14

Third Academic Quarter Credits

5.909 Systems Engineering

and Analysis 2

5.991 Thesis 6

Electlves 4

I2

Electives

The indicated 12 quarter hours of electives may be taken, with the
approval of the adviser, from the course offerings of the graduate pro-
grams in engineering and mathematics for which the student has ade-
quate preparation. Up to six quarter hours may be taken in other grad-
uate programs subject to the approval of the director of the graduate
school in which the course is offered.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 121

HEALTH SYSTEMS MAJOR

To be admitted to the Health Systems major, the applicant must meet
the requirements for acceptance to the Graduate School of Engineering.
In addition, the candidate must show a desire to pursue a career in
health service.

This major is on a two-year cooperative basis. Students are expected
to spend at least three academic quarters as an intern or resident-in-
training. In addition, the thesis topic must be related to the field of
health care.

At the time of admission to the program the adviser will specify, on
the basis of the applicant's transcript, prerequisite courses, if any,
which the applicant must complete satisfactorily to qualify for the de-
gree. These courses are to be completed as early in the program as
scheduling will permit. Prerequisite courses carry graduate credit but
a maximum of six quarter hours of credit from this group may be used
as elective credit toward the degree.

Each student must demonstrate a knowledge of medical terminology;
this can be done either through a proficiency examination or passing an
acceptable course.

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. The sequence of
courses will normally be as follows:

First Academic Quarter Credits

5.860 Health Care Organization and Management 2

39.9H1 Economics of Health and Welfare 2

5.992 Seminar (research methods) 2

5.823 Advanced Production Analysis 4

Eiectives 4

14

Second Academic Quarter Credits

5.865 Case Studies in Health Systems 2

5.914 Advanced Operations Research 4

10.9H1 Mathematical Statistics 4

Eiectives _4

14

Third Academic Quarter Credits

5.909 Systems Engineering and Analysis 2

5.991 Thesis 6

Eiectives 4

12

Eiectives

Eight hours of eiectives must come from the following list of courses:

I

122 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

5.817 Advanced Work Design

5.818 Management Information Systems

5.819 Human Factors in Man-Machine Systems

5.904 Queuing Theory and Its Applications

5.905 Analysis with Simulation

5.906 Introduction to the Principles of Systems

5.907 Dynamics of Systems I
21.840 Sociology of Medicine
39.9M1 Economics of Urban Affairs

Up to six quarter hours may be taken In other graduate programs,
subject to the approval of the director of the graduate school In which
the course is offered.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate study In engineering management, the
applicant must have obtained a Bachelor of Science degree In an engi-
neering field, with an acceptable quality of undergraduate work, from a
recognized college or university. A limited number of applicants with a
Bachelor of Science degree In a closely related science whose prep-
aration is considered adequate may be permitted to pursue this pro-
gram and, upon Its completion, qualify for the degree of Master of
Science without specification.

Entrance to the Engineering Management Program presupposes that
students have had a basic course in each of the following areas: engi-
neering economy, probability, engineering statistics, operations research
(deterministic and stochastic), computer programming (compiler lan-
guage), and accounting. Recognizing that some applicants may be
deficient in certain of these subjects, the program offers the intensive
courses listed below. At the time of admission to the program the
adviser will specify, on the basis of the applicant's transcript, those
courses on the list which the applicant must complete satisfactorily to
qualify for the degree. Such specified courses are to be completed as
early in the program as scheduling will permit. The courses below carry
graduate credit but a maximum of six quarter hours of credit from this
group may be used as elective credit toward the degree.

Courses Credits

5.808 Basic Engineering Economy 2

5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers 2

5.901 Basic Operations Research I (Deterministic) 2

5.902 Basic Operations Research II (Stochastic) 2

5.913 Data Processing for Engineers (FORTRAN) 2

5.950 Engineering Statistics I or 10.8G1 Probability 2

5.951 Engineering Statistics II 2

14

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 123

Program

The program leading to the Master of Science degree in Engineering
Management may be pursued on either a full-time or part-time basis.
For students interested in full-time study or study under the coopera-
tive program, a course of study may be arranged through the depart-
ment. Part-time students follow the program outlined below. These
courses are offered late afternoon and evening at both the main campus
in Boston and the suburban campus in Burlington, unless noted other-
wise under course descriptions. The purpose of the program is to pro-
vide engineers the opportunity to expand their capabilities to assume
managerial responsibility for technological activities in industrial and
governmental organizations. Students who wish to concentrate their
efforts in the field of computer systems or operations research may
elect the Computer Systems or Operations Research major. Successful
completion of either program will also lead to the degree of Master of
Science in Engineering Management or Master of Science.

A minimum of 40 quarter hours of graduate level credit is re-
quired for the degree. To assure adequate preparation for management
of technological activities, all students who do not elect the Computer
Systems or Operations Research major must earn the minimum num-
ber of credits indicated in each of the five categories listed below:

Category Minimum Credits

a. Management of Technology 8 including 5.801

b. Operations Research and

Quantitative Techniques 8

c. Production Engineering 4

d. Financial Controls 4 including 5.830

e. Computer Technology 4

~^

The remaining 12 quarter hours required for the degree may be con-
sidered as free electives. These may be taken within the course offerings
of this program or from any courses in graduate engineering and mathe-
matics for which the student has adequate preparation. Up to six quarter
hours may be elected in other graduate schools subject to the approval
of the adviser for this program and the director of the graduate school
in which the course is offered. Students desiring courses in such sub-
jects as economics, business law, labor relations, or marketing should
consult the catalog of the Graduate School of Business Administration.

Courses in the five categories from which students must select to
meet the indicated minimum total of 28 quarter hours of credit are as
follows:

a. IVIanagement of Technology

(at least 8 q.h. including 5.801)

5.801 and 5.802 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise 1 and II

124 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

5.803 Industrial Organizations

5.812 Management of Technical Innovation

5.814 Development of Engineering Managers

5.815 Legal Aspects of New Technology

5.816 Industrial Psychology for Engineers
5.820 Personnel Administration for Engineers
5.841 Engineering Project Administration

b. Operations Research & Quantitative Techniques

(at least 8 q.h.)

5.903 Inventory Control and Production Planning

5.904 Queuing Theory and Its Applications

5.905 Analysis with Simulation

5.909 Systems Engineering and Analysis

5.911 Linear Programming

5.912 Network Planning and Control
5.914 Advanced Operations Research

5.952 Design of Experiments I

5.953 Statistical Decision Theory
5.958 Design of Experiments II

3.952 and 3.953 Systems Analysis II and III
10.8G8 and 10.8G9 Stochastic Processes

c. Production Engineering

(at least 4 q.h.)

5.806 Production Forecasting

5.817 Advanced Work Design

5.819 Human Factors in Man-Machine Systems

5.822 Product Design and Value Analysis

5.823 Advanced Production Analysis
5.825 Topics in Production Engineering

5.954 Advanced Quality Control

5.955 Reliability and Maintainability Applications

5.956 Mathematical Theory of Reliability

5.957 Designing for Reliability

d. Financial Controls

(at least 4 q.h. including 5.830)

5.805 Industrial Budgeting for Engineers

5.809 Advanced Engineering Economy

5.811 Cost Accounting for Engineers

5.830 and 5.831 Financial Management I and II

e. Computer Systems

(at least 4 q.h.)

5.818 Management Information Systems

5.906 Introduction to Principles of Systems

5.907 Dynamics of Systems I

5.908 Dynamics of Systems II

5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing

I

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 125

5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques

5.920 Computer Utility Systems

5.921 Advanced Programming

5.922 Devices and Techniques of Information Systems
3.894 Digital Computer Programming II

COMPUTER SYSTEMS MAJOR

In addition to the courses required for entrance to the Engineering
Management Program, the following courses are required of students
electing the Computer Systems major:

Credits

5.801 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I 2

5.818 Management Information Systems 2

5.830 Financial Management I 2

5.905 Analysis with Simulation 2

5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing 2

5.921 Advanced Programming 2

3.893 Digital Computer Programming I 2

3.894 Digital Computer Programming II 2

In addition to the above required courses, the student must earn the
minimum number of credits in each of the three categories listed below:

Category Minimum Credits

a. Management of Technology 2

b. Operations Research and Quantitative Techniques . 4

c. Production Engineering 2

~8~

Of the remaining 16 quarter hours, at least ten quarter hours must
be earned by electing courses from the following group:

3.895 Digital Computer Programming III

3.972 Electronic Digital Computers I

3.973 Electronic Digital Computers II

3.974 Electronic Digital Computers III

3.985 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I

3.986 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines II

3.987 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines III

5.906 Introduction to Principles of Systems

5.907 Dynamics of Systems I

5.908 Dynamics of Systems II

5.909 Systems Engineering and Analysis

5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques
5.920 Computer Utility Techniques

5.922 Devices and Techniques of Information Systems

126 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

OPERATIONS RESEARCH MAJOR

Students interested in becoming competent in developing operations
research capability for applying the techniques to business problems
may pursue a major in the field.

In addition to the courses required for entrance to the Engineering
Management Program, the following courses are required of students
electing the Operations Research major:

Credits

10.8G2 Probability II 2

5.801 Analyses of the Industrial Enterprise 2

5.830 Financial Management I 2

5.914 Advanced Operations Research 4

10

In addition to the above required courses, the student must earn the
minimum number of credits in each of the categories listed below.

Category Minimum Credits

b. Quantitative Techniques 8

c. Production Engineering 4

e. Computer Systems 4

Math-oriented courses (listed below) 4

5.910 Analytical Techniques for Engineers

10.8B4 Advanced Calculus I

10.8B5 Advanced Calculus II

10.8B6 Advanced Calculus III

10.8G8 Stochastic Processes I

10.8G9 Stochastic Processes II

The remaining ten quarter hours required for the degree may be con-
sidered as free electives. These may be taken within the course offer-
ings of this program or from any courses in graduate engineering or
mathematics for which the student has adequate preparation. Up to six
quarter hours may be elected in other graduate schools subject to the
approval of the adviser for this program and the director of the graduate
school in which the course is offered. Students desiring courses in such
subjects as economics, business law, labor relations, or marketing
should consult the catalog of the Graduate School of Business Admin-
istration.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. Not all
courses are offered every year. Refer to the Graduate School of Engineering
circular issued about July 1 each year for the courses to be offered in the new
academic year and the times at which they are scheduled to meet.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 127

5.801 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I

A background for the practicing engineer, covering the various phases of opera-
tion within the industrial enterprise; history and growth; management selection
and development; labor-management relations; product development and mar-
keting; public relations and the corporate image. Prep. Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.802 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise II

The environment in which the industrial enterprise operates; modern planning
and forecasting; meeting the technological advance; financial aspects within and
without the company; the effect of the economic climate; community and gov-
ernment influences. Prep. 5.801 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.803 Industrial Organizations

An analysis of the purpose and functioning of organizations as the basic net-
works for goal satisfaction through coordination of effort, communication, and
responsibility. The approach will be based on modern behavioral science con-
cepts. Prep. Admission to Program. Offered yearly, days only, fall quarter

5.805 Industrial Budgeting for Engineers

Budgeting plans, programs, and reports for industry today; an introduction to
the essentials of fixed and variable budgeting for production, inventory, sales,
cash, capital, and cost-volume-profit analysis. Prep. 5.810, Industrial Account-
ing or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.806 Production Forecasting

Econometric methods of forecasting the demand for industrial products; em-
phasis on techniques applicable to individual companies and the total demand.
The principal tool used is the mathematical model of the causal factors with
special attention to determining the reliability of the model. Prep. 5.951,
Engineering Statistics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.808 Basic Engineering Economy

Economic analysis in formulating business policies and selecting alternatives
from possible engineering solutions to industrial problems, present worth, annual
cost, and rate of return techniques with continuous and discrete interest calcula-
tions. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.809 Advanced Engineering Economy

Principal emphasis on the practical application of the techniques studied in
basic engineering economy; problems of implementation through class dis-
cussion of cases and a major term project; recent advances in the techniques
of engineering economy, especially those relating to the consideration of un-
certainties. Prep. 5.808, Basic Engineering Economy or equivalent.

Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters

5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers

Introduction of basic accounting principles and procedures; use of accounting
data as a management tool; a practical coverage of basic cost procedures
related to materials, labor, and manufacturing expense cost control; job order,
process, and standard cost systems. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engi-
neering or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters

128 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

5.811 Cost Accounting for Engineers

Cost accounting procedures as established by accountants are studied and
evaluated in terms of being considered by the engineer for cost determination
of alternative engineering proposals. Prep. 5.810, Industrial Accounting or
equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.812 Management of Technical Innovation

Analysis of the particular problems of managing research, development and
engineering based on current developments in general management theory and
the behavioral sciences; technical innovation as part of the overall organization;
class discussion of cases and student term papers. Prep. Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters

5.813 Engineering Writing

Principles for achieving a clear, readable style through appropriate word choice
and modern concepts of sentence and paragraph structure; application and
evaluation of these principles in engineering proposals, reports, letters, and
memos; practice in utilizing artwork; planning outlines; adapting to various
reader levels and writing for publication; class analysis of student papers and
great engineering literature. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.814 Development of Engineering Managers

Analysis of the problems faced by the engineer in the transition from individual
contributor to engineering manager; the challenge of engineering management;
analyzing what is their business and who are their customers; integrating pro-
fession and management objectives; developing guides for engineering man-
agers, enabling them to examine their own work and performance, to diagnose
their weaknesses, and to improve their effectiveness as well as the results of the
enterprise. Prep. 5.801, Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.815 Legal Aspects of New Technology

The relationship of laws and regulations to technical innovation and related
corporate activities; emphasis on the patent and copyright systems; trade se-
crets; managing intellectual property as part of employer-employee relations;
disposition of rights under federal contracts and grants. Prep. Bachelor of
Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters

5.816 Industrial Psychology for Engineers

A general coverage of the application of psychology to industry with emphasis
on industrial environments and organization, human relations, group dynamics,
tests and measurements, personnel practices, training, and motivation. Prep.
Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.817 Advanced Work Design

Basic philosophies of work design; implementation of work design concepts
with case studies; study and analysis of models such as work sampling, se-
quence or flow of work models; repetitive and nonrepetitive work models, and
work measurement models such as standard data; human factors in measuring

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 129

operator performance; regression analysis approaches; ennphasis on develop-
ment of professional, analytical, and managerial skills and abilities at a sys-
tems level. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.818 Management Information Systems

Development and critique of industrial information systems for management
decision-making with emphasis on the use of electronic computers; case method
used to provide a realistic environment for study of actual information system
needs and techniques; examples developed in budgeting and accounting, fore-
casting, inventory and production control systems; introduction to application
of analytical techniques such as systems analysis, mathematical and simulation
models. Prep. 5.810, Industrial Accounting and 5.913, Data Processing for
Engineers or their equivalent. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters

5.819 Human Factors in Man-iVlachine Systems

Design of equipment and systems for human use; emphasis on the application
of engineering psychology; visual and auditory presentation of information —
speech communications, man-machine dynamics, design of controls, layout of
work places, and environmental effects on human performance. Prep. Bachelor
of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.820 Personnel Administration for Engineers

Personnel programs for attracting and retaining technical talent; evaluating
effectiveness of major personnel policies; modern methods of salary and wage
administration; planning profitable relationships among company, supervisors,
and employees. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters

5.822 Product Design and Value Analysis

Study of design parameters and their effect on development, manufacturing and
procurement; functional analysis of components and systems; complete proj-
ects and case studies are integrated in the course. Prep. Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters

5.823 Advanced Production Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

Study of advanced problem-solving techniques in the areas of method and
measurement, layout and facilities planning, material handling and manufactur-
ing processes. Case studies and a course project in a local concern illustrate
the concepts presented. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or
Science. Offered yearly, days only, fall quarter

5.824 Case Studies in Industrial Engineering

Formulation of problems and analysis of situations, on topics such as: work
measurement, line balancing, plant layout, regression analysis, wage and salary
administration, management information systems and network analysis. Class
discussion and written analysis of a variety of cases is included. Prep. 5.823,
Advanced Production Analysis. Offered yearly, days only, spring quarter

5.825 Topics in Production Engineering

Production problems to include: line balancing, plant location, plant layout and
material handling, design of manufacturing systems, job sequencing. Course

130 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

utilizes readings, projects and case studies. (Not open to those who have taken
5.823, Advanced Production Analysis) Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in En-
gineering or Science. Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.830 Financial Management I

Study of the issues and processes of short-term financing of industrial firms;
financial analysis of cases, supplemented by readings to develop familiarity
with sources and uses of working capital as well as the goals and problems
involved in its management. (Open to Engineering Management majors only.)
Prep. 5.801, Analysis of tlie Industrial Enterprise I, and 5.810, Industrial Account-
ing for Engineers, and 5.808, Basic Engineering Economy or equivalent.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.831 Financial IVIanagement II

Extension of Financial Management I with emphasis on analysis necessary to
such long-term financial decisions as issuance of stock or bonds; contracting
of leases or loans, and financing of a new enterprise; mergers, capital budget-
ing, the cost of capital, and the valuation of a business. Prep. 5.830, Financial
Management I. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.840 Seminar on Management of Engineers

Each student will prepare a term project on a subject of his choosing to be
presented orally and in writing; discussions of major problem areas led by
instructor and guest speakers. (Limited to 15 students selected from preregis-
tration applications.) Prep. 5.812 or 5.814 or 5.816 or 5.820.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.841 Engineering Project Administration

Study of the problems of coordinating human, technical, and financial resources
for initiating, conducting, and completing major technical projects; planning,
organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling using modern concepts and
techniques; scheduling, budgeting, communicating; coping with uncertainty and
probability; analysis of typical cases. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters

5.860 Health Care Organization and Management

History of the development and the delivery of health services; health organiza-
tion functions and inter-relationships of health-oriented organizations; study of
certain legal principles and rulings of importance to medical personnel; intro-
duction to interpersonal ethics of patient care. Prep. Admission to the Gradu-
ate School of Engineering. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.862 Introduction to Occupational Health and Safety

Accident prevention, accident cost analysis, Federal and local legislation, record
keeping requirements under OSHA Act of 1970; occupational safety and health
standards, safety programs and inspections, fire prevention and control meth-
ods; human behavior and industrial safety, occupational diseases and personnel
protective equipment. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or
Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.863 Technical Aspects of Health and Safety

Safety responsibilities of management and employees; methods of hazard con-

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 131

trol; accident investigation; recognition of chemical, electrical and mechanical
hazards; principles of machine guarding; occupational safety and health stand-
ards, safety training; toxology and first aid and medical services. Prep. 5.862,
Introduction to Occupational Health and Safety or permission of the instructor.

Offered yearly, winter quarter
5.865 Case Studies in Health Systems

Readings and discussion of case histories of application of systems analysis
to field of health. Outstanding administrators and systems analysts from vari-
ous health organizations will be invited to speak to class. Prep. Admission to
the Graduate School of Engineering. Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.900 Basic Operations Research (4 q.h. credits)

An introduction to the theory and use of deterministic and stochastic models
to represent industrial operations. Models included are those of linear program-
ming, dynamic programming, inventory control, waiting lines, and Monte Carlo
simulation. Embodies the material in 5.901 and 5.902, Basic Operations Re-
search I and II. Open to both day and evening students. Prep. 5.951, Engineer-
ing Statistics II or 10.8G1, Probability. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.901 Basic Operations Research I

Introduction to the theory and use of deterministic models to represent industrial
operations; includes linear programming, dynamic programming, networks, and
game theory. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.902 Basic Operations Research II

Introduction to the theory and use of stochastic models to represent industrial
operations; includes queuing, inventory, and Markovian models. Prep. 5.901,
Basic Operations Research I and 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or equivalent.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.903 Inventory Control and Production Planning

The design and operation of inventory systems from a scientific management
point of view, including both required theory and practical aspects. Subjects
include inventory control models, statistical forecasting, production scheduling
techniques, distribution systems, management control and reports, discussion
of actual systems, and a case study. Prep. 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or
equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.904 Queuing Theory and Its Applications

A development of the theory of queues using the equations of detailed balance
approach; study of models based on random arrivals including exponential and
Eriand service distributions, single and multiple services, series and parallel
systems, and finite and infinite queues, applications to staffing, inventory control,
maintenance, and scheduling. Prep. 5.900 or 5.902, Basic Operations Research

Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.905 Analysis with Simulation

Model building for digital simulation, testing and validation of models, simula-
tion compiler languages, logic flow charting, applications drawn from economics,
scheduling, inventory problems, marketing, and others; programming and run-
ning of several models. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers and 5.951,
Engineering Statistics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter

132 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

5.906 Principles of Dynamic Systems I

Introduction to modeling of social systems, emphasizing the study of feedback
structures and their behavior; development of concepts that allow one to under-
stand the mechanisms underlying growth, stagnation and cyclical fluctuation;
examples and practice at formulating models of industrial, economic, social, and
ecological systems; study of some of the effects of delays, multiple feedback
loops, and non-linearities; aim to building an intuitive foundation for simulation
studies of complex systems. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.907 Principles of Dynamic Systems II

Continuation of topics from 5.906 with increased experience in the construction
and analysis of generic feedback structures; examination of current and previous
System Dynamics applications including Urban Dynamics and World Dynamics;
exercises in model conceptualization. Prep. 5.906, Principles of Dynamic Sys-
tems I. Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.908 Principles of Dynamic Systems III

Treatment of the process and problems of application and implementation of
System Dynamics. Individual student modeling projects using System Dynamics.
Prep. 5.907, Principles of Dynamic Systems II. Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.909 Systems Engineering and Analysis

Methods of describing, analyzing, and manipulating complex systems both open
and closed loop; meaning of system optimization; classical optimization tech-
niques; emphasis on the description and design of a system rather than system
manipulation and on "complete" system rather than submanipulation; examples
drawn from transportation, information, manufacturing, etc. Prep. Admission
to the Program. Offered yearly, days only, winter quarter

5.910 Analytical Techniques for Engineers

Linear algebra, transform techniques including Laplace transforms and z trans-
form; systems of linear differential equations. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree
in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.911 Linear Programming

Covers in-depth techniques and theory contained in linear, quadratic, and non-
linear programming which would include sensitivity analysis, the dual theorem,
parametric programming, and problems involving uncertainty. Prep. 5.900 or
5.902, Basic Operations Research or equivalent and a course in linear algebra.

Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.912 Network Planning and Control

Applications of the theory of flow through networks to scheduling, planning,
line balancing, transportation, and materials handling; PERT and Critical Path
Scheduling; case studies of successful and unsuccessful applications; computer
and manual solutions utilized. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers or
equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.913 Data Processing for Engineers

Open only to students who have not had a basic course or extensive experience
in a compiler language. A study of digital computers and computer programming
techniques as applied to management problems. The course will cover the basic

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 133

characteristics and operation of computing equipment and peripheral devices.
The FORTRAN language is presented in depth and will be utilized by the student
for programming and running several projects on a computer. Other compiler
languages will be described and compared to FORTRAN. A systems approach
to the design, development, and implementation of computer programs for solv-
ing management problems will be emphasized. Examples will be studied from
several management areas. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.914 Advanced Operations Research (4 q.h. credits)

Further study of quantitative techniques available to assist management in
scientific decision-making, including Markov processes, utility theory, Bayesian
statistics, and forecasting; case studies of real industrial problems. Prep. 5.900,
Basic Operations Research. Offered yearly, days only, spring quarter

5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing

Engineering and quantitative management problems dtilizing data processing
equipment; problem formulation and adaptation to digital and/or analog equip-
ment; case studies will be used to illustrate the applications. Prep. 5.913,
Data Processing for Engineers or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques

Fundamental aspects of data base management techniques, equipment and
systems; analysis, classification, indexing, storage search and retrieval; digital
computer applications stressed; system evaluation; user requirements and imple-
mentation problems; future trends. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers
or equivalent. Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters

5.920 Computer Utility Systems

The concepts and possible applications of computer networks providing on-
line service to many users with widely different information processing service
and capability needs; hardware and software considerations; cost and economic
considerations; legal and security problems; reliability; evaluation for manage-
ment decision or use; case histories. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engi-
neers or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.921 Advanced Programming

Study of selected topics in systems programming such as: programming lan-
guages and translators; data structures and data management; on-line, real-time
and time-sharing systems; operating systems; and machine organization. Stu-
dents should have a thorough knowledge of and experience with some pro-
gramming language as well as a firm background in some machine at the
assembly language level. Prep. 3.893, Digital Computer Programming I.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.922 Devices and Techniques of Information Systems

Discussion, analysis, and evaluation of computing and data processing equip-
ment excluding the CPU and main memory; emphasis on the characteristic use
and control of secondary storage I/O and media conversion and data trans-
mission equipment; simulation studies, case studies, and student projects will
be used as needed. Prep. Basic knov^ledge of computers and programming.

Offered yearly, fall quarter

134 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT

5.950 Engineering Statistics I

A brief though rigorous introduction to probability as foundation for statistics;
discrete and continuous distributions such as the binomial, Poisson, hypergeo-
metric and normal; mean and variance; operations research; sampling distribu-
tions. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

Offered yearly, all quarters

5.951 Engineering Statistics II

An introduction to the techniques of statistical inference, treatment of statis-
tical data, inferences concerning means, variances and proportions, regression
analysis, correlation and other statistical concepts. Prep. 5.950, Engineering
Statistics I or 10.8G1, Probability or equivalent. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.952 Design of Experiments I

An introduction to experimental design and analysis; modeling for fixed, ran-
dom and mixed factor designs such as: single factor, randomized blocks,
Latin square and factorial experiments, analysis of variance and covariance,
orthogonal contrasts. Prep. 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or 10.9H1, Mathe-
matical Statistics or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.953 Statistical Decision Theory

Use of Bayesian statistical inference to arrive at decisions when stochastic
variables are interacting; relationship to game theory; decision making over
time in a sequence; important expected values and distributions; relationship
of Bayesian decision theory to classical statistical inference. Prep. 5.950,
Engineering Statistics I or 10.8G1, Probability or equivalent.

Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.954 Advanced Quality Control

Economics of quality, specification of quality, organization for quality, statis-
tical methods of quality control; quality policies and objectives; personnel
methods for quality; design of testing and inspection procedures; budgeting of
quality programs; sampling by variables, sampling for life testing, continuous
sampling. Prep. 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or equivalent.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.955 Reliability and Maintainability Applications

An introduction to reliability and maintainability engineering technology applied
to system and circuit design; the "bath-tub" curve; stress de-rating of com-
ponents; failure rate and repair rate prediction techniques and assessment;
early failure, useful life, and wearout characteristics. Prep. 5.951, Engineering
Statistics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter

5.956 Mathematical Theory of Reliability

Probability mathematical techniques utilized in systems reliability analysis; pre-
diction; allocation and demonstration testing; reliability probability functions,
active and standby redundancy with or without repair, spares planning, and
availability. Prep. 5.955, Reliability and Maintainability Applications.

Offered yearly, winter quarter

5.957 Designing for Reliability

Oriented to the design of electronic systems; development of complex system
reliability mathematical models; Markovian chain stochastic processes, matrix
algebra applied to redundancy problems; flow-diagram techniques using

I

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 135

Laplacian transforms, and queuing theory for repairable systems; system-
effectiveness methods particularly those developed by Hunter and Barlow.
Prep. 5.955, Reliability and Maintainability Applications.

Offered yearly, spring quarter
5.958 Design of Experiments II

Further design considerations in experimental design and analysis such as:
nesting, split-plot, factorial confounding, fractional factorial, response surfaces.
Computer applications to design analysis. Prep. 5.952, Design of Experiments I
or equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter

5.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) (6 q.h. credits)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the de-
partment. Prep. Consent of adviser. Offered yearly, all quarters

5.992 Seminar in Industrial Engineering

Discussion and presentations of thesis related topics by students, presentations
and discussions by faculty and eminent people in the field on timely industrial
engineering topics. Field trips and visitations included where appropriate.

Offered yearly, days only, fall quarter

5.993 Special Problems in Industrial Engineering

Individual work under faculty supervision. Prep. Consent of adviser.

Offered yearly, all quarters

1

mechanical engineering

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of
Science in Mechanical Engineering, applicants must have obtained a
Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering, with an ac-
ceptable quality of undergraduate work, from a recognized college or
university. Applicants with a Bachelor of Science degree in other engi-
neering or related science fields and an appropriate background of
preparation may pursue this program and qualify for the degree of
Master of Science without specification.

THE {MASTER'S DEGREE
REQUIRED COURSES

Mechanics Major Credits

Materials Major Ci

edi

2.826

Math. Methods for

2.826

Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. 1

2

Mech. Eng. 1

2

2.827

Math. Methods for

2.827

Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. II

2

Mech. Eng. II

2

2.804

Theory of Elasticity . .

2

2.954

Adv. Physical Met. 1 . .

2

and

2.956

Adv. Physical Met. 11 .

2

2.805

Theory of Elasticity . .

2

2.970

Mat. Sci. and Eng. . . .

2

or

2.971

Mat. Sci. and Eng. . . .

2

2.819

Fluid Dynamics 1 . . . .
and

2

2.804

Theory of Elasticity . .
or

2

2.820

Fluid Dynamics II ....

2

2.960

Thermo, of Materials .

2

2.841

Vibration Theory

2

and

and
Vibration Theory ....

or
Automatic Cont. Eng.

2

2.961

Thermo, of Materials .

2

2.842

14 or

16

2.849

2

and

2.850

Automatic Cont. Eng.
and

2

2.851

Automatic Cont. Eng.

2

12 or 14

137

138 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Thermo-Fluids Major Credits

2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. I 2

2.827 Math Methods for
Mech. Eng. II

2.819 Fluid Dynamics I

2.820 Fluid Dynamics II

2.901 Adv. Thermodynamics

2.902 Adv. Thermodynamics

2.910 Conduction Heat

Trans 2

2.911 Convection Heat

Trans 2

16

Ocean Engineering Major Credits

(open to continuous full-time and
cooperative plan students only)

2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. I 2

2.827 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. II 2

2.819 Fluid Dynamics I 2

2.820 Fluid Dynamics II 2

2.870 Ocean Engineering I . 2

2.871 Ocean Engineering II . 2

2.873 Geophysical Eng 2

2.874 Ocean Measurements 2

16

In addition, 2.990 Seminar and 2.991 Thesis are required for con-
tinuous full-time and cooperative plan students in all majors.

Electives

Students must take sufficient mechanical engineering departmental
electives so that the required courses in their major and the depart-
mental electives total at least 30 of the 40 quarter hours required for
the degree.

The remaining ten credits may be elected from any courses in engi-
neering or science for which the student has the necessary preparation.

Full-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program may
be taken on the Cooperative Plan where students enroll for academic
work in the Fall and Winter Quarters of the first year and in the Fall and
Winter Quarters of the second year. The other quarters of the two aca-
demic years and the summer after the first year are available for pro-
fessional employment. Students who are admitted to a master's degree
program under the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfac-
tory performance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be
eligible for their degree.

A thesis of ten quarter hours of credit is required unless waived by
the department graduate committee.

Majors in mechanics, materials, thermo-fluids, and ocean engineering
are available. The sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will
normally be taken according to the following pattern:

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 139

First Academic Quarter

2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. I

2.804 Theory of Elast. . . .

or
2.819 Fluid Dynamics I . .
2.841 Vibration Theory . .

or
2.849 Automatic Cont. Eng
Electives

Third Academic Quarter

2.990 Seminar

2.991 Thesis

Electives

IMECHANICS MAJOR

Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits

2.827 Math. Methods for

2 Mech. Eng. II 2

2 2.805 Theory of Elast 2

or

2 2.820 Fluid Dynamics II 2

2 2.842 Vibration Theory 2

or

2 2.850 Automatic Cont. Eng. . 2

4 Electives 4

10 10

Credits Fourth Academic Quarter Credits

1 2.990 Seminar 1

5 2.991 Thesis 5

4 Electives 4

10 10

MATERIALS MAJOR

First Academic Quarter Credits

2.804 Theory of Elasticity . . 2

or
2.960 Thermodynamics

of Materials 2

2.970 Material Science

& Engineering 2

or
2.954 Advanced Physical

Metallurgy I 2

2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. I 2

p Electives 4

10

Second Academic Quarter

Credits

Elective

2

or

2.961 Thermodynamics

of Materials

2

2.971 Material Science

& Engineering

2

or

2.956 Advanced Physical

Metallurgy II

2

2.827 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. II

2

Electives

4

10

Third Academic Quarter Credits

2.954 Advanced Physical

Metallurgy I
or
2.970 Material Science

& Engineering 2

2.990 Seminar 1

2.991 Thesis 5

Elective 2

10

Fourth Academic Quarter Credits

2.956 Advanced Physical

Metallurgy II
or
2.971 Material Science

& Engineering 2

2.990 Seminar 1

2.991 Thesis 5

Elective 2

10

140 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

THERMO-FLUIDS MAJOR

First Academic Quarter

Credits

Second Academic Quarter

Credits

2.819 Fluid Dynamics 1 .
2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. 1

2.901 Advanced

Thermodynamics .
2.910 Conduction

Heat Transfer . . .

Elective

2

2

2

2
2

2.820 Fluid Dynamics II . .
2.827 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. II

2.902 Advanced

Thermodynamics . .
2.911 Convection

Heat Transfer

Elective

2

2

2

2
2

10

10

Third Academic Quarter

Credits

Fourth Academic Quarter

Credits

2.990 Seminar

1

2.990 Seminar . . .

1

2.991 Thesis

Electives

.. 5
4

10

2.991 Thesis

Electives

5
4

10

OCEAN ENGINEERING MAJOR

First Academic Quarter

Credits

Second Academic Quarter

Credits

2.819 Fluid Dynamics 1 . .
2.826 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. 1

2.870 Ocean

Engineering 1 ....
2.873 Geophysical

Engineering

Elective

2

2

2

2
2

2.820 Fluid Dynamics II . .
2.827 Math. Methods for

Mech. Eng. II

2.871 Ocean

Engineering II

2.874 Ocean

Measurements

Elective

2

2

2

2
2

10

10

Third Academic Quarter

Credits

Fourth Academic Quarter

Credits

2.990 Seminar

1

2.990 Seminar

1

2.991 Thesis

Electives and/or
Marine Biology . . .

5

4
10

2.991 Thesis

Electives

5
4

10

Continuous Full-Time Program

Students may take the 40 quarter hours of academic work on a con-
tinuous full-time basis and complete the degree requirements in one
academic year. The sequence of courses which students take on this
plan is established by their adviser.

Electives

With the approval of the adviser, a maximum of ten quarter hours of
credit may be elected from graduate courses in other departments.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 141

Part-Time Programs

The admission requirements for these programs are the same as for
the full-time program, but students may progress according to their
abilities and the time available.

THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER DEGREE

The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers the graduate
degree of Mechanical Engineer for those who wish to undertake gradu-
ate study beyond the master's degree without committing themselves
to a program as extensive as that required for the doctor's degree. The
degree permits a candidate to pursue a course of study at the upper
graduate level in more than one area of mechanical engineering.

The following material outlines the procedures for admission to the
Mechanical Engineer degree program and the steps necessary to
qualify for the degree. For further information applicants should write
to the Mechanical Engineering Graduate Committee, Room 75, Richards
Hall, Northeastern University, Boston, Ma. 02115.

Admission

To be admitted to candidacy for the degree of Mechanical Engineer,
the applicant will have obtained the degree of Master of Science in
Mechanical Engineering, or its equivalent, from a recognized institution.
In some cases, where the Master's degree is not in Mechanical Engi-
neering, the applicant may be admitted to the program on a conditional
basis with the stipulation that certain deficiencies be removed without
credit toward the degree. Such special admission is dependent upon
the approval of the Mechanical Engineering Graduate Committee.

Each applicant must submit to the Graduate Committee, prior to
April 1, transcripts of his undergraduate and graduate records and
three letters of recommendation which indicate his ability to carry out
advanced graduate work.

, In general, it is assumed that the applicant will choose two areas of
emphasis in his graduate program of study. An outline of his program
must be submitted to the Graduate Committee for approval. It is recom-
mended that the applicant discuss his program with the Graduate Com-
mittee and members of the graduate faculty in his areas of emphasis
prior to submission of his program for approval.

Classification and Degree Candidacy

A student admitted to the Engineer degree program will be designated
as a candidate for this degree.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by two academic quarters of
full-time graduate work during the academic year or by four academic

142 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

quarters of half-time graduate work during two consecutive academic
years. Plans for satisfying the residence requirement on a half-time
basis must be approved in advance by the Graduate Committee.

Qualification and Examinations

A student must maintain a "B" average to qualify for the degree.
Students admitted on a conditional basis may be required to pass spe-
cial examinations. The Graduate Committee will determine the need for
and will administer any such special examinations. A final oral exam-
ination consisting of a defense of the dissertation may be required if
the candidate's adviser and the Departmental Graduate Committee so
decides.

Credit Requirements

A minimum of 40 quarter-hours of credit beyond the master's degree
is required. Up to 10 quarter-hours of credit will be permitted for work
on a dissertation. A minimum of 20 quarter-hours of credit must be in
the Mechanical Engineering Department.

Dissertation

To be awarded the Mechanical Engineer degree each candidate must
complete a separate dissertation demonstrating a high level of compe-
tence in research, development, or design in the field of Mechanical
Engineering. The effort normally expected will be the equivalent of 10
quarter-hours of graduate course work.

Transfer Credits

Any transfer of credits must be approved by the Graduate Committee.

Time Limitation

After admission to the program a maximum of five years will be per-
mitted for completion.

Registration

All students must register with the Departmental Registration Officer
for course work or dissertation approved by the Graduate Committee
or the student's adviser. After the first registration for this work, regis-
tration must be continuous unless withdrawal is allowed by the Grad-
uate Committee.

THE DOCTOR'S DEGREE

The following material outlines the procedure for admission to the
doctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de-
gree. For further information, applicants should write to the Chairman of
the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 143

Admission

Applicants who are enrolled as candidates for the degree of Master of
Science in Mechanical Engineering at Northeastern University should
apply in writing to the Chairman of the Department of Mechanical Engi-
neering for admission to the doctoral program. Such application must
be made by February 1st of the year in which they expect to receive the
master's degree. The departmental graduate committee will examine the
record of the applicant and decide whether or not he should be allowed
to take the qualifying examination.

Applicants who are enrolled for graduate work at other institutions or
who have completed the requirements for the master's degree should
write the chairman of the department for an application for an interview.
This form, transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work, together
with three letters of recommendation must be transmitted to the chair-
man of the departmental graduate committee. The applicant will be
notified of an interview time and, after the interview, will be advised if
he will be invited to take the qualifying examination and if he should
make formal application for admission to the doctoral program. The
application for interview, transcripts, and letters of recommendation
must be received by February 1st if the March qualifying examination is
to be taken.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time
graduate work or by two years of half-time graduate work beyond the
master's degree. However, a student should expect to spend at least
two years, or the equivalent, in full-time graduate study beyond the
requirements of the master's degree.

Degree Candidacy

After 40 quarter hours of graduate work have been taken with satis-
factory grades and upon successful completion of the qualifying exami-
nation, a student is established as a degree candidate.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination in the Department of Mechanical Engi-
neering is offered yearly in March and/or April and is both written and
oral. The written portion of the qualifying examination is six hours in
length and covers, with equal emphasis, four different areas. A student
must select one area from each of the three groups A, B, and C plus
another area either listed below or unlisted, but considered equivalent
and approved by the graduate committee.

A. B.

Concepts of Thermodynamics Dynamics

Applied Thermodynamics Mechanics of Deformable Bodies

144 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

c.

Heat and Mass Transfer

Fluid Mechanics

Mechanical Behavior of Materials

Physical Metallurgy

The oral portion of the qualifying examination is conducted by a com-
mittee consisting of at least four members appointed by the graduate
committee. A typical committee is composed of two members special-
izing in the student's major area plus one member from each of two
other areas.

The qualifying examination may be taken by a graduate student who
expects to complete the requirements for his master's degree within
three months of the date of the qualifying examination as well as by a
person who has already completed the requirements for the master's
degree. Because degree candidacy must be established before the
graduate committee will act to approve course programs or thesis
proposals, the qualifying examination should be taken at the earliest
opportunity. If the examination is failed, it may be repeated with per-
mission of the departmental graduate committee.

Course Requirements

To receive the Ph.D. degree a candidate must complete a program of
course work approved by the graduate committee. Courses completed
prior to admittance to the doctoral program are subject to the approval
of the graduate committee. Each program must contain at least twelve
quarter hours of course work, preferably outside of the department, in
an area other than that in which the candidate is majoring. Attainment
of a B average for the courses in the "minor" portion of the program
will signify satisfactory completion of that portion.

Thesis

After degree candidacy has been established, a candidate must com-
plete a thesis which embodies the results of extended research and
includes materials suitable for publication.

The departmental graduate committee may require the completion of
certain course work before permitting thesis work to commence. A
thesis committee will be appointed by the chairman of the department
upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate committee.
The thesis committee will be kept informed of the progress of the thesis
and will be responsible for initial approval of the thesis in its final form.

Language Requirement

A reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. Proficiency
in a language shall be determined in a manner prescribed by the

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 145

departmental graduate committee. The language requirement must be
satisfied no later than six months before the time at which the degree is
to be conferred.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination is combined with the final oral
examination and is given after the thesis has been completed and
approved. This examination is based upon the subject matter of the
thesis and a defense of it.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination is taken after completion of all other
requirements for the degree. This examination cannot be held until two
weeks have elapsed after the thesis has been registered and accepted
by the graduate school and must be passed at least two weeks before
the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

The final oral examination will include the subject matter of the
doctoral thesis and significant developments in the field of the thesis
work. Other fields may be included if recommended by the examining
committee.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

The courses listed below are of an advanced undergraduate — first year
graduate level. A maximum of eight (8) quarter hours of credit from this group
of courses may be applied toward the master's degree.

Course Credits

2.212 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 4

2.214 Experimental Stress Analysis 4

2.232 Engineering Materials 4

2.233 Thermodynamics of Propulsion 4

2.235 Statistical Thermodynamics 4

2.236 Nuclear Engineering I 4

2.237 Nuclear Engineering II 4

2.258 Gas Dynamics 4

2.260 Heat and Mass Transfer 4

2.270 Dynamics 4

2.810 Advanced Mechanics of Materials I 2

2.811 Advanced Mechanics of Materials II 2

2.817 Strain Gage Techniques 2

2.818 Photoeiasticity 2

2.847 Dynamics I 2

2.848 Dynamics II 2

2.950 Physical Metallurgy I 2

2.951 Physical Metallurgy I! 2

146 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

The following undergraduate courses which are given in the daytime, may be
elected by graduate students for graduate credit subject to the credit hour
restrictions listed above.

2.212 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (4 q.h. credits)

Embodies the material in 2.810 and 2.811 — Advanced Mechanics of Materials

I and II. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Not offered 1973-74
2.214 Experimental Stress Analysis (4 q.h. credits)

Embodies the material in 2.817, Strain Gauge Techniques and 2.818, Photo-
elasticity. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.232 Engineering Materials (4 q.h. credits)

Covers thermodynamics of materials; phase equilibria ternary systems; reactions
with environment, i.e. kinetics, oxidation, corrosion, etc.; materials design cri-
teria and materials engineering case studies. Prep. Admission to the Graduate
School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall and winter quarte's

2.233 Thermodynamics of Propulsion (4 q.h. credits)

Application of the physical principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and
plasmas to the prediction of the behavior of propulsion devices; airbreathing
engines and rocket engines with applications to show how physical laws de-
scribe and limit performance of particular devices; introduction to plasmas; fun-
damentals of electrical rocket engines. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School
of Engineering. Not offered 1973-74

2.235 Statistical Thermodynamics (4 q.h. credits)

Statistical thermodynamics approaches the study of thermodynamic equilibrium
by regarding a system as a collection of particles to which the principles of
either classical or quantum mechanics are presumed to apply; the statistical
hypotheses of Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, and Fermi-Dirac with emphasis on the
properties of assemblies of independent particles; applications will be made to
the study of gaseous systems, the Einstein and Debye theories of the specific
heats of solids and the electron gas in a metal. Prep. Admission to the Gradu-
ate School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.236 Nuclear Engineering I (4 q.h. credits)

Study of Nuclear Physics emphasizing atomic and nuclear structure, radioactive
decay, and nuclear reactions with particular attention to fusion and fission;
health physics, nuclear instrumentation, and the production and uses of radio-
active isotopes; comparison of thermal, fast, and breeder reactor types; dis-
cussion of neutron interactions and slowing down; four-factor formula and the
diffusion equation developed and applied to one-group theory for bare and
reflected thermal reactors; energy production and distribution within the core;
flux shaping. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall and winter quarters

2.237 Nuclear Engineering II (4 q.h. credits)

Development of two-group theory for thermal reactors; the physics and safety of
fast reactors; effect of reactivity change, either intentional or accidental, changes
due to temperature; fission product buildup, xenon buildup after shutdown, and

1

i

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 147

fuel depletion; reactor design considerations including the interrelationship of
reactor physics, reactor engineering (physical design heat transfer, etc.), reactor
materials and economics; control and distribution of power; fuel cycle manage-
ment. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter
2.258 Gas Dynamics (4 q.h. credits)

Derivation of the conservation laws of fluid flow; wave motion and Mach number;
adiabatic flow; calculation of propulsion forces; adiabatic flow with friction;
normal shock analysis; analysis of compressible flow with heating or cooling;
moving and oblique shock waves. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering. Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

2.260 Heat and Mass Transfer (4 q.h. credits)

Review of heat, mass, and momentum transfer analogies; rate equations; con-
duction problems in steady-state and transient-state for both heat and mass
transfer with various constant and fluctuating boundary conditions in rectan-
gular, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates solved by formal mathematics, differ-
ence (relaxation) techniques and methods of analogy; thermal stresses induced
by non-uniform temperature distributions; heat transfer at high velocity and in
rarefied gases; boiling heat transfer at temperature extremes, with forced and
natural convection; phase change in bulk stagnant systems. Prep. Admission
to the Graduate School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall and winter quarters

2.270 Dynamics (4 q.h. credits)

Embodies the material in 2.847 and 2.848 — Dynamics I and II. Prep. Admis-
sion to the Graduate School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

The following are graduate courses which carry two quarter hours of credit
unless otherwise noted. Courses carrying four quarter hours of credit are day
courses. Seminar and thesis may have varying credits established by the de-
partment at the time of registration. Not all courses are offered every year.
Refer to the Graduate School of Engineering circular issued about July 1 each
year for the courses to be offered in the new academic year and the times at
which they are scheduled to meet.

2.804 Theory of Elasticity

Algebra and Calculus of Cartesian tensors relation to vector analysis; stress in a
continuum, strain and strain rate in a continuum; governing equations for an
elastic solid. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.805 Theory of Elasticity

Stress and deformation analysis of elastic solids. Two-dimensional problems;
stress concentration; thermal stress. Theory of torsion, prismatic and axial sym-
metric bars. Introduction to the theory of plates, bending of thin plates. Prep.
2.802, Continuum Mechanics or 2.804, Theory of Elasticity.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.806 Theory of Elasticity

Method of finite differences. Numerical solutions; torsion problem; plate bend-
ing. Variational method and energy principles; minimum potential and comple-
mentary energy theorems. Introduction to dynamics of elastic solids; waves,
vibrations. Prep. 2.805, Theory of Elasticity. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

148 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

2.809 Plasticity and Creep

Types of deformation, elasticity, plasticity, creep, mechanical equation of state,
plastic flow under multi-axial stress, and elastic creep. Relationship of com-
paratively simple laboratory material tests to more complex service conditions
will be emphasized. Prep. A recent introductory materials course.

Not offered 1973-74

2.810 Advanced IVIechanics of Materials I

Review of fundamental stress concepts; point stress and strain; differential
equations of stress; elastic properties; theories of failure; transverse bending;
shear stress distribution; shear center; bending stresses due to non-symmetrical
bending. Prep. Admission to ttie Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.811 Advanced IVIechanics of {Materials II

Thick and thin cylinders under elastic and plastic deformation; analysis of
statistically indeterminate beams and frames by slope, deflection, and moment
distribution techniques; stresses in curved beams, beams on elastic foundations.
Prep. 2.810, Advanced Mechanics of Materials I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.813 Advanced Mechanics of Materials III

Bending of flat plates; stability analysis of structural members; grid systems
and other special topics to be selected by needs of the class. Prep. 2.811,
Advanced Mechanics of Materials II. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.815 Plates and Shells

Bending of plates with various shapes, loads, and supports. Large deflection of
plates. Membrane theory of shells. Analysis of cylindrical shells. General theory
of thin elastic shells. Shells of revolution. Prep. 2.806, Theory of Elasticity.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.817 Strain Gauge Techniques

Theory and application of mechanical and electrical strain gauges. Installation,
instrumentation, and circuitry of gauge set-ups for transducer use and experi-
mental stress analysis. Use of brittle coatings in experimental stress analysis.
Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Not offered 1973-74

2.818 Photoelasticity

Theory and practice of photoelastic methods as applied to classical experi-
mental stress analysis of models and as modified for use in photoelastic
coatings. Prep. Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Not offered 1973-74

2.819 Fluid Dynamics I

Discussion of a number of kinematic concepts important in the area of fluid
dynamics; deformation rate, vorticity, the equation of continuity; a description of
the state of stress in a fluid; derivation of the Navier-Stokes equation and the
energy equation; appropriate boundary conditions will be considered; some
study of surface-tension phenomena. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School
of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.820 Fluid Dynamics II

Study of viscous fluids of uniform, constant density; exact solutions of the
governing equations; a study of two classes of flow, each of which is well-

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 149

described by an approximate theory: the first is Stokes, or creeping flow, the
relevant approximations being suitable for low Reynolds number, the second
approximation is that formulated in boundary layer theory and valid at high
Reynolds number. In connection with the latter, suitable computation schemes
for two-dimensional, steady, laminar boundary layers are presented. Prep.
2.819, Fluid Dynamics I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.821 Fluid Dynamics III

Emphasis on the study of flows in which viscosity may be neglected as a suitable
approximation; two-dimensional potential flows using the theory of complex
variables; streaming flows past cylinders and airfoils; other topics include: the
irrotational flow due to a waving rigid body, wave propagation at an interface,
and inviscid fluid motions possessing vorticity. Prep. 2.820, Fluid Dynamics II.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.826 Mathematical Methods for Mechanical Engineers I

Series solutions of differential equations; singular points; Bessel and Legendre
functions; symptotic series; WKB approximation; perturbation method; scalar
and vector fields; divergence theorem. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School
of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall and winter quarters

2.827 Mathematical Methods for Mechanical Engineers II

Boundary-value problems; orthogonal functions and eigenfunction expansions;
Fournier-Bessel and Legendre series; partial differential equations and applica-
tions to heat transfer, fluid flow, vibrations and wave propagation. Prep. Ad-
mission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall, winter and spring quarters

2.838 Engineering Fracture Mechanics I

Fundamentals of brittle fracture; theoretical strength, micro/macro fracture
characteristic, Inglis-Griffith theory, applicability of same. Linear elastic fracture
mechanics; Orewan/lrwin extension to metals, effective surface tension and
relation to fracture toughness, plastic zone size correction; geometry effects on
fracture toughness; plane strain/plane stress fracture toughness, thickness
effects. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.839 Engineering Fracture Mechanics II

Experimental determination of fracture toughness; slow crack growth "pop-
in", arrest, R-G curves, compliance techniques for determining elastic energy
release note. Alternate fracture toughness concepts; resistance curve, crack
opening displacement, the J integral. Application of fracture mechanics to
fatigue. Design methods to minimize risks of catastrophic failure will be empha-
sized. Prep. 2.838, Engineering Fracture Mechanics I.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.840 Finite Element Analysis Methods

Introduction to the finite element method of numerical analysis; applications in
solid mechanics include direct methods, energy approaches and weighted
residuals; formulation of simple element stiffness matrices and assembly in one
and two dimensions; solids of revolution; brief discussion of complex elements
used in large computer programs. Various examples of existing programs to be

150 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

taken from statics, dynamics, plasticity and heat transfer. Prep. 2.802, Con- ,
tinuum Mechanics or permission of instructor. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter )

2.841 Vibration Theory and Applications i

Modeling of vibratory systems; one degree of freedom systems (determination of I

equations of motion using free-body and energy methods); forced and free I

vibrations through two degrees of freedom; Laplace transformation techniques; !

phase-plane diagrams for undamped forced vibrations and Coulomb damping. !

Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering. !

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter j

2.842 Vibration Theory and Applications {
Multiple degrees of freedom; free and forced vibrations with or without damp- {
ing, extensional and torsional oscillation, frequency equation, energy methods of I
solution. Prep. 2.841, Vibration Theory and Applications or 2.861, Systems En- i
gineering. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter ;

2.843 Vibration Theory and Applications j

Systems with distributed mass and stiffness; shock and impact; vibrations of '

beams and related structures; nonlinear and random vibrations. Prep. 2.842, '

Vibration Theory and Applications. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter i

2.845 Shock, Vibration, and Noise Control I

Theoretical and practical considerations pertinent to the design and protection '

of structures and equipment subject to severe environments of transient shock, i

steady state vibration, random vibration, and acoustic noise. Prep. 2.843, 1
Vibration Theory and Applications. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.846 Non-Linear Vibrations

Studies of various non-linear problems and the techniques used in solving them.
Symmetrical and unsymmetrical systems. The Van der Pol-Kryloff-Bogoliuboff .
method as well as others will be discussed. Prep. 2.843, Vibration Theory and
Applications. Not offered 1973-74 i

2.847 Dynamics I

Application of fundamental laws of motion. Dynamics of a particle, motion of a
projectile, linear and angular momentum, impact, kinetic energy, and work. ■
Variable and constant mass systems. Vector notation is used. Prep. Admission I
to the Graduate School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter 1

2.848 Dynamics II

Continuation of 2.847, Analytical Dynamics I, includes Hamilton's Principle, [
Euler's Equation, rotation of a rigid body, gyroscopes, and dynamic problems
using analog computer. Prep. 2.847, Dynamics I.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.849 Automatic Control Engineering

Concepts of feedback control; formulation of equations, transfer functions, and
block diagrams representing components and systems; linearization; Laplace
transformation; stability. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineer-
ing. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter m

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 151

2.850 Automatic Control Engineering

Study of control action; analysis and design by use of root-locus and frequency-
domain techniques. Prep. 2.849, Automatic Control Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.851 Automatic Control Engineering

Further consideration of linear systems including compensation methods and
multiple-inputs. Techniques for the treatment of non-linear systems. Prep.
2.850, Automatic Control Engineering. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.853 Fundamentals of Instrumentation

Theoretical principles underlying the design and operation of instruments for
measurement and/or control. Analysis of stimulus-response relations. Industrial
instruments for measurement and control, including those based on pneumatic
and electrical systems. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.854 Industrial Process Control

Fundamental principles involved in automatic control of industrial processes.
Economic considerations. Application of control instruments to obtain auto-
matic control of temperature, pressure, fluid flow, liquid level, humidity, pH.
Prep. 2.853, Fundamentals of Instrumentation. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.870 Ocean Engineering i

Extent of the ocean in general with its physical and chemical properties;
emphasis on the three-dimensional temperature distribution with time as a
variable; the salinity and its variation in oceanic space and time; the density of
the ocean and its stability; temperature-salinity relationships and their connec-
tion with mixing processes with large water masses; evaporation and water
budget of the earth, and ice in the ocean. Prep. Admission to the Graduate
School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.871 Ocean Engineering II

Geophysical structure of the sea; forces and their relation to the structure of
the ocean; ocean statics, oceanic kinematics; theory of ocean currents in a
homogeneous and non-homogeneous ocean; strait currents; effect of wind; the
mass field and density current; fundamental principles of oceanic circulation in
the troposphere and stratosphere. Prep. 2.870, Ocean Engineering I.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.873 Geophysical Engineering

Theory of basic geophysical methods, seismology, magnetics, gravity, and
electromagnetic potential relating to ocean research and exploration with
emphasis on theory, data processing, computer applications; interpretation of
data and their applications; instrument systems; survey procedures; profiling;
surface ship systems applications and deep submersible applications. Prep.
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.874 Ocean Measurements

Instrument design; theory application for physical and chemical properties;
bathymetry; temperature, velocity and geophysical aspects of seismic, gravity,
magnetic, and electromagnetic methods. Prep. 2.873, Geophysical Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

152 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

2.901 Advanced Thermodynamics

A critical examination of equilibrium thermodynamics from a rigorous viewpoint
emphasizing fundamental concepts including: equilibrium, heat, and work; the j
first and second law of thermodynamics; energy; heat engines, simple systems, |
and open systems. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.902 Advanced Thermodynamics

Continuation of 2.901 including: examination of temperature scales; entropy i
and availability; the phase rule, single component systems; thermodynamic
relations. Consideration is also given to the ideal gas; chemical potential and j
thermodynamics of ideal gas mixtures. Prep. 2.901, Advanced Thermo- i
dynamics. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter !

2.904 Special Topics in Advanced Thermodynamics

Selected subjects of current interest in general thermodynamics Including:
chemical reactions; the law of stable equilibrium, normal and special systems,
and the third law. Detailed analysis of the statistics of ensembles is also cov-
ered to emphasize the relationship between thermodynamics and statistical
mechanics. Prep. 2.902, Advanced Thermodynamics.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter i

2.905 Cryogenic Engineering

Designed to provide a familiarity with the general field of cryogenics, some of
the principal uses of cryogenics, and the ways of obtaining and preserving an
environment at a low temperature. Refrigeration, cycle analysis, heat exchanger
design, insulation systems, properties of materials, instrumentation problems i
and applications. Problems will be assigned typical of those which are en-
countered in the field and laboratory. Prep. Admission to the Graduate School
of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.906 Cryogenic Engineering

Continuation of 2.905, Cryogenic Engineering. Prep. 2.905, Cryogenic Engineer-
ing. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.907 Cryogenic Engineering

Application of Cryogenic Engineering Principles to the design of integrated
systems. Prep. 2.906, Cryogenic Engineering. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.910 Conduction Heat Transfer

Basic laws of heat transfer; analytical solutions of single and multidimensional
systems in steady and transient states with and without heat sources in car-
tesian, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates; chart solutions; Newtonian
method, steady state and transient numerical analysis; generalized fin equa-
tion. Prep. Elements of Heat Transfer. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.911 Convection Heat Transfer

Fundamentals of convection; Reynolds, Prandtl, and Nusselt numbers; elements
of boundary layer theory; free and forced convection in ducts and over flat
plates solved by dimensional, exact mathematical and approximate integral
analyses for both laminar and turbulent flows; Reynolds analogy and Prandtl's
modification; boiling and condensation; heat transfer in high speed flow; heat
exchangers. Prep. Elements of Heat Transfer. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 153

2.913 Radiation Heat Transfer

Basic laws of thermal radiation; Planck black body radiation; Kirchhoff's laws;
Stefan-Boltzmann law; radiation properties of surfaces; radiative transfer be-
tween gray and non-gray diffuse and specular surfaces separated by trans-
parent media; radiation properties of gases; radiative transfer through absorb-
ing, emitting, and scattering media; radiative transfer in the presence of con-
duction and convective heat transfer. Prep. Elements of Heat Transfer.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.920 Direct Energy Conversion

The fundamental processes of direct energy conversion and their application to
the design and operation of magnetohydrodynamic power generators, thermionic
converters, fuel cells, and thermoelectric converters. Prep. Admission to the
Graduate School Engineering. Not offered 1973-74

2.921 Direct Energy Conversion

Continuation of 2.920. Prep. 2.920, Direct Energy Conversion.

Not offered 1973-74
2.923 Special Topics in Direct Energy Conversion

Irreversible thermodynamics. Unified theory of energy conversion. Prep. 2.921,
Direct Energy Conversion. Not offered 1973-74

2.930 Pumps

Deals mainly with centrifugal pumps, with brief references to other types; flow
of fluids in pipes and conduits, system curves, pump head velocity diagrams
and head development, efficiency; specific speed, net positive suction head,
cavitation; affinity laws, selection of pumps to suit various operating conditions
and methods of driving, parallel operation; automatic operation, types of con-
struction and materials used, methods of priming centrifugal pumps, pumping
of chemicals, oils, and sludges, special problems of pump installation and
operation, water hammer in pump discharge lines. Prep. Hydraulics.

Not offered 1973-74

2.931 Fans and Blowers

Flow of air in pipes and ducts, fan characteristics and laws, various types of
fan wheels, inlet and outlet connections, fan capacity control, fan selection and
testing. Compression of air and gases, flow in pipes, head-on blowers, perform-
ance curves, effect of changes in speed and inlet conditions, construction,
regulation, selection, installation, and testing. Axial flow fans and blowers.
Positive pressure blowers. Prep. Thermodynamics.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.932 Pollution Problems from Combustion Processes I

A major portion of the energy produced in the United States depends upon
combustion processes including energy produced in electrical power genera-
tion, motor vehicles, and aircraft. Combustion processes have contributed to
air, water, and noise pollution problems. This course examines combustion sys-
tems in detail to determine sources of pollution problems and to designate
methods by which these problems can be met.

An overview of the energy production by electrical power generation systems,
motor vehicles, and aircraft so that the magnitude of the contribution of these
systems to the pollution problem can be assessed. These systems will be de-

154 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

scribed as heat engines. A thermodynamic analysis will be made to evaluate
their efficiencies. The correlation between heat engine efficiency and its effect
on pollution problems will be discussed. Prep. Admission to the Graduate
Scliool of Engineering. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.933 Pollutfon Problems from Combustion Processes II

Basic principles of combustion processes are developed for an understanding
of the emission products as a function of system operating conditions. Topics of
thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, chemical kinetics, conservation of en-
ergy, equation of motion, chemistry of hydrocarbons, and theories of combus-
tion processes are presented toward this end. Prep. 2.932, Pollution Problems
from Combustion Processes I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.934 Pollution Problems from Combustion Processes III

Combustion systems include physical processes as well as chemical. Physical
processes of fuel injection, atomization, vaporization, and mixing, and their
relation to combustion systems, will be discussed. Details of operation of elec-
trical power generation systems, automotive engines, and aircraft engines are
examined to identify sources of pollution and designate methods for pollution
control. Prep. 2.933, Pollution Problems from Combustion Processes II.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.935 Power Plant Economics and Design

An integrated study into the economic and design considerations for both
isolated and central station systems. Prep. Thermodynamics.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.936 Power Plant Economics and Design

Continuation of 2.935, Power Plant Economics and Design. Prep. 2.935, Power
Plant Economics and Design. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.950 Physical Metallurgy I

Atomic structure, bonding, crystallography and crystal structure; phase equilib-
rium and non-equilibrium of 1, 2, and 3 component systems. (Not required for
materials majors who have completed a recent course in material science.)
Prep. Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

Not offered 1973-74

2.951 Physical Metallurgy II
Defects in crystals; micro plasticity of crystals, plastic deformation of crystalline
solids; recrystallization; recovery grain growth. Prep. 2.950, Physical Metal-
lurgy I. Not offered 1973-74

2.952 Physical Metallurgy III

Theory of solid-solutions and intermetallic compounds; theory of phase trans-
formations in solids; nucleation and growth; pearlitic and martensitic transfor-
mations. Prep. A recent introductory material science course.

Not offered 1973-74

2.953 Advanced Physical Metallurgy III
Point defects in crystals; theory of diffusion in solids, including diffusion
equations, mechanisms, effect of concentration gradients, diffusion in non-
metallic solids; oxidation. Prep. A recent introductory material science course.

Offered 1974-75, spring quarter

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 155

2.954 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I

Dislocation theory; including such topics as dislocation stress fields, self
energy, velocity, interactions mechanisms, image forces, and theories of yield-
ing. Prep. A recent introductory material science course.

Offered 1974-75, fall quarter
2.956 Advanced Physical Metallurgy II

Mechanical behavior of metals. Application of dislocation theory to micro-
plasticity, strain hardening, strengthening mechanisms and creep. Prep. 2.954,
Advanced Pfiysica! Metallurgy I. Offered 1974-75, winter quarter

2.960 Thermodynamics of Materials I

Basic metallurgical thermodynamics encompassing first, second, and third laws,
entropy, enthalpy, and free energy. Prep. Engineering Materials.

Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.961 Thermodynamics of Materials II

Continuation of 2.960 with emphasis on solutions, activity, activity coefficients,
the phase rule and applications to some metallurgical problems. Prep. 2.960,
Thermodynamics of Materials I. Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

2.963 Thermodynamics of Materials ill

The application of metallurgical thermodynamics to various process metallurgi-
cal problems, i.e., gas-solid systems, etc., plus kinetics of reactions and
dynamics systems analysis. Prep. 2.960 or 2.961, Thermodynamics of Mate-
rials I or II. Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.965 Physical Ceramics

Introduction to ceramic fabrication processes. Characteristic of vitreous and
crystalline solids, structural imperfections, and atomic mobility. Phase equi-
libria, nucleation, crystal growth, solid-state reactions, non-equilibrium phases,
and effects on the resulting microstructure of ceramics. Prep. A recent intro-
ductory material science course. Physical Chemistry or Solid State Physics.

Not offered 1973-74

2.966 Physical Ceramics

Discussion of effects of composition and microstructure on the thermal, me-
chanical, optical, electrical, and magnetic properties of ceramic materials.
Prep 2.965, Physical Ceramics. Not offered 1973-74

2.970 Material Science and Engineering

Principles underlying the structure and properties of solid materials. The rela-
tionships of these principles to the properties and to applications in structures
and devices. Both macroscopic-phenomenological and electronic-molecular ap-
proaches will be used. Materials will include metals and alloys, semiconductors,
and dielectrics. Typical subjects are atomic and electronic structures, ordering,
nucleation, crystal growth, and thermal properties. Prep. A recent introduc-
tory material science course. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.971 Material Science and Engineering

Continuation of 2.970 into additional topics such as thermal, electric, magnetic,
and optical properties; applications of solid-state phenomena to achieve func-
tions embodied in transducers, filters, amplifiers, energy converters, and so
forth. Prep. 2.970, Material Science and Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, winter quarter

156 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I

2.974 Material Science and Engineering — Special Topics

Continuation of 2.971. Optical properties and various special topics that vary
from year to year. Examples are: metastabie phases, thin films, and strengthen-
ing mechanisms. Prep. 2.971, Material Science and Engineering.

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.975 Principles of X-Ray Diffraction

General properties of x-rays. X-Ray production and detection. Emission and
absorption. Introduction to diffraction and factors influencing the intensities.
Analysis of diffraction patterns. Prep. A recent introductory material science
course. Offered 1973-74, fall quarter

2.976 Applications of X-Ray Diffraction

Experimental methods. Applications, including: single crystal orientation, crys- i
taliite size measurement, preferred orientation, residual stresses, precision |
lattice-parameter measurement, phrase-diagram determination, chemical analysis. J
Prep. 2.975, Principles of X-Ray Diffraction Offered 1973-74, winter quarter I

i
2.983 Metallurgical Systems for Structural Applications

Several important metallurgical systems are studied with emphasis on catego-
rizing their utility and explaining sources of their strength, fracture toughness
and creep resistance. Materials considered include: high strength steels, marag- i
ing alloys, aluminum and titanium alloys, ceramics and metals for high tem- |
perature applications, metal matrix and resin matrix fibre composite materials, j
Prep. An undergraduate materials science or metallurgy course. •

Offered 1973-74, spring quarter

2.985 Powder Metallurgy

Powder characteristics and methods of manufacture. Powder pressing: packing,
interparticle bonding, effects of pressure. Principles of sintering. Characteristics
and properties of products made from powdered materials. Prep. A recent
introductory material science course. Not offered 1973-74

2.986 Behavior of Materials Under High Pressures i

Historical development of high pressure research in brief. Basic design prin- 1
ciples of static high pressure apparatus; use of gases, liquids and solids as •
pressure transmitting media; introduction to principles of shock wave method;
equations of state of solids and their measurement at high pressures and at(
ultra high pressures. Prep. Admission to tfie Graduate School of Engineering. \

Offered 1974-75, fall quarter '

2.987 Behavior of Materials Under High Pressures II

Crystal structure transformation, electronic transitions and insulator-metal tran-
sitions under pressure; electrical and magnetic properties and deformations of
solids under pressure; geological phenomena related to high pressures; current
developments in high pressures. Prep. 2.986, Behavior of Materials Under High
Pressure I. Offered 1974-75, winter quarter if

2.990 Mechanical Engineering Seminar I

Discussions by industrial leaders, faculty, and graduate students on various 1
subjects. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Master of Science »
program. Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 157

2.991 Thesis (Master's Degree)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the de-
partment. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Master of Science
program. Offered yearly, all quarters

2.992 Special Problems in Mechanical Engineering

Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep.
Consent of department chairman. Offered yearly, all quarters

2.993 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering

Topics of interest to the staff member conducting this class are presented for
advanced study. Prep. Permission of department staff.

Offered yearly, all quarters

2.994 Doctoral Reading

Material approved by the candidate's adviser (only S or F grades will be
assigned for this course). Prep. Passing of Pfi.D. Qualifying Exam.

Offered yearly, all quarters

2.995 Thesis (Ph.D. Degree)

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under the supervision of the
department. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to the Doctoral Pro-
gram in Mechanical Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters

2.996 Thesis (Mechanical Engineer Degree)

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the de-
partment. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to the Mechanical En-
gineer Degree Program. Offered yearly, ail quarters

mathematics and physics

For nnathematics and physics courses consult the bulletin of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences.

index

Academic calendar, 5

Academic Council, 13

Address of University, 1

Administration

University, 10-12
Graduate Division, 14

Admission

Doctor's degree, 34
Master's degree, 30

Appointments to fellowships,
assistantships, 32, 44, 45

B
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings, 21-23

c

Calendar, 5

Campus description and

location, 21
Campus map, 4
Center for Continuing

Education, 20
Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 61
Class hours, 29

Colleges (undergraduate), 160
Committee on Graduate

Study in Engineering, 17
Cooperative Plan of
Education (see also fields
of study), 32
Corporation members, 7, 8
Courses

Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 61
Electrical Engineering, 83
Industrial Engineering
and Engineering
Management, 119
Mathematics

and physics, 157
Mechanical
Engineering, 137

Degree programs, 27, 30, 34, 36, 40

(see also fields of study)
Doctor's degrees (see also
fields of study)
Admission, 34
Classification, 34
Comprehensive

examination, 35
Course requirements, 35
Degree candidacy, 34
Dissertation, 35
Doctor of Engineering

Degree, 36
Final oral examination, 35
Language requirement, 35
Interdisciplinary
programs, 39
Qualifying examination, 35
Registration, 36
Residence requirement, 35,
Time limitation, 36
Transfer credit, 36

Engineer Degree, 40
Electrical Engineering, 83
Engineering Management, 119
Executive Council, 12

Faculty, 47

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 43

Fellowships, 44, 45

Appointments to, 45
Doctoral research, 45
Graduate cooperative

research, 44
Research, 44, 45

Fields of study (see also courses)
Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 61
Electrical Engineering, 83

159

160 / INDEX

Industrial Engineering
and Engineering
Management, 119

Mathematics
and Physics, 157

Mechanical

Engineering, 137
Financial Information, 43

Thesis, 31

Time limitations, 32

Transfer credits, 32

Mathematics, 157

Mechanical Engineering, 137

N

Nashua Campus, 23
NDEA Loan Program, 45

Grading System, 28, 29
Graduate and Professional

Schools, 19, 20
Graduate School of Engineering

Fields of study, 51

Registration, 27

Regulations, 25

H

Henderson House, 23

Industrial Engineering and

Engineering Management, 119
Interdisciplinary programs, 39

Admission, 39

Interdisciplinary Committee, 39

L
Loan program, 45

M

Map of campus, 4
Marine Science Institute, 23
Master's degree (see also
fields of study)

Academic classification, 30

Admission, 30

Comprehensive examination, 31

Language requirement, 31

Part-time programs (see also

fields of study), 33
Physics, 157
Programs of study (see also

fields of study), 27

Registration dates, 5, 6

Regulations

For doctor's degree, 34
For master's degree, 30
Graduate division, 25

Research activities, 20

Research fellowships, 44, 45

s

Suburban Campus, 22

T
Tuition, 43
Trustees, 9

U

Undergraduate colleges, 160
University Council, 12
University Graduate Council, 14

W

Warren Center, 23
Withdrawals, 29

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Offering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate
degrees

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied

Health Professions
Lincoln College

Offering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to
associate and baccalaureate degrees

Lincoln College

University College

Tj^TH^m

T^ii

university

Lincoln
College
1973-74

northeastern
university

Lincoln
College
1973-74

Day and Evening Programs in:
aviation technology
engineering technology
science technology

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

eFr^t'*J

Hi^iA^

contents

Page

4 Campus Map

6 Calendar 1973-1974

8 Northeastern University Corporation

10 The Board of Trustees

11 Administrative Organization

13 General University Committees

15 The University

23 Buildings and Facilities

27 Lincoln College Administration

29 The Role and Scope of Lincoln College

31 Programs of Instruction

33 Admissions Information

36 Registration

39 Academic Information

47 Financial Information

52 Student Activities and Alumni Information

57 Academic Programs of Instruction

61 Aviation Technology

67 Civil Engineering Technology

73 Electrical Engineering Technology

81 Mechanical Engineering Technology

88 Interdisciplinary Engineering and Science Programs

92 Bioelectronic Engineering Technology

93 Computer Engineering Technology

94 Control Systems Engineering Technology

89 Chemical-Physical Technology

90 Mathematical-Physical Technology

91 Fire Technology

95 Environmental Control Technology
97 Mechanical-Structural Technology
99 Description of Courses

100 Index to Courses

153 The Lincoln College Faculty

169 Application Form for Further Information

170 Suburban Maps
174 Index

E -5

3 .9}

0DZ_lOuj^< — =°0=

t: — C?<-> <

■p^ — '5 C C d) 0)1/12 15 nj^

Office Hours at Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston

June 25, 1973 — September 4, 1973

Monday-Thursday 8:30 A.M.-8:30 P.M.

Friday 8:30 A.M.-4:30 P.M.

September 4, 1973 — June 14, 1974
Monday-Friday 8:30 A.M.-8:30 P.M.

Program Counseling at Suburban Campus, Burlington

Representatives from the Huntington Avenue Campus will be in attend-
ance during specified dates for guidance and counseling. The bookstore
and the Bursar's Office are open from 8:30 a.m. -8:30 p.m., Monday-Friday,
and 8:30 a.m. -12:00 p.m., Saturday.

Program Counseling at Extensions

Program counselors are available on a regular schedule at Lincoln Col-
lege extensions at: the Wyman Junior High School, Burlington; the North
High School, Framingham; the North High School, Weymouth; the English
High School, Lynn; the Junior High School North, Norwood; and the Nor-
wood Airport, Norwood. Appointments may be arranged by telephoning
the Lincoln College office at 437-2500.

Interviews

Prospective students, or those desiring advice or guidance regarding
any part of the school work or curricula, are encouraged to arrange for
personal interviews. Career planning through competent guidance pro-
vides an understanding of professional requirements and develops that
definiteness of purpose so vital to success. Lincoln College Office is
located at 219 Hayden Hall at the Boston Campus.

Address communications to:

William F. King, Director
Lincoln College
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Telephone 437-2500

1973-1974 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Fall Quarter 1973

FALL REGISTRATION DATES
Boston

Boston
Boston

Burlington

Burlington

Framingham North H.S.
Haverhill H.S.
Lynn English H.S.
Weymouth North H.S.
Norwood Jr. H.S. North

Classes begin
Columbus Day Observed
Veterans Day Observed
Thanksgiving Recess

Final Examination Period

For Fall Quarter
(Reserved For Lost

Snow Days)

5:30-8:30 p.m.

9:00-12 Noon
5:30-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.

12 Noon-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes
No Classes

Classes Begin September 24

Monday-Friday,
September 10-14

Saturday, September 15

Monday— Thursday,
September 17-20

Monday-Thursday,
September 17-20

Tuesday, September 11

Tuesday, September 11 and
Monday, September 17

Monday, September 24
Monday, October 8
Monday, October 22
Thursday— Saturday,
November 22-24

Monday, December 10-
Saturday, December 15

Monday, December 17-
Wednesday, December 19

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

WINTER REGISTRATION DATES

Boston
Burlington

Framingham North H.S.
Haverhill H.S.
Lynn English H.S.
Norwood Jr. H.S. North
Weymouth North H.S.
Christmas Vacation

5:30^-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
No Classes

Winter Quarter Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday No Classes

Observed
Final Examination Period for

Winter Quarter

Classes Begin January 2, 1974

Monday— Friday,

December 10-14
Monday-Thursday,

December 10—13
Monday— Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday and Tuesday,

December 10 and 11
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday and Tuesday,

December 10 and 11
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday, December 17-

Tuesday, January 1
Wednesday, January 2
Monday, February 18

Monday, March 18-
Saturday, March 23

I

ACADEMIC CALENDAR / 7

Spring Quarter 1974

SPRING REGISTRATION DATES

5:30--8:30 p.m.

Boston
Burlington

Framingham North H.S.
Haverhill H.S.
Lynn English H.S.
Norwood Jr. H.S. North
Weymouth North H.S.

5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.

Spring Recess (Or Make Up

Period For Lost Snow Days)
Spring Quarter Begins
Patriot's Day Observed No Classes

Memorial Day Observed No Classes

Final Examination Period

For Spring Quarter
Commencement

Classes Begin April 1, 1974

Monday-Friday,

March 18-22
Monday— Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday-Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday and Tuesday,

March 18 and 19
Monday— Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday and Tuesday,

March 18 and 19
Monday— Thursday,

March 18-21

Monday, March 25-

Saturday, March 30
Monday, April 1
Monday, April 15
Monday, May 27
Tuesday, June 11—
Monday, June 17
Sunday, June 16

Summer Quarter 1974

Classes Begin June 24, 1974

REGISTRATION FOR ENTIRE SUMMER QUARTER
Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Burlington 12 Moon-8:30 p.m.

Classes Begin
Registration for Second Six

Week Term

Boston

Monday-Friday,

June 17-21
Tuesday, June 18
Monday, June 24

Burlington

Independence Day Observed
Labor Day Observed
Final Examination Period
For Summer Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes

Monday, August 5

Monday, August 5

Thursday, July 4
Monday, September 2
Monday, September 9-
Friday, September 13

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity
for all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relation-
ships with students, including evaluation of academic performance, the Univer-
sity insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an
equal opportunity employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any
discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beat
*Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke
*George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham
'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen
*David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

'Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwel!
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
•Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Heliman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
•Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
*John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

*Lawrence H. Martin
*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Don G. Mitchell
Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
'James A. Morton
William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

*Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

*Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
*Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
* Frank L. Richardson
•Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
*Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F.Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
°Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

10

Class of 1975 Class of 1976

Roy H. Beaton Diana J. Auger

F. Gregg Bemis George R. Brown

Louis W. Cabot William R. Driver, Jr.

Byron K. Elliott Harold D. Hodgkinson

Donald B. Guy Robert L. Johnson

Kenneth A. Loftman Mrs. John B. Kenerson
John Lowell (Frances Connins)

Lawrence H. Martin James A. Morton

Augustin H. Parker Amelia Peabody

Francis J. Quirico Thomas L. Phillips

Earl P. Stevenson Robert G. Stone

Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

"Car! S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farwell Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of tlie University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

"President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

11

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Wee President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Wee President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv6 College and

Director of Boston-Bouv6 Graduate Scho(

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of tfie Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the

Executive Vice President
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C.-Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

12

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate Sctiool of
Arts and Sciences
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Healtfi Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library

Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education

Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Director of Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

13

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Grotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Meivin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L Wooldridge

'Catherine L. Allen

Israel Aluf

Joseph E. Barbeau

Conrad P. Caligaris

Robert L. Cord

Alan Cromer

Flora Descenza

F. Andre Favat

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.

Austin W. Fisher, Jr.

Walter Fogg
*James S. Hekimian

Morris Horowitz

Donald M. Jacobs

Conrad Jankowski
'Juanita Long
'Gilbert G. MacDonald
* Meivin Mark

Edward Marshall

The Faculty Senate

Robert Martin
Philip McDonald
Robert W. Miller
Irene Nichols

•John C. O'Byrne
Benjamin M. Rabinovici
John F. Reinhard
J. Spencer Rochefort

•Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan

•Robert A. Shepard
Joseph J. Senna
Kathryn J. Shaffer
Ruth E. Sullivan
Arthur Walker
RoyWeinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
Delaine Williamson

•Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

14

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately
endowed, nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General
Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enactment has
given the University general degree-granting powers. The University is
governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the Northeastern
University Corporation, which is composed of more than 150 distinguished
business and professional men and women.

From its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli-
cated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new
areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964), the College of Criminal Justice (1967), and by Lincoln Col-
lege's Engineering Technology Programs (1971). This educational
method enables students to gain valuable practical experience as an
integral part of their college programs and also provides the means by
which they may contribute substantially to the financing of their educa-
tion. The Plan has been extended to the graduate level in engineering,
mathematics, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration, professional
accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed
to meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been offered
leading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sciences,
engineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and security, and
other areas have been carefully planned to serve mature students who are
employed full time during the day and want to broaden their educational
background by part-time study. All formal courses of study leading to
degrees through evening programs are approved by the Basic College
faculties concerned and are subject to the same quantitative and qualita-
tive standards as the regular day curricula.

15

16 / THE UNIVERSITY

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers four major programs of study: physical
education, recreation education, and health education, both leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education; and physical therapy,
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy.

The combined programs of liberal arts, science, and professional prep-
aration include field experience and student teaching, and leadership
training in camping and outdoor education at the Warren Center for
Physical Education and Recreation in Ashland. In accordance with North-
eastern's Cooperative Plan of Education, students are offered varied op-
portunities for alternate terms of work-study experience during upper-
class years.

The College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the
principal fields of business leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration. These programs are offered on the five-year
Cooperative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical ex-
perience in the fields for which they are preparing as an integral part of
their undergraduate course of study.

The College also sponsors a Management Institute which offers various
special courses for business and industrial executives. One phase of the
Institute's work is carried on by the Center for Management Develop-
ment, which annually conducts an intensive program designed to provide
professional growth for middle-management executives who will ultimately
be called upon to carry broader executive responsibilities. The plan of
instruction, based on a modification of the Northeastern Cooperative
Program, permits the participants to maintain their job responsibilities
during the six-month period of the course. The Management Development
Program is conducted at Andover, Massachusetts, on the campus of
Andover Academy.

College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice offers full-time day curricula on the
Cooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science.

The College of Education

The College of Education offers programs leading to the degree of Bach-
elor of Science in Education. These are designed particularly to meet the
needs of high school graduates who desire to prepare themselves for
teaching or administrative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
Curricula are offered on the five-year Cooperative Plan, which provides for
employment in libraries, social service agencies, and school systems.

THE UNIVERSITY / 17

The College of Engineering

The College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative curricula in civil,
mechanical, electrical, chennical, and industrial engineering leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to the en-
gineering department in which the student qualifies. The College also
offers a general engineering program awarding an unspecified Bachelor
of Science degree where the student has the opportunity to design his
own program with his career objectives in mind. A six-year program in
power systems engineering in collaboration with public utilities leads to
both the bachelor's and master's degree in electrical engineering. During
evening hours are part-time programs leading to the Bachelor of Science
degrees in Electrical Engineering and Civil Engineering. These programs
extend over eight years, cover the identical courses given in the day
cooperative curriculum, and meet the same qualitative and quantitative
standards of scholarship.

The College of Liberal Arts

The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the arts and sciences leading
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. With the exception of preprofessional
programs, curricula are normally five years in length and operate on the
Cooperative Plan.

Lincoln College

Lincoln College offers engineering technology programs leading to the
Associate in Engineering, the Associate in Science, and the Bachelor of
Engineering Technology degrees. These programs are made available as:

(a) A full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology (B.E.T.) in
Mechanical or Electrical Engineering.

(b) A part-time evening program including pre-technology prepara-
tory courses and degree programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering (A.E.); and the Bachelor of Engineering Technol-
ogy (B.E.T.) in Civil, Mechanical, or Electrical Engineering. The
Associate in Science degree may be earned in the Mathematical,
Physical, and Chemical Sciences.

The day B.E.T. program is designed to meet the needs of the high
school graduate or the student transferring from a community college
or technical institute and who desires the full time day curricula on the
Northeastern Cooperative plan.

In addition to its traditional curricula, Lincoln College Evening School
offers interdisciplinary and certificate programs providing technological
and professional development opportunities to meet special needs of the
part-time student. These programs are designed to provide trained people

18 / THE UNIVERSITY

for ready assimilation by the engineering field and to prepare students for
the challenge of interfacing technology and society.

Recognizing the increasing need for higher levels of technical efficiency
in firefighters, Lincoln College, in collaboration with local firefighting
agencies, has designed a part-time evening program leading to an Associ-
ate in Science degree in Fire Technology. The curriculum includes a
broad spectrum of those science technologies which are basic in coping
with the firefighting problems attendant to the complexities of today's
society.

The College of Nursing

The College of Nursing offers two separate and distinct programs of
study, both organized on the Cooperative Plan:

(a) A three-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations
leading to the Associate in Science degree.

(b) A five-year curriculum also preparing students for the R.N. Exami-
nations, and leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Nursing.

Five of Boston's leading hospitals — Beth Israel, Children's Hospital
Medical Center, New England Deaconess, Peter Bent Brigham, and Massa-
chusetts General — collaborate with Northeastern by providing suitable
cooperative work opportunities during the upper-class years of these
programs.

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers five-year
cooperative curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Pharmacy, and to the Bachelor of Science degree with majors in medical
laboratory science (medical technology or cytotechnology), medical
record administration, and management in health care agencies and
institutions. Associate degree programs are offered in medical laboratory
science, respiratory therapy, and dental hygiene. The College has aca-
demic responsibility and, in cooperation with the medical schools and
teaching hospitals in the Boston area, offers the professional program
for physician assistants.

University College

University College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the
other colleges of the University, offers part-time programs in Liberal Arts,
Business Administration, Law Enforcement, Education, and Health, lead-
ing to the Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science degrees, it does
not duplicate the offerings of the day college, but provides curricula which
cut across traditional subject-matter areas to meet the particular needs of
adult students. Students may pursue a degree or simply take courses,
based on needs and interests, up to a total of forty quarter hours of credit.
Courses are offered in Boston as well as at Burlington, Framingham,
Lynn, Haverhill, Weymouth, and several other convenient locations.

THE UNIVERSITY / 19

Adult Day Programs refers to University College courses that are offered
Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., to meet the needs of
adults with family or other obligations who wish to engage in part-time
study during the day. In addition to the daytime offering of regular Uni-
versity College credit courses, Adult Day Programs also offers daytime
workshops and conferences, sometimes over weekends, with the option
for credit. Adult Day Programs are offered primarily on the Boston and
Burlington campuses, with a limited number of courses offered at other
off-campus locations.

Students may enroll as degree candidates or elect single courses ap-
propriate to their needs and interests. Courses are scheduled in the day
and evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and
other off-campus locations near Boston.

GRADUATE SCHOOLS
Actuarial Science

Master of Science in Actuarial Science.

Arts and Sciences

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English,
history, political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthropology.
The Master of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry, mathe-
matics, and physics. The Master of Science in Health Science and the
Master of Public Administration degrees are also offered. In addition,
there are programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in biology,
chemistry, economics, mathematics, physics, psychology, and sociology.

Boston-Bouve College

Master of Science in Physical Education and Master of Science in
Recreation Education.

Business Administration

^ Master of Business Administration.

Education

Master of Education, and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

Engineering

Master of Science with course specification, including a special six-year
program in Power Systems Engineering leading to both bachelor's and
master's degrees in Electrical Engineering; a similar six-year program in
Mechanical Engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's degrees;
the Master of Science degree in Civil Engineering; master's degrees in
the fields of Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management; the
i professional Engineer degree in Electrical Engineering; the Doctor of
: Engineering degree in Chemical Engineering; and the Ph.D. degree in the
fields of Electrical, Chemical, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering. In addi-
tion, the intermediate degree of Engineer is offered.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

Law

The School of Law offers a full-time program of professional instruc-
tion leading to the degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.). The three-year curriculum
includes twelve months of experience in law offices. There are no courses
for part-time or evening students.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Master of Science with specialization in Hospital Pharmacy, Industrial
Pharmacy, Medical Chemistry, Pharmacology, Medical Laboratory
Science, and Doctor of Philosophy in Medical Chemistry.

Professional Accounting

A five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in
Accounting.

Some of these programs are offered on the Cooperative Plan;
others provide teaching and research fellowships for able candi-
dates. The graduate schools are under the jurisdiction of the
basic college deans.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. Its
programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a
wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. The Divi-
sion of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade associations
and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with
current needs and problems. Through its Division of Community Services,
working with governmental agencies and community organizations, the
Center is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the
local and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

OFFICE OF EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES

"The Office of Educational Resources exists to provide (1) facilities and
services that enhance student learning, (2) instructional services and
equipment that assist faculty in providing efficient and effective instruc-
tion, and (3) research and development directed toward the ultimate im-
plementation of empirically tested instructional systems and innovations.
The Instructional Systems Analysis Group, a Special Projects Group, and
three divisions — Programmed Learning, Instructional Media, Instructional
Communications — carry out the objectives. Of particular student interest

THE UNIVERSITY / 21

is the Center for Programmed Study located in 211 Dodge. There, students
study courses taught via self-instructional programs, use programs to
supplement course work, fulfill course prerequisite requirements, persue
remedial or review knowledge, or study just for fun. Each student's activity
and progress is constantly monitored; faculty assist when content prob-
lems arise. Also of note is the Instructional Materials Information Center
which provides a central facility and clearinghouse concerning state-of-the-
art information on educational technology and innovations; and houses in-
structional materials from preschool through graduate levels such as texts,
programs, activity boxes, slides, filmstrips, illustrations, motion pictures,
laboratory kits, simulations, models, video and audio tapes, teacher's
manuals, curriculum guides, research reports, standardized tests and
other instructional support materials."

DAY PROGRAMS FOR ADULTS

These programs were developed to meet the needs of adults who wish
to engage in part-time study during the day only. Non-credit courses and
undergraduate and graduate degree programs are offered at the Boston
and Burlington campuses. Included are courses from the Graduate School
of Education, the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, University Col-
lege, and the Center for Continuing Education. A Human Relations and
Adult Counseling Program is also offered.

AFFILIATED PROGRAMS

For Dental Hygienists

The Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a two-year program
of dental hygiene education and general education in cooperation with
Northeastern University. Graduates of the program receive the Certificate
in Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in Science
from Northeastern University. After receiving the Associate degree,
students may pursue the Bachelor of Science degree from University Col-
lege on a part-time basis.

Aviation Technology

Lincoln College, in collaboration with Wiggins Airways, Inc., conducts
full-time day programs in Aviation Technology in which the student earns
the Associate in Science degree and may become licensed by the Federal
Aviation Administration with commercial, instrument, and instructors
pilot ratings.

Medical Record Science

The University, in affiliation with several area hospitals, offers a
three-year program leading to certification in Medical Records Science for
students who already hold a bachelor's degree and wish to qualify for the
professional examination leading to registration as a record librarian.

22 / THE UNIVERSITY

For Medical Technologists and Cytotechnologists

In cooperation with the New England Baptist and the New England
Deaconess Hospitals, Northeastern University offers a full-time day pro-
gram on the Cooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science.

Bachelor of Science degree programs in Medical Technology and Cyto-
technology are offered on a part-time basis by University College in
cooperation with several approved hospital schools.

For Nurses

Northeastern University offers instruction in the sciences, humanities,
and social studies for student nurses from the New England Deaconess
and Children's Hospital Medical Center Schools of Nursing.

Physician Assistant

In cooperation with the Massachusetts Medical Society, Northeastern
offers an 18-month program for the primary care physician assistant.
Clinical rotations, supplemental to courses taken on campus, take place
at Boston-area hospitals.

For Radiologic Technologists

University College in collaboration with over 50 A.M. A. accredited Hos-
pital Schools of Radiologic Technology located in the New England area
conducts a program leading to certification as a registered Radiologic
Technologist (R.T.) and the Associate in Science degree.

For Respiratory Therapists

This program is conducted by University College and the College of
Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions in affiliation with local hospitals.

buildings and facilities

Location of Main Campus

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hunting-
ton Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's famous
cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated in the
Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, Horticul-
tural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard teaching
hospitals, and many schools and colleges. Most are within walking dis-
tance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan Inter-
national Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intra-
state lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-subur-
ban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motorists, the
best coutes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and
Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the main
educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. The prin-
cipal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, are of
glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are interconnected by
underground passageways.

Carl S. Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation
and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating
capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special drama
facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student
offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than 1,000.

The University Library

The Dodge Library is the main library on the Boston campus and
maintains an open-stack system. Bound volumes in the library system ex-
ceed 280,000, and microform titles, 356,000. Collections are located in
these areas:

1. The general collection in the book stacks as indicated by the classi-
fication number given in the upper left corner of the catalog card.

23

24 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

2. The reference collection in the Cabot Reading Room to the left of
the circulation desk, which includes bibliographies, maps, company
publications, the pamphlet file, and association publications. Theses,
under the supervision of the Reference Dept., housed in the base-
ment and should be requested in the Reference Room.

3. The periodical collection on the basement level, housed in the
Periodical Room, consisting of current periodicals, periodical in-
dexes and abstracts, with 2 stack levels adjacent for back files of
bound volumes.

4. The reserve book collection on the second floor.

5. The foreign literature collections in the Webster Reading Room
to the right of the circulation desk. Trade bibliographies also
located here.

6. The collections of fine arts, philosophy, psychology, religion, and
education housed in the Richardson Room on the second floor.
The audio facility for spoken and music recordings and magnetic
tapes for instructional and individual use also located in this room.

7. The American and English literature collections in the Literature
Reading Room.

8. Government documents maintained on the basement level adjacent
to the Periodical Room, along with the microtext collection. This
collection includes 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and
microfiche forms.

There are also book catalogs of the collections in the library at Nor-
wood Airport, Math/ Psych Library, Chemistry Library, and in both the
Documents and Reserve Book Rooms. There is an information desk in
the Reserve Book Room to assist people in using the card catalog during
the day.

The circulation dept. has a printed list of all materials charged out,
which may be consulted by all users. To borrow materials. University
identification must be presented. For extensive research, where the Uni-
versity Library does not have the material, application should be made to
the Inter-Library Loan Librarian for materials needed from other libraries.
Information service is available in this department in the evenings.

Library Hours — Boston Campus

Monday — Thursday 7:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

Friday 7:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m.

Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

Sunday & Holidays 1:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 25

The Reference Room and the reading rooms on the second floor are
open until 11:00 p.m., Monday-Thursday and until 10:00 p.m. on Friday.

The University Library System includes three graduate libraries in the
Division of Research. Physics-electrical engineering is housed in 325
Dana Research Center. Mathematics-psychology is housed on the fifth
floor of the United Realty Building and chemistry is located on the first
floor of Hurtig Hall.

Library Hours — Suburban Campus, Burlington

Monday — Friday 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
Saturday 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the best
equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an athletic
cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative
offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education De-
partment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, and
shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college library,
community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music rooms,
recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms, conference
room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research laboratory.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES

Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and 3
in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees,
special programs for adults, and non-credit state-of-the-art programs are
offered.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

26 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

Warren Center

The Warren Center for Physical Education and Recreation in Ashland,
Massachusetts, serves as a year-round outdoor laboratory for students in
Boston-Bouve College. There are facilities for conferences, special educa-
tion in arts and crafts, and sports, including aquatics. Buildings include
a lodge, cottages, and an infirmary.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, about 20 miles
northeast of Boston, is a research and instruction facility primarily en-
gaged in studies of marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is
operated the year around.

lincoln college
administration

Administrative Officers

William F. King, B.S., M.S., P.E.

Director

Jacob Wiren, B.S., M.S., P.E. Mollis S. Baird

Assistant Director Assistant to tiie Director

OtisF. Cushman, B.S., M.S.

Assistant Director

Student Counselling Staff

Mollis S. Baird
Administrative Coordinator

Robert J. Averill, B.S., M.S. Roderick W. Sommers, B.S., M.Ed.

Philip W. Dunphy, B.S., M.Ed. Richard E. Sprague, B.S., B.B.A.,
Charles F. Field, B.S., M.Ed. M.B.A., Ed.M.

George K. Howe, B.S., M.Ed. Jacob Wiren, B.S., M.S., P.E.

Philip R. McCabe, B.S., Ed.M. Kenneth S. Woodard, B.S.

Committee on Regulations and Discipline

William F. King, Cliairman

Mollis S. Baird Otis F. Cushman

Kenneth S. Woodard Kenneth W. Ballou

Kenneth C. Solano President, Adult Student Council

Academic Standing Committee

Otis F. Cushman, Cliairman

Mollis S. Baird Jacob Wiren

William F. King Kenneth S. Woodard

Academic Advisory Council

William F. King, Chairman

Jacob Wiren, Vice Chairman

Mollis S. Baird, Secretary

Leroy M. Cahoon Ernest E. Mills

Laurence F. Cleveland Louis J. Nardone

Otis F. Cushman Thomas H. Wallace

Edward M. Cook Kenneth S. Woodward
Robert S. Lang

27

28 / LINCOLN COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION

Curriculum Advisory Committee

William F. King, B.S., M.S., P.E.

(Academic Administration)

Chairman

Jacob Wiren, B.S., M.S., P.E.

Vice Chairman

Otis F. Cushman, B.S., M.S.

Secretary

Professor Mollis S. Baird

Robert J. Averill, B.S., M.S.

(Circuit Theory)
Fred E. Bellows, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

(Aviation Technology)
Edward Bobroff, B.M.E., P.E. (Mass)

(Calculus)
Eugene G. Branca, S.B., S.M.

(Basic Mathematics)
Franklyn K. Brown, B.S., Ed.M.

(Production Drawing and Design)
Leroy M. Cahoon, B.S. in C.E., M.S.,

P.E. (Mass)

(Civil Engineering Technology)
BruceB. Claflin, A.B., M.S.

(Calculus)
Laurence F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S.,

P.E. (Mass)

(Electrical Engineering

Technology)
John J. Cochrane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

P.E. (Mass, N.Y., Vt.)

(Environmental Technology)
Edward M. Cook, A.B., A.M.

(Mathematics)
Warren C. Dean, A.B., M.A.

(Differential Equations)
Paul A. Dunkerley, B.S., S.M.,

P.E. (Mass)

(Fluid Mechanics)
William D. Finan, A.B., M.A.

(Introductory Mathematics)
John L. Freedman, B.S., P.E. (Mass)

(Electronics)
David Goldberg, B.S., M.S.

(Electrical and Electronic

Graphics)
Arthur F. Gustus, B.S., Ed.M.

(Physics)
Francis R. Hankard, B.S., M.A.

(Physics)

Joseph J. Hansen, A.B., M.B.A.

(Business Mathematics)
George C. Harrison

(Pulse Circuits & Elect. Labs.)
Gary M. Keighley, B.S.

(Flight School)
George F. Kent, B.S., M.S.,

P.E. (Mass)

(Materials)
Roberts. Lang, B.S., Ed.M.

(Graphics and Computation)
Demetre P. Ligor, B.S.E.E., P.E.

(Mass) (Particles and Waves)
Walter Messcher, B.M.E., M.S.

(Computer Programming)
Ernest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., P.E.

(Mass) (Mechanical Engineering

Technology)
Louis J. Nardone, B.S., M.S.

(Day B.E.T. Coordinator —

Electrical)
Bernard C. Reddy, B.S., Ed.M.

(Introductory Physics)
Ralph W. Sexton, B.S., M.S., P.E.

(Mass) (Mechanical Engineering

Laboratory)
Harold M. Sharaf, B.S., M.S.

(Communications Engineering)
Matthew Stevens, B.S.

(Radiologic Technology)
Thomas H. Wallace, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

(Physics)
Willard B. Whittemore, B.S., in C.E.,

Ed.M.,C.A.G.S.

(Algebra and Trigonometry)
Albert G. Wilson, Jr., B.S. in C.E.,

M.S., P.E. (Mass),S.E. (Illinois)

(Mechanics and Dynamics)

Office Staff

Rasma Galins, Administrative Secretary
Marilyn Alfonsi, Secretary of Records
Mary L. Tangney, Secretary
Doris S. Totora, Secretary
Rebbecca Silverman, Receptionist

I

the role and scope of
lincoln college

Purpose

Lincoln College is charged with the responsibility for developing and
offering college-level courses and curricula of an applied-science or tech-
nological nature. Its purpose is to assist professional personnel, quali-
fied to deal with the applications and uses of the biological, natural, and
physical sciences, in better meeting community needs. The programs of
study conducted by the College have in common the following purposes
and characteristics:

1. The programs of instruction prepare the graduate for activities
allied to the fields of engineering, science, or medicine, but are
more specialized than those required to prepare a person for full
professional responsibilities.

2. The programs of instruction are more concise and more completely
technological in content than professional curricula, though they
are concerned with the same general fields of scientific, engineer-
ing, industrial, or clinical specialization.

3. The programs of instruction are based upon principles of science,
and include post-secondary-school mathematics to provide the tools
to achieve the technological objectives of the curricula.

4. Emphasis is placed upon the use of rational processes in con-
verting theories and ideas into practical techniques, procedures,
and products.

5. Extensive training for artisanship or craftsmanship is not included
within the scope of the technological education programs.

6. Graduates from the associate degree programs have opportuni-
ties for educational work leading to the Bachelor of Engineering
Technology and Bachelor of Science degrees.

Technology and the Technologist

Scientific and technological skills range over a very broad spec-
trum extending all the way from extremely simple craftsmanlike activity

29

30 / ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE

to highly complex and abstract activity. At one end of the spectrum is
the professional whose work is mostly theoretical in character. He
studies, reasons, and visualizes how new knowledge may be used in the
development of solutions to technical problems. Usually he is not com-
pletely knowledgeable of the detailed procedures used by the skilled
craftsman who executes the ideas, procedures, and designs.

The technologist is the pivot-man on the professional-technologist-
craftsman team. He works with the professional engineer, scientist, doc-
tor, supervisor, and craftsman in converting knowledge of scientific
theories and practical craftsmanship into products, procedures, and tech-
niques. His responsibilities are technologically important — professional
opportunities are limited only by ambition, ability, and education.

When employed in research, design, or development, the technologist
usually acts as direct supporting personnel to the professionals. If he i
functions in a capacity related to production, operation, testing or control,
he usually follows a course prescribed by a professional but may not work
closely under his direction. If installation, maintenance, or sales are his
areas of responsibility, he is frequently performing a task that would I
otherwise have to be performed by the professional. He thereby assumes i
the more routine professional functions demanded by our increasingly ■
scientific and technical society.

In executing his functions, the technologist is required to use a high
degree of rational thinking, to employ post-secondary school mathematics
and the principles of the biological, natural, and physical sciences. The
skilled technologist works with his mind as well as his hands. He con- ^
siders why things work as well as how things work. To perform his func-
tions efficiently, the technologist must effectively communicate technical
and scientific information mathematically, graphically, and linguistically.

The Need for Technologists

Our present technological age, with its exploding accumulation of new
information and discoveries in the physical, natural, and life sciences, has
increased the need for people with specialized training in science and
technology. Experts have recently estimated that in order to meet expand-
ing needs, the number of students graduating from the nation's profes-
sional schools must double — a goal which is improbable in the near
future.

The most reasonable alternative is to make our professional manpower
most efficient by providing assistance in the form of specially trained tech-
nologists. Manpower experts believe that the present ratio of less than
one technologist to each professional should ideally be nearer five to one.

Opportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for
any other occupational group — a 50 per cent increase is expected in the
next five years. More than 200,000 technologists will be needed each
year, whereas schools now graduate only 50,000 per year. The tech-

ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE / 31

nologist's employment opportunities are varied and much demanded in
health and public service organizations; atomic energy and electric power
industries; metal fabricating industries; local, state, and federal govern-
ment agencies; the armed forces; aerospace industries; chemical, petro-
leum, plastics, and metal industries, as well as transportation and com-
munication industries.

PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Recognizing the growing need for technicians and technologists and
their expanding role in modern society, Lincoln College offers Pre-Tech-
nology Preparatory Courses and degree programs leading to the Associate
in Engineering (A.E.); Associate in Science (A.S.); and Bachelor of Engi-
neering Technology (B.E.T.) as follows:

Pre-Technology

Introductory Mathematics, Basic Mathematics, Physics, and

English pages 58-59

Reading-Improvement Program (non-credit) page 59

Programmed Instruction Review Courses (non-credit) page 60

Aviation Technology

Aviation Technology (A.S. degree) — 2 years days page 63

Aviation Technology (A.S. degree) — 4 years evenings page 65

Civil Engineering Technology

Environmental Engineering (A.E. degree) page 68

Structural Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 69

Surveying and Highway Engineering Technology

(A.E. degree) page 70

Civil Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 71-72

Electrical Engineering Technology

Electrical Power Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 74

Electronics Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 75

Electrical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 76-78

Electrical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 79-80

(Day Cooperative Curriculum)

Mechanical Engineering Technology

Mechanical Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 82

Heat Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 83

Mechanical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 84-85

Mechanical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 86-87

(Day Cooperative Curriculum)

32 / ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE

Interdisciplinary Science and Engineering Technology Programs

Chemical-Physical Technology (A.S. degree) page 89

Mathematical-Physical Technology (A.S. degree) page 90

Fire Technology (A.S. degree) page 91

Bioelectronic Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 92

Computer Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 93

Control Systems Engineering Technology (Certificate) page 94

Environmental Control Technology (B.E.T. degree) page 95-96

Mechanical-Structural Engineering (B.E.T. degree) page 97

admissions information

ADMISSION

The Student Body

The student body of Lincoln College is composed of recent high school
graduates and mature men or women. Most students are employed in
industry with vocational experience ranging from very little for the recent
secondary school graduate to as much as 20 or 30 years for individuals
seeking increased professional responsibility and status. Many technical
career categories are represented — industrial, engineering, scientific,
and allied-medical — demonstrating that, in our increasingly complex
society, the key to personal advancement is education.

Academic Background

A firm knowledge of the fundamentals of mathematics and science is
the foundation upon which successful achievements in the more advanced
technological courses are built.

Applicants to Lincoln College are, in many cases, mature adults who,
although they have experience in industry or previous education,
have been away from formal study for some time and, therefore, have
doubts concerning their study habits and their algebra, geometry, and
science proficiency. Those who anticipate some difficulty in adjusting to
the first-year course requirements are advised to give very serious con-
sideration to enrolling in non-credit courses in introductory mathematics,
introductory physics, and /or introductory chemistry. These courses are
designed to develop adequate background for the basic courses in the
degree programs.

Program Counseling

Career planning through self-analysis and professional counseling
assists students in planning educational programs appropriate to their ob-
jectives. Entering students are encouraged to arrange for personal in-
terviews with Lincoln College program counselors for assistance in plan-
ning their academic programs. Counselors are available by appointment

33

34 / ADMISSIONS INFORMATION

at the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston; the Suburban Campus; Burl-
ington; the North High School, Framingham; the Weymouth North High
School, Weymouth; the Norwood Junior High School North, Norwood;
Norwood Airport, Norwood; and the Lynn English High School, Lynn. Stu-
dents are encouraged to present records of prior education whenever
possible. The effectiveness of the counseling review is greatly enhanced
by this information. The University, through its Counseling and Testing
Center and its Career Information Center, is also prepared to assist appli-
cants whose educational and vocational goals are more complex or less
firmly defined.

Application for Admission

Applications for the programs of study offered in the Lincoln College are
accepted for admission to the Fall (September), Winter (January), Spring
(March), and Summer (June) Quarters. Applications should be filed as
early as possible in advance of the opening of the quarter for which the
student desires to register in order that eligibility and status may be
established.

Information concerning admission may be obtained either by writing to
Lincoln College or by requesting it at the time of visiting the College. The
application for admission should be completed in detail and submitted
to Lincoln College, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115.

All inquiries relative to the Day Cooperative programs should be re-
ferred to the Day College Admissions office 150 Richards Hall. See pages
79-80 and 86-87.

Mathematics Placement Test

Applicants requesting admission to regular first-year mathematics are
required to demonstrate proficiency in introductory or basic mathematics
through the Lincoln College Mathematics Placement Test. Students who
request enrollment in the non-credit Introductory Mathematics course are
not required to take the test. The Mathematics Placement Test will be
administered during the registration period for each term of instruction
at the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston; the Suburban Campus, Burl-
ington. The Mathematics Placement Test will be administered on selected
dates at the North High School, Framingham; the Weymouth High School,
Weymouth; the Lynn English High School, Lynn; and the Norwood Junior
High School North, Norwood. In addition, the test is administered during
the summer months. Contact the Lincoln College Office, 219 Hayden
Hall, at the Boston Campus (437-2500).

Students who demonstrate satisfactory proficiency in the test will be
permitted to register for the first-year courses in the program of their
choice. To enroll in Engineering Physics (11.317) the student may need
to take Introductory Physics.

If need for a strengthening of mathematical background is indicated,
the applicant will be assigned to the Introductory Mathematics course.

ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 35

Students enrolling in Introductory Mathematics may fill out their schedule
by enrolling in Introductory Physics, Introductory Chemistry, or Engineer-
ing Graphics.

In every case the student should carefully consider his combined work
and study load and register only for those courses which contribute to the
development of a firm knowledge of fundamentals and which enable him
to adjust to academic study requirements.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

Applicants who have filed an Application for Admission and who are
approved by the Lincoln College Academic Standing Committee are
admitted as: (1) Regular Students or (2) Degree Candidates.

Special Students

A student is enrolled as a "special student" unless he has formally
declared himself as a degree candidate and identified the program in
which he wishes enrollment.

Matriculation

Degree candidates must petition for a review of their academic record
when they have completed a minimum of forty quarter-hours of work in
Lincoln College.

This review will assure that the student has:

1. Attained a satisfactory quality point average.

2. Presented evidence of completion of an accredited secondary
school program by submission of a transcript of record or a high
school equivalency certificate.

3. Demonstrated acceptable levels of ability and achievement in 15
units* of secondary school and/ or collegiate work as follows:

Verbal Communication 4 units

Mathematics and Computation 3 units

Science and Technology 3 units

Other 5 units

4. The Academic Standing Committee may require a student to take
one or more aptitude or interest tests if his credentials or aca-
demic record fail to completely satisfy the criteria for probable
academic success. These tests will be administered by the Uni-
versity Counselling and Testing Center. A fee is charged for these
tests.

*A unit represents a year's work in a subject at an approved secondary school, community
college, junior college, technical institute or university.

36 / ADMISSIONS INFORMATION

TRANSFER STUDENTS AND ADVANCED STANDING CREDITS

Students transferring from community colleges, junior colleges, tech-
nical institutes, or other colleges and universities may transfer applicable
credits toward the degree requirements of Lincoln College.

Students admitted with transfer or advanced standing credits from an-
other institution must meet the requirements for admission as set forth
under the regulations applicable to regular students. Advanced standing
in the Lincoln College may be obtained by (1) Transfer of Credits or
(2) Proficiency Examination.

Transfer of Credits

Subject to the approval of the Academic Standing Committee credits
may be awarded for academic work completed in other approved schools,
colleges, or universities if the following criteria are met: (a) the content
of the course being submitted is equivalent to that of the corresponding
course in the Lincoln College; (b) the average grade achieved in the
course submitted is "C" or higher, and (c) the remoteness of the time of
study does not negate its use as a prerequisite for an advanced course.

Applicants desiring advanced standing credit by transfer should indi-
cate this desire at the time of filing the application for admission. The
applicant should request the Registrar of the institutions of previous
attendance to mail an official transcript to the Lincoln College Office.

Proficiency Examinations

Applicants who do not meet all the criteria for the normal transfer of
credits, but who are able to supply evidence of sufficient knowledge of a
subject as a result of previous training or experience, may petition the
Academic Standing Committee for the privilege of taking a Proficiency
Examination. If satisfactory proficiency is indicated by the examination,
advanced standing credits may be awarded or a substitute course may
be recommended.

Readmission

Former students, who seek readmission to continue a program of
study after having withdrawn from the College for a period of time, may
be required to repeat courses which are prerequisites to advanced work.

REGISTRATION
Registration for Courses

Completion of admission requirements does not constitute official
registration for courses. All students must be properly registered before
attending classes. Registrations are processed by the Registrar's Office
during the official registration periods. Former students should ascertain
completion of prerequisite courses before registration. Students may
register for full-year sequences of courses during the official registration
periods. They are urged to register as early as possible in order to obtain
the desired class schedule.

I

ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 37

Changes in Registration

Changes in program should be initiated before the opening day of
classes during the official registration periods.

Official Registration Periods

Official registration periods are scheduled before the Fall, Winter,
Spring, and Summer Quarters during the academic year. Students are
urged to register as early as possible during these periods. Dates of
registration periods for each quarter are listed in the official 1972-1973
Academic Calendar (See pages 6 and 7).

Withdrawal

Simply ceasing to attend classes or notifying the instructor does not
constitute official withdrawal from a course. To withdraw officially from
a course, the student must notify the Registrar's Office in writing or com-
plete the appropriate withdrawal form. Properly registered students who
do not attend one of the first three sessions in any course will be auto-
matically withdrawn from the class roll.

Courses in Other Departments of the University

Lincoln College students assigned to courses in other departments of
the University are charged the tuition rates and other fees effective in the
departments in which they are enrolled.

academic information

ACADEMIC OPERATIONS

Campuses and Extensions

All courses are offered at the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston, with
some courses available at the Suburban Campus or Wyman Jr. High
School, Burlington; and at North High School, Framingham; English High
School, Lynn; North High School, Weymouth; Norwood Junior High
School North, Norwood; and for Aviation Technology students at the
Norwood Airport, Norwood.

The Quarter Calendar

The regular school year, from September to June, is divided into three
quarters of 13 weeks each. Twelve weeks are scheduled for instruction
and final examinations with one week available for make-up classes or
vacation time. A limited program of courses is offered during the summer
quarter.

Class Sessions

At the Huntington Avenue Campus, lecture periods consist of one hour
and forty-minute sessions beginning at 6:30 p.m. or 8:20 p.m. each
weekday and at 9:00 a.m. or 10:50 a.m. on Saturdays. At the Suburban
Campus, and Wyman Junior High School, Burlington; North High Schools,
Framingham and Weymouth; Lynn English High School, Lynn; Norwood
Junior High School North, Norwood; and Norwood Airport, Norwood.
Lecture periods begin at 6 or 8 o'clock each evening; day sessions at
Norwood Airport begin at 8 o'clock each morning. Design and laboratory
courses are of longer duration and may occupy a full evening. All labo-
ratory courses are conducted on the Huntington Avenue Campus.

Course Work

All of the usual methods of instruction are employed — lectures, home
assignments, class projects, laboratory work, irregularly scheduled
quizzes, and formal examinations. In addition, mid-course examinations
are scheduled in most courses and a final examination is required at the
completion of all courses. Students are responsible for fulfilling all the
requirements of a course. In the event of absence, students must make
appropriate arrangements for makeup with the instructor. Students must
follow the procedures outlined below for makeup of missed mid-term or
final examinations.

38

ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 39

Student Study Areas

The UNIVERSITY LIBRARY is well equipped with technical literature.
A detailed statement about its facilities and hours appears on pages 24
and 25.

The privilege of obtaining books from the Boston Public Library is ex-
tended to students of Lincoln College. Application for this privilege,
which involves a fee, should be made directly to the Boston Public Library.

Additional study areas are available in the Ell Student Center Building.

Attendance

Students absent from regularly scheduled sessions in any subject, for
whatever reason, may seriously jeopardize their academic progress and
status. Students are expected to be in attendance at all the sessions
scheduled in their courses. Excessive absence may be sufficient cause
for the Registrar to remove the subject(s) from the student's schedule.

Withdrawal

Simply ceasing to attend classes or notifying the instructor does not
constitute official withdrawal from a course. To withdraw officially from
a course, the student must notify the Registrar's Office or complete the
appropriate withdrawal form.

The Registrar will withdraw the student from a course who:

1. Does not attend one of the first three classes at the beginning of
a 12 week quarter.

2. Does not attend one of the first two classes at the beginning of a
summer term.

MAKEUP EXAMINATIONS

Mid-course Examinations

A student absent from a regularly scheduled mid-course examination
or quiz may request permission to take a makeup examination. This is
a privilege which may be denied if abused by an excessive number of
petitions or for other reasons.

Students applying for makeup examinations must:

1. Request from the instructor permission to take the midterm exam-
ination or quiz.

2. The instructor will forward the examination to the Lincoln College
Office for processing.

Makeup mid-term examinations and quizzes will be given on a Satur-
day at 9:00 a.m. in a designated room at the Huntington Avenue Campus
according to the following schedule:

40 / ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Examination

Date

Missed During

Scheduled

Fall Quarter

Dec. 1, 1973

Winter Quarter

March 9, 1974

Spring Quarter

Junes, 1974

Summer Terms

In course

Any student who does not take the makeup examination as scheduled
will forfeit the makeup privilege.

Missed Final Examinations

If a student is absent from a final examination, he will receive a grade
of "I" (Incomplete) in the course. He may petition for a makeup final
examination at the Registrar's Office, 120 Hayden Hall.

A student does not automatically have the right to make up a missed
final examination. Students must petition for this privilege. If the peti-
tion is granted, the student must pay a fee of $5.00 for taking the special
final examination. Petitions may be obtained from the Registrar's Office
or in each off-campus Administration Office. Petitions for missed finals
must be filed in accordance with the schedule listed below:

Final Examination

File Petition

Date

Missed During

No Later Than

Scheduled

Fall Quarter

January 19, 1973

February 9, 1974

Winter Quarter

April 20, 1973

May 18, 1974

Spring Quarter

July 13, 1973

August 17, 1974

Summer Quarter

October 5, 1973

November 2, 1974

Students will be notified by mail when and where to take the missed
final examination. All examinations will be administered on the Boston
Campus. Those who do not take makeup final examinations as scheduled
forfeit the makeup privilege.

ACADEMIC STANDARDS

The student is required to maintain appropriate levels of academic
achievement in terms of grades, quality-point average, and the quantita-
tive credit requirements of his program of study to satisfy academic
progress criteria and achieve graduation from Lincoln College.

Grading System

The following system of grading is used. The numerical equivalent for
each grade is in parentheses.

A (4.0) — Outstanding
B (3.0) — Good
C (2.0) — Satisfactory
D (1.0) — Poor

F (0.0) — Failure
I ( — ) — Incomplete
L Audit (No Credit)
* Grade not received

ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 41

A general average of "D" is unacceptable and will not allow a student
to continue in Lincoln College or to receive a degree from Northeastern
University. The "F" grade is a definite failure. The standard procedure
for clearing failures in courses offered in Lincoln College is to repeat the
course. In some instances circumstances may warrant amending the
standard procedure. These circumstances are described in the Student
Handbook for day students and the evening school Student Information
Guide. An I or X (incomplete) grade is used for a temporary grade to show
that the student has not completed the course requirements.

Auditing Policy

Students are permitted to audit courses upon filing the usual regis-
tration forms and paying the regular tuition fees. There is no reduction
in fees for auditing. An auditor may participate in class discussion, com-
plete papers and projects and take tests and examinations for informal
evaluation, if desired. However, regardless of the amount or quality of
work completed, no academic credit will be granted at any time for courses
audited.

Grade Reports

Grades are mailed to the student by the Registrar and will not be given
out at the office of either the Registrar or Lincoln College. Under no cir-
cumstances will grades be given over the telephone.

Quality-Point Average

The quality points earned by the student in a given course are deter-
mined on the basis of the letter-grade achieved and the number of credit
hours carried by the course. The total quality points earned divided by
the total number of credit hours constitute the quality-point average.

1. When the student has more than one grade in the same course, the
most recent grade will be used in the calculation of the quality-
point average.

2. A grade of "I" will not be considered in the calculation of the final
quality-point average.

3. Although advanced standing credits (ASC) allowed for acceptable
work completed at other institutions by transfer students count
toward completion of the quantitative credit requirements, neither
the credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in
quality-point average computations.

4. In programs made up of combined U.C. and L.C. courses, the
cumulative quality-point average will include all work in both
colleges.

Credit

Quality

Hours

Points

X

4

=

16.0

X

4

=

12.0

X

3

z=

6.0

X

3

=

3.0

X

2

=

0.0

X

2

=

6.0

X

—

—

X

2

=

4.0

X

—

—

42 / ACADEMIC INFORMATION

For example, a student who has registered for seven courses, cleared a
failure in one of them and received advanced standing credit (ASC) in
another, may calculate his quality-point average as follows-.

Grade Numerical

Achieved Equivalent

A 4.0

B 3.0

C 2.0

D 1.0

F 0.0

FB 3.0

I —

IC 2.0

ASC — _

Totals 20 47.0

. ,., D • . A Total Quality Points (47.0) ^ .^^.^

Quality-Point Average == ^ ^ , ^ ',, ,^^, = 2.350

Total Credit Hours (20)

The Registrar's Office will not be able to recalculate or confirm the
calculations of quality point averages for individual students. Each stu-
dent's record will be brought up to date before his graduation. In the
meantime, borderline cases will be checked by the Lincoln College Com-
mittee on Education.

Academic Progress Criteria

It is expected that the student will at all times endeavor to achieve a
high record of achievement. The Academic Standing Committee reserves
the right to review all students' records and deny readmission to those
who fall below a minimum quality level of achievement. This require-
ment has been established as follows:

In order to be allowed to remain in the College, a student must have
achieved a quality-point average of 1.4 at the completion of 24 quarter
hours; 1.5 at the end of 48 quarter hours,- and 1.6 at the end of 72 quarter
hours.

It should be further noted that a student who accumulates the equiva-
lent of six uncleared failures may be considered ineligible to continue
his program of study.

Scholastic Probation

The Academic Standing Committee has the authority to dismiss from
the College or place on scholastic probation any student whose scholar-
ship is deficient for the following reasons: low quality-point average,
excessive outstanding failures regardless of quality-point average.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 43

A student on scholastic probation should be particularly diligent in
his current courses and make every effort to clear his academic deficien-
cies as soon as possible. Students whose academic record does not im-
prove or whose failures are not properly cleared may not be allowed to
register for further courses.

When a student on scholastic probation has cleared all or a substantial
part of his outstanding failures he may petition the Academic Standing
Committee for removal from the probation list.

Disciplinary Probation

The Academic Standing Committee has the authority to dismiss from
the College or place on disciplinary probation any student whom it may
deem unworthy because of conduct or character. The Committee may
ask any student to withdraw from the College who is obviously out of
sympathy with its aims and ideals.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

To receive the degree of Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science,
Bachelor of Engineering Technology, the student must fulfill the follow-
ing requirements:

1. Must have been formally accepted into "degree candidate" status
by the Committee on Admissions.

2. Complete all the courses of his particular curriculum, either by
attendance at the Lincoln College or by receiving Advanced Stand-
ing Credit.

3. Complete associate degree programs in eight years and bachelor's
programs in 12 years from the date of entrance into Lincoln Col-
lege. Extensions of time may be granted by the Academic Stand-
ing Committee.

4. Be in attendance for at least a year preceding the date on which he
expects to graduate; and he must complete at least one fourth
of his work in Lincoln College.

5. Achieve a quality-point average of at least 1.75 in courses taken in
the College to be awarded the Associate in Engineering or Associate
in Science degrees and 1.80 for the Bachelor of Engineering Tech-
nology degree.

6. Pay the Graduation Fee of $25.

In addition students:

7. May not earn two associate degrees or two bachelor degrees in the
same field of academic specialization.

8. Must complete a minimum of 30 quarter hours of additional credits
to be awarded more than one associate or bachelor degree.

44 / ACADEMIC INFORMATION

9. May not be awarded the associate and bachelor degree at the
same commencement.

10. Must petition for transfer of credits completed at other institutions
prior to January 1 of the year in which the degree is to be awarded.

ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL AWARDS

The academic programs offered by the Lincoln College and the teach-
ing, counselling, and professional efforts of the faculty and staff are aimed
at motivating the student toward the highest possible levels of academic
achievement. To encourage scholarly and professional excellence and to
recognize quality achievements, the following awards are made at appro-
priate times during the academic year:

Honor List and Dean's List Scholars

Students maintaining honor grade averages — minimum quality aver-
age of 3.000 and no "D" grades — during a quarter while carrying a
minimum of 6 quarter hours credit are recognized as Dean's List Scholars.
Students desiring certificates attesting to this honor should request them
from the Lincoln College Office.

Scholastic Achievement Certificates

Upon graduation with an associate degree, Scholastic Achievement
Certificates will be awarded to those students who have achieved dis-
tinctly superior attainment in the academic work as follows:

Scholastic Achievement 3.000-3.499 Q.P.A.

High Scholastic Achievement 3.500-3.749 Q.P.A.

Highest Scholastic Achievement 3.750-4.000 Q.P.A.

In order to be eligible for a Scholastic Achievement Certificate the student
must earn a minimum of 48 quarter hours of credit in Lincoln College.

Graduation with Honor

Upon graduation, honors will be conferred upon students who have
achieved distinctly superior academic achievement in a program leading
to the Baccalaureate Degree as follows:

Honor 3.000-3.499 Q.P.A.

High Honor 3.500-3.749 Q.P.A.

Highest Honor 3.750-4.000 Q.P.A.

In order to be eligible for Honors the student must earn a minimum of 72 :
quarter hours credit in Lincoln College and receive a vote of approval
from the faculty with responsibility for his program.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 45

University Awards

The University Awards are presented annually to seniors pursuing
associate degree programs, who have achieved high ranking cumulative
academic records. The tuition scholarship awards are accompanied by
an appropriate certificate.

Lincoln College Faculty Scholarship Award

The faculty encourages the achievement of scholarship by making
monetary awards.

The Faculty Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by voluntary
contributions of the Lincoln College Faculty.

The Scholarship Committee determines the number and size of awards
based on available funds.

The basis of the award is determined by need, academic achievement
and personal qualifications. The Scholarship Committee invites applica-
tions by announcing the specific requirements of eligibility during the
school year.

Technology Awards

The Technology Awards are presented annually to seniors, pursuing
associate degree programs, who have demonstrated superior academic
and professional capabilities in their special career fields. The scholar-
ship awards and appropriate certificates are distributed to outstanding
students enrolled in the following program categories:

Civil Engineering Technology
Commercial Aviation Technology
Computer Engineering Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Science Technology
Fire Technology

Class Marshal Award

The Class Marshal Award is presented annually, at the Class Day Ban-
quet for Graduates, to the top ranking senior in a baccalaureate program.
The award consists of an appropriate certificate, a selection of books, and
the President's Letter of Commendation.

Sigma Epsiion Rho Awards

Sigma Epsiion Rho, the evening colleges scholastic honor fraternity,
annually awards plaques and scholarships for outstanding scholastic
achievement to the highest ranking male students in University and
Lincoln Colleges.

46 / ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Alumni Award for Professional Promise

Established in 1947 by the Northeastern University Alumni Associa-
tion, the Alumni Award for Professional Promise is presented annually at
a final senior class meeting in the spring of the year. The award is made
to the senior who has demonstrated unusual professional promise
through character traits, scholastic achievement, and work performance.

E. W. Wiggins Aviation Awards

The E. W. Wiggins Aviation Awards provide scholarship aid to students,
enrolled in the Commercial Aviation Technology Program, who, in the
judgement of the Northeastern University-Wiggins Airways Advisory Com-
mittee, have demonstrated the highest degree of proficiency in flying and
related courses during the academic year.

Leslie B. Cutler Aviation Awards

The Leslie B. Cutler Aviation Awards were established by the members
of the Aero Club of New England to honor and give recognition to the late
Senator Cutler's service and devotion to the interests of aviation in the
Massachusetts General Court, national legislative bodies, and her private
life. These scholarship awards are made to students in the Commercial
Aviation Technology Program who most typify the same interest, devotion,
and leadership demonstrated by Senator Cutler during her long and dis-
tinguished public career.

financial information

TUITION
Initial Registration Fee

A ten dollar ($10.00) registration fee, required of all new students, is
due and payable upon registration. This fee is nonrefundable.

Tuition

Tuition for all credit courses is $29.00 per quarter hour of credit.
Charges for registration and tuition for special courses are at the rate
specified for each course. Students are permitted to audit courses; how-
ever, there is no reduction in fees for auditing.

Students are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any exam-
ination or test until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satis-
factory arrangements for payment.

Students will not be advanced in class standing, nor permitted to re-
enroll in the University, nor will degrees be conferred, until all financial
obligations to the University have been met.

No certificate of honorable dismissal will be issued to any student who
has not fully met his financial obligations to the University.

Non-credit courses are charged at quarter hour rates equal to those of
credit courses meeting on an equivalent contact-hour schedule.

Aviation Technology Tuition (Day Program)

FIRST YEAR
Quarter 1
$959

(All Students)

Quarter 2

$835

Quarter 3
$902

Summer

Quarter 4

$864

(Flight Option)

SECOND YEAR
Quarter 5
$838

(Flight Option)

Quarter 6

$888

Quarter 7

$912

SECOND YEAR
Quarter 5
$493

(Non-Flight Option)

Quarter 6

$493

Quarter 7
$493

Tuition Deposit

Applicants accepted for admission to the day program must upon request
pay a non-returnable tuition deposit of one hundred dollars ($100) as evidence
of their intention to enroll, and this will be applied on their first tuition payment.

47

48 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Additional Flight Courses

Certified Flight Instructor $ 438 $ 465

Instrument Flight $515 $ 535 $ 515

Helicopter Flight $1080 $1080

(These rates cannot be guaranteed beyond the current academic year.)

Additional Time: Students requiring additional time beyond the prescribed
course limits shall be charged for such time at the regular Wiggins-
Northeastern rates.

Flight Tests: Flight tests are not included in the regular course curriculum.
Charges will be made for the Commercial Flight Test and the Instrument
Flight Test on the basis of 11/2 hours of aircraft and IVa hours of ground
time at the regular Wiggins-Northeastern rate. The Instructor Flight Test
which must be given by a regular FAA Examiner requires iy2 hours of
aircraft time only.

Tuition for all courses is charged on a quarter basis and is payable in
full at the beginning of each quarter. As a convenience without addi-
tional charge, and at the student's request, the Bursar's Office will allow
payment in two installments.

Deferred-Payment Privilege

Occasionally situations develop, usually beyond the control of the stu-
dent, which make it difficult to meet payments in the regular manner.
Under such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his problem
personally with the Bursar's Office where a convenient deferred payment
agreement can be worked out. A service fee of $2 is charged for this
privilege.

Late Payment Fee

Payments of tuition are due by Saturday of the week in which the bill
is dated. If payment, or a deferred payment agreement is not ar-
ranged by that date, a late fee of $10 is charged by the Bursar.

Refund of Tuition

The general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with
respect to refunds of tuition to students is as follows:

The University provides all instruction on an academic quarter basis for
which students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds will
be granted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific con-
ditions are met. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with
the Bursar.

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal application when filed with the Registrar in Room
120 Hayden Hall. Non-attendance does not constitute official withdrawal.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 49

Refunds will be granted In accordance with the following schedule:

official withdrawal filed within: percentage of tuition
1st week of quarter 100%

2nd week of quarter 75%

3rd week of quarter 50%

4th week of quarter 25%

Tuition Underwritten by Employers

An increasing number of companies are underwriting part or all of the
cost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases in which payment is
made directly by the employer to the University, the student should fur-
nish the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or a
statement from an officer of his company certifying that the company is
underwriting the tuition.

Student Bursar

All inquiries about student accounts should be directed to the Student
Account Bursar, 437-2270.

Veterans Benefits

Veterans benefits depend on course load and increase sharply when a
student's program exceeds 8 quarter hours per quarter. Questions and
applications should be directed to room 245 Rl.

SPECIAL FEES

Student Center Fee

Students attending the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston, in the
evening in a part-time program of study will be assessed a Student Center
Fee of 750 per quarter.

Health Service Fee

Students attending the Boston, full-time Day Co-op B.E.T. programs are
required to pay a Health Service Fee of $75.00. The program is available
to Aviation Technology Students on an optional basis.

Missed Final Examination Fee

Students absent from the regularly scheduled final examination at the
end of a course may petition for a "special final examination." The fee
for each examination requested by the student is $5. The fee must be
paid when the petition is filed in the University Registrar's Office.

Proficiency Examination Fee

Applicants for admission may petition to be awarded advanced stand-
ing on the basis of achievement demonstrated by a "proficiency examina-

50 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

tion." The fee for each examination requested by the applicant is $10.
The fee must be paid when the petition is filed in the Lincoln College
Office.

Graduation Fee

The University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for
the associate or bachelor's degree, is $25, payable on or before May 1 of
the year in which the student expects to graduate.

Transcript of Record Fee

Students may request transcripts of their records at the University
Registrar's Office. There is no charge for the first transcript. After the
initial transcript there is a charge of $1 per copy, payable in advance.
If more than one transcript is requested at one time the charge is $1 for
the first copy and 50<; for each additional copy.

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES

Students purchase their own textbooks and work materials. The cost
varies according to the subject for which the student is enrolled. The
average cost for a normal program of four subjects generally ranges from
$25 to $50. Textbooks for single courses range from $4 to $15.

Students enrolled in Engineering Graphics should be prepared to spend
$10 to $15 for drawing supplies and $10 to $20 for a set of drawing
instruments in addition to the textbooks.

LOAN PROGRAMS

Full-time students in Lincoln College who are pursuing the
B.E.T. Program should refer to the Undergraduate Catalog for
financial aid information.

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-half
the normal academic workload, are accepted as degree candidates, and
who show evidence of financial need.

The Federal maximum a graduate student may borrow is $5,000 while
pursuing their post-baccalaureate degree.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine
months after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic
load at an institution of higher education. The repayment of principal
may be extended over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of
3% per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years
while a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 51

Higher Education Loan Plan (HELP)

The Massachusetts Higher Education Assistance Corporation was char-
tered in 1956 by the Massachusetts legislature to aid young men and
women of the state to complete their programs of higher education. Stu-
dents who are residents of Massachusetts and who have satisfactorily
completed the freshman year are eligible for HELP loans. Loans are gen-
erally limited to $1,000 in any one academic year, with an over-all limita-
tion of $3,000.

Full information and the required application forms may be obtained
from any of the national banks and trust companies in Massachusetts
participating in the program.

This plan is also used by most other states and Canada to provide
assistance for undergraduate or graduate students. In New York, New
Jersey, and Rhode Island, freshmen are eligible to borrow under this
program. Students should check with their state Higher Education
Assistance Corporation for further details.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candi-
dates, enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may
borrow from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms
and conditions vary from state to state, but a student generally may
borrow up to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per
year) depending on financial need. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is in school if the student is eligible for interest
subsidy.

The student must have submitted through the College Scholarship
Service, a Parents' Confidential Statement or if he has been declared
financially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Confi-
dential Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
Education Office of your State government. Additional information and
necessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
from the Financial Aid Office.

Martin Luther King, Jr. Scholarship Fund

A number of scholarship awards have been established by the Univer-
sity in the memory of Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. to enable young
adults of the black community to upgrade their education through part
time study. Interested students should contact the office of Financial
Aid in Room 252 Richards Hall.

The University does not award financial assistance in any form to non-
citizens of the United States.

student activities

and alunrini infornnation

Evening Student Council

The Evening Student Council was formed to provide a representative
body to promote the welfare of the student body in non-academic areas
and to foster extracurricular activities which will enrich University life. It
affords participants opportunities to meet and develop close personal
relationships with fellow students and administrative staff.

The Evening Student Council provides students with opportunities to de-
velop leadership skills and gives them a chance to discuss matters of
professional interest with experts in their chosen field.

The Council is made up of interested students in University and Lincoln
College, representatives of part-time interest groups, and those specially
certified by the Council because of their demonstrated interest in the
overall adult programs of the University.

The E.S.C., a member of the International Association of Evening Stu-
dent Councils, meets on the first Monday of each month at 8:30 p.m.
Students are welcome to visit, observe, and express opinions concerning
evening student life.

Social and Professional Clubs

Student activities for part-time students are planned, organized, and
operated by the student body with the assistance of the Director of Uni-
versity-Lincoln College Student Activities. The programs are designed to
keep pace with the changing needs of adult students and to provide
maximum opportunity for student participation. All part-time students in
University College and Lincoln College are welcome to participate.

The program is flexible in nature and pioneering in spirit to meet the
needs of adult students. The Office of University-Lincoln College Student
Activities is particularly interested in developing new clubs which will
benefit students professionally and educationally. If students wish to

52

I

STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION / 53

start clubs related to their professions, this office will help them plan and
organize clubs on the local and national level. The program is dedicated
to assisting the adult student in the development of his fullest potential.
The University-Lincoln College Student Activities Office is located in 102
Churchill Hall.

Evening Ski Club

The Evening Ski Club was established as a special interest club by
students in University and Lincoln College to give skiers an opportunity
to meet other skiers for the purpose of promoting the sport and its related
activities. Events sponsored by the Evening Ski Club include wine and
cheese parties held locally and in the various ski areas of Maine, New
Hampshire, and Vermont. A summer clambake is also arranged on a local
beach, usually in July or August. Meetings are held from October through
April on a bi-weekly basis on the main campus. Students interested should
contact the Evening Student Activities Office in 102 Churchill Hall.

Use of Gymnasium Facilities

Specific schedules for use of the pool, weight training room, indoor
athletic field and track, handball courts, gymnasium, and wrestling room
are set up each quarter for use by all part-time students. In order to be-
come eligible, students must obtain a temporary Gymnasium Pass each
time they wish to use the Cabot Gymnasium Complex. Passes are avail-
able in the Cabot Complex, Monday through Friday from 4:30 p.m.
to 9:00 p.m. and on Saturday and Sunday from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
All students requesting a pass must present their Student Identification
Card, and passes will be issued only on a first-come, first-served basis.
Students using the Cabot Gymnasium Complex are required to abide
by all the rules of the gym and may be asked to complete a Medical
Release Form.

Society for the Advancement of Management

* The Society for the Advancement of Management is the recognized
national professional organization of managers in industry, commerce,
government, and education. It has been dedicated to the advancement of
management and managers since 1912, when the original Taylor Society
was established. University chapters operate in 190 leading colleges and
universities in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii.

The Northeastern University chapter is open to all adult students inter-
ested in furthering their growth and insight into the practice of the man-
agement professional. Meetings, conferences, and seminars are held.

Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity

Pi Tau Kappa is a social fraternity open to all evening students. It is
organized to enhance their social welfare and promote closer affiliation
with the University.

54 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority is a social organization open to all evening
women students. Its purpose is to promote fellowship among the women
students and to form a closer tie with the University. Monthly dinner
meetings are held. Two scholarships are awarded annually to scholasti-
cally superior women students.

Alpha Eta Rho

International Aviation Fraternity

The Nu Epsilon Chapter is a social organization open to all Aviation
Technology Students. It is organized to actively associate the interested
students of aviation with leaders and executives in the industry. This
close association, strengthened through the bonds of an international
aviation fraternity, establishes opportunities for every member in his rela-
tion to aviation and inspires interest and cooperation among those in the
profession who are also members of Alpha Eta Rho.

Lamplighter Column

News articles written by interested students in University and Lincoln
College may be submitted to the Northeastern Today newspaper to be
printed under a Lamplighter heading. All news articles should be sent
to the Evening Student Activities Office, 102 Churchill Hall at least two
weeks prior to publication. Due to space considerations in the North-
eastern Today, some articles may require editing by its professional staff.

Alumni Association

More than 52,000 alumni are members of the all-University Alumni
Association, which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare
of Northeastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial re-
lationship between the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of
fellowship among members of the Association.

The Association headquarters is located in Room 101 Ell. The official
records and addresses of alumni are maintained in Room 260 of the
United Realty Building.

Activities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration
and the annual presentation of Professional Promise Awards to outstand-
ing seniors in each of the Colleges, are directed by the Vice President for
Alumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of undergraduate
classes to form a closer relationship between the Association and its
future members.

The Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning
class reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years during
the month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class Council is
responsible for coordinating class activities and organizing class func-
tions.

_ STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION / 55

The Vice President for Alumni Clubs works in close association with
officers of the more than 50 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been es-
tablished from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become members
of these organizations. The alumni clubs meet periodically, often in con-
junction with visits from members of the faculty or with athletic events.

For Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both
the downtown and uptown sections of the city.

The Association also sponsors and assists the alumnae organization
and the Varsity Club, both of which have their own officers and conduct
various programs throughout the year. Through the Varsity Club, the
Association presents trophies to the outstanding athlete of the year in
each of the six major sports.

The Northeastern University Alumni Association is a member of the
American Alumni Council, a professional organization composed of repre-
sentatives of all major colleges and universities in the United States and
Canada.

Alumni Relations

The Alumni Association is providing a uniquely valuable service to both
the University and the community by sponsoring admissions conferences
for parents of high school students who are interested in attending college.
These meetings, held in cooperation with the Northeastern Department of
Admissions, have been extremely well attended. Local residents as well as
alumni of the University have been invited to these conferences, which
help to clarify many of the questions today's parents and young people
have concerning application procedures of colleges and universities.

Placement Service

Many requests from employers are received by the College, for men
and women of potential ability to fill important positions of responsibility.
It is the policy of the College to serve the students whenever possible by
placing them in those positions which promise attractive opportunities for
development and advancement. The College, however, cannot guarantee
to place its students, but it does endeavor to keep in close touch with
those who desire placement service and to assist them in obtaining satis-
factory advancements in positions and income. No charge is made for
placement service. Those needing this assistance should arrange an
appointment with the Director of Placement.

While the College cannot guarantee positions to its graduates, the
number of requests usually exceeds the number available in the graduat-
ing class of any given year. The policy of the College is to find the best
equipped and qualified men and women among its graduates for the
positions which the College is called upon to fill.

56 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION

The College, in recommending a graduate for a position, furnishes the
prospective employer with the facts as to the graduate's ability, character,
attitudes, habits, and other qualifications for the position as revealed by
the College records. In the last analysis, however, placement in a position
depends largely upon the graduate's ability to sell his services to the
prospective employer. Most employers prefer to consider two or more
candidates for a position and generally request the College to suggest
more than one person. Many manufacturing and commercial firms
throughout New England call upon the College to assist them in filling
important executive and managerial positions.

I

I

academic programs
of instruction

SCOPE OF PROGRAMMING

The Lincoln College and Lincoln College in collaboration with Univer-
sity College, the Wiggins Airways, Inc., and Hospitals in New England
conducts educational programs at the undergraduate level in the following
areas of technology:

Pre-Technology Preparation
Aviation Technology
Science Technology
Civil Engineering Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Computer Engineering Technology
Environmental Control Technology
Fire Technology

Program Selection

Students should determine that the program they desire is offered in
a suitable time period. Most programs are offered in the evening on a part-
time basis. However, Aviation Technology is also available on a full-time
day basis.

Students should determine that the program they desire is offered in
a suitable time period. Most programs are offered in the evening on a part-
time basis.

In the fields of Electrical Engineering Technology and Mechanical En-
gineering Technology, full-time day cooperative programs were estab-
lished in the fall of 1971. Students may enter as freshmen or transfer
with advanced standing by applying to the Office of Admissions, Northeast-
ern University, 150 Richards Hall.

Degrees and Certificates

Lincoln College conducts education programs on the undergraduate
level in various technological areas leading to the following degrees and
certificates:

1. Associate in Science degree (A.S.) requiring 96 to 99 quarter hours
of credit.

2. Associate in Engineering degree (A.E.) requiring 96 quarter hours
of credit.

3. Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree (B.E.T.) requiring 180
quarter hours of credit.

57

58 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

4. Certificates may be earned with a minimum of 30 quarter hours
of credit.

5. Most courses are available for special students.

Lincoln College collaborates with University College in programs lead-
ing to:

6. Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) requiring 174 to 180 quarter
hours of credit.

Opportunities for Associate Degree Graduates

Graduates of the engineering or science technology programs in
Lincoln College, or other similar colleges and institutions, who have earned
the Associate in Engineering or the Associate in Science degrees, may
transfer applicable credits toward the degree requirements in the bac-
calaureate programs in Engineering Technology, Medical Technology, or
Industrial Technology.

Those who have maintained a quality-point average of 2.500 or higher
in the Associate degree programs may apply for transfer to either of the
following College of Engineering curricula: (1) day-college Cooperative Ed-
ucation programs in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, or Industrial Engineering
with credit for up to two years of the five-year program, or (2) the part-time
evening programs in Civil or Electrical Engineering with credit for the
first three years of the eight-year programs. Fractional credit may be
awarded to students with a quality-point average slightly lower than
2.500.

PRE-TECHNOLOGY PREPARATION

(Non-Credit)

Beginning students, who have been away from formal study for some
time, frequently are concerned about their study habits and their verbal,
mathematical, and scientific backgrounds. Applicants who anticipate
some problems should give serious consideration to enrolling in the non-
credit introductory courses, the Reading Improvement Program, or doing
review work through programmed instruction.

Introductory Courses

These courses are designed to develop background for basic courses in the

degree programs and thus increase the probability of successful achievement in

advanced technology courses.

Introductory Mathematics I and II

A two-quarter review of high school algebra and some plane geometry
designed to prepare students for the credit course in 10.307, College
Algebra and Trigonometry I. These courses are required of students who
do not demonstrate sufficient algebra proficiency on the Mathematics!
Placement Test. ( See course description for 10.301 and 10.302 page
125.)

I ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 59

Introductory Physics I and II

A two-quarter relatively non-mathematical introduction to the concepts
of physics designed to prepare students for the credit courses in 11.317,
Physics I or 11.304, General Physics I. (See course description for 11.301
and 11.302, page 128.

Basic Mathematics I and II

A two-quarter review of basic algebra designed to prepare students
for the credit course in 10.327 Mathematics I. These courses are required
of students who do not demonstrate sufficient algebra proficiency on the
Mathematics Placement Test. (See course descriptions for 10.330 and
10.331, page 126.

English for International Students I, II, III

A three quarter, non-credit sequence for foreign speaking students
covering introduction to English grammar with emphasis on listening,
speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen
vocabulary and pronunciation; preparation of written and oral reports,
business and social correspondence; and advanced work in written and
spoken English preparatory to entering 30.601, Composition and Rhet-
oric I.

General Interest Courses

The following courses of general interest are offered for students who
desire to inquire into the technical fields but may not have the mathe-
matical background to pursue the professional courses. In general, these
courses may not be substituted for similar courses in the several technical
curricula.

1. Technology of Modern Architecture I, II

2. Man and Materials

3. Electric Devices and Systems I

4. Electric Devices and Systems II

5. Interpretation of Industrial Drawings

6. Foundations of Mathematics I

7. Foundations of Mathematics II

8. Foundations of Mathematics III

9. Man's Physical Environment I
10. Man's Physical Environment II

Reading Improvement
The ability to read well is one of the most important basic tools for the
successful completion of a college program. The University's Center for
Reading Improvement gives the student an opportunity to develop good
reading habits in preparation for the intensive reading assignments of
college level courses. The following core skills are covered: previewing,
locating main ideas and related details, using guide words and phrases,

60 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

identifying structural patterns, outlining and summarizing, note-taking,
vocabulary building, skimming and scanning, speed-reading, and critical
reading. Further information may be obtained at the Center for Reading
Improvement.

Programmed Study
Students may enroll in non-credit, self-study courses to better prepare
themselves for college academic work and strengthen their high school
background at the University's Center for Programmed Study.

Courses which may be useful to students in the Lincoln College pro-
grams in technology are:

Slide Rule Trigonometry Effective Listening Spelling

Algebra Study Skills Calculus English

The Center is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m.;
Friday from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; Saturday from 8:30 a.m. to 12:30 p.m.; and
Sunday from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Descriptions and full information may be
obtained at the Center for Programmed Study. For further information
call 437-2465.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 61

AVIATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS

The Aviation Technology programs offered by Lincoln College in coopera-
tion with Wiggins Airways are designed to provide the scientific, tech-
nological, and business backgrounds required by the modern commercial
pilot or entrepreneur in today's aviation and aero space world as it oper-
ates in the framework of the total ship-rail-motor-aircraft transportation
industry.

The tremendous expansion of aviation as an increasingly important
sector of the nation's industrial economy has accelerated the demand
for appropriately trained and educated personnel for careers related to
the flight, instructional, regulatory, and management aspects of the air
industries.

Flight opportunities range from pilot or co-pilot in the single- or multi-
engine air-taxi and cargo services of the local, fixed-base feeder airlines
or private company, to flight engineer, first officer or captain in the high-
speed, multi-jet-engined services of the national and international sys-
tems of the major airlines when appropriate additional flight experience
and training are acquired.

The education-training-regulation sector of the aviation industries pro-
vides additional career opportunities as flight, ground, or simulator instruc-
tors or as flight examiners, training or safety directors and supervisors in
the licensing and regulatory agencies of local, state, or federal govern-
ment.

Persons knowledgeable in the technology and regulation of aviation,
who are also skillful in dealing with people, may pursue challenging and
rewarding careers in aviation sales, airport operations, aviation business
management, etc.

The Aviation Technology related programs presently offered by Lincoln
College are:

Associate in Science Degree
Aviation Technology

Day program (2 years) pages 63-64

Evening program (4 years) pages 65-66

Wiggins Airways

Wiggins Airways has been in operation since 1929. Their facilities are
located at Norwood Airport, 15 miles from the main Northeastern Uni-
versity campus, provide the flight training courses for the Aviation Tech-
nology programs offered by Lincoln College. They offer air taxi, rental,
maintenance, repair, aircraft service parts, electronics, and helicopter
services. Wiggins is the New England distributor for Piper Aircraft.

The airport facilities comprise two 4,000' runways, one with high in-
tensity lights; a Federal Aviation Administration control tower in operation

62 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. every day of the year; "H" facility (navigational aid
for radio location); two Unicom frequencies for radio communication; and
weather teletype service. Modern, air-conditioned classroom facilities,
with visual aids, library, and other study aids are available for academic
and ground related courses.

The aircraft fleet consists of eighteen Piper Cherokee 140's; two Piper
Cherokee 180's; one Piper Cherokee 6; plus the following: Piper Twin
Engine Aircraft — Comanche, Aztec and Navajos, two Flightmatic Simu-
lators and a General Aviation Training Simulator. All aircraft are main-
tained on the premises in a federally certified aircraft repair station which
is also Piper factory certified.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 63

Aviation Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science
(Day Program — 2 Years)

The Day Curriculum Option of the Aviation Technology program is designed
to provide, in the shortest reasonable time, the required amount of related
academic instruction and accumulated flight time to thoroughly prepare the
student for certification w/ith the Private and Commercial Ratings by the Federal
Aviation Administration. In the two year program the student will acquire the
scientific, technological and business background for employment in a variety
of positions including: Flight Crew Officers, Airport Management, Fixed Base
Operations, Air Transportation, Aviation Sales, F.A.A. positions, etc.

Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II (10.301 and 10.302). Medical Certificate
— F.A.A. Class I or II. Interview with Director of Flight instruction and Aviation
Program Counselor.

First Year Total Yearly Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 Albegra & Trigonometry I, II 8

96.391,

96.392

Air Science A & B

6

30.113

Freshman Writing

4

48.514

Transportation & Distribution

2

96.399

Flight Physiology

2

11.317,

11.318,

11.319

Physics 1, II, III

12

30.114

Intro, to Lit. 1

4

96.395

Meteorology & Climatology A

3

48.593

Air Transportation A

3

96.331,

96.332,

96.333

Primary Flight 1, II, III
Summer Term (Flight Option)

4V2

96.341,

96.342

Commercial Flight 1, II
Second Year (Flight Option)

3

96.324,

96.325

Introductory Avionics; Avionics

8

96.393,

96.394

Advanced Air Science A, B

6

96.308

Aircraft Power & Systems

4

96.425

Chronology of Aviation

2

96.396

Meteorology & Climatology B

3

48.594

Air Transportation B

3

96.343,

96.344,

96.345

Commercial Flight III, IV, V
*Aviation Elective II, III

Total

*Winter Quarter — 6 Q.H.
Spring Quarter — 8 Q.H.

* Elective courses should be chosen from:
Engineering, Flight, Law Enforcement,
Air Transportation Management, Airport
Planning and Management, Aviation
Technology

41/2
14

96

64 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Second Year (Non-Flight Option)

Students electing the Non-flight Option will replace the commercial flight
courses with a sequence of air transportation, law enforcement, engineering, or
airport management courses. These courses are listed under the description
of courses at the end of the catalogue.

Students having definite plans to enter other upper class programs follow-
ing the completion of the associate degree should consult their adviser regard-
ing entrance requirements prior to registering for second year courses.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 65

Aviation Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science
(Evening Program — 4 years)

The Evening Curriculum Option of the Aviation Technology program is de-
signed for students who need to be employed while pursuing academic work
on a part-time basis.

The academic instruction and flight time accumulated in the program thor-
oughly prepares the student for certification with the Private & Commercial
ratings by the Federal Aviation Administration. This 12 quarter — 4 year eve-
ning program includes the same scientific, technological, and business content
provided by the 7 quarter — 2 year day program. Graduates will be eligible for
employment in a variety of positions including: flight crew officers, airport
management, fixed base operations, air transportation, aviation sales, F.A.A.
positions, etc.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II (10.301 and 10.302). Medical Certificate
— F.A.A. Class I or II. interview with Director of Flight Instruction, and Aviation
Program Counselor.

First Year Total Yearly Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trig. I, II 8

11.317 Physics 4

96.301,96.302,96.303 Air Science I, II, III 6

96.331, 96.332, 96.333 Primary Flight I, II, III AV2

Second Year

11.318,
30.601,
96.341,

11.319

96.324
30.602

30.604
96.342, 96.343

Physics II, III
Introductory Avionics
Composition & Rhetoric 1, II
Intro, to Lit. 1
Commercial Flight 1, II, III

Third Year

8
4
4
2
AV2

96.325

96.304,
96. 344

96.308

48.514
96.305, 96.306

96.399
, 96.345

Avionics

Aircraft Power & Systems
Transportation & Distribution
Advanced Air Science 1, II, III
Flight Physiology
Commercial Flight IV, V
*Aviation Elective

Fourth Year

4
4
2
6
2
3
6

48.541,
96.311,

48,542, 48.543
96.312

96.313

Air transportation 1, II, III
Aviation Meteorology 1, II
Climatology
*Aviation Elective

6
4
2

12
Total 96

'Elective courses should be chosen from:
Engineering, Flight, Law Enforcement,
Air Transportation Management, Airport
Planning and Management, Aviation
Technology

66 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Non-Flight Option

Students electing the Non-flight Option will replace the commercial flight
courses with a sequence of air transportation, law enforcement, engineering,
or airport management courses. These courses are listed under the descrip-
tion of courses at the end of the catalogue.

Students having definite plans to enter other upper class programs following
the completion of the associate degree should consult their adviser regarding
entrance requirements prior to registering for secondary courses.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 67

CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS

Civil Engineering deals with the planning and construction of all kinds
of relatively permanent structures and public works. Its major functions
are: the preparation of surveys (topographical, geological, traffic, utility,
etc.); the design of structures (buildings, bridges, dams, harbor facilities,
etc.); the planning of municipal systems (water, sanitary, gas, flood con-
trol, air pollution control, etc.); and the development of transportation
facilities (highway, railway, waterway, airway, etc.).

In performing these functions, the civil engineer will work in close as-
sociation with professionals in the field, and he may develop technologi-
cally to function independently and in positions of managerial responsi-
bility.

Employment opportunities for Civil Engineering Technology program
graduates are with town, city, state, or federal public works departments
and agencies; private consulting, engineering, architectural, and construc-
tion organizations; and with railroads and the military.

The Civil Engineering Technology program and related programs
offered by Lincoln College are:

Associate in Engineering Degree

Environmental Engineering Technology page 68

Structural Engineering Technology page 69

Surveying and Highway Engineering Technology page 70

Bachelor of Engineering Teclinology Degree

Civil Engineering Technology pages 71-72

Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology pages 97-98

Environmental Control Technology pages 95-96

68 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Environmental Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Environmental Engineering Technology prepares the gradu-
ate to assume responsibilities related to the design, construction, operation,
and supervision of municipal plants and systems concerned with the storage
and distribution of water and also the disposal of sewage and waste in urban
areas with due consideration for contamination and pollution. Employment
opportunities are with town, city, and state public works departments, private
engineering consultants, architects, contractors, and many other engineering
organizations.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

♦Second Year

01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6

02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

Third Year

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, Ml 6
09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 tCeneral Chemistry I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6

01.351,01.352,01.353 Environmental Engineering I, II, III 6

01.361,01.362,01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6

01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

*Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.

Check the fail schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.
tStudents may elect to add 12.547, 12.548, 12.549 Gen. Chem. Laboratory I, II, III (3 q.h.)

i

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 69

Structural Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Structural Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to
assume responsibilities related to the planning, design, and supervision of the
construction of buildings, bridges, foundations; flood-control projects and all
fixed structures. Employment opportunities are with consulting engineering
firms, architectural groups, contractors, railroads, government agencies, the
military, and other design-related companies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics 1 and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, 111 12

♦Second Year

01.301, 01.302, 01.303 Surveying I, II, 111 6

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) 1, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, 111, IV 6

Third Year

01.321, 01.322, 01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis 1, II, 111 6

01.331, 01.332, 01.333 Design of Structures 1, II, 111 6

01.361, 01.362, 01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6

01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

'Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

70 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Surveying and Highway Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Surveying and Highway Engineering Technology prepares the
graduate to assume responsibilities related to the preparation and calculation
of preliminary and legal surveys required for both small projects such as sub-
division work, individual lot layouts, and highway layouts as well as more com-
plex projects relating to sewer systems, pipelines, power transmission lines,
dams, reservoirs, and aqueducts. Employment opportunities are with indepen-
dent surveying companies; civil engineering companies; highway, transit and
railroad planning groups as well as cartographers, construction companies and
contractors.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

♦Second Year

01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

Third Year

01.304, 01.305, 01.306 Advanced Surveying I, II, III 6

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechancis I, II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.307, 01.308, 01.309 Legal Aspects of Surveying I, II, III 6

01.311,01.312,01.313 Highway Engineering I, II, III 6

01.361, 01.362, 01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6

01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

'Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

1

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 71

Civil Engineering Technology

(Candidate for Accreditation by Engineers' Council for Professional Devel-
opment subject to annual review)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology

The program in Civil Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to as-
sume broad responsibilities related to surveys required to develop initial design
criteria and specifications, and to become involved in the planning, design, and
construction of all kinds of relatively permanent structures, municipal plants
and systems, or transportation systems and facilities. Employment opportunities
are in private consulting firms, construction companies, and public works agen-
cies. Work involving surveying, design, and supervision is open to graduates.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placemeni Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II- 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

01.301, 01.302, 01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

30.601, 30.602 *Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Third Year

01.304,01.305,01.306 Advanced Surveying I, II, III 6

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics), I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

**Electivel, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

01.321,01.322,01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6

02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

23.501,23.502,23.503 tWestern Civilization I, II, III 6

Fifth Year

01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 ttGeneral Chemistry I, II, III 6

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

01.331, 01.332, 01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6

*30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.601, 30.602 Com-
position and Rhetoric I, II.

**Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of
elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with
his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.
10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students
planning advanced engineering technology subjects.
t23.509, 23.510 V^estern Civilization A, B (6 q.h.) may be substituted for 23.501, 23.502,
23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III.

ttStudents may elect to add 12.547, 12.548, 12.549 Gen. Chem. Laboratory I, II, III (3 q.h.)

72 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION ■

Sixth Year I

01.371,01.372,01.373 Concrete Design I, II, III 6 |

01.361,01.362,01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 ]

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 ^Psychology I, II, III 6 i

*Elective I, II, III 6 |

I
Seventh Year ]

01.311,01.312,01.313 Highway Engineering I, II, III 6

Elective I, II, III 6

*Elective I, II, III 6

Eighth Year

01.351,01.352,01.353 Environmental Engineering I, II, III 6 i

30.604, 30.605 t Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

English Elective 2

*Elective I. II, III 6

Total B.E.T. degree 180

Suggested Electives

Q.H.
01.307, 01.308, 01.309 Legal Aspects of Surveying I, II, III 6

01.327, 01.328, 01.329 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II, III 6

01.334, 01.335, 01.336 Advanced Structural Design I, II, III 6

01.401, 01.402 Technology of Modern Architecture I, II 4

01.390 Construction Administration 2

18.511, 18.512, 18,513 Biology 12

18.521, 18522, 18.523 Microbiology 12

Elective courses for which proper preparation exists may be chosen from
within or outside of the Civil Engineering discipline.

Transfer students may petition for elective credits for courses that are suitable
to the curriculum.

Graduates of the Bachelor of Engineering Technology programs desiring to
pursue programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree at
Northeastern University may apply through the Admissions Department (153 Rl).
Programs in Electrical and Civil Engineering are available on a part-time as well
as a regular cooperative program. Mechanical, Industrial, and Chemical Engi-
neering programs are available only during the regular day programs.

Candidates must have at least 2.75 cumulative average and complete a
course program prescribed by the major department and the Dean's office.

*Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of
elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with
his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.
10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students
planning advanced engineering technology subjects.

t30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.604, 30.605
Introduction to Literary Forms.

1 19-508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 19.501, 19.502,
19.503 Psychology I, II, III.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 73

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS

Electrical Engineering deals with the design and operation of equipment
and systems related to power, communications, data-processing, and
electrical control. Its major functions are: 1) the generation, transmission
and distribution of electrical energy for light and power purposes; 2) the
development and production of equipment for telephone, radio, television,
radar, and communication; 3) the design and construction of data-process-
ing systems and analog or digital computers; and 4) the application of
electrical and electronic devices in the control of processes and manu-
facture.

Employment opportunities for the Electrical Engineering Technology
graduate are in public and private research laboratories, in engineering
consulting groups dealing with industrial and plant applications, design
organizations dealing with operation and manufacture, in sales engineer-
ing, and in the electric utility industry.

The Electrical Engineering Technology program and related programs
offered by Lincoln College are:

Associate in Engineering Degree

Bioelectric Engineering Technology page 92

Electrical Power Engineering Technology page 74

Computer Engineering Technology page 93

Electronics Engineering Technology page 75

Post-Associate Degree Certificate

Control Systems Engineering Technology page 94

Baclielor of Engineering Technology Degree

Electrical Engineering Technology pages 76-78

(Accredited by Engineer's Council for Professional
Development)

The program in Electrical Engineering Technology leading to the
Bachelor of Engineering Technology is also offered as a day cooperative
program. A specimen curriculum is shown on pages 79-80.

For further information please call (617) 437-2200, or write.

The Dean of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115

74 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Electrical Power Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Electric Power Engineering Technology prepares the grad-
uate to assume responsibilities related to the design, installation, operation, and
maintenance of electrical machinery, power and control apparatus, and larger
equipment employing heavy currents. The curriculum includes the study of
the generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for light and
power, and the application and operation of electrical machinery in industry.

Employment opportunities are in public and investor-owned electrical utilities,
electrical manufacturing companies, consulting engineering firms, control
equipment design organizations, and communications companies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

♦Second Year

03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

Third Year

03.304, 03.305, 03.306 Circuit Theory IV, V, Electrical Measurements 6

11.320 Semiconductor Physics and Devices 4

03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8

03.331,03.332,03.333 Energy Conversion I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

03.334, 03.335, 03.336 Control Circuits I, II, III 6

03.337, 03.338, 03.339 Basic Power Systems I, II, III 12

03.341,03.342,03.343 Power and Control Labs. I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

'^Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 75

Electronics Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Electronic Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to
assume responsibilities related to the design, development, and operation of
communications, data-processing, and electronic control equipment for applica-
tions in computers, military and space explorations and in automated industrial
production equipment. Employment opportunities are in communications equip-
ment, electrical manufacturing, data-processing, and control equipment organi-
zations, as well as other engineering oriented companies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

♦Second Year

03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6
11.321,11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics,

Semiconductor Devices 6

Third Year

03.304, 03.306, 03.323 Circuit Theory IV, Electrical Measurements,

Electronic Lab. 6

03.311,03.312,03.313 Electronics I, II, III 12

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

03.314,03.315,03.316 Pulse and Digital Circuits I, 11, III 6

*03.317, 03.318, 03.319 Principles of Communication Systems I, II, III 12

03.327,03.328,03.329 Advanced Electronic Lab. I, II, III 6

Total A. E. degree 96

NOTE: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

*03.387, 03.388, 03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III
plus

03.381, 03.382, 03.383 Transistor-Circuit Engineering I, II, III

may be substituted for 03.317, 03.318, 03.319 Principles of Communication Systems I, II, III.
*Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.

Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

76 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Electrical Engineering Technology

(Accredited by — • Engineers' Council for Professional Development)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology

The program in Electrical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to
assume broad responsibilities related to the design, development, operation,
installation, and production of a wide variety of electrical and electronic equip-
ment concerned with the generation and utilization of electric energy, com-
munications, data-processing, and industrial control. Employment opportunities
are in public and private research laboratories, engineering consulting firms
dealing with industrial and plant applications, electric utilities, electrical and
electronic organizations concerned with operation and manufacture as well as
installation and sales.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, 11,111 12

♦Second Year

03.301,03.302,03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

30.601,30.602 **Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Third Year

03.304, 03.305, t 03.306 CircuitTheory IV, V, and Electrical Measurements 6

09.351, 09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations, I, II, III 6
11.321, 11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics,

Semiconductor Devices 6

Fourth Year

03.311,03.312,03.313 Electronics I, II, III 12

03.324, 03.325, 03.323 Circuits Laboratory I, II and Electronic Lab. 6

03.331, 03.332, 03.333 Energy Conversion I, II, III 6

♦Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.
**30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.601, 30.602 Com-
position and Rhetoric I, II.

fCourse 09.357, Computer Aided Design, may be substituted for 03.305.

I

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 77

Fifth Year

03.317, 03.318, 03.319 Principles of Communication Systems 12

03.361,03.362,03.363 Transients in Linear Systems I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 "Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Sixth Year

03.327, 03.328, 03.329 Advanced Electronic Lab. I, II, III 6

03.371, 03.372, 03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers I, II, III 6

39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

* Elective I, II, III 6

Seventh Year

03.377, 03.378, 03.379 Control Systems I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 tPsychology I, II, III 6

* Elective I, II, III 6

Eighth Year

30.604, 30.605 tintroduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

English Elective 2

* Elective I, II, III 6

* Elective I, II, III 6

Total B.E.T. degree 180

Suggested Technical Electives Q.H.

03.314, 03.315, 03.316 Pulse and Digital Circuits I, II, III 6

03.337, 03.338, 03.339 Basic Power Systems I, II, III 12

03.341,03.342,03.343 Power & Control Labs I, II, III 6

03.364, 03.365, 03.366 Advanced Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

03.367, 03.368, 03.369 Advanced Pulse & Digital Circuits, 1,11, III 6

03.374,03.375,03.376 Digital Systems I, II, III 6

*03.381, 03.382, 03.383 Linear Active Circuit Design I, II, III 6
03.384, 03.385, 03.385 Microwave Semiconductor Devices

and Circuits I, II, III 6

^03.387, 03.388, 03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III 6

09.354, 09.355, 09.356 Computer Systems I, II, III 6

09.357, 09.358, 09.359 Computer Aided Design I, II, III 6

09.361, 09.362, 09.363 Computer Controlled Systems I, II, III 6

03.360 Introduction to Radar Systems 4

11.324 Introductory Survey of Lasers 2

°23.509, 23.510 Western Civilization A, B may be substituted for 23.501, 23.502, 23.503

Western Civilization I, II, III.
*Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of

elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with

his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.

10.351, 10.352, 10.353 Advanced Mathematics I, II, III is recommended for all students

planning advanced engineering technology subjects.
**03.387, 03.388, 03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III
plus

03.381, 03.382, 03.383 Linear Active Circuit Design I, II, 111.

maybe substituted for 03.317,03.318, 03.319 Principles of Communication Systems 1, II, III.
tl9.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 19.501,

19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, 111 (6 q.h.)
130.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.604, 30.605

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II.

78 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Electrical Engineering Technology courses of elective nature may be chosen
from the above list of courses.

Elective courses for which proper preparation exists may be chosen from
within or outside of the electrical engineering discipline.

Graduates of the Bachelor of Engineering Technology program desiring to
pursue programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree at
Northeastern University may apply through the Admissions Department (153 Rl).
Programs in Electrical and Civil Engineering are available on a part-time as well
as a regular cooperative program. Mechanical, Industrial, and Chemical Engi-
neering programs are available only during the regular day programs.

Candidates must have at least a 2.75 cumulative average and complete a
course program prescribed by the major department and the Dean's office.

I

I ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 79

Electrical Engineering Technology

(Day Cooperative Curriculum)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology
(The first three years of this program are being offered during 1973-74,
quarters 1 through 7.)

First Year

Course Number

Course

Q.H,

10.307, 10,308

College Algebra & Trigonometry 1, II

8

10.320

Calculus 1

4

11.317, 11.318,

11.319

Physics 1, II, III

12

30.113

Freshman Writing

4

30.114,

30.115

Introduction to Lit., Great Themes in Lit.

8

09.421, 09.422,

09.423

Principles of Computer Programming 1, II, III

6

09.461, 09.462,

09.463

Engineering Design Graphics 1, II, III

6

11.173,

11.174

Physics Lab. 1, II

Second Year

2

10.421, 10.422

Calculus A, B

8

03.451,03.452

Circuit Analysis 1, II

8

11.420

Physics IV

4

03.440

Physical Electronics

4

03.324

Circuits Laboratory 1

2

Liberal Arts Elective 1, II

8

♦Third Year

03.460

Engineering Analysis I

4

03.430

Energy Conversion

4

03.453, 03.454

Circuit Analysis III, IV

8

03.311,03.312

Electronics 1, II

8

39.105

Principles of Economics

4

03.410

Electrical Measurements

4

03.325, 03.323

Circuits Lab. II, Electronic Lab.
Fourth Year

4

03.470

Digital Computers

4

03.477

Control Engineering

4

03.313

Electronics III

4

03.327, 03.328

Advanced Electronic Lab, 1, II

4

'*Technical Elective (A or B) 1, II

8

Liberal Art Electvie II

4

'Note: students desiring to terminate their program at the end of quarter 7 may petition

to be awarded the Associate in Engineering degree.
"Technical Elective A: Power Systems Sequence
Technical Elective B: Communication Engineering Sequence

80 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Fifth Year

Course Number

Course

03.478

Control Engineering II

03.437

Distrb. Systems

03.329

Advanced Electronic Lab

03.461

Engineering Analysis II

02.411

or
Mechanics A

Liberal Art Elective

Technical Elective

Q.H.
4
4
2

Total B.E.T. degree 178 Q.H.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 81

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS

Mechanical Engineering deals with the harnessing of power resources
by means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to civil engi-
neering which deals primarily with static forces and structures, mechani-
cal engineering is more concerned with the motion and kinetics of devices
which are activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or thermo-
dynamic forces. Major functions of the mechanical engineer are: 1) de-
sign and installation of all kinds of machinery from pocket watches to
the largest of steel boring mills; 2) development and production of en-
gines and transportation equipment (automobile, aircraft, ship, railway,
etc.); 3) construction and operation of furnaces and boilers as well as
heating and air-conditioning equipment for the control of atmospheric and
environmental conditions.

Employment opportunities for Mechanical Engineering Technology
graduates are in the areas of 1) research, design, or development; 2) pro-
duction, operation, testing, or control and 3) installation, maintenance, and
sales. In performing these functions, graduates will work in close associa-
tion with professionals in the field and may develop technologically to
function independently and in positions of managerial responsibility.

The Mechanical Engineering Technology program and related programs
offered by Lincoln College are:

Associate in Engineering Degree

Mechanical Engineering Technology page 82

Heat Engineering Technology page 83

Bachelor of Engineering Teclinology Degree

Mechanical Engineering Technology (Accredited by Engineers'

Council for Professional Development) pages 84-85

Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology pages 97-98

The program in Mechanical Engineering Technology leading to the
Bachelor of Engineering Technology is also offered as a day cooperative
program. A specimen curriculum is shown on pages 86 and 87.

For further information please call (617) 437-2200, or write.

The Dean of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115

82 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Mechanical Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
The program in Mechanical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate
to assume responsibilities related to the design, production, and installation of
mechanical tools, machinery, engines, and transportation equipment in which
there is an intermingling of mechanical and hydraulic forces. Because of the
increased mechanization of all industry, varied employment opportunities are
available in private engineering consultant groups, and in light and heavy in-
dustries, as well as almost all engineering design organizations.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

♦Second Year

02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

Third Year

02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6

02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

*02.341, 02.342, 02.343 Materials I, II, III 6

09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Engineering Design I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.341, 01.342, 01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, II 6

02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

02.327, 02.328, 02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6

02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in Engi-
neering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

*03.320, 03.321, Electricity and Electronics I, II, III, may be substituted for 02.341, 02.342,

02.343 Materials I, II, III.
"Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 83

Heat Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
The program In Heat Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to as-
sume responsibilities related to the design, operation, and construction of
engines and equipment in which there are thermodynamic, hydraulic, and
mechanical forces. Typical examples are automobile, aircraft, and ship engines;
boilers and furnaces; as well as heating, air conditioning, and ventilating devices.
Employment opportunities are with architectural firms, engineering consultants,
light and heavy mechanical industries, as well as other engineering oriented
organizations.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II -8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

"<= Second Year

02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) 1, II, III 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, II 6
09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

Third Year

02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6

02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

02.351,02.352,02.353 Thermodynamics I, II, III 6

09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Engineering Design I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

02.354, 02.355, 02.356 Heat Transfer I, II, III 6

02.357, 02.358, 02.359 Heat Engineering I, II, III 6

02.361, 02.362, 02.363 Heat Technology Lab. I, II, III 6

Total A.E. Degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in Engi-
neering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

*Some of the second year courses are being repackaged into 4 quarter hour courses.
Check the fall schedule for possible benefits in your program from this change.

84 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Mechanical Engineering Technology

(Accredited by Engineers' Council for Professional Development)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology
The program in Mechanical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to
assume broad responsibilities related to the design, development, production,
operation, and installation of all kinds of machinery, engines and transportation
equipment as well as boilers, furnaces, and heating or air conditioning equip-
ment, which involve interactions of mechanical, hydraulic, and thermodynamic
forces. Employment opportunities are in industry producing mechanized and
automated equipment, design and engineering organizations, and in companies,
dealing primarily with manufacture and production.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, II 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

30.601, 30.602 *Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Third Year

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

02.341, 02.342, 02.343 Materials I, II, III 6

09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Engineering Design I, II, III 6

**Electivel, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.341, 01.342, 01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6

02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 tWestern Civilization I, II, III 6

*30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.601, 30.602 Com-
position and Rhetoric I, II.
**Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of
elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with
his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.
10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students
planning advanced engineering technology subjects.

t23.509, 23.510 Western Civilization A, B (6 q.h.) may be substituted for 23.501, 23.502,
23.503 Western Civilization I, II, 111.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 85

Fifth Year

02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

02.351, 02.352, 02.353 Thermodynamics I, II, III 6

04.381,04.382,04.383 Nuclear Technology I, II, III 6

39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, 11, III 6

Sixth Year

02.327, 02.328,02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6

02.354,02.355,02.356 Heat Transfer I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 *Psychology I, II, III 6

**Elective I, II, III 6

Seventh Year

02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6

02.357, 02.358, 02.359 Heat Engineering I, II, III 6

**Electivel, II, ill 6

Eighth Year

02.361, 02.362, 02.363 Heat Technology Lab. I, II, III 6

30.604. 30.605 tintroduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

English Elective 2

**Elective I, II. Ill 6

Total B.E.T. degree 180

Suggested Technical Electives

Q.H.
02.337, 02.338, 02.339 Mechanical Vibrations I, II, III 6

03.320, 03.321, 03.322 Electricity and Electronics I, II, III 6

02.334, 02.335, 02.336 Experimental Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

02.344, 02.345, 02.346 Applied Metallurgy I, II, III 6

Transfer students may petition for elective credits for courses that are suitable
to the curriculum.

Graduates of the Bachelor of Engineering Technology program desiring to
pursue programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree at
Northeastern University may apply through the Admissions Department (153 Rl).
Programs in Electrical and Civil Engineering are available on a part-time as well
as a regular cooperative program. Mechanical, Industrial, and Chemical Engi-
neering programs are available only during the regular day programs.

Candidates must have at least a 2.75 cumulative average and complete a
course program prescribed by the major department and the Dean's office.

*19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 19.501,
19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III.

'*Elective courses for which proper preparation exists may be chosen from within or out-
side of the Mechanical Engineering discipline.

t30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.604, 30.605
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II.

86 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Mechanical Engineering Technology

(Day Cooperative Curriculum)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology
(The first three years of this program are being offered during 1973-74,
quarters 1 through 7.

First Year

Course Number

Course

Q.H.

10.307, 10.308

College Algebra & Trigonometry 1, II

8

10.320

Calculus 1

4

11.317, 11.318, 11.319

Physics 1, II, III

12

30.113

Freshman Writing

4

30.114,30.115

Introduction to Lit., Great Themes in Lit.

8

09.421,09.422,09.423

Principles of Computer Programming 1, II, III

6

09.461, 09.462,09.463

Engineering Design Graphics 1, II, III

6

11.173, 11.174

Physics Lab. 1, II

Second Year

2

10.421, 10.422

Calculus A, B

8

02.411,02.412

Mechanics A, B

8

09.454

Engineering Design IV

4

02.414

Stress Analysis A

4

02.461

Machine Shop (or Liberal Art elective

4

02.431

on petition with experience)
Materials A

♦Third Year

02.413

Mechanics C

4

03.420

Electricity & Electronics 1

4

02.415

Stress Analysis B

4

02.465

,Heat Lab. 1

2

02.462

Mechanical Lab. 1

2

02.421,02.422

Thermodynamics A, B

8

39.116

Principles of Economics

4

02.441

Fluid Mechanics A
Fourth Year

4

02.417, 02.418

Mechanical Design A, B

4&2

02.463, 02.464

Mechanical Lab. II, III

4

02.442

Fluid Mechanics B

2

02.423

Thermodynamics C

4

Technical Elective 1, II

8

BA Elective or Industrial Engineering Elect. 1

4

Liberal Art Elective II

4

NOTE: Students desiring to terminate their program at the end of quarter 7
may petition to be awarded the Associate in Engineering degree.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 87

Fifth Year

Course Number

Course

04.481

Nuclear Technology

02.467

Project Lab.

02.466

Heat Lab. II
Technical Elective II

02.424

Thermodynamics D
Technical Elective 1, II
Liberal Art Elective 1, II

Technical Elect

ives Must Be Chosen Fro

02.416

Stress Analysis C

02.452

Exp. Stress Analysis

02.451

Mech. Vibrations

02.432

Materials B

02.433

Applied Metallurgy

02.425

Thermodynamics E

10.423

Differential Equations

03.421

Elect. & Electronics 2

03.490

Optical Instrumentation

Q.H.
4
4
2
4
2
8
8

.'-*Jr[^l.-riJi^

'Wl

88 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

INTERDISCIPLINARY ENGINEERING AND
SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS

These programs offered by Lincoln College present a variety of inter-
disciplinary combinations of the Engineering Technology Programs and
the Science Programs (chemistry, physics, and mathematics). They have
been developed to meet the need for technologists in the areas of ecol-
ogy, bioelectronic devices, computer systems, and other technological ap-
plications requiring an expertise in several of the academic disciplines.

This demand for multi-skilled technologists reflects the increased re-
liance of society on the science and engineering technologist to help
solve it's grov\/th problems. Opportunities are also developing in the
highly interdisciplinary fields such as ocean engineering, bioengineering,
environmental science, and public health.

The programs are designed to prepare the student to meet the charge
of interfacing technology and society. The Engineering Technology stu-
dent not only learns about the disciplines that are related to his expertise
but he also becomes oriented in the disciplines where his technological
skills will be applied. A program of concentrated study in chemistry and
physics or mathematics and physics is offered to the Science Technology
student.

Lincoln College is also offering an Associate in Science Degree Pro-
gram in Fire Technology which offers a broad spectrum of those science
technologies which are basic in coping with fire fighting problems at-
tendant to the complexities of todays society.

Interdisciplinary Engineering and Science Technology Programs offered
to Lincoln College Students are:

Associate in Science Degree

Chemical-Physical Technology page 89

Mathematical-Physical Technology page 90

Fire Technology page 91

Associate in Engineering Degree

Bioelectronic Engineering Technology page 92

Computer Engineering Technology page 93

Post-Associate Degree Certificate
Control Systems Engineering Technology page 94

Bachelor of Engineering Technology Degree

Environmental Control Technology pages 95-96

Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology pages 97-98

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 89

Chemical-Physical Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science

The program in Chemical-Physical Technology prepares the graduate to
assume responsibilities related to the analysis, synthesis, and production of
products involving chemical as well as physical changes. The curriculum pro-
vides both theoretical and laboratory training in the traditional branches of
chemistry but also includes modern instrumental, radiochemistry, and nuclear
technology. It provides broad rather than specialized training so as to have
applicability in many chemistry-related fields. Employment opportunities are in
manufacturing and pharmaceutical plants producing drugs, oils, synthetics, and
plastics; as weH as in private and industrial research laboratories concerned
with the development of processes, by-products and new knowledge.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.304, 11.305, 11.306 General Physics 1, II, III 6

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 General Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.547, 12.548, 12.549 General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 3

Second Year

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

12.521, 12.522, 12.523 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.524, 12.525, 12.526 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Third Year

12.531, 12.532, 12.533 Organic Chemistry I, 11, III 6

12.534, 12.535, 12.536 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

11.331,11.332,11.333 Modern Physics I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

12.541, 12.542, 12.543 Physical Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.551, 12.552, 12.553 Instrumental and Radiochemistry 6

04.381, 04.382, 04.383 Nuclear Technology I, II, III 6

Elective I, II, III 6

Total A.S. degree 99

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

90 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Mathematical-Physical Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science

The program in Mathematical-Physical Technology is designed to establish a
firm background in the concepts of physics and mathematics with sufficient
chemistry. to allow effective communication between technologist and profes-
sional. The intensity of courses introduces theoretical depth for concept de-
velopment but places emphasis at the level of application and performance.

Graduates may serve as high-level technicians and laboratory assistants in
such fields as environmental and space science. Working with the professional
engineer or scientist, he may assist in performing intricate and detailed experi-
ments; collect, organize, and reduce technical data to manageable form for
analysis; or perform investigations requiring mathematical and scientific back-
grounds. Opportunities exist in the wide spectrum of research and develop-
ment organizations which deal in the physical, mathematical, and engineering
sciences.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year ;

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6
11.321, 11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics,

Semiconductor Devices 6

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 General Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.547, 12.548, 12.549 General Chemistry Lab. I, M, III 3

Third Year

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6

12.521, 12.522, 12.523 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.524, 12.525, 12.526 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

10.351, 10.352, 10.353 Advanced Mathematics I, II, III 6

11.331,11.332,11.333 Modern Physics I, II, III 6

11.341, 11.342, 11.343 Physics Laboratory I, II, III 6

Elective I, II, III 6

Total A.S. degree 99

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 91

Fire Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science

The program in Fire Technology is designed to enable the student to meet
the increasing demand for higher standards of technical efficiency in today's
fire fighting officer. The student is introduced to a broad array of engineering
technologies to give him the tools to cope with the widespread use of new
techniques in buildings and industry, and the increasing complexity of industrial
and residential installations.

The program includes a number of academic disciplines in discussing the
fire service: considering the complexities of public relations; studying the
demands of leadership; and the necessity for today's firefighter to communi-
cate with the engineering, medical, architectural, legal and business fields.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathematics
Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

11.304,11.305,11.306 General Physics I, II, III 6

91.301, 91.302 Fire Protection Science, I, II 4

91.303 Chemical Behavior of Fire 2

12.507, 12.508, 12.509 Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6

Second Year

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

10.320, 10.321, 10.322 Calculus I, II, III 8

02.341, 02.342, 02.343 Materials I, II, III 6

91.304,91.305 Fire Prevention I, II 4

Third Year

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics i. II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

02.351 Thermodynamics I 2
k 03.344 Fundamentals of Electricity and

' Residential Power Circuits 2

03.345 Industrial Power Circuits 2

91.306,91.307,91.308 Fire Protection Systems I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.351 Environmental Engineering 2

09.311,09.312 Engineering Graphics I, II 4

04.381,04.382 Nuclear Technology I, II 4

91.312 Environmental Physiology 2

45.570,45.571,45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

91.309,91.310,91.311 Fire Operations I, II, III 6

Total A.E. degree 96

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in

Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

92 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Bioelectronic Engineering Technology

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering

The program in Bioelectronics Engineering Technology prepares the graduate
to assume responsibilities related to the design, installation, and operation of
modern medical electronic devices used in the measurement, recording, and
analysis of anatomical, physiological, and biochemical functions in humans and
animals. The curriculum builds heavily on electronics theory, chemistry, and
human physiology with emphasis on typical bioelectronic devices and their
laboratory applications. Employment opportunities are in biological, chemical,
physiological, and pharmaceutical research laboratories; in clinics and hospital in
relation to medical diagnosis and patient care; as well as in industrial organiza-
tions concerned with the design, development, and production of the equipment.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

09.307,09.308,09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics, I, II, III 6

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus, II, III, IV 6

12.507, 12.508, 12.509 *Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6

Third Year

03.304, 03.306, 03.323 Circuit Theory IV, Electrical Measurements and

Electronic Lab. 6

11.320 Semiconductor Physics and Devices 4

03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8

18.507, 18.508, 18.509 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I, II, III 6

03.351,03.352,03.353
03.357, 03.358, 03.359
09.351,09.352,09.353

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

Fourth Year

Bioelectronic Devices 1, II, III
Bioelectronic Lab. 1, II, III
Principles of Computer Programming 1, II, III
Technical Elective

6
6
6
6

Total A.S. degree

96

*Student may elect to add 12.544, 12.545, 12.546 General Chemistry and 12.547, 12.548,
12.549 General Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III (9 q.h.)

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 93

Computer Engineering Technology

Leading to the degree of Associate in Engineering

The Computer Engineering Technology program is organized to provide the
mathematical and technological background for understanding both the hard-
ware and software aspects of computer systems. Graduates will be prepared as:
a) programmers who translate engineering or scientific concepts into meaningful
form for the computer; b) engineering technicians concerned with the develop-
ment, specification, production, and operation of computer hardware; and c)
applications technicians dealing with the interface of the computer with indus-
trial process and control systems or data acquisition, reduction, and display
systems.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

03.301,03.302,03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical & Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Princ. of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

Third Year

11.320 Semiconductor Physics & Devices and 4

03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8

09.354, 09.355, 09.356 Computer Systems I, II, III 6

10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

03.323, 03.391, 03.392 Electronic Lab & Computer Technology Lab II, III 6

03.371, 03.372, 03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Comps. I, II, III 6

Any 2 of 4

03.387, 03.388, 03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III 6

09.357, 09.358, 09.359 Computer Aided Design I, II, III 6

09.361, 09.362, 09.363 Computer Controlled Systems I, II, III 6

10.351, 10.352, 10.353 Advanced Mathematics I, II, III 6

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree.

94 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Control Systems Engineering Technology

Leading to a Certificate

The program In Control Systems Engineering Technology is designed to pro-
vide electrical and electronic background required in the development of control
equipment and systems related to the age of automation. Practicing engineers
who wish to avoid technological obsolescence may keep abreast of current con-
trol practices. The program presumes graduation from either Associate in En-
gineering degree programs in Electrical Power or Electronic Engineering Tech-
nology or bachelor degree programs in a branch of engineering. A certificate
will be awarded upon completion of 30 quarter hours of credit and a minimum
overall Q.P.A. requirement of 1.8 in Lincoln College.

Required Courses

Course Number Course Q.h

03.361, 03.362, 03.363 Transients in Linear Systems I, II, III 6

10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6

Full Year Elective Sequer^ces
(Require completion of Transients in Linear Systems)

03.364, 03.365, 03.366 Advanced Circuit Theory I, II, III 6

03.367, 03.368, 03.369 Advanced Pulse and Digital Circuits I, II, III 6

03.371, 03.372, 03.373 Analog, Digital, and Hybrid Computers I, II, III 6

03.374, 03.375, 03.376 Digital Systems I, II, III 6

03.377, 03.378, 03.379 Control Systems I, II, III 6

03.381, 03.382, 03.383 Transistor Circuit Engineering I, II, III 6

03.384, 03.385, 03.386 Microwave Semiconductor Devices

and Circuits I, II, III 6

03.387,03.388,03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III 6

03.314,03.315,03.316 Pulse and Digital Circuits I, II, III 6

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 95

Environmental Control Technology

Leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology

This program is designed to meet the increasing demand for qualified man-
power to operate and maintain facilities and services which relate to the con-
trol of our environment. From air-sampling to water treatment and industrial
waste control, graduates will take important positions now waiting to be filled.

The program is unique in its mixture of physical and physiological sciences.
In addition, the student has the option of selecting technical electives which
are oriented toward physical facilities or the study of the user of the facilities
— man.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trig. I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

30.601,30.602 *Composition & Rhetoric I, II 4

18.511,18.512,18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 Gen. Chemistry I, 11, III 6

12.547, 12.548, 12.549 Gen. Chem. Lab. I, II, III 3

Third Year

12.521,12.522,12.523 Analytical Chem., I, II, III 6

18.521, 18.522, 18.523 Microbiology I, II, III 12

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.380, 01.381, 01.382 Environmental Lab. I, II, III 6

09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Prog. I, II, III 6

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 ** Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Fifth Year

10.321,10.322,10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

18.561, 18.562, 18.563 Ecology I, II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

*30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.601, 30.602 Com-
position and Rhetoric 1,11.
**23.509, 23.510 Western Civilization A, B (6 q.h.) may be substituted for 23.501, 23.502,
23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III.

96 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Sixth Year

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles & Prob. I, II, III 6

02.341,02.342,02.343 Materials I, II, III 6
18.524, 18.525, 18.526 ( j Human Anat. & Physiology, or 9

01.324, 01.325, 01.326 ^ '^c"- tlective<j structural Analysis 6

LA Elective 6

Seventh Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

01.383, 01.384, 01.385 Public Health Engineering I, II, III 6

02.351,02.352,02.353 1 j Thermodynamics or 6

01.331, 01.332, 01.333 j" ' ^ch. Elective <j Qesjgn of Structures 6

LA Elective 6

Eighth Year

01.386,01.387,01.388 Environmental Design I, II, III 6

02.357, 02.358, 02.359 I u c, r j ^^^^ Engineering or 6

01.371, 01.372, 01.373 p^ch. Elective <j p^j^^ Concrete Design 6

LA Elective 6

Total B.E.T. Degree 181 or 184

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 97

Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology

(Candidate for Accreditation by Engineers' Council for Professional De-
velopment subject to annual review)

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology

The program in Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology is inter-
disciplinary in that it prepares the graduate to assume responsibilities related
to both the planning and construction of relatively static structures such as
buildings, bridges, docks, etc., and also the design and production of dynamic
machine tools, machinery, and other mechanical devices. The mechanical and
structural content are integrated so as to be complementary and to provide a
broad base for design problems of great variety. Employment opportunities lie
in the architectural, construction, civil, and mechanical professions and com-
panies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or
the Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

Course Number Course Q.H.

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

10.320 Calculus I 4

11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12

Second Year

09.311,09.312,09.313 Engineering Graphics I, II, III 6

09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6

10.321,10.322,10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6

30.601, 30.602 *Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Third Year

01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6

02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6

09.314,09.315,09.316 Engineering Design I, II, III 6

**Elective I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

01.321, 01.322, 01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6

02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6

02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 tWestern Civilization I, II, III 6

*30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.601, 30.602 Com-

ppsition and Rhetoric I, II.
**Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of

elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with

his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.

10.324, 10.325, 10.326. Differential Equations 1, II, III is recommended for all students

planning advanced engineering technology subjects.
t23.509, 23.510 V^estern Civilization A, B may be substituted for 23.501, 23.502, 23.503

Western Civilization I, II, 111.

98 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION

Fifth Year

01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6

01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6

01.361, 01.362, 01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

Sixth Year

01.331,01.332,01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6

02.324,02.325,02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 *Psychology I, II, III 6

**Electivel, II, III 6

Seventh Year

01.371, 01.372, 01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6

02.327,02.328,02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6

**Elective I, II, III 6

Eighth Year

02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6

30.604, 30.605 flntroduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

English Elective 2

**Electivel, II, III 6

Total B.E.T. degree 180

Suggested Technical Electives

02.337,02.338,02.339 Mechanical Vibrations I, II, III 6

01.327,01.328,01.329 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II, III 6

02.351, 02.352, 02.353 Thermodynamics I, II, III 6

Elective courses for which proper preparation exists may be chosen from with-
in or outside of the Mechanical — Structural engineering discipline.

Transfer students may petition for elective credits for courses that are suitable
to the curriculum.

Graduates of the Bachelor of Engineering Technology program desiring to
pursue programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree at
Northeastern University may apply through the Admissions Department (153 Rl).
Programs in Electrical and Civil Engineering are available on a part-time as well
as a regular cooperative program. Mechanical, Industrial, and Chemical Engi-
neering programs are available only during the regular day programs.

Candidates must have at least a 2.75 cumulative average and complete a
course program prescribed by the major department and the Dean's office.

*19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 19.501,
19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III.
**Before registering for any electives, the student should submit a proposed program of
elective courses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with
his personal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education.
10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students
planning advanced engineering technology subjects.
t30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) may be substituted for 30.604, 30.605
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II.

description of courses

On the pages which follow is a numerical and descriptive listing of
courses offered in the several curricula of Lincoln College. Although not
all courses are offered every year, all will be offered during the normal
period of each student's curriculum. The term "prerequisite" indicates
a course that must be taken before undertaking the advanced course
to which it applies.

A "quarter hour" equals approximately three clock hours of work (ordi-
narily, one hour of class and two hours of preparation a week for a
quarter of 12 weeks' duration). Laboratory and drawing courses normally
require fewer hours of outside preparation and therefore carry less credit
than lecture courses.

Abbreviations

prereq. — prerequisite lab. — laboratory hours

coreq. — corequisite q.h. — quarter hours

ci. — class hours

Policy on Changes of Program

Lincoln College reserves the right to cancel, modify, or add to the
courses offered or to change the order or content of courses in any
curriculum.

The University further reserves the right to change the requirements for
graduation, tuition, and fees charged, and other regulations. However, no
change in tuition and fees at any time shall become effective until the
school year following that in which it is announced.

Any changes which may be made from time to time relative to the
above policy shall be applicable to all students in the school, college, or
department concerned, including former students who may re-enroll.

99

100 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

INDEX TO COURSES

Dept. No. Pages

100-104
104-111
111-121

122
122-125
125-128
128-130
130-133

134
134-136

136

137
137-138
138-139
139-140

141
141-143
143-144
144-145
146-151
152-153

01

Civil Engineering Technology

02

Mechanical Engineering Technology

03

Electrical Engineering Technology

04

Chemical Engineering Technology

09

Engineering Graphics and Computation

10

Mathematics

11

Physics

12

Chemistry

16

Earth Science

18

Biology

19

Psychology

21

Sociology

23

History

30

English

39

Economics

41

Accounting

45

Management

48

Transportation

91

Fire Technology

96

Aviation Technology

New General Interest Courses

CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

01.301 Surveying I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Surveying principles; theory of measurements; basic traverse computation.
Prereq. 10.314 or 10.308.

01.302 Surveyingll (2cl.,2q.h.)

Stadia principles and topography; simple, compound, and vertical curves. Pre-
req. 01.301.

01.303 Surveying III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Spiral easement curves, earthwork computations; solution of the mass diagram.
Prereq. 01 .302.

01.304 Advanced Surveying I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to observations for latitude, time azimuth including basic spherical
trigonometry. Prereq. 01.303.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 101

01.305 Advanced Surveying II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Precise leveling, triangulation and base line measurements. Use of the geodi-
meterand telurometer. Prereq. 01.304.

01.306 Advanced Surveying III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Basic principles of photogrammetry and map making from aerial photographs.
Map projections. Prereq. 01.305.

01.307 Legal Aspects of Surveying I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Surveyor as an expert witness with emphasis on his knowledge of measure-
ments; easements. Registry of Deeds procedure and how land is sold. Prereq.
01.303.

01.308 Legal Aspects of Surveying II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Deeds and their essential elements, descriptions, and water rights. .Prereq.
01.307.

01.309 Legal Aspects of Surveying III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Land court procedure and the subdivision control law. Prereq. 01.308.

01.310 Surveying (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An outdoor course in use of level, level circuit, vertical control, use of the
transit, taping exercises, closed traverse — transit-tape, horizontal control,
topography — stadia and plane table, layout problems, horizontal and vertical
curves, spiral easements. Prereq. 01.303 (Summer Session).

01.311 Highway Engineering I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Engineering considerations in the planning and construction of modern high-
ways and highway routing. Prereq. 01.301.

01.312 Highway Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Rates of grade, superelevation, flexible and rigid pavements, and other features
of highway design. Prereq. 01.311.

01.313 Highway Engineering III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Traffic flow and traffic control. Computer applications to transportation prob-
lems. Prereq. 01.312.

01.321 Introduction to Structures I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Framing plans and details for steel structures. Prereq. 09.313 and 02.303.

01.322 Introduction to Structures II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Structural shop drafting and the evaluation of load capacities of rivets, welds,
and bolts for structural connections using the AISC code. Prereq. 01.321.

01.323 Introduction to Structures III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Design and detailing of joints including standard connections, seats, and
brackets. Prereq. 01.322.

01.324 Structural Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Reactions, shears, bending moments, and forces developed by loads on beams
and trusses. Analytical and graphical methods. Prereq. 02.323.

01.325 Structural Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Influence lines for beams, girders, and trusses. Solutions for forces from moving
load systems on statically determinate structures. Prereq. 01.324.

102 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

01.326 Structural Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to classical methods of deflection solutions of-beams and trusses.
Methods of solving statically indeterminate structures. Prereq. 01.325.

01.327 Advanced Structural Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analysis of indeterminacy and instability. Analysis of statically indeterminate
structures using Castigliano, Virtual Work, method of deflections, and the neu-
tral point methods. Prereq. 01.326.

01.328 Adanced Structural Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analysis of statically indeterminate structures using the column analogy, mo-
ment, area, elastic weights, and conjugate structures. Prereq. 01.327.

01.329 Advanced Structural Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analysis of statically indeterminate structures using Williot-Mohr, slope deflec-
tion, and moment distribution. Prereq. 01.328.

01.331 Design of Structures I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of steel members in structural frames. Tension, compression, bending,
and eccentrically loaded members. Prereq. 01.323 and 02.323.

01.332 Design of Structures II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of plate girders, highway bridge decks, and roof framing systems. Pre-
req. 01.331.

01.333 Design of Structures III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Composite design in bridges and buildings. Introduction to plastic design meth-
ods in steel. Prereq. 01.332.

01.334 Advanced Structural Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of continuous frames in structural steel, moment resistant connections,
and column bases. Prereq. 01.326, 01.333, 01.373.

01.335 Advanced Structural Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of continuous frames in reinforced concrete. Introduction to pre-
stressed concrete member design. Prereq. 01.334.

01.336 Advanced Structural Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of foundations for structures. Spread footings, combined footings, mats
and pile foundations. Prereq. 01.335.

01.341 Fluid Mechanics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Hydrostatics; principles governing fluids at rest; pressure measurement; hydro-
static forces on submerged areas and objects; simple dams; fluids in moving
vessels; hoop tension. Prereq. 02.303.

01.342 Fluid Mechanics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fluid flow in pipes under pressure; fluid energy, power and friction loss; Ber-
noulli's Theorem; flow measurement. Prereq. 01.341.

01.343 Fluid Mechanics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Pipe networks and reservoir systems; flow in open channels; uniform flow;
energy, friction loss, minor losses, velocity distribution, alternate stages of
flow, critical flow; non-uniform flow; accelerated and retarded flow; hydraulic
jump and waves. Prereq. 01.342.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 103

01.351 Environmental Engineering (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles of water supply engineering; population forecasting, quality and quan-
tity of water for various uses. Water-treatment processes. Prereq. 01.343 and
12.546 or 12.509.

01.352 Environmental Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Collection and disposal of sewage and storm water. Modern methods of treat-
ment and sewage-plant operation. Prereq. 01 .351 .

01.353 Environmental Engineering III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Layout and design of water-treatment and sewage treatment plants. Instrumen-
tation and electrical equipment. Prereq. 01.352.

01.361 Materials and Soil Mechanics I

Physical properties of Portland cement, aggregates, mixing water, and admix-
tures. Proportioning of batches. Mixing, placing, and finishing of concrete.
Bituminous materials. Prereq. 02.303.

01.362 Materials and Soil Mechanics 11

Index properties, soil moisture, and structure. Compressibility, theory of con-
solidation. Prereq. 01.361.

01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics III

Shearing strength of soils, stress analysis, settlement calculations. Lateral
earth pressures, bearing capacity of shallow footings. Soil compaction, stabi-
lization and site investigation. Prereq. 01.362.

01.364 Materials & Soil Mechanics Lab. (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Grain size analysis, variables in concrete mix, bituminous testing, specific grav-
ity— CBR optimum moisture, direct shear, consolidation, seepage and flow
nets, use of triaxial equipment. Prereq. 01.363.

01.371 Reinforced-Concrete Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of bending members in reinforced concrete, using elastic and ultimate-
strength theories. Prereq. 02.323.

01.372 Reinforced-Concrete Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design of axially and eccentrically loaded columns by elastic and ultimate
strength principles. Prereq. 01.371.

01.373 Reinforced-Concrete Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Reinforced-concrete design of basic structures including consideration of con-
tinuity. Prereq. 01.372.

01.380 Environmental Lab. I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Methods and techniques for the examination of water. Treatment efficiency is
included for various types of water treatment.

01.381 Environmental Lab. II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Methods and techniques for the examination of wastewater and industrial waste
discharges. Both chemical and bacteriological analysis are included.

01.382 Environmental Lab. ill (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Advanced methods of measuring impurities in air, water, and solid waste dis-
charges.

104 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

01.383 Public Health Engineering I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The principles and practice of public health engineering. Administrative and
legal aspects of public health quality control.

01.384 Public Health Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Standard methods employed in public health evaluations of foods, dairy prod-
ucts, drinking water, shellfish, air, and recreational waters.

01.385 Public Health Engineering III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Engineering control of air pollution, refuse disposal, institutional sanitation, in-
sect vectors, and rodent control.

01.386 Environmental Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lecture and design problems in environmental quality, v>/ater resources, and
waste treatment.

01.387 Environmental Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lecture and design problems in wastewater treatment, chlorination, and water
pollution control.

01.388 Environmental Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lecture and design problems in air pollution control, solid waste disposal, and
industrial waste disposal.

01.390 Construction Administration (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Contract, specifications, and bidding procedures; estimating and scheduling,
including the critical path method. Discussion of personnel administration and
union negotiation. Prereq. none.

01.401 Technology of Modern Architecture I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

General background of architectural styles both historical and contemporary
with emphasis on engineering design aspects and construction procedures of
various types of buildings. Prereq. none.

01.402 Technology of Modern Architecture II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Contemporary architecture, emphasizing the engineering design aspects and
construction procedures required for modern buildings. Prereq. none.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

02.301 Mechanics (Statics) I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Forces, moments, couples, statics of particles, and rigid bodies in two and three
dimensions. Prereq. 10.320 and 11.317.

02.302 Mechanics (Statics) II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Distributed forces — external and internal. First moments and centroids. Analy-
sis of structures — trusses, frames, and machines. Prereq. 2.301.

02.303 Mechanics (Statics) III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Friction, second moments, and virtual work. Prereq. 02.302.

02.304 Mechanics (Dynamics) I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Kinematics of particles — rectilinear and curvilinear motion of dynamic par-
ticles — force, mass and acceleration, work and energy. Prereq. 02.303.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 105

02.305 Mechanics (Dynamics) II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Impulse and momentum of particles. Kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies
— force mass and acceleration. Prereq. 02.304.

02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Dynamics of rigid bodies — work and energy, impulse and momentum. Intro-
duction to mechanical vibration. Prereq. 02.305.

02.307 Mechanics Statics (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Forces, moments, couples, statics of particles, and rigid bodies in three
dimensions. Distributed forces — external and internal. First moments and
centroids. Analysis of structures, second moments, and virtual work. Prereq.

10.320 arid 11.317.

02.321 Stress Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Stress and deformation; mechanical properties of materials; allowable stresses
and factor of safety; axially loaded indeterminate members; effects of tempera-
ture on stresses and strains; thin cylinders and spheres. Riveted and welded
joints. Prereq. 02.303.

02.322 Stress Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Shear and bending moment in beams; stresses in beams; design of beams;
curvature of beams. Prereq. 02.321.

02.323 Stress Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Determinate and indeterminate beam deflections and reactions by numerical
and graphical integration and area moment methods; theorem of three mo-
ments. Prereq. 02.322.

02.324 Advanced Stress Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Torsional stresses and strains; power transmission; eccentric loads on struts,
beams, riveted and welded joints; combined stresses, principal stresses, Mohr's
circle; theories of failure. Prereq. 02.323.

02.325 Advanced Stress Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Curved beams; non-symmetrical bending of beams; shear-center and shear
^ stresses on thin sections; composite beams. Prereq. 02.324.

02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Columns; energy absorption and resilience; dynamic loading; deflection of
beams by energy methods. Bolted fastenings. Prereq. 02.324.

02.327 Mechanical Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction and principles of design, properties and selection of materials;
stress concentrations; strength under combined stresses; theories of failure;
impact and fluctuating and repeated loads. Prereq. 02.306, 02.323.

02.328 Mechanical Design 11 (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Stresses, deformation and design of fasteners, screws, joints, springs, and
bearings. Lubrication and journal bearings. Prereq. 02.327.

; 02.329 Mechanical Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Stresses and power transmission of spur, bevel, and worm gear; shaft design;
clutches, and brakes. Prereq. 02.327.

106 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

02.331 Mechanical Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments concerning the physical properties of materials. Instrumentation
and measurement. Prereq. 02.343, 02.324 or concurrently.

02.332 Mechanical Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments concerning compressible and incompressible fluids. Experimental
techniques. Prereq. 02.331, 01.341.

02.333 Mechanical Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments of a more advanced nature. Introduction to the analog computer
and experimental stress analysis. Prereq. 02.332, 02.325.

02.334 Experimental Stress Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory and experimentation showing the application of extensometers and
electrical strain gages as transducers and in the field of experimental stress
and strain analysis. Prereq. 02.324.

02.335 Experimental Stress Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory and laboratory practice of photoelastic methods as applied to classical
model analysis and modern coating analysis. Prereq. 02.334.

02.336 Experimental Stress Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The use of resinous and ceramic brittle coatings in experimental analysis;
Moire method of strain analysis; statistical treatment of experimental data.
Prereq. 02.335.

02.337 Mechanical Vibrations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Elements of vibrating systems, one degree of freedom (undamped free and
forced vibration from Newton's law of motion and energy methods.) Natural
frequencies. Damped free and forced vibration. Impedance and mobility. Pre-
req. 02.306.

02.338 Mechanical Vibrations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Systems with more than one degree of freedom. Influence coefficients, La-
grange's equations, generalized coordinates, vibration absorber. Prereq. 02.337.

02.339 Mechanical Vibrations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Natural frequencies by Rayleigh methods and Holzer methods for multi-degree
of freedom. Application problems with combined rotation and translation.
Laplace transforms and electro-mechanical analogs. Prereq. 02.338.

02.341 Materials I (2 ci., 2 q.h.)

Lectures on: fundamental material structures, general information covering
theoretical aspects of properties, testing and failure of materials supplemented
by visual aids. Prereq. none.

02.342 Materials II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lectures on: alloying and hardening of metals, refinement of metals, equili-
brium diagrams, characteristics of engineering materials, principles of material
fabrication. Prereq. 02.341.

02.343 Materials III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lectures on: Inorganic materials, i.e., polymers, glasses, ceramics, cements,
wood; and materials having important electrical and magnetic properties, also
a summary of the most up-to-date applications for the fabrication and uses of
both metals and non-metals. Prereq. 02.342.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 107

02.344 Applied Metallurgy I (1 cl., 1 lab., 2 q.h.)

Lectures: Structures of metals, imperfections, phase diagrams, effect of tem-
perature on structure and properties of metals (annealing, recrystallization,
recovery, precipitation, diffusion); strengthening mechanisms, mechanical
properties of non-ferrous metals.

Laboratory: Experiments in preparation of samples, selection, polishing and
etching, examination of non-ferrous metals, use of the microscope, linear
analysis, construction of cooling curves, and simple binary phase diagrams.
Prereq. 02.342.

02.345 Applied Metallurgy II (1 cl., 1 lab., 2 q.h.)

Lectures: Mechanical properties of ferrous metals, the iron carbon diagram,
high temperature alloys, hardening methods, impact tests, effects of environ-
ment on metals.

Laboratory: Experiments on analysis of stress-strain diagrams of iron and steel,
heat treatment of steels, surface corrosion, tempering and drawing, use of
metallograph and analysis of the results. Prereq. 02.344.

02.346 Applied Metallurgy III (1 cl., 1 lab., 2 q.h.)

Lectures: Manufacturing processes, methods of fabrication; limitations on the
use of different materials and processes; casting, welding, cutting, drawing,
powder metallurgy.

Laboratory: Experiments in cold rolling, swagging, drawing of non-ferrous metals
and the analysis of the results. Tension, shear, fatigue, and machinability tests
on ferrous metals. Prereq. 02.345.

02.351 Thermodynamics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

General theory of heat and matter; laws of thermodynamics; energy-transfor-
mation principles; properties and processes for pure substances. Thermo-
dynamic properties and processes of liquids and vapors; mollier diagram and
tables. Prereq. 11.318.

02.352 Thermodynamics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Properties and processes for ideal gases. Heat engines, carmot cycle, avail-
ability of energy. Tables and charts; vapor power cycles. Prereq. 02.351.

02.353 Thermodynamics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory of vapor engines and analysis of types of actual engines using compres-
sion of gases and vapors; internal combustion engines. Theory of gas and
vapor flow through orifices and nozzles. Prereq. 02.352.

02.354 Heat Transfer I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The primary modes of heat transfer; thermal conductance/ resistance concept;
thermal-electrical analogy; combined heat transfer mechanisms; basic equations
of conduction; thermal conductivity; analytical solutions of various steady state
conduction problems. Prereq. 02.353.

02.355 Heat Transfer II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Dimensional analysis and similarity considerations; natural and forced convec-
tion; hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers; log-mean temperature dif-
ferences; overall heat transfer coefficients; applications to heat exchangers.
Prereq. 02.354.

108 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

02.356 Heat Transfer III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Black body radiation; Kirchoff's Law; emissivity and absorbtivity; radiation be-
tween simple bodies. Graphical and numerical methods applied to steady
state, conduction problems; radiation and convection effects; transient heat
transfer; numerical methods applied to transient problems; heat transfer en-
gineering problems. Prereq. 02.355.

02.357 Heat Engineering I (Refrigeration) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles of gas compression, analysis of vapor compression, refrigeration
systems, low temperature refrigeration cycles, and absorption refrigeration
systems. Prereq. 02.353.

02.358 Heat Engineering II (Air Conditioning) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Air conditioning principles including psychometrics and heat pumps. Calculation
of heating and cooling loads in accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. practices. Pre-
req. 02.353.

02.359 Heat Engineering III (Turbines) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Design and performance of steam and gas turbines; spark-ignition and com-
pression-ignition engine design and performance, fan performance. Prereq.
02.353.

02.361 Heat Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments illustrating principles themodynamics and heat transfer. Instru-
mentation and measurement. Prereq. 02.353.

02.362 Heat Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments on various types of heat engines. Experimental techniques. Pre-
req. 02.361, 02.354 arid 02.357.

02.363 Heat Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments of a more advanced nature further illustrating the principles of
thermodynamics and making use of the student's increased theoretical back-
ground. Simulation of heat problems on analog computer. Prereq. 02.362.

02.401 Man and Materials (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses pages 152-153)

02.411 Mechanics A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Forces, moments, couples, statics of particles and rigid bodies in two and three
dimensions. Distributed forces — external and internal. First moments and
centroids. Analysis of structures — trusses, frames and machines. Prereq.
10.320, 11.317.

02.412 Mechanics B (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Friction, second moments and virtual work. Kinematics of particles — recti-
linear and curvilinear motion of dynamic particles — force, mass and accelera-
tion, work and energy. Prereq. 02.411.

02.413 Mechanics C (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Impulse and momentum of particles. Kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies
— force mass and acceleration. Dynamics of rigid bodies — work and energy,
impulse and momentum. Introduction to mechanical vibration. Prereq.
02.412.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 109

02.414 Stress Analysis A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Stress and deformation; mechanical properties of materials; allowable stresses
and factor of safety; axially loaded indeterminate members; effects of tempera-
ture on stresses and strains; thin cylinders and spheres. Riveted and welded
joints. Shear and bending moment in beams; stresses in beams; design of
beams; curvature of beams. Prereq. 02.411.

02.415 Stress Analysis B (3 cl., 4 q.h.)

Determinate and indeterminate beam deflections and reactions by numerical
and graphical integration and area moment methods; theorem of three mo-
ments. Torsional stresses and strains; power transmission; eccentric loads on
struts, beams, riveted and welded joints; combined stresses, principal stresses,
Mohr's circle; theories of failure. Prereq. 02.414.

02.416 Stress Analysis C (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Curved beams; non-symmetrical bending of beams; short-center and shear
stresses on thin sections; composite beams. Columns; Energy absorption and
resilience; inertial stresses impact loading; deflection of beams by energy
methods. Bolted fastenings. Prereq. 02.415.

02.417 Mechanical Design A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Failure criteria; properties and selection of materials; manufacturing consid-
erations; stress concentrations; strength under combined stresses; theories of
failure; impact and fluctuating and repeated loads. Stresses, deformation and
design of springs; screws, keys, pins and interference fits; preloading of bolted
joints; shafts and flywheels, friction brakes. Prereq. 02.415.

02.418 Mechanical Design B (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Lubrication and journal bearings; anti-friction bearings; stresses and power
transmission of spur, bevel and worm gear; screws for power transmission.
Prereq. 02.417.

02.421 Thermodynamics A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

General theory of heat and matter; laws of thermodynamics; energy-transforma-
tion principles and availability of energy; properties and processes for pure
> substances and ideal gases. Thermodynamic properties and processes of
liquids and vapors; tables and charts; mixtures of fluids; vapor cycles. Prereq.
11.318.

02.422 Thermodynamics B (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Theory of vapor engines and analysis of types of actual engines using compres-
sion of gases and vapors; internal combustion engines. Theory of gas and vapor
flow through orifices and nozzles. Principles of gas compression, analysis of
vapor compression, refrigeration systems, low temperature refrigeration cycles
and absorption refrigeration systems .Prereq. 02.421.

02.423 Thermodynamics C (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Air conditioning principles including psychpmetrics and heat pumps. Calcula-
tion of heating and cooling loads in accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. practices.
Design and performance of steam and gas turbines; spark-ignition and com-
pression-ignition engine design and performance. Fan performance. Prereq.
02.422.

110 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

02.424 Thermodynamics D (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The primary modes of heat transfer; thermal conductance/ resistance concept;
thermal-electrical analog; combined heat transfer mechanisms"; basic equations
of conduction; thermal conductivity; analytical solutions of various steady state
conduction problems. Prereq. 02.422.

02.425 Therodynamics E (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Dimensional analysis and similarity considerations; natural and forced convec-
tion; hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers; log-mean temperature dif-
ferences; overall heat transfer coefficients; applications to heat exchangers.
Black body radiation; Kirchoff's Law; emissivity and absorbtivity; radiation be-
tween simple bodies. Graphical and numerical methods applied to steady state,
conduction problems; radiation and convection effects; transient heat transfer;
numerical methods applied to transient problems; heat transfer engineering
problems. Prereq. 02.424.

02.431 Materials A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Lectures on: fundamental metallic structures, general metallurgical information
covering theoretical aspects of properties, testing and failure of metals. Sup-
plemented by visual aids. Lectures on: alloying and hardening of metals, re-
finement of metals, equilibrium diagrams, characteristics of engineering
metals, principles of metal fabrication. Prereq. none.

02.432 Materials B (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Lectures on: Inorganic materials, i.e., polymers, glasses, ceramics, cements,
wood; and materials having important electrical and magnetic properties, also
a summary of the most up-to-date applications for the fabrication and uses of
both metals and non-metals. Structures of metals, imperfections, phase dia-
grams, effect of temperature on structure and properties of metals, (annealing,
recrystallization, recovery, precipitation, diffusion); strengthening mechanisms,
mechanical properties of non-ferrous metals.

Laboratory: Experiments in preparation of samples, selection, polishing and
etching, examination of non-ferrous metals, use of the microscope, linear analy-
sis, construction of cooling curves, and simple binary phase diagrams. Prereq.
02.431.

02.433 Applied Metallurgy (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Lectures: Mechanical properties of ferrous metals, the iron carbon diagram,
high temperature alloys, hardening methods, impact tests, effects of environ-
ment on metals. Manufacturing processes, methods of fabrication; limitations
on the use of different materials and processes; casting, welding, cutting, draw-
ing, powder metallurgy.

Laboratory: Experiments on analysis of stress-strain diagrams of iron and steel,
heat treatment of steels, surface corrosion, tempering and drawing, use of
metallograph and analysis of the results. Experiments in cold rolling, swagging,
drawing of non-ferrous metals and the analysis of the results. Tension, shear,
fatigue, and machinability tests on ferrous metals. Prereg. 02.432.

02.441 Fluid Mechanics A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Hydrostatics, principles governing fluids at rest; pressure measurement; hydro-
static forces on submerged areas and objects; simple dams; fluids in moving
vessels; hoop tension. Fluid flow in pipes under pressure; fluid energy, power
and friction loss; Bernoulli's Theorem; flow measurement. Prereq. 02.412.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 111

02.442 Fluid Mechanics B (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Pipe networks and reservoir systems; flow in open channels; uniform flow;
energy, friction loss, minor losses, velocity distribution, alternate stages of flow,
critical flow; non-uniform flow; accelerated and retarded flow; hydraulic jump
and waves. Prereq. 02.441.

02.451 Mechanical Vibrations (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Elements of vibrating systems, one degree of freedom (undamped free and
forced vibration from Newton's law of motion and energy methods.) Natural
frequencies. Damped free and forced vibration. Impedance and mobility. Sys-
tems with more than one degree of freedom. Influence coefficients, Lagrange's
equations, generalized coordinates, vibration absorber. Prereq. 02.413.

02.452 Experimental Stress Analysis (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Theory and experimentation showing the application of extensometers and elec-
trical strain gages as transducers in the field of experimental stress and strain
anaylsis. Theory and laboratory practice photoelastic methods as applied to
classical model analysis and modern coating analysis. Prereq. 02.415.

02.461 Machine Shop (3 cl., 4 lab. — 4 q.h.)

Introduction to study of machines for metal processing, cutting tools, and
fluids. Machinability; automatic machinery. Prereq. none.

02.462 Mechanical Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments concerning the physical properties of materials. Instrumentation
and measurement. Prereq. 02.431, 02.415, or concurrently.

02.463 Mechanical Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)
Experirnents concerning compressible and impressible fluids. Experimental
techniques. Prereq. 02.462, 02.441.

02.464 Mechanical Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)
Experiments of a more advanced nature. Introduction to the analog computer
and experimental stress analysis. Prereq. 02.463.

02.465 Heat Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments illustrating principles of thermodynamics and heat transfer. In-
strumentation and measurement. Prereq. 02.442 or concurrently.

02.466 Heat Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments on various types of heat engines. Experimental techniques Prereq.
02.465; 02.424, or concurrently.

02.467 Project Lab. (6 cl., 4 q..h)

A project of analytical, design, or experimental nature. Must be approved by
student's faculty advisor. A formal report must be submitted. Prereq. 02.464;
02.466.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

03.301 Circuit Theory I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ohm's law, Kirchoff's current and voltage laws, equivalent resistances and
sources, mesh and nodal analysis, network theorems, and power relations all
with respect to direct currents. Prereq. 10.320 and 11.319.

112 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

03.302 Circuit Theory II (2 cL, 2 q.h.)

Energy storage, singularity functions, response of R, L and C elements to
singularities. Prereq. 03.301, 10.322 Concurrently.

03.303 Circuit Theory ill (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Complex algebra, phasors, frequency domain, mutual inductance, transformers,
steady-state a-c theory, driving point and transfer impedances, power and energy
in a-c circuits. Prereq. 03.302.

03.304 Circuit Theory IV (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Laplace transforms; partial fraction expansion; Laplace transform techniques
applied to the solution of RLC networks. Prereq. 03.303.

03.305 Circuit Theory V (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Consideration of balanced and unbalanced polyphase power circuits; symmetri-
cal components, harmonic analysis. Prereq. 03.304.

03.306 Electrical Measurements (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Measurement of voltage, current, power, resistance, capacitance, inductance,
impedance, frequency, etc. Direct and substitution measurements. Evaluation
of measured data — standard deviation and tolerance limits, instruments cali- '
brations — effects of residual impedance. Prereq. 03.304, 10.323.

03.307 Electrical-Electronic Principles I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Direct-current circuit principles. Principles of magnetism and inductance.
Alternating-current circuits. Inductive and capacitive reactance. Prereq. 10.329,
11.306.

03.308 Electrical-Electronic Principles II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Series and parallel resonance; filters; electron emission. Vacuum-tubes and
vacuum-tube circuits. Semiconductor junctions. Transistors and diodes, meas-
uring devices, meters. Prereq. 03.307.

03.309 Electrical-Electronic Principles III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Application of tubes and transistors; power supplies, pulse circuits, oscillators
and amplifiers, motor and generator types and applications. Prereq. 03.308.

03.311 Electronics I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Vacuum, semiconductor diodes, power supplies and filters. Vacuum tubes and
transistors as amplifying devices. Graphical analysis of basic amplifiers, d-c
and a-c load lines. Transistor biasing techniques. Prereq. 03.303, 11.323 or
11.320.

03.312 Electronics II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Small signal low frequency transistor models. A-c equivalent circuits, low fre-
quency amplifier circuits. Frequency effects in audio amplifiers. High frequency
transistor model. Voltage regulation. Prereq. 03.311.

03.313 Electronics III (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Continuation of transistor circuits. Untuned amplifiers, feedback amplifiers
and oscillators, low frequency large signal amplifiers. Field effect transistor
circuits. Prereq. 03.312.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 113

03.314 Pulse and Digital Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Study of wave shaping circuitry including clippers, clampers, slicers, rise time,
and- sag. Review of semiconductor diodes. Study of the use of the transistor as
a switch. Emphasis is placed on the non-linear aspects of transistors including
transient switching characterisics. Review of semi-conductor diodes. Prereq.
03.313.

03.315 Pulse and Digital Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Numbering systems; binary notation, and Boolean Algebra. Analysis of inte-
grated OR, AND, NOT, NAND, and NOR circuits including characteristics of
various log families. Study of details of shift register and diode matrix. Prereq.
03.314.

03.316 Pulse and Digital Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Multivibrator circuits; bistable, astable, and monostable. Study of counting and
timing circuits. Synchronization, voltage time-base generators. Prereq. 03.315.

03.317 Principles of Communication Systems I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Analysis of RLC tuned circuits including inductively coupled circuits. A study
of class-C tuned power amplifiers. Analysis of RC, LC and quartz crystal oscil-
lators. Prereq. 03.313.

03.318 Principles of Communication Systems II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Introduction to noise and noise-figure. Discussion of Fourier analysis. Basic
theory of amplitude, frequency, and phase-modulated systems is presented.
Basic concepts of transmitter and receiver circuits are detailed. Comparison of
noise susceptibility of the various systems is examined. Prereq. 03.317.

03.319 Principles of Communication Systems III (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Introduction to pulse communication systems. Basic discussion of sampling
systems quantizers, encoders, modulators, transmission paths. Presentation of
channel capacity and decoding systems. Error detection systems are compared.
Prereq. 03.318.

03.320 Electricity and Electronics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) (not for electrical majors)
Introduction to circuit analysis, resistive networks, periodic excitation function,
steady-state a-c circuits. Prereq. 11.319.

03.321 Electricity and Electronics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The physical foundation of electronics, physical operation of electronic devices,
single-stage electronic cirucits. Prereq. 03.320.

03.322 Electricity and Electronics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Magnetic circuits and transformers, electronmechanical energy conversion; d-c
machines, a-c machines. Prereq. 03.321.

03.323 Electronic Laboratory (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments dealing with laboratory equipment techniques, transistor and
crystal-diode characteristics, the impedance bridge, the Q-Meter, coils with iron
cores, filter circuits, vacuum and semi-conductor diodes, power supplies includ-
ing the regulated type, triode and pentode vacuum tubes, silicon controlled
rectifiers, resistance-coupled amplifiers using transistors. Prereq. 03.312.

114 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

03.324 Circuits Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experimentation in electronic circuit theory utilizing various measurement tech-
niques. Instrumentation verification of circuit theorems; response of circuits
to steps and impulses; oscilloscope theory and applications. Prereq. 03.306.

03.325 Circuits Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Further experimentation in electrical circuits and measurement techniques.
Experiments include non-linear devices, terminal characteristics of active de-
vices, log modulus plots, network parameters and synthesis, Fourier analysis
and synthesis. Prereq. 03.324.

03.327 Advanced Electronic Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments dealing with oscilloscopes, class B audio amplifier with transistors,
push-pull amplifiers, drivers, and distortion measurements. Double-tuned trans-
formers, video amplifiers, audio frequency oscillators, and square-wave testing
of audio amplifiers and the study of operational amplifiers. Prereq. 03.323,
03.313.

03.328 Advanced Electronic Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments dealing with modulation of a class C amplifier, the diode detector,
basic timing circuits, RF and crystal oscillators, networks in FM and television
equipment, pulse and counter circuits and frequency dividers, sawtooth gen-
erators, astable (free-running) multivibrators, logic gates, frequency modula-
tion detectors. Prereq. 03.327.

03.329 Advanced Electronic Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Spectral studies of FM and PM waves, amplitude iimiters. The balance modu-
lators and single sideband generators. Binary adders, registers and counters,
testing of a radio receiver, television receiver demonstration, analog com-
puters. Pulse forming and delay lines, slotted lines and a series of five
microwave experiments. Prereq. 03.328.

03.331 Energy Conversion I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Generalized theory of electromechanical energy conversion. Two-winding trans-
former; general torque form applied to singly and doubly-excited rotating
devices. Prereq. 03.303 and 10.323.

03.332 Energy Conversion II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Induction and synchronous machines. Equivalent circuit models, steady-state
operating modes, applications. Prereq. 03.331.

03.333 Energy Conversion III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

D-c machine; transfer functions and flow chart analysis. Laplace transform
techniques applied to the analysis of dynaimc operating modes of rotating ma-
chines. Prereq. 03.332.

03.334 Control Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic control design considerations; circuit transfer functions, time and fre-
quency response relationships, bode diagrams. General feedback applications;
stability and compensating techniques as related to more complex control sys-
tems. Prereq. 03.312 and 03.333.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 115

03.335 Control Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Characteristics and construction of common control circuit devices; synchros,
choppers, mangetic amplifiers, SCR's, control motors, gear trains, tachometers.
Prereq. 03.334.

03.336 Control Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

System open and closed loop transfer functions; stability, speed of response,
and accuracy trade-offs. Industrial uses including speed and voltage regula-
tion, photoelectric, timing, sorting, and temperature control applications.
Pereq. 03.335.

03.337 Basic Power Systems I (4 ci., 4 q.h.)

Consideration of power transmission lines; line constants; current, voltage, and
power relations; introduction to elecrtic-power distribution loads, feeders, and
substations; application of matrices. Prereq. 03.333.

03.338 Basic Power Systems II (4 c I, 4 q.h.)

Consideration of symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults; protective devices —
application and coordination; power flow in electric circuits; steady-state power
limitations of systems; voltage regulation theory and application. Prereq.
03.337.

03.339 Basic Power Systems III (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Computer applications to power systems with emphasis on load-flow studies;
basic ideas of system planning, short-circuit studies and system stability. Pre-
req. 03.338.

03.341 Power and Controls Laboratory I (4 lb., 2 q.h.)
Experimentation on measurement techniques, basic devices and circuits (in-
cluding power circuits), transformers. Prereq. 03.333 and 03.334 or concur-
rently.

03.342 Power and Controls Laboratory II (4 lab., 2 q.h.)
Experimentation on the steady-state and dynamic characteristics of rotating
machines. Prereq. 03.341.

03.343 Power and Controls Laboratory III (4 lab., 2 q.h.)
Experimentation on control devices, systems including transient and steady-
state responses, voltage and speed control systems, polyphase power rectifiers.
Prereq. 03.342.

03.344 Fundamental Elecricity and Residential Power Circuits (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
The fundamentals of electrical work, terminology, basic principles and the
theory behind general practice in accordance with the National Electric Code
are presented with an analysis of the actual wiring of residential buildings and
farms. Wiring analysis of non-residential buildings such as churches, schools,
stores, etc. for below 600 volts service is also included. Prereq. 10.329,
11.306.

03.345 Industrial Power Circuits (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A survey of the use of sound engineering principles in the design of electric
distribution systems which are applicable to most types and sizes of industrial
plants. Prereq. 03.344.

116 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

*03.351 Bioelectronic Devices I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Transducers, relating body functions and biomedical reactions to electronic
signals. Optics and optical components including mirror lenses, prisms, and
gratings. Detraction and refraction of light into spectral components and
spectra. Prereq. 03.312.

*03.352 Bioelectronic Devices II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Operational amplifier design and utilization, special power supply design.
Chromatography and design of chromatography systems. Spectrophotometry
radiation counting equipment and Ph measurement equipment related to
chromatography. The electrocardiograph, electroencephalograph, and related
physiological equipment will be discussed. Prereq. 03.351.

=^03.353 Bioelectronic Devices III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Blood pressure and flow measurement including ultrasonic devices, centrifuga-
tion, and ultracentrifugation equipment as well as amino acid analyzers. Nerve-
conduction apparatus and techniques. Professional specialists in the field will
lecture on special topics. Prereq. 03.352.

*30.357 Bioelectronic Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments dealing with oscilloscopes, transistor amplifiers with negative
feedback, directly coupled and difference amplifiers, clamping circuits, tran-
sients, logic circuits. Experiments in electronic circuitry including audio am-
plifiers, oscillators, and related circuits. Prereq. 03.312.

*03.358 Bioelectronic Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments in optics covering lenses, mirrors, prisms, gratings, and spectra.
Radiation experiments. Special design experiments on the optical bench re-
lated to spectrophotometry, experiments with optical and electroptical system.
Design of detection and amplification, monitoring systems. Prereq. 03.357.

*03.359 Bioelectronic Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments and open discussion centered around bioelectronic systems includ-
ing electrocardiogram, electroencephalograph, amino acid analyzers, Ph meas-
urement and titration apparatus, centrifuges, and ultracentrifuges as well as
radioactive sample changers. Prereq. 03.358.

03.360 Introduction to Radar Systems (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Discussion of radar range equation, examination of CW, FM, MTI, Pulse-Doppler
and monopulse systems. Description of transmitter, antennas, and receivers
and a discussion of information extraction from typical radar waveforms.
Prereq. 03.316 arid 03.319.

"Bioelectronic Devices (03.351, 03.352, 03.353) and the laboratory sequence (03.357,
03.358, 03.359) are offered every other year.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 117

03.361. Transients in Linear Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Application of differential equations to tine solutions of linear, time-invarient
electrical networks. Introduction to singularity functions, convolution, and time
domain transient analysis. Prereq. 10.324 or concurrently, 03.304 or equivalent.

03.362 Transients in Linear Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Network topology and duality, introduction to the methods of transformation
calculus and complex frequency concepts. Signal analysis in the frequency
domain. Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace transform methods. Prereq. 10.325
or concurrently, 03.361.

03.363 Transients in Linear Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A varied selection of circuit problems are solved using Laplace transforms, and
related theorems. Prereq. 03.362.

03.364 Advanced Circuit Theory I (2 cL, 2 q.h.)

Definitions and tests are lumped, linear, time-invariant systems, review of
matrix algebra. General analysis of networks by loop current and node voltage
variables using matrix techniques. Prereq. 03.363.

03.365 Advanced Circuit Theory II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of two-port networks using various parameter systems. S-plane analysis
of system response. General filter analysis. Prereq. 03.364.

03.366 Advanced Circuit Theory III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Discussion of the necessary and sufficient conditions for the physical realiza-
tion of impedance functions; Forster and Cauer forms. Synthesis of filters.
Prereq. 03.365.

03.367 Advanced Pulse and Digital Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Linear and non-linear pulse forming and processing techniques. Design of
gate and binary circuits for operation under severe environmental conditions.
Prereq. 03.363.

03.368 Advanced Pulse and Digital Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Analysis of applications of existing integrated circuits. Prereq. 03.367.

03.369 Advanced Pulse and Digital Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Negative-impedance devices and their applications. Linear voltage and current
sweep circuits. Prereq. 03.368.

03.371. Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Theory and operation of analog computers. Amplitude scaling and time scaling
on the analog computer and application of the analog computer to the solution
of linear and and non-linear differential equations. Prereq. 10.325.

03.372 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to the field of digital computer design. Topics include general
computer organization, number systems and number representations, design
characteristics of major computer units. Boolean Algebra application to com-
puter-design. Prereq. 03.371.

03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Survey of the present state-of-the-art hybrid computers. Problem areas unique
to hybrid computers such as interface, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog
conversion will also be discussed. Hybrid computer programming techniques.
Direct digital process control computers. Prereq. 03.372.

118 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

03.374 Digital Systems I (2 cL, 2 q.h.)

Basic concepts of Boolean Algebra. Switching components. Review of num-
ber systems, codes, and negative number representation. Analysis and syn-
thesis of combinational circuits. Examples of application. Prereq. 03.316.

03.375 Digital Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Data acquisition techniques. Analysis and synthesis of sequential circuits. Ex-
amples of applications. Analog and digital data reduction. Real time data
processing. Prereq. 03.374.

03.376 Digital Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Residue number systems. Threshold logic concepts. Advanced digital system
techniques with application to complex systems. Data decommutation tech-
niques relative to comunications systems. Aerospace telemetry systems.
Prereq. 03.375.

03.377 Control Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analysis of linear servomechanisms under both transient and steady-state con-
ditions. Signal flow graphs. Prereq. 03.363.

03.378 Control Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Laplace transforms used in the formulation of block diagrams and transfer
functions. System stability. Root locus techniques. Prereq. 03.377.

03.379 Control Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Treatment of Nyquist criteria, and Bode diagram methods for systems evalua-
tion. Prereq. 03.378.

03.381 Linear Active Circuit Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of large and small signal analysis for bipolar, unipolar, and integrated
circuit devices. Review of feedback principles as applied to discrete, hybrid,
and integrated circuit amplifiers or regulators. Signal flow graph analysis will
be used to determine accuracy and sensitivity of feedback loops. Prereq.
03.313.

03.382 Linear Active Circuit Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Factors influencing high and low frequency response, and slew rate of both
discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers. Bode and gain-phase plots will be
used to analyze stability of feedback loops. Prereq. 03.381.

03.383 Linear Active Circuit Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Active filter and oscillator design using both discrete and hybrid/ integrated
circuits. Principles of low-noise video amplifiers. Design of linear integrated
electronic systems. Prereq. 03.382.

03.384 Microwave Semiconductor Devices and Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Provides basic understanding of the principles and design techniques for micro-
wave circuits utilizing semiconductor devices. Introduction to microwave theory
and techniques. Development of the Smith Chart for the graphical solution of
microwave problems. Prereq. 03.304.

03.385 Microwave Semiconductor Devices and Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to the basic properties of semiconductors at microwave fre-
quencies including analysis of bulk semiconductor effects and of junction
phenomena. The course will analyze the physical properties and microwave
characteristics of avalanche diodes, varactor diodes, tunnel diodes, PIN diodes,
Gunn effect devices, and the microwave transistors. Prereq. 03.384.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 119

03.386 Microwave Semiconductor Devices and Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Design and utilization of semiconductor devices in microwave circuits for
microwave generation, amplification, frequency conversion, multiplication, and
detection. Introduction to the miniaturization of microwave circuits and the
integration of microwave functions. The characteristics and limitations of the
devices. Prereq. 03.385.

03.387 Integrated Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Monolithic Bipolar Junction Technology, FETS and MOS technology. Boolean
Algebra, gates and truth tables, logic families, fiipflops. Prereq. 03.313.

03.388 Integrated Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Counters, registers and decoding, digital circuits applications, error coding,
memories, signal processing, B.i.T.E. (Built-in Test Equipment). Prereq. 03.387.

03.389 Integrated Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Linear integrated circuits, operational amplifiers — low frequency noise, and
high frequency characteristics, selection criteria, linear and non-linear circuits
applications, active filters, D/A and A/D converters. Prereq. 03.388.

03.391 Computer Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Logic performing circuits, flip-flops, binary-counters, sampling gates, pulse
and counter circuits and frequency dividers, a study of an analog computer.
Prereq. 03.327 or 09.356.

03.392 Computer Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of 03.391 topics plus the use of a PDP 81 minicomputer. Prereq.
03.391.

03.394 Electrical — Electronic Principles A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Laws of voltage, current, and power. Series and parallel circuits. Principles of
magnetism, and electro-magnetic induction. Alternating current, voltage, and
power relationships. Principles of capacitive and inductive reactance. Series
parallel a-c circuits including resonance. Transformer, motor, and generator
principles. Meters. Prereq. 10.503, 11.306.

03.395 Electrical — Electronic Principles B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Vacuum tubes, semiconductor diodes, and transistors. Principles of filters.
Power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, pulse circuits, motor and generator
types and applications. Prereq. 03.307.

03.396 Basic Optics for Instrumentation (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Provides the necessary background for the two instrumentation courses listed
below. Includes basic topics in geometrical and physical optics. No previous
background in optics is assumed. Topics included are: Gaussian optics; funda-
mental laws of image formation; basic elements of optical design; scalar wave
theory; interference and diffraction; polarization; basics of coherent (laser) and
non-coherent optics. Prereq. 10.308.

03.397 Optical Instrumentation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Treats the classical image forming instruments (telescopes, microscopes, etc.)
as components of optical systems. Includes magnification; aberrations; resolu-
tion criteria; photometry; compatibility of system components and optimiza-
tion of systems. Topics in coherent imaging such as phase contrast and
holography. Prereq. 03.396.

120 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

03.398 Optical Instrumentation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The basic non-image forming systems used for analysis control and metrology.
Includes: spectroscopy, interferometry (classical and holographic), electron-
ion optical, and X-Ray systems. Prereq. 03.397.

03.399 Fundamentals of Operational Amplifiers (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Emphasis on treating the amplifier as a black box. Covers gain, distortion, feed-
back, matching, offset, drift, and frequency response. A section on practical
applications. Prereq. 03.312.

03.401 Electric Devices and Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See Genera! Interest Courses, pages 152-153)

03.402 Electric Devices and Systems II (2 cl., 4 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153)

03.410 Electrical Measurements (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Measurement of voltage, current, power, resistance, capacitance, inductance,
impedance, frequency, etc. Direct and substitution measurements. Evaluation
of measured data — standard deviation and tolerance limits, instruments cali-
brations— effects of residual impedance. Prereq. 03.454.

03.420 Electricity and Electronics I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Introduction to circuit analysis, resistive networks, periodic excitation function,
steady state a-c circuits. The physical foundations of electronics and the physi-
cal operation of electronic devcies. Prereq. 11.319.

03.421 Electricity and Electronics II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Single-stage electronic circuits, magnetic circuits and transformers, electro
mechanical energy conversion, d-c machines, a-c machines. Prereq. 03.420.

03.440 Physical Electronics (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Electron Ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as re-
lated to conduction of electricity in solids. Fundamentals of semiconductors,
crystal diodes, and transistors. Theory of field-effect transistors, integrated
circuits, and photoelectric devices. Prereq. 11.420.

03.430 Energy Conversion (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Generalized theory of rotating energy conversion devices. Steady-state opera-
tion of the multiply-excited direct-current machine. Control of speed; special
machines. Transformers, steady-state considerations of induction and syn-
chronous machines. Generalized machine and circuit model. Laplace trans-
form techniques applied to the analysis of dynamic operating modes of rotating
machines. Prereq. 03.452 arid 10.422.

03.437 Distributed Systems (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Radiation, transmission, and reception of electromagnetic waves. Distributed-line
constants and traveling waves of transmission lines. Differential equations of
the uniform line. Prereq. 10.422.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 121

03.451 Circuit Analysis I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Ohm's law, Kirchoff's current and voltage laws, equivalent resistances and
sources, mesh and modal analysis, network theorems, two-port networks and
power relations — all with respect to direct currents. Energy storage, singu-
larity functions, response of R, L, and C elements to singularities. Prereq.
10.320, 11.319.

03.452 Circuit Analysis II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Complex algebra, phasors, frequency domain, mutual inductance, transformers,
steady-state a-c theory, driving point and transfer impedances, power and
energy in a-c circuits. Laplace transforms; partial fraction expansion; Laplace
transform techniques applied to the solution of RLC networks. Prereq. 03.451.

03.453 Circuits Analysis III (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Application of differential equations to the solutions of linear, time-invarient
electrical networks. Introduction to singularity functions, convolution, and time
domain transient analysis. Network topology and duality, introduction to the
methods of transformation calculus and complex frequency concepts. Prereq.
03.542.

03.454 Circuits Analysis IV (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Signal analysis in the frequency domain. Fourier series. Fourier and Laplace
transform methods. A varied selection of circuit problems are solved using
Laplace transforms and related theorems. Prereq. 03.453.

03.460 Engineering Analysis I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Linear algebra and its application to circuit equations. Solution of linear dif-
ferential equations including an introduction to Laplace transforms. Prereq.
10.422 and 03.452.

03.461 Engineering Analysis II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Complex variables and their relevance to an electrical engineering program.
Prereq. 10.422.

03.470 Digital Computers (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Introduction to the field of digital computer design. Topics include general
computer organization, number systems and number representations, design
characteristics of major computer units. Boolean Algebra applications to com-
puter design. Prereq. 03.313 or concurrently.

03.477 Control Engineering I (4 cl., 4 q. h.)

Analysis of linear servomechanisms under both transient and steady-state con-
ditions. Signal flow graphs. Laplace transforms used in the formulation of
block diagrams and transfer function. Prereq. 03.454 and 10.422.

03.478 Control Engineering II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

System stability. Root locus techniques. Treatment of Nyquist criteria, and
Bode diagram methods for systems evaluation. Prereq. 03.477.

03.490 Optical Instrumentation (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Telescopes, microscopes, etc. as optical system components. Includes mag-
nification; aberations; resolution criteria; photometry. Compatibility of system
components and optimization of systems. The basic non-image forming sys-
tems used for analysis control and metrology. Prereq. 10.308 and 10.319.

122 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

04.381 Nuclear Technology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Atomic and nuclear structure, discovery and nature of radio activity. Nuclear
instrumentation for particle detection, monitoring, and experimentation. Sup-
plementary laboratory experiments. Prereq. 10.323 and 11.319.

04.382 Nuclear Technology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Nuclear reactions and energy; induced nuclear transformations; neutron prop-
erties. Radiological safety — the hazards, problems, and protection. Applica-
tions of radionuclides. Supplementary laboratory experiments. Prereq. 04.381.

04.383 Nuclear Technology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The fission process and its applications; nuclear reactors — their classification,
design and application; nuclear fuel processing; radioactive waste disposal.
Supplementary laboratory experiments. Prereq. 04.382.

04.481 Nuclear Technology (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Atomic and nuclear structure; discovery and nature of radioactivity. Nuclear
reactions and energy; induced nuclear transformations, neutron properties.
Nuclear instrumentation for particle detection, monitoring, and experimenta-
tion. The fission process and its applications; nuclear reactors — their classifi-
cation, design, and application. Supplementary laboratory experiments. Prereq.
10.422 and 11.319.

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTATION

09.307 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Instrument techniques; principles of projection, drawing, reading and interpre-
tation of multiview drawings; isometric, oblique, and pictorial representations.
Two hours of laboratory classes. Prereq. none.

09.308 Elecrical and Electronic Graphics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Auxiliary views, sections, dimensioning; introduction to electronic graphics,
including: symbols, schematics, block and logic diagrams, production and
cable drawings, military standards. Prereq. 09.307.

09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of single- and double-sided printed circuit layout, electro-mechanical
designs, wiring, and interconnection diagrams; graphical data presentation.
Prereq. 09.308.

09.311 Engineering Graphics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to engineering drawing, geometric construction, charts and
graphs, orthographic projection through auxiliary views. Prereq. none.

09.312 Engineering Graphics II (2 cl., 2 q.h)

Detail drawing, including intersections and development, reading of multiview
drawings, pictorial representation. Prereq. 09.311.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 123

09.313 Engineering Graphics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Manufacturing processes and dimensioning. Topographical, earth work and
structural drawing, analysis of assemblies, design project, case studies. Prereq.
09.312.

09.314 Engineering Design I (Kinematics) (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Translatory and rotary motion involving basic mechanisms through graphical
vector and mathematical analysis of displacement, velocity, and acceleration.
Some redesign of existing mechanisms. Simple, compound, reverted, and
epicyclic gear trains. Prereq. 09.313, 11.317.

09.315 Engineering Design II (Drawings) (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Drawings and specifications for the production and precision machining of
castings, forging, weldments, etc. Discussion of design components. Prereq.
09.314.

09.316 Engineering Design III (Creativity) (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to design through graphical analysis of cam and follower motions,
and other mechanisms. Creativity and design processes through case studies
and original projects requiring oral presentation of student's involvement in
both synthesis and innovative activities. Prereq. 09.315.

09.351 Principles of Computer Programming I (2cl.,2q.h.)

Rules for forming simple FORTRAN programs. Applications to scientific prob-
lems, algorithms for computing infinite sums, maxima and minima in both
discrete and continuous cases. Programming in FORGO. Prereq. 10.308 or
10.312, 10.314.

09.352 Principles of Computer Programming II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Extended capabilities of the FORTRAN language. Manipulation of arrays, sub-
routine and function subprograms. Algorithms to sort arrays, root evaluation.
Scientific subroutines, random numbers, A FORMAT. Programming in FOR-
TRAN IV. Prereq. 09.351.

09.353 Principles of Computer Programming III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to use of plotter. A format graphs, quadrature, evaluation of deriv-
atives, solution of simultaneous equations, program documentation procedures.

^Programming in FORTRAN IV. Prereq. 09.352.

09.354 Computer Systems I (Software Systems) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Storage and retrieval techniques, machine language and symbolic coding,
discussion of ALGOL, BASIC and PL/1. Prereq. 09.353.

09.355 Computer Systems II (Hardware Systems) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Card readers, printers, plotters, and other output devices. Tapes, discs, drums
and methods for computer files. Data communication equipment, COBOL,
processing quality control, computer installation management.

09.356 Computer Systems III (Operating Systems) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Batch processing, time sharing, mixed systems and multiprogramming. North-
eastern University's operating system-MASTER.

09.357 Computer Aided Design I (Computer Graphics) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Computer graphics programming. Using the computer to draw two and three
dimensional shapes. Character generation and manipulation methods. Imple-
mentation on Northeastern's calcomp plotter. Prereq. 09.353.

124 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

09.358 Computer Aided Design II (Problem Oriented Languages) (2 cl.,
2 q.h.)

Discussion of popular languages, user oriented requirements, input algorithms,
command structure, design of a POL system. Prereq. 09.353.

03.359 Computer Aided Design III (Simulation and Mathematical models)
(2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Random numbers programs to predict the outcome of probabilistic systems.
Computer models of deterministic systems. Prereq. 09.353.

09.361 Computer Controlled Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to minicomputers. Minicomputers organization and logical com-
ponents. Basic machine language programming. Prereq. 09.353.

09.362 Computer Controlled Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Extended programming of minicomputers. The use of a minicomputer as an
element in process control. Analysis of open and closed loop systems. Prereq.
09.361.

09.363 Computer Controlled Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Specification of computer elements for a control system. Design and synthesis
of a computer controlled system to meet process requirements. Prereq.
09.362.

09.401. Interpretation of Industrial Drawings (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153).

09.421 Principles of Computer Programming I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Rules for forming simple FORTRAN programs. Applications to scientific prob-
lems, algorithms for computing infinite sums, maxima, and minima in both
discrete and continuous cases. Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently.

09.422 Principles of Computer Programming II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Extended capabilities of the FORTRAN language. Manipulation of arrays, sub-
routine and function subprograms. Algorithms to sort arrays, root evaluation.
Scientific subroutines, random numbers, A-FORMAT. Programming in FOR-
TRAN IV. Prereq. 09.421.

09.423 Principles of Computer Programming III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to use of plotter. A-FORMAT graphs, quadrature, evaluation of de-
rivatives, solution of simultaneous equations, program documentation pro-
cedures. Programming in FORTRAN IV. Prereq. 09.422.

09.461 Engineering Design Graphics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to fundamentals of engineering graphics, including depicting of
planar and of solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection and primary
auxiliary views. Reading and interpreting of multi-view drawings. Construc-
tion of both isometric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings, with some em-
phasis on drafting techniques. Prereq. none.

09.462 Engineering Design Graphics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Emphasis on engineering drawings required to support engineering design,
including standard conventions, dimensioning, basic production processes, etc.
Shop detail drawings are made. Exercise in design processes are given through
selected design projects completed by the students. Prereq. 09.461.

f

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 125

09.463 Engineering Design Graphics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Greater involvement in design by examination oT many commonly available
components. Case studies of designs of systems and products are discussed
in class. Some electrical and electronic graphics subjects are also covered.
Advanced design projects are assigned. Prereq. 09.462.

MATHEMATICS

10.301 Introduction to Mathematics I (4 cl., non-credit)

A comprehensive review of high school algebra including: first-degree equations,
factoring, fractional equations, word problems, and concepts of plane geometry.
Prereq. none.

10.302 Introduction to Mathematics II (4 cl., non-credit)

Algebraic operations with fractions and mixed expressions, proportions, square
roots, radicals, quadratics; simultaneous equations, graphs and fractional ex-
ponents. The geometry of the right triangle, areas of polygons, circles, and loci
problems. Basic slide rule operation. Prereq. 10.301.

10.303 Introduction to Mathematics

An accelerated combination of 10.301 and 10.302. Primarily for day students.

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Fundamental operations of algebra; algebraic fractions; exponents and radicals;
functions. Trigonometric functions of angles both in degree and in radian mea-
sure; right triangles; identities and equations. Prereq. Math. Placement Test
or 10.302.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Quadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers;
binomial expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric
graphs; other transcendental functions, logarithms, inverse trigonometric func-
tions. Prereq. 10.307.

10.316 Probability and Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic tools, e.g., sets, permutations and combinations; probability and appli-
cations. Prereq. 10.308, or 10.329 or 10.335.

10.317 Probability and Statistics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Descriptive statistics; frequency distributions and probability density functions;
normal and other distributions. Prereq. 10.316.

10.318 Probability and Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Bivariate distributions; correlation; statistical inference and estimation; regres-
sion. Prereq. 10.317.

10.320 Calculus I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Functions, graphs, and limits; study of the straight line, the circle, the para-
bola; differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications, including curve-
sketching. Prereq. 10.308, 10.329.

10.321 Calculus II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Applications of derivatives to curve-sketching; antidifferentiation; the definite
integral, with applications; calculus of non-algebraic functions — logarithmic,
exponential, and trigonometric. Prereq. 10.320.

126 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

10.322 Calculus III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Calculus of inverse trigonometric functions; techniques of integration —
especially integration by parts and substitution; numerical integration; polar
coordinates; the conic sections; vectors in a plane; indeterminate forms,
L'Hospital's rule. Prereq. 10.321.

10.323 CalculuslV (2cl.,2q.h.)

Calculus of functions of several variables, partial differentiation, multiple in-
tegrals, infinite series. Prereq. 10.322.

10.324 Differential Equations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq. 10.323.

10.325 Differential Equations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ordinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear differ-
ential equations, especially with constant coefficients. Laplace transforms. Pre-
req. 10.324.

10.326 Differential Equations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Series solutions of differential equations; Fourier series and orthogonal func-
tions. Prereq. 10.325.

10.327 Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Prereq. Math.
Placement Test, 10.331 or 10.302.

10.328 Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Linear and quadratic equations; exponents and radicals; variation. Prereq
10.327.

10.329 Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics and prob-
ability; logarithms. Prereq. 10.328.

10.330 Basic Mathematics I (2 cl., non credit)

A review of elementary algebra; algebraic expressions and operations, equations,
word problems. Prereq. none.

10.331 Basic Mathematics II (2 cl., non-credit)

Further review; operations with polynominals, factoring, fractional expressions,
word problems. Prereq. 10.330.

10.332 Mathematics for Business Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to mathematics underlying operations research, with emphasis on
applications to business management logic, set theory. Prereq. 10.329 or
equiv.

10.333 Mathematics for Business Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Probability and its uses in decision-making under uncertainty; introduction to
vector and matrix algebra. Prereq. 10.332 or equiv.

10.334 Mathematics for Business Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Mathematics of finance, linear programming and optimization techniques, game
theory. Prereq. 10.333 or equiv.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 127

10.351 Advanced Mathematics I (Numerical Analysis) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic methods of numerical analysis — roots by iteration; approximating poly-
nomials and interpolation; least squares fitting; numerical integration; approxi-
mate solution of ordinary differential equations — problems employing the
electronic computer. Prereq. 09.353 and 10.326.

10.352 Advanced Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to partial differential equations, boundary-value problems, Sturm-
Liouville systems. Prereq. 10.351.

10.353 Advanced Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Special topics in analysis. Prereq. 10.352.

10.361 Modern Algebra I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Sets; binary operations; mappings; rings, integers, fields; rationals; reals,
bases for computer applications; Euclidean algorithm; primes. Prereq. 10.308,
10.329 or 10.335.

10.362 Modern Algebra II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Field of complex number; groups; subgroups; polynominal rings; homomor-
phisms; isomorphisms; ideals. Prereq. 10.361.

10.363 Modern Algebra III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vector spaces; linear transformations; dependence, independence; dimension
applications to engineering, science, and business. Prereq. 10.362.

10.364 Modern Applied Algebra (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Introduce the language of abstract algebra to the following topics: graphs, finite
state machines, programming languages, Boolean Algebra, lattices, coding for
communication channels and radar. Look at algebraic theory of linear systems,
Prereq. 10.361, 10.362 and 10.363.

10.391 Mathematics — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Linear and quad-
ratic; exponents and radicals. (No credit to students who have passed 10.327,
or 10.328, or 10.335). Prereq. Math. Placement Test, 10.302, or 10.331.

10.392 Mathematics — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

.Variation; review of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics
and probability; logarithms. (No credit to students who have passed 10.329.)
Prereq. 10.391.

10.401 Foundations of Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.402 Foundations of Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.403 Foundations of Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.421 Calculus — A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Applications of derivatives to curve-sketching; antidifferentiation; the definite in-
tegral, with applications; calculus of non-algebraic functions — logarithmic,
exponential, and trigonometric. Calculus of inverse trigonometric functions;
techniques of integration; polar coordinates; the conic sections; vectors in a
plane; indeterminate forms, L'Hospital's rule. Prereq. 10.320.

128 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

10.422 Calculus — B (3 cl., 4 q.h.)

Calculus of functions of several variables, partial differentiation, nnultiple in-
tegrals, infinite series. Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq.
10.421.

10.423 Differential Equations (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Ordinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear
differential equations, especially with constant coefficients; Laplace transforms,
series solutions of differential equations. Fourier series and orthogonal func-
tions. Prereq. 10.422.

PHYSICS

Courses marked * not available in every curriculum. See curricula in
Programs of Instruction section, for applicable sequence, pp. 57-98.

11.301 Introductory Physics I (4 cl., non-credit)

A survey of physical principles and theories related to field of mechanics. Em-
phasis is placed upon the solution of applied problems. Prereq. none.

11.302 Introductory Physics II (4 cl., non-credit)

Extension of principles in mechanics and introduction of concepts in heat, sound,
light, electricity, and magnetism. Prereq. 11.301.

*11.304 General Physics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Survey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion;
projectile and circular motion; rotational motion, conservation laws of energy
and momentum. Prereq. 10.327 or concurrently.

*11.305 General Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Temperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion; sound;

Doppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical systems. Prereq. 11.304.

•11.306 General Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric current;
inductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. Pre-
req. 11.305.

11.317 Physics I (Mechanics) (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; Newton's laws; projectile and cir-
cular motion; conservation laws for momentum and energy; rotational motion;
simple harmonic motion. Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently.

11.318 Physics II (Wave Motion, Sound, Heat) (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Wave motion; intensity; interference phenomena; Doppler effect; vibrating sys-
tems; temperature; heat; change of state; heat transfer; kinetic theory of gases;
general gas laws; thermodynamics. Prereq. 11.317.

11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Electrostatics; magnetism; magnetic induction; induced currents; direct and
alternating current circuits; properties of light; reflection; refraction; dispersion;
optical systems; diffraction; polarization. Prereq. 11.318.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 129

11.320 Semiconductor Physics & Devices (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Electron Ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as re-
lated to conduction of electricity in solids. Fundamentals of semiconductors,
crystal diodes, and transistors. Theory of field-effect transistors, integrated
circuits, and photoelectric devices. (This is a combination of 11.322 and
11.323.) Prereq. 11.313, 11.316, or 11.319.

11.321 Wave Phenomena (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Application of fundamental principles of waves to electromagnetic radiation.
Waves on transmission lines. Selected topics in antennas and wave guides.
Prereq. 11.319 or 11.316.

11.322 Semiconductor Physics (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Electron Ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as re-
lated to conduction of electricity in solids. Prereq. 11.319.

11.323 Semiconductor Devices (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of semiconductors, crystal diodes, and transistors. Theory of
field-effect transistors, integrated circuits and photoelectric devices. Prereq.
11.322.

11.324 Introductory Survey of Lasers (2cl.,2q.h.)

Physical principles and technology will be emphasized. Course will include a
review of the fundamental concepts of light and spectroscopy, the basic theory
of lasers, studies of solid state; atomic, ionic and molecular gas; organic dye;
and semiconductor lasers. Related optics and detection will be discussed.
Prereq. 11.319.

11.331 Modern Physics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to theory of relativity; particle properties of waves; wave prop-
erties of particles; atomic structure; Bohr model of the atom. Prereq. 11.30 or
11.319.

11.332 Modern Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Quantum mechanics; electron spin; atomic spectra; complex atoms; solid
state physics; lasers. Prereq. 11.331.

11.333 Modern Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Atomic nucleus; radioactive decay; thermonuclear energy; nuclear reactions;
elementary particles. Prereq. 11.332.

11.341 Physics Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments in dynamics, two-body kinematics and scattering, geometrical
optics and thermodynamics. Prereq. 11.319.

11.342 Physics Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments in physical optics, spectroscopy and quantum physics. Prereq.
11.341.

11.343 Physics Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Experiments in electricity and magnetism, simple electric and electronic cir-
cuits. Prereq. 11.342.

130 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

11.373 Physics Laboratory I (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

First quarter of a two quarter physics laboratory. Prereq. 11.305 or 11.318, or
concurrently.

11.374 Physics Laboratory II (3 cl., 2 q.h.)
A continuation of 11.373.

11.391 General Physics — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Survey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion;
projectile and circular motion; rotational motion, conservation laws of energy
and momentum. Temperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat.
Prereq. 10.391 or concurrently.

11.392 General Physics — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Wave motion; sound; Doppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical sys-
tems. Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric
current; inductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits.
Prereq. 11.391.

11.401 Man's Physical Environment I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

11.402 Man's Physical Environment II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See Generel Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

11.420 Physics IV (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Application of fundamental principles of waves to electromagnetic radiation.
Waves on transmission lines. Further study of wave motion topics from 11.318.
Prereq. 11.319.

CHEMISTRY

Students wishing to elect other chemistry courses should refer to the Uni-
versity College Catalog and petition for approval by the Academic Standing
Committee of Lincoln College.

12.501 Introductory Chemistry I (4 cl., non-credit)

A non-mathematical approach to the concepts of chemistry including matter,
elements and compounds, chemical bonding, chemical equations. Prereq. None.

12.502 Introductory Chemistry II (4 cl., non-credit)

A continuation of 12.301, including periodic system, forms of energy, oxidation-
reduction, solutions, chemical and ionic equilibrium, nuclear reactions, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. Prereq. 12.501 or equiv.

12.507 Modern Chemistry I (Intro, to Inorganic Chemistry) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Fundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical bonding, chemical energy,
water and solutions, colloids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity,
radio activity, all discussed from the viewpoint of recent developments. Prereq.
10.327 or concurrently.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 131

12.508 Modern Chemistry II (Intro, to Organic Chemistry) (2 cl. 2 q.h.)
Classes of organic compounds, including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, alde-
hydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates, in-
cluding the relationship with modern biology. Prereq. 12.507 or equiv.

12.509 Modern Chemistry II (Intro, to the Chemistry of Living Bodies)

(2cl.,2q.h.)
Includes fats, proteins, enzymes, chemistry of digestion and the chemical re-
actions characteristic of body fluids. Prereq. 12.508 or equiv.

12.515 Biochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The first quarter of a three-quarter course sequence. The sequence will cover
introduction to the biochemistry of the cell, including the occurrence, chem-
istry, and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids.
Prereq. 12.533 or equiv.

12.516 Biochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Continuation of Biochemistry I. Prereq. 12.515.

12.517 Biochemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Continuation of Biochemistry II. Prereq. 12.516.

12.521 Analytical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analytical procedures and techniques. The principles of solution chemistry,
ionic equilibria, and oxidation potentials applied to solving problems in chemi-
cal analysis. Prereq. 12.546 and 12.549 or equiv.

12.522 Analytical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles and practice of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis.
Prereq. 12.521.

12.523 Analytical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory of spectrophotometry, chromatography, and selected electro-analytical
methods. Prereq. 12.522.

12.524 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis. Separations by chemical means, chemical tests, and spot
tests for inorganic ions in solution. Prereq. 12.521 or concurrently or equiv.

(Laboratory Fee)

12.525 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Chemical methods of quantitative analysis. Procedures and techniques of
gravimetric and volumetric methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.522 or
concurrently or equiv. (Laboratory Fee)

12.526 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Instrumental methods of analysis. Instruments and procedures for electro-
metric and optical methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.525 and 12.523
or concurrently or equiv. (Laboratory Fee)

132 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

12.531 Organic Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Nature of carbon in organic compounds. General principles of structure, nomen-
clature, preparation, uses, and reactions, of aliphatic hydrocarbons: alkanes,
alkenes, alkynes, dienes, cycloalkanes. Position and geometric isomerism. In-
troduction to free radical and ionic mechanisms of reactions. Prereq. 12.513
or 12.546.

12.532 Organic Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Structure of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. General
principles of structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses and reactions of the
various types of organic compounds, including: alcohols, alkyl and aryl halides,
ethers and expoxides, and carboxylis acids. Optical isomerism and introductory
chemical kinetics will be discussed. Prereq. 12.531 or equiv.

12.533 Organic Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Chemistry 12.332 with emphasis on the application of chemical
interconversions to synthetic problems. Functional derivatives of carboxylic
acids, sulfonic acids and their derivatives, amines, diazonium compounds,
phenols, aldehydes and ketones. Prereq. 12.532 or equiv.

12.534 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.546 or equiva-
lent and 12.531 or concurrently.

12.535 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course. Organic Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed Prereq. 12.534. or equiv.

(Laboratory Fee)

12.536 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course. Organic Chemistry III, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.535 or equiv.

(Laboratory Fee)

12.541 Physical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The three states of matter, atomic and molecular forces, physical properties
and molecular structure; heat, work and heat capacity; thermochemistry. Pre-
req. 12.513, 12.516, 10.323 or 11.306.

12.542 Physical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical equilibria, phase diagrams, and chemi-
cal kinetics. Prereq. 12.541 or equiv.

12.543 Physical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Electrical conductance, electromotive force, ionic equilibria, colloids, quantum
theory, and photochemistry. Prereq. 12.542 or equiv.

12.544 General Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamental concepts; symbols, formulas, and equations; atomic structure and
Periodic Law, chemical bonding; oyxgen, ozone, and hydrogen; the gaseous
state and gram mole volume; the liquid and solid states; water and hydrogen
peroxide. Prereq. 10.307 or 10.327 or concurrently or equiv. (Not open to
those students Vi/ith credit for 12.311 or 12.314.)

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 133

12.545 General Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Solutions, solutions of electrolytes, colloids, oxidation and reduction reactions,
periodic properties, halogens, chemical equilibrium, electrochemistry; acids,
bases, and salts; sulfur family. Prereq. 12.544 or equiv. (Not open to those
students with credit for 12.512 or 12.515.)

12.546 General Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ionic equilibrium and weak electrolytes; solubility product principle, hydrolysis.
Nitrogen, phosphorous, and their compounds; boron, silicon, and their com-
pounds; alkali and alkaline earth metals, metals of groups III and IV. Nuclear
chemistry. Carbon and its compounds. Biochemistry. Prereq. 12.545 or equiv.
(Not open to those students with credit for 12.513 or 12.516.)

12.547 General Chemistry Laboratory I (2 lab., 1 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course. General Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.544 or concurrently or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for
12.514.) (Laboratory Fee)

12.548 General Chemistry Laboratory II (2 lab., 1 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course. General Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properites of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.547 or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.315.)

(Laboratory Fee)

12.549 General Chemistry Laboratory III (2 lab., 1 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis experiments, including unknown solutions. Prereq. 12.548
or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.316) (Laboratory Fee)

12.551 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Definitions, physical principles, scope and application; principles of measure-
ment; endpoint-detection systems for volumetric analysis, data treatment and
interpretation. Optical methods of analysis including spectrophotomery, excita-
tion methods, measurements of other optical properties, and mass spectrome-
try. Prereq. 12.523 or equiv.

12.552 Instrumental and Radiochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods of separation, vapor phase chromatography, ion exchangers; electrical
methods of analysis including potentiometry, voltammetry, oculometry, and
conductimetry; miscellaneous instrumental measurements. Prereq. 12.551 or
equiv.

12.553 Instrumental and Radiochemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Radioactivity and nuclear reactions, production and study of nuclear, reactions,
equations of radioactive decay, nuclear states and radioactive processes, inter-
action of radiations with matter, radiation detection and measurement, statis-
tics of radioactivity measurements, techniques for the study of radionuclides,
tracers in chemical applications and nuclear energy. Prereq. 12.552 or equiv.

12.554 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of viscosity, thermochemistry, and homogeneous equi-
librium. Prereq. 12.542. (Laboratory Fee)

12.555 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of phase equilibrium, solution thermodynamics and
chemical kinetics. Prereq. 12.554. (Laboratory Fee)

134 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

EARTH SCIENCE

Students wishing to elect ottier eartli science courses should refer to the
University College Catalog and petition for approval by the Academic Standing
Committee of Lincoln College.

16.531 Oceanography I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An introduction to tine geology of tine ocean basins and the physicial and chemi- ]

cal properties of sea water. The development of ocean currents and their effect i

on the land masses of the world. Prereq. Earth Sci. I or equiv. \

I

16.532 Oceanography II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) j
The habitat zones and organisms of the sea. Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and
nekton are discussed. The growing economic importance of marine resources j
for the expanding world population. Prereq. 16.531 or equiv.

16.533 Marine Geology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Physiography and structure of ocean basins. Marine geological processes and
features, including sedimentation, erosion, shorelines, and bottom topography.
Methods and techniques of marine geological exploration. Prereq. Earth Sci. I
or equiv.

BIOLOGY

Students wishing to elect other biology courses should refer to the University \
College Catalog and petition for approval by the Academic Standing Committee (
of Lincoln College.

18.507 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) I
Fundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical and biological characteris-
tics of cellular metabolism. The skeletal system and its appendages. General
nomenclature, anatomical names and terms. Prereq. none.

18.508 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The systems of the body and the relationships between them. The structure
and function of each. Prereq. 18.507 or equiv.

18.509 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Continuation of the systems of the body and the relationship between them.
Prereq. 18.508 or equiv.

18.511 Biology I (General) (3 cl., lab., 4 q.h.)

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition
and cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control; the evolutionary process; i
environmental relationships. Prereq. none. (Laboratory fee) j

18.512 Biology II (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Di-
versity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.
Prereq. 18.511 or equiv. (Laboratory Fee)

18.513 Biology III (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)
A continuation of the study of animal biology. Prereq. 18.512 (Laboratory Fee)

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 135

18.521 Microbiology I (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Morphology and biochemistry of the bacteria. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.

(Laboratory Fee)

18.522 Microbiology II (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Biology of the protists; the role of microorganisms in the environment. Prereq.
18.521 or equiv. (Laboratory Fee)

18.523 Microbiology III (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Survey of pathogenic microorganism. (Laboratory Fee)

18.524 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Introduction to human anatomy, osteology, anatomy of the muscular system,
respiratory system, digestive system, the vascular system, urogenital system.
The laboratory includes a study of human bones and cat dissection. Prereq.
18.306 or 18.513 or equiv.

18.525 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Principles of physiology and continuation of the study of human anatomy. The
laboratory is mainly concerned with muscle physiology. Prereq. 18.524 or
equiv.

18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Continuation of the principles of physiology. The anatomy and physiology of
the nervous system, physiology of the endocrine system. The laboratory deals
with physiology of respiration and the physiology of blood. Prereq. 18.525 or
equiv.

18.560 Environmental Ecology (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Biotic and abiotic aspects of the environment. Geo-physico-chemocycles in the
biosphere. Food chain and the ecosystem. Energy cycling. Environmental
pollution. Population explosion and natural resources. Future of man as a
species. Role of government, industry, and individuals in controlling the en-
vironment. Prereq. none.

18.561 Ecology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Environmental factors. The soil system. Water. The atmosphere. Tempera-
ture, light, wind, pressure. The physico-chemical factors — CO2, N and mineral
nutrients. Habitat. Distribution of plants and animals in the world according
to temperature and precipitation. Prereq. 18.313 or equiv.

18.562 Ecology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The ecosystem. Ecological niche. The producers, consumers, and dicomposers.
The pond ecosystem, desert ecosystem, forest ecosystem, and sea shore eco-
system. Energy cycle and efficiency of energy utilization. Mass, weight, and
energy pyramids. Prereq. 18.561 or equiv.

18.563 Ecology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Population ecology. Biotic community. Population growth. Relations between
the species. Symbiosis. Competition. Predation. Succession. Prereq. 18.562
or equiv.

18.564 Man and his Biosphere I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An ecological analysis of the human situation and man's interaction with other
organisms. The necessary foundation of biological principles will be presented.

136 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

18.565 Man and His Biosphere II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of Man and Environment I. The problems discussed are indi-
vidual and separable from the subject matter of Part I and may be elected with-
out having had 18.564.

18.570 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology (2 cl., 3 q.h.)
Fundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical and biological character-
istics of cellular metabolism. The skeletal system and its appendages. Gen-
eral nomenclature, Anatomical names and terms. Composition of blood, tissue,
and lymphatic fluids. Prereq. none.

18.571 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology (4 cl., 3 q.h.)

The systems of the body and the relationships between them. The structure
and function of each system. Muscle physiology. Each system, circulatory,
respiratory, digestive, vascular, urogenital, endocrine, and nervous will be dis-
cussed in detail. Special senses of the body — eyes, ears, taste, and smell.
Prereq. 18.570.

LIBERAL ARTS

Students wishing to elect other humanities, social science, and natural
science courses should refer to the University College Catalog and petition for
approval by the Academic Standing Committee of Lincoln College.

19.501 Psychology! (2 cl, 2 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psychologi-
cal measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.
Prereq. none.

19.502 Psychology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so-
cial influences on behavior. Prereq. 19.501 or equivalent.

19.503 Psychology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Personality theory and measurement, behavior disorders, mental health, and
psychotherapy. Prereq. 19.502 or equivalent.

19.507 Psychology (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psychologi-
cal measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.
Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so-
cial influences on behavior. Personality theory and measurement, behavior dis-
orders, mental health, and psychotherapy. (Not open to students who have taken
19.501, 19.502, 19.503.) Prereq. none.

19.508 Fundamentals of Psychology I (4 q.h.)

Basic concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
orientation to the study of behavior, including child development, individual
differences, learning, and social psychology. (Recommended for psychology
majors.) (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501, 502, 503.)

19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology II (4 q.h.)

The sensory basis of behavior, cognition, perception, motivation, emotions,
normal and abnormal personality. (Recommended for psychology majors.)
Prereq. 19.508 or equiv. (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501,
502, 503.)

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 137

21.501 Sociology 1(2 cl, 2 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in
group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the
family.

21.502 Sociology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology I with major emphasis on primary groups, associa-
tions, social stratification, collective behavior, and population. Prereq. 21.501
or equivalent.

21.503 Sociology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology II focusing on the major institutional areas, with
particular attention to problems of social, political, urban, and industrial change.
Prereq. 21.502 or equivalent.

21.504 Sociology (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in
group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the
family. Primary groups, associations, social stratification, collective behavior,
and population. The major institutional areas, with particular attention to prob-
lems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. (Not open to students
who have taken 21.501, 21.502, 21.503.)

21.601 Principles of Sociology I (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to basic concepts and theories relating to the study of
man as a participant in group life. Emphasis is placed on socialization, culture,
social structure, primary groups, family, social stratification, and population.

21.602 Principles of Sociology II (4 q.h.)

A continuation of Principles of Sociology I with emphasis on a critical analysis
of American society with particular attention to problems of social, political,
urban, and industrial change. Prereq. 21.601 orequiv.

23.501 Western Civilization I (2 q.h.)

The beginnings of Western Civilization with emphasis on the political, eco-
nomic, and social history of ancient and medieval times to 1300.

23.502 Western Civilization II (2 q.h.)

Early Modern Europe from 1300 to 1789 with an examination of the two major
intellectual movements, the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and their
impact on the rise of national states, capitalism, and Protestantism.

23.503 Western Civilization III (2 q.h.)

Modern Europe from 1789 to the present emphasizing the rise of ideology in a
technological age.

23.507 Western Civilization (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

The beginnings of Western civilization with emphasis on the political, economic,
and social history of the ancient and medieval world. Modern Europe to 1815
with an examination of the two major intellectual movements — the Renaissance
and the Enlightenment — and their impact upon religious movements, economic

138 ; DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

developments, and the rise of national states. Western civilization since 1815,
emphasizing the Scientific and Industrial Revolutions and their impact upon
democracy and authoritarianism, nationalism and internationalism, and war
and peace. (Not open to students who have taken 23.501, 23.502, 23.503.)
Prereg. none.

23.509 Western Civilization A (3 q.h.)
Western Civilization to 1648.

23.510 Western Civilization B (3 q.h.)
Western Civilization since 1648.

30.401 Technical Communications (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Thought organization and effective sentences. Written reports and instruc-
tion manuals. Specifications and proposals. Graphics aids and reproduction
processes. Prereq. none.

30.501 English for International Students I (2 ci., non-credit)

Introduction to English grammar for foreign-speaking students with an emphasis
on listening, speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen
vocabulary and pronunciation. Prereq. none.

30.502 English for International Students II (2 cl., non-credit)

A continuation for 30.501 emphasizing the preparation of written and oral re-
ports and business and social correspondence. Prereq. 30.501.

30.503 English for International Students III (2 cl., non-credit)

Advanced work in written and spoken English preparatory to entering 30.504
English 1. Prereq. 30.502.

*30.594 English — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Aims and methods of exposition, description and narration; investigation of
phrasing and syntax; analysis of essays for content, structure, and effective-
ness; theme assignments to develop skill in writing. Aims and methods of
argumentation; study of documentation techniques, form, and style of critical
essays. Prereq. none.

30.595 English — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Practice in library research; analysis and discussion of essays; theme assign-
ments. Continuation of study of documentation techniques and form and style
of critical essays.; writing business and social correspondence; theme assign-
ments. Prereq. 30.594.

30.600 Elements of Composition (2 q.h.)

An intensive study of grammatical forms and structural patterns of current
English.

30.601 Composition and Rhetoric I (2 q.h.)

A detailed examination of the modes of rhetoric, especially exposition and
argument, and the exercises in the development of paragraphs and short
papers. Prereq. English Placement Test. (Not open for students who have
credit for 30.504.)

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 139

30.602 Composition and Rhetoric II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.601. The stress here is on the short paper, the longer
library paper, and formal documentation. Prereq. 30.601. (Not open for stu-
dents who have credit for 30.505.)

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

Same as 30.601 plus 30.602.

30.604 Introduction to Literary Forms I (2 q.h.)

The development of techniques for reading imaginative writing. Short and
long fiction are the materials for study, discussion, and two critical papers.
Prereq. 30.602.

30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.604, but here the materials are poetry and drama. Prereq.
30.604.

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

Same as 30.604 plus 30.605.

Each student enrolled in Composition and Rhetoric (30.601 and 30.603) will
take a Placement Examination during class. Some students may be requested
to register for Elements of Composition (30.600) a 2 q.h. course designed to
upgrade the student's background.

Courses required for Liberal Arts Majors are:

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I & II (or 30.603 Intensive)

and
30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I & II (or 30.606 In-
tensive)

For other majors, refer to English requirement listed under major.

30.113 Freshman Writing (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Important principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argumen-
tation writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, and paragraphing:
»extensive reading and analysis of the essay form; theme assignments.

30.114 Introduction to Literature (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

An introduction to literary forms: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Intensive
reading in various forms, and discussion of different approaches to literature.
Prereq. 30.113.

30.115 Great Themes in Literature (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Content determined by instructor, who chooses a theme and a number of books
from different periods to illustrate it. Examples: The Hero in Literature; Visions
of Utopia; Science Fiction, etc. Prereq. 30.114.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Students wishing to elect other business courses should refer to the Univer-
sity College Catalogue and petition for approval by the Committee on Education
of Uncoln College.

140 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

39.501 Economic Principles and Problems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Macro analysis-National income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Prereq. none.

39.502 Economic Principles and Problems 11 (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Micro analysis-theory of the firm and market structure; supply, demand, mar-
ket price; international economics. Prereq. 39.501.

39.503 Economic Principles and Problems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, com-
petition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. 39.502.

39.105 Principles of Economics (4 cl.; 4 q.h.)

Development of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income concepts;
national income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the banking
system and the Federal Reserve System; government expenditures and taxa-
tion; international trade; balance of international payments.

39.504 Economics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

Macro analysis-national income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; moneatry and fiscal policy. Micro analysis-theory of the
firm and market structure; supply, demand, market price; international eco-
nomics. Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty,
competition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. none. (Not open to students
who have taken 39.501, 39.502, 39.503.)

39.510 Statistics for Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of statistical concepts and computations necessary to the un-
derstanding of statistical quality control. Frequency distributions, measures of
centering and dispersion; computation of average and standard deviation for
ungrouped and grouped data; determination of areas under the normal distribu-
tion curve; standard deviation of the mean. Combinations and permutations and
their use of computer probabilities computations associated with the hyper-
geometric, binomial, and Poisson distributions. Prereq. 10.503 or equiv.

39.511 Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Prereq. 39.503.

39.512 Statistics If (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance,
"t" distribution and chi square. Prereq. 39.511.

39.513 Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal
adjustment and index numbers. Prereq. 39.512.

39.514 Statistics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of signifi-
cance, "t" distribution and chi square. Introduction to the analysis of variance,
trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal adjustment and index numbers. Prereq.
39.503. (Not open to students who have taken 39.511. 39.512, 39.513.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 141

41.501 Accounting Principles I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandis-
ing businesses. Prereq. none.

41.502 Accounting Principles II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The problems of income measurement and valuation related to sources and
uses of invested capital. Prereq. 41.501.

41.503 Accounting Principles III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The use of debt and investments in managerial financial decisions, followed by
a brief introduction into cost decision analysis. Prereq. 41.502.

41.541 Accounting Principles (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandising
businesses. The problems of income measurement and valuation refated to
sources and uses of invested capital. The use of debt and investments in man-
agerial financial decisions, followed by a brief introduction into cost decision
analysis. (Not open to students who have taken 41.501, 41.502, 41.503.)

45.501 Management and Organization I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Course describes the environment within which business operates and from
this develops the theory and practice of organization. Prereq. none.

45.502 Management and Organization II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Building on 45.501, this course develops the "what" and "how" of the manage-
ment process. Prereq. 45.501.

45.503 Management and Organization III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

This course applies the concepts of organization and management to the func-
tional areas of business — marketing, production, personnel and finance. Pre-
req. 45.502

45.541 Law I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;
interpretation of contracts. Prereq. none.

45.542 Lawll (2cl., 2q.h.)

AGENCY: Nature, formation and termination of agency relationships; rights and
duties of principal and agent, scope of agent's authority. Prereq. 45.541.
'SALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and reme-
dies of seller and buyer. Prereq. 45.541.

45.543 Law III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes and checks; liabilities and defenses

of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge. Prereq. 45.542.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships. Prereq.

45.542.

45.643 Law (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;
interpretation of contracts. AGENCY:- Nature, formation and termination of
agency relationships; rights and duties of principal and agent; scope of agent's
authority. SALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights
and remedies of seller and buyer. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes
and checks; liabilities and defenses of parties; procedure upon dishonor; dis-
charge. BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships.
Not open to students who have taken 45.541, 45.542, 45.543.

142 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.561 Statistical Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Description and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control
methods for quality assurance, quality control, and quality improvement 6t
products and services; the tools for reducing and controlling the costs of scrap,
rework, repair, customer complaints, and warranty. The determination of process
capability; use of histograms to identify abnormal variability; the use of quality-
control charts for measurable and nonmeasurable quality characteristics, in-
cluding Shewhart, Multi-Vari, median, percent defective and defects per unit;
corrective-action techniques; complying with government quality-control-system
requirements; psychological factors in controlling quality. Prereq. 45.635 or
39.513.

45.562 Statistical Quality Control II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Statistical Quality Control I, covering the application of statisti-
cal and probability considerations in acceptance sampling of purchased mate-
rial, work-in-process, and outgoing products. Methods of predicting sampling
results using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the Poisson distributions;
development of the operating characteristic curve for any sampling plan; risks
involved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL. Use of standard
sampling tables to select appropriate sampling plans, including Mil-Std-105 and
414; practical administration of sampling programs, material review boards,
and quality audit. Prereq. 45.561.

45.563 Management of Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Modern concepts of managing the quality function of a company to maximize
customer satisfaction at minimum quality cost. The idea of total quality con-
trol; measurement of the costs of quality; use of Pareto's Rule to identify the
major unsolved quality problems, development of a coordinated program of
improvement, organizing for diagnosing the direct causes. The quality control
system; improvement and control of vendor quality in process control; outgoing
product control; customer quality relations. Organizing of the quality function.

45.608 Quality Control (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Description and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control
methods for quality assurance, quality control and quality improvement of
products and services; the determination of process capability; the use of
quality control charts for measurable and non-measurable quality characteris-
tics. The application of statistical and probability considerations in acceptance
sampling of purchased material, work in process, and outgoing products.
Methods of predicting sampling results using the hypergeometric, the binomial,
and the Poisson distributions; development of the operating characteristic
curve for any sampling plan; risks involved in sampling and the concepts of
AQL, RQL, AOQL. Not open to students who have taken 45.561, 45.562,
45.563. Prereq. 39.513.

45.570 Electronic Data Processing I (2cl., 2q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. Prereq. none.

45.571 Electronic Data Processing II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A survey of available computer systems; price and performance comparison of
available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing and sorting tech-
niques; and presentation of data communications concepts and terminals.
Prereq. 45.570.

I

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 143

45.572 Electronic Data Processing III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN and other programming languages; discus-
sion of business data processing and operations research applications; and a
summary of trends in EDP. Prereq. 45.571.

45.648 Electronic Data Processing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and cod-
ing systems; examples of typical business problems; a study of basic program-
ming concepts. A survey of available computer systems; price and perform-
ance comparison of available input, output, and storage media; discussion of
filing and sorting techniques; and presentation of data communications con-
cepts and terminals. A presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN and other program-
ming languages; discussion of business data processing and operations re-
search applications; and a summary of trends in EDP. Not open to students
who have taken 45.570, 45.571, 45.572.

48.501 Transportation Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic principles of management and organization, evaluation of all transporta-
tion modes, and primary concepts of freight classification and rates. Prereq.
none.

48.502 Transportation Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Study of primary management functions — use of tariffs, routing, document
processing, analysis of special carrier services and liabilities, and control of
private carrier operations. Prereq. 48.501.

48.503 Transportation Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Appraisal of federal transport policy and introduction to factors of physical dis-
tribution — inventory control, warehousing, material handling, packaging, and
international distribution. Prereq. 48.502.

48.504 Transportation Regulation and Promotion I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Study of the history and content of the Interstate Commerce Act. Prereq. 48.503.

48.505 Transportation Regulation and Promotion II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Examination of Administrative Law and Procedure, the Code of Ethics and the
General Rules of Practice. Prereq. 48.504.

48.506 Transportation Regulation and Promotion III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Analysis of cases pertinent to the Commerce Clause and comprehensive prepa-
ration for the Interstate Commerce Commission Practitioners Examination.
Prereq. 48.505.

48.508 Physical Distribution Management A

The what and why of physical distribution management — how much should
you know? Total cost concepts and tradeoffs.

48.509 Physical Distribution Management B

The what and why of systems approach. How do computers, inventory control,
warehouses, measurement, plant location, and the organization chart fit in?

48.541 Air Transportation Management I (2 q.h.)

Economics and regulation of Civil Aeronautics Board certificated commercial

passenger aviation — including routes, schedules, operations, pricing, mergers,

cost analysis, and financing. Case method of instruction emphasized. Prereq.

48.514.

144 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

48.542 Air Transportation Management II (2 q.h.)

Similar topics as 48.541, but for cargo operations. Prereq. 48.541.

48.543 Air Transportation Management III (2 q.h.) '
Economics and regulation of general aviation including analysis of corporate, air|
taxi, and third level operations. Prereq. 48.542.

48.591 Transportation Management A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)
Evaluation of all transportation modes, singly and in combination with one!
another. Analysis of the bill of lading and other transportation documents.'
Study of primary concepts in transportation pricing; freight classification, classi- i
fication rule, and freight dates. Study of primary freight-management functions;
use of tariffs and rate procedure with carrier bureaus and the Interstate Com-
merce Commission; routing and consolidation of freight. Prereq. none. >

48.592 Transportation Management B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Special services performed by carriers — diversion and reconsignment, transit,
protective services, storage, tracing, switching, pickup and delivery, weighing,
loading and unloading; freight — claim procedure and prevention. Management
of a private transportation system; exporting and importing; inventory manage-
ment; materials handling and packaging; warehousing; and factors of industrial
location. Prereq. 48.591.

48.593 Air Transportation Management A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

The economics and regulation of scheduled passenger service and scheduled-
cargo service. Corporate and general aviation policy-making and procedures.
Prereq. none.

48.594 Air Transportation Management B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Areas of specific study include route structures, equipment, scheduling, opera-
tions, pricing, cost analysis, and financing. Prereq. 48.593.

FIRE TECHNOLOGY

91.301 Fire Protection Science I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An overall review of the fire protection field with the object of providing career
orientation. Prereq. none.

91.302 Fire Protection Science II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An overall review of the public fire service. A study of the basic organization,
manpower, and utilization of equipment by municipal fire departments. Prereq.
91.301.

91.303 Chemistry of Fires and Explosions (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of the chemistry and physics of fire and some of the common hazards.
Electrical fires and fires caused by spontaneous heating and ignition are studied
as well as flammable liquids, gases, and hazardous chemicals. Field and lab-
oratory investigation of fires are included along with explosions, explosives, and
field and laboratory investigations of explosions. Prereq. 91.302.

91.304 Fire Prevention I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Eliminating human and economic fire losses. Application of empirical and
research knowledge in fire prevention measures. Prereq. none.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 145

91.305 Fire Prevention II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An overview of collaborative efforts, and developing requirements and oppor-
tunities, in the interest of fire prevention and its corollary loss control. Prereq.
91.304.

91.306 Fire Apparatus Function and Design (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An analysis of the procurement policies that should be followed in acquiring
fire fighting apparatus and equipment with details on the type and amount for
good fire fighting efficiency including a discussion of fire department buildings.
A review of the physical properties of water that are pertinent to hydraulic
calculations and a discussion of hose, streams, and nozzles. Prereq. none.

91.307 Fire Protection Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of the theories and mechanics involved in the operation of fire protec-
tion systems and equipment. Fire detection and extinguishing systems of both
automatic and manual types are studied including sprinkler, standpipe systems,
and water spray protection. Prereq. none.

91.308 Fire Protection Systems 11 (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of fire detection and suppression systems of the manual and automatic
type. Types of alarm systems, detectors and actuators are studied and also
systems using dry chemicals, carbon dioxide, foam and Halon 1301. Explo-
sion prevention and suppression systems for buildings are also included.
Prereq. 91.307.

91.309 Fire Service Operations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fire service operations, its goal and objectives. Management of fire service
operations and various aspects of planning, organizing, delegation, staffing,
implementing, directing, and controlling. Systems approach to fire service man-
agement with management exercises. Prereq. none.

91.310 Fire Service Operation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Course Description.- Fire Service operation with respect to government and
collective bargaining, leadership and discipline, performance analysis, com-
munications and the importance of listening, effective speaking and report
writing, records and budgets. Fire service operation public relations in the
community and the press. Prereq. 91.309.

91.311 Fire Service Operations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fire defense planning and development. Determining fire defense require-
ments, organizing the defense and training programs. The fire officer as an
instructor, evolution of system, strategy, tactics and other types of emergencies.
Prereq. 91.310.

91.312 Environmental Physiology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamental principles in Human Physiology and the relationship of man to his
physical and chemical environment. Prereq. 12.509.

146 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

AVIATION TECHNOLOGY

96.301 Air Science & Navigation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic flight concepts, map projections, preflight planning, course plotting. Basic
radio navigational systems and application.

96.302 Air Science & Navigation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Topographic information, navigational instruments, mechanical aids, plotters to
computers. Civil aviation route level structure, F.A.A. regulations as they effect
airway navigation. Prereq. 96.301.

96.303 Air Science & Navigation III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic and advanced concepts of aeronautical systems. Structural airframe
requirements and operating limitations, substructures. Principles of propulsion.
Prereq. 96.302.

96.304 Advanced Air Science & Navigation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Aircraft power plants, flight instruments. Turbojet operating characteristics.
Advanced wing and airfoil forces. Planform effects and airplane drag. Prereq.
96.303 & 11.306.

96.305 Advanced Air Science Navigation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Aircraft performance. Stability and control. High speed aerodynamics. Appli-
cation of aerodynamics to specific problems of flight. Prereq. 96.304.

96.306 Advanced Air Science & Navigation Ml (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of application of aerodynamics to specific flight problems and
modern aircraft design. Prereq. 96.305.

96.307 Introduction to Aircraft Design (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Basic orthographic principles and interpretations of aircraft design. A pre-
sentation of basic aerodynamics, structural characteristics of Aircraft, Materials,
and Manufacturing Processes. Laboratory work will involve aircraft construc-
tion. Prereq. 10.391 & 11.391.

96.308 Aircraft Power & Systems (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Engine types, nomenclature and engine development. Engine cycles and prin-
ciples, performance, power and its measurement, ratings. Design and con-
struction of parts and their functions. Valve mechanisms and timing. Cooling
system, carburation, fuel system ignition system, lubrication and oil system
design. Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electrical and Mechanical systems. Landing
gear types, design, loads and limitations. Landing gear retraction systems.
General flight control systems including Rudder, elevator, aileron and flaps.
Loads and Limitations Deicer systems for flight surfaces, propeller and engine
breathing systems. Cabin pressure and oxygen systems. Airspeed and general
air-driven instrument systems. Prereq. None.

96.310 Basic Helicopter Aerodynamics (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

General aerodynamics, helicopter components and their functions, loads and
load factors, gyroscopic procession principle, performance, introduction to
flight manual, helicopter operations in confined areas, and precautionary
measures and critical conditions. Prereq. 96.392.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 147

96.311 Aviation Meteorology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A survey of the principles of meteorology and structure of the atmosphere.
Meteorological instruments and observations. Piereq. 11.306 or equiv.

96.312 Aviation Meteorology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Weather map interpretation and common aviation weather teletype codes.
Physical approach to pressure, temperature, basic thermodynamics, stability,
and cloud formations. Prereq. 96.311.

96.313 Climatology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Climate causes and effects. Climatology of several regions of the world. Appli-
cation of climatology to problems of airport location and construction, airline
operation, and private flying. Prereq. 96.312.

96.321 Avionics I

Review of basic electronic principles, hazards, aircraft electrical systems, FCC
regulations, selection, installation, and service of avionics, strobe lights, radio
communications. Prereq. 03.309 or 03.395.

96.322 Avionics II

Antennas, ADF, omni, localizer, marker beacon, audio systems, transponders.
Prereq. 96.321.

96.323 Avionics III

Glide slope, DME, RNAV, radar, INAV, autopilots. Prereq. 96.322.

96.324 Introductory Avionics (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Basic coverage of electronics including: vacuum tube principles, semiconductor
physics principles, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, and pulse circuits.
Also generator and motor principles and applications. Basic concepts of
avionics, electrical hazards, aircraft electrical systems, electrical instruments,
strobe lights, FCC regulations, radio communications and antennas. Prereq.
11.319.

96.325 Avionics (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Selection, installation, and servicing of avionics, automatic direction finders,
marker beacons, omnirange and localizers, audio switching systems, ATC
transponders, glide slope systems, distance measuring equipment, autopilots,
and radar. Prereq. 96.324.

*96.331 Primary Flight I (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Elements of flight principles (pre-flight operations), operation of aircraft systems.
Taxi operations and ground performance. Basic flight maneuvers. Take-offs and
landings. Prereq. Class I or II, medical certificate.

*96.332 Primary Flight II (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Review of basic flight maneuvers. Advanced maneuvers and stall procedures.
Short field take-offs and landings. Power approaches and landing under varying
conditions. Emergency operation of aircraft equipment. Prereq. 96.331. Stu-
dent must have a current endorsement for solo fligfit.

148 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

*96.333 Primary Flight III (2 lab., IVa q.h.)

Cross country flight planning and flight. Lost procedures and related emer-
gencies. Use of radio and navigation equipment under V.F.R. (visual flight rules).
Control of aircraft by reference to flight instruments only. Private license quali-
fications complete. Prereq. 96.332. Student must have a current endorse-
ment for solo cross country flight.

*96.341 Commercial Flight I (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Review of all primary flight maneuvers. Advanced maneuvers. Precision take-
offs and landings, cross wind techniques. Prereq. 96.333.

*96.342 Commercial Flight 11 (2 lab., IV2 q.h.)

Precision flight maneuvers — spirals about a point. Shallow and steep onpylon

eights, 720° steep power turns. Solo practice. Prereq. 96.341.

*96.343 Commercial Flight III (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Continuation of precision maneuvers: lazy eights, chandelles, maneuvers at
minimal controllable airspeed. Continued related simulator practice. Night
flying. Basic instrument flying. Prereq. 96.342.

*96.344 Commercial Flight IV (2 lab., I1/2 q.h.)

Stalls from all normally anticipated flight altitudes with and without power.
Simulated emergency procedures and forced landings. Basic instrument flying.
Prereq. 96.343.

*96.345 Commercial Flight V (2 lab., I1/2 q.h.)

Advanced cross country flight planning and navigation. Advanced radio com-
munications and traffic procedures. Review of all maneuvers and procedures.
(Certification F.A.A.) Prereq. 96.344.

*96.351 Instructional Flight I (2 lab., I1/2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of flight instruction. Development of student-instructor relation-
ship and rapport. Teaching procedures in flight training. Instructor responsi-
bilities and record maintenance. Instructor flight demonstrations. Qualification
and certification by F.A.A. Prereq. 96.345 & 96.354 or concurrently.

*96.352 Instructional Flight II (2 lab., I1/2 q.h.)

Continuation of fundamentals of instruction, flight training procedures, student
instructor relationship, review of all maneuvers and flight demonstrations.
Certification by F.A.A. Prereq. 96.351.

96.354 Principles of Flight Instruction (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals and principles of instructing, learning concepts of teacher stu-
dent communications. Use of special flight teaching aids, and training pro-
cedures. Prereq. 96.345 or equivalent test.

*96.355 Instrument Instructor Flight A (2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals and procedures for teaching operating limitations of all instru-
ments, control of rate of climb and descent to pre-determine altitudes, proce-
dures for coping with unusual altitudes and critical situations.

*See Flight Tuition Schedule, pages 47 and 48.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 149

*96.356 Instrument Instructor Flight B (2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Principles and procedures of teaching methods in instrument flight planning
and enroute weather analysis, radio communication and enroute navigation and
orientation. Oral exam and flight test preparation.

96.357 Multi-Engine Flight (2 lab. 11/2 q.h.)

Preparation for a F.A.A. multi-engine rating test which includes an oral exam
on the aircraft documents performance, and operating characteristics. Multi-
engine flight instruction on basic piloting techniques and emergency proce-
dures.

96.358 Helicopter A (2 lab., 2 q.h.)

Elements of flight principles, operations of helicopter systems. Hovering flight.
Take-off, hover, forward climb, pattern, power-glide approach, transition to
hovering, vertical landing. Square patterns. Crosswind take-off and landing.
Running takeoff and landing autorotations. Prereq. Commercial Fixed Wing
License. Class I or II medical certificate.

96.359 Helicopter B (2 labs., 2 q.h.)

Review and practice take-offs, landings, all maneuvers plus settling with power
and recovery, quick stops, precision pattern and landing. Solo practice. Dual
review for FAA Flight Test. Prereq. Helicopter A 96.358.

96.360 Aircraft Analysis I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

A presentation of aerodynamics and structural characteristics of aircraft. Basic
design of an aircraft. Prereq. 10.392, 11.392.

*96.361 Instrument Flight I (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Instrument flight planning, preparing and filing. Aircraft performance (range
and fuel requirements). Required instruments and their proper use. Basic in-
strument flying, needle ball and airspeed only. Instrument use in turns, climbs,
descents, stalls and approach speeds. Recovery from unusual altitudes. Airwork
using all altitudes instruments. Prereq. 96.345.

*96.362 Instrument Flight II (2 lab., 11/2 q.h.)

Radio navigation while flying on instruments. Use of L.F. (low frequency), omni-
range, or A.D.F. (automatic direction finder). Advanced radio communications.
Instrument approaches, holding procedures, missed approach procedures, em-
ergencies (radio and instrument malfunctions). Air traffic control instructions
and procedure. Rating by F.A.A. Prereq. 96.361.

96.370 Air Cargo Practices A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Study of airline and air freight forward cargo practices with emphasis on regu-
lation, economics, marketing, and handling and organizational aspects.

96.37J Air Cargo Practices B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

A continuation through case studies of air cargo operations.

96.372 Airline Traffic and Sales A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Functions of the traffic & sales department, relationship between the travel
agencies and the airlines, relationships with other carriers, reservations and the
procedures involved in the transportation of one passenger of NCA and an-
other carrier, airlines promotion, the reservation agent and training.

"See Flight Tuition Schedule, pages 47 and 48.

150 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

96.373 Airline Traffic and Sales B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Tariffs and schedules with an explanation of how flight times are established,
flight frequencies, new routes, and the establishment of ticket fares. Aspects
of cargo and charters.

96.376 General Aviation Operations (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

A presentation of the major functions of airport management; organization,

zoning, adequacy, financing, revenues and expenses, evaluation and safety. A

study of the airport and its socioeconomic effect on the community. Prereq.

none.

96.378 Air Traffic Control Systems A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Survey of the total aero-space system and management. Air traffic administra-
tive coordination. Regional responsibilities. NAFEC organization of center,
tower, and station.

96.384 Aviation History (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Historical survey of efforts in manned flight, aircraft development, pioneers in
flight, general aviation, military and commercial aspects of flight and effects
on modern civilization. Prereq. none.

*96.390 Pilot Refresher (2 lab., IV2 q.h.)

This course consists of 24 hours of concentrated instruction and evaluation of
pilot proficiency in advanced instrument flying and instructional flight pro-
cedures. It involves simulator flight, aircraft flight, ground instruction and the
updating of current procedures in flight instruction and flight planning pro-
cedures. Prereq. special permission of flight director.

96.391 Air Science & Navigation A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Aircraft structures and components aerodynamic forces, airfoil terminology —
lift, and drag coefficient, boundary layer problems and control, Reynolds Num-
ber and Scale Effect. Earth in space, latitude, longitude, properties and com-
ponents of the atmosphere, map projections, dead reckoning, reciprocating
engine theory, gas turbine engine theory, planform effects, aircraft weight and
balance.

96.392 Air Science & Navigation B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Radio navigation, VOR, ADF, DME and TACAN, federal air regulations, airplane
performance (climb, range, altitude, takeoff, and landing), aircraft propeller
theory and operation, specific aircraft substructures (landing gear et. al.),
advanced DR navigation problems (radius of action, unknown wind), general
review. Prereq. 96.391.

96.393 Advanced Air Science & Navigation A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Supersonic aerodynamics phisiologic factors of flight, instrument flight charts,
IFR planning, instrument flight rules, static and dynamic axial stability of
aircraft, control movements and forces, stability problems. Prereq. 96.392.

96.394 Advanced Air Science and Navigation B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Spins and spin recoveries, flying high performance aircraft, area charts, arrival
and departure, SID charts, clearance notation, aircraft performance, applica-
tions of aerodynamics to specific problems of flight, helicopter stability, struc-
tural strength limitations, doppler radar, precision approach radar & airport
surveillance radar, loran, consolan, pressure pattern flight. Prereq. 96.393.

*See Flight Tuition Schedule, pages 47 and 48.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 151

96.395 Meteorology & Climatology A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

A survey of the principles of meteorology and structure of the atmosphere.
Meteorological instruments and observations. Weather map interpretation and
common aviation weather teletype codes. Prereq. 11.392.

96.396 Meteorology & Climatology B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Physical approach to pressure, temperature, basic thermodynamics, stability,
and cloud formations. Climate causes and effects. Climatology of several
regions of the world. Application of climatology to problems of airport location
and construction, airline operation, and private flying. Prereq. 96.395.

96.397 Avionics A

Review of basic electronic principles, hazards, aircraft electrical systems, FCC
regulations, selection, installation, & servicing of avionics, strobes, radio com-
munications, antennas, automatic direction finders. Prereq. 03.395 or 03.309.

96.398 Avionics B

Omni, localizers, marker beacons, audio systems transponders, glide slope,
DME, RNAV, radar, INAV, autopilots. Prereq. 96.397.

96.399 Flight Physiology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The study of the physical and chemical processes of the body. Functions of the
living body and its environment. Adoptive change of function of the body re-
sulting from a change in environment with emphasis on flight. The effects of
medication on the function and reactions of the body with emphasis on flight.
I The effects of the state of the mind on the function and reactions of the body
with emphasis on flight.

96.401 Aircraft Engines I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Engine types, nomenclature and engine development. Engine cycles and prin-
ciples, performance, power and its measurement, ratings. Design and construc-
tion of parts and their functions. Valve mechanisms and timing. Cooling sys-
tem, carburetion, fuel system, ignition system, lubrication and oil system
design.

96.402 Aircraft Engines II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A presentation of turbo-engine types and their development. Radial flow and
axial flow types, turbo-prop, compounding, ram jets, pulse jets and rockets.
Principles of combustion and propulsion, performance, power, thrust and their
measurement, design and construction. Fuel, lubrication, and ignition systems.

96.425 Chronology of Aviation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

1903-1939; early flights 1903-1914 era. World War I 1914-1918 era, airmail
and barnstorming era, famous pilots and company histories traced 1920-1939
era including history of air racing. Prereq. none.

96.426 Chronology of Aviation 11 (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

1939-present; World War II 1939-1945 era, all personalities and company his-
tories traced, post World War II up to Apollo 17, final flight in Apollo program.
Prereq. none.

96.430 Aviation Preventive Maintenance (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

For pilots and aircraft owners. Airframe and powerplant nomenclature, struc-
tures, and systems. Maintenance that a pilot can and is allowed to do to the
airframe and engine of his aircraft, proper techniques. Prereq. none.

152 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

NEW GENERAL INTEREST COURSES

In response to repeated requests, we are offering several new courses in
techinology wfiich do not require students to tiave a nnathematical bacl<ground.
Tt^ese courses fiave a three fold purpose: First, we would like to encourage
liberal arts and business students to get interested in technology. Second, we
hope that new students without mathematic backgrounds will be sufficiently
attracted to science and technology that they will ultimately undertake our
regular curricula. Lastly, these courses should serve to clarify the complexities
of our technological world for anyone who chooses to undertake them.

01.401 Technology of Modern Architecture I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The course covers the general background of architectural styles both historical
and contemporary with emphasis on the engineering design aspects and con-
struction procedures concerned with the various types of buildings involved.
Prereq. none.

01.402 Technology of Modern Architecture II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The course covers contemporary architecture and concerns itself with an em-
phasis on the engineering design aspects and construction procedures required
for modern buildings. Prereq. none.

02.401 Man and Materials (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The consumption of earth's raw materials has increased drastically creating
serious ecological problems. Metals, plastics, ceramics, concrete, etc. all
evolve from substances in the earth's crust, unfortunately however, they are
not properly recycled because costs have always come before environment.
This course will explore what action man may take now to prevent chaos in
the future. Prereq. none

03.402 Electric Devices and Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A non-mathematical examination of electric and electronic devices which have
become a part of daily living. An analysis of functional demands and their
realization in elementary working systems. Ratings and applications of devices
including light, heat, and mechanical energy converters. Prereq. none.

03.402 Electric Devices and Systems II (2 cl., 4 q.h.)

A continuation of 03.401, discussion of modern communications systems,
radio, TV, telephone. Economic trade-off in designs; energy sources and energy
conversion, transmission systems. Rate basis implications of increased load
base. Atomic vs. fossil fuels. Prereq. 03.401.

09.401 Interpretation of Industrial Drawings (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Emphasis on the understanding of the concepts conveyed by working engineer-
ing drawings. Practice is provided in reading and interpreting the standard
conventions and symbols used to transmit the designer's ideas to the tradesman
or craftsman. No formal drafting will be done, although a few free hand
sketches will be encouraged. Prereq. none.

10.401 Foundations of Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The many branches of mathematics. Origins of arithmetic and algebra, and

their place in early societies. Prereq. none.

FACULTY / 153

10.402 Foundations of Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mathematics and the scientific revolution. Functions, graphs, concepts of the
calculus. Prereq. 10.401.

10.403 Foundations of Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mathematics today: analysis, probability, statistics, and other topics. The
mutual dependence of mathematics and computers. Math in social sciences,
physical sciences, and business. Prereq. 10.402.

11.401 Man's Physical Environment I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The nature of energy. Its sources and the economics of its expenditure. The
harmonious interactions of natural physical systems and the conservations
which govern them. Man's exploitations of these laws. The cyclic nature of
useful physical processes; reversible and irreversible. Prereq. none.

11.402 Man's Physical Environment II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The methods by which man gains knowledge of two inscrutable areas of his
environment. Effects of scale from astro-physical to atom. The paradoxical
implications of this knowledge and its effect on man's dealings with his en-
vironment. Prereq. none.

the lincoln

college

faculty

THE STRENGTH of an educational institution lies in the quality of its
faculty. This is especially true in a college devoted to the training of
mature men and women, many of whom are already employed in their
chosen professions.

The instructional staff of Lincoln College Is composed of professional
academicians from Northeastern University and neighboring educational
institutions and practicing professionals from the scientific and industrial
community of Greater Boston. The theoretical training and practical ex-
perience represented by this combination of specialists is ideally suited to
the technology programs they teach and the adult students they serve.

The faculty are selected for their ability and active interest in the wel-
fare of ambitious part-time students. They are men and women of culture
and high ideals and are qualified by educational training and professional
experience to teach effectively in their respective fields.

A staff of experienced professional educators who serve as program and
course consultants, constitutes the Academic Advisory Council and Cur-
riculum Advisory Committee of the College. They guide, supervise, and
assist with the administration of courses and programs.

154 / FACULTY

THE FACULTY

The following is an alphabetical list of the faculty of Lincoln College; degrees j
earned (year of appointment), professional affiliation, titles and Lincoln College j
department are listed.

Charles D. Aaronson, B.S., M.S.

Electrical Engineering Manager for McPherson Instr. Corp.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1964)

Arnold W. Almquist, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

Instructor of Mathematics, Needham High School.
Mathematics (1967)

George H. Anderson, Commercial Art Diploma

Professional Artist; Free Lance Technical Illustrator.

Engineering Graphics and Computation (1 956) <

WillC. Anderson, B.S., M.S.

Programmer Engineer, Raytheon Corporation
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1968)

*Robert B. Angus, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Manager of Field Development, Technical Education Research Centers
Electrical Engineering Technology (1948)

Victor S. Aramati, M.S., B.S.

Bell Telephone Laboratories

Mechanical Engineering Technology (1970)

Louis E. Ashley, A.B., M.Ed.

Admissions Officer, Lowell Technological Institute
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1966)

*Robert J. Averill, B.S., M.S.

Cambridge Electron Accelerator, Harvard University.

Course Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1957)

Russell H. Babcock, S.B., S.M., P.E. (Mass., Maine, N.H., R.I., Vt., Conn.)
Diplomate, American Academy of Environmental Engineers;
Chief Water Resources Engineer, Charles E. Maguire Associates, Inc.
Civil Engineering Technology (1954)

John C. Balsavich

Laboratory Supervisor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University
Electrical Engineering Technology (1957)

Westley P. Barry, BBA, Eng. & Mgt.
McBar Associates
Electrical Engineering Technology (1971)

Samuel W. Bartol, B.A.

CFI Multiengine & Instrument Ratings, Wiggins Airways.
Aviation (1969)

Adolph Baumann, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Lecturer, Electronics Engineering, Northeastern University
Electrical Engineering Technology (1955)

Sheldon Beaver, B.S., M.Ed.
Senior Design Engineer,
Unitrode Corporation
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1969)

"Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 155

Fred E. Bellows, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

Principal, East Elementary School, Sharon.
Aviation Technology (1968)

Walter E. Benulis, B.S., M.S.

Research Associate, M.E. Department, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1969)

Matteo P. Berardi, B.S., M.S.

Supervisor, Materials Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1960)

Maureen P. Berggren, B.S.
Mathematics (1965)

Alfred L. Birch, B.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Dept. Head, Development Engineering, Western Electric Co.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1 965)

Ralph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Associate Professor Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1950)

Emmanuel E. Bliamptis, B.S., S.M., M.A., P.E. (Mass.)

Research Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs.
Physics (1965)

Joseph I. Bluhm, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass., Ohio)
Chief Mechanics Research Laboratory,
Army Materials and Mechanics Research Center.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1 966)

Sidney Bluhm, A.B., Ed.M., A.M.

Head, Science Department, Boston Technical High School (Retired).
Physics (1965)

'Edward Bobroff, B.M.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Chief Engineer, Combat Systems, Boston Naval Shipyard.
Course Consultant for Mathennatics (1946)

Edward J. Booth, A.B., Ed.M.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Mathematics (1956)

Roleind J. Boucher, B.A., M.S.

Research Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Lab.
Aviation Technology (1968)

James W. Bougioukas, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Principal Civil Engineer Mass. D.P.W.,
Engineering (1971)

Kenneth E. Bourque, B.S., M.S.
Gauthier Imported Cars
Electrical Engineering Technology (1959)

Alan Bradshaw, B.S., M.S.

Chelmsford School System
Mathematics (1966)

'Eugene G. Branca, S.B., S.M.

Assistant Headmaster, Hyde Park High School.
Mathematics (1946)

Donald H. Breslow, S.B., M,S.

Director of Engineering, Measurement Systems Division, Itek Corp.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1959)

156 / FACULTY

Alfred E. Bresnahan, B.S., M.A.

Chairman, Mathematics Dept., Lynn English High School.
Mathematics (1967)

Donald C. Brock, B.S., M.S.

Mathematics Instructor, Needham High School.
Mathematics (1965)

Bruno Brodfeld, B.S.C.E. (Mass., La.)

P.E. Chief Environmental Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation.
Civil Engineering Technology (1965)

*Franklyn K. Brown, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.

Associate Professor, Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Course Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955)

William A. Brov^rn, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., J.D.

Assistant Professor of Law, Suffolk University Law School.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1965)

Jeffrey L. Bruce, B.S., M.A.

Instructor, Dover-Sherborn Regional High School.
Mathematics (1969)

William O. Bruehl, B.S.

Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University (Retired)
Course Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1956)

'Morris H. Burakoff, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Department Chief, Western Electric Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1957)

George Burdick, A.B., P.E. (Mass.)
Hudson Institute, Hudson, Mass.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1 950)

Donald Burgess, A.B., M.Ed.

Head of Department, Boston English High School.
Mathematics (1967)

Frederick J. Bush, M.E., M.S.

Department Manager, Polaroid Corporation.
Mathematics (1966)

Steven Butcher, Jr., S.B., M.S.

Technical Staff, The Mitre Corporation.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1967)

"Leroy M. Cahoon, B.S.C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Associate Professor of Civil Engineering, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Civil Engineering Technology (1962)

John J. Callahan, B.S., M.Ed., M.A.

Assistant Professor, Boston State College.
Mathematics (1969)

"Frank R. Cangiano, B.S., Ed.M.

Instructor in Science and Mathematics, Medford High School.
Mathematics (1957)

"Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 157

Edgar T. Canty, B.S., M.S.

Director Academic Computing Services.
Mathematics (1966) Babson College

♦Richard I. Carter, B.S., IV1.S., P.E. (IVIass.)

Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering and Director of Computation Center,

Northeastern University.

Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955)

* Walter J.Casey, A.B., M.Ed., M.A.T.

Head of Department, Brighton High School.
Mathematics (1955)

♦Walter J.Charow, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Branch Chief, Avionics, Electronics System Div., U.S.A. F.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1955)

Raymond D. Ciatto, B.S., M.S.

Teledyne Materials Research Co.
Mechanical Technology (1971)

Bruce B. Claflin, A.B., M.S.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Course Consultant for Mathematics (1964)

Philip J. Clang, B.S., P.E. (Conn., Mass., Pa.)

Project Manager, United Engineers & Constructors, Inc.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1957)

♦Laurence F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Professor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1931)

Matthew H. Cohn, B.S.

Senior Engineer, Group Leader, Raytheon Company.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1 969)

William F.Colby, B.S.E.E.

Engineer, Harvard University, CEA.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1970)

Leonard M. Conlin, A.B., Ed.M.

Mathematics Teacher, Framingham North High School.
Mathematics (1967)

Joseph V. Connolly, B.S., M.Ed.

Head of Department, Boston Latin School.
Physics (1965)

♦Roger T. Connor, A.B., M.Ed.

Principal — Milton High School
Mathematics (1953)

♦Robert J. Connors, B.S.

Manager of Technology, Electronic Systems, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1948)

♦Edward M. Cook, A.B., A.M.

Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Mathematics (1941)

Joseph Z. Cooper, B.S.E.

Principal Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1967)

158 / FACULTY

Robert C. Copeland, B.S.E.E., S.M.
WCVB-TV, Chief Meteorologist
Aviation Technology (1968)

James B. Corscadden, B.S., M.Ed., A.M.T.

Head of Department, South Boston High School
Mathematics (1967)

Richard E. Cox, B.S.M.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Professional Engineer, General Electric Company.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1 967)

David C. Crockett, B.S., M.S.
Consultant
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1969)

Thomas J. Crowley, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Research Associate, Harvard University School of Public Health.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1966)

Mukti Lai Das, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. (Mass.)
Civil Engineering Technology (1972)

'Herbert R. Davenport, B.S.

Standards Engineer, General Radio Company
Electrical Engineering Technology (1948)

Warren C. Dean, A.B., M.A.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Course Consultant for Mathematics (1941)

Dean A. De Marre, A.E., B.S., Sc.D.

Consulting Editor, Medical Electronics & Data

President CTR Inc., Adjutant Professor at Indiana Northern University

Electrical (1967)

Thomas R. Deveney, B.S.

Curriculum Design Specialist, Copley Sq. High School
Mathematics (1965)

Douglas H. Diamond, B.E.E.

Electronics Engineer, Electronic Systems Division, L.G. Hanscom Field
Mathematics (1968)

Giles C. Dilg, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Senior Project Engineer, Raytheon Corp.
Engineering Graphics & Computation (1966)

Marie Dolansky, BS., Ed.M., Ed.D., C.G.A.
Mathematics 1964

Mark Domaszewicz, B.E.E., M.S.E.E.

Senior Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology

Leonard F. Dov*/, B.S.E.E., MS., P.E. (Mass.)
Boston Edison Company, Staff Engineer
Electrical Engineering Technology (1970)

■^Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 159

Paul A. Dunkerley, B.S., S.M., P.E. (Mass.)

Associate Professor of Civil Engineering, Tufts University.
Civil Engineering Technology (1968)

Robert F. Dunning, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., N.H.)

Chief Sanitary Engineer, Anderson-Nichols & Co., Inc.
Civil Engineering Technology (1969)

Philip W. Dunphy, B.Sc, M.Ed.

Associate Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University.
Academic Counsellor (1967)

William V. Durante, B.S., M.Ed., M.A.

Head of Mathematics Dept., Boston Latin School.
Mathematics (1964)

Henry B. Eden, Diploma-Museum of Fine Arts

Executive Vice President, Anco Technical Services, Inc.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1957)

*Herbert E. Engel, B.S., M.S.

Technical Staff, Mitre Corporation
Electrical Engineering Technology (1958)

Charles P. Englehardt, B.S., M. Arch.
Architect, Corp. of Engineers
Engineering Graphics & Computation (1942)

Adolf J. Erikson, B.B.A., M.B.A., P.E. (Mass.)
President, A.E. Engineering Corporation.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966)

George A. Fargo, B.S., M.S., M.A.

Mathematics Teacher, Framingham North High School
Mathematics (1967)

*Martin J. Feeney, S.B., Ed.M.

Principal, Henry Grew District, Boston Public Schools.
Mathematics (1957)

Warren G. Ferzoco, A.E., B.B.A., M.Ed.

Dean, Cambridge High and Latin School
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966)

Charles Field, B.S., M.Ed.

Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University.
Academic Counsellor (1967)

Robert G. Field, S.B.E.E., M.B.A.
Electrical Engineering (1972)

*William D. Finan, A.B., M.A., D.Ed.

Reading Director, Needham Public Schools
Course Consultant for Mathematics (1946)

*LouisA. Fiore, A.E., B.B.A.

Mech. Engineer, Design Checker, American Science and Engineering, Inc.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1956)

A. Ralph Fiore, Jr., B.S.E.E., M.S. Eng. Mgt., P.E. (Mass.)
Computation & Graphics (1969)

*Robert F. Ford, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.

Application Engineering, Data General
Electrical Engineering (1962)

Earlv»/ood T. Fortini, A.B., P.E. (Mass.)

Staff Engineer, Compugraphic Corporation.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1957)

160 / FACULTY

Robert M. Fox, A.S., B.S., M.B.A.
Gerber Electronics
Mathematics 1969

John L. Freedman, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Instructor, Bryant & Stratton and Northeastern University
Course Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1949)

Jerry M. Galatis, B.S. (2), M.Ed., O.D.
PA7ys/cs (1965)

Peter D. Gianino, B.S., M.S.

Research Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs.
Mathematics (1965)

Charles J. Glassbrenner, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Professor, Worcester State College.
Physics (1967)

Sheldon L. Glickler, B.S., M.S.

Avco Everett Research Laboratory, Senior Scientist.
Civil Engineering Technology (1969)

Williann B. Goggins, Jr., B.S., M.S.E.E.
Control Systems Engineering (1 964)

David Goldberg, B.S., M.S.E.E., M.S.E.M.

Research & Development Engineer, GTE Sylvania
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1969)

Leonard M. Goodman, S.B., S.M., E.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Staff Member, Lincoln Laboratory, Mass. Institute of Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology (1969)

Ernest C. Greer, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E.

Mechanical Engineering Technology (1970)

*Rlchard Grojean, B.S., M.S. (Physics)

Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University
Electrical Engineering (1955)

Forest W. Grumney, B.A., M.B.A.
N.E.G.E.A. Service Corp.
Mathematics 1963

*Arthur F. Gustus, B.S., M.Ed., C.A.G.S.

Assistant Director of Science, Boston Public Schools.
Course Consultant for Physics (1963)

*Francis R. Hankard, S.B., M.A.

Senior Chemist, State Police Laboratories.
Course Consultant for Physics (1946)

* Joseph J. Hansen, A.B., M.B.A.
Raytheon Co.
Mathematics ~ Coordinator (1959)

*GeorgeC. Harrison, B.S., M.S.

Principle Electronic Engineer, Polaroid Corp.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1962)

Harold Harutunian, A.B., M.A.T.
Salem State College
Mathematics 1 965

Walter Hauser, B.S., Ph.D.

Professor of Physics, Northeastern University.
Mathematics (1969)

•^Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 161

William J. Hennessy, B.S., M.B.A.

Staff Quality Control Engineer, American Optical Corp.
Mathematics (1969)

Walter D. Herrick, B.S., M.S.C.E.

Instructor, Basic Engineering, Northeastern University.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1968)

Joseph I. Herzlinger, B.S., M.S., P.E. (New Jersey)

Leader Technical Staff, Aerospace Systems Division, RCA.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1967)

Harry E. Hewes, B.S.B.A., IVI.Ed.
Teacher, Boston Latin School.
Mathematics (1967)

Lewis H. Holzman, B.S.C.E., S.M.C.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Vice President, Computer Dynamics, Inc.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966)

George K. Howe, B.S.E.E., M.Ed.

Associate Professor Cooperative Education, Northeastern University.
Academic Counselor (1970)

Richard A. Hultin, B.S., M.S., P.E. (New York)
Group Supervisor, Raytheon Company.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1967)

♦Everett L. Hume, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Staff, M.I.T., Draper Laboratory.
Civil Engineering Technology (1950)

Charles E. Jacob, B.S.E.E., M.S.Ed., M.L.S.
Master, Boston Latin School
Physics (1967)

Perry G. Jameson, B.S., M.Ed.

Hyde Park High School Dept., Asst. Headmaster — Mathematics
Mathematics (1965)

Arthur W. John, B.S.E.E., M.S.

Lecturer, Northeastern University.

Radiologic Technology and Commercial Aviation Technology (1968)

Eugene F. Joyce

Technician, Electrical Engineering Dept., Northeastern University, U.S. Army Retired.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1 963)

John Kaczorowski, Jr., B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.

Instructor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1970)

Leon Katler, Certificate P.E. (Mass., Maine, N.Y., Pa.)

Senior Structural Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation.
Civil Engineering Technology (1963)

*CharlesW. Kaufman, B.S.Ed., Ed.M., M.N.S.
Guidance Counselor, Girls Latin School.
Physics (1958)

Sidney W. Kaye, B.Sc.

Senior Engineer, Raytheon Co.
Mathematics (1967)

Gary M. Keighley, B.S.

Director, Office of Aviation Education, Wiggins Airways.
Aviation Technology (1969)

*John T. Kieran, A.B., A.M.

Chairman of Mathematics Department, Dorchester High School.
Mathematics (1957)

162 / FACULTY

George F. Kent, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Power Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corp.
Course Consultant for Materials

*Nicholas P. Kernweis, B.E.E., M.S.

Research Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Lab.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1957)

Bernard J. Kiley, B.E., M.E., P.E. (N.H., Mass.)

Chief Structural Engineer, Anderson-Nichols & Company, Inc.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1958)

Mark M. Kiley, B.E., M.E., P.E. (Mass., R.I., La., Me., Vt., N.H.)
Vice President, Anderson Nichols & Company, Inc.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1955)

Philip D. Kingman, B.S.C.E., LL.B., P.E. (Mass., N.H.), R.L.S. (Mass., Me., N.H.)
Vice President and Counsel of Security Title and Guaranty Co.
Civil Engineering Technology (1 964)

*John J. Klein, B.S., M.S.

Leader (Television and Displays), Electro-optics Section, Aerospace Systems Division,
Radio Corporation of America.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1950)

Juris Krumins, B.S., M.S.

Power Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corp.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1966)

*Horatio W. Lamson, B.S., M.A., P.E. (Mass.)

Research Engineer, Emeritus, General Radio Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1945)

*Herbert C. Lang, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Manager of Employment and Training, Masoneilan International, Inc.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1936)

*Robert S. Lang, B.S., Ed.M.

Associate Professor, Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955)

♦Clarence E. LeBell, P.E. (Mass.)

Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Senior Designer, Aircraft Gas Turbine Division,

General Electric Company.

Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955)

Carl Leone, Jr., A.B., M.S.
Quincy Public Schools
Mathematics 1965

A. Richard LeSchack, A.B., A.M.

Consultant in Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (1968)

Edward T. Lewis, B.S., M.E.E., M.B.A.

Staff Member, Sperry Rand Research Center.
Physics (1967)

Sandra M. Licter, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.

Instructor, Lynn English High School.
Mathematics (1967)

*Demetre P. Ligor, B.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)

President, Applied Measurements, Inc.
Course Consultant for Physics (1959)

'Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 163

Kenneth L. Lincoln, B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Civil Engineering (1972)

Warren J. Little, B.S., M.S.

Principal Engineer, Mass. Institute of Technology, C. S. Draper Laboratory.
Physics (1966)

Andrew G. Lofgren, A.A., Ed.M., P.E. (Mass.)

Design Engineer, Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, M.I.T.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1 946)

*Roger G. Long, A.E., B.B.A., P.E. (Mass.)
Staff, Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1952)

Spencer P. Lookner, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., M.S. I.E.
Mathematics Consultant (1967)

*Kenneth A. Lucas, B.S., M.Ed., P.E. (Mass., Conn.), R.L.S. (Mass., Conn., Maine, N.H.]
Chief of Survey, Whitman & Howard, Inc.
Civil Engineering Technology (1950)

John F. Lutkevich, A.E., B.B.A.

Project Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1956)

*George H. MacMaster, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Research Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1968)

'Alvin Mandell, B.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Program Management, Raytheon Missile Systems Division.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1950)

Jack I. Mann, B.S.C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass., Conn., Pa., Vt., Wyoming)
Chief Engineer, General Engineering, United Eng. & Constr. Inc.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1960)

William R. Mann, Jr.

Supervisor Avionics, Wiggins Airways
Aviation Technology (1969)

Anton Mavretic, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Staff Member, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1969)

Joseph H. Mazzola, B.S.

Manager, Product Assurance

Mechanical Engineering Technology (1969)

Francis T. McCabe, B.S., Ed.M.

Headmaster, Rindge Technical School (Retired)
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1952)

'^Edward P. McCarren, Jr., A.E.

Engineer, Bell and Howell Comm. Co.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1951)

Charles R. McGeoch, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Chairman, Science Dept. Nashoba Valley Regional Tech. High School
Physics (1968)

Carl J. Mellea, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass., R.I., Maine, Vt., N.H.)

Project Engineer, Howard, Needles, Tammen & Bergendorff.
Civil Engineering Technology (1960)

164 / FACULTY

Walter Messcher, B.M.E., M.S.

Engineer, Department of Transportation.

Course Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966)

Richard W. Miller, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Manager, Flow Engineering Dept., The Foxboro Co.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1959)

"Ernest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1947)

Louis A. Moore, A.E., B.E.T.

Civil Engineering Technology (1972)

Martin C. Murphy, B.S.C.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Principal, Haley & Aldrich, Inc.
Civil Engineering Technology (1972)

Robert L. Norton, A.S., B.S., M.S.

Research Associate, Tufts University
Graphics & Computation (1967)

"John R. O'Brien, A.B., A.M.

Head Master, Dorchester High School.
Mathematics (1946)

Ray O. Oglesby, B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed.

Teacher, Weeks Junior High School.
Mathematics (1967)

Yesugey Oktay, M.S., B.S., P.E. (Mass., N.Y., Cal., Ma., Ind.)
Civil Engineer, The Badger Co., Inc.
Civil Engineering Technology (1970)

Carl A. Olson, Jr., B.S., Ed.M.

Department Head, Wellesley High School.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1 964)

"Thomas J. Ow/ens, A.B., M.Ed.

Instructor in Mathematics, Quincy High School.
Mathematics (1952)

James A. Palmer

Electronic Technician, Northeastern University.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1961)

Burton S. Parker, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Mechanical Engineer, Army Materials and Mechanics Research Center.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1963)

"William H. Parmenter, A.E., B.B.A.

Instructor, Newton Technical High School.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1952)

Richard W. Peterson, B.S., M.S.

Radiochemist, New England Nuclear Corporation.
Physics (1968)

Peter J. Philliou, B.S. Eng., M.S. Math, M.S. Mgt., M.S. Astronautics
Mathematics (1967)

"Norman C. Poirier, B.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Research Associate, Northeastern University
Electrical Engineering Technology (1966)

"Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 165

Donald J. Poulin, A.E., B.S.I.T., P.E. (Mass.)

Associate Engineer, Western Electric Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1970)

Daniel W. Pratt, B.S., M.S.

Math Dept., Boston Latin School
Mathematics (1967)

*Charles H. Price, Jr., B.S., M.S.

Principal Engineer, Honeywell

Electrical Engineering Technology (1960)

William B. Pronk

Chief Flight Instructor — Wiggins Airways
Aviation Technology (1972)

♦Sidney F. Quint, S.B., S.M., P.E. (Mass.)

Systems Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1954)

'Gerald H. Ratcliffe, A.B.

Ratcliffe Marine Design.

Electrical Engineering Technology (1955)

Bernard C. Reddy, B.S., M.Ed.

Teacher of Science, Blue Hills Technical High School.
Course Consultant for Physics (1965)

James F. Regan, B.S.C.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Chief Design Engineer and Associate of Kennedy, Kennedy and Keefe
Civil Engineering Technology (1972)

'Edward L. Rich, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Principal Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1956)

William Richmond, B.S., Ed.M.

Physics Instructor, Everett High School.
Mathematics (1964)

Bertram Rockower, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Assistant Director, M.I.T. Draper Laboratory.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1967)

Eric A. Roy, B.A., M.Ed., M.A.

Copley Sq. High School Instructor
Mathematics (1967)

Thomas E. Ruden, B.S., M.S.

President, Microwave Power Technology Company.
Physics (1967)

*Ernest J. Ryan, A.B., M.S.

South Boston High School
Mathematics (1959)

*Thaddeus Sadowski, S.B., Ed.M.
North Quincy High School
Mathematics (1958)

Leo D. Salvucci, A.B., M.Ed., M.S.T.
Master, Boston Latin School.
Mathematics (1965)

Costa Samar, B.S., M.S.T.

Mathematics Specialist, Needham Public Schools.
Mathematics (1965)

166 / FACULTY

Richard P. Samuels, B.E.E., M.S.I.M., P.E. (Mass.)
New England Tel. & Tel.
Mathematics (1970)

*Henry Schwartz, A.B., M.Ed., P.E. (Mass.)
Field Engineer, CA-PRA Inc.
Physics (1958)

Robert T. Schwartz, B.A., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
President, National Telephone Co., Inc.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1966)

Robert I. Serody, S.B.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Task Manager, Raytheon Co.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1967)

*Ralph W. Sexton, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., N.H.)

Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Course Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1966)

Harold M. Sharaf, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Technical Advisor, Anderson Power Products, Inc.

Course Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1955)

Irwin Shear, A.B., M.S.

Special Projects Manager, Raytheon Co., Equipment Div.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1967)

Walter S. Shields, B.S., Ed.M., M.S.

Administrative Assistant to Director of Math, Needham Public Schools.
Mathematics (1966)

Bernard Sidman, B.A., M.Ed., M.A.

Mathematics Curriculum Coordinator, Beverly Public Schools
Mathematics (1968)

Charles Siegel, A.B., M.A.

Instructor, Needham Senior High School.
Mathematics (1967)

John M. Slepetz, B.C.E., M.C.E., Ph.D., P.E. (Va.)
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1970)

George B. Smith, B.S.E.E.

Sr. Engineer, Raytheon Service
Electrical Engineering Technology (1967)

Malcolm V. Smith, B.S.

New England Mutual Life Insurance Co.
Mathematics 1959

Roderic W. Sommers, B.S., M.Ed.

Associate Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University.
Academic Counsellor (1969)

S. Leonard Spitz, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Program Manager, Raytheon Corp.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1955)

Richard E. Sprague, B.B.A., B.S.C.E., M.B.A., Ed.M.

Assistant Director, Graduate School of Engineering, Northeastern University.
Academic Counsellor (1967)

Benjamin R. Stahl, A.B.

Senior Software Systems Analyst, Raytheon Service Company.
Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966)

'Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

FACULTY / 167

Joseph E. Steffano, B.S., M.S., M.B.A., P.E. (Mass., Vt., N.H., Conn., Me., R.
R.L.S. vMass., Conn.. N.H., Me., R.I., Vt.)

Structural Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation.
Civil Engineering Technology (1965)

Matthew Stevens, B.S.

Director Radiologic Technology, Northeastern University
Program Consultant for Radiologic Technology (1968)

Robert B. Stitt, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Division Manager, EG and G Inc., Electro Mechanical Div.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1960)

d. Carlton Storms, B.A., M.Ed.

Teacher, Braintree High School.
Physics (1967)

*Raimundas Sul<ys, B.S., M.S.

Research Associate in Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1962)

Laurence R. Swain, Jr., B.S., M.S.

Manager Graphics Products Dept., Adage, Inc.
Physics (1961)

Dexter E. Swift, B.S., M.Ed.
Teacher, City of Lynn.
Physics (1968)

Jason R. Taylor, B.S., M.S.

Editor of Wang Laboratories PROGRAMMER Magazine &
Executive Director of SWAP USERS Society
Mathematics (1966)

Maurice Temple, B.S., M.Ed., M.S.

Associate Professor of Physical Science, Boston State College.
Mathematics (1956)

*Phineas Tobe, A.B., Ed.M.

Head of Science Department, Girls' Latin School.
Physics (1960)

Richard W. Torian, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.

Mathematics Department Chairman, Ashland Senior High School.
Mathematics (1967)

Melvin W. Tracey, B.S., S.M.

Staff Aeronautical Engineer, ltel< Corporation.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1968)

►John S. Travia, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., M.S.E.M., P.E. (Mass.)
Senior Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1965)

Paul A. Tuck, B.S.E.E., M.S.

Electrical Engineering Technology (1971)

John F. Videler, B.S., M.S.

Chief, Instrument Control, Avco Corporation.
Physics (1968)

^Arthur M. Vuilleumier

Head of Electronics Department, Blue Hills Regional Vocation Technical High School.
Electrical Engineering Technology (1953)

Richard Wadler, A.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Senior Mechanical Engineer, Raytheon Company, Missile and Space Division.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1953)

"Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

168 / FACULTY

*Thomas H. Wallace, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Physics, Northeastern University.
Program Consultant for Physics (1941)

Robert M. Walters, B.S., M.S. (ME), NAV.E., MCE, Ph.D.
Lieutenant Commander, U.S.N., Naval Engineer
Physics (1968)

*Morton D. Weinert, A.B., Ed.M., M.Ed.

Assistant Headmaster in Charge of Mathematics, Boston Latin School
Mathematics (1955)

*Ralph A. Wellings, B.S., Ed.M.

Mathematics Instructor, Boston Latin School.
Mathematics (1955)

* Ralph E. Wellings, A.B., A.M., Ed.M.

Head of Science Department, Brighton High School (Retired)
Math (1944)

Charles S. Whalen, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Research & Development Engineer, Inertia! Guidance, Raytheon Company.
Mechanical Engineering Technology (1968)

*Thomas F. White, B.S., B.S.M.E.E., M.Ed., M.A.

Coordinator of Mathematics K-14, Quincy Public Schools.
Mathematics (1957)

*Willard B. Whittemore, B.S., in C.E., Ed.M., C.A.G.S.
Director of Mathematics, Everett Public Schools
Course Consultant for Mathematics (1957)

*Joseph F. Willard, B.S., P.E. (Mass.), R.L.S. (Mass.)

Supervising Civil Computer Engineer, Data Processing Section,
Massachusetts Department of Public Works.
Civil Engineering Technology (1 949)

*Donald K. Willim, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)

Staff, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Lincoln Laboratory.
Physics (1961)

*Albert G. Wilson, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.), S.E. (III.)

Member Gilbert Small & Company, Consulting Engineers.
Course Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1 948)

Kenneth S. Woodard, B.S.

Associate Professor, Graphic Science, Northeastern University
Director, Aviation Technology-Lincoln College
Academic Counsellor (1967)

'Robert D.Wright, A.E.E., M.S.C.S., M.Eng., M.B.A.

Manager, Advanced Disc Storage Development; RCA
Electrical Engineering (1955)

Walter Zagieboylo, M.S., M.E., P.E. (Mass.)

Research Engineer, U.S. Army Natick Labs.
Mathematics (1969)

Walter P. Zanor, B.S.B.A.

Instructor, Everett High School.
Mathematics (1967)

•■Appointed to the rank of Senior Lecturer

Northeastern University

Lincoln College

360 Huntington Avenue Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Telephone 437-2500

.19_

□ Please send me an application for admission.

□ Will you please arrange for me to have an interview to discuss
your program in

n I would like to apply for advance standing credit and shall arrange
to submit transcripts of my records at all schools attended since high
school.

Signature

Street Address

City State Zip Code

suburban maps

Suburban Campus

Framingham North High School

Weymouth Schools

Lynn English High School

Norwood

I I /

^ playground/ ^

JUNIOR HIGH -^>
SCHOOL NORTH

index

Academic and Professional Awards,

44-46
Academic Council, 14
Address of Lincoln College, 5
Administration

University, 11

Lincoln College, 27-28
Admissions, 33

Advanced Standing Credits, 36
Alumni Information, 54, 55
Attendance, 39
Auditing Policy, 41
Aviation Technology, 61

Courses, 146-151

B

Bioelectronic Engineering
Technology Program, 92

Biology Courses, 134-136

Board of Trustees, 10

Building and Facilities, 23-26

Business Management
Courses, 139-144

Calendar, 6-7
Campus Locations, 4
Certificates, 57, 58
Changes in Registration, 37
Chemical-Physical Technology

Program, 89
Chemistry

Courses, 130-133
Civil Engineering Technology

Courses, 100-104

Programs, 67-72
Classification of Students, 35
Computer Engineering Technology

Program, 93
Continuing Education, 20
Control Systems Engineering

Technology Program, 94
Cooperative Education, 15
Corporation Members, 8
Counseling, 33
Course Descriptions, 99-153

Biology, 134-136

Chemistry, 130-133

Chemical Engineering
Technology, 122

Civil Engineering

Technology, 100-104

Earth Science, 134

Electrical Engineering

Technology, 111-121
Engineering Graphics

and Computation, 122-125
Fire Technology, 144-145
Liberal Arts, 136-139
Management, 143-144
Mathematics, 125-128
Mechanical Engineering
Technology, 104-111
Physics, 128-130

Dates for Registration, 6-7

Day Cooperative Programs, 79-80,

86-87
Degrees, 57

Earth Science Courses, 131-134
Electrical Engineering

Technology

Courses, 111-121
Electrical Power Engineering

Technology Program, 74
Electronics Engineering

Technology Program, 75
Engineering Graphics and

Computer Courses, 122-125
Environmental Control

Technology Program, 95
Examinations, Makeup, 39-40
Executive Committee, 11

Faculty, 153-168

Faculty Senate, 14

Financial Information, 47-51

Fire Technology
Program, 91
Courses, 144-145

Grading System, 40-42
Graduation

Requirements, 43-44
With Honor, 44
Graduate Schools, 19-20

Heat Engineering Technology
Program, 83

174

Index to Courses, 100
Interdisciplinary Engineering and

Science Programs, 88
Interviews, 5

Liberal Arts Courses, 135-139
Library, 23-25
Loans, 50-51

INDEX / 175

Civil Engineering

Technology, 68-72, 95-98
Computer Engineering

Technology, 93
Electrical Engineering

Technology, 73-78, 92-94
Pre-Technology, 58-59
Mechanical Engineering

Technology, 81

Quality-Point Average, 42
Quarter Calendar, 6-7, 40

Map of Campus, 4
Mathematics, 125-128
Mathematical-Physical

Technology Program, 90
Mechanical Engineering
Technology

Courses, 104-111
Programs, 81-85, 97-98
Mechanical-Structural
Engineering Technology
Program, 97

N

(Natural) Earth Science
Courses, 134

Office Hours, 5

Physics Courses, 128-130
Placement Service, 55-56
Placement Test (Mathematics), 34
Probation, 43
Programmed Study, 60
Programs of Instruction, 31-32,
57-98

Reading-Improvement Programs, 59
Registration, 36-37
Registration Dates, 6-7

Student Activities, 52-56
Structural Engineering

Technology Program, 69
Surveying and Highway

Engineering Technology
Program, 70

Technologist, Description, 29
Textbooks and Supplies, 50
Transfer Students, 36
Trustees, Board of, 10
Tuition, 47

U

Undergraduate Colleges, 16
University Council, 14

Veterans Benefits, 49

W

Withdrawal, 37, 39

northeastern

university

bulletin

University

College

1973-74

y

r

^

X

northeastern
university

bulletin

University

College

1973-74

Part-Time Day and Evening

Undergraduate Programs in:

business administration

health-professions

law enforcement

liberal arts

education

therapeutic recreation services

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

(617)437-2400

■he Northeastern University Bulletin is issued at Boston, Massachusetts^ seven tirnes
I year- once in February, once in August, once in September, once m October, twice
n November, and once in December. Application to mail at second class postage
•ates pending at Boston, Mass. Volume 1, NO. 1. August 15, 1973.

iil

^M?

"*~""'"aCf

iiii^^i

I

contents

General Information

4

Boston Campus Map

5

Office Hours

6

Calendar

8

Governing Boards and Officers

18

The University

24

Buildings and Facilities

University College

28

Introduction

30

Academic Policies

39

Tuition and Fees

42

Financial Aid

47

Student Activities

52

Programs of Study

54

Business Administration

77

Liberal Arts

99

Law Enforcement

120

Health Professions Programs

143

Education

148

Therapeutic Recreation Services

151

Course Descriptions

273

Faculty

295

Index

298

Suburban Locations Maps

■op: (D

■= ^ ^

TO .= c:

>- ^ "=C SP

a> ° c:

c -o c= c: 2

■^ — ^ ■=>

' tj <^ 5d '"- w2f

H^ J3 = I/' c <-> -o
I o CT3 -C: 3 n3 o o
I GO C_3 CJ) CJ C3 Q Q

O O >- "3 = OJ C

ij_ u. o 3: 3: >£: ic:

a>

E
■a:
6 _

^ o iF ^ - t:

^^^•arSo-QiCi:^)

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OFFICES

Office for General Information 102 Churchill Hall 437-2400
Office of the Registrar 120 Hayden Hall 437-2300

Regular Office Hours

Boston (120 HA & 102 OH)

Monday-Friday

8

30 a.m. -8:30 p.m.

(102 CH)

Saturday

8

30a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Burlington

Monday-Friday

8

00 a.m.-10:00 p.m.

Saturday

8

00 a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Framingham North

High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Lynn English High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Haverhill High School

Monday-Tuesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Norwood Junior High North

Monday-Tuesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Weymouth High Schools

Monday— Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Summer Office Hours

Boston 102 Churchill Hall

Monday-Thursday

8:30 a.m.-8:30 p.m.

Friday

8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.

Saturday

Closed

120 Hayden Hall

Monday-Thursday

8:30 a.m.-8:30 p.m.

Friday

8:30a.m.-4:30 p.m.

Burlington

Monday-Friday

8:00 a.m.-10:00 p.m.

Saturday

8:00 a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Program Advisers

Program advisers are available each day and evening by appointment in the
University College Office. They are competent to assist the student in plan-
ning a program suitable to his general educational and career objectives.
They can also answer questions relating to degree requirements, course
sequence, and proper scheduling of courses. Appointments may be arranged
by calling the University College Office (437-2400) or by coming in person
to 102 Churchill Hall. There is no charge for this service.

Program advisers are also available during registration at al
sites. No appointment is necessary.

registration

Counseling and Testing Center

Counseling and testing to aid a student or prospective student with career,
educational, or personal concerns are available days and certain weekday
evenings until 8:30 p.m. Information regarding fees and appointments may
be obtained by calling 437-2142, or by going to the Counseling and Testing
Center, 302 Ell Student Center.

1973-1974 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Fall Quarter 1973

FALL REGISTRATION DATES
Boston

Classes Begin Monday, September 24, 1973

Boston
Boston

Burlington

Framingham North H. S.
Haverhill H. S.
Lynn English H. S.
Weymouth North H. S.
Norwood Jr. H. S. North

Classes begin
Columbus Day Observed
Veterans Day Observed
Thanksgiving Recess

Final Examination Period

For Fall Quarter
(Reserved for Lost

Snow Days)

5:30-8:30 p.m.

9:00 a.m.-12 noon
5:30-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.
12 noon-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes
No Classes

Monday-Friday,

September 10-14
Saturday, September 15
Monday-Thursday,

September 17-20
Monday-Thursday,

September 17-20
Tuesday, September 11

Tuesday, September 11 and
Monday, September 17

September 24
Monday, October 8
Monday, October 22
Thursday-Saturday,

November 22-24
Monday, December 10-

Saturday, Dec. 15
Monday, December 17-

Wednesday, December 19

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

WINTER REGISTRATION DATES

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Classes Begin Wednesday, January 2, 1974

Boston

Burlington

Framingham North H. S.

Haverhill H. S.

Lynn English H. S.

Norwood Jr. H. S. North

Weymouth North H. S.

Christmas Vacation

Winter Quarter Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday

Observed
Final Examination Period for

Winter Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.
•5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
No Classes

No Classes

Monday-Friday,

December 10-14
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday and Tuesday,

December 10 and 11
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday and Tuesday,

December 10 and 11
Monday-Thursday,

December 10-13
Monday, December 17-

Tuesday, January 1
Wednesday, January 2
Monday, February 18

Monday, March 18-
Saturday, March 23

Spring Quarter 1974

ACADEMIC CALENDAR / 7
Classes Begin Monday, April 1, 1974

SPRING REGISTRATION DATES

Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Burlington 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Framingham North H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Haverhill H. S.
Lynn English H. S.
Norwood Jr. H. S. North
Weymouth North H. S.

5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.

Spring Recess* (Or Make Up

Period for Lost Snow Days)
Spring Quarter Begins
Patriot's Day Observed No Classes

Memorial Day Observed No Classes

Final Examination Period

for Spring Quarter
Commencement

Monday-Friday,

March 18-22
Monday-Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday-Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday and Tuesday,

March 18 and 19
Monday-Thursday,

March 18-21
Monday and Tuesday,

March 18 and 19
Monday-Thursday,

March 18-21

Monday, March 25-

Saturday, March 30
Monday, April 1, 1974
Monday, April 15,
Monday, May 27
Tuesday, June 11-
Monday, June 17
Sunday, June 16

Summer Quarter 1974 Classes Begin Monday, June 24, 1974

REGISTRATION FOR ENTIRE SUMMER QUARTER
Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

12 noon-8:30 p.m.

Burlington
Classes Begin
Registration for Second Six Week Term

Boston

Burlington

Independence Day Observed
Labor Day Observed
Final Examination Period
for Summer Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes

Monday-Friday,

June 17-21
Tuesday, June 18

Monday, June 24

Monday and Tuesday,

August 5 and 6
Monday, August 5

Thursday, July 4
Monday, September 2
Monday, September 9-
Thursday, Sept. 12

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity
for all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relation-
ships with students, including evaluation of academic performance, the Univer-
sity insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an
equal opportunity employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any
discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
'Roy H. Beaton
'F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

•Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
"Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
•Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
•Robert L. Johnson
*Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
*Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
*John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

"Lawrence H. Martin
*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell
fEdward R. Mitton
"Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
"James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
"Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

"Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

•Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

"Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
"Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
"Frank L. Richardson
"Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

"Member of the Board of Trustees
""Honorary Trustee
tEdward R. Mitton, deceased June 24, 1973

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
*George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Walceman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
°Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

10

I

Class of 1 975 Class of 1 976

Roy H. Beaton Diana J. Auger

F. Gregg Bemis George R. Brown

Louis W. Cabot William R. Driver, Jr.

Byron K. Elliott Harold D. Hodgkinson

Donald B. Guy Robert L. Johnson

Kenneth A. Loftman Mrs. John B. Kenerson
John Lowell (Frances Comins)

Lawrence H. Martin James A. Morton

Augustin H. Parker Amelia Peabody

Francis J. Quirico Thomas L. Phillips

Earl P. Stevenson Robert G. Stone

Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio; Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Cfiairman; Alvin C. Zises, Vice Cfiairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

"Car! S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farweil Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis, *Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs

"President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

11

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate Scfiool
Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of ttie Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to ttie President
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., MA., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration
John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the
Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

12

John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Environmental Health
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration

and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LLB., Dean of the School of Lav/
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

13

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Cliairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L Alien
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
PhilipT. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
'Kenneth Ballou

Samuel Bernstein

Robert L. Cord

Charlotte M. Chamberlain

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur
'Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
*James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Maurice Kaufman
'Christopher Kennedy

Robert Klein
*Melvin Mark

Edward S. Marshall

Robert Miller

Richard G. Natoli

Irene Nichols
*Paul M. Pratt

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John R. Reinhard
'Daniel J. Roberts

J. Spencer Rochefort
'Norman Rosenblatt
'Kenneth G. Ryder

Eugene Saletan

Kathryn Shaffer
'Robert Shepard

Ruth E. Sullivan

Roy Weinstein

Paul Wermuth

M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

or

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

14

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University College

Lyon Carter II, B.A., Assistant Director, Administrative Services

Richard J. Comings, A.B., M.A., Assistant Director of Admissions

Joseph N. Connors, A.S., B.S., M.P.A., Assistant Director of Law Enforcement

Programs
Alice M. Crichlow, A.S., B.S., Administrative Assistant
Helena M. DeLory, Adm/n/strat/ve Assistant to the Registrar
Charles W. Earnshaw, B.S., M.A., J.D., C.L.U., Director Insurance Institute
William T. Edgett, A.B., M.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Admissions
E. Forest Hallet, B.S., M.B.A., Admissions Officer
Henry R. Hilliard, Jr., A.B., Assistant to the Dean of Adult Education
David R. Kane, B.S., Registrar
Paul D. Maxwell, B.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Business

Administration Programs
Timothy F. Moran, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Law

Enforcement Correctional & Security Programs
Harold Naidus, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of Liberal

Arts Programs
Helene A. Loux, Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Debra Snyder, B.A., Assistant Registrar
Kenneth C. Solano, A.B., Associate Director of Admissions and

Director of Student Activities
Ralph T. Vernile, Jr., B.S., Assistant Dean and Director of
Administrative Services

Committee on Academic Standing

Kenneth W. Ballou, Chairman

William T. Edgett, Vice Chairman

Sidney Herman Timothy F. Moran

Helene A. Loux Harold Naidus

Paul D. Maxwell Ralph T. Vernile, Jr.

Committee on Regulations & Discipline

Kenneth W. Ballou, Chairman

William T. Edgett Harold Naidus

Sidney Herman Kenneth C. Solano

William F. King President Adult Student Council

Helene Loux Faculty Member

Paul D. Maxwell Ralph L. Vernile, Jr.

Timothy F. Moran

Library Committee

Chairman (to be announced)

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Marvin Lesser

Harold Naidus William Kidney

Timothy F. Moran Two Students

15

Business Administration Curriculum Committee

Paul D. Maxwell, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Paul C. Richards

Sidney Herman Joel M. Rosenfeld

James W. Eariey Three Students
Thomas J. McNamara

Law Enforcement Curriculum Committee

Timothy 0. Moran, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Norman Rosenblatt

Joseph Connors Joseph J. Senna

Sidney Herman Three Students
Three Faculty Members

Liberal Arts Curriculum Committee

Harold Naidus, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Marvin X. Lesser

Lee Bagwell Roland L. Nadeau

Fletcher Boig Raymond H. Robinson

Gordon Brumm Ann Senatore

Roger Brightbill Three Part-Time Faculty Members

Francis D. Crisley Three Students

Harold Goldstein Robert L. Wells

Sidney Herman R. Gregg Wilfong

Lila Leibowitz

Health Professions Curriculum Committee

Helene A. Loux, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Britta Karlson
Paul Cowan Robert Lovejoy

Sidney Herman Sydney McNeil

Louise Hord Harold Naidus

Regina Hughes Matthew Stevens

16

i

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately
endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General Laws
of Massachusetts. By special enactment, the State Legislature has given
the University general degree-granting powers. The University is governed
by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the Northeastern University
Corporation, which comprises more than 150 distinguished business and
professional men and women.

From its beginning Northeastern University's dominant purpose has been
to identify community educational needs and to meet these in distinctive
and serviceable ways. The University has not duplicated the programs of
other institutions, but has pioneered new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
under which students alternate periods of work and study. The Plan was
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922); Liberal Arts (1935);
Education (1953); Pharmacy (1962); Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).

This time-tested method of education offers students the opportunity to
gain valuable practical experience as an integral part of their college
programs and also enables them to contribute substantially to the financing
of their education. The "Co-op" Plan has been extended to the graduate
level in engineering, actuarial science, professional accounting, business
administration, rehabilitation administration, and law.

In the field of adult education. Northeastern University offers graduate
and undergraduate degree programs and non-credit programs which are
specifically designed to meet the needs and interests of adults who wish
to further their education on a part-time basis.

All formal courses of study leading to degrees in the Graduate Division,
Lincoln College, and University College are approved by the undergraduate
faculties concerned, and are governed by the same qualitative and quanti-
tative standards as the regular day curricula. Courses are scheduled in the
day and evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington,
and at other off-campus locations near Boston.

18

THE UNIVERSITY / 19
UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers four major programs of study: physical educa-
tion, recreation education, and health education, leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education; and physical therapy, leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy.

The combined programs of liberal arts, science, and professional prepara-
tion include field experience and student teaching as well as leadership
training in camping and outdoor education at the Warren Center for Physi-
cal Education and Recreation in Ashland. In accordance with Northeastern's
Cooperative Plan of Education, students are offered varied opportunities for
alternate terms of work-study experience during upper-class years.

College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the
principal fields of business leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in
Business Administration. These programs are offered on the five-year Co-
operative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical experience
as an integral part of their undergraduate course of study.

The College also sponsors a Center for Management Development, which
annually conducts an intensive program designed to provide professional
growth for middle management executives. The plan of instruction, based
on a modification of the Northeastern Cooperative Program, permits the
participants to maintain their job responsibilities during the six-month
period of the course. The Management Development Program is conducted
at Andover, Massachusetts, on the campus of Andover Academy.

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research, concerned particularly
with problems of the New England region, is an integral part of the College.
The Bureau conducts research projects under faculty leadership using un-
dergraduate cooperative students as research assistants.

College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice offers a full-time day curricula on the Coop-
erative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science.

College of Education

The College of Education offers programs leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Education. These are designed to prepare students for teach-
ing or administrative positions in elementary and secondary schools. Cur-
ricula are offered on the five-year Cooperative Plan, which provides employ-
ment in libraries, social service agencies, and school systems.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

College of Engineering

The College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative curricula in civil,
mechanical, electrical, chemical, and industrial engineering leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to the engineer-
ing department in which the student qualifies, and a more general program
without specification leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. A six-year
program in power systems engineering in collaboration with public utilities
leads to both the bachelor's and master's degree in electrical engineering.
The College also offers during evening hours part-time programs leading to
Bachelor of Science degrees in Civil and Electrical Engineering. These pro-
grams extend over eight years, cover the identical courses given in the day
cooperative curricula, and meet the same qualitative and quantitative stan-
dards of scholarship.

College of Liberal Arts

The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the arts and sciences leading
to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degrees. With the exceptions
of preprofessional programs, curricula are normally five years in length and
operate on the Cooperative Plan.

Lincoln College

Lincoln College offers engineering technology programs leading to the de-
grees of Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science, and Bachelor of
Engineering Technology. These programs are made available as:

(a) A full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology (B.E.T.) in Mechanical
and Electrical Engineering.

(b) A part-time evening program including Pre-technology Preparatory
courses and degree programs leading to the Associate in Engineer-
ing (A.E.); and the Bachelor of Engineering Technology (B.E.T.) in
Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering. The Associate in Sci-
ence degree may be earned in the mathematical, physical, and
chemical sciences.

The day B.E.T. program is designed to meet the needs of the high school
graduate or the student transferring from a community college or technical
institute and who desires the full time day curricula on the Northeastern
Cooperative Plan.

In addition to its traditional curricula, Lincoln College Evening School offers
interdisciplinary and certificate programs providing technological and pro-
fessional development opportunities to meet special needs of the part-time
student. These programs are designed to provide trained people for ready
assimilation by the engineering field and to prepare students for the chal-
lenge of interfacing technology and society.

THE UNIVERSITY / 21

Recognizing the Increasing need for higher levels of technical efficiency
in firefighters, Lincoln College, in collaboration with local firefighting agen-
cies, has designed a part-time evening program leading to an Associate in
Science degree in Fire Technology. The curriculum includes a broad spec-
trum of those science technologies which are basic in coping with the fire-
fighting problems attendant to the complexities of today's society.

College of Nursing

The College of Nursing offers two separate and distinct programs of study,
both organized on the Cooperative Plan:

(a) A three-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations,
and leading to the Associate in Science degree.

(b) A five-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations, and
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing.

Five of Boston's leading hospitals — Beth Israel, Children's Hospital Medi-
cal Center, New England Deaconess, Peter Bent Brigham, and Massachu-
setts General — collaborate with Northeastern by providing suitable cooper-
ative work opportunities during the students' upper-class years in these
programs.

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers five-year
cooperative curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Pharmacy, and to the Bachelor of Science degree with majors in medical
laboratory science (medical technology or cytotechnology), medical record
administration, and management in health care agencies and institutions.
Associate degree programs are offered in medical laboratory science, res-
piratory therapy, and dental hygiene. The College has academic responsi-
bility and, in cooperation with the medical schools and teaching hospitals
in the Boston area, offers the professional program for physician assistants.

University College

University College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the
other colleges of the University, offers part-time day and evening programs
in liberal arts, business administration, law enforcement, education, health
professions, and therapeutic recreation service programs, leading to the As-
sociate in Science and Bachelor of Science degrees. It does not duplicate
the offerings of the day colleges, but provides curricula which cut across
traditional subject-matter areas to meet the particular needs of adult stu-
dents. Students may pursue a degree or simply take courses, based on
needs and interests, up to a total of forty quarter hours of credit. Courses
are offered in Boston as well as in Burlington, Framingham, Lynn, Haverhill,
Weymouth, and several other convenient locations.

22 / THE UNIVERSITY

Adult Day Programs refers to University College courses that are offered
Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., to meet the needs of adults
with family or other obligations who wish to engage in part-time study dur-
ing the day. In addition to the daytime offering of regular University College
credit courses, Adult Day Programs also offers daytime workshops and con-
ferences, sometimes over weekends, with the option for credit. Adult Day
Programs are offered primarily on the Boston and Burlington campuses,
with a limited number of courses offered at other off-campus locations.

Students may enroll as degree candidates or elect single courses appro-
priate to their needs and interests. Courses are scheduled in the day and
evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and other
off-campus locations near Boston.

GRADUATE SCHOOLS
Actuarial Science

Master of Science in Actuarial Science.

Arts and Sciences

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English, history,
political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthropology. The Mas-
ter of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and
physics. The Master of Science in Health Science and the Master of Public
Administration degrees are also offered. In addition, there are programs
leading to the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in biology, chemistry, economics,
mathematics, physics, psychology, and sociology.

Boston- Bouve College

Master of Science in Physical Education and Master of Science in Recre-
ation education.

Business Administration

Master of Business Administration.

Education

Master of Education, and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

Engineering

Master of Science with course specification, including a special six-year
program in Power Systems Engineering leading to both bachelor's and
master's degrees in Electrical Engineering; a similar six-year program in
Mechanical Engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's de-
grees; the Master of Science degree in Civil Engineering; master's degrees
in the fields of Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management; the
professional Engineer degree in Electrical Engineering; the Ph.D. in the fields
of Electrical, Chemical, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering; and Doctor of En-
gineering degree in Chemical Engineering. In addition, the intermediate
degree of Engineer is offered.

THE UNIVERSITY / 23

Law

The School of Law offers a full-time program of professional instruction
leading to the degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) The three-year curriculum in-
cludes twelve months of experience in law offices. There are no courses for
part-time or evening students. .

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Master of Science with specialization in Hospital Pharmacy, Industrial Phar-
macy, Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmacology, Medical Laboratory Science, and
Doctor of Philosophy in Medicinal Chemistry.

Professional Accounting

A five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in
Accounting.

INSURANCE INSTITUTE

The Insurance Institute, which is sponsored by local insurance organizations
and companies, has recently joined University College. It offers a number of
non-credit courses in preparation for the Chartered Life Underwriter and
Chartered Property-Casualty Underwriter Designations as well as for the
General Insurance, Insurance Adjuster, and Risk Management Certificates.
(437-2506).

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. Its
programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and
a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. The
Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade associations
and professional societies, offers several programs dealing with current
needs and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center is
becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local and
national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, Northeastern
University's conference center in Boston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The faculties of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and engi-
neering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose services
are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective teach-
ing and learning takes place in an environment characterized by research
activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Huntington
Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's famous cul-
tural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated in the Back
Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, Horticultural Hall,
the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard teaching hospitals, and
many schools and colleges. Most are within walking distance of North-
eastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan Interna-
tional Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intrastate
lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-suburban
area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motorists, the
best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and
Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the main
educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. The princi-
pal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, are of glazed
brick in contemporary classic style. Most are interconnected by under-
ground passageways.

Carl S. Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation
and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating
capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special drama
facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student
offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than 1,000.

The University Library

The Dodge Library is the main library on the Boston campus and maintains
an open-stack system. Bound volumes in the library system exceed 240,000,
and microfilm titles, 250,000. Collections are located in these areas:

1. The General Collection in the book stacks as indicated by the classifica-
tion number given in the upper left corner of the catalog card.

2. The Reference Collection in the Cabot Reading Room to the left of the
Circulation Desk, which includes bibliographies, maps, company publi-
cations, the pamphlet file, and association publications. Theses, under
the supervision of the Reference Dept., housed in the basement, and
available on request in the Reference Room.

3. The Periodical Collection on the basement level, housed in the Periodical
Room, consisting of current periodicals, periodical indexes, and ab-
stracts, with two adjacent stack levels for back files of bound volumes.

24

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 25

4. The Reserve Book Collection on the second floor.

5. The Foreign Literature Collections in the Webster Reading Room to the
right of the Circulation Desk. Trade bibliographies also located here.

6. The Collections of Fine Arts, Philosophy, Psychology, Religion, and Edu-
cation housed in the Richardson Room on the second floor. The Audio
Facility for spoken and music recordings and magnetic tapes for in-
structional and individual use also located in this room.

7. The American and English Literature Collections in the Literature Read-
ing Room.

8. Government Documents maintained on the basement level adjacent to
the Periodical Room, along with the Microtext Collection. This collection
includes 1,356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms.

The Card Catalog is a union list of materials in the University libraries and
is located in the Webster Reading Room. There are also book catalogs of the
collections in the Math /Psych Library, Chemistry Building Library, Docu-
ments and Reserve Rooms. There is an Information Desk in this room to
assist people in using the card catalog during the day.

The Circulation Dept. has a printed list of all materials charged out, which
may be consulted by all users. To borrow materials. University identification
must be presented. For extensive research, where the University Library
does not have the material, application should be made to the Inter-Library
Loan Librarian for materials needed from other libraries. Information service
is available in this department in the evenings.

Library Hours — Boston Campus

Monday — Thursday 7:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

Friday 7:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m.

Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

Sunday & Holidays 1:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.

The Reference Room and the reading rooms on the second floor are open
until midnight, Monday-Thursday and until 10:00 p.m. on Friday.

The University Library System includes three graduate libraries in the Divi-
sion of Research. Physics-Electrical Engineering is housed in 325 Dana
Research Center. Mathematics-Psychology is housed on the fifth floor of
the United Realty Building and Chemistry is located on the first floor of
HurtigHall.

Library Hours — Suburban Campus, Burlington

Monday — Friday 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.

Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the best
equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an athletic
cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative

26 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

offices for he Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education De-
partment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a 105-foot
swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, and shower
and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large gym-
nasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college library, com-
munity recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music rooms, recre-
ation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms, conference room
and lounge, storage facilities, and a research laboratory.

Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and 3 in
Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of individuals
and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, busi-
ness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of under-
graduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees, special
programs for adults, and non-credit state-of-the-art programs are offered.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in Weston,
Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts short-term
courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, professional, and
research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the main campus.

Warren Center

The Warren Center for Physical Education and Recreation in Ashland,
Massachusetts, serves as a year-round outdoor laboratory for students in
Boston-Bouve College. There are facilities for conferences, special edu-
cation in arts and crafts, and sports, including aquatics. Buildings include
a lodge, cottages, and an infirmary.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, about 20 miles
northeast of Boston, is a research and instructional facility primarily en-
gaged in studies of marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is
operated the year around.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framlngham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers a
major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massachusetts.
These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration Hospital, are
conveniently located just off Route 24.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 27

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a major
portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hampshire.
These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are located
in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

university college

The Programs

University College is committed to the education of mature, adult students
who wish to live effectively in today's complex society. The programs in
University College are specifically designed to satisfy the changing pro-
fessional, cultural, and social needs and interests of adults.

Degree programs have been developed in 39 major fields of study in the
areas of business administration, education, liberal arts, law enforcement,
and health-related programs. Flexible curricula are offered on a part-time
basis Monday through Saturday during day and evening hours convenient to
adult students. Students may elect single courses or may enroll in full de-
gree programs leading to the Associate in Science or the Bachelor of
Science degree. Short-term seminars are also offered for credit. Classes
are scheduled in locations which are accessible to the urban and the sub-
urban community, Students may attend classes at the Huntington Avenue
Campus, Boston, or the Suburban Campus, Burlington, Massachusetts, as
well as other off-campus locations north and west of Boston.

University College programs are constantly evaluated and redesigned when
necessary in order to keep pace with the changing needs and interests of
its students and the community.

The Faculty

Approximately 800 men and women comprise the part-time teaching staff
of University College. Included are members of the full-time faculty of the
Basic Colleges of Northeastern University and other educational institu-
tions in New England, as well as outstanding New England business and
professional leaders with backgrounds of training and experience in
specialized areas. The faculty are selected because they are highly suc-
cessful in their fields and are well qualified to provide sound methods of
teaching for adults in an interesting, inspiring, and effective manner.

The Student Body

The student body of University College represents diversified interests
which properly recognized and utilized become one of the basic strengths
in adult education. There are approximately 12,000 students in University
College who range in age from 18 years to beyond retirement. While some

28

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE / 29

students enroll in University College immediately after high school gradu-
ation, others may have graduated 25 years prior to enrollment in college-
level courses.

University College students are men and women who have full-time com-
mitments to their jobs, families, or other responsibilities. They may enroll
in a single course or in a full degree curriculum, depending on whether their
goal is job advancement, a new career, or personal enrichment.

academic policies

Admission

All applicants who satisfy the requirements as regular or special students
are adnnitted as part-time students in University College. It is advisable for
students to have an interview with an admissions counselor to help plan
their academic program in University College, particularly in cases where
previous credit has been completed at other institutions, in order to avoid
possible duplication of courses. Because of the diversity of the student body
in terms of background, age, interests, needs, etc., there are no entrance
examinations and college board examination scores are not required. In lieu
of entrance examinations, students must maintain a C average in order to
be admitted to degree candidacy.

Regular Students

To be enrolled as a regular student, that is, to become a degree candidate,
the applicant must have completed an approved secondary school course,
or the equivalent 15 units* of a high school diploma. Equivalency certifi-
cates are accepted. Regular students are those students who expect to
follow a degree program.

Special Students

Special students are those students who do not wish to enroll in a full
degree program, but are interested in taking only one or more courses
appropriate to their needs or interests. Credits for these courses may be
transferred to a degree program if the student desires to pursue a degree
at a later time.

Foreign Students

Only those University College students who have matriculated as degree
candidates and are attending as full-time students are eligible for a 1-20
Certificate of Eligibility for a student visa.

Information concerning foreign students should be requested from the
Office of International Student Affairs, 104 Ell Building. Office hours: 8:30
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.

Procedure for Admission as a Degree Candidate

1. Upon completion of 40 earned quarter hours of credit, the student
should officially petition for admission to the status of a degree candi-

*A unit represents a year's work in any subject in any approved secondary school consti-
tuting approximately a quarter of a full year's work, or the equivalent. A four-year day high
school course is regarded as representing at least 15 units of work, or 3 units in junior
high school and 12 units in a three-year high school.

30

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 31

date. Forms for this purpose are available in the University College
Office, 102 Churchill Hall.

2. If the student has successfully completed an associate degree program
at another accredited institution, he may file for matriculation following
one quarter in residence in University College.

3. If a student has completed 40 quarter hours of credit in University
College, he cannot register for additional courses unless he has been
officially accepted as a degree candidate.

4. In order to matriculate as a degree candidate, the student must have a
high school diploma or its equivalent and must achieve a cumulative
quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C) for all courses
completed before filing the petition. In the Liberal Arts Program, the
8 quarter hours of required English must be completed prior to
matriculation.

5. The Committee on Academic Standing may require a student to take one
or more aptitude or interest tests if his credentials or academic record
fail to give evidence of probable academic succss. In this case the stu-
dent will be notified in writing that arrangements for testing should be
made by him with the University Counseling and Testing Center. A fee is
charged for administering these tests.

Advanced Standing Credit

After completion of matriculation requirements in University College (40
quarter hours in residence) Advanced Standing Credit may be obtained in
two ways:

By Transfer of Credit from Another Institution

Subject to approval by the Director of Admissions, credit may be granted
for work completed in other approved schools, colleges, or universities. An
applicant who wishes to receive credit by transfer should petition for trans-
fer credit with the Director of Admissions. He should then write to the
Registrar of the institution previously attended and request that an official
transcript be sent to the Director of Admissions in University College. The
transcript indicates honorable dismissal, courses completed, credits and
grades received. The transcript should be sent well in advance of the regis-
tration period, and after filing the petition for transfer credit, the applicant
should inform the Director of Admissions of his major field of interest so
that the transcript will be evaluated appropriately.

Students who have been dismissed from another institution for academic
reasons must accompany their application with a statement from the dean
or other appropriate official of their previous institution setting forth the
reasons for dismissal or probationary status with recommendation for con-
tinued study. All applicants will be considered on their own merits.

By Examination

Credit is granted for successful completion of appropriate examinations in

32 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

the College Level Examination Program. (CLEP) Credit may be disallowed
for work previously completed because of the remoteness of the time of
study; however, these applicants will be granted the privilege of taking an
examination for credit.

In all cases students admitted by transfer or advanced standing credit from
any other institution must meet the requirements for matriculated status as
set forth under the regulations applicable to regular students.

Residence Requirement

Every candidate for the baccalaureate or associate degree must fulfill the
residence requirement. The residence requirement is defined as the satis-
factory completion in University College immediately preceding graduation
of 46 consecutive quarter hours of work in course, with the further pro-
vision that at least 12 of the 46 quarter hours must be in the candidate's
major field. All programs to meet the residency requirement must have
the approval of the Dean. Students whose attendance in degree programs
is interrupted for a period of one year or more will be reinstated into the
program in effect at the time of their re-entry into University College.

In the case of students who for causes beyond their control move outside
of the reasonable commuting area of the College, and who have completed
134 or more quarter hours of credit in course, the Committee on Education
will entertain a petition to allow them the privilege of completing their
degree requirements at some other approved college. Under no circum-
stances will a degree be awarded to any student who has completed less
than 46 quarter hours of credit in courses in University College.

Quality Requirement for Graduation

A cumulative quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C) is
required for graduation. Advanced standing credits are not averaged in the
cumulative score.

Graduation with Honor

Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their
academic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the
faculty a limited number of this group may be graduated with high honor
or with highest honor. To be considered for graduation with honor, a stu-
dent must have completed a minimum of 72 quarter hours of work at Uni-
versity College. Courses credited by advanced standing will be eliminated
in determining honor graduates.

Attendance at Commencement

All candidates for University College degrees are required to attend Com-
mencement in the year of qualification. Degrees in absentia are awarded
only to candidates excused for personal or immediate-family illness, mil-
itary service, or employment obligations which are beyond the control of
the candidate.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 33

A petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to the Dean.
Each petition will be acted upon by the Dean.

Quality Points

The requirement for graduation from University College is 174 quarter
hours with attainment of a quality point average of 2.00. Although the
credits allowed for acceptable work completed elsewhere by transfer stu-
dents count toward fulfillment of quantitative graduation requirements,
neither the credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in
quality point computations for graduation.

The method of figuring quality points is as follows: Each quarter hour credit
of A grade is multiplied by 4, B grade by 3, C grade by 2, D grade by I,
and F grade by 0. The total number of quality points, divided by the total
number of quarter hour credits completed, shall be the quality point average.

Students receiving an F grade in a required course must repeat the course
in its entirety including term work, examinations, and attendance.

Quality Point Averages

The Registrar's Office will not be able to recalculate or confirm the calcula-
tions of quality point averages for individual students. Each student's
record will be brought up to date before his graduation. In the meantime,
borderline cases will be checked by the Director of Admissions of Uni-
versity College.

Dean's List

All matriculated students who have taken a minimum of 18 quarter hours
in three consecutive quarters (Fall, Winter, Spring) of an academic year and
have completed all their courses with an average of 3.0 or better shall be
placed on the Dean's List. Each student shall receive a letter of commenda-
tion from the Dean of University College.

Pass- Fail Courses

Any student who is not on academic probation and who has completed 40
Q.H. of academic work may register for one pass/fail course and, thereafter,
for one course on a pass/fail basis for each 10 Q.H. of successfully com-
pleted work. Written permission of the appropriate academic dean must be
obtained for each pass/fail course. At no time may a student register for
more than one pass/fail course per quarter.

Such courses will be restricted to free electives outside the major field of
specialization, so that no part of the specifically prescribed curricula will
be affected.

The grades recorded on the basis of the pass/fail system of grading will not
figure in the computation of the QPA.

34 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

Satisfactory completion of the work in all courses taken on the pass/fail
system of grading will be designated on the transcript by the letter "S."
Unsatisfactory work will be designated on the transcript by the letter "U."
Any unsatisfactory grade must be handled according to the existing policy
of the University, but must never be cleared through the election of the
same course on the basis of the pass/fail system of grading.

An incomplete in a course taken on a pass/fail basis will be designated by
the letter "X" on the transcript and must be treated according to the normal
procedure for incomplete grades.

The following REGISTRATION PROCEDURES shall prevail:
Students wishing to use the pass/fail system of grading for a course must
meet all prerequisites for such course and should signify their desire to
apply for a specific course on the basis of this system of registration.

The student's decision to take a course on a pass/fail basis must be made
prior to the second meeting of the course and no changes will be permitted
thereafter.

Class Changes

University College reserves the right to cancel, split, or combine classes
when necessary.

Registration

Before attending classes, students must report to the registration area to
register. All students must complete their registration properly before
attending class. Attendance at class, even with the instructor's permission,
does not constitute registration.

No academic credit will be recorded for students not properly registered.

In order to insure academic success, students are strongly advised to ad-
here to course prerequisites.

Class Attendance and Preparation

Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they are study-
ing unless excused in advance.

Absence from regularly scheduled exercises in any subject will seriously
affect the standing of the student. Consecutive absences may cause the
removal of the subject or subjects from the student's schedule.

Two hours of preparation are normally required for each hour spent in the
classroom.

Withdrawal Policy

A student may be withdrawn from a course in several ways:

VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL — The student completes a drop course form in
the Registrar's Office or notifies the Registrar in writing of his intention to
withdraw from the course.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 35

INITIAL ABSENCE WITHDRAWAL — If a student is absent without permission
from the first three meetings of a course, he will be withdrawn by the
Registrar.

END OF COURSE WITHDRAWAL— If, by the ninth or tenth week of the
quarter, the Registrar, after examining the attendance book, has every
reason to believe the student has dropped from the course, he will officially
withdraw the student and so note in the attendance book.

Change of Address

Change of address and /or name should be reported immediately to the
Registrar's Office.

Absence Because of Illness

All students who are absent from school because of extended illness, and do
not wish to be withdrawn, should inform the Registrar's Office by letter.

Examinations

Term tests are scheduled in each quarter at the option of the instructor
and are regarded as part of the term's course work. A final examination
will be held at the end of each quarter in each course unless an announce-
ment to the contrary is made.

Homework Assignments

Students are responsible for obtaining their homework assignments by
contacting their instructor or another student in their class. Homework
assignments are not available in the University College Office.

Missed Final Examinations

A student does not automatically have the right to make up a missed final
examination. Students must petition for this privilege and must pay a fee of
$5.00 for each special examination when filing for the special make-up
exam. Petitions may be obtained from the Registrar's Office or in each off-
campus Administration Office. Petitions for missed finals must be filed in
accordance with the schedule listed below:

final examination file petition make-up final exam

missed during: no later than: during week of:

Fall Quarter 1973 January 18, 1974 February 11, 1974

Winter Quarter 1974 April 19, 1974 May 13, 1974

Spring Quarter 1974 July 11, 1974 Augusts, 1974

Summer Quarter 1974 October 11, 1974 November 4, 1974

Students will be notified by mail when and where to take the missed final
examination. All examinations will be administered on the Boston Campus.

Students who do not take make-up final examinations as scheduled forfeit
the makeup privilege. (See below for I grade explanation.)

36 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

Grading System

The following system of grading is used. The numerical equivalent for each
grade is in parentheses.

A (4.0) — Outstanding L — Audit (No Credit)-UC and LC only

B (3.0) — Good S — Satisfactory (Pass-Fail Grade)

C (2.0) — Satisfactory U — Unsatisfactory (Pass-Fail Grade)

D (1.0) — Poor X — Incomplete (Pass-Fail Grade)

F (0.0) — Failure * — Grade not received

I ( — ) — Incomplete

A general average of "D" is unacceptable and will not allow a student to
continue in University College or to receive a degree from Northeastern
University. The "F" grade is a definite failure and requires repetition of
course in its entirety. The "I" grade is given only when the student fails to
take the final examination.

The I Grade

The I grade may be given only when the student fails to take the final
examination.

An instructor may decide that a student has done so poorly in the course
that even a perfect grade in a makeup final could not raise the grades from
F, in which case F is the proper grade, irrespective of the missed final.

If the student fails to complete some other major portion of the course work
(examination, quizzes, major paper, etc.) a letter grade (A, B, C, D, F)
should be assigned. This grade can be changed, upon petition, when the
deficiency which led to the assigned letter grade is made up to the satisfac-
tion of and in the manner prescribed by the instructor.

All deficiencies must be made up in the prescribed manner no later than the
quarter following the recording of the grade.

*Grade Reports

An official grade report will be mailed approximately three weeks after the
quarter is completed to each registered student. Grades will not be given
over the telephone or at the Registrar's Office.

Auditing Policy

Students are permitted to audit courses upon filing the usual registration
forms and paying the regular tuition fees. There is no reduction in fees for
auditing. An auditor may participate in class discussion, complete papers

*A supplementary grade report will be issued when the missing grade is received. Please
do not call the Registrar's Office for it. University regulations prohibit issuing grades by
telephone.

S, U, X, I and L grades are not included in the Quality Point Average. "S" grades are in-
cluded in "Earned Hours" toward the degree. Cumulative totals do not appear on reports
for non matriculated students.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 37

and projects and take tests and examinations for informal evaluation, if
desired. However, regardless of the amount or quality of work completed,
no academic credit will be granted at any time for courses audited.

Audit Procedure

The student's decision to take a course on an audit basis must be communi-
cated in writing to the Registrar prior to the fourth class meeting of the
course. No exception to this procedure can be approved without authoriza-
tion by the Academic Standing Committee of the College.

Calculation of Quality Point Average

1. When the student has more than one grade in the same course, the
most recent grade will be used in the calculation of the quality point
average.

2. A grade of "I" will not be considered in the calculation of quality
point average.

3. Although advanced standing credits (ASC) allowed for acceptable
work completed at other institutions by transfer students count to-
ward completion of the quantitative credit requirements, neither the
credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in quality
point average computations.

For example, a student who has registered for seven courses, cleared a
failure in one of them and received advanced standing credit (ASC) in an-
other, may calculate his quality point average as follows:

Grade

Numerical

Credit

Achieved

Equivalent

Hours

A

4.0

X 4

B

3.0

X 4

C

2.0

X 3

D

1.0

X 3

F

0.0

X 2

FB
1

3.0

X 2

1
ASC

—

X —
Totals 18

Quality

Points

16.0

12.0

6.0

3.0

0.0

6.0

43.0

Quality Point Average

Total Quality Points (43.0)
Total Credit Hours (18)

= 2.389

Academic Probation

Students whose scholarship in any given period is unsatisfactory may be
dropped from the College or may be placed on probation.

38 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

Disciplinary Action

The Committee on Regulations and Discipline has the authority to dismiss
from the College or place on probation at any time or to strike from the list
of candidates for the degree, any student deemed unworthy because of con-
duct or character.

Maximum Course Load

New students may elect up to five (5) subjects per quarter without special
permission.

Former students, who are not on the Dean's List, may also elect up to five
(5) subjects per quarter without special permission. Program Directors may
allow six (6) subjects if the student has a 2.50 Q.P.A. or better.

Dean's List students may elect any number of subjects per quarter not to
exceed sixteen (16) quarter hours without special permission.

Not all the courses listed in this bulletin will be offered. A final list of those
classes to be offered will be contained in the University College Schedule
of Courses which gives the hours, days and location of classes. This sched-
ule is issued prior to the Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of University College forces frequent revision
of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indicated. When
no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, and when the
facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to meet the require-
ments of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it impossible to meet these
requirements, the bulletin for the year in which he entered becomes the
binding one.

tuition and fees

Tuition and fees are refundable only as stated under "Refund of Tuition."
Checks and drafts for all charges are to be drawn to the order of North-
eastern University.

Initial Registration Fee

A ten dollar ($10.00) registration fee, required of all new students is due
and payable upon registration. This fee is nonrefundable.

Tuition

Tuition for all credit courses is $29.00 per quarter hour of credit. Charges
for registration and tuition for special courses are at the rate specified for
each course. Students are permitted to audit courses, however, there is no
reduction in fees for auditing.

Non-credit courses are charged at quarter hour rates comparable to those
of credit courses meeting on an equivalent contact hour schedule.

Students are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any examination
or test until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satisfactory ar-
rangements for payment.

Students will not be advanced in class standing, or permitted to re-enroll in
the University, nor will degrees be conferred until all financial obligations
to the University have been met.

No certificate of honorable dismissal will be issued to any student who has
not fully met his financial obligations to the University.

Tuition Budget Payment Plans

Occasionally situations develop — usually beyond the control of the student
— which make it difficult to meet the payments in the manner outlined
above. Under such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his
problem personally at the Bursar's Office, where one of the budget plans
or a deferred payment agreement may be worked out. Such arrangements
should be made before the end of the first week of the quarter or within one
week of the date of registration if the student enters late. A charge of $2.00
will be made. Failure to take immediate action will result in a late payment
fee of $10.00.

40 / TUITION AND FEES

Tuition Underwritten by Employers

An increasing number of companies are underwriting part or all of the
cost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases where payment is to
be made directly by the employer to the University, the student should
furnish to the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or
a statement from an officer of his company certifying that the company is
underwriting the tuition.

Veterans' Benefits

Any veteran covered by Public Law 89-358 should report to Room 245
Richards Hall to fill out the proper enrollment forms.

Late Payment Fee

Bills for tuition and fees are payable on or before Saturday of the week of
issuance. A late payment fee of $10.00 is charged for all students failing
to comply unless special payment arrangements are approved by the
Bursar's Office.

Refund of Tuition

The general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with respect
to refunds of tuition to students is as follows:

The University provides all instruction on an academic quarter basis for
which students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds will be
granted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific condi-
tions are met. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with the
Bursar.

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing on
the official withdrawal application when filed with the Registrar in Room
120 Hayden Hall. Non-attendance does not constitute official withdrawal.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

official withdrawal filed within: percentage of tuition
1st week of quarter 100%

2nd week of quarter 75%

3rd week of quarter 50%

4th week of quarter 25%

Courses in Other Departments of the University

University College students assigned to courses in other departments of
the University are charged the tuition rates and other fees effective in the
departments in which they are enrolled.

Student Center Fee

All students in University College on the Huntington Avenue Campus are
charged $.75 each quarter for the services available in the Student Center.

TUITION AND FEES / 41

Laboratory Fee

All students enrolled in chemistry, biology, or health professions courses
which include laboratory must purchase from the Bursar's Office a Labora-
tory Fee and Deposit Card for $15.00 ($5 for extra cards). The fee for arts
and crafts courses is $5.00. Upon completion of the course or withdrawal
during the quarter, the student must check out his status with the laboratory
attendant. The Bursar's Office will then refund any unused balance shown on
the Laboratory Fee and Deposit Card.

Graduation Fee

The University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for the
baccalaureate or associate degree, is $25.00 payable on or before May 1 of
the year in which the student expects to graduate.

Missed Final Examination Fee

Students absent from the regularly scheduled final examination at the end
of a course may petition for a "Missed Final Examination." The fee for each
examination requested by the student is $5.00. The fee must be paid when
the petition is filed in the University Registrar's Office.

Transcripts

Students may request transcripts of their grades at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $1.00 per copy, payable in advance.

financial aid

General information pertaining to financial aid opportunities and specific
sct)olarship applications for part-tin)e students are available in the Univer-
sity College Admissions Office, Room 102 Church/// Hall.

The following scholarships and awards are available to students enrolled
in University College.

Professor Joseph A. Mullen Scholarships

The Massachusetts Chapter of the American Society of Training and De-
velopment has established a fund to provide annual scholarship awards
to deserving part-time students upon the recommendation of the Dean of
University College.

Dean Russell Whitney Memorial Scholarship

Alpha Chapter of the Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity sponsors an annual tuition
scholarship in memory of former Dean Russell Whitney. The award is made
available to the man in University College whose qualities of leadership and
influence on his fellow students, strength of character, and record of schol-
arship and broad achievement mark him as outstanding. The award is made
available to the student who has completed a minimum of 80 quarter hours.
To be eligible for this scholarship, the student must pursue a normal sched-
ule during the year in which the award is made.

Martin Luther King Jr. Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King Jr.
Awards are made as openings occur, to adults from minority groups who
would otherwise be unable to continue their education. Stipends will cover
tuition expenses not to exceed six quarter hours in any academic quarter.

Kappa Tau Phi Scholarships

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority annually makes available scholarship awards. They
are granted to women students in the liberal arts, business, and engineering
programs, respectively, who rank highest in their class at the end of the
upper-middle year. In the event the student is eligible for an award of
greater monetary value, the award will be made to the next highest-ranking

42

FINANCIAL AID / 43

woman student. To be eligible for this scholarship, the student must be
enrolled in a program of at least two evenings per week and must be a can-
didate for the Bachelor's degree. In determining this award, grades of all
courses completed in prior years shall be considered.

Harry Olins Scholarship

The Harry Olins Scholarship Fund was established as an expression of
firm belief in University College students and "what they stand for." The
fund, presented by Mrs. Harry Olins in recognition of her husband's long
service on the faculty, makes available an annual tuition award to two stu-
dents who in terms of scholastic achievement, character, and personal need
best typify the spirit of Northeastern University.

To be eligible for this award, the student must be a degree candidate and
carry a full academic load during the school year.

Northeastern University Alumni Club of Lowell Scholarships

The Northeastern University Alumni Club of Lowell awards scholarships
annually to evening students in University College from the Greater Lowell
area who demonstrate high scholastic ability and are in need of financial
assistance. Students interested should obtain an application in the Univer-
sity College office, 102 Churchill Hall. Upon filing an application and sub-
mitting a resume, the student will be required to complete an interview with
the Scholarship Committee of the Alumni Club of Lowell.

Pilot Freight Carriers Scholarships

Pilot Freight Carriers, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, awards $500 annually
to advanced transportation students who have achieved high academic
standing and who have paid their tuition expenses without prior aid. The
award may be shared by more than one student. Potential recipients are
designated by the Director of the Transportation Institute, and a final
determination is made by the Dean of University College.

University College Faculty Club Memorial Scholarship Awards

The Faculty Club of University College, Northeastern University, offers
two awards annually, primarily for excellence in studies, to Bachelor of
Science degree candidates in University College who have carried, and are
currently carrying, a minimum of 24 quarter hours annually. Applications,
available in U.C. office in December, must be returned before Feb. 1.

These awards shall be known as University College Faculty Club Memorial
Scholarship Awards in commemoration of the Club's deceased members.

U.S. Navy Field Training Supervisors Association Memorial Scholarship

A scholarship fund has been established by the generosity of the United
States Navy Field Training Supervisors Association, in commemoration of
the Association's deceased members. The Scholarship is awarded annually

44 / FINANCIAL AID

to a deserving student, selected by the Committee on Scholarships, who is
a Management major, working toward a Bachelor of Science degree in the
evening program of University College.

Traffic Club of New England Scholarship

The Traffic Club of New England provides 12 basic and four advanced
scholarships annually for persons employed in transportation and industry
traffic departments. The scholarships are divided equally between industry
and carrier applicants, and each award is applicable toward tuition, books,
and incidental expenses involved in Transportation Management courses.
The purpose of the plan is to afford a limited number of young men an
opportunity to expand and improve their education by systematized study
in courses in the field of transportation and traffic management. The
scholarships are administered cooperatively with the Scholarship Com-
mittee of the Traffic Club of New England. Applications may be secured
from and filed with the Secretary, The Traffic Club of New England, 294
Washington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Scholarships

University College's scholastic honor fraternity, Sigma Epsilon Rho, an-
nually awards plaques and scholarships for outstanding scholastic achieve-
ment to the highest-ranking male students in University and Lincoln
Colleges at the end of their junior year.

Community Sources

Students and their families are urged to explore community, industrial, and
foundation sources for collegiate financial aid. Parental employers or the
appropriate union organization may be a source. In addition, local, civic,
political, religious or educational leaders are often aware of aid sources
in immediate community. Some typical sources may include: P.T.A.,
Kiwanis, Lions, Elks, Knights of Columbus, Masons, Sons of Italy, Rotary,
State Rehabilitation, American Legion, etc.

University Grants

Each year Northeastern University grants a substantial number of full and
partial tuition grants to students who have demonstrated both above-
average scholastic achievement and financial need. All applications for aid
are automatically considered for all grants administered by the University.
It is not necessary for an applicant to specify the grant in which he is
interested.

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-half
the normal academic workload, are accepted as degree candidates, and who
show evidence of financial need.

FINANCIAL AID / 45

The Federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow while
pursuing their post-baccalaureate degree is $5000.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at an
institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be extended
over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of 3 percent per annum.
Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years while a borrower is
serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candidates, en-
rolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may borrow from
a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms and conditions vary
from state to state, but a student generally may borrow up to $1,500 a year
(the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per year) depending on financial
need. The federal government pays the interest while the student is in
school if the student is eligible for interest subsidy.

The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship Serv-
ice, a Parents' Confidential Statement, or if he has been declared finan-
cially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Confidential State-
ment. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the Educa-
tion Office of your state government. Additional information and necessary
application forms for Massachusetts residents are available from the Finan-
cial Aid Office.

Veterans' Benefits

Any veteran covered by the Veterans Readjustment Act of 1966, Public Law
89-358, should report to Room 245 Richards Hall to fill out the proper
enrollment forms. These forms will be made available during registration
periods for all students in the Law Enforcement Programs at special
off-campus locations.

Students needing additional information as to eligibility, allowances, or other
details are urged to contact their local office of the Veterans Administration
as early as possible.

Law Enforcement Education Program (LEEP) Grants

Grants are available to full-time or part-time students employed by a publicly
funded law enforcement agency, (as defined by LEAA) and involve a signed
agreement to remain in the service of the agency employing such applicant
for two years following completion of the course for which aid was given.
Application for loans or grants should be obtained from the Office of Fi-
nancial Aid.

46 / FINANCIAL AID

Law Enforcement Assistance Administration

The Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, U.S. Department of Jus-
tice, has set up an Office of Academic Assistance under authority of the
Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, Public Law 90-351.
Through the University, loans up to $1800 per year for tuition and grants
up to $200 per academic quarter for tuition and fees are available to law
enforcement personnel in undergraduate or graduate programs leading to
degrees or certificates in areas directly related to law enforcement.

The loans, limited to full-time students in or preparing for law enforcement
or corrections careers, are cancelled at the rate of 25 percent for each year
the recipient subsequently serves in law enforcement at federal, state, or
local level.

The grants are available to full-time or part-time students in a publicly-
funded law enforcement agency, and involve a signed agreement to remain
in the service of the government agency employing such applicant for two
years following completion of the course for which aid was given.

Applications for loans or grants should be obtained from the Office of
Financial Aid, Room 252 Richards Hall.

Please note that aid granted from programs sponsored by the federal gov-
ernment are dependent upon the amount of funds allocated to Northeastern.

student activities

student activities for part-time students are planned, organized, and oper-
ated by the student body with the assistance of the Director of University-
Lincoln College Student Activities. The programs are designed to keep pace
vj'dh the changing needs of adult students and to provide maximum oppor-
tunity for student participation. All part-time students in University College
and Lincoln College are welcome to participate.

The program is flexible in nature and pioneering in spirit to meet the needs
of adult students. The Office of University-Lincoln College Student Activities
is particularly interested in developing new clubs which will benefit students
professionally and educationally. If students wish to start clubs related to
their professions, this office will help them plan and organize clubs on the
local and national level. The program is dedicated to assisting the adult stu-
dent in the development of his fullest potential. The University-Lincoln
College Student Activities Office is located in 102 Churchill Hall.

Purpose

The purposes of part-time student activities are:

To provide opportunities for the development and pursuit of cultural in-
terests and professional objectives.

To encourage the development of leadership activities and skills.

To enable the student to identify more closely with the University.

To include the family, as an important and vital motivating force, in the
part-time student's educational career.

Society for the Advancement of Management

The Society for the Advancement of Management is the recognized national
professional organization of managers in industry, commerce, government,
and education. It has been dedicated to the advancement of management
and managers since 1912, when the original Taylor Society was established.
University chapters operate in 190 leading colleges and universities in the
United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii.

47

48 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES

The Northeastern University chapter is open to all adult students inter-
ested in furthering their growth and insight into the practice of the man-
agement profession.

The Northeastern University part-time student chapter brings together busi-
ness executives and students who are interested in the art and science of
management. Meetings, conferences, and seminars provide an effective
medium for the exchange and distribution of information on the problems,
policies, and methods of management and industry.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Fraternity

Sigma Epsilon Rho is the honor fraternity of University College. Its pur-
poses are:

To promote acquaintance and good fellowship among those men who have
attained highest scholastic standing in the College.

To stimulate the student body to higher scholastic accomplishment through
the bearing, influence, and work of these selected men.

To develop methods of mutual improvement and advancement among the
members of this fraternity.

To support high moral, professional, and scholastic ideals.

Only honor graduates or seniors with honor standing at the end of the
junior year are eligible for admission to the fraternity. Admission is by
invitation after nomination by the fraternity.

An outstanding book is awarded each year by Sigma Epsilon Rho Fraternity
to the highest-ranking student at the conclusion of the junior year. Students
will receive the award only in the event that they enroll for the subsequent
year.

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority is a social organization open to all part-time women
students. Its purpose is to promote fellowship among the women students
so that they may become better acquainted and form a closer tie with the
University. Monthly dinner meetings are held. Two scholarships are awarded
annually to scholastically superior women students.

Lambda Alpha Epsilon

Lambda Alpha Epsilon is a national law enforcement fraternity founded in
1957. The Northeastern Chapter Kappa Phi Beta is open to part-time and
day students enrolled in Law Enforcement and Security Programs, and also
to professional men in the fields of law enforcement and security. The
fraternity is dedicated to the furtherance of professional standards in law
enforcement.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES / 49

Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity

Pi Tau Kappa is a social fraternity open to all evening students. It is or-
ganized to enhance their social welfare and pronnote closer affiliation with
the University.

Lamplighter Column

News articles written by interested students in University and Lincoln Col-
lege may be submitted to the Northeastern Today newspaper to be printed
under a Lamplighter heading. All news articles should be sent to the Even-
ing Student Activities Office, 102 Churchill Hall at least two weeks prior to
publication. Due to space considerations in the Northeastern Today, some
articles may require editing by its staff.

Evening Student Council

The Evening Student Council was formed to provide a representative body
to promote the welfare of the student body in non-academic areas and to
foster extracurricular activities which will enrich University life. It affords
participants opportunities to meet and develop close personal relationships
with fellow students and the administrative staff.

The Evening Student Council provides students with opportunities to develop
leadership skills and gives them a chance to discuss matters of professional
interest with experts in their chosen field.

The Council is made up of interested students in University and Lincoln
College, representatives of part-time interest groups, and those specially
certified by the Council because of their demonstrated interest in the overall
adult programs of the University.

The E.S.C., a member of the United States Association of Evening Students,
meets on the first Monday of each month at 8:30 p.m. in the Student Cen-
ter. Students are welcome to visit, observe, and express opinions concern-
ing part-time student life.

Use of Gymnasium Facilities

Specific schedules for use of the Pool, Weight Training Room, Indoor Ath-
letic Field and Track, Handball Courts, Gymnasium, and Wrestling Room are
set up each quarter for use by all part-time students. In order to become
eligible, students must obtain a temporary Gymnasium Pass each time they
wish to use the Cabot Gymnasium Complex. Passes are available in the
Cabot Complex, Monday through Friday from 4:30 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. and
on Saturday and Sunday from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. All students request-
ing a pass must present their Student Identification Card, and passes will
be issued only on a first-come, first-served basis. Students using the Cabot
Gymnasium Complex are required to abide by all the Rules of the Gym and
may be asked to complete a Medical Release form.

50 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Evening Ski Club

The Evening Ski Club was established as a special interest club by students
in University and Lincoln College to give skiers an opportunity to meet other
skiers for the purpose of promoting the sport and its related activities.
Events sponsored by the Evening Ski Club include wine and cheese parties
held locally and in the various ski areas of Maine, New Hampshire, and
Vermont. A summer clambake is also arranged on a local beach, usually
in July or August. Meetings are held from October through April on a bi-
weekly basis on the main campus. Students interested should contact the
Evening Student Activities Office in 102 Churchill Hall.

Alumni Association

More than 52,000 alumni are members of the all-University Alumni Asso-
ciation which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare of
Northeastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial relation-
ship between the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of fellow-
ship among members of the Association.

The Alumni Relations office is located in Room 101, Ell Student Center. The
official records and addresses of alumni are maintained in Room 260,
United Realty Building.

Activities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration
and the annual presentation of Professional Promise Awards to outstanding
seniors in Lincoln and University Colleges, are directed by the Vice Presi-
dent for Alumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of the under-
graduate classes to form a closer relationship between the Association and
its future members.

The Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning
class reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years during
the month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class Council is re-
sponsible for coordinating class activities and organizing class functions.

The Vice President for Alumni Clubs works in close association with officers
of the more than 50 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been established
from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become members of these or-
ganizations. The alumni clubs meet periodically, often in conjunction with
visits from members of the faculty or with athletic events.

For Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both the
downtown and uptown sections of the city.

The Association also sponsors and assists the alumnae organization, and
the Varsity Club, both of which have their own officers and conduct various
programs throughout the year. Through the Varsity Club, the Association
presents trophies to the outstanding athlete of the year in each of the five
major sports.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES / 51

One of the most recent developments in alumni activities is the organiza-
tion of seminars which are conducted by the Association in cooperation with
the University's Center for Continuing Education. The seminars are designed
particularly for alumni who have a special interest in current events and the
field of adult education.

The Northeastern University Alumni Association is a member of the Ameri-
can Alumni Council, a professional organization composed of representa-
tives of all major colleges and universities in the United States and Canada.

Alumni Relations

The Alumni Association is providing a uniquely valuable service to both the
University and the community by sponsoring admissions conferences for
parents of high school students who are interested in attending college.
These meetings, held in cooperation with the Northeastern Department of
Admissions, have been extremely well attended. Local residents as well as
Alumni of the University have been invited to these conferences which help
to clarify many of the questions today's parents and young people have
concerning application procedures of colleges and universities.

programs of study

University College conducts part-time educational programs at the under-
graduate level during day and evening hours. The programs are designed
to meet the varying needs and interests of adult students who may enroll
as (1) Regular students following degree programs or as (2) Special stu-
dents taking single courses or special programs.

University College programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree pro-
vide opportunities for cultural and professional development equivalent in
quality and scope to those offered in the conventional four-year college en-
rolling full-time students. The Bachelor of Science degree requires 174
quarter hours of credit.

Programs leading to the Associate in Science degree provide students a
background in fundamental areas in business administration, liberal arts,
health professions, therapeutic recreation services, and law enforcement.
The Associate degree requires 96 quarter hours of credit and is equivalent
to the conventional two-year, or junior college in scope and quality.

Degree curricula are offered in the following areas;

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Major Degree Page

Business Administration

Electronic Data Processing

Purchasing

Real Estate

Accounting

Finance

Industrial Management

Industrial Technology

Insurance

Management

Management Information Systems

Marketing

Personnel and Industrial Relations

Transportation and Physical Distribution

Management Bachelor of Science 74

Combined Program in Liberal Arts

and Management Bachelor of Science 76

52

Associate in Science

56

Associate in Science

58

Associate in Science

60

Associate in Science

62

Bachelor of Science

64

Bachelor of Science

65

Bachelor of Science

66

Bachelor of Science

67

Bachelor of Science

68

Bachelor of Science

69

Bachelor of Science

70

Bachelor of Science

72

Bachelor of Science

73

PROGRAMS OF STUDY / 53

LIBERAL ARTS

Major

Degree

Page

Economics

Bachelor of Arts

81

English

Bachelor of Arts

, Bachelor of Science

82

Fine Arts

Bachelor of Arts

, Bachelor of Science

83

History

Bachelor of Arts

85

Liberal Arts

Associate in Science

86

Music

Bachelor of Arts,

Bachelor of Science

94

Political Science

Bachelor of Arts

87

Psychology

Bachelor of Arts

90

Sociology-Anthropology

Bachelor of Arts,

, Bachelor of Science

92

Chemical-Biological Technology

Associate in Science

96

Chemical-Biological Technology

Bachelor of Science

97

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Major

Degree

Page

Correctional Practices

Bachelor of Science

101

Associate in Science

105

Law Enforcement

Bachelor of Science

107

Associate in Science

111

Security

Bachelor of Science

113

Associate in Science

117

HEALTH PROFESSION PROGRAMS

Major

Degree

Page

Health Science

Bachelor of Science

121

Management in Health

Bachelor of Science

124

Agencies and Institutions

Medical Laboratory Science

Cytotechnology

Bachelor of Science

135

Associate in Science

135

Medical Technology

Bachelor of Science

138

Associate in Science

138

Medical Record Administration

Bachelor of Science

128

Certificate

130

Nursing Home Administration

Certificate

126

Radiologic Technology

Associate in Science

141

Respiratory Therapy

Associate in Science

132

EDUCATION

Major

Teaching of English (in grades 7-12)

Degree Page

Bachelor of Science 143

Course descriptions are listed in numerical order by department beginning on
page 151.

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

Major Degree Page

Therapeutic Recreation Services Certificate 148

Associate in Science 148

business administration

Paul D. Maxwell, Assistant Dean

Director, Business Administration Programs

Telephone 437-2418

Aims

Business Administration programs of study are offered to meet the needs of
adult men and women wishing to acquire a college education on a part-time
basis. The opportunity to achieve professional competence in a chosen field,
while developing potential for further managerial growth, is one of the pro-
gram's principle objectives. Degree programs are designed to create both a
breadth of perspective and a degree of specialization. Breadth of perspec-
tive will be obtained through exposure to a well-balanced sequence of liberal
arts courses, which emphasize fundamental economic laws, and the social
and cultural foundations of our changing American society. Specialized
knowledge for future managerial growth will be acquired through the study
of basic business courses, in addition to a self-determined study of a major
business area.

Requirements

Associate in Science Degree

The Associate in Science degree is offered in the following fields of study:
Business Administration, Electronic Data Processing, Purchasing, and Real
Estate. To qualify for the associate degree 96 quarter hours must be suc-
cessfully completed in one of the four associate programs. Detailed infor-
mation on these programs together with a recommended sequence for com-
pleting them appears on the following pages.

New Students — Please Note:

In an effort to achieve a certain level of analytic and academic sophistica-
tion among students taking upper level business administration courses
(designated by an asterisk wherever they appear in the catalog), University
College instituted a new procedure in the Fall Quarter of 1969 whereby all
new students are required to successfully complete an appropriate associate
degree program before they become eligible to take upper level business
administration courses. Special students (students not pursuing a degree
program) may take upper level courses if they can demonstrate to a pro-
gram adviser (always present during registration) or to one of the deans in
University College that they have an adequate background to cope with

54

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 55

upper level course content. In determining whether a student has "an ade-
quate background," the program advisers and the deans will evaluate, but
not be limited to, such factors as work experience, former college work,
independent study, etc.

The "appropriate" program for all bachelor degree students, except the
Management Information Systems (MIS) degree student, is the Associate
degree program in Business Administration. The "appropriate" program for
the MIS degree student is the Associate degree program in Electronic Data
Processing (EDP). Students pursuing one of the other associate programs
or students pursuing an "inappropriate" associate program (e.g., student
following EDP associate program who wants to major in finance in his bach-
elor's program) may make special arrangements with the Dean of Admis-
sions or the Director of Business Programs for a bachelor's program.

A student with a 2.0 average or better in an Associate degree program will
be considered by University College as having "successfully completed"
the program. It should be noted that students do not have to formally re-
ceive Associate degrees; successful completion of the Associate degree
program (or demonstration of an "adequate background" in the case of
special students) is all that is necessary for entry into upper level business
administration courses.

The Bachelor of Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration is offered in the
following fields of study: Accounting, Finance, Industrial Management,
Industrial Technology, Insurance, Management, Management Information
Systems, Marketing, Personnel, and Industrial Relations, Transportation and
Physical Distribution Management, and in the Combined Program in Liberal
Arts and Management.

In general, the Bachelor of Science degree requires successful completion
of the following areas of study:

Liberal Arts

quarter hours

Basic Courses and Electives

70

Business Administration

Basic courses

66

Major Field of Study

30

Electives (Business Administration or Liberal Arts)

8

Total

174

Detailed information on these programs appears on the following pages.

English Requirements

The English requirements shall be fulfilled by taking Composition and
Rhetoric I, II (30.601, 30.602), Introduction to Literary Forms I, II (30.604,
30.605) and four additional hours of literature. Please review the appro-
priate detailed program information. For new English requirements see
explanation on page 198.

56 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses — Liberal Art

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

16.501, 16.502, 16.503 Earth Science I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization !, 11, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 44

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41,502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

43.501, 43.502, 43.503 Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance & Risk Management I, II, III 6
45.506, 45.507, 45.508 Production Management and

Manufacturing Systems I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management & Organization I, II, III 6

45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4
45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

45.599 Basic Computer Programming 2

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2 48

Electives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8*

23.509, 23.510 Western Civilization A, B 6
30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4
30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4
41.541 Accounting Principles 6
43.504 Introduction to Marketing 6
44.504 Finance & Risk Management 6

45.641 Human Relations In Organization 4

45.642 Production Management and

Manufacturing Systems 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts Electives in B.S. degree
programs.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 57

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Prograr
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Earth Science 1

Earth Science II

Earth Science III

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

Marketing 1

Marketing II

Marketing III

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. & Risk II

Fin. & Risk III

3rd

West. Civ. 1

West. Civ. II

West. Civ. Ill

Year

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

Labor Mgmt. 1

Labor Mgmt. II

Elective

4th

Intro. Lit. Forms 1

Intro. Lit. Forms II

Project Planning

Year

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

Prodn. Mgmt. 1

Prodn. Mgmt. II

Prodn. Mgmt. Ill

Hum. Rel. 1

Hum. Rel. II

Basic Computer
Programming

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

16.501.

16.502,

16.503

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

29.501,

29.502,

29.503

30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

58 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, III 6

Earth Science I, II, III 6

Psychology I, II, III 6

Effective Speaking I, II, III 6

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 44

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance & Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24

Major Field of Study

10.332, 10.333, 10.334 Mathematics for Business

Management I, II, III 6
45.573, 45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for

Business I, II, III 6

45.577 Data Systems Administration 2
45.578, 45.579 Business Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2

45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6 26

Electives Liberal Arts 2 2

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8*

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

44.504 Finance and Risk Management 6

45.644 Computer Programming for Business 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.689 Systems Design and Techniques 6

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 59

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter ill

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. & Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Math, for Bus.

Math, for Bus.

Math, for Bus.

Mgmt. 1

Mgmt. II

Mgmt. Ill

Comp. Prog. Bus. 1

Comp. Prog. Bus. II

Comp. Prog. Bus. Ill

3rd

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. &Risk II

Fin. &Risk III

Year

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Sys. Des. Tech. 1

Sys. Des. Tech. II

Sys. Des. Tech. Ill

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

4th

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Project Planning

Year

Effective Spking. 1

Effective Spking. II

Effective Spking. Ill

Data Sys. Adm.

Bus. Data Proc.

Bus. Data Proc.

Appl. 1

Appl. II

Earth Science 1

Earth Science II

Earth Science III

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

39.511,

39.512,

39.513

60 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

PURCHASING Associate In Science Degree

quarter hours j

Mathematics I, II, III 6 |

Psychology I, II, III 6 I

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6
Statistics I, II, III 6 32

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance and Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24

Major Field of Study

43.520 Industrial Marketing 2

45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4
45.536 Principles of Material Inspection 2

45.537, 45.538, 45.539 Purchasing I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6

45.623, 45.624, 45.625 Manufacturing Processes I, II, III 6

45.627, 45.628 Value Management, I, II 4

45.626 Professional Purchasing Techniques* 2 36

Electives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

Additional Departmental Offerings

45.666 Materials Acquisition Function 2

Please see page 231 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours
19.508, 19.509 Fund of Psych. I, II 8**

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

44.504 Finance and Risk Management 6

45.641 Human Relations In Organization 4

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

* Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken in the Purchasing Associate
Degree Program.
••Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives in B.S.
degree programs.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 61

PURCHASING

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. & Org. II

Mgmt. & Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. & Risk II

Fin. & Risk III

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

3rd

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Elective

Year

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

Purchasing 1

Purchasing II

Purchasing III

Manuf. Proc. 1

Manuf. Proc. II

Manuf. Proc. Ill

4th

Law 1

Law II

Law III

Year

Labor Mgmt. Rel. 1

Labor Mgmt. Rel. II

Industrial Mktg.

Hum. ReL 1

Hum. Rel. II

Prin. Mat. Inspec.

Prof. Purchasing

Value Mgmt. 1

Value Mgmt. II

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

24.503

30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

39.511,

39.512,

39.513

62 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

REAL ESTATE Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, III 6

Psychology I, II, III 6

Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, 11 4
Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

Statistics I, II, ill 6 38

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance and Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 24

Major Field of Study

47.501, 47.502, 47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals I, II, III 6

47.508, 47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis I, II 4

47.511 Fundamental Real Estate Appraisal 2

47.512, 47.513 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal I, II 4

47.521 Real Estate Development 2 18

Electives Literature 4

Liberal Arts 6

Business Administration 6 16

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to the suggested course se-
quence on the opposite page.

Additional Department Offerings

47.524 Private Real Estate Law 2

47.525, 47.526 Public Real Estate Law I & II 4

47.527 Housing 2
Please see page 243 for course descriptions.
The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8**

Western Civilization A, B 6

Composition and Rhetoric 4

introduction to Literary Forms 4

Accounting Principles 6

Finance and Risk Management 6

Management and Organization 6

•Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken in the Real Estate Associate
Degree program.
•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

19.508,

19.509

23.509,

23.510

30.603

30.606

41.541

44.504

45.652

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 63

REAL ESTATE

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. & Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Law 1

Law II

Law III

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. & Risk II

Fin. & Risk III

R.E. Fund 1

R.E. Fund. II

R.E. Fund. Ill

3rd

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Year

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

R.E. Fin. Anal. 1

R.E. Fin. Anal. II

R.E. Development

Elective

Elective

Elective

4th

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Elective

Year

Fund. R.E. App.

Adv. R.E. App. 1

Adv. R.E. App. II

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

64 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ACCOUNTING Bachelor of Science Degree

Associate Degree Program
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.504, 41.505, 41.506 Accounting — Intermediate I, II, III

41.507, 41.508, 41.509 Accounting— Cost I, II, III

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, ill

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III*

Major Concentration Courses

41.510, 41.511, 41.512 Accounting — Advanced I, II, III* 6

41.513, 41.514, 41.515 Accounting — Specialized

Problems I, II, III* 6

41.516, 41.517, 41.518 Auditing I, II, III* 6

41.519, 41.520, 41.521 Federal Income Taxes I, II, III* 6

41.522, 41.523, 41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting

Problems I, II, III* 6 30

quarter hours

96

6

6

12

6

6

6

6

24

Electives

Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 2 12

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

41.525 Estate and Gift Taxes 2

41.526, 41.527 Corporate and Stockholder Tax

Problems I, II 4

41.528 Tax Factors in Business Decisions 2

Please see page 214 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

44.505 Corporate Finance 6

"Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
* 'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 65

FINANCE Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.504, 41.505, 41.506 Accounting — Intermediate I, II, III 6

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

44.521, 44.522, 44.523 Credit Management I, II, III* 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6

47.501, 47.502, 47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals I, II, III 6 30

Major Concentration Courses

44.513 Estate Planning* 2

44.517, 44.518, 44.519 Investments I, II, III* 6

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance, I, II* 4

44.544 Law of Finance* 2

47.508, 47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis I, II 4 18

Electives

Liberal Arts 4
Business Administration or Liberal Arts 8 12

Total Credits 174

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

44.505 Corporate Finance 6

44.535 Investments 6

Additional Department Offerings

44.533, 44.534 International Finance I, II 4

Please see page 221 for course descriptions.

* Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

66 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter h

ours

Associate Degree Program

96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

10.332, 10.333, 10.334

Mathematics for Business

Management 1, II, III

6

11.304, 11.305, 11.306

General Physics 1, II, III

6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III

24

Core Courses — Business Administration

45.533, 45.534, 45.535 Management Decisions and

Policies I, II, III
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III*

12

Major Concentration Courses

45.519

45.528

45.561, 45.562

45.563

45.595, 45.596, 45.597

45.623, 45.624, 45.625

45.636, 45.637

45.639, 45.640

45.638,
Electives

Work Methods 2

Work Measurement 2

Statistical Quality Control I, II 4

Management of Quality Control 2

Manufacturing Seminar I, II, III* 6

Manufacturing Processes I, II, III 6

Production and Inventory Control I, II* 4

Industrial Decision Making I, II, III* 6 32
(Liberal Arts or Business Administration) 10

Total Credits

174

Additional Department Offerings

45.522 Job Evaluation

45.537,

45.670,

45.526,

45.431

45.530

45.538,

45.539

45.620

45.626

45.627,

45.628

45.671,

45.672

Facilities Planning and Design I, II

Standard Data Development

Purchasing I, II, III

Industrial Safety

Professional Purchasing Techniques

Value Management, I, II

Management of Change I, II, III

Please see page 227 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours
21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

45.608 Quality Control 6

•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
"Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 67

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Engineering or Science Technology Courses 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 32

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

43.514, 43.515 IVlarketing Fundamentals I, II 4
45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.510, 45.611 Labor-Management Relations I, II 4

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6

45.561, 45.562 Statistical Quality Control I, II 4

45.563 Management of Quality Control 2

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

45.673, 45.674 Manufacturing Processes for

Industrial Technology I, II 4 42

Electives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 174

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

23.509, 23.510 Western Civ. A, B 6

30.603 Composition & Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

45.608 Quality Control 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

68 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

INSURANCE Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Associate Degree Program 96
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

44.511, 44.512 Life Insurance I, II 4

44.514, 44.515, 44.516 Property and Casualty Insurance I, II, III 6
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 16

Major Concentration Courses

44.513 Estate Planning* 2

44.525, 44.526 Health and Social Insurance I, II* 4

44.527 Group Insurance and Pensions 2

44.529 Advanced Property Insurance* 2

44.530 Advanced Property — Casualty Insurance* 2
44.540, 44.541 Risk Analysis and Treatment I, II* 4

44.543 Law of Insurance* 2 18

Electives

Liberal Arts 4

Business Administration or

Liberal Arts 22 26

Total Credits 174

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
'•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 69

MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II III 6

30.511, 30.512, 30.513 Business Writing and Reports I, II, III 6

39.531, 39.532, 39.533 Business Cycles I, II, III 6 24

Core Courses — Business Administration

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 12

Major Concentration Courses

19.532, 19.533, 19.534 Industrial Psychology I, II, III* 6

41.533, 41.534, 41.535 Accounting for Management

Decisions I, II, III 6

43.507, 43.508, 43.509 Sales Management I, II, III 6

45.523, 45.524, 45.525 Management Seminar I, II, III* 6

45.533, 45.534, 45.535 Management Decisions and

Policies I, II, III* 6 30

Electives

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 12

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.504, 45.604 Administrative Management and

Office Services I, II 4

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

Please see page 225 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

44.505 Corporate Finance 6

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
"Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

70 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Bachelor of Science Degree i

quarter hours |
Associate Degree Program 96 j

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

30.511, 30.512, 30.513 Business Writing and Reports I, II, III 6 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.501, 45.502, 54.503 Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 26

Major Concentration Courses

45.589, 45.590, 45.591 Advanced Systems Design I, II, III* 6

45.592, 45.593, 45.594 Advanced Systems Techniques I, II, III* 6

45.630 Introduction to Operations Research 2

45.631, 45.632 Operations Research Applications I, II* 4

45.668, 45.669 Peripheral Systems Techniques I, II 4 22

Electives

Liberal Arts 2

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 10

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for Business I, II 4
45.583, 45.683, 45.687 Computer Programming for Scientific

Applications I, II, III 6
45.516, 45.653 Government Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.617, 45.618, 45.619 Advanced Comp. Programming I, II, III 6

45.655, 45.656 Audit. Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.658, 45.659 Retail. Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.661, 45.662 Banking Data Processing

Applications I, II 4
45.664, 45,665 EDP in Property and Casualty

Insurance I, II 4

45.677, 45.678, 45,679 Operating Systems I, II, III 6
45.680, 45.681, 45,682 Computer Communications Systems

I, II, III 6

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning 6

Please see page 233 for course descriptions.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 71

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

43.504 Introduction to Marketing 6

44.505 Corporate Finance 6
45.641 Human Relations in Organization 4
45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

72 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter 1

iours

Associate Degree Program

96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

26.501,

26.502,

26.503

Introduction to Philosophy 1, II, III

6

12

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.518,

43.519,

43.522

Retailing & Mass Merchandising 1, II, III

6

45.541,

45.542,

45.543

Law 1, II, III*

6

12

Major Concentration Courses

43.507,

43.508,

43.509

Sales Management 1, II, III

6

43.511,

43.512,

43.513

Creative Marketing Communications
1, II, III

6

43.520

Industrial Marketing

2

43.525,

43.526

Market Research 1, II*

4

43.529

International Marketing

2

43.532,

43.533,

43.534

Marketing Management 1, II, III*

6

43.537

Marketing and Sales Seminar*

2

28

Electives

Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 16 26

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

43.530 Consumer Behavior Seminar 2

43.536 Advertising Techniques 2

43.541, 43.542 Public Relations I, II 4

43.543, 43.544 Salesmanship I, II 4

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6

Please see page 218 for course descriptions.

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during

regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and Reg-
istration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principle of Sociology I, II 8**

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
♦•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 73

PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12

Core Courses — Business Administration

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 6

Major Concentration Courses

45.513, 45.514, 45.515

Personnel Management 1, II, III

6

45.517

Techniques of Employee Selection

2

45.518

Wage and Salary Administration*

2

45.521

Employee Benefits and Social Security

2

45.522

Job Evaluation

2

45.545

Law of Employment Standards*

2

45.546

Law of Employment Conditions*

2

45.548

Law of Labor Management Relations*

2

45.553

The Labor Agreement*

2

45.556

Negotiation, Mediation, Arbitration*

2

45.560

Seminar on Labor Issues*

2

Electives

Liberal Arts

10

Business Administration or Liberal

Arts

24

26

34

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.552 Advanced Human Relations 2

45.557 International Labor Movements 2

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6

Please see page 232 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during

the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

45.607 Personnel Management 6

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

74 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

TRANSPORTATION AND PHYSICAL

DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 6

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.532, 43.533, 43.534 Marketing Management I, II, III 6

45.533, 45.534, 45.535 Management Decisions & Policies

I ,11, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III 6

48.514, 48.515, 48.516 Elements of Transportation

and Distribution I, II, III 6 24

Major Concentration Courses — Students specializing
in the Management of Transportation companies:

45.553 The Labor Agreement 2

45.556 Negotiations, Mediation, Arbitration 2

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

48.534, 48.535, 48.536 Surface Transportation I, II, III 6

48.537 Surface Transportation IV 2

48.541, 48.542, 48.543 Air Transportation Management I, II, III 6

48.547, 48.548 Urban Transportation I, II 4

48.549 Seminar in Selected Topics 2

48.600 Seminar in Northeast

Corridor Transportation 2 32

Electives Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration 6 16

Total Credits 174

Major Concentration Courses — Students specializing
in Physical Distribution Management:

45.526 Facilities Planning and Design I 2

Purchasing I, II, III 6

Production and Inventory Control I, II 4

Industrial Decision Making I, II, III 6
Transportation Regulation

and Promotion I, II, III 6

Traffic Management I, II, III 6

Surface Transportation IV 2

Management of Warehouse Operations 2
Organization and Control of

Physical Distribution Management 2

45.537,

45.538,

45.539

45.636,

45.637

45.638,

45.639,

45.640

48.504,

48.505,

48.506

48.527,

48.528,

48.529
48.537
48.538
48.539

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 75

48.540 Management Science & Physical

Distribution Management 2

48.549 Seminar in Selected Topics 2 40

Electives Liberal Arts 8 8

Total Credits 174

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

76 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

COMBINED PROGRAM IN LIBERAL ARTS
AND MANAGEMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree

Basic Courses

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Core Courses

16.501,

16.502,

16.503

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

22.501,

22.502,

22.503

23.504,

23.505,

23.506

26.501,

26.502,

26.503

39.511,

39.512,

39.513

Fine Arts

Literature:

LIBERAL ARTS COURSES

quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, III 6

Psychology I, II, III 6

Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 32

Earth Science I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

American History I, II, III 6

Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

Statistics I, II, III 6

Art, Music or Theatre Arts 6
English, American, or other in

Translation 6 48

Electives

Literature
Liberal Arts

4
18

22

Core Courses

41.501,

41.502,

41.503

43.501,

43.502,

43.503
44.501
44.502
44.503

44.507,

44.508,

44.509

45.501,

45.502,

45.503

45.510,

45.611

45.511,

45.512

45.541,

45.542,

45.543

45.570,

45.571,

45.572

Electives

— Business Admin

MANAGEMENT COURSES

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

Principles of Finance 2

Principles of Investments 2
Principles of Insurance

and Risk Management 2

Corporate Finance I, II, III 6
Management and Organization I, II, III 6

Labor Management Relations I, II 4
Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4

Law I, II, III* 6

Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Total Credits

50

22

174

"Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

•These Liberal Arts courses and all of the MANAGEMENT COURSES listed above with
the exception of LAW I, II, III are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and Registration
Guide for details. Any Liberal Arts courses taken as intensive for 8 quarter hours of
credit w/ill pemit applying the additional 2 quarter hours to the Liberal Arts electives.

liberal arts

Harold Naidus, Associate Dean
Director, Liberal Arts Programs
Telephone 437-2416
Alms

In providing the means to a modern liberal education, University College has
the main objective of stimulating and guiding the self-development of the
student in three main areas: first, his intellectual growth; second, the de-
velopment of his character and sense of values; and third, his preparation
for, or advancement in, a career.

Intellectual growth — the development of the ability to think independently
and creatively — rests upon the foundation of a sound general education.
Through the liberal arts curricula, students are guided toward an apprecia-
tive understanding of the active discovery of ideas and methods in the areas
of humanities, natural science, and social science. With this training, the
student can more fully realize the basic values upon which civilization rests
and can more fully participate in the intellectual, moral, and material
achievement of that civilization.

Through its many programs, University College endeavors to provide experi-
ences conducive to the development of strength of character and a sense of
personal responsibility, including such personal qualities as self-reliance,
integrity, perseverance, and the ability to work with others.

University College holds that there is no inconsistency between a truly liberal
education and preparation for a vocation. As an adventure in intellectual dis-
covery, a liberal education leads to the broadening and intensification of
interests as the student becomes aware of his own mental strengths and
weaknesses. This discovery is essential for making more intelligent and
realistic appraisals of himself and his career. His career brings meaning
and focus to his educational experience. His education presents both a
challenge to accept responsibility and an opportunity to seek knowledge and
skills for himself.

Methods

To enable each student to plan a college program in keeping with his own
interests and aptitudes, a wide range of electives is offered. This does not
mean that students are free to elect courses indiscriminately, for if they are
to obtain a liberal education they must have training in several basic fields.

77

78 / LIBERAL ARTS

Therefore, the Curriculum Committee of University College has established
basic minimum requirements in each of several fields. These distribution
requirements are outlined with each of the program offerings.

Bachelor Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Matriculated students must petition for the B.A. degree, or the former B.S.
will be awarded. Matriculating students must indicate their choice of degree
programs, if the major department offers the option.

Major fields of study are offered in Economics, English, Art, Political
Science, History, Psychology, Sociology-Anthropology, and Music. Students
should choose their major field of study and their electives in consultation
with a program adviser.

The distribution requirements including specific required courses are shown
with each curriculum.

Each curriculum normally provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of
work, including at least 40 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field,
and at least 30 quarter hours of elective liberal arts courses.

All candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must have satisfactorily
completed in college one full year of a modern language beyond the ele-
mentary level, 4 q.h. of Composition and Rhetoric and 4 q.h. of Introduction
to Literary Forms.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re-
ceive a degree until at least 46 quarter hours of academic work have been
completed at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation.

New Bachelor of Science

Some departments have elected to offer a new B.S. degree, the requirements
for which are listed after the B.A. degree in the following pages (unless
otherwise stated, the requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree).

Chemical-Biological Technology Programs

Recognizing the need for technicians and technologists in modern society.
University College offers the following programs (formerly in Lincoln
College):

Chemical-Biological Technology (A.S.) page 96

Chemical-Biological Technology (B.S.) page 97

The Associate in Science Degree

The program leading to the associate degree is offered for those desiring a

general cultural background in the liberal arts and humanities, but who do

not wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the baccalaureate

degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science degree in Liberal Arts must complete

a minimum of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of

the requirements (174 quarter hours) for the Bachelor of Science degree.

LIBERAL ARTS / 79

To provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objectives,
the faculty has set a minimum credit requirement in the several areas of
study as listed under each major.

Distribution Requirements

For the purpose of satisfying the distribution requirements in all Liberal
Arts Majors:

Math-Science includes only courses in Mathematics (10 ....)- Physics

(11 . . . .), Chemistry (12 . . . .)- Earth Science (16 ), Biology (18 . . . .).

and Psychology (lab. courses only) (19 ....).

Humanities includes only courses in Art (27 ....), Speech and Theatre Arts
(29 . . . .), English (except required) (30 . . . .), Journalism (38 . . . .), Mod-
ern Languages (31 .... to 34 ... .) (except required elementary or conver-
sational), Philosophy (26 ....), and Music (28 ....).

Social Sciences includes only courses in Economics (39 ....), History
(23 ....), Political Science (22 ....), Psychology (except laboratory
courses) (19 . . . .), Social Welfare (25 . . . .), and Sociology-Anthropology
(20 and 21 ).

English Requirement

The 8 q.h. of required English* must be taken prior to matriculation. These
are required courses which cannot be used to satisfy distribution require-
ments in any liberal arts course of study.

30.601, 30.602, (or 30.603) Composition and Rhetoric I, II,

or (Intensive) 4 q.h.

30.604, 30.605, (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4 q.h.

Honors Program

An upperclass honors program is provided in University College to enable
superior students to develop their potential to the highest degree by making
it possible for them to pursue studies in their major fields to greater depth
than is possible in the regular courses.

The nature of the program is determined by the academic department con-
cerned. Programs may involve any of the following elements: special re-
search projects culminating in honor theses, seminars, reading projects,
directed independent study, or creative work. Flexibility is the keynote, with
every consideration given to the individual needs and requirements of the
student.

Students who have earned 96 quarter hours of credit toward their Bachelor
of Science degree and who have a grade-point average of 3.0 or better are
eligible to apply to the Director of Liberal Arts in University College for ad-
mission to the program. Acceptance as an honors candidate rests with the
academic department concerned.

'For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

80 / LIBERAL ARTS

Acceptance of Credits by the College of Liberal Arts^^

The College of Liberal Arts permits its students to enroll for credit in all
courses in University College offered on a quarterly basis, when they are
pertinent to the student's program and have been approved by the Dean of
the College of Liberal Arts. The credits for such courses may be applied:

1. To the total number of credits needed for graduation

2. To satisfy distribution requirements

3. To fulfill language and major deficiencies

Credits from University College, as well as those from other accredited in-
stitutions, may not be applied to the quality point average of students in the
College of Liberal Arts except when such credits are from courses taken as
substitutes for those College of Liberal Art courses failed by students. In
such instances students must receive a grade of C or better in the University
College courses and then only 2.0 quality points are applied to the student's
record for each course. Courses taken in University College which are not
offered in the Liberal Arts College, may be transferred with the full grade
upon approval of the major department.

Transfer of Students to the College of Liberal Arts*

Those students enrolled in University College who wish to transfer to the
College of Liberal Arts must apply through the Department of Admissions of
the Basic Colleges.

Advanced Standing Credit — Credit for Non-Collegiate Experience (NCE)

A matriculated Liberal Arts student with a departmental major in University
College may obtain up to 16 quarter hours of credit (excluding CLEP credit)
for knowledge acquired in a non-traditional manner.

The student will petition his major adviser (with a copy to the Director of
Admissions) for such credit, listing the Liberal Arts course(s), as well as
the reasons, for which he feels he should receive credit. He may also peti-
tion for credit for subject matter which has no counterpart course in Uni-
versity College. The major adviser will contact the consultant of the
appropriate Liberal Arts department to arrange for an appraisal of the stu-
dent's credentials. At the discretion of the department, this appraisal may
or may not include a formal examination. Upon receipt of the consultant's
recommendation, the student may request the Director of Admissions to
inform him of the status of his petition.

In no case will this credit be considered as partial fulfillment of the resi-
dence requirement nor will a grade be assigned.

No credit will be assigned in this manner for courses which can be ac-
credited through the CLEP testing program at the time of the petition.
Wherever possible, credit will be assigned for specific courses.
It is possible that this credit may be applicable only toward a degree in
University College.

"One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University.

LIBERAL ARTS / 81

ECONOMICS Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science

16

Humanities

24

Social Sciences

24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4
*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms I, II

(or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Major Concentration Courses — required

39.507, 39.508, 39.509 intermediate Economic Theory I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2

39.521 Economic Growth and Development I 2
39.523 Government and Business I 2
39.527 Labor Economics 2

39.528, 39.529 International Economics I, II 4

39.530 Comparative Economic Systems 2

39.531, 39.532 Business Cycles I, II 4

39.581 Economic Policy Seminar 2

The remaining twelve hours must be taken from the following courses:

39.522 Economic Growth and Development II 2
39.524, 39.526 Government and Business II, III 4

39.525 American Economic History 2

39.533 Business Cycles ill 2

39.536, 39.537, 39.538 Advanced Statistics I, II, III 6

39.539 Managerial Economics 2

39.540 History of Economic Thought 2
39.551 Industrial Organization 2
39.561 Urban Economics 2
39.571 European Economic History 2 48

Elective Courses** 36

Total Credits 174

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

*These must be completed prior to matriculation.
"While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number

required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

82 / LIBERAL ARTS

ENGLISH Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64
Libera! Arts Program Requirements
*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4
*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26
Major Concentration Courses — required
Preliminary Courses — all courses required

30.541, 30.542, 30.543 English Literature I, II, III 6

30.544, 30.545, 30.546 American Literature I, II, III 6

30.517 Intermediate Writing 2 14
Major Figures in English Literature — three courses required

30.551, 30.552, 30.553 Chaucer I, II, III 6

30.561 Spenser 2
30.554, 30.555, 30.556 Shakespeare I, II, III 6

30.562 Milton 2 6
Major Periods in English Literature — six courses required

30.557 The 17th Century 2

30.558, 30.559 The 18th Century I, II 4

30.571, 30.572, 30.573 The 19th Century I, II, III 6

30.574, 30.575, 30.576 The ISth-Century English Novel
The 19th-century English Novel
The 20th-century English Novel 6 12

American Literature — three courses required
30.581, 30.582, 30.583 The American Short Story;

The 19th-century American Novel
The 20th-century American Novel 6

30.578 Afro-American Literature 2

30.584 Contemporary American Poetry 2 6

Literature in Translation — three courses required

30.531, 30.532, 30.533 Western World Literature I, II, III 6

30.534, 30.535, 30.536 Western World Literature IV, V, VI 6 6

English Electives 8

Open Electives 32

Total Credits 174

These may include 30.591, 30.592, 30.593 Honors Programs I, II, III

**Bachelor of Science Degree

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.
••Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree. Moder
guage: none; English Electives: 16 q.h.; Open Electives: 42 q.h.

LIBERAL ARTS / 83

FINE ARTS Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

♦30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Major Concentration Courses — required

27.504, 27.505, 27.506 History of Art I, II, III 6

In addition to History of Art I, I, III required of all Fine Arts majors, each stu-
dent will select a minimum of 38 quarter hours from either Area I or Area II.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.

Modern Language: none

Elective Courses: 58 q.h.

'These must be completed prior to matriculation.

84 / LIBERAL ARTS

Area 1 — Art History Major

27.507

Ancient Architecture

2

27.508

Medieval and Renaissance Architecture

2

27.509

European Architecture

2

27.510,

27.511

Ancient Painting and Sculpture 1, II

4

27.512

Medieval Painting and Sculpture

2

27.513

Italian Renaissance Art 1

2

27.514

European Painting

2

27.515,

27.516,

27.517

Modern Painting 1, II, III

6

27.518

20th-century American Architecture

2

27.519

20th-century European Architecture

2

27.520

Italian Renaissance Art II

2

27.521

Spanish Art

2

27.522

French Painting

2

27.523

English Art

2

27.524,

27.525,

27.526

American Art 1, II, III

6

27.531,

27.532,

27.533

Oriental Art 1, II, III

6

27.534

Russian Art

2

27.535

African Art

2

27.536

Latin American Art

2

27.537

Buddhist Art

2

27.538

Chinese Art

2

27.539

Japanese Art

2

27.547

European Graphic Arts

2

27.587,

27.588,

27.589

History of Photography 1, II, III

6

27.592

New York Art Seminar

2

27.594

European Art Seminar

2

27.597,

27.598,

27.599

History and Technique of Film 1, II, III

6

27.600,

27.601,

27.602

Honors Program 1, II, III

12

27.603

Mexican Art

2

Area II — Studio Art Major

Required

27.541,

27.542,

27.543

Drawing 1, II, III

9

27.561,

27.562,

27.563

Basic Color and Design 1, II, III

9

Eighteen hours must be taken from the following courses:

27.544,

27.545,

27.546

Graphic Arts 1, II, III

9

27.551,

27.552,

27.553

Painting— Basic Level 1, II, III

9

27.554,

27.555,

27.556

Painting — Advanced Level 1, II, III

9

27.564

Advanced Color and Design

3

27.571,

27.572,

27.573

Basic Commercial Design 1, II, III

9

27.574

Advanced Commercial Design

3

27.600,

27.601,

27.602

Honors Program 1, II, III

12

27.604

Advanced Drawing

3

Elective Courses

Total Credits

44
40

174

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

LIBERAL ARTS / 85

HISTORY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science

16

Humanities

24

Social Sciences

24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Major Concentration Courses — required

History majors are required to take 6 quarter hours of Western Civilization
(23.501, 23.502, 23.503) and 6 quarter hours of the American History survey
(23.504, 23.505, 23.506). These 12 credits are applicable to the social science
distribution requirements for History majors.

Required in addition are 40 quarter hours of history courses to be distributed
as follows:

quarter hours

23.500 Historian's Craft 4

At least 6 quarter hours in each of the following four areas:
I. Ancient Medieval, and Early Modern Europe
II. Modern and Contemporary Europe

III. American History

IV. Other Regions 24

(See specific History courses at back of catalog for area designations.)

The remaining 12 quarter hours of history may be chosen from any
of the above four areas. Students in the Honors Program (23.597,
24.598, 23.599) may use these 12 quarter hours. 12 40

Since September, 1972 some history courses carry 4
quarter hours of credit and may meet twice weekly.

Elective Courses** 44

Total Credits 174

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

*These must be completed prior to matriculation.
**While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

86 / LIBERAL ARTS

LIBERAL ARTS Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Math — Science* 16

Humanities* 24

Social Sciences* 24

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

Electives 24

Total Credits 96

•See page 79 for courses included in the various designations.

LIBERAL ARTS / 87

POLITICAL SCIENCE Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science

16

Humanities

24

Social Sciences

24 64

Libera! Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Major Concentration Courses — required

Prerequisites: Principles of Political Science I, II, III (22.501, 22.502, 22.503)

which may be taken out of sequence if necessary, or Principles

of Political Science (Intensive) (22.507).

(Continued on following page)

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

88 / LIBERAL ARTS

Each student will select a minimum of 6 q.h. from the following four areas, as
indicated:

Area I — American Government quarter hours

22.511 American National Government 2

any additional two courses from among: 4

22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government 2

22.514 American Constitutional Law 2

22.515 Civil Rights 2

22.516 Public Administration I 2

22.517 Public Administration II 2

22.518 Government and Politics of States 2

22.551 Current Political Issues 2

Area II — Comparative Government

22.521 Comparative Government I 2

22.522 Comparative Government II 2

any additional one course from among: 2

22.544 Government and Politics in the Soviet

Union I 2

22.545 Government and Politics in the Soviet

Union II 2

22.547 Government and Politics of Communist

China I 2

22.548 Government and Politics of Communist

China II 2

22.552 Government and Politics of the

Middle East I 2

22.553 Government and Politics of the

Middle East II 2

22.555 Government and Politics in Latin

America I 2

22.556 Government and Politics in Latin

America II 2

22.558 Government and Politics of South

East Asia 2

22.559 Government and Politics of Japan 2

22.560 Politics and Policies of Developing

Nations I 2

22.561 Politics and Policies of Developing

Nations II 2

22.562 Government and Politics of Sub

Saharan Africa 2

22.563 Government and Politics of

Northern Africa 2

LIBERAL ARTS / 89

Area III — International Relations

22.535 International Relations (not to be

taken by students who have credit

for 22.531) 4

any additional one course from among: 2

22.532 International Organization 2
22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy 2

22.541 International Law 2

22.533 American Foreign Policy 2

22.542 American Foreign Policy I 2

22.543 American Foreign Policy II 2

22.564 Communism in Eastern Europe I 2

22.565 Communism in Eastern Europe I! 2

Area IV — Theory and Methodology

22.536 Introduction to Political Theory (not

to be taken by students who have
credit for 22.504) 4

any additional one course from among: 2

22.505 Contemporary Political Theory 2

22.506 American Political Thought 2
22.508 Research Methods 2

Political Science Electives. A total of 18 quarter hours of elective
courses from any or all of the above areas, and may include the
maximum number of quarter hours credit for Honors permitted by
the College 18

Open Electives. Social Sciences other than Political Science, in-
cluding not fewer than 6 quarter hours of each of three different
disciplines selected from Economics, History, Psychology, and
Sociology-Anthropology. 18

Other 24

Total Credits 174

90 / LIBERAL ARTS

PSYCHOLOGY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

**Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

or (Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

(Continued on following page)

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

•It is recommended that Psychology majors substitute 19.508 and 19.509— Fundamentals
of Psychology I and II for 19.501, 502, and 503.
'These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 91

Major Concentration Courses — required

19.504, 19.505, 19.506 Statistics in Psychology I, 11, III 6

19.551, 19.552, 19.533 Experimental Psychology I, 11, III 9

19.561, 19.562, 19.563 Historical Development of

Psychology I, II, III 6

In addition to the courses listed above, required of all Psychology majors, each
student will select a minimum of 22 hours from the following courses:

19.511,
19.521,
19.524,

19.541,

19.591,

19.512

Child Psychology 1, II

4

19.513

Adolescent Psychology

2

19.522

Personality 1, II

4

19.523

Motivation

2

19.525

Social Psychology 1, II

4

19.526

Psychology of Aggression

2

19.527

Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion

2

19.528

Psychological Factors in National
and International Conflict

2

19.529

Interpersonal Behavior in the
Small Group 1

2

19.530

Interpersonal Behavior in the Small
Group II

2

19.535

Psychological Factors in the
Creative Process

2

19.536

Psychology of Thought

2

19.537

Psychology of Language

2

19.538

Psychology of Learning

2

19.542,

19.543

Abnormal Psychology 1, II, III

6

19.546

Psychological Testing 1

2

19.547

Psychological Testing II

2

19.560

Psychology of Women

2

19.571

Seminar in Psychology

2

43

19.592,

19.593

Honors Program 1, II, III

8 only

ourses*

Total Credits

41
174

92 / LIBERAL ARTS

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.
Distribution requirements —

Math-Science none

Humanities none

Social Sciences 24 q.h.

(other than soc-anthro.)

Modern Language none

For those anticipating work in applied social welfare, it is highly
recommended that at least elementary or conversational courses
in an appropriate language be mastered.

Major Concentration Requirements

Same as for the B.A. degree plus at least 10 additional quarter hours of ad-
vanced courses, of which 4 q.h. should be in anthropology.

Electives: 78 q.h.

(Students are encouraged to elect math-science and humanities for ade-
quate educational breadth.)

For students planning to attend graduate school, the B.A. degree is recom-
mended.

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 93

Major Concentration Courses — required quarter hours

20.501,

20.502,

20.503

Anthropology 1, II, III

6

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

21.512,

21.513,

21.514

Social Research Methods 1, II, III

6

21.517,

21.518,

21.519

Social Theory 1, II, III

6

The student may choose to substitute for any of the course sequences

above more intensive versions under the following numbers and titles:

20.601,

20.602

Principles of Anthropology 1, II

8

21.601,

21.602

Principles of Sociology 1, II

8

21.612,

21.613

Social Research Methods 1, II (Intensive)

8

21.617,

21.618

Social Theory 1, II (Intensive)

8

The major is required to take 30 quarter hours of advanced courses

from among the following offerings:

20.521

Culture and Personality

2

20.531

Primitive Social Organization

2

20.532

Primitive Religion

2

20.533

Acculturation

2

20.537

Anthropological Theory

2

20.541

North American Indian

2

20.544

African Peoples and Culture

2

20.547

Latin American Peoples and Culture

5*

20.548

Studying the Family Cross-Culturally

m

20.549

Folklore

2

21.528

Social Stratification

2

21.531

Social Change

2

21.534

Social Control

2

21.535

Political Sociology

2

21.546

Sociology of Deviant Behavior

2

21.547

Social Problems

2

21.548,

21.549

Criminology 1, II

4

21.550

Juvenile Delinquency

2

21.551,

21.552

Family and Marriage 1, II

4

21.553,

21.554,

21.555

Racial and Cultural Relations 1, II, III

6

21.557

Urban Sociology

2

21.558

Community Analysis

2

21.559

Seminar in Urban Studies

2

21.560

Medical Sociology

2

21.563

Social Gerontology

2

21.567

Population

2

21.570

Sociology of Occupations and
Professions

2

21.573

Sociology of Industry

2

21.575

Sociology of Formal Organizations

2

21.591,

21.592,

21.593

Honors Programs 1, II, III

12 54

Elective courses*

30

Total Credits

174

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

94 / LIBERAL ARTS

MUSIC Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Matriculated students must petition for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 79 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 9

Intermediate 9 26

Major Concentration Courses — required

28.599, 28.600, 28.601 Theory I, II, III 6

28.605, 28.606, 28.607 Theory IV, V, VI 6

28.608, 28.609 Contrapuntal Techniques I, II 4

28.571 Piano Class I 2

2
6
6 30

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.

Distribution Requirements — quarter hours

Math-Science 7

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24

Modern Language 9

(Elementary or Conversational)

Major Concentration Courses

Electives 32

or

28.577

Voice Culture 1

28.574

or
Orchestral Instrumental Class 1

28.537

or
Violin in Groups 1

28.602,

28.603,

28.604

Music History 1, II, III

28.528,

28.529,

28.530

Ear Training 1, II, III

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 95
Major Concentration Courses — elective

28.512

Music before 1750

2

28.513

Music of Classical Era

2

28.514

Aspects of Romantic Music

2

28.515

Contemporary Music

2

28.520

Musical Forms

2

28.521

The Symphony

2

28.522

The Concerto

2

28.523

The Great Literature for Piano

2

28.524

The World of Opera

2

28.527

Pianoforte Master Class

2

28.531

Life and Works of J. S. Bach

2

28.532

Life and Works of Mozart

2

28.533

Life and Works of Beethoven

2

28.538

Violin in Groups II

2

28.539

Violin in Groups III

2

28.572

Piano Class II

2

28.573

Piano Class III

2

28.574

Orchestral Instrumental Class 1

2

28.575

Orchestral Instrumental Class II

2

28.576

Orchestral Instrumental Class III

2

28.577

Voice Culture 1

2

28.578

Voice Culture II

2

28.579

Voice Culture III

2

28.595

Opera Seminar

2

28.526

Jazz: Evolution and Essence

2

28.597

Symphony Seminar

2

28.610

Applied Polyphonic Techniques

2

Free Electives

Total Credits

14

40

174

96 / LIBERAL ARTS
CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY

Associate in Science Degree

The program in Chemical-Biological Technology provides the chemistry
and biology foundation required by medical and industrial laboratory assist-
ants and technicians in clinically, chemically, or biologically oriented organi-
zations, and for persons having paramedical responsibilities. Employment
opportunities are in hospitals, health clinics, research foundations, chemical
and drug industries, public health organizations, water and sanitation de-
partments; and in the emerging fields of the oceanographic technologies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test
or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

10.307,

10.308

11.304,

11.305,

11.306

12.544,

12.545,

12.546

12.547,

12.548,

12.549

30.601,

30.602

Second

Year

10.316,

10.317,

10.318

10.320, 10.321, 10.322
18.511, 18.512

Mathematics I, II, III

or
College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II
General Physics I, II, III
General Chemistry I, II, III
General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
Composition & Rhetoric I, II
English Elective

Probability and Statistics I, II, III

or
Calculus I, II, III
Social Science Elective I, II, III
18.513 Biology I, II, III

quarter hours

i:

6
6
3
4
2

Third Year

12.531, 12.532,
12.534, 12.535,

12.521, 12.522,
12.524, 12.525,
18.524, 18.525,

12.533 Organic Chemistry I, II, III \

12.536 OrganicChemistry Lab. I, II, III / 6

or ^

12.523 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III i 6

12.526 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III /
18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

Humanities Elective I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

18.521, 18.522, 18.523 Microbiology I, II, III

Biology or Chemistry Elective I, II, ill

Total Credits

12
6

96-100

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the
requirements in Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology de-
grees, as well as University College programs.

CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY

LIBERAL ARTS / 97

Bachelor of Science Degree

The Chemical-Biological Technology program is an interdisciplinary pro-
gram integrating theoretical and laboratory course sequences from the
fields of chemistry and biology which prepare the student to assume respon-
sibilities in laboratory careers which emphasize laboratory application and
teaching careers in general science. Employment opportunities are in a wide
variety of industrial, pharmaceutical, clinical, and hospital laboratories deal-
ing with analytical, production, and research functions and in secondary
school education in the teaching of general science, chemistry, biology, and
other related courses.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test
or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Yea

ir

quar

ter

10.316,

10.317,

10.318

Probability and Statistics 1, II, III }
or V

6

10.307,

10.308

College Algebra & Trigonometry 1, II )

8

11.304,

11.305,

11.306

General Physics, 1, II, ill

6

12.544,

12.545,

12.546

General Chemistry 1, II, III

6

12.547,

12.548,

12.549

General Chemistry Lab. 1, II, III

3

30.601,

30.602

Composition and Rhetoric 1, II
English Elective

4
2

Second Year

10.316,

10.317,

10.318

Probability and Statistics 1, II, III )

6

10.320,

10.321,

10.322

Calculus 1, II, III \

8

18.511,

18.512,

18.513

Biology 1, II, III

12

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

Western Civilization 1, II, III

6

Third Year

12.521.

12.522,

12.523

Analytical Chemistry 1, II, III

6

12.524,

12.525,

12.526

Analytical Chemistry Lab. 1, II, ill

6

18.524,

18.525,

18.526

Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, II, III

9

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

Psychology 1, II, III

6

Fourth Year

12.531,

12.532,

12.533

Organic Chemistry 1, II, III

6

12.534,

12.535,

12.536

Organic Chemistry Lab. 1, II, III

6

18.521,

18.522,

18.523

Microbiology 1, II, III

12

Fifth Year

18.551,

18.552,

18.553

Histology-Organology 1, II, III

6

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Economic Principles and Problems
1, II, III

6

12.551,

12.552,

12.553

Instrumental and Radiochemistry
1, II, III

6

16.531,

16.532,

16.533

Oceanography 1, II, and Marine
Geology

6

98 / LIBERAL ARTS

Sixth Year

18.561,

18.562,

18.563

12.541,

12.542,

12.543

12.515,

12.516,

12.517

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Seventh

Year

18.557,

18.558

18.556

30.604,

30.605

Ecology I, II, III
Physical Chemistry I, II,

or
Biochemistry I, II, III
Sociology I, II, III
^Elective

Gentics I, II
Genetics Laboratory
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II
English Elective

^Electives as needed to complete
Total Credits

Total Credits

174

•General Science Teacher Option — Students planning to apply to the Northeastern Uni-
versity Graduate School of Education must include courses in Adolescent Psychology and
Principles of Teaching among the electives.

la\A^ enforcement

Timothy F. Moran, Associate Dean
Director, Law Enforcement Programs
Telephone 437-3324

Alms

Law Enforcement programs of study are offered to meet the needs of present
and potential practitioners in the fields of corrections, law enforcement,
and security who wish to acquire a liberal education as well as a profes-
sional competence, or to gain recognition for development and attainment
while pursuing a career in that profession.

Methods

The distribution requirements, including certain required courses, are
shown with each curriculum. Upon petition, students may be permitted
under certain circumstances to substitute other courses which will more
adequately serve their specific objectives.

To provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objec-
tives, the faculty has set minimum requirements in the areas of study out-
lined on the following pages, with a recommended sequence of courses for
each program.

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Major fields of study are offered in Correctional Practices, Law Enforce-
ment, and Security. Students should choose their major field of study and
their electives in consultation with a program adviser.

Each curriculum provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of work, in-
cluding at least 60 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re-
ceive a degree until at least 46 quarter hours of academic work have been
completed at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation.

Associate In Science Degree Program

The program leading to the associate degree is offered for those who wish
to obtain a general background in correctional practices, law enforcement,
or security, but do not wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the
baccalaureate degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science degree must complete a minimum
of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of the require-
ments for the Bachelor of Science degree, and includes at least 40 quarter
hours of work in a major field.

99

100 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

Honors Program

The Honors Program in the field of law enforcement is designed to provide
qualified students with the opportunity to achieve a broader and deeper in-
tellectual academic experience within their chosen fields: corrections, law
enforcement or security.

In general, the Honors Program consists of the following areas: independ-
ent study, directed reading seminar, independent research projects, and
special seminars.

The particular academic structure of a student's Honors Program will be
arranged in consultation with the Program Director and the Honors Faculty
Committee, to direct the student's program.

The Honors Program is open to all matriculated Law Enforcement Program
students in University College, who have obtained an associate degree or
equivalent, and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0. Students
who are eligible for this program may apply for admission and approval, to
the Director of Law Enforcement Programs.

Course Sequence

The course sequence as listed is merely a frame of reference, a suggested
guide to assist students in arranging their program. Students who wish to
add a fifth course each quarter to this sequence may do so without approval
of the department.

Intensive Courses

Many courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during the
regular school year. Please refer to the listing of courses on page 270.

Intensive courses offer the opportunity for a student to achieve his objective
in a shorter period of time, i.e., a student could reasonably earn a B.S.
degree in five years, and an associate degree in three years.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 101

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Bachelor of Science Degree

Basic Courses — requ

ired

quarter hours

*-10.327,

10.328,

10.329

Mathematics 1, II, III

6

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

Psychology !, II, III

6

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

Western Civilization 1, II, III

6

*30.601,

30.602

Composition and Rhetoric 1, II

4

30.604,

30.605

Introduction to Literary Forms

1, II 4

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Economic Principles and

Problems 1, II, III

6

32

Core Courses — required

19.524,

19.525

Social Psychology 1, II

4

19.541,

19.542,

19.543

Abnormal Psychology 1, II, III

6

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

21.534

Sociol Control

2

21.547

Social Problems

2

21.553,

21.554

Racial and Cultural Relations 1,

II 4

21.557

Urban Sociology

2

22.501,

22.502,

22.503

Principles of Political Science 1,

II, III 6

22.514

American Constitutional Law

2

22.515

Civil Rights

2

22.516,

22.517

Public Administration 1, II

4

23.504,

23.505,

23.506

American History 1, II, III

6

45.511,

45.512

Human Relations in Personnel

1, II 4

50

(continued on following page)

*For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.
*'94.601, 602, 603, L. E. Mathematics I, II, III may be taken In place of 10.327, 328, 329.

102 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

— Required

Human Rights in Corrections 2

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2

Correctional Counseling 2
Advanced Correctional Practices I, II, III 6

The Law and Institutional Treatment 2

Comparative Correctional Systems 2
Law Enforcement Identification

and Records I, II 4
Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2

The American Correctional System 2

Social Deviance I, II 4

Treatment of Offenders I, II 4

Correctional Administration I, II, III 6

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2

Probation and Parole Practices I, II 4

Juvenile Corrections I, II 4

Seminar in Correctional Practices 2

Administration of Justice I, 11 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 66

Elective Courses* 26

Total Credits 174

Major Concentration Courses-

94.505

94.506

94.507

94.517,

94.518,

94.519
94.523
94.524

94.525,

94.526

94.532
94.544

94.546,

94.547

94.549,

94.550

94.551,

94.552,

94.553

94.563,

94.564
94.565

94.567,

94.568

94.574,

94.575
94.593

94.627,

94.628

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

'For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see page 119. While students
may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number required, they
are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University College Catalog.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 103

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7-year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with a program adviser before
attempting to undertake the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

30.601

*Comp. & Rhet. i
94.627

Admin, of Justice
94.631

Criminal Law I
94.633

Evid. & Ct. Proc. I

19.501

Psychology I
94.546

Soc. Deviance I
94.567

Prob. & Par. Prac. I
94.574

Juvenile Corr. I

21.501

Sociology I
94.549

Treat. Offenders I
19.541

Abnorm. Psych. I
22.514

Amer. Const. Law

94.563

Criminology I
21.553

Rac. &Cul. Rel. I
94.551

Corr. Admin. I
23.504

Amer. Hist. I

Quarter 2

30.602

Comp. & Rhet. II
94.628

Quarter 3

94.505

Human Rts. in Corr.
94.544

Admin, of Justice II Amer. Corr. System

94.632 94.523

Criminal Law II Law & Inst. Treat.

94.634

Evid. &Ct. Proc. II Elective

19.502

Psychology II
94.547

Soc. Deviance II Elective
94.568

Prob. & Par. Prac. II Elective

19.503

Psychology III

94.575

Juvenile Corr. II

21.502

Sociology II
94.550

Treat. Offenders II
19.542

Abnorm. Psych. II
22.515

Civil Rights

94.564

Criminology II
21.554

Rac. &Cul. Rel. II
94.552

Corr. Admin. II
23.505

Amer. Hist. II

94.507

Corr. Counseling

21.503

Sociology III
94.506

Basic Stats, in L. E.
19.543

Abnorm. Psych. ML
94.532

Res. Meth. Crim.
Just.

94.565

Del. Prevention
21.557

Urban Sociology
94.553

Corr. Admin. Ill
23.506

Amer. Hist. Ill

(continued on following page)

'For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

104 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

5th

30.604

30.605

Elective

Year

Intro, to Lit.

Intro, to Lit.

Forms I

Forms II

' 94.525

94.526

Elective

Law Enf. Id. &

Law Enf. Id. &

Rec. 1

Rec. II

22.501

22.502

22.503

Prin. Polit. Sci. 1

Prin. Polit. Sci II

Prin. Polit. Sci. Ill

45.511

45.512

Elective

Hum. Rel. in

Hum. Rel. in

Pers. 1

Pers. II

6th

94.517

94.518

94.519

Year

Adv. Corr. Prac. 1

Adv. Corr. Prac. II

Adv. Corr. Prac. Ill

39.501

39.502

39.503

Ec. Prin. & Prob. 1

Ec. Prin. &Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. !

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

19.524

19.525

Elective

Soc. Psych. 1

Soc. Psych. II

7th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics II

Mathematics III

22.516

22.517

94.524

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Comp. Corr.
Systems

21.534

21.547

Elective

Social Control

Social Problems

94.593

Elective

Elective

Sem. Corr. Pract.

Elective

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 105

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — required

19.501, 19.502, 19.503
**30.601, 30.602

Core Courses — required

19.541, 19.542,

19.543

21.501, 21.502,

21.503

21.553,

21.554

21.557

22.514

22.515

Major Concentration Courses-

94.505

94.506

94.507

94.523

94.532

94.544

94.546,

94.547

94.549,

94.550

94.551, 94.552,

94.553

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.567,

94.568

94.574,

94.575

94.627,

94.628

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

quarter hours

6

4

10

6

6

4

2

2

2

22

Psychology I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I,

Abnormal Psychology I, II, III

Sociology I, II, III

Racial and Cultural Relations I, II

Urban Sociology

American Constitutional Law

Civil Rights

— required

Human Rights in Corrections 2

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2

Correctional Counseling 2

The Law and Institutional Treatment 2

Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2

The American Correctional System 2

Social Deviance I, II 4

Treatment of Offenders I, II 4

Correctional Administration I, II, III 6

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2

Probation and Parole Practices I, II 4

Juvenile Corrections I, II 4

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4

52

Elective Courses*

Total Credits

12
96

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. Fo suggested electives and additional offerings see page 119.
•*For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

106 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with an adviser before undertak-
ing the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

94.505

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Human Rts. in Corr.

94.627

94.628

94.544

Admin, of Justice 1

Admin, of Justice II

Amer. Corr. Sys.

94.631

94.632

94.523

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Law & Inst. Treat.

94.633

94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. & Ct. Proc. II

Elective

2nd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

Soc. Deviance 1

Soc. Deviance II

Elective

94.567

94.568

Prob. & Par. Prac. 1

Prob. & Par. Prac. 1

1 Elective

94.574

94.575

94.507

Juvenile Corr. 1

Juvenile Corr. 1!

Corr. Counseling

3rd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.549

94.550

94.506

Treat. Offenders 1

Treat. Offenders II

Basic Stats, in L. E.

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

22.514

22.515

94.532

Amer. Const. Law

Civil Rights

Res. Meth. Crim.
Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

21.553

21.554

21.557

Rac. &Cul. Rel. 1

Rac. &Cul. Rel. II

Urban Sociology

94.551

94.552

94.553

Corr. Admin. 1

Corr. Admin. II

Corr. Admin. Ill

Elective

Elective

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 107

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Basic Courses — required

**10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

*30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Core Courses — requi

red

19.524,

19.525

19.541,

19.542.

19.543

21.501,

21.502,

21.503
21.534
21.547

22.501,

22.502,

22.503
22.514
22.515

22.516,

22.517

23.504,

23.505,

23.506

26.531,

26.532,

26.533
26.534

29.501,

29.502,

29.503

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric !, il
Introduction to Literary Forms
Economic Principles and
Problems I, II. Ill

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

6

6

6

4
4

II

Social Psychology I, II

Abnormal Psychology I, II, III

Sociology I, II, III

Social Control

Social Problems

Principles of Political Science I, II, III

American Constitutional Law

Civil Rights

Public Administration I, II

American History I, II, III

Ethics I, II, III

Logic

Effective Speaking I, II, III

32

54

(continued on following page)

"For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

•94.601, 602, 603. Mathematics I, II. Ill, may be taken in place of 10.327, 10.328. 10.329.

108 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

Major Concentration Courses — required quarter hours

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2
Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

Comparative Police Systems 2

Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

Traffic Law Enforcement I, II 4
Law Enforcement Identification

and Records I, II 4

Police Public Relations 2

Police Community Relations 2
Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2

The Patrol Function I, II 4

Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4

Social Deviance I, II 4

Investigative Report Writing 2

Police Supervision 2

Police Work with Juveniles 2

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2
Law Enforcement Management

and Planning I, II 4

Civil Liberties and the Police I, II 4

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 74

Elective Courses* 14

Total Credits 174

94.506

94.508,

94.509

94.512

94.514,

94.515

94.520,

94.521

94.525,

94.526

94.530

94.531

94.532

94.536,

94.537

94.541,

94.542

94.546,

94.547

94.557

94.560

94.561

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.571,

94.572

94.621,

94.622

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 119.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 109

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7- Year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with an adviser before under-
taking the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

26.534

Year

Comp. & Rhet. i

Comp. & Rhet. II

Logic

94.627

94.628

94.530

Admin, of Justice 1

Admin, of Justice II

Police Public Rel.

94.631

94.632

22.514

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Const. Law

94.633

94.634

22.515

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. & Ct. Proc. II

Civil Rights

2nd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.536

94.537

94.560

Patrol Funct. 1

Patrol Funct. II

Police Supervision

94.541

94.542

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. II

Elective

94.514

94.515

Interv. & Interr. 1

Inten/. & Interr. II

Elective

3rd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

21.547

Social Deviance 1

Social Deviance II

Social Problems

94.508

94.509

94.557

Cr. Inv. Case

Cr. Inv. Case

Inv. Report Writing

Prep. 1

Prep. II

94.629

94.630

94.532

Civ. Law Crim.

Civ. Law Crim.

Res. Meth.

Just. 1

Just. II

Crim. Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

94.520

94.521

94.512

Traf. Law Enf. i

Traf. Law Enf. II

Comp. Pol. Systems

94.621

94.622

94.561

Civ. Lib. & Police 1

Civ. Lib. & Police II

Pol. Work w/Juv.

110 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

5th

36.531

26.532

26.533

Year

Ethics 1

Ethics II

Ethics III

23.504

23.505

23.506

Amer. History 1

Amer. History II

Amer. History III

94.571

94.572

94.506

Law Enf. Mgt.

Law Enf. Mgt.

Basic Stat, in

&PI. 1

&PI. II

Law Enf.

30.604

30.605

94.531

Intro, to Lit.

Intro, to Lit.

Police Comm. Rel.

Forms 1

Forms II

6th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics II

Mathematics III

22.501

22.502

22.503

Prin. Polit. Sci. 1

Prin. Polit. Sci. II

Prin. Polit. Sci. Ill

94.525

94.526

Law Enf. Id. &

L aw Enf. Id. &

Elective

Rec. 1

Rec. II

19.524

19.525

21.534

Soc. Psych. 1

Soc. Psych. II

Social Control

7th

39.501

39.502

39.503

Year

Ec. Prin. & Prob.

Ec. Prin. & Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

29.501

29.502

29.503

Effec. Spkg. 1

Effec. Spkg. II

Effec. Spkg. Ill

22.516

22.517

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Basic Courses — required

19.501, 19.502, 19.503
**30.601, 30.602

Core Courses — required

19.541, 19.542, 19.543

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 111
Associate in Science Degree

Psychology I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric

III

21.501, 21.502,

21.503

22.514

22.515

26.534

Major Concentration Courses-

94.508,

94.509

94.514,

94.515

94.520,

94.521

94.530

94.531

94.532

94.536,

94.537

94.541,

94.542

94.546,

94.547

94.557

94.560

94.561

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

Abnormal Psychology I, II
Sociology I, II, III
American Constitutional Law
Civil Rights
Logic

— required

Criminal Investigation and

Case Preparation I, II
Interviews and Interrogations I,
Traffic Law Enforcement I, II
Police Public Relations
Police Community Relations
Research Methods in Criminal Justice
The Patrol Function I, II
Introduction to Criminalistics I, II
Social Deviance I, II
Investigative Report Writing
Police Supervision
Police Work with Juveniles
Criminology I, II
Delinquency Prevention
Administration of Justice I, II
Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II
Criminal Law I, II
Evidence and Court Procedure I, II

quarter hours

6

4

10

6

6

2

2

2

18

II

58

Elective Courses ''^

Total Credits

10
96

'While students may elect courses In their major field In excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula In the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 119.

"For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

112 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with their program adviser be-
fore undertaking the following sequence of courses.

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

26.534

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Logic

94.627

94.628

94.530

Admin, of Justice 1

Admin, of Justice II

1 Police Public Rel.

94.631

94.632

22.514

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Const. Law

94.633

94.634

22.515

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. &Ct. Proc. II

Civil Rights

2nd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.536

94.537

94.560

Patrol Funct. 1

Patrol Funct. II

Police Supervision

94.541

94.542

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. II

Elective

94.514

94.515

Interv. & Interr. 1

Interv. & Interr. II

Elective

3rd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

94.561

Social Deviance 1

Social Deviance II

Pol. Work w/Juv.

94.508

94.509

94.557

Cr. Inv. & Case

Cr. Inv. &Case

Inv. Report Writing

Prep. 1

Prep. II

94.629

94.630

94.532

Civ. Law Crim.

Civ. Law Crim.

Res. Meth.

Just. 1

Just. II

Crim. Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

94.520

94.521

94.512

Traf. Law Enf. 1

Traf. Law Enf. II

Comp. Pol. Systems

Elective

Elective

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 113

SECURITY

Basic Courses — required

** 10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

*30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Core Cours(

B — required

19.532,

19.533,

19.534

21.501,

21.502,

21.503
22.514
22.515

22.516,

22.517

41.501,

41.502,

41.503

44.501,

44.502,

44.503

44.514, 44.515, 44.516
45.510

45.570, 45.571, 45.572
45.620

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

6

6

6
4
4

II

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, 11
Introduction to Literary Forms
Economic Principles and

Problems I, II, III 6 32

Industrial Psychology I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

American Constitutional Law 2

Civil Rights 2

Public Administration I, II 4

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6
Principles of Finance,

Principles of Investments,

Principles of Insurance

and Risk Management 6
Property and Casualty Insurance I, II, III 6

Labor Management Relations 2

Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Industrial Safety 2 48

(continued on following page)

'For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

'♦94 601, 94 602, 94.603, L. E. Math I, II, III, may be taken in place of 10.327, 10.328,
10.329.

114 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

Major Concentration Courses — required

94.508, 94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

Introduction to Industrial Security 2

Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

Security Administration 2
Law Enforcement Identification and

Records I, II 4

The Patrol Function I, II 4

Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4

Investigative Report Writing 2

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2
Law Enforcement Management and

Planning I, II 4

94.577, 94.578, 94.579 Government Security Programs I, II, III 6

Document Control 2

Industrial Fire Prevention 2

Physical Security I, II 4

Retail Security 2

Bank Security Measures 2

Seminar in Security 2

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law i, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 72

Elective Courses'^ 22

174

94.513

94.514,

94.515

94.516

94.525,

94.526

94.536,

94.537

94.541,

94.542

94.557

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.571,

94.572

94.578,

94.579

94.582

94.583

94.584,

94.585

94.586

94.587

94.591

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see page 119.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 115

SECURITY

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7-year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with their program adviser before
undertaking the following sequence of courses:

Quarter I

30.601

Comp. & Rhet. I
94.627

Admin, of Justice I
94.631

Criminal Law I
94.633

Evid. & Ct. Proc. I

94.514

Interv. & Interr. I
19.501

Psychology I
94.536

Patrol Funct. I
94.584

Phys. Security I

21.501

Sociology I
94.508

Cr. Inv. & Case
Prep. I
19.532

Int. Indust. Psy. I
94.629

Civ. Law in Crim.
Just. I

94.563

Criminology I
45.570

Elec. Data Proc. I
94.577

Gov. Sec. Prog. I
22.514

Amer. Const. Law

Quarter 2 Quarter 3

30.602 94.513

Comp. & Rhet. II Introd. Indust. Sec.

94.628 94.586

Admin, of Justice II Retail Security
94.632

Criminal Law II Elective
94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. II Elective

94.515

Interv. & Interr. II
19.502

Psychology II
94.537

Patrol Funct. II
94.585

Phys. Security II

21.502

Sociology II
94.509

Cr. Inv. & Case
Prep. II
19.533

Int. Indust. Psy. II
94.630

Civ. Law in Crim.
Just. II

94.564

Criminology II
45.571

Elec. Data Proc. II
94.578

Gov. Sec. Prog. II
22.515

Civil Rights

Elective
19.503

Psychology III
94.583

Indust. Fire Prev.
94.516

Security Admin.

21.503

Sociology III
94.557

Invest. Report
Writing
19.534

Int. Indust. Psy. Ill

Elective

94.565

Del. Prevention
45.572

Elec. Data Proc. Ill
94.579

Gov. Sec. Prog. Ill

Elective
(continued on following page)

116 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

5th

30.604

30.605

Year

Intro, to Lit.

Intro, to Lit.

Elective

Forms 1

Forms II

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

94.541

94.542

94.582

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. II

Document Control

94.571

94.572

45.510

Law Enf. Mgt.

Law Enf. Mgt.

Labor Mgt. Rel. 1

& Plan. 1

& Plan II

Elective

6th

39.501

39.502

39.503

Year

Ec. Prin. & Prob.

1 Ec. Prin. & Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

41.501

41.502

41.503

Acctg. Prin. 1

Acctg. Prin. II

Acctg. Prin. Ill

94.525

94.526

Law Enf. Id.

Law Enf. Id.

Elective

& Rec. 1

& Rec. II

44.501

44.502

44.503

Prin. of Finance

Prin. of Invest.

Prin. of Ins.
& Risk Mgmt.
Elective

7th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics II

Mathematics III

44.514

44.515

44.516

Prop. & Cas. Ins. 1

Prop. & Cas. Ins. II

Prop. & Cas. Ins. Ill

94.587

45.620

94.591

Bank Sec. Meas.

Indust. Safety 1

Sem. In Security

22.516

22.517

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 117

SECURITY Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses — required

)3 Psychology I, II, ill 6

10

19.501, 19.502,

19.503

Psychology 1, II, ill

6

**30.601,

30.602

Composition and Rhetoric 1, II

4

Core Courses — required

19.532, 19.533,

19.534

Industrial Psychology 1, II, III

6

21.501, 21.502,

21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

22.514

American Constitutional Law

2

22.515

Civil Rights

2

45.570, 45.571,

45.572

Electronic Data Processing 1, II, III

6

22

Major Concentration Courses — required

94.508, 94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

Introduction to Industrial Security 2

Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

Security Administration 2

The Patrol Function I, II 4

Investigative Report Writing 2

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2
Government Security Programs I, II, III 6

Industrial Fire Prevention 2

Physical Security I, II 4

Retail Security 2

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 54

10

Total Credits 96

94.513

94.514,

94.515

94.516

94.536,

94.537

94.557

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.577, 94.578,

94.579

94.583

94.584,

94.585

94.586

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

Elective Courses*

•While students may elect courses in their major field In excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 119
'•For new English requirements see explanation on page 198.

118 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

SECURITY

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their programs with an adviser before undertak-
ing the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

94.513

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Intro. Indust. Sec.

94.627

94.628

94.586

Admin, of Justice

1 Admin, of Justice II

Retail Security

94.631

94.632

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Elective

94.633

94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. &Ct. Proc. II

Elective

2nd

94.514

94.515

Year

Interv. & Interr. 1

Interv. & Interr. II

Elective

19.501

19.502

19.503

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.536

94.537

94.583

Patrol Funct. 1

Patrol Funct. II

Indust. Fire Prev.

94.584

94.585

94.516

Phys. Security 1

Phys. Security II

Security Admin.

3rd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.508

94.509

94.557

Cr. Inv. & Case

Cr. Inv. & Case

Invest. Report

Prep. 1

Prep. II

Writing

19.532

19.533

19.534

Int. Indust. Psy. 1

Int. Indust. Psy. II

Int. Indust. Psy. Ill

94.629

94.630

Civ. Law in Crim.

Civ. Law in Crim.

Elective

Just. 1

Just. II

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

45.570

45.571

45.572

Elect. Data Proc. 1

Elect. Data Proc. II

Elect. Data Proc. Ill

94.577

94.578

94.579

Gov. Sec. Prog. 1

Gov. Sec. Prog. II

Gov. Sec. Prog. Ill

22.514

22.515

Amer. Const. Law

Civil Rights

Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 119
SUGGESTED ELECTIVES AND ADDITIONAL DEPARTMENT OFFERINGS

Suggested Electives*

94.595 The National Law Enforcement Seminar 3

94.596 Hospital Security 2

94.614 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Interviewing Practicum 2

94.619 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Forensic Laboratory 2

94.617 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Criminal Behavior 2

94.624 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Executive Development 2
94.626 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Data Processing 2

32.509 Conversational Spanish I 3

32.510 Conversational Spanish II 3

32.511 Conversational Spanish III 3

Additional Department Offerings

94.604 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Youth Crime Control 2

94.605 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Victimology 2

94.606 Seminar in Law Enforcement: International Crime Control 2

94.607 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Grantmanship 2

94.608 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Law Enforcement

Operational Intelligence 2

94.609 Independent Studies 2

94.610 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Collective Bargaining 2

94.611 Man, Law, and Society I 2

94.612 Man, Law, and Society II 2

94.613 Man, Law, and Society III 2

94.615 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Organized Crime 2

94.616 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Minorities and the Urban Crisis 2

94.618 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Prosecutive Development 2

94.620 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Intervention, Strategies, and

Tactics for Law Enforcement (Counseling Techniques) 2

94.623 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Drugs 2

94.625 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Mental Health and the Police 2

94.650 Fire Investigation and Arson I 2

94.651 Fire Investigation and Arson II 2

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College catalog.

health professions
programs

Helena A. Loux, Associate Dean
Director, Health Professions Programs
Telephone 437-3321
Aims

Programs in Health Sciences are offered through University College in order
to help mature students improve their educational preparation for advance-
ment and service in hospitals and other health agencies through part-time
study.

In addition to offering courses in the liberal arts and in business administra-
tion, specialized courses for particular categories of health personnel are
offered when such offerings are justified in terms of community and student
need. The unique resources of the Boston area as a medical center offer
excellent support facilities for these health-related programs.
Degree programs, both associate and baccalaureate, are designed to pro-
vide professional specialization and general cultural development. All pro-
grams are designed to meet the accreditation standards of the Council on
Medical Education of the American Medical Association and of licensing or
registration boards where such exist.

Course Distribution

While students will graduate from the programs in health science prepared
to assume a position in the health profession of his choice, and in which he
has specialized, it is the goal of Northeastern University that graduates will
have a balanced educative background. To this end, the following curricu-
lum design will be in effect for most programs.

Professional and Professionally Related 35-50%
Basic and Allied Sciences 25-40%

Liberal Arts (non-science) 25-40%

Students will choose electives to fulfill course distribution requirements and
to equal the number of credits required for the specific degree.

Clinical Assignments

Clinical assignments are available for students whose program requires
directed applied study in a clinical setting. In most instances didactic in-
formation is presented at the University while clinical practice is at various
hospitals or other health agencies in the Greater Boston community. Aca-
demic credit earned during the practicum is applicable, in most instances,
toward the degree requirement.

Students accepting clinical assignments in hospitals, either as part of their
clinical rotations or cooperative assignments, are expected to adhere to
hospital dress codes and any other requirements of the hospital, all of which
are outside University control.

120

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 121

HEALTH SCIENCE Bachelor of Science In Health Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science in Health Science is available to students holding
an Associate Degree and/or certification, registration, or licensure (as de-
fined by University regulations) in a health profession.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Liberal Arts (non-science)

B. Basic and Allied Science

C. Professional and Professionally-related

D. Electives — to equal

A. LIBERAL ARTS

(Non-science)

quarter hours

25^0%

44-70

25-40%

44-70

35-50%

62-86

100%

174

Required

English
30.601,

30.602 or 30.603

30.604, 30.605 or 30.606

Humanities
(Recommended Courses)

Social Sciences
(Recommended Courses)

Electives

Composition and Rhetoric I, II,

(or intensive)

or equivalent

Introduction to Literary Forms I & II

(or intensive)

or equivalent

Introduction to Philosophy
Spanish or Other Modern Language
Communications or Speech
Literature
Arts

Psychology

History

Sociology

Principles of Political Science

to equal at least 12 quarter hours

12

12

12

44

122 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

B. BASIC ALLIED SCIENCES
Required

General General and Animal Biology

Anatomy and Physiology
Microbiology
Math or Applied Math

(as profession demands)
General Chemistry

(if profession demands)

Advanced

To be taken after matriculation into B.S. program and to be
determined by profession.

quarter hours

C. PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONALLY RELATED
Required

General

86.504, 86.505,

quarter hours
14

86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, IN 6

or
86.512, 86.513
86.541, 86.542 Medical Care and Current Social

Problems 4

86.521, 86.522 Public Health 4

or
87.544, 87.545 Epidemiology
or equivalent
Basic Professional Courses (variable)

Those required for professional certification, registration, or licensure
as defined by University regulations.

Advanced Professional or Professionally-related Courses 18—24

To betaken after matriculation into B.S. program:

General Health area 6-8

(or profession) as determined
by program director
Health Science Education 6-8

Health Science Administration 6-8

D. ELECTIVES

To equal 174 q.h. credits and to fulfill distribution requirements.

All students admitted to this program will be interviewed by Program Director
and/or Admissions Committee.

All applications for advanced standing credit will be reviewed by an Advanced
Standing Committee appointed by the Program Director. This committee will

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 123

have broad-based representation and at least one member of the committee
shall represent the discipline of the applicant.

Note: The Bachelor of Science in Health Science degree is designed for candi-
dates already possessing a specialization in any of the health professions and
who wish liberal arts courses and further professional or professionally-related
courses.

For students who wish a baccalaureate degree with a major in a specific pro-
fession, other Bachelor of Science Degrees are available at Northeastern
University.

124 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND

Basic Courses — required

10.327, 10.328, 10.329

19.502, 19.503

23.502, 23.503

30.601, 30.602

30.604, 30.605

39.502, 39.503

19.501,
23.501,

39.501,

INSTITUTIONS
Bachelor of Science Degree
quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, ill
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, I!
Introduction to Literary Forms I,
Economic Principles and
Problems I, 11, III

Core Courses — required

18.511,

18.512,

18.513
19.532

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

22.501,

22.502,

22.503

26.501,

26.502,

26.503

Literature:

Fine Arts

Management

41.501,

41.502,

41.503

44.507,

44.508,

44.509

45.501,

45.502,

45.503

45.511,

45.512

45.513,

45.514,

45.515

45.570,

45.571,

45.572

Biology I, II, III 12*

Industrial Psychology 2

Sociology I, II, III 6

Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

Introduction to Philosophy I, II, ill 6
English, American, or other in translation 6

Art, Music, or Theater Arts 6

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

Management and Organization I, II, III 6

Human Relations in Personnel I, II 4

Personnel Management I, II, III 6

Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Health Care Adnninistration

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics 2

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6
86.507 Medical Terminology 2

In addition, each student will select one of the following sequences:
86.581, 86.582, 86.583 Hospital Organization and \

Management I, II, III — OR I

Long-Term Care f

Administration I, II, III— OR ^ 6

86.521, 86.522 Public Health I, II 4 and ^ —

86.511 Personal and Community I

Health 2 /

86.571, 86.572, 86.573

Elective Courses:

Liberal Arts
Management
From Any Area

6
6

36

Total Credits

174

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 125

Note: In addition to the required coursework, proof of understanding of prin-
ciples of descriptive statistics must be demonstrated. This requirement may be
satisfied by: a) successful completion of the examination on descriptive statis-
tics administered by Northeastern's Center for Programmed Study; or b) com-
pletion of the program on descriptive statistics at the Center; or c) completion
of the University College course 39.511, Statistics I, with a grade of C or better.
This last option may also be included in the elective credits required in this cur-
riculum. This requirement should be satisfied before completion of the first 96
credits of coursework.

A significant number of elective courses are allowed, to permit each student to
select, with his adviser, a sequence of courses which will represent examination
in some depth of a subject of particular interest. Ordinarily, these courses
would not be distributed over more than two subject areas.

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS
Recommended Course Sequence for the 8- Year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Medical Termi-

Comp. 1

Comp. II

Year

nology 1

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. II

2nd

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

Year

Acctg. 1

Acctg. II

Acctg. Ill

Biology 1

Biology II

Biology III

3rd

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Year

Elective

Elective

Elective

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Hospital Law

4th

Ind. Psych.

Human Rel. 1

Human Rel. II

Year

Pers. Mgmt. i

Pers. Mgmt. 1!

Pers. Mgmt. Ill

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

5th

Econ. 1

Econ. II

Econ. Ill

Year

Fine Arts

Fine Arts

Fine Arts

Mgmt. Elective

Mgmt. Elective

Mgmt. Elective

Literature

Literature

Literature

6th

Soc. 1

Soc. II

Soc. Ill

Year

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

L. A. Elective

L.A. Elective

L.A. Elective

Corp. Fin. 1

Corp. Fin. II

Corp. Fin. Ill

7th

Pol. Sci. 1

Pol. Sci. II

Pol. Sci. Ill

Year

Hospital Org.,

Hospital Org.,

Hospital Org.,

Long-Term C. 1, or

Long-Term C. II, or

Long-Term C. Ill, or

Pub. Health 1

Pub. Health II

Per. Comm. Health

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

8th

Phil. 1

Phil. II

Phil. Ill

Year

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

Elective

19.501,

19.502,

19.503
19.532

41.501,

41.502,

41.503
45.501

45.511,

45.512
86.502

86.504,

86.505,

86.506

86.507,

86.508

86.571,

86.572,

86.573

86.577,

86.578,

86.579

126 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

NURSING HOME ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Under the Social Security Law — Title XIX, programs for the licensure of
nursing home administrators must be available in each state. In order to
provide the educational preparation required by Title XIX and to meet the
immediate needs of long term care and nursing home administrators, while
still providing academically structured courses that will apply to a degree
program, the following sequence is offered.

Psychology I, II, III 6

Industrial Psychology 2

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

Management and Organization I 2

Human Relations in Personnel I, II 4

Hospital Law and Ethics 2

Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

Medical Terminology I, II 4

Long-Term Care Administration I, II, III 6

Long-Term Care Administration IV, V, VI 6

Total Credits 44

Successful completion of this course of study with a quality point average of
2.00 will entitle the student to a letter attesting to this accomplishment and
will prepare the student to write the present licensure examination in Massa-
chusetts. The Board of Registration in Nursing Home Administration in
Massachusetts will require two years of college level study (four years, part
time) by 1975 and a baccalaureate degree by 1978.

Completion of the above described sequence of courses and possession of
the letter documenting this fact does not constitute graduation from Uni-
versity College.

Program Consultant:

Robert Lovejoy, M.S.
Executive President, Waltham Hospital
Lecturer in Hea/f/i Science, Nortlieastern University
Course Consultant in Nursing Home
Administration Program:
Jacl< Chilnici<, M.Ed.

Executive Director, Jewist) Rehabilitation
Center for the Aged of the North Shore
Lecturer in Health Science, Northeastern University

NURSING HOME ADMINISTRATION
Recommended course sequence for program leading
to the Certificate Letter:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Year

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Med. Term.

Hosp. Law & Ethics

2nd

Acctg. 1

Acctg. II

Acctg. Ill

Year

Ind. Psych. 1

Human Relat. 1

Human Relat. II

Long-Term Care 1

Long-Term Care II

Long-Term Care III

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 127

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

The Profession

The medical record administrator has varied responsibilities relating to
health information systems. He designs systems; he plans, organizes, and
directs medical record services; he develops, analyzes, and evaluates medi-
cal records and indexes; he cooperates with the medical staff in developing
methods for evaluation of patient care; he cooperates with the medical and
administrative staff in research projects utilizing health care information,
and provides advisory services relating to health information systems on
local, national, and international level.

The Medical Record Administration Program leading to a baccalaureate
degree has been in effect at Northeastern University since 1966. The pro-
fessional certification program, open to students already holding bacca-
laureate degrees and offering the required professional courses was
instituted in 1967.

Northeastern University's Programs in Medical Record Administration are
approved by the American Medical Association's Council on Medical Educa-
tion, in collaboration with the Committee on Education and Registration of
the American Medical Record Association.

Note: This program is also offered on a fu//-t/me (day) basis.

The information following refers only to the part-time (evening) program;
information about the day program may be obtained by contacting the Allied
Health Professions Office, 201 Robinson Hall.

128 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS
MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Bachelor of Science Degree

Completion of this program qualifies a student for admission to the profes-
sional registration examinations conducted by the American Medical Record
Association.

Basic Courses — required

quarter hours

10.327.

10.328, 10.329

Mathematics 1, II, III

6

19.501,

19.502, 19.503

Psychology 1, II, III

6

23.501,

23.502, 23.503

Western Civilization 1, II, III

6

30.601, 30.602

Composition and Rhetoric 1, II

4

30.604, 30.605

introduction to Literary Forms 1,

II

4

39.501,

39.502, 39.503

Economic Principles and Proble
1, II, III

ms

6 32

Core Courses — required

Liberal Arts:
18.511, 18.512,
18.524. 18.525,

21.501,
22.501,
26.501,
Literature.
Fine Arts:

21.502,
22.502,
26.502,

18.513
18.526
19.532
21.503
22.503
26.503

General Biology and Laboratory I, II, III 12

Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

Industrial Psychology 2

Sociology I, II, III 6

Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6
English, American or other in translation 6

Art, Music, or Theatre Arts 6

Professional and Professionally-related Courses — required

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations 4

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

86.504,

86.505,
86.507,

86.551, 86.552,

86.554, 86.555,
86.557.

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics

86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III

86.508 Medical Terminology I, II

86.553 Organization of the Medical Records

Department I, II, III

86.556 Medical Records Science I, II, III

86.558 Medical Records Science IV, V

Elective Courses

Liberal Arts
From Any Area

6

30

Total Credits

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 129

In addition to completing the academic requirements, candidates for a
degree with a major in Medical Records must also complete a minimum of
300 clock hours of supervised practice experience in affiliated hospitals.
This experience is coordinated with the course work in the major field.

Candidates who wish to major in this program must be interviewed by the
Program Director. Arrangements for this interview may be made through
the Allied Health Professions Office, 201 Robinson Hall. No candidate will
be considered as matriculated until this requirement has been met.

Note: In addition to the required coursework, proof of understanding of prin-
ciples of descriptive statistics must be demonstrated. This requirement may be
satisfied by: a) successful completion of the examination on descriptive statis-
tics administered by Northeastern's Center for Programmed Study; or b) com-
pletion of the program on descriptive statistics at the Center; or c) completion
of the University College course 39.511; Statistics I, with a grade of C or better.
This last option may also be included in the elective credits required in this cur-
riculum. This requirement should be satisfied before completion of the first 96
credits of coursework.

Recommended Course Sequence for the 8- Year Program Leading to the Bachelor
of Science Degree in Medical Records and qualification for examination.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3

1st Comp. and Rhet. 1 Comp. and Rhet. II Elective
Year Mgmt. & Org. 1 Mgmt. &Org. II Mgmt. & Org. Ill
Math. 1 Math. II Math. Ill

2nd
Year

West. Civ. 1

Gen. Biol. & Lab. 1

Elective

West. Civ. II

Gen. Biol. & Lab. II

Elective

West. Civ. Ill

Gen. Biol. & Lab. Ill

Elective

3rd
Year

Psych. 1

Anat. & Physiol. 1
Med. Termin. 1
Lit. 1

Psych. II

Anat. & Physiol. II
Med. Termin. II
Lit. II

Psych. Ill

Anat. & Physiol. Ill

Hospital Law

Elective

4th
Year

Literature
Soc. 1

Ind. Psych.
Found. Med. Sci. 1

Literature
Soc. II

Human Rel. 1
Found. Med. Sci. II

Literature

Soc. Ill

Human Relations II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

5th
Year

Econ. 1
Fine Arts
Med. Rec. Sci. 1

Econ. II

Fine Arts

Med. Rec. Sci. II

Econ. Ill
Fine Arts
Med. Rec. Sci. Ill

6th
Year

Med. Rec. Sci. IV*
Electives

Med. Rec. Sci. V*
Electives

Electives

7th
Year

Pol. Sci. 1

Org. Med. Rec. 1

L.A. Elective

Pol. Sci. II

Org. Med. Rec. II

L.A. Elective

Pol. Sci. Ill
Orig. Med. Rec. Ill
L. A. Elective
Elective

8th
Year

Phil. 1
E.D.P. 1
Elective

Phil. II
E.D.P. II
Elective

Phil. Ill
E.D.P. Ill
Elective

■Required clinical experience hours must be arranged in relation to courses starred.

130 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MEDICAL RECORDS Certification Program

Candidates who wish to qualify for admission to the professional examination
leading to registration as a Medical Record Administrator, RRA, and who
already hold a baccalaureate degree In another field of study from a college
or university acceptable to Northeastern University, may undertake the fol-
lowing course work. Successful completion of this course sequence with a
cumulative point average of 2.00 will lead to certification from University
College that the candidate has completed a professional program in Medical
Records Science.

Courses required for Professional Certification:

quarter hours

18.524, 18.525, 18.526 Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics 2

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

86.507, 86.508 Medical Terminology I, II 4

86.554, 86.555, 86.556 Medical Records Science I, II, III 12

86.557, 86.558 Medical Records Science IV, V 8
86.551, 86.552, 86.553 Organization of the Medical

Records Department I, II, ill 6

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Total Credits 59

Clinical Practice

In addition to completion of the academic requirements, candidates for cer-
tification must complete a minimum of 300 clock hours of supervised
applied study in affiliated hospitals. This experience is coordinated with the
course work in the major field.

Candidates who wish to matriculate in this program must be interviewed
by the Program Director. Arrangements for this interview may be through
the Allied Health Professions Office, 201 Robinson Hall. No candidate will
be considered as matriculated until this requirement has been met.

Note: In addition to the required coursework, proof of understanding of prin-
ciples of descriptive statistics must be demonstrated. Ttiis requirement may be
satisfied by: a) successful completion of the examination on descriptive statis-
tics administered by Northeastern's Center for Programmed Study; or b) com-
pletion of the program on descriptive statistics at the Center; or c) completion
of the University College course 39.511, Satisfies I, with a grade of C or better.
This last option may also be included in the elective credits required in this cur-
riculum. This requirement should be satisfied before completion of the first 96
credits of coursework.

Note: This sequence is available through the evening program only.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 131
MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Recommended Course Sequence for the 3-Year Program
Leading to a Certificate in Medical Record Administration

This program is open to candidates who hold an acceptable baccalaureate
degree only.

Prerequ/s/te: A College-level course in General Biology

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Year

Anat. & Physiol. 1

Anat. & Physiol. II

Anat. & Physiol. Ill

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

Med. Termin. 1

Med. Termin. II

2nd

Med. Rec. Sci. 1

Med. Rec. Sci. II

Med. Rec. Sci. Ill

Year

Hospital Law

EDPI

EDP II

EDP III

3rd

*Med. Rec. Sci. IV

*Med. Rec. Sci. V

Year

Orig. Med. Rec.

Org. Med. Sec.

Org. Med. Rec.

Dept 1

Dept II

Dept III

Hospitals Affiliated as Primary Teaching Units

Beth Israel Hospital, Boston
Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston
Peter Bent Brigham Hospital, Boston
New England Medical Center

Curriculum Advisory Committee in Medical Record Administration

Sr. Margaret MacDougall, RRA

Holyoke Community College

Janice E. Gardner, RRA

Nashoba Community Hospital, Ayer

Joyce Gormley, RRA

Massachusetts Genera/ Hospital, Boston

Marjorie Gurney, RRA

Massachusetts Hospital Association, Burlington

Dorothy Richmond, RRA

Beth Israel Hospital, Boston

Susan WInshIp, RRA

Northern Essex Community College, Haverhill

Lillian Llebich, RRA

North Adams Regional Hospital, North Adams

Northeastern University Representatives
(Ex officio)

RIna L. Zamczyk, RRA

Director, Medical Records Program

Helene A. Loux, Ph.D.

Associate Dean for Health Professions

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

'Required clinical experience hours must be arranged in relation to courses starred.

132 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS
RESPIRATORY THERAPY

The Profession

As medical knowledge has advanced and become highly specialized,
trained personnel in the fields related to medicine have become important
members of the health care team. As members of this team, respiratory
therapists support and assist the physician toward the goal of optimum
patient care by using many different treatments and rehabilitative pro-
cedures to help patients with respiratory problems. They work with such
modern complex facilities as electronic respirators, ultrasonic nebulizers,
blood gas machines, and pulmonary function equipment.

As physicians rely more and more on specialized techniques and equipment,
the respiratory therapist will play an increasingly important role in
patient care.

The man or woman entering this field now is joining a rapidly expanding
specialty. The demand for skilled registered respiratory therapists is high,
and opportunities exist throughout the world.

Prerequisite: College-Level or Col lege- Preparatory General Biology.

RESPIRATORY THERAPY (FULL-TIME)

Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — required

quarter hours

10.104,

10.105

Mathematics

8

19.102

Basic Psychology

4

30.113,

30.114

English

8

Core Courses — required

11.112

Physics of Fluids

3

18.114,

18.115

Functional Human Anatomy

10

73.111

Drugs: Use and Action

4

18.120

Microbiology

4

29.100

Effective Public Speaking

3

87.131,

87.132,

87.133

Dynamics of Health Care

3

86.102

Hospital Law & Ethics

2

86.112,

86.113

Foundations of Medical Science

6

86.174,

86.175

Health, Disease, & Disability

6

Major Concentration Courses — required

quarter hours

86.181,

86.182

Introduction to Respiratory Therapy

■ 1, II 5

86.183

Mechanics in Respiratory Therapy

3

86.184,

86.185

Procedures in Respiratory Therapy

1, II 8

86.186

Respiratory Diagnostics

4

86.187

Advanced Respiratory Care

4

86.284,

86.285,

86.286

Directed Applied Care

4

Elective Courses

Liberal Arts/Non-science

8

Total Associate in Science Degree

107

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 133
FOR PART-TIME STUDENTS

The first year of this program may be completed by study on a part-time
basis over two or more years. An interview witti the program faculty is re-
quired prior to registration in 86.591, Introduction to Respiratory Therapy I.
The candidate who completes this part-time study with a cumulative average
"C" or better may then apply for admission directly into the second year
full-time program. Entrance to the full-time program is on a competitive
basis. The second and third years of the full-time program are spent in
alternating academic and co-operative quarters. Each academic quarter in-
cludes twelve hours per week of applied study in Respiratory Therapy as
well as didactic study, liberal arts, and electives.

Prerequisite: College-Level or College-Preparatory General Biology.

Freshman Year Courses

quarter hours

10.307, 10.308

College Algebra and Trigonometry

8

30.603 (or 30.601

and 30.602) and

Composition & Rhetoric

4

30.606 (or

30.603 and 30.604)

Introd. to Lit. Forms

4

18.524. 18.525, 18.526

Human Anatomy and Physiology

9

19.501, 19.502, 19.503

Pyschology

6

86.502

Hospital Law & Ethics

2

18.523

Survey of Pathogenic Microorganism

4

86.591, 86.592, 86.593

Introd. to Respiratory Therapy

12

Suggested Sequence of Courses for Freshman Program

Quarter 1

Quarter 11

Quarter III

1st Math

Math

Hospital Law & Ethics

Year Anatomy & Physiol. Anatomy & Physiol.

Anatomy & Physiol.

2nd Comp. & Rhet.

Introd. to Lit. Forms

Microbiology

Year Intro. Resp.

Introd. to

Introd. to

Therapy

Resp. Therapy

Resp. Therapy

>

Psychology

Psychology

Psychology

Students completing these courses must now apply to the full-time program
in order to complete the requirements for the Associate in Science Degree
and for eligibility to write the national examination for registration as a
Respiratory Therapist.

Students accepted into the full-time day program will follow the basic col-
lege curriculum in effect at the time of their acceptance.

134 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

Medical Advisory Committee

Leonard Bushnell, M.D., Beth Israel Hospital

Dean S. Crocker, M.D., Children's Hospital Medical Center

John Hedley-Whyte, M.D., Beth Israel Hospital

Henning Pontoppidan, M.D., Massachusetts General Hospital

LeRoy Van Dam, M.D., Peter Bent Brigham Hospital

Academic Representatives (Ex Officio)

Dean Crocker, M.D., Medical Consultant
Evelyn L. Cassara, B.S., R.N., A.R.I.T., Program Director
Helene A. Loux, Ph.D., Assoc. Dean for Health Professions, College of
Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 135
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE— CYTOTECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree or Associate In Science Degree

The Profession

Cytotechnology is a speciality in the broader field of medical laboratory
science. Cytotechnologists are employed in pathology laboratories, where
they expertly examine slides of cells looking for minute abnormalities which
are the early warning signs of cancer and related disease. Cytotechnology
occupies a highly important place in clinical medicine requiring a technolo-
gist with highly specialized laboratory training and a sound academic
background.

The programs are offered through University College and are conducted in
affiliation with the several hospitals which comprise the Boston School of
Cytotechnology. The programs lead to the Associate in Science or the
Bachelor of Science Degree, which are awarded by University College. Com-
pletion of the program qualifies a student for admission to the professional
examination conducted by the Board of Registry of the American Society of
Clinical Pathologists.

The basic sciences and the general education courses are offered evenings,
but the professional courses are offered only full-time, days, in cooperation
with the affiliated hospitals. Students planning to enter the professional
courses are advised to consult the program coordinator prior to the Winter
Quarter preceding entrance to the hospital program.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement
Test or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The
Mathematics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registra-
tion date.

FIRST YEAR

Course Number Course quarter hours

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, 11, III 6

or
10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry
30.603

or 30.601, 30.602 Composition & Rhetoric I, II 4

18.511, 18.512, 18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

87.100 Medical Laboratory Science

Orientation 1

86.541, 86.542 Medical Care and Current

Social Problems 4

136 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

Course Number

18.524,
12.544,
12.547,
19.501,

18.525,
12.545,
12.548,
19.502,

18.526
12.546
12.549
19.503

22.501, 22.502, 22.503

SECOND YEAR

Course

Human Anatomy & Physiology I
General Chemistry I, II, III
General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
Psychology

or
Principles of Political Science

or
Other Social Science Elective

quarter hours

II, III

30.604,

30.605

or

30.606

Introd. to Literary Forms

4

86.502

Hospital Law and Ethics
THIRD YEAR

2

Course

Number

Course

quarter hours

87.101

Basic Medical Lab. Science

(Fall)

4

87.102

or

87.542

Hematology

2

18.557,

18.558,

18.559

Genetics

6

86.504,

86.505,

86.506

Foundations of Medical Science

6

18.521

Microbiology
Humanities Electives

4
4

FOURTH YEAR

12 months at an AMA-approved Hospital School of Cytotechnology. Those
students admitted to the Boston School of Cytotechnology associated with
Northeastern University will take the following courses:

87.518, 86.548,

87.508 Introduction to Cytotechnology 2

87.528 Cytopathology I 2

87.538 Cytopathology II 2

87.558 Cytopathology III 2

87.568 Cytogenetics and New Concepts 2

87.598 Special Topics 2

86.578 Applied Cytology I, II, III 12

Total A.S. Degree 107

FIFTH YEAR
Course Number Course

18.551, 18.552, 18.553 Histology-Organoiogy I, II, III

quarter hours

6

6

11.304, 11.305, 11.306 *General Physics I, II, III

or
86.581, 86.582, 86.583 Hospital Organization and Management

Modern Language 9

or
Electives

•students planning to enter graduate school should take 4 quarter hours of Analytical
Chemistry and 6 quarter hours of Physics.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 137
SIXTH YEAR

Course

Number

Course

quarter hours

12.531,

12.532,

12.533

Organic Chemistry 1, II, III, and

6

12.534,

12.535,

12.536

Organic Chemistry Lab. 1, II, III

6

86.574,

86.575,

86.576

Health, Disease, and Disability

6

29.501,

29.502,

29.503

Effective Speaking
or

6

Other Speech or Communications Course
SEVENTH YEAR

Course Number

39.501, 39.502, 39.503

86.521, 86.522

87.544, 87.545
87.588

87.546

87.547

Course

quarter hours

Economics, Principles & Problems

6

or
Other Social Science Elective

Public Health

4

or

Epidemiology

Cytopathoiogy Seminar

2

Medical Laboratory Science

Education Seminar

2

Medical Laboratory Science

Administration Seminar

2

Electives

6

Total B.S. Degr

ee 174

138 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE—MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree or Associate in Science Degree

The Profession

Medical Technology is a most respected and important health profession.
The medical technologist works as a professional in close association with
pathologists, doctors, and hospital and medical laboratory personnel. Work-
ing in a variety of specialized fields such as bacteriology, blood-banking,
histology, hematology, biochemistry, and nuclear and radiochemistry, the
medical technologist makes important observations necessary for critical
diagnosis by the doctor upon early detection and treatment of disease.

The Associate Degree Medical Laboratory Technician likewise is an impor-
tant member of the health team. His responsibilities are commensurate with
his background and he works in close association with medical technologists
and pathologists.

The Registered Medical Technologist and the Associate Degree Medical
Laboratory Technician are in constant demand in hospital laboratories,
clinics, public health agencies, pharmaceutical firms, research foundations,
and in the Armed Forces.

The baccalaureate program in Medical Technology (Medical Laboratory
Science) is conducted in affiliation with several Hospital Schools of Medical
Technology approved by the Council on Medical Education of the American
Medical Association. The program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree,
which is awarded by University College, and entitles the student to write the
registry examination in Medical Technology MT (ASCP) given by the Board
of Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists.

Students who have appropriate clinical experience may apply to write the
AD-MLT (ASCP), Associate Degree Medical Laboratory Technician Exami-
nation, upon completion of appropriate courses. University College students
will be eligible for an Associate degree upon the completion of the courses
indicated in the curriculum below and appropriate applied study.

The Medical Laboratory Science Professional Courses, numbered 87

will be offered directly through the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement
Test or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The
Mathematics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registra-
tion date.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 139

Course Number

10.307, 10.308
12.544, 12.545, 12.546
12.547, 12.548, 12.549
30.603 or 30.601 & 30.602
87.100

86.541, 86.542

Course Number

18.511, 18.512,
12.531, 12.532,
12.524, 12.525,

18.513
12.533
12.526

FIRST YEAR
Course

College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II
General Chemistry I, II, III
General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I & II
Medical Laboratory Science Orient.
Medical Care and Current Social
Problems

SECOND YEAR
Course

Biology I, II, III

Analytical Chemistry I, II, III

Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II. Ill

quarter hours

8
6
3
4
1

quarter hours

12
6
6

30.604, 30.605 or 30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms

Course Number

18.524, 18.525,
19.501, 19.502,

22.501, 22.502, 22.503

18.521, 18.522

Course Number

87.101

87.102, 87.103

87.105

87.121

THIRD YEAR
Course

18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology
19.503 Psychology I, II, III
or
Principles of Political Science

or
Other Social Science Elective
86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics
Microbiology I, II

FOURTH YEAR
Course

Basic Medical Laboratory Science
Basic Hematology; Basic Blood Banking
Basic Medical Laboratory Chemistry &

Instrumentation
Quality Control
Modern Language

or
Other Humanities Electives

quarter hours
9
6

quarter hours

4
4

Total A.S. Degree 102

Associate degree requirement completed for students who have appropriate
applied study, and have completed a minimum of 102 quarter hours of credit
including those courses listed above.

Course Number

39.501, 39.502,

12.531,
12.534,

12.532,
12.535,

39.503

12.533
12.536

FIFTH YEAR
Course quarter hours

Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

or
Other Social Science Elective
Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6

Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

Electives (non-science) 6

140 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS
SIXTH YEAR

Course Number Course quarter hours

11.304, 11.305, 11.306 General Physics, I, II, III 6

18.557, 18.558, 18.559 Genetics I, II, III 6

Elective 3

29.501, 29.502, 29.503 Effective Speaking 6

or

Other Speech or Communications course

SEVENTH YEAR

12 months internship at an affiliated AMA-Approved Hospital School of Medical

Technology.

or
Hematology- Immunohematology

87.202

4

87.201

Pathogenic Microbiology

4

87.205

Clinical Chemistry

4

87.203

Medical Immunology-Serology

2

87.204

Medical Parasitology

2

87.111, 87.112, 87.115 Applied Studies (at hospital)

12

87.190

Undergraduate Research

2

87.221

Medical Laboratory Management

or
Health Science Education

87.226

2

Total B.S. Degree 179

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 141

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science

The program in Radiologic Technology is a joint offering of the University
and several area hospitals. The classroom experiences are provided by the
University, and the laboratory practicum is conducted at approved Hospital
Schools of Radiologic Technology. These are accredited by the Council on
Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The Committee on
Radiologic Technology Education of the Massachusetts Radiological Society
and the Massachusetts Society of Radiologic Technologists serve in advisory
capacities concerning curriculum content.

The Radiologic Technologist is a respected member of the allied health
team in the diagnostic and therapeutic environment of the clinic or hospital,
and an important functionary in the production, quality control, and inspec-
tion laboratories of the industrial community. Medically related responsibili-
ties demand effective rapport with internists, surgeons, pathologists, nurses,
and laboratory personnel while industrial competency requires close associ-
ation with metallurgists, production and manufacturing specialists, engi-
neers, and scientists.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test
or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331) and accept-
ance by an A. M. A. accredited School of Radiologic Technology which is
affiliated with Northeastern University.

Have an interview with the Radiological Technology Program Director,
Professor Matthew Stevens, 437-2818, 2819.

Be accepted to the affiliated hospital through an interview with the
Radiologist.

First Year
Two alternating twelve- week terms of full-time didactic study of North-
eastern University and two twelve-week terms of full-time radiologic practicum
and seminars at the affiliated Hospital Schools.

Didactics — 24 weeks (at Northeastern University) Q.H.

10.391, 10.392 Mathematics, A, B 6

18.570, 18.571 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I, II 6

86.620, 86.621 Radiologic Technology Orientation I, II 4

86.622, 86.623 Radiological Science I, II 8

86.624, 86.625 Principles of Radiology I, II 8

86.626, 86.627 Radiologic Photography & Exposure I, II 8

Practicum — 28 weeks (at Hospital Schools of Radiologic Technology)
86.628, 86.629 Applied Radiology & Practicum I, II 6

Second Year

Full-time attendance at the affiliated Hospital Schools of Radiologic Tech-
nology (52 wks @ 40 hrs/wk = 2080 hrs)
86.644, 86.645, 86.646 Advanced Radiology & Practicum 6

Students who satisfactorily complete the first and second year of didactics
and practicum are eligible to take the American Radiologic Technology exami-
nation for certification as a Radiologic Technician (R.T.)

142 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

Third Year

Three Quarters (36 weeks) part-time evening study at University College.

Q.H.

18.511, 18.512, 18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

30.601, 30.602 Composition & Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

86.614, 86.615, 86.616 Adv. Radiologic Technology I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III or

21.501, 21.502, 21.503* Sociology I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management & Organization I, II, III 6

86.617, 86.618, 86.619 Radioactive Isotopes & Therapy I, II, III 6

Humanities Elective I, II, III 6

Total A.S. degree 100

Qualified students may accelerate completion of the program by enrolling In third or
fourth year evening courses during the second Internship year upon petition for approval
by the Director of Radiologic Technology in University College and the Radiologist In
charge of the Hospital School of Radiologic Technology Involved.

*21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 21.501, 21.502,
21.503 Sociology I, II, III (6 q.h.)

education

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

The teacher education program in University College is deeply concerned
with the quality of those who teach. In the paragraphs that follow, quality is
generally described and the several ways of assessing it are outlined.

Objective I: Every teacher should be broadly educated.

All students are expected to develop breadth in their program in two ways.
First, students will be required to complete certain common course work:
social science, United States history, American literature, effective speaking,
human development, and English. Second, all students must complete a
minimum of 16 credits in each of the following areas: science and mathe-
matics, humanities, and social sciences.

Objective II: Every teacher should achieve ar) expertness in some field of
kr\ow ledge.

The Teacher Education Program in University College offers an academic
major in the field of English. The major is designed to prepare English
teachers for the junior or senior high school. It will also provide a basis for
specialized graduate study in English as well as in education.

Objective III: Each teacher should be professionally prepared for the posi-
tion of his choice.

In addition to their general education and specialized concentration, all
students will share some common professional course work with related out-
of-class experience and, in addition, will take course work appropriate to
their level or field of teaching. Student teaching during the senior year will
serve as an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the previous years.
Beginning students will have about two years to estimate their abilities to
master college work, to discover the wisdom of their choice of a major ifield,
and to evaluate the strength of their commitment to, and qualifications
for, teaching.

143

144 / EDUCATION

Admission Requirements

Important to the future teacher is high ability in the communication skills
and adequate strength in the field of special interest. As important as the
pattern and quality of an applicant's preparation are the personal qualifica-
tions which contribute to success in teaching.

Upon completion of all courses (or their equivalent) listed under Quarters
1-6 on p. 133, students desiring certification must apply to the College of
Education* for admission to the professional sequence of the teacher educa-
tion program. They will be expected to present such evidence as the College
of Education shall require. Evaluations will be made on academic aptitude,
verbal fluency, interest in working with young people, and emotional ma-
turity. A serious attempt will be made to access these factors in their inter-
relationships rather than as isolated phenomena. Students accepted into
the professional sequence of the College of Education will be expected to
commit themselves to the remaining requirements of the program.

Transfers

Students admitted to advanced standing in University College (see p. 31)
may apply for admission to the professional sequence on the basis of satis-
factory grades received in courses which are the equivalent of those required
for entering Quarter 7 (see p. 146). Credit toward electives may be earned
by means of the College Level Examination Program (see p. 31).

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Degrees

University College will award the degree of Bachelor of Science to those
who successfully complete the program of preparation for teaching English
at the secondary school level.

Quant/tat/ve Requirements

The required courses in the curriculum for the teaching of English are listed
on a following page. The curriculum requires not less than 173 quarter
hours of class work, including one quarter of student teaching. At least 45
quarter hours will be required in education, including student teaching.

Elective Courses

Elective courses, approved by the College of Education adviser, will be se-
lected by the student from among courses in University College, or credit
may be earned by means of the College Level Examination Program.

Qua//tat/ve Requiren^ents

Students in the Teacher Education Program in University College will be
expected to maintain an over-all average of C while doing work of C+ or
better in the field of specialization and in the professional sequence in order

*One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University

EDUCATION / 145

to be recommended for placement. Students are warned that any failure
seriously handicaps their records and must be made up at the earliest
opportunity.

Graduation with Honor

Candidates of distinctly superior achievement in their academic work will be
graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited number of
this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students
must have been in attendance at the University at least six quarters before
they may become eligible for honors at graduation.

National Teacher Examinations

All students who plan to make teaching their career will be expected to take
the general and special National Teacher Examinations in their senior year.

Programs of Instruction

The teacher education program in University College offers an academic
major in the field of English (in grades 7-12). A specimen program is shown
on the following page.

Accreditation

Northeastern University's College of Education is accredited by the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The College is a member
of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

146 / EDUCATION

SPECIMEN PROGRAM IN TEACHING OF ENGLISH (IN GRADES 7-12)

This program is designed with the assumption that the student is attending
college on approximately a half-time basis.

First Year

QUARTER 1

Second Year

QUARTER 4

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

16.501

Nat. Sci. 1

2

2

22.501 Prin. Pol. Sci. 1

2

2

23.501

West. Civ. 1

2

2

30.605 Intro, to Lit. Forms

112

2

29.501

Eff. Spkg. 1

2

2

50.111 Soc. Sci. 1

3

3

30.601

Comp. & Rhet.
QUARTER

1*

2

2

2

QUARTER 5

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

16.502

Nat. Sci. II

2

2

22.502 Prin. Pol. Sci. II

2

2

23.502

West. Civ. 1!

2

2

English Elective

2

2

29.502

Eff. Spkg. II

2

2

50.112 Soc. Sci. Ill

3

3

30.602

Comp. & Rhet.
QUARTER

II
3

2

2

QUARTER 6

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

16.503

Nat. Sci. Ill

2

2

22.503 Prin. Pol. Sci. Ill

2

2

23.503

West. Civ. Ill

2

2

English Elective

2

2

29.503

Eff. Spkg. Ill

2

2

50.113 Soc. Sci. Ill

3

3

30.604

Intro, to Lit. Forms

1 2

2

—

—

21

24

Total Credits

45

Students desiring certification must now apply to the College of Education*
for admission to the teacher education program.

Third Year

QUARTER 7
No. Course

23.527 England 500-1603
26.501 Intro. Phil. I

30.525 English Language I

39.501 Ec. Prin. & Prob. I

QUARTER 8
No. Course

23.548 England 1603-1815

26.502 Intro. Phil. II

30.526 English Language II

39.502 Ec. Prin. & Prob. 11

QUARTER 9
No. Course

23.549 England Since 1815

26.503 Intro. Phil. Ill

30.527 English Language III 2
39.503 Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill "

Fourth Year

QUARTER

10

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

2

2

23.504

U.S. History 1

2

2

2

2

30.541

English Lit. 1

2

2

2

2

50.121

Hum. Dev. &

2

2

Learn. 1
QUARTER

11

4

4

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

2

2

23.505

U.S. History II

2

2

2

2

26.534

Logic

2

2

2

2

30.542

English Lit. II

2

2

2

2

Electives

QUARTER

12

2

2

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

2

2

23.506

U.S. History III

2

2

2

2

30.543

English Lit. Ill

2

2

2

2

50.131

Hum. Dev. &

2

2

Learn. II

4

4

24

24

•An English placement examination must be taken. If the score is not satisfactory, stu-
dents should enroll for 30.600. Elements of Composition, a 2 q.h. credit course designed
to improve command of written English. Then proceed with 30.601, 602, 603, 604 and a
2 q.h. English elective in Quarter 6.

'One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University

EDUCATION / 147

Fifth Year

Sixth Year

QUARTER 13

QUARTER 16

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

30.522

Intro. Semantics 1

2

2

30.517

Intermed. Wrtg.

2

2

30.544

Amer. Lit. 1

2

2

30.554

Shakespeare 1

2

2

51.135

Anal. Tchng. &
Ed. Proc.

QUARTER 14

4

4

50.141

Meas. & Eval.
QUARTER 17

4

4

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

30.523

Intro. Semantics II

2

2

30.518

Creative Wrtg. 1

2

2

30.545

Amer. Lit. II

2

2

30.555

Shakespeare II

2

2

Electives

4

4

Electives

4

4

QUARTER 15

QUARTER 18

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

Elective

2

2

30.519

Creative Wrtg. II

2

2

30.546

Amer. Lit. Ill

2

2

30.556

Shakespeare III

2

2

54.126

Sec. Reading

4

4
24

Electives

4

4
24

Seventh Year

Eighth

Year

QUARTER 19

QUARTER 22

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

Sci. or Math. Elec.

2

2

51.151

Student Teaching

8

Art Music or Thea.

8

Art

2

2

50.151

Bckgrnds. Amer. Ec

1. 4

4

Total Credits

173

QUARTER 20

No.

Course

Sci. or Math. Elec.
Art Music or Thea.

Art
Electives

QUARTER 21

CI.
2

2

4

q.h.
2

2

4

No.

Course

Sci. or Math. Elec.
Art Music or Thea.
Art

CI.

2

2

q.h.

2

2

50.143

M&M— English

4

4

24

therapeutic recreation
services

for Nursing Home Activity Directors

Dr. Albert McCay, Consultant
Therapeutic Recreation Services
Telephone 437-3163

A certification and degree program for nursing home activity directors and
others, is being offered by University College. The program is designed to
meet the needs of directors of activity in the Commonwealth's nursing homes
and the needs of others entering this occupational field in the future.

The part-time program, leading to certification and an Associate degree,
will be taught by the distinguished faculty of Northeastern University's
Boston-Bouve College. Courses offered will be in the areas of therapeutic
recreation services, the process of aging, arts and crafts, social recreation,
geriatric care, utilization of resources, and many other professional courses.

CURRICULUM

I. Certification — 25 quarter hours

Professional courses

:iate Degree-

— 96 quarter hours

Psychology

2q.h.

Social Sciences

8q.h.

Fine Arts

3q.h,

Speech & Theatre Arts

4q.h.

English

2q.h.

Health Care Science

8q.h.

Professional

51q.h.

Electives

ISq.h.

148

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES / 149

THERAPEUTIC

RECREATION SERVICES Associate in Science Degree

Required Courses (Liberal Arts)

quarter hours

19.501

Psychology 1

2

21.501,

21.502, 21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

6

21.563

Social Gerontology

2

27.541

Drawing 1

3

29.501

Effective Speaking 1

2

29.511

Introduction to Theatre Arts

2

30.601

Composition and Rhetoric 1

2 19

Required Courses (Health Care Services)

86.571, 86.572, 86.573 Long-Term Care Administration I, II, III 6
86.577 Geriatric Care I 2 8

Required Courses (Therapeutic Recreation Services)

Note: Twenty five (25) quarter hours of credit in the following professional

courses will qualify a student for certification by Boston Bouve College:
63.501 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation

Services 2

63.510 Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure 2

63.521 Recreation Skills I (Social Recreation) 2

63.522 Recreation Skills II (Music Therapy) 2

63.523 Recreation Skills III (Guitar or Auto Harp) 2

63.531 Techniques of Recreation Leadership 2

63.532 Interagency Planning for Community

Action 2
63.535 Recreation Skills VI (Special Events

and Programs) 2

63.547 Outdoor Education for Handicapped 2

63.549 The Process of Aging 2

63.550, 63.551 Group Dynamics I, II 4

63.552 Leadership and Program for III, Aged,

and Infirm 2

63.553 Techniques and Resources in Working

with Elderly 2

63.555 Therapeutic Recreation for Special Groups 2

63.556 Workshop in Adapted Hospital Recreation 2

63.557 Recreation Activities of Atypical

Individuals and Groups 2
63.560 Development and Utilization of

Recreation Education Resources 2

63.570, 63.571, 63.572 Arts and Crafts I, II, III 6

63.592 Independent Study 3

63.593 Independent Study 4
63.600 Seminar in Group Dynamics 2 51

Elective Courses* 18

Total Credits 96

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula In the University
College Catalog.

150 / THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year
Program Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Process of Aging

Leadership & Prog.

Tech. & Resources in

Year

Arts & Crafts 1

for III, Aged, &

working w/Elderly

Group Dynamics 1

Infirm

Group Dynamics II

Intro. Ther. Rec.

Arts & Crafts II

Arts & Crafts III

Services

Independent Study

Independent Study

2nd

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

Year

Rec. Skills 1

Rec. Skills VI

Recreation Skills II

Interagency Planning

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Psychology 1

for Comm'ty.

Long-Term Care

Long-Term Care

Action

Admin. II

Admin. Ill

Long-Term Care

Admin. 1

3rd

Geriatric Care 1

Tech. of Rec.

Seminar in Group

Year

Leadership

Dynamics

Effective Speaking 1

Rec. Skills III

Dev. & Utilization

Drawing 1

Electives (2)

of Rec. Educ.

Elective (1)

Resources
Electives (2)

4th

Intro, to Theatre Arts

Workshop In Adapted

Rec. Activities of

Year

Ther. Rec. for Spec.

& Hosp. Recreation

Atypical Indiv. &

Groups

Social Gerontology

Groups

Electives (2)

Outdoor Educ. for

Philosophy of Rec. &

Handicapped

Leisure

Elective (1)

Elective (1)

course descriptions

Not all the courses listed in this bulletin will be offered. A final list of those
classes to be offered will be contained in the University College Schedule of
Courses, which gives the hours, days and location of classes. This schedule is
issued prior to the Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.

Abbreviations

Q.H. = Quarter Hours (credit earned)
CI. = Hours required in class per week
Prereq. = Prerequisite

10 — MATHEMATICS (Lincoln College)

Students intending to enroll in Mathematics 10.327 or 10.335 will be given a
Mathematics Placement Test during the registration period. A satisfactory score
on this test will entitle the student to enroll in course 10.327 or 10.335, while
an unsatisfactory score will require that he enroll in the non-credit course
10.330 for additional preparation.

10.330 Basic Mathematics I (2 cl., non-credit)

A review of elementary algebra: algebraic expressions and operations, equa-
tions, word problems. Prereq. None.

10.331 Basic Mathematics II (2 cl., non-credit)

Further review: operations with polynomials, factoring, fractional expressions,
word problems. Prereq. 10.330.

10.327 Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra, graphical techniques. Prereq. Math
Placement Test or 10.302, or 10.331.

10.328 Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Linear and quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, variation. Prereq.
10.327.

10.329 Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of geometry; topics of trigonometry, introduction to statistics and prob-
ability, logarithms. Prereq. 10.328 or equiv.

10.332 Mathematics for Business Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to mathematics underlying operations research, with emphasis on
applications to business management logic, set theory. Prereq. 10.329 or
equiv.

151

152 / MATHEMATICS

10.333 Mathematics for Business Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Probability and its uses in decision-making under uncertainty; introduction to
vector and matrix algebra. Prereq. 10.332 or equ/v.

10.334 Mathematics for Business Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Mathematics of finance, linear programming and optimization techniques, game
theory. Prereq. 10.333 or equiv.

10.335 Mathematics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra, graphical techniques. Linear and quadratic
equations, exponents and radicals, variation. Review of geometry, topics of
trigonometry, introduction to statistics and probability, logarithms. Not open to
students who have taken 10.327, 10.328, or 10.329. Prereq. Math Placement
Test, 10.302, 10.331, or equiv.

10.391 Mathematics A (3 q.h.)

Same as 10.329 plus the first half of 10.328. Prereq. Math Placement Test or
10.302 or 10.331 or equiv.

10.392 Mathematics B (3 q.h.)

Same as the second half of 10.328 plus 10.329. Prereq. 10.591 or equiv.

10.316 Probability and Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic tools, e.g., sets, permutations and combinations; probability and applica-
tions. Prereq. 10.329 or 10.335.

10.317 Probability and Statistics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Descriptive statistics, frequency distributions and probability density functions,
normal and other distribution. Prereq. 10.316.

10.318 Probability and Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Bivariate distributions, correlation, statistical inference and estimation, regres-
sion. Prereq. 10.317.

10.320 Calculus I (4 cl. 4 q.h.)

Functions, graphs and limits; study of the straight line, the circle, the parabola;
differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications, including the mean-
value theorem; continuity. Prereq. 10.308 or 10.329 or 10.335.

10.321 Calculus II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Applications of derivatives to curve-sketching; antidifferention; the definite
integral, with applications; calculus of non-algebraic functions — logarithmic,
exponential, and trigonometric. Prereq. 10.320.

10.322 Calculus III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Calculus of inverse trigonometric functions; techniques of integration — espe-
cially integration by parts, and substitution; numerical integration; polar coordi-
nates; the conic sections; vectors in a plane; indeterminate forms, L'Hospital's
rule; improper integrals. Prereq. 10.321.

10.323 Calculus IV (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Calculus of functions of several variables, partial differentiation multiple inte-
grals; infinite series. Prereq. 10.322.

For additional Mathematics courses consult the Lincoln College catalog.

PHYSICS / 153

10.324 Differential Equations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq. 10.323.

10.325 Differential Equations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ordinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear
differential equations, especially with constant coefficients. Laplace transforms.
Prereq. 10.324.

10.401 Foundations of Mathematics i (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The many branches of mathematics. Origins of arithmetic and algebra, and their
place in early societies. Prereq. none.

10.402 Foundations of Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mathematics and the scientific revolution. Functions, graphs, concepts of the
calculus. Prereq. 10.401.

10.403 Foundations of Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mathematics today; analysis, probability, statistics, and other topics. The mu-
tual dependence of mathematics and computers. Math in social sciences,
physical sciences, and business. Prereq. 10.402.

11_PHYSICS (Lincoln College)

11.301 Introductory Physics I (4 cl., non-credit)

A survey of physical principles and theories related to field of mechanics. Em-
phasis is placed upon the solution of applied problems. Prereq. None.

11.302 Introductory Physics II (4 cl., non-credit)

Extension of principles in mechanics and introduction of concepts in heat,
sound, light, electricity, and magnetism. Prereq. 11.301.

11.304 General Physics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Survey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion;
projectile and circular motion; rotational motion; conservation laws of energy
and momentum. Prereq. 10.501 or concurrently.

11.305 General Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Temperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion; sound;
Doppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical systems. Prereq. 11.304.

11.306 General Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric current;
inductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. Prereq.
11.305.

12— CHEMISTRY

Consultant: Prof. K. Weiss, Chairman, Chemistry Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coordinator: Prof. F. Boig, (L.A. College)

12.501 Introductory Chemistry I (4 cl., non-credit)

A non-mathematical approach to the concepts of chemistry including matter,

elements and compounds, chemical bonding, chemical equations. Prereq.

None.

154 / CHEMISTRY

12.502 Introductory Chemistry II (4 cl., non-credit)

A continuation of 12.501, including periodic system, forms of energy, oxidation
reduction, solutions, chemical and ionic equilibrium, nuclear reactions, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. Prereq. 12.501 or equiv.

12.507 Modern Chemistry I (Intro, to Inorganic Chemistry) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Fundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical bonding, chemical energy,
water and solutions, colloids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity,
radioactivity; all discussed from the viewpoint of recent developments. Prereq.
J0.50I or concurrently.

12.508 Modern Chemistry II (Intro, to Organic Chemistry), (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Classes of organic compounds, including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, alde-
hydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates;
including their relationships with modern biology. Prereq. 12.507 or equiv.

12.509 Modern Chemistry III (Intro, to the Chemistry of Living Bodies)
(2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Includes fats, proteins, enzymes, chemistry of digestion, and the chemical re-
actions characteristic of body fluids. Prereq. 12.508 or equiv.

12.515 Biochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The first quarter of a three-quarter course sequence. The sequence will cover
introduction to the biochemistry of the cell, including the occurrence, chem-
istry, and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids.
Prereq. 12.533 or equiv.

12.516 Biochemistry M (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Biochemistry I. Prereq. 12.515 or equiv.

12.517 Biochemistry III (2 cl. 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Biochemistry II. Prereq. 12.516 or equiv.

12.521 Analytical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analytical procedures and techniques. The principles of solution chemistry,
ionic equilibria, and oxidation potentials applied to solving problems in chem-
ical analysis. Prereq. 12.546 and 12.549 or equiv.

12.522 Analytical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles and practice of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis.
Prereq: 12.521 or equiv.

12.523 Analytical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory of spectrophotometry, chromatography, and selected electroanalytical
methods. Prereq. 12.522 or equiv.

12.524 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis. Separations by chemical means, chemical tests, and spot
tests for inorganic ions in solution. Prereq. 12.521 or concurrently or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

12.525 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Chemical methods of quantitative analysis. Procedures and techniques of gravi-
metric and volumetric methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.522 or con-
currently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHEMISTRY / 155

12.526 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Instrumental methods of analysis. Instruments and procedures for electrometric
and optical methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.525 and 12.523 or con-
currently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.527 Analytical Chemistry. (Lectures and laboratory, 4 q.h., summer term
only) Survey of principles and theories of volumetric, gravimetric, and instru-
mental analysis. Application made in the laboratory with analyses of unknown
samples. Prereq. General Chemistry or its equivalent.

12.531 Organic Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Nature of carbon in organic compounds. General principles of structure, nomen-
clature, preparation, uses, and reactions, of aliphatic hydrocarbons: alkanes,
alkenes, alkynes, dienes, cycloalkanes. Position and geometric isomerism. Intro-
duction to free radical and ionic mechanisms of reactions. Prereq. 12.546 and
12.549 or equiv.

12.532 Organic Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Structure of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. General
principles of structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses, and reactions of the
various types of organic compounds, including: alcohols, alkyl and aryl halides,
ethers and epoxides, and carboxylic acids. Optical isomerism and introductory
chemical kinetics will be discussed. Prereq. 12.531 or equiv.

12.533 Organic Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Chemistry 12.532 with emphasis on the application of chem-
ical conversions to synthetic problems. Functional derivatives of carboxylic
acids, sulfonic acids and their derivatives, amines, diazonium compounds, phe-
nols, aldehydes, and ketones. Prereq. 12.532 or equiv.

12.534 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.316 or equiv.
and 12.531 or concurrently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.535 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.534 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

12.536 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course. Organic Chemistry III, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.535 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

12.541 Physical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The three states of matter, atomic and molecular forces, physical properties and
molecular structure; heat, work, and heat capacity; thermochemistry. Prereq.
10.323, 11.306, and 12.546 plus 12.549 or equiv.

12.542 Physical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical equilibria, phase diagrams, and chemical
kinetics. Prereq. 12.541 or equiv.

12.543 Physical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Electrical conductance, electromotive force, ionic equilibria, colloids, quantum
theory, and photochemistry. Prereq. 12.542 or equiv.

156 / CHEMISTRY

12.544 General Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamental concepts; symbols, formulas, and equations; atomic structure
and Periodic Law, chemical bonding; oxygen, ozone, and hydrogen; the gaseous
state and gram mole volume; the liquid and solid states; water and hydrogen
peroxide. Prereq. 10.307 or 10.501 or concurrently, or equiv. (Not open to
those students with credit for 12.311 or 12.314.)

12.545 General Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Solutions, solutions of electrolytes, colloids, oxidation and reduction reactions,
periodic properties, halogens, chemical equilibrium, electrochemistry; acids,
bases, and salts; sulfur family. Prereq. 12.544, or equiv. (Not open to those
students with credit for 12.312 or 12.315.)

12.546 General Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ionic equilibrium and weak electrolytes; solubility product principle, hydrolysis.
Nitrogen, phosphorus, and their compounds; boron, silicon, and their com-
pounds; alkali and alkaline earth metals, metals of groups III and IV. Nuclear
chemistry. Carbon and its compounds. Biochemistry. Prereq. 12.545, or
equiv. (Not open to students with credit for 12.313 or 12.316.)

12.547 General Chemistry Laboratory I (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, General Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.544 or concurrently or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for
12.314.) (Laboratory fee)

12.548 General Chemistry Laboratory II (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, General Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properties of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.547, or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.315.) (Labora-
tory fee)

12.549 General Chemistry Laboratory III (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis experiments, including unknown solutions. Prereq. 12.548
or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.316.) (Laboratory fee)

12.550 Chemistry for the Citizen. (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The objective of the course is to give the non-science student an appreciation
and some knowledge of the role of chemistry in our technological society and
in our everyday lives. To provide background for subsequent discussion, im-
portant laws and theories relating to matter and its transformations will be
reviewed. There will then follow discussion of the chemistry of such basic
human needs as food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production.
Other topics may be included or substituted, since students will participate in
the selection of subjects for discussion. Prereq. none.

12.551 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Definitions, physical principles, scope and application; principles of measure-
ment; endpoint-detection systems for volumetric analysis, data treatment and
interpretation. Optical methods of analysis including spectrophotometry, ex-
citation methods, measurements of other optical properties, and mass spec-
trometry. Prereq. 12.523 or equiv.

EARTH SCIENCE / 157

12.552 Instrumental and Radiochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods of separation, vapor phase chromatography, ion exchangers; electrical
methods of analysis including potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, and
conductimetry; miscellaneous instrumental measurements. Prereq. 12.551
or equiv.

12.553 Instrumental and Radiochemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Radioactivity and nuclear reactions, production and study of nuclear reactions,
equations of radioactive decay, nuclear states and radioactive processes, in-
teraction of radiation with matter, radiation detection and measurement,
statistics of radioactivity measurements, techniques for the study of radio-
nuclides, tracers in chemical applications and nuclear energy. Prereq. 12.552
or equiv.

12.554 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of viscosity, thermochemistry, and homogeneous equi-
librium. Prereq. 12.542 or concurrent/y or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.555 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 cl, 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of phase equilibrium, solution thermodynamics and chem-
ical kinetics. Prereq. 12.554 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

16— EARTH SCIENCE

Consultant: Prof. R. Overcash, Chairman, Earth Sciences (L.A. College)

16.501 Earth Science I (2 q.h.)

This course and the two following courses (16.502, 16.503) consider topics
from geology, oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy. A unified view is
given of the structures and features of the earth, forces acting to develop these
structures and features, and the earth's position as an astronomical body.
Students should plan to take all three quarters in sequence in a single year.

16.502 Earth Science II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 16.501. Prereq. 16.501.

16.503 Earth Science Ml (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 16.502. Prereq. 16.502.

16.504 Earth Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An intensive course offered only in the Summer Quarter covering the same
material that is found in 16.501, 16.502, and 16.503.

16.521 Introduction to Geology (2 q.h.)

Introduction to fundamental concepts of the earth and its crust. Consideration
of the nature and properties of the materials composing the earth; the areal
distribution of these materials, and the processes by which they are formed,
altered, transported, and deposited; and the nature and development of the
landscape. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

158 / EARTH SCIENCE

16.522 Economic Mineralogy (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the geological occurrence, mineralogy, use and economics of
the more important metallic and non-metallic minerals in the world today.
International mineral problems will be discussed. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.523 Gemology (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the precious and semiprecious minerals of the earth's crust.
Techniques of gem cutting, polishing, and faceting will be discussed in detail.
Opportunity will be available to view and handle actual gem stones. Prereq.
16.503 or equiv.

16.531 Oceanography I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the origin of the global ocean and the physical and chemical
properties of sea water. Development of ocean currents and their effect on the
land masses of the world. Problems of ocean pollution are examined. Prereq.
16.503 or equiv.

16.532 Oceanography II (2 q.h.)

The habitat zones and organisms of the sea. Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and
nekton are discussed. The growing economic importance of marine resources
for the expanding world population. Prereq. 16.531 or equiv.

16.533 Marine Geology (2 q.h.)

Physiography and structure of ocean basins. Marine geological processes and
features including sedimentation, erosion, shorelines, and bottom topography.
Methods and techniques of marine geological exploration. Prereq. 16.503
or equiv.

16.534 Fisheries Oceanography I (2 q.h.)

Survey of commercially important marine organisms. An introduction to life
histories and distribution of commercially important seaweed, shellfish, and
fishes. Population dynamics and fishery potential of the world's oceans. An
analysis of fishery stocks and sea farming. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.535 Fisheries Oceanography II (2 q.h.)

Examination of fishery methods and techniques around the world in the light
of recent technological advancement. Prereq. 16.534 or equiv.

16.536 Fisheries Oceanography III (2 q.h.)

A study of the commercial products and applications of marine organisms such
as sea weed, fish, and shellfish. Particular emphasis on the marine products of
commerce from the New England area. Chemical, industrial, and dietary ap-
plications of marine products. Prereq. 16.535 or equiv.

16.561 Physical Geography I (2 q.h.)

The physical assessment of the earth as a spheroid; relations with the sun; geo-
graphic grid; map projections; illumination of the globe; geographic time
studies and moon-tide relationships.

16.562 Physical Geography II (2 q.h.)
The physical weather elements of air temperature, pressure, moisture, and
cyclonic storms; role of these elements in world climate. Prereq. 16.561 or
equiv.

BIOLOGY / 159

16.563 Physical Geography III (2 q.h.)

The earth's landforms; their formation and description. Landforms to be
studied will include those formed by streams, glaciers, waves, and volcanoes.
Prereq. 16.562 or equiv.

16.567 Human and Cultural Geography (2 q.h.)

A spatial analysis of people throughout the world — their culture, cultural land-
scapes, culture history, cultural ecology. An attempt is made to provide the
basis for understanding differences in the character and compositions of the
world populations.

16.568 Urban Geography I (2 q.h.)

An in-depth analysis of historical and present structures of cities; comparative
world urbanism trends; historic city growth patterns; morphology; site and situ-
ations; central place theories; external and internal relations; economic base.
The course is intended to provide a general knowledge of the city as it functions
today. Not open to students who have had former course no. 16.566. Prereq.
16.567 or equiv.

16.569 Urban Geography II (2 q.h.)

An applied approach to urban problems through urban theories and planning
techniques. Emphasis will be placed on vertical classification of cities, methods
of city development, land utilization — internal and external, land-use survey
and mapping techniques. Further analysis of planning approaches, zoning, and
comprehensive plans will summarize the course of study. Prereq. 16.568 or
equiv.

16.571 Conservation of Natural Resources I (2 q.h.)

The philosophy of conservation. Historical development of the conservation
movement in the U.S. since 1900. Interactions of economics and conservation.

16.572 Conservation of Natural Resources II (2 q.h.)

Problems relating to the supply, use, and management of major renewable
natural resources such as forests, soil, wildlife, and water. Prereq. 16.571 or
equiv.

16.573 Conservation of Natural Resources III (2 q.h.)

Application of the theories and techniques of conservation to problems of urban
resources, air and water pollution, recreational resources, and the availability
of funds. Prereq. 16.572 or equiv.

18— BIOLOGY

Consu/tant: Prof. F. D. Crisley, Chairman, Biology Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coordinator: Prof. F. A. Rosenberg (L.A. College)

18.507 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Fundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical and biological characteris-
tics of cellular metabolism. The skeletal system and its appendages. General
nomenclature, anatomical names and terms. Prereq. none.

160 / BIOLOGY

18.508 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology li (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The systems of the body and the relationships between them. The structure
and function of each. Prereq. 18.507 or equiv.

18.509 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Continuation of the systems of the body and the relationship between them.
Prereq. 18.508 or equiv.

18.511 Biology I (General) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition
and cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control. Prereq. none. (Labora-
tory fee)

18.512 Biology II (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Functional anatomy of animal organ systems, their interactions and environ-
mental relationships. Prereq. 18.511 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.513 Biology III (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals.
Diversity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.
Prereq. 18.512 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.519 Plant Biology (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Systematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascular
plants. Survey of the plant-like protists, and monerans. Prereq. 18.511 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.520 Medical Microbiology (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Major characteristics of disease-producing organisms. (Laboratory fee)

18.521 Microbiology I (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Morphology and biochemistry of the bacteria. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

18.522 Microbiology II (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Survey of pathogenic microorganisms. Prereq. 18.521 or equiv. (Labora-
tory fee)

18.523 Microbiology III (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Biology of the protista; the role of microorganisms in the environment and
industry. Prereq. 18.522 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.524 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (2 cl., lab., 3 q.h.)

Introduction to human anatomy, osteology, anatomy of the muscular system,
respiratory system, digestive system, the vascular system, urogenital system.
The laboratory includes a study of human bone and cat dissection. Prereq.
18.506 or 18.513 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.525 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Principles of physiology and continuation of the study of human anatomy. The
laboratory is mainly concerned with muscle physiology. Prereq. 18.524 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIOLOGY / 161

18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Continuation of the principles of physiology. The anatomy and physiology of
the nervous system, physiology of the endocrine system. The laboratory deals
with physiology of respiration and the physiology of blood. Prereq. 18.525 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.530 Horticulture (3 q.h.)

The study of the science and art of plants, stressing the use of plants in the

home and community Prereq. none. (Laboratory fee)

18.551 Histology-Organology I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The morphology of cells and tissues. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee)

18.552 Histology-Organology II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The tissue components of the integumentary, digestive, and respiratory sys-
tems. Prereq. 18.551 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.553 Histology-Organology III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The tissue components of the cardiovascular, excretory, reproductive, and
endocrine systems. Prereq. 18.552 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.556 Genetics Laboratory (4 lab., 2 q.h.)

Laboratory exercises involving Principles of Mendelian inheritance, linkage,
crossing-over. Classical genetics utilizing Drosophila; biochemical studies util-
izing Neurospora. (Laboratory fee)

18.557 Genetics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mitosis, meiosis, and, mendelian genetics. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.

18.558 Genetics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Chromosome mapping, mutations, translocation, chromosomal abberations.
Prereq. 18.557 or equiv.

18.561 Ecology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Environmental factors. The soil system. Water. The atmosphere. Temperature,
light, wind, pressure. The physico-chemical factors — COj N and mineral nu-
trients. Habitat. Distribution of plants and animals in the world according to
temperature and precipitation. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.

18.562 Ecology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The ecosystem. Ecological niche. The producers, consumers, and decomposers.
The pond ecosystem, desert ecosystem, forest ecosystem, and sea shore eco-
system. Energy cycle and efficiency of energy utilization. Mass, weight, and
energy pyramids. Prereq. 18.561 or equiv.

18.563 Ecology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Population ecology. Biotic community. Population growth. Relations between
the species. Symbiosis. Competition. Predation. Succession. Prereq. 18.562
or equiv.

162 / PSYCHOLOGY

18.564 Man and His Biosphere I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An ecological analysis of the human situation and man's interaction with other
organisms. The necessary foundation of biological principles will be presented.

18.565 Man and His Biosphere II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of Man and his biosphere I. (The problems discussed are indi-
vidual and separable from the subject matter of Part I and may be elected
without having had 18.564.)

19_PSYCH0L0GY

Consultant: Prof. M. Terman, Chairman, Psychology Dept. (L.A. College)
Associate Consultant: Prof. H. S. Zamansky (L.A. College)

19.501 Psychology I (2 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog-
ical measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.

19.502 Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so-
cial influences on behavior. Prereq. 19.501 or equiv.

19.503 Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Personality theory and measurement, behavior disorders, mental health and
psychotherapy. Prereq. 19.502 or equiv.

19.504 Statistics in Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Scales of measurement in psychological research, measures of central tendency,
and variability. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.505 Statistics in Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Measures of correlation, introduction to probability and statistical distributions.
Prereq. 19.504 or equiv.

19.506 Statistics in Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Parametric and non parametric tests of significance, including chi square,
t-test, F test, and simple analysis of variance. Prereq. 19.505.

Note: 19.504, 19.505, and 19.506 may not be taken in addition to Statistics
(39.511, 39.512, 39.513). Psychology majors may substitute 39.511, 39.512,
and 39.513 with permission of the Dean.

19.507 Psychology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog-
ical measurements and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.
Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and social
influences on behavior. Personality theory and measurement, behavior dis-
orders, mental health, and psychotherapy. (Not open to students who have
taken 19.501, 19.502, 19.503.)

PSYCHOLOGY / 163

19.508 Fundamentals of Psychology I (4 q.h.)

Basic concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
orientation to the study of behavior, including child development, individual
differences, learning, and social psychology. (Recommended for psychology
majors.) (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501, 502, 503.)

19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology II (4 q.h.)

The sensory basis of behavior, cognition, perception, motivation, emotions,
normal and abnormal personality. (Recommended for psychology majors.)
Prereq. 19.508 or equiv. (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501,
502, 503.)

19.511 Child Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Genetic factors in development; biological, social, intellectual, and personality
development during preschool years. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.512 Child Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Factors in psychological development during the middle-childhood years. Pre-
req. 19.511.

19.513 Adolescent Psychology (2 q.h.)

Psychological and physical changes during adolescence, attitudes toward peer
groups and parental figures, vocational choice, and the determination of moral
standards and values. Prereq. 19.512 or equiv.

19.521 Personality I (2 q.h.)

Systematic study of the normal personality. A number of prominent theoretical
approaches to personality will be considered including the psychoanalytic, con-
stitutional, field, and behavioral-response. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.522 Personality II (2 q.h.)

Problems of adjustment, frustration, conflict, and stress. Adjustive behavior,
mechanisms of defense, and minor personality maladjustments will be con-
sidered. Prereq. 19.521 or equiv.

19.523 Motivation (2 q.h.)

Survey of the various aspects of motivation. Such areas as primary and second-
ary reinforcement, unconscious motivation, effectance motivation, and the
assessment of motive will be considered. Prereq. 19.522 or equiv.

19.524 Social Psychology I (2 q.h.)

The socialization process, social motives, interpersonal perception, group mem-
bership and structure. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.525 Social Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Attitudes, prejudice and ethnic relations, leadership, mass behavior and social
movements, and the effects of mass media of communication. Prereq. 19.524
or equiv.

19.526 Psychology of Aggression (2 q.h.)

The role of aggressive and violent behavior in man and lower organisms. The
contribution of both learned responses and genetic constitution. Prereq.
19.503 or equiv.

164 / PSYCHOLOGY

19.527 Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion (2 q.h.)

Psychological factors in conforming or rebellious behavior. Specific attention
to psychological motives and attitudes of the individual with respect to deci-
sions on political participation, drugs, sexual behavior, educational policy, and
other current social problems. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.528 Psychological Factors in National and international Conflict (2 q.h.)
A review of the psychological images, dynamics, and decisions in national and
international loyalty and hostility. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.529 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small Group I (2 q.h.)

Participation and observation of personalities and role behaviors in small group
interaction. Each student will observe and analyze the behavior of both himself
and other group members. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.530 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small Group II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.529. Prereq. 19.529 or equiv.

19.532 Industrial Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Psychology as applied to industry, including such topics as history causation
of behavior, attitudes, morale, and supervision. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.533 Industrial Psychology II (2 q.h.)

The place of psychological tests in industry, individual differences, leadership,
training, design of jobs and practical application of these topics for the student
in industry. Prereq. 19.532 or equiv.

19.534 Industrial Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Topics studied this quarter include motivation, fatigue, safety, and job turnover
as related to industry. Special emphasis given to industrial mental health,
counseling, interviewing, and personnel selection. Prereq. 19.533 or equiv.

19.535 Psychological Factors in the Creative Process (2 q.h.)

Topics to be analyzed will include definitions of creativity, role of intelligence in
creativity, motives for problem solving, creative personalities, the encourage-
ment of creativity in the individual and groups, and computer duplication of
creative behaviors. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.536 Psychology of Thought (2 q.h.)

Psychological factors in intuition, imagination, problem solving, information
processing, and concept learning. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.537 Psychology of Language (2 q.h.)

The child's acquisition of language, verbal habits, the analysis and measure-
ment of meaning, cultural determinants of linguistic behavior, communication
processes, and recent research in psycholinguistics. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.538 Psychology of Learning I (2 q.h.)

The concept of learning will be examined critically on the basis of animal and
human studies. Techniques for initiating and maintaining learned behavior will
receive detailed attention.

PSYCHOLOGY / 165

19.539 Psychology of Learning 11 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.538. Prereq. 19.538 or equiV.

19.541 Abnormal Psychology I (2 q.h.)

An introduction of the study of the etiology and dynamics of the abnormal
personality. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.542 Abnormal Psychology II (2 q.h.)

The symptomatology and treatment of the neuroses and psychoses. Prereq.
19.541 or equiv.

19.543 Abnormal Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Psychosomatic, psychopathic, and organic disorders; varieties of psychotherapy.
Prereq. 19.542 or equiv.

19.544 Abnormal Psychology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 19.541, 19.542 and 19.543. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.546 Psychological Testing I (2 q.h.)

Basic principles of test theory, test administration, and test construction.
Familiarization with representative types of tests. Prereq. 19.506 or equiv.

19.547 Psychological Testing II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.546. Prereq. 19.546 or equiv.

19.551 Experimental Psychology I (2 cl., 2 \ah., 3 q.h.)

The methods and techniques for the design, execution, and interpretation of
psychological experiments. Prereq. 19.506 or equiv.

19.552 Experimental Psychology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Laboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of
sensory and perceptual processes. Prereq. 19.551 or equiv.

19.553 Experimental Psychology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Laboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of
animal and human learning, motivation, and thought. Prereq. 19.552 or equiv.

19.560 Psychology of Women (2 q.h.)

The examination, in both historical and contemporary context, the body of
knowledge studying woman, her function in social roles and her behavior as
determined genetically, physiologically and psychologically. The research im-
plications, future life styles, roles, and contributions of women.

19.561 Historical Development of Psychology I (2 q.h.)

The historical development of psychology from its philosophical beginnings.
Prereq. two full-year courses in psychology.

19.562 Historical Development of Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Major schools of psychology which have influenced modern psychological
research including functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalt psychology, and psycho-
analysis. Prereq. 19.561 or equiv.

19.563 Historical Development of Psychology III (2 q.h.)

The role of theory in current psychological research. Prereq. 19.562 or equiv.

166 / ANTHROPOLOGY

19.571 Seminar in Psychology (2 q.h.)

Discussion of current problems in psychology. Prereq. 19.553 or equiv.

19.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. approval of the Dean.

19.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 19.591.

19.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 19.592.

20— ANTHROPOLOGY

Consultant: (See Sociology)

20.501 Anthropology I (2 q.h.) (formerly Introduction to Physical Anthropol-
ogy). An introduction to elements of physical anthropology, covering such sub-
jects as the primates, fossil man and evolution, problems of heredity and
genetics, problems of race and racial classification, and the bases of cultural
behavior.

20.502 Anthropology II (2 q.h.) (formerly Cultural Anthropology I)

An introduction to cultural anthropology covering the nature of culture; methods
and theories. Prereq. 20.501 or equiv.

20.503 Anthropology III (2 q.h.) (formerly Cultural Anthropology II)
Characteristic features of the language, family life, rituals, and values of tribal
peoples in different parts of the world. Prereq. 20.502 or equiv.

20.521 Culture and Personality (2 q.h.)

A cultural approach integrating concepts of social role, values, personality and

socialization, and linguistic considerations. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.531 Primitive Social Organization (2 q.h.)

The institutions of primitive societies; comparative approaches and functional
explanations of a limited number of societies; the dynamics of continuity and
change of culture and social organization. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.532 Primitive Religion (2 q.h.)

A study of religious beliefs and rituals of tribal peoples in many parts of the
world, including the origin of religious behavior, the relationship of religious
behavior to other aspects of culture, and the psychological factors involved.
Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.533 Acculturation (2 q.h.)

An examination of the processes of acculturation in culture contact situations
of tribal and non-tribal peoples. Focus is on the role of the individual, and the
concepts of personality and values in relation to this process. Prereq. 20.503
or equiv.

SOCIOLOGY / 167

20.537 Anthropological Theory (2 q.h.)

A history of major orientations, emphasizing the principal contemporary orien-
tations in the field. Evolutionary approaches, culture area and historical anal-
ysis, functionalism, role structure, comparative methods, social relations
approaches, and the theory of cognitive structure. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.541 North American Indian (2 q.h.)

Prehistory of the North American Indian, including the study of aboriginal
culture areas, utilizing a comparative analysis of representative Indian tribes
and their cultures as the method of study. Family life, religion, warfare patterns,
and political organization are described. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.544 African Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.)

African geography, prehistory and cultures; the spectrum of cultures ranging
from the Pygmy to Ashanti Federation; the family, lineage, clan and tribe as
these relate to problems of political and economic change in contemporary
Africa. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.547 Latin American Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.)

Tribal social systems, traditional values, and institutions of Latin America v^ith
particular emphasis on Hispanic America. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.548 Studying the Family Cross Culturally (2 q.h.)

The course will focus on the formation of differing family systems according
to a variety of cultural settings. These will include: the Todas, the Hopi, the
Anglo-Saxon, the Kibbutz, and the Baganda.

20.549 Folklore (2 q.h.)

The general nature of folklore and methods employed in its study with emphasis
on the behavioral-structural approach.

20.601 Principles of Anthropology I (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to elements of physical anthropology covering such
subjects as the primates, fossil man and evolution problems of heredity and
genetics, problems of race and racial classification, the bases of cultural be-
havior, and the nature of culture.

20.602 Principles of Anthropology II (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to cultural anthropology covering characteristic fea-
tures of tribal peoples, language, family life, rituals, values, social organization,
etc. Prereq. 20.601 or equiv.

21— SOCIOLOGY

Consultant: Prof. Lila Leibowitz, Sociology Dept. (L.A. College)

21.501 Sociology I (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in

group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the

family.

168 / Sociology

21.502 Sociology II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology I with major emphasis on primary groups, associa-
tions, social stratification, collective behavior, and population. Prereq. 21.501
or equiv.

21.503 Sociology III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology II emphasizing a critical analysis of American so-
ciety with particular attention to problems of social, political, urban, and indus-
trial change. Prereq. 21.502 or equiv.

21.504 Sociology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in
group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the
family. Primary groups, associations, social stratification, collective behavior,
and population. The major institutional areas, with particular attention to prob-
lems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. (Not open to students
who have taken 21.501, 21.502, 21.503) Prereq. 30.506.

21.512 Social Research Methods I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to social research methods with particular attention to problems
of theory and method in both anthropology and sociology. Prereq. Consent
of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.513 Social Research Methods II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods I with emphasis on data collection,
measurement, and scaling in both anthropology and sociology. Prereq. 21.512
or equiv.

21.514 Social Research Methods III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods II stressing the analysis of data.
Prereq. 21.513 or equiv.

21.517 Social Theory I (formerly Foundations of Sociological Theory) (2 q.h.)
An historical survey of sociological theorists including the work of de Tocque-
ville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley, and others. Prereq. Consent of the
Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.518 Social Theory II (formerly Contemporary Sociological Theory I) (2 q.h.)
A study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discussion concentrates on
systematic questions and topics, as opposed to particular theorists, but material
is drawn from theorists such as Weber, Simmel, Thomas, Mannheim, Merton,
and Parsons. Prereq. 21.517 or equiv.

21.519 Social Theory III (formerly Contemporary Sociological Theory II)
(2 q.h.) A seminar in which the principal focus will be upon questions of theo-
retical interest, e.g., the problem of order, the problem of change, the role of
the individual in change. Students will present their papers in class. Prereq.
21.518 or equiv.

SOCIOLOGY / 169

21.528 Social Stratification (2 q.h.)

A comparative study of the nature of class structure with emphasis on the
United States and with reference to India and England. Discussion of such
topics as theories of class structure, factors determining class membership,
differential class behavior, and social mobility. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.531 Social Change (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the changing patterns in social and economic institutions, a
discussion of modern social trends, and a review of current literature in a field.
Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.534 Social Control (2 q.h.)

The study of group membership as a determinant of behavior, analysis of status
and role, patterns of authority, and group ideology as factors in the evaluation
of conduct. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.535 Political Sociology (2 q.h.)

The social structure of political life emphasizing relationships in the structure of
society with its classes, occupations, races, and levels of opportunity as they
affect political activity. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.538 (see 25.538)

21.539 (see 25.539)

21.540 (see 25.540)

21.543 (see 25.543)

21.544 (see 25.544)

21.545 (see 25.545)

21.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the variety of social problems and their relationship to the organiza-
tion of society. Particular attention will be given to alcoholism, sex offenses,
drug abuse, mental health, and other problems relating to an urban industrial
society. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.547 Social Problems (2 q.h.)

An overview of contemporary American social problems and the application of
sociological concepts, methods, and principles to these problems. Prereq.
21.503 or equiv.

21.550 Juvenile Delinquency (2 q.h.)

A study of factors in delinquency and an examination of the implications for
prevention, rehabilitation, and treatment. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.551 Family and Marriage I (2 q.h.)

A comparative and historical treatment stressing the past history and develop-
ment of the family. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.552 Family and Marriage II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Family and Marriage I emphasizing the backgrounds of con-
temporary problems in the context of functions, forms, and processes of this
institution. Prereq. 21.551 or equiv.

170 / SOCIOLOGY

21.553 Racial and Cultural Relations I (2 q.h.)

A study of the relationships between various racial, nationality, cultural, and
religious groups with emphasis on the historical development of black-white
relationships in American society. Prereq. 21.503 or equ/v.

21.554 Racial and Cultural Relations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations I stressing the problems of
contemporary black-white relationships in both American and other societies.
Prereq. 21.553 or equiv.

21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations ill (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations II with specific attention to
religious nationality, and non-African racial groups in American and other
multi-racial societies. Prereq. 21.554 or equiv.

21.557 Urban Sociology (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the various causes, characteristics, and effects of urbanization in
several different cultures of the world. Specific attention is given to the prob-
lems of urban and suburban living and the changing structure of the city.
Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.558 Community Analysis (2 q.h.)

Ecological theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development
of the concept, and discussion of community study methods. Contrasts between
rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evaluation of com-
munity action programs. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.559 Seminar in Urban Studies (2 q.h.)

Interdisciplinary approaches to analyses of urban issues, continuing student
projects. Prereq. One previous course in urban studies field.

21.560 Medical Sociology (2 q.h.)

Sociological concepts and research relating to the study of patterns of behavior
in the areas of health and disease. Emphasis on the family, community, medical
organizations, class and status, as social subsystems related to the field of
health. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.563 Social Gerontology (2 q.h.)

An examination of social factors involved in aging, with specific reference to
how biological and psychological age change influence behavior, social roles,
and cultural patterns. The relation of aging to social change, and special pro-
visions for the aged. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.567 Population (2 q.h.)

The use of demographic methods in the analysis of social structures. Introduc-
tion to the use of population size and composition, birth rates, and other demo-
graphic data in the comparative analysis of societies. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.570 Sociology of Occupations and Professions (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the social relations within occupational groups, of occupational
structure, and of institutional aspects of an occupation. Relationships of super-
visors, peers, colleagues, subordinates, and clientele; their significance for work
role behavior. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

SOCIOLOGY / 171

21.573 Sociology of Industry (2 q.h.)

Comparison of pre-industrial and industrial society, stressing the impact of
industry on society and the relationship between industry, culture, and values.
Diversification and specialization. Human relations in industry; analysis of
subordinate — super ordinate behavior, line and staff relationships, and formal
and informal groups. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations (2 q.h.)

A study of formal organizations and the principles that govern organizational
life. Weber's theory of bureaucracy and the concept of authority; communica-
tion systems and other conceptions of formal organizations. The structure of
work groups and their effect on the larger organization. Prereq. 21.503 or
equiv.

21.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of Dean.

21.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 21.591.

21.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 21.592.

21.601 Principles of Sociology I (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to basic concepts and theories relating to the study of
man as a participant in group life. Emphasis is placed on socialization, culture,
social structure, primary groups, family, social stratification, and population.

21.602 Principles of Sociology II (4 q.h.)

A continuation of Principles of Sociology I with emphasis on a critical analysis
of American society with particular attention to problems of social, political,
urban, and industrial change. Prereq. 21.601 or equiv.

21.612 Social Research Methods I (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to social research methods in both anthropology and
sociology with particular attention to problems of theory, methods, and data
collection. Prereq. Consent of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-
anthropology.

21.613 Social Research Methods II (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods (Intensive) I, with emphasis on data
collection, measurement, scaling, and the analysis of data.

21.617 Social Theory I (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

An historical survey of sociology theorists, including the work of de Tocque-
ville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley, Weber, Simmel, and others. Prereq.
Consent of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.618 Social Theory II (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

A study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discussion concentrates on
systematic questions and topics, but material is drawn from theorists such as
Mannheim, Merton, Parsons. Students will present papers in class on questions
of theoretical interest; e.g., the problem of order, the problem of change, the
role of the individual in change, etc.

172 / SOCIAL WELFARE

25— SOCIAL WELFARE

Course Coordinator: Prof. Lois Ames (College of Criminal Justice)

25.538 Introduction to Social Welfare I (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.538)

An introduction to the nature and scope of the social welfare institution, its
historical development, the effects of urban industrialization, and relationship
to present day American Society.

25.539 Introduction to Social Welfare II (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.539)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare I, with particular attention to
the development of social security and the welfare state.

25.540 Introduction to Social Welfare III (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.540)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare II, focusing on selected aspects
of the current social welfare system, its attempts to alleviate poverty and other
social problems.

25.543 Introduction to Social Work Practice I (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.543)

An introduction to the functions of the helping profession of social work, its
settings, and methods. Specific techniques such as interviewing, history taking,
and recording skills are presented.

25.544 Introduction to Social Work Practice II (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.544)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice I, with particular atten-
tion to the functioning of social workers in selected settings.

25.545 Introduction to Social Work Practice III (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.545)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice II, with emphasis on en-
hancement of practice skills.

22— POLITICAL SCIENCE

Cor)sultant: Prof. W. S. Jones, Chairman, Political Science Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coordinator: Prof. Minton Goldman (L.A. College)

22.501 Principles of Political Science I (2 q.h.)

Evolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of
basic forms of the contemporary political system.

22.502 Principles of Political Science II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of constitutional and totalitarian models. Study of contemporary
British and Soviet political systems. Prereq. 22.501 or equiv.

22.503 Principles of Political Science III (2 q.h.)

The American political system including study of civil rights. International
politics and American foreign policy since 1945. Prereq. 22.502 or equiv.

22.505 Contemporary Political Theory (2 q.h.)

Political ideas and systems of political thought from Machiavelli to the present.

Prereq. 22.504 or equiv.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 173

22.506 American Political Thought (2 q.h.)

Political thought from the colonial period to the present including a study of
the impact of religious, economic, and judicial theory on the structure of Ameri-
can ideas. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.507 Principles of Political Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Evolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of basic
forms of the contemporary political system. Analysis of constitutional and
totalitarian models. Study of contemporary British and Soviet political systems.
The American political system including study of Civil Rights. International
politics and American foreign policy since 1945. Not open to students who have
taken 22.501, 22.502, 22.503, or equiv.

22.508 Research Methods (2 q.h.)

An introduction to some of the most common methods of carrying out research
in the discipline of political science. Problems of theory construction, data-
gathering, and a selection of analytical research tools including bibliographical
aids and the computer are examined.

22.511 American National Government (2 q.h.)

A study of the form and structure of the federal constitution and an analysis
of the legislative process at the national level. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government (2 q.h.)

The political, structural, and functional problems of an urbanizing United States,
including an analysis of urban, suburban, and metropolitan governments.
Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.513 Political Parties and Pressure Groups (2 q.h.)

Party government in the United States and Great Britain. A contrasting study
focusing on the interaction of party and government. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.514 American Constitutional Law (2 q.h.)

A case analysis of the development of federalism, the separation of powers,
and the role of the federal and state courts in constitutional development.

22.515 Civil Rights (2 q.h.)

An evaluation of the quality and content of civil liberties in the United States.
Emphasis will be placed on the first, fifth, sixth, fourteenth, and fifteenth amend-
ments to The Constitution.

22.516 Public Administration I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the theory, forms, and processes of administration at the
national and state level.

22.517 Public Administration II (2 q.h.)

Selected problems. Case-study approach to examination of relation between
the theory and practice of public administration. Prereq. 22.516 or equiv.

22.518 Government and Politics of the States (2 q.h.)

A study of state and local government and problems and the function and
operational responses to them.

174 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.519 The Legislative Process (2 q.h.)

An institutional, functional analysis of the roles of Congress, the executive, and

political parties in the legislative process.

22.521 Comparative Government I (2 q.h.)

A comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior in
England, France, and Germany. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.522 Comparative Government II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.521. Prereq. 22.521 or equiv.

22.532 International Organization (2 q.h.)

Development of international organizations with special emphasis on the United
Nations, specialized agencies, and regional organizations. Prereq. 22.503 or
equiv.

22.533 American Foreign Policy (2 q.h.)

The constitution and political instruments for the formulation of American
foreign policy. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy (2 q.h.)

A study of the evolution of Soviet foreign policy since 1917 with emphasis on
the development of the international Communist movement.

22.535 International Relations (4 q.h.)

Elements and limitations on national power. Contemporary world politics, prob-
lems of war and peaceful coexistence. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv. (Not to be
taken by students who have credit for 22.531.)

22.536 Introduction to Political Theory (4 q.h.)

Development of the political ideas of the Western world. The major philosophers
of Greece, Rome, The Christian Era, and the Renaissance. Prereq. 22.503 or
equiv. (Not to be taken by students who have credit for 22.504.)

22.541 International Law (2 q.h.)

A procedural and substantive study of legal relations among nation states.

22.542 American Foreign Policy I (2 q.h.)

Recent and current American foreign affairs. Prereq. 22.533 or equiv.

22.543 American Foreign Policy II (2 q.h.)

Recent and current American foreign affairs continued. Prereq. 22.542 or
equiv.

22.544 Government and Politics in the Soviet Union I (2 q.h.)

An analysis of modern totalitarian theory and practice is followed by a study of
the ideological and historical bases of the Soviet dictatorship. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

22.545 Government and Politics in the Soviet Union II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.544. A study of the Soviet federalism, party and state
organization, with special attention to the problems of political succession.
Prereq. 22.544 or equiv.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 175

22.547 Government and Politics of Communist China I (2 q.h.)

A study of Chinese political culture with emphasis on the nineteenth-century
cultural, economic, and political impact of the West, the emergence of the Com-
munist Party under the leadership of Mao, and the progressive disintegration
of Kuomintang leadership. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.548 Government and Politics of Communist China II (2 q.h.)

A study of ideology, party, and state organization and behavior, and the Cultural
Revolution. Prereq. 22.547 or equiv.

22.551 Current Political Issues (2 q.h.)

A topical analysis of the constitutional and political basis of selected problems
in American political life.

22.552 Government and Politics in the Middle East I (2 q.h.)

A study of political change, economic growth, and social adaptation in selected
countries of the Middle East. Foreign policies are also considered, especially the
ties of the Middle Eastern countries with northern Africa. Prereq. 22.522 or
equiv.

22.553 Government and Politics in the Middle East II (2 q.h.)
A continuation of 22.552. Prereq. 22.552 or equiv.

22.555 Government and Politics of Latin America I (2 q.h.)

After a discussion of the historical background of the Latin American nations,
an analysis of the cultural, economic, social, and political characteristics of
these countries is undertaken. Political violence and the breakdown of demo-
cratic governments is given particular attention. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.556 Government and Politics of Latin America II (2 q.h.)

This course analyzes politics of Mexico, Cuba, and Chile; the Communist, one-
party, and democratic approaches to political development are compared, each
of the three countries is used as an example. Prereq. 22.555 or equiv.

22.558 Government and Politics of South East Asia (2 q.h.)

A study of political instability and problems of establishing democratic struc-
tures and processes in the Philippines, Thailand, and India. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

22.559 Government and Politics of Japan (2 q.h.)

The historical development of the Japanese nation is studied with particular
attention to the growth of fascism. Efforts to create a viable democracy since
World War II is a major concern of the course. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.560 Politics and Policies of the Developing Nations I (2 q.h.)
Colonialism and the struggles for independence are discussed and the common
problems of developing nations are analyzed. Topics include economic develop-
ment, urbanization cultural fragmentation, and revolution. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

176 / HISTORY

22.561 Politics and Policies of the Developing Nations II (2 q.h.)

Based on the foundation provided in Part I, this course deals with efforts of
developing countries to achieve rapid social, economic, and political modern-
ization. The frequency of military takeovers and the prevalence of corrupt,
inefficient government bureaucracies are discussed. The democratic and authori-
tarian avenues toward development are compared and evaluated. Prereq.
22.560 or equ/v.

22.562 Government and Politics of Sub Saharan Africa (2 q.h.)
Comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior of African
states south of the Sahara. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.563 Government and Politics of Northern Africa (2 q.h.)

Comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior of African
states north of the Sahara. Emphasis is on Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, and Egypt.
Prereq. 22.522 or equ/v.

22.564 Communism in Eastern Europe I (2 q.h.)

A study of the conditions and circumstances surrounding the establishment of
Communist regimes in Eastern Europe immediately after the Second World War
and their relations with the Soviet Union. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.565 Communism in Eastern Europe II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.564. A study of nationalism, popular revolt, and socio-
economic change in the 1950's and 1960's. Attention is given to the changing
role of the Soviet Union in bloc affairs and the development of polycentrism.
Prereq. 22.564 or equiv.

22.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of the Dean.

22.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 22.591.

22.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 22.592.

23— HISTORY

Cor)sultar)t: R. H. Robinson, Chairman, Department of History, College of Liberal
Arts, 358 Richards Hall, Tel. 437-2660.

Coord/natof of Western Civilization and Adviser to History Majors: G. H. Herman,
Department of History, College of Liberal Arts, 375 Richards Hall, Tel. 437-2660.

23.500 The Historian's Craft (4 q.h.)

The ways in which the historian studies the past with emphasis on research
and writing.

23.501 Western Civilization I (2 q.h.)

The beginnings of Western Civilization with emphasis on the political, economic,
and social history of ancient and medieval times to 1300.

HISTORY / 177

23.502 Western Civilization II (2 q.h.)

Early Modern Europe from 1300 to 1789 with an examination of the two major
intellectual movements, the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and their
impact on the rise of national states, capitalism, and Protestantism.

23.503 Western Civilization III (2 q.h.)

Modern Europe from 1789 to the present emphasizing the rise of ideology in a
technological age.

23.504 American History I (2 q.h.)

America from 1763 to 1840 with emphasis on political institutions and policies
of the new republic.

23.505 American History II (2 q.h.)

The United States from 1840 to 1900 with emphasis on the rise of the sectional
controversy, the Civil War, and the economic development of the nation after
the war.

23.506 American History III (2 q.h.)

The United States since 1900, an age of urbanized industrialism and inter-
national crisis.

23.509 Western Civilization A* (3 q.h.)

Western Civilization to 1648. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.501 and/or 23.502.

23.510 Western Civilization B* (3 q.h.)

Western Civilization since 1648. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.502 and/or 23.503.

23.511 American History A* (3 q.h.)

America from 1763 to 1877. Not open to students who intend to receive credit
for 23.504 and/or 23.505.

23.512 American History B* (3 q.h.)

The United States since 1877. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.505 and/or 23.506.

23.515 Women in History (2 q.h.. Group III)

An historical examination of the position and role of women in American history.

23.521 Ancient Middle East (2 q.h.. Group I)

A study of ancient cultures and people in the Middle East to the rise of Islam.

23.522 Ancient Greece (2 q.h.. Group I)

The origin and development of Greek civilization.

23.523 Ancient Rome (2 q.h.. Group I)

Roman civilization in ancient times with emphasis on the rise of the Republic
and the decline of the Empire.

•The course sequence 23.509, 23.510 is identical to 23.501, 23.502 and 23.503.
The course sequence 23.511, 23.512 is identical to 23.504, 23.505 and 23.506.
The A and B sequence is accomplished in two quarters rather than three for the I, II,
sequence.

178 / HISTORY

23.524 Early Middle Ages (2 q.h., Group I)

Europe from the decline of the Roman Empire to 1050 with emphasis on bar-
barian migrations, the role of religion in medieval society, and the fashioning
of political and economic institutions of feudalism and manorialism.

23.525 Late Middle Ages (2 q.h.. Group I)

The medieval period from 1050 to 1350 with emphasis on the church-state con-
troversy and the growth of classicism in the arts.

23.526 Early Modern Europe (2 q.h.. Group I)

The political, economic, and social history of Europe from 1350 to 1648.

23.527 England, 500-1603 (2 q.h.. Group I)
England to the coming of the Stuarts.

23.530 Byzantine History (2 q.h., Group I)

A political and cultural history of the Eastern Christian world from the fourth
century to the sacking of Constantinople in 1453.

23.531 Islamic History (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The history of the Muslim Arab world from the seventh century to the end of the
Abbasid Caliphate in 1258.

23.532 Ottoman History (2 q.h.. Group IV)

A study of the rise, glory, decay, and attempts at reform in the Ottoman Empire
from the thirteenth century to World War I.

23.537 European Intellectual History, 1350-1688 (2 q.h., Group I)
The major ideas of the Renaissance and Reformation.

23.538 European Intellectual History, 1688-1815 (2 q.h.. Group I)

The broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought with emphasis on scientific,
religious, and political ideas.

23.539 European Intellectual History since 1815 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The main currents of European thought considered in their social and political
context from Romanticism to the present.

23.541 Europe, 1648-1789 (2 q.h.. Group I)

Europe from the end of the Thirty Years' War to the French Revolution.

23.542 Europe, 1789-1870 (2 q.h.. Group II)

Europe from the French Revolution to the Franco-Prussian War with a stress on
the struggles for liberalism and nationalism.

23.543 Europe, 1870-1914 (2 q.h., Group II)

The background of World War I with an emphasis on the roles of nationalism,
militarism, imperialism, and the European alliance system.

23.544 Europe, 1914-1939 (2 q.h.. Group II)

Europe from World War I to World War II, emphasizing the failures of peace-
makers at Versailles and the subsequent rise of aggressive autocracies in Italy
and Germany.

HISTORY / 179

23.545 Europe since 1939 (2 q.h., Group II)

World War II and its aftermath with an emphasis on the Cold War and attempts

by European nations to unify the continent.

23.548 England, 1603-1815 (2 q.h., Group I)

England in the Stuart and Hanover age with emphasis on the victory of the
parliamentary institutions over the monarchy.

23.549 England since 1815 (2 q.h., Group II)

The democratization of English life in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
with emphasis on changing imperial and international relations.

23.552 English Constitutional History to 1485 (2 q.h., Group I)

The development of the English constitution from Anglo-Saxon roots to the com-
ing of the Tudors, with attention to local as well as central government.

23.553 English Constitutional History since 1485 (2 q.h., Group II)

The victory of Parliament over the King and the subsequent democratization of
England's governmental institutions and processes.

23.554 France since 1815 (2 q.h.. Group II)

France after Napoleon with attention to continuing attempts by the French
people to find satisfactory political institutions.

23.555 Germany since 1815 (2 q.h.. Group II)

An analysis of the role of nationalism in German life after 1815 with emphasis
on unification, militarism, and imperialism.

23.556 Italy since 1815 (2 q.h., Group II)

The unification of Italy, the attempt to establish constitutional monarchy, the
rise of fascism after World War I, and the movement toward democratic repub-
licanism after World War II.

23.557 Ireland since 1800 (2 q.h.. Group II)

A study of the Irish question in British politics from the Act of Union to the
establishment of the Free State.

23.558 European Economy and Society to 1750 (4 q.h.. Group I)

A topical survey of European economic and social development in the pre-
industrial period.

23.559 European Economy and Society since 1750 (4 q.h.. Group II)

A topical survey of European economic and social development from the begin-
nings of industrialization to the present.

23.561 Colonial America to 1689 (2 q.h., Group III)

The exploration and settlement of North America with emphasis on the estab-
lishment of political, social, and economic institutions.

23.562 Colonial America, 1689-1763 (2 q.h.. Group III)
North America in an age of international rivalry for the continent.

180 / HISTORY

23.563 American Revolution and Constitution (2 q.h., Group III)

America's quest for independence from England and the efforts to establish
governments in the new republic.

23.564 American Constitutional History, 1789-1900 (2 q.h., Group III)
Selected topics in the development of the American Constitution with primary
emphasis on federalism and the relations of government and the economy.

23.565 American Constitutional History since 1900 (2 q.h., Group III)
Topics include the conflict between the liberal and conservative attitudes toward
the role of government in the economy and the role of the Supreme Court in
the struggle for civil liberties and rights.

23.566 United States since 1945 (4 q.h., Group III)

The American people from the close of World War II to the present.

23.567 American Diplomatic History (2 q.h., Group III)

Selected topics in the history of American foreign relations and policy since
1789.

23.568 American Social History (2 q.h.. Group III)
Selected topics in the life of the American people since 1789.

23.569 American Economic History (2 q.h., Group III)

Selected topics in the development of the capitalist economy in America since
1789 with attention to the role of government.

23.571 American Urban History (2 q.h.. Group III)

The development of urban society in the United States since 1800.

23.574 Afro-American History (2 q.h., Group III)

The history of Afro-Americans from colonial times to the present.

23.577 The Age of Roosevelt (2 q.h.. Group III)

America in the era of the Great Depression and World War II.

23.581 Latin America to 1826 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The fusing of Indian, Iberian, and Negro cultures in Latin America and the quest
for political independence.

23.582 Latin America, 1826-1920 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The attempts by Latin Americans to establish stable societies and democratic
governments.

23.583 Contemporary Latin America (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The struggles of Latin Americans for political, economic, and social develop-
ment since 1920.

23.584 The Far East to 1850 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The history of China and Japan prior to their opening by the West in the mid-
nineteenth century.

HISTORY / 181

23.585 China since 1850 (2 q.h., Group IV)

A century of China's history with emphasis on the western impact on Chinese
civilization, China's struggle to maintain independence, and the victory of com-
munism in the twentieth century.

23.586 Japan since 1850 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

An analysis of Japanese domestic developments and foreign relations since the
mid-nineteenth century.

23.588 Africa to 1885 (2 q.h., Group IV)

African prehistory; the evolution of African government and society; the dy-
namics of Afro-European contact before 1885.

23.589 Africa since 1885 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The European impact on Africa; the rise of African nationalism; the emergence
of independent African states.

23.591 Modern Middle East (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The Middle East since 1914 with attention to Zionism, Pan Arabism, the effects
of two world wars, and the postwar settlements.

23.592 India and Pakistan (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The political and religious history of the peoples who formed India and
Pakistan with an account of internal developments and foreign relations since
independence.

23.593 Southeast Asia (4 q.h., Group IV)

The cultures of the peoples of Southeast Asia with an examination of the impact
of European nations upon them and an account of their quests for national
identity and economic development.

23.594 Russia, 1450-1801 (2 q.h.. Group I)

The emergence of Russia as a recognized European power with an account of
westernization and expansion in the eighteenth century.

23.595 Russia, 1801-1917 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The history of the Russian people and their government from the days of Czar
Alexander I to the revolutions of 1917.

23.596 Russia since 1917 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The revolutions of 1917 and the subsequent history of the Russian people and
their government with special emphasis on foreign relations.

23.597 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of Dean.

23.598 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 23.597.

23.599 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 23.598.

182 / PHILOSOPHY

26— PHILOSOPHY

Consultant: Prof. W. L. Fogg, Chairman, Philosophy Dept. (L.A. College)

26.501 Introduction to Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

An examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy by means of
a systematic study of one or two philosophers. Questions in ethics and moral
philosophy stressed in the latter part of the quarter.

26.502 Introduction to Philosophy II (2 q.h.)

Development of some of the major conceptions of the meaning of human exist-
ence, the nature of human knowledge, and the nature and existence of God.

26.503 Introduction to Philosophy III (2 q.h.)

A study of some of the central views of the aims, structure, and functions of
society. One other area in philosophy will be discussed in the latter half of this
quarter.

26.510 Introduction to Philosophy (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy in com-
parison with other areas of human knowledge and valuation. Inquiry into the
nature of morality, kinds of moral judgments, and types of ethical theories
with particular attention to their application to moral issues of our day. Com-
parison of major conceptions of the ultimate meaning of human existence, the
nature of mind, freedom, and God. Not open to students who have taken 26.501,
26.502, 26.503, or equiv.

26.504 The Greek and Roman Philosophers (2 q.h.)

Development of western thought from the seventh century B.C until the time
of Christ with emphasis upon Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics.

26.505 The Ages of Belief and Adventure (2 q.h.)

The leading philosophers of the early Christian, Medieval, and Renaissance
periods with particular attention to St. Augustine, St. Thomas, Francis Bacon,
and Thomas Hobbes. Prereq. 26.504 or equiv.

26.506 The Ages of Reason and Enlightenment (2 q.h.)

Philosophy in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries with emphasis upon
Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, and Kant. Prereq. 26.505 or equiv.

26.507 Philosophy of the Nineteenth Century (2 q.h.)

Philosophic trends in the nineteenth century considered as background for the
understanding of ideas influential in the twentieth century. Prereq. 26.503,
26.506 or equiv.

26.508 Twentieth Century Philosophy (2 q.h.)

Discussion of the major contemporary philosophic trends as represented by
logical positivism, analytic philosophy, and existentialism. Prereq. 26.507 or
equiv.

PHILOSOPHY / 183

26.509 Major Thinkers of our Time (2 q.h.)

An in-depth study of two or three philosophers, representatives of which would
be Austin, Ayer, Carnap, Dewey, Lewis, Maritain, Moore, Sartre, or Whitehead.
Prereq. 26.508 or equiv.

26.511 Philosophy of Art I (2 q.h.)

The nature of art and the experience of beauty.

26.512 Philosophy of Art II (2 q.h.)

Theories concerning art and aesthetic experience such as those of Plato, Aris-
totle, Tolstoy, Santayana, Dewey, and Cassirer. Prereq. 26.511 or equiv.

26.513 Philosophy of Art III (2 q.h.)

A study of the problems of artistic taste, standards of criticism, and the ob-
jectivity of artistic judgments. Concludes with a discussion of the arts, the
artist, and society. Prereq. 26.512 or equiv.

26.521 Philosophy of Religion I (2 q.h.)

A study of the nature of religious experience and beliefs about the nature of God.

26.522 Philosophy of Religion 11 (2 q.h.)

The origins, nature, and functions of religion. Prereq. 26.521 or equiv.

26.523 Philosophy of Religion III (2 q.h.)

Intensive study of some of the major problems such as natural and moral evil,
the soul, immortality, miracles, and religious knowledge. Prereq. 26.522 or
equiv.

26.524 The Great Eastern Religions I (2 q.h.)

The development of eastern primitive religions and their subsequent evolution
into the sophisticated forms of the contemporary eastern religions.

26.525 The Great Eastern Religions II (2 q.h.)

Study of Egyptian and Babylonian religions, Confucianism, and Taoism.
Prereq. 26.524 or equiv.

26.526 The Great Eastern Religions III (2 q.h.)

Study of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Shintoism. Prereq. 26.525 or equiv.

26.527 The Great Western Religions I (2 q.h.)

The development of western primitive religions and their subsequent evolution
into the sophisticated forms of the contemporary western religions.

26.528 The Great Western Religions II (2 q.h.)

Study of Zoroastrianism, Judaism, and Christianity. Prereq. 26.527 or equiv.

26.529 The Great Western Religions III (2 q.h.)

Study of the religion of Islam, contemporary religious sects, and religious
phenomena. Prereq. 26.528 or equiv.

26.531 Ethics I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to moral problems such as egoism and altruism, good and evil,

conscience, obligation, and human freedom.

184 / PHILOSOPHY

26.532 Ethics 11 (2 q.h.)

Critical discussion of some of the major ethical theories and the implications
of modern psychological and sociological theories about man and society.
Prereq. 26.531 or equiv.

26.533 Ethics III (2 q.h.)

The relations of ethical theory and morality to religion, social philosophy, art,
and science. Prereq. 26.532 or equiv.

26.534 Logic (2 q.h.)

Emphasis upon logic as a pratical discipline which enables the student to analyze
types of arguments and to detect fallacies in arguments.

26.541 Social Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

Critical examination of the leading socio-political ideologies in regard to their
conceptions of the character, structure and function of society. Plato and
Aristotle emphasized.

26.542 Social Philosophy II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of 26.541 with emphasis upon Hobbes, Locke, Hegel, and Mill.
Prereq. 26.541 or equiv.

26.543 Social Philosophy III (2 q.h.)

Emphasis upon Marxism, contemporary communism, fascism, capitalism, and
contemporary social ideologies. Prereq. 26.542 or equiv.

26.544 Selected Topics in Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

Advanced course. Readings chosen jointly by students and instructor. Has in-
cluded such topics as aggression, Utopian literature, Marxism, pragmatism.

26.545 Selected Topics in Philosophy II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 26.544

26.546 Selected Topics in Philosophy III (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 26.545

26.551 The Existentialist Revolt (2 q.h.)

Sources of existentialism in the Western tradition with emphasis upon Kierke-
gaard and Nietzsche.

26.552 The Existentialist Challenge (2 q.h.)

The existential view of man and his world with emphasis upon Heidegger, Sartre,
and the religious existentialists — Marcel, Tillich, and Buber. Prereq. 26.551
or equiv.

26.553 Existentialism Appraised (2 q.h.)

Contemporary assessments of the existentialism movement, its meaning,
significance, and truth. Prereq. 26.552 or equiv.

FINE ARTS / 185

27— FINE ARTS

Consultant: Prof. R. L. Wells, Chairman, Art Dept. (L.A. College)

27.501 Introduction to the Arts (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the techniques and meanings of various artistic expressions in

painting, sculpture, drawing, architecture, and graphic arts.

27.504 History of Art I (2 q.h.)

History of Western art from prehistoric times to the end of the Roman Empire.

27.505 History of Art II (2 q.h.)

History of Western art from the end of the Roman Empire to the late sixteenth
century. Prereq. 27.504.

27.506 Historyof Artlll (2q.h.)

History of Western Art from the late sixteenth century to the twentieth century.
Prereq. 27.505.

27.507 Ancient Architecture (2 q.h.)

Developments in the builder's art from prehistoric times to the end of the
Classical Era.

27.508 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture (2 q.h.)

A study of architecture from the Early Christian Period through the Renaissance.

27.509 European Architecture (2 q.h.)

Seventeenth- eighteenth- and nineteenth-century architecture.

27.510 Ancient Painting and Sculpture I (2 q.h.)

A survey of art from pre-historic period through Egypt and Mesopotamia.

27.511 Ancient Painting and Sculpture II (2 q.h.)

A survey of art from Crete through Greece and Rome.

27.512 Medieval Painting and Sculpture (2 q.h.)

Early Christian era; Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic art.

27.513 Italian Renaissance Art I (2 q.h.)

A study of Italian painting and sculpture of the fourteenth and fifteenth
centuries.

27.514 European Painting (2 q.h.)

Development of painting from the late sixteenth century to the middle of the
nineteenth century in Northern and Western Europe.

27.515 Modern Painting I (2 q.h.)

The development of painting from late nineteenth century through the Cubist
movement.

27.516 Modern Painting II (2 q.h.)

The development of painting from the Surrealist movement to abstract expres-
sionism.

186 /FINE ARTS

27.517 Modern Painting III (2 q.h.)

A study of contemporat7 trends in painting in the United States and Europe.

27.518 Twentieth-Century American Architecture (2 q.h.)
Study of architecture from Richardson to the present.

27.519 Twentieth-Century European Architecture (2 q.h.)
Study of architecture from Le Corbusier to the present.

27.520 Italian Renaissance Art II (2 q.h.)

Study of Italian painting and sculpture of the sixteenth century to early seven-
teenth century.

27.521 Spanish Art (2 q.h.)

Spanish art and painting from the Gothic to the nineteenth century.

27.522 French Painting (2 q.h.)

Study of French painting of the nineteenth century.

27.523 English Art (2 q.h.)

English art from the Gothic to the nineteenth century.

27.524 American Art I (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture, and painting from
Colonial times to the War of Independence.

27.525 American Art II (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the
Revolution to the Civil War. Prereq. 27.524 or equiv.

27.526 American Art III (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the
Civil War to the present. Prereq. 27.525 or equiv.

27.531 Oriental Art I (2 q.h.)

The prehistoric arts of Asia; the Chinese ritual bronzes; and international Budd-
hist painting, sculpture, and architecture.

27.532 Oriental Art II (2 q.h.)

The national Indian styles of sculpture and architecture, and traditional Chinese
painting. Prereq. 27.531 or equiv.

27.533 Oriental Art III (2 q.h.)

The Chinese art of pottery and the painting, sculpture and architecture of Japan
and Korea. Prereq. 27.532 or equiv.

27.534 Russian Art (2 q.h.)

A survey of Russian art from ancient Russia to the present.

27.535 African Art (2 q.h.)

Various stylistic characteristics of sculpture and other artistic expressions of
the major cultures of Africa from the thirteenth to the twentieth century.

FINE ARTS / 187

27.536 Latin American Art (2 q.h.)

Pre-Columbian and post-Columbian art forms of Latin America, including archi-
tecture, sculpture, painting, and the decorative arts — excluding Mexico.

27.537 Buddhist Art (2 q.h.)

Course traces the origins of Buddhist art forms in sculpture, architecture, and
painting and their subsequent evolution into an international style.

27.538 Chinese Painting (2 q.h.)

A history of the Chinese art of painting from its inception up to the twentieth
century.

27.539 Japanese Art (2 q.h.)

The arts of painting, sculpture, and architecture in Japan.

27.540 Free-hand Drawing (3 q.h.)

An elementary course in drawing. (Does not fulfill the drawing requirement for
the studio art major.)

27.541 Drawing I (3 q.h.)

Practice in the techniques and development of drawing in pencil and pen and
ink, with concentration on basic drawing problems.

27.542 Drawing II (3 q.h.)

Practice in the techniques of wash drawing, scratch board drawing, and mixed
medias. Prereq. 27.541 or equiv.

27.543 Drawing III (3 q.h.)

Study of human anatomy and the practice of figure drawing and composition.
Prereq. 27.542 or equiv.

27.544 Graphic Arts I (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in various graphic art media such as woodcuts.

27.545 Graphic Arts II (3 q.h.)

Execution of prints in various media and the printing process.

27.546 Graphic Arts III (3 q.h.)

Execution of more advanced print making with various graphic media.

27.547 European Graphic Arts (2 q.h.)

History of graphic arts from the Medieval period to the end of the nineteenth
century. Development of engraving, etching, woodcuts, and lithography.

27.551 Painting — Basic Level I (3 q.h.)

Practice and creative expression in the technical fundamentals of figure and
landscape painting.

27.552 Painting — Basic Level II (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in advance painting problems of figure study. Prereq.
27.551 or equiv.

188 / /FINE ARTS

27.553 Painting— Basic Level III (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in advanced painting problems in composition. Prereq.
27.552 or equiv.

27.554 Painting — Advanced Level I (3 q.h.)

Painting with concentration upon the development of personal expression and
style.

27.555 Painting — Advanced Level II (3 q.h.)

Painting with concentration upon the development of personal style and the
execution of various painting problems.

27.556 Painting — Advanced Level III (3 q.h.)
Development of style and experimentation with various media.

27.561 Basic Color and Design I (3 q.h.)

Study and practice of the principles of design and science of color.

27.562 Basic Color and Design II (3 q.h.)

Advanced study in the science of color. Prereq. 27.561 or equiv.

27.563 Basic Color and Design III (3 q.h.)
Advanced problems in design. Prereq. 27.562 or equiv.

27.564 Advanced Color and Design (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in various color and design problems.

27.571 Basic Commercial Design I (3 q.h.)

Study and creative work in layout, illustration, advertising, and typography.

27.572 Basic Commercial Design II (3 q.h.)

Advanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.571 or equiv.

27.573 Basic Commercial Design III (3 q.h.)

Advanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.572 or equiv.

27.574 Advanced Commercial Design (3 q.h.)
Creative problems in illustration design.

27.587 History of Photography I (2 q.h.)

Early developments in photography from ancient times to the daguerreotype.

27.588 History of Photography II (2 q.h.)

Developments of modern photography from the work of Stieglitz to the present.
Prereq. 27.587 or equiv.

27.589 History of Photography III (2 q.h.)

Study of styles in contemporary photography with emphasis on major modern
photographs. Prereq. 27.588 or equiv.

27.591 Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

Specific techniques, problems, and theories in art. Students will be responsible

for research projects and papers.

MUSIC / 189

27.592 New York Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

Study and inspection of the painting collections in the Metropolitan Museum of

Art, Frick Collection, Museum of Modern Art, and the Guggenheim Museum.

27.594 European Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

A four-week study and travel seminar through major European art centers, with

emphasis on the major works of art in each.

27.597 History and Technique of Film Art I (2 q.h.)

A study of the development of film art in Europe and America from its origins
to 1945.

27.598 History and Technique of Film Art II (2 q.h.)

A study of the development of film art in the United States and Europe from
1945 to the present. Prereq. 27.597.

27.599 History and Techniques of Film Art III (2 q.h.)

Study of films by major contemporary directors. Prereq. 27.598.

27.600 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. approval of the Dean.

27.601 Honors Program M (4 q.h.) Prereq. 27.600.

27.602 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) Prereq. 27.601.

27.603 Mexican Art (2 q.h.)

Pre-Columbian art from the Archaic and Classical periods to the present.

27.604 Advanced Drawing (3 q.h.)
Creative compositions in various media.

28— MUSIC

Consultant: Prof. R. L. Nadeau, Chairman, Music Dept. (L.A. College)

28.501 Introduction to Music (2 q.h.)

The principal concern is to teach the student a technique for listening actively
to music. The course surveys and analyzes works by J. S. Bach, Mozart,
Beethoven, Wagner, Stravinsky, and others.

28.503 Women in Music (2 q.h.)

A study in depth of the historical role of women in music; woman as composer,

performer, patron, inspiration.

28.507 Fundamentals of Music I (for non-majors) (2 q.h.)

A course for beginners who are not music majors. The development of music
reading and hearing skills. Simple notation of pitch and rhythm. Scales, inter-
vals, chords.

28.508 Fundamentals of Music II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.507. New students admitted upon examination.
Dictation, part-singing, and sight-singing. Beginning instrumental studies in
recorder. Prereq. 28.507 or equiv.

190 / MUSIC

28.509 Fundamentals of Music III (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.508. New students admitted upon examination.
Major, minor, and modal melodies. Seventh-chord symbols. Voice leading,
cadences. Chorale analysis. Continuation of instrumental studies on recorder.
Prereq. 28.508 or equiv.

28.511 History of Music (2 q.h.)

The men, ideas, and events that have dominated music history from ancient
times through the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, and Romantic eras to our
own day.

28.512 Music before 1750 (2 q.h.)

The evolution of music from the Gregorian chant to Bach. Discussion of
organum, the church modes, the music of the troubadours, the motets and
madrigals of des Prez, Lassus, and Palestrina, as well as the English madrigal-
ists, concluding with Handel, Scarlatti, and Bach.

28.513 Music of the Classical Era (2 q.h.)

A study of the period in music history extending from Bach to Beethoven
characterized by the perfection of great forms such as the symphony and the
concerto.

28.514 Aspects of Romantic Music (2 q.h.)

Musical styles of the nineteenth century. Classicism and Romanticism. A
detailed study of romantic realism (program music) and romantic idealism
(personal expression) that followed Beethoven.

28.515 Contemporary Music (2 q.h.)

Contemporary music and its techniques seen as a mirror of our time. Major
composers studied include Stravinsky, Debussy, Ravel, Bartok, Prokofiev, Hinde-
mith, Milhaud, and Schoenberg.

28.517 Music as The Expression of Man (2 q.h.)

A general and philosophical view of music in Western culture covering the fol-
lowing: aspects of social relevance; compositional style in various periods; and
important themes, (war and peace, love and rejection, etc.) examined in a musi-
cal context. When pertinent, related concepts from the fine arts and from phi-
losophy will be explored. Line performance, recordings, and audio-visual media
will be used.

28.520 Musical Forms (2 q.h.)

The fugue, the sonata, theme and variations, rondo, the lied; analysis of the
symphony, the string quartet, the opera, and the tone poem.

28.521 The Symphony (2 q.h.)

A thorough study of the symphonies of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Berlioz,
Brahms, Dvorak, and Tchaikovsky.

28.522 The Concerto (2 q.h.)

The evolution of the concerto from its origins in the Baroque period to its use
in our time. Concertos for every instrument are studied, including piano, cello,
violin, horn, organ, and bassoon.

MUSIC / 191

28.523 Great Literature for the Piano (2 q.h.)

The study of pianoforte music written in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries by masters such as Beethoven, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, Debussy,
and Ravel.

28.524 The World of Opera (2 q.h.)

Distinctions will be made between music drama and the number opera. Students
will be required to acquire librettos. Aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic
elements of opera will be isolated and discussed.

28.526 Jazz: Evolution and Essence (2 q.h.)

The many roots of jazz and its development from the worksong and the vocal
blues to the avant-garde experiments of today. Contributions of the major
performers: soloists, arrangers, composers. The problems of "on-the spot"
creativity and personal expression. The "beat." Multiplicity of accent.

25.527 Pianoforte Master Class (2 q.h.)

This course will offer an opportunity for advance study of the piano repertoire
and will focus attention on the techniques and styles required to give an artistic
performance of the repertoire covered.

28.528 Ear Training I (2 q.h.)

Rhythmic articulation. Solmization studios in major keys; G and F Clef. Con-
ductor's beat patterns in simple meter. Rhythmic and melodic dictation in
major keys. Interval studies.

28.529 Ear Training II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.528. Solmization studies in major keys with chro-
matics, and in minor keys: G, F, and C clef. Conductor's beat patterns in simple
and compound meter. Melodic dictation in major and minor keys. Harmonic dic-
tation, interval studies. Prereq. 28.528 or equiv.

28.530 Ear Training III (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.529. Advanced rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic dic-
tation. Sight singing of one- and two-part melodies in major and minor keys,
with chromatics. Modulation. Singing in 4 parts. Advanced interval studies.
Prereq. 28.529 or equiv.

28.531 Life and Works of J. S. Bach (2 q.h.)

A comprehensive survey of the music and background of J. S. Bach with four
areas of concentration: Bach and the figured bass; the young Bach (Baroque
Romanticism); Bach, the churchman; Bach, the secular composer.

28.532 Life and Works of Mozart (2 q.h.)

Mozart's mastery in all fields of music with particular emphasis on his develop-
ment of the symphony and his achievements in opera. The man, as seen
through his letters, as performer and composer.

28.533 Life and Works of Beethoven (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this supreme musical genius.
His relation to the turbulent times in which he lived; his role as the great transi-
tion figure in the passage from classicism to romanticism. His psychological
and aesthetic growth will be observed by studying similar forms written in
different periods of his life.

192 / MUSIC

28.534 Pedagogy of Music I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to philosophy principles and procedures in the teaching of music.
Prereq. 28.528 and 28.529.

28.535 Pedagogy of Music II (2 q.h.)

Procedures, program planning and techniques in teaching vocal and instru-
mental music. Prereq. 28.534.

28.536 Pedagogy of Music III (2 q.h.)

Methods, procedures and materials of/for advanced vocal and instrumental
music instruction. Prereq. 28.534, 28.535.

28.537 Violin in Groups I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the violin in groups. Direct method, beginning with tunes.
Students must ow^n or rent violin.

28.538 Violin in Groups II (2 q.h.)
The lighter pieces of Bach and Handel.

28.539 Violin in Groups III (2 q.h.)

Intermediate level of difficulty. Pieces of Haydn and Mozart. Refinements of
techniques. Possibility of improvising.

28.540 The Black Artist in Music (2 q.h.)

General survey of Afro-American music in the U.S. traced from its origins in
Africa to the present. Emphasis on jazz, its history, and an analysis of the con-
tributions of major innovative figures. Sources and origins of jazz, as well as
their contemporary extensions will be studied. Intended to introduce the student
to the vast and rich expanses of black musical culture, both from a musical
and a socio-historical standpoint.

28.541 Nationalism in Music (2 q.h.)

The relationship of folk song, dance, and art to symphonic literature; national-
istic elements in the music of Dvorak, Tchaikovsky, Grieg, Copland, Shostako-
vich, Sibelius; the effect of ideology on composers; the Soviet composers.

28.542 Music of the U.S.A. (2 q.h.)

American music from the colonial times to the present, influence of Stravinsky
and Schoenberg on American composers, music for the theater, jazz, electronic
music, and contemporary musical trends.

28.. 569 London Music Seminar (2 q.h.)

The purpose of this seminar is to give the student an opportunity to study first-
hand some of Europe's outstanding music productions under the guidance of
qualified faculty. No special preparation is required. Typical field trips would
be to the B.B.C. Symphony Orchestra, Royal Festival Hall, Hazelmere, and
Glynabourne.

28.571 Piano Class I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of music and interval identification. Scales and arpeggios, hands
separate. Ear training through keyboard harmony and some emphasis on en-
semble playing. Repertoire requirements; early Mozart minuets, etc.

MUSIC / 193

28.572 Piano Class II (2 q.h.)

Scales and arpeggios, hands together. Primary triads in some major and minor
keys for improvisation and ear playing. Sight playing and some duet perform-
ances. Repertoire: Anna Magdelena. Notebook by J. S. Bach.

28.573 Piano Class III (2 q.h.)

Scales and arpeggios, hands together (2 octaves). Primary triads in all keys
adding secondary triads in some keys. Transposition of simple tunes, including
The National Anthem, using own accompaniment in all keys. Sight playing,
Diller — Quaille Book II, Repertoire: Complete Oxford Piano Course.

28.574 Orchestral Instrument Class I (2 q.h.)

Basic problems involved in the performance of chamber music literature; in-
tonation, rhythm, balance, and style.

28.575 Orchestral Instrument Class II (2 q.h.)

Advanced study of chamber music literature; emphasis on historical investiga-
tion and stylistic analysis.

28.576 Orchestral Instrument Class III (2 q.h.)

Performance and critical discussion of chamber music literature from all
periods, culminating in an informal concert for invited guests and friends.

28.577 Voice Culture I (2 q.h.)

Blending with other voices. Elementary music reading. Singing at choral litera-
ture. Activity and performance with N.U. Chorus.

28.578 Voice Culture II (2 q.h.)

Intermediate reading skills. Conducting. Smaller choral ensemble literature.
Activity and performance with N.U. Chorus. Prereq. 28.577 or equiv.

28.579 Voice Culture III (2 q.h.)

Survey of Choral Literature. Activity and performance with N.U. Chamber Group
and Chorus. Prereq. 28.578 or equiv.

28.590 Directed Study (2 q.h.)

Independent work under the direction of the department upon a chosen topic.
Limited to qualified students with approval of department chairman. Prereq.
Dept approval.

28.591 Off-Broadway Musical Seminar (2 q.h.)

A survey of the music and forms of musicals other than the traditional Broad-
way show. New York Broadway and community theater will be studied. Specific
Off-Broadway musicals will be analyzed in depth.

28.595 Opera Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey of opera. Students will attend performances of several
operas and write critical reviews.

28.596 Tanglewood Seminar (2 q.h.)

A study of Tanglewood as a performing and educational center. Students will
attend and discuss performances by the Boston Symphony Orchestra at
Tanglewood and write critical reviews.

194 / MUSIC

28.597 Symphony Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey and analytic study of the symphony orchestra. Students
will attend performances of several different symphony orchestras and write
critical reviews.

28.598 Musical Comedy Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey and analytic study of musical shows. Students will attend
performances and write critical reviews.

28.599 Theory I — Tonal Techniques A (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals. Pitch and rhythmic notation, scales, intervals, chord construc-
tion. Basic ear training; melodic and rhythmic dictation.

28.600 Theory II — Tonal Techniques B (2 q.h.)

Chord progression. Realization of figured bass, voice leading, harmonic rhythm.
Non-harmonic tones. Melodic and rhythmic dictation. Prereq. 28.599 or equiv.
or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.601 Theory III — Eighteenth-Century Harmonic Practice (2 q.h.)

Choral analysis. Seventh chords, secondary dominants, modulation. Melodic
and rhythmic dictation. Pereq. 28.600 or equiv. or consent of instructor prior
to registration.

28.602 Music History I (2 q.h.)

The development of monody and of polyphonic music from its beginning to
about 1600; developments in musical style from Monteverdi to Corelli.

28.603 Music History II (2 q.h.)

Developments in musical style from Handel, Bach, and Vivaldi to Mozart, Haydn,
and early Beethoven. Prereq. 28.602 or equiv. or consent of instructor prior
to registration.

28.604 Music History III (2 q.h.)

Developments in musical style from Beethoven to Boulez. Prereq. 28.603 or
equiv. or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.605 Theory IV (2 q.h.)

Non-dominant seventy's; ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth chords. Linear em-
bellishment of harmony and harmonization of melody. Keyboard harmony.
Melodic and rhythmic dictation; part singing. Prereq. 28.601 or equiv. or con-
sent of instructor prior to registration.

28.606 Theory V (2 q.h.)

Analysis of appropriate period forms and compositions. Chromatic and other
non-diatonic harmony. Advanced modulation. Keyboard harmony. Melodic-
rhythmic dictation and part singing. Prereq. 28.605 or equiv. or consent of
instructor prior to registration.

28.607 Theory VI (2 q.h.)

Continuing analysis of compositions and period forms. Modern chord symbols.
Basic principles of serial writing. Keyboard harmony. Melodic-rhythmic dictation
and part singing. Prereq. 28.606 or equiv. or consent of instructor prior to
registration.

SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS / 195

28.608 Contrapuntal Technique I (2 q.h.)

A study of sixteenth-century counterpoint. Prereq. 28.599 or equiv.

28.609 Contrapuntal Techniques II (2 q.h.)

A study of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century counterpoint. Prereq. 28.608
or equiv. or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.610 Applied Polyphonic Techniques (2 q.h.)

Writing of polyphonic forms, such as motets, canons, inventions, and fugues.
Prereq. Instructor's permission.

29— SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS

Consultant: Prof. E. J. Blackman, Chairman, Drama and Speech Dept. (L.A.
College)

29.501 Effective Speaking I (2 q.h.)

Selection and organization of speech materials, essentials of good platform
delivery, individual and class criticism of both prepared and impromptu
speeches. A practical course devoted to developing an ability to speak easily,
naturally, and forcefully.

29.502 Effective Speaking II (2 q.h.)

This course builds upon the techniques and principles developed in Effective
Speaking I by stressing increased student proficiency. Speech organization and
delivery of more complex materials with which the student is likely to be con-
fronted in business, industry, or the professions will be studied. Prereq.
29.501.

29.503 Effective Speaking III (2 q.h.)

The individual speaker as part of a group. The role of discussion in problem
analysis, problem solving, and policy making. The principles and methods of
organizing and participating in group discussions. Parliamentary procedure.
Prereq. 29.502.

29.504 Voice and Articulation I (2 q.h.)

A practical course aimed at developing the speaking voice; special emphasis
on articulation, pitch control, vocal variety, and flexibility; basic theory of the
vocal mechanism.

29.505 Voice and Articulation II (2 q.h.)

Study of the science of speech sounds, investigation of regionalisms, individual
voice development. Prereq. 29.504.

29.506 Oral Interpretation (2 q.h.)

Application of basic vocal techniques to the dramatic interpretation of various
forms of literature.

29.507 Business and Professional Speaking (2 q.h.)

Practice in the organization and presentation of material to fit varying audi-
ences. Emphasis on techniques of delivery and effective presentation of ideas.

196 / SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS

29.508 Argumentation and Discussion (2 q.h.)

Designed to acquaint the student with the basic concepts of argumentation
(evidence, research, refutation). Emphasis is placed on the psychology of an
audience and various types of group discussion.

29.509 Parliamentary Procedure (2 q.h.)

Methods of conducting and organizing meetings. Development of effective lead-
ership techniques. Experience in chairing a meeting and applying rules of order.

29.511 Introduction to Theatre Arts (2 q.h.)

A course aimed at developing in theatregoers an appreciation of the total theatre
experience, by studying the roles played by the artists and craftsmen of the
theatre in bringing the playwright's script to life. The role of the director, actors,
and designers. The role of the audience as critics.

29.521 Introduction to Dramatic Literature (2 q.h.)

The relationship between drama as literature and as theatre. Types of drama:
comedy, tragedy, melodrama, farce, and drawing-room comedy. The dramatist's
attitude and his style: Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, and
Theatricalism.

29.522 Masters of the Theatre I (2 q.h.)

The plays in relationship to their times, the theatres in which they were per-
formed, and the dramatic theory of the age. An examination of selected plays
from the Classical Greek and Roman, Medieval Religious and Secular, and
Elizabethan theatre.

29.523 Masters of the Theatre II (2 q.h.)

The art of the Italian commedia dell'arte, the Neoclassic theatre of Racine,
Moliere, and Dryden, the Restoration theatre, and the plays of Goldsmith and
Sheridan.

29.524 Modern European Drama (2 q.h.)

An examination of European drama of the late nineteenth century and of the
twentieth century reflecting the changing views toward the nature of man and
the techniques of theatre.

29.525 Modern British Drama (2 q.h.)

The drama of England and Ireland of the twentieth century reflecting the
impact of modern life upon modern theatre.

29.526 Modern American Drama (2 q.h.)

A view of American drama from 1900 to the present time. The American play-
write reflecting the social, philosophical, and psychological temper.

29.531 Contemporary Film (2 q.h.)

A survey of world film from the days of Edison's experiments to the present.

Evaluation and critical review of representative films. Viewing of outstanding

films.

SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS / 197

29.535 Workshop in Play Production I (2 q.h.)

Training for the beginning director of plays. The organization of the producing
unit. Play selection. Casting. Script analysis. Production style. Creating the
floor plan. Directing simple scenes in the proscenium theatre.

29.536 Workshop in Play Production II (2 q.h.)

Studying of composition and picturization. Rehearsal techniques. Directing of
simple scenes. Prereq. 29.535.

29.537 Workshop in Play Production III (2 q.h.)

Directing in the arena theatre, as well as in proscenium theatre. Prereq.
29.536.

29.541 Workshop for the Actor I (2 q.h.)

Physical preparation. Basic stage movement and deportment; the control of
the stage voice; the analysis and establishment of characterization through
observation and awareness of the body; improvisations and short scenes.

29.542 Workshop for the Actor II (2 q.h.)

Psychological preparation. The analysis and establishment of characterization
through memory, emotion, imagination, and recall. Analysis of specific roles,
the creation of a character analysis book, improvisations and short scenes.

29.543 Workshop for the Actor III (2 q.h.)

Preparing and performing the role. The physical and psychological prepara-
tion of specific roles. Short classroom scenes; the presentation of a one-act play.

29.561 Announcing I (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with the delivery of all types of radio commercials.

29.562 Announcing II (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with the delivery of prepared as well as ad lib materials so
that the announcer may strengthen his spontaneous broadcast speech abilities.
Prereq. 29.561.

29.563 Announcing III (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with a variety of ad lib program types in both radio and televi-
sion to aid the announcer in developing his ability to think quickly and speak
fluidly and dynamically. Prereq. 29.562.

29.595 Charles Playhouse Seminar (2 q.h.)

A seminar designed to teach students how to appreciate the experience of
theatre-going through pre-show preparation and post-show critique, under the
guidance of a faculty member as well as Charles Theatre artistic personnel.

29.596 New York Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.)

A seminar aimed at introducing the theatre arts to students by varied theatre
going experiences as well as formal class discussions and studying the role of
the New York stage in shaping contemporary American theatre.

29.597 London Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.)

Examination of the contemporary London theatre scene by viewing and evalu-
ating representative productions.

198 / ENGLISH

29.598 Stratford Shakespeare Seminar (2 q.h.)

Seminar designed to give students an opportunity to attend four performances
at the Stratford Festival Theatre: to meet with Festival actors, directors, de-
signers; to tour the theatre plant; and to evaluate contemporary Shakespearian
productions.

29.599 Creative Dramatics

Theories and methods of relating the creative techniques of pantomime, improv-
isations, dramatization, to work with children's programs in schools, churches,
recreation facilities.

29.600 Children's Theatre

Analysis and creation of dramatic literature for children; the developing of a
production for children.

30— ENGLISH

Consultant: Prof. P. C. Wermuth, Chairman, English Dept. (L.A. College)
Assoc. Consultants: Dean H. Vetstein (L.A. College)
Prof. M. Lesser (L.A. College)

Each student enrolled in Composition and Rhetoric (30.601 and 30.603) will
take a Placement Examination during class. Some students may be requested
to register for Elements of Composition (30.600) a 2 q.h. course designed to
upgrade the student's background.

Courses required for Liberal Arts Majors are:

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I & II (or 30.603 Intensive)

and
30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I & II (or 30.606 Intensive)
For other majors, refer to English requirement listed under major.

During the changeover of English requirements, the following will apply:

Students who have successively completed:

30.504 may register for 30.602

30.505 may register for 30.604
30.507 may register for 30.605

30.501 English for International Students I (2 cl., non-credit)

Introduction to English grammar for foreign-speaking students with an emphasis
on listening, speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen
vocabulary and pronunciation.

30.502 English for International Students II (2 cl., non-credit)

A continuation of 30.501 emphasizing the preparation of written and oral
reports, and business and social correspondence.

ENGLISH / 199

30.503 English for International Students III (2 cl., non-credit)

Advanced work in written and spoken English preparatory to entering 30.601,

Composition and Rhetoric I.

30.511 Business Writing and Reports I (2 q.h.)

Developing an appropriate vocabulary and a business letter-writing philosophy.

30.512 Business Writing and Reports II (2 q.h.)

Planning, writing, and analyzing effective business letters. Prereq. 30.511 or
equiv.

30.513 Business Writing and Reports III (2 q.h.)

Researching, organizing, documenting, and writing semi-technical and business
reports Prereq. 30.512 or equiv.

30.514 Technical Writing I (2 q.h)

Introduction to types of technical documentation, memoranda, and technical
reports. Writing of reports. Prereq. 30.506 or equiv.

30.515 Technical Writing II (2 q.h.)

Proposals, technical manuals and graphic aids for printed documents and
presentations. Prereq. 30.514 or equiv.

30.516 Technical Writing III (2 q.h.)

Technical writing, editing, and documentation, including information retrieval,
programmed instruction, and reproduction processes. Prereq. 30.515 or equiv.

30.517 Intermediate Writing (2 q.h.)

Practice in expository and imaginative writing in a variety of forms, designed to
help the student discover his own style. Individual attention to the student's
work. Prereq. 30.506, 30.602 or equiv.

30.518 Creative Writing I (2 q.h.)

A workshop in writing short fiction. Prereq. 30.51 7 or equiv.

30.519 Creative Writing II (2 q.h.)

A workshop in analyzing and editing the participants' short fiction. Prereq.
30.518 or equiv.

30.522 Introduction to Semantics I (2 q.h.)

The effect of language habits on thinking processes and on social relationships.
Prereq. 30.506, 30.509, or equiv.

30.523 Introduction to Semantics II (2 q.h.)

A formulaic examination of language. Prereq. 30.522 or equiv.

30.525 The English Language I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the scientific study of the backgrounds and historical develop-
ment of the English language. Prereq. 30.506, 30.509 or equiv.

30.526 The English Language II (2 q.h.)

An examination of sounds, grammar, and usage. Prereq. 30.525 or equiv.

200 / ENGLISH

30.527 The English Language III (2 q.h.)

The problem of meaning and the symbolic nature of language. Prereq. 30.526

or equiv.

30.531 Western World Literature I (2 q.h.)
The Classical Age.

30.532 Western World Literature II (2 q.h.)
The Bible and the Middle Ages.

30.533 Western World Literature III (2 q.h.)
The Renaissance.

30.534 Western World Literature IV (2 q.h.)
The Neoclassical Age.

30.535 Western World Literature V (2 q.h.)
The Enlightenment.

30.536 Western World Literature VI (2 q.h.)
The Romantic Age and the rise of realism.

30.541 English Literature I (2 q.h.)
From early English to 1700.

30.542 English Literature II (2 q.h.)
From Neoclassicism to Romanticism.

30.543 English Literature III (2 q.h.)
From the Victorian Age to the present.

30.544 American Literature I (2 q.h.)
From Colonial times to Poe.

30.545 American Literature II (2 q.h.)

The American Renaissance: Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, and Whit-
man.

30.546 American Literature III (2 q.h.)
From 1865 to the present.

30.547 Science Fiction (2 q.h.)

The myths and rhetorical strategies of science fiction from Mary Shelley's
Frankenstein through such authors as Vonnegut, Bradbury, Heinlein, and Clarke.

30.548 Images of Women in Literature (2 q.h.)

A descriptive and analytic study of the images of women and the archetypes
underlying them in imaginative literature, including such writers as Homer,
Austen, Ibsen, Lawrence, Mailer, and Plath.

ENGLISH / 201

30.551 Chaucer I (2 q.h.)

"The Canterbury Tales," with attention to Middle English vocabulary, his-
torical setting, and the rhythms and devices of Chaucer's poetry.

30.552 Chaucer II (2 q.h.)

More of "The Canterbury Tales," and a beginning in the text of "Troilus and
Criseyde." Prereq. 30.551 or equiv.

30.553 Chaucer III ( q.h.)

An emphasis on "Troilus and Criseyde," and on certain shorter works of
Chaucer. Prereq. 30.552 or equiv.

30.554 Shakespeare I (2 q.h.)

The Elizabethan theatre, Shakespeare's England, and the pre-1600 plays.

30.555 Shakespeare II (2 q.h.)

The "problematical" comedies and the histories. Prereq. 30.554 or equiv.

30.556 Shakespeare III (2 q.h.)

Emphasis on the major tragedies of Shakespeare. Prereq. 30.555 or equiv.

30.557 The Seventeenth Century (2 q.h.)
The literature of the Restoration.

30.558 The Eighteenth Century I (2 q.h.)
The age of Pope and Swift.

30.559 The Eighteenth Century II (2 q.h.)
The age of Johnson.

30.561 Spenser (2 q.h.)

"The Faerie Queene," studied as the English culmination of Medieval and
Renaissance romantic narrative.

30.562 Milton (2 q.h.)

Close reading of "Paradise Lost," and of such political and theological back-
ground as needed. "Samson Agonistes" will also be read.

30.564 The Old Testament I (2 q.h.)

Selected books from the Old Testament examined for their literary and historical
importance.

30.565 The Old Testament II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 30.564.

30.566 The New Testament (2 q.h.)

Selected books from the New Testament considered in their literary and his-
torical aspects.

30.571 The Nineteenth Century I (2 q.h.)
Wordsworth and Coleridge.

202 / ENGLISH

30.572 The Nineteenth Century II (2 q.h.)
Byron, Shelley, and Keats.

30.573 The Nineteenth Century III (2 q.h.)
The Victorian Age.

30.574 The Eighteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Defoe to Austen.

30.575 The Nineteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Bronte to Hardy.

30.576 The Twentieth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Conrad to the present.

30.577 Conrad (2 q.h.)

Conrad's art related to his Polish heritage, nautical career, theory of life and
composition, and literary legacy.

30.578 Afro-American Literature (2 q.h.)

A study of representative black authors of the United States, emphasizing the
period from the Civil War to the present.

30.581 The American Short Story (2 q.h.)

The development of the American short story from its nineteenth-century
origins to the present.

30.582 The Nineteenth-Century American Novel (2 q.h.)
From Cooper to Crane.

30.583 The Twentieth Century American Novel (2 q.h.)
From Dreiser to the present.

30.584 Contemporary American Poetry (2 q.h.)
From Frost to the present.

30.585 The Modern European Novel (2 q.h.)
From Proust to the present.

30.586 Literary Criticism (2 q.h.)

Major schools of criticism through a study of Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney,
Johnson, and a representative group of moderns.

30.590 Writers' Conference (2 q.h.)

A workshop in which professional writers will analyze participants manuscripts.

30.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) See page 79.

30.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.591.

30.593 Honors Program ill (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.592.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 203

30.600 Element of Composition (2 q.h.)

An intensive study of grammatical forms and structural patterns of current
English.

30.601 Composition and Rhetoric I (2 q.h.)

A detailed examination of the modes of rhetoric, especially exposition and
argument, and exercises in the development of paragraphs and short papers.
(Not open to students who have credit for 30.504.)

30.602 Composition and Rhetoric II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.601. The stress here is on the short paper, the longer
library paper, and formal documentation. (Not open to students who have credit
for 30.505.)

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Same as 30.601 plus 30.602.

30.604 Introduction to Literary Forms I (2 q.h.)

The development of techniques for reading imaginative writing. Short and long
fiction are the materials for study, discussion, and two critical papers.

30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.604, but here the materials are poetry and drama.

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Same as 30.604 plus 30.605.

30.607 The Modern Novel (2 q.h.)

An introductory course in the structure and themes of 20th-century American,
British, and European novels; reading of such writers as Hemingway, and
Fauii<ner, Joyce and Lawrence, Kafka and Camus.

31— FRENCH

Consultant: Prof. L. Cooperstein, Chairman, Modern Language Dept. (L.A.
College)

31.501 Elementary French I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of
a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

31.502 Elementary French II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 31.501 or
equiv.

31.503 Elementary French III (3 q.h.)

Reading of French prose of increasing difficulty, with written and oral exercises
based on the materials read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 31.502 or equiv.

31.504 Intermediate French I (3 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.
31.503 or equiv.

204 / MODERN LANGUAGES

31.505 Intermediate French II (3 q.h.)

History of French civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq.
31.504 or equiv.

31.506 Intermediate French III (3 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern French prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 31.505 or equiv.

31.507 Elementary French (Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Stresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive
acquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written and oral
exercises are based upon simple French prose. Develops into the reading of
more difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken 31.501, 31,502, 31.503.

31.508 Intermediate French (Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Same as 31.504, 31.505 and 31.506. Not open to students who have taken
31.504, 31.505, 31.506.

31.521 French Literature I (2 q.h.)

Origins of French literature with readings from major works of the Middle
Ages. Prereq. 31.506 or equiv.

31.522 French Literature II (2 q.h.)

Selections from the Classical period in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.
Prereq. 31.521 or equiv.

31.523 French Literature III (2 q.h.)

Readings from major works of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre-
req. 31.522 or equiv.

32— SPANISH

32.501 Elementary Spanish I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, progressive acquisition of a
basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

32.502 Elementary Spanish II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish
prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 32.501 or equiv.

32.503 Elementary Spanish III (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish
prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 32.502 or equiv.

32.507 Elementary Spanish (Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Stresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive
acquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written and oral
exercises are based upon simple Spanish prose. Develops into the reading of
more difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken 32.501, 32.502, 32.503.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 205

32.504 Intermediate Spanish I (3 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

32.503, 32.511 or equiv.

32.505 Intermediate Spanish II (3 q.h.)

Spanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practice
based on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.504 or equiv.

32.506 Intermediate Spanish III (3 q.h.)

Spanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive read-
ing of modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation
practice based on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.505 or equiv.

3.508 Intermediate Spanish (Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Same as 32.504, 32.505 and 32.506. Not open to students who have had

32.504, 32.505, 32.506.

32.509 Conversational Spanish I* (3 q.h.)

This course is intended to provide students with a basic speaking ability and
understanding of everyday Spanish, (no previous background needed.)

32.510 Conversational Spanish II* (3 q.h.)

Continued building of basic skills in conversational Spanish, Prereq. 32.509
or equiv.

32.511 Conversational Spanish III* (3 q.h.)

A continuation of 32.510 Prereq. 32.510 or equiv.

32.521 Spanish Literature I (2 q.h.)

Origins of Spanish literature with readings from major works of the Middle
Ages, the Romancero, and Mysticism. Prereq. 32.506 or equiv.

32.522 Spanish Literature II (2 q.h.)

Selections from Cervantes and other major figures of the Siglo de Oro. Prereq.

32.521 or equiv.

32.523 Spanish Literature III (2 q.h.)

Readings from major works of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prereq.

32.522 or equiv.

33— GERMAN

33.501 Elementary German I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a
basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

33.502 Elementary German II (3 q.h.)

More difficult points of grammar — particularly uses of subjunctive mood.
Prereq. 33.501 or equiv.

•Will satisfy the elementary language requirement only.

206 / MODERN LANGUAGES

33.503 Elementary German III (3 q.h.)

Reading of simple German prose, with oral and written exercises based on
material read; German conversation encouraged. Prereq. 33.502 or equiv.

33.504 Intermediate German I (3 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

33.503 or equiv.

33.505 Intermediate German II (3 q.h.)

History of German civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq.

33.504 or equiv.

33.506 Intermediate German III (3 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern German prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 33.505 or equiv.

34— RUSSIAN

34.501 Elementary Russian I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a base vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.502 Elementary Russian II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.501
or equiv.

34.503 Elementary Russian III (3 q.h.)

Reading of Russian prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.502 or equiv.

34.504 Intermediate Russian I (3 q.h.)

Graded reading from the works of Pushkin, Lermontov, and Turgenev; oral and
written practice based on the covered material. Prereq. 34.503 or equiv.

34.505 Intermediate Russian II (3 q.h.)

Russian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.504 or equiv.

34.506 Intermediate Russian III (3 q.h.)

Russian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.505 or equiv.

34_JAPANESE

34.521 Elementary Japanese I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.522 Elementary Japanese II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.521
or equiv.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 207

34.523 Elementary Japanese III (3 q.h.)

Reading of Japanese prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.522 or equiv.

34.524 Intermediate Japanese I (3 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.
34.523 or equiv.

34.525 Intermediate Japanese II (3 q.h.)

Japanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.524 or equiv.

34.526 Intermediate Japanese III (3 q.h.)

Japanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.525 or equiv.

34_ITALIAN

34.531 Elementary Italian I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

34.532 Elementary Italian II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.531 or
equiv.

34.533 Elementary Italian III (3 q.h.)

Reading of Italian prose of increasing difficulty; with written and oral exercises
based on the material read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 34.532 or equiv.

34.534 Intermediate Italian I (3 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

34.533 or equiv.

34.535 Intermediate Italian II (3 q.h.)

History of Italian civilization with discussions and conversation. Prereq.

34.534 or equiv.

34.536 Intermediate Italian III (3 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern Italian prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 34.535 or equiv.

34_-SWAHILI

34.541 Elementary Swahili I (3 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.542 Elementary Swahili II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.541
or equiv.

208 / JOURNALISM

34.543 Elementary Swahili III (3 q.h.)

Reading of Swahili prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.542 or equiv.

34.544 Intermediate Swahili I (3 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.
34.543 or equiv.

34.545 Intermediate Swahili II (3 q.h.)

Sawhili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.544 or equiv.

34.546 Intermediate Swahili III (3 q.h.)

Swahili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.545 or equiv.

34_CHINESE

34.551 Mandarin Chinese I (3 q.h.)

An introduction to sounds and structure of spoken and written Chinese (the
standard or "national language" — kuo-yu). Stresses essentials of grammar,
sentence pattern drills.

34.552 Mandarin Chinese II (3 q.h.)

Continuation of Chinese I. Essentials of grammar, reading of simple written
Chinese. Prereq. 34.551 or equiv.

34.553 Mandarin Chinese III (3 q.h.)

Continuation of Chinese II. Grammar, reading Chinese with conversational drill
to be based on material covered in class. Prereq. 34.552 or equiv.

38— JOURNALISM

Consultant: Prof. G. A. Speers, Chairman, Journalism Dept. (L.A. College)

38.501 History and Principles of Journalism I (2 q.h.)

Journalism from its European origins into the colonial period. The evolution
of press freedoms and principles now and in the colonial press and the party
press.

38.502 History and Principles of Journalism II (2 q.h.)

Journalism from 1800. The "Dark Period," the "Penny Press," and the great
personal journalists: Bryant, Bennett, Greeley, Raymond, and others. Prereq.
38.501 or equiv.

38.503 History and Principles of Journalism III (2 q.h.)

The "giants" of American journalism in the closing decades of the nineteenth
century: Dana, Greeley, Ochs, White, Medill, Pulitzer, Hearst, and others.
Prereq. 38.502 or equiv.

ECONOMICS / 209

38.504 Newswriting I (2 q.h.)

Obtaining and organizing facts; the writing of basic news stories. Subjects
covered include the five "W's" and the "H" of news, inverted pyramid form,
news values, and leads.

38.505 Newswriting II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of different types of news stories through assignments and class dis-
cussions; building news stories; news interview stories, and other types. Pre-
req. 38.504.

38.506 Newswriting III (2 q.h.)

Investigative reporting, feature stories, editorials. Copy editing exercises and
assignments in specialized writing. Libel, slander, and other legal matters
affecting journalism. Prereq. 38.505 or equiv.

38.507 Reporting Techniques I (2 q.h.)

Techniques of journalism, stressing actual assignments and classroom dis-
cussion of students' work. Course applies basic newswriting practices to
assignments.

38.508 Reporting Techniques II (2 q.h.)

Focus on handling stories that emanate from various "beats," including courts,
government beats, and investigative reporting. Prereq. 38.507 or equiv.

38.509 Reporting Techniques III (2 q.h.)

Concentration on fields of "specialties" of business, sports, editorials, and
student development of a special project in journalism. Prereq. 38.508 or
equiv.

39— ECONOMICS

Consultant: Prof. M. A. Horowitz, Chairman, Economic Dept. (L.A. College)
Associate Consultant: Prof. H. Goldstein (L.A. College)

39.501 Economic Principles and Problems I (2 q.h.)

Macro analysis — national income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy.

39.502 Economic Principles and Problems II (2 q.h.)

Micro analysis — theory of the firm and market structure; supply, demand,
market price; international economics. Prereq. 39.501 or equiv.

39.503 Economic Principles and Problems III (2 q.h.)

Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, com-
petition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. 39.502 or equiv.

39.504 Economics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Macro analysis — national income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Micro analysis — theory of the
firm and market structure; supply, demand, market price; international eco-
nomics. Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas: poverty,
competition, labor, agriculture, urban. Not open to students who have taken
39.501, 39.502, 39.503.

210 / ECONOMICS

39.505 Economics A (3 q.h.)

Same as 39.501 plus the first half of 39.502.

39.506 Economics B (3 q.h.)

Same as the second half of 39.502 plus 39.503. Prereq. 39.505 or equiv.

39.507 Intermediate Economic Theory I (2 q.h.)

Classical equilibrium theory. Theory of demand, supply, and the market price.
Marginal analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.508 Intermediate Economic Theory II (2 q.h.)

Determination of price and output in the context of the theory of the firm.
Prereq. 39.507 or equiv.

39.509 Intermediate Economic Theory III (2 q.h.)

Introduction to mathematical analysis and a comprehensive analysis of the
theory of distribution. Prereq. 39.508 or equiv.

39.511 Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.512 Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of signifi-
cance, "t" distribution, and chi square. Prereq. 39.511 or equiv.

39.513 Statistics III (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal
adjustment, and index numbers. Prereq. 39.512 or equiv.

39.514 Statistics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance,
"t" distribution, and chi square. Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend
fitting, linear regression, seasonal adjustment, and index numbers. Not open to
students who have taken 39.511, 39.512, 39.513. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.517 Money and Banking I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to money and credit, commercial banking structure, and money
creation; problems and policy of central banking in the United States. Prereq.
39.503 or equiv.

39.518 Money and Banking II (2 q.h.)

Theory of money and prices and monetary policy; interest theory, debt manage-
ment, and international monetary problems and analysis. Prereq. 39.517 or
equiv.

39.519 Public Finance (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the growth and development of the public sector of the economy.
Public finance policies, intergovernment fiscal relations. Prereq. 39.518 or
equiv.

I

ECONOMICS / 211

39.521 Economic Growth and Development I (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the development of the western market system. Introduction to
economic growth and alternative approaches to economic development.
Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.522 Economic Growth and Development II (2 q.h.)

An introductory analysis of the role of economic factors and institutions as
well as an examination of the effect of psychological social and political influ-
ences upon economic development. Prereq. 39.521 or equiv.

39.523 Government and Business I (2 q.h.)

Role of Government in national economic affairs — theory and practice.
Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.524 Government and Business II (2 q.h.)

The relationship between government and business and anti-trust laws.
Prereq. 39.523 or equiv.

39.525 American Economic History (2 q.h.)

Economic development of the United States with emphasis upon the post Civil
War period and selected European developments. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.526 Government and Business III (2 q.h.)

Application of anti-trust laws to business — emphasis upon cases, principles,
and current anti-trust problems. Prereq. 39.524 or equiv.

39.527 Labor Economics (2 q.h.)

Development of labor organizations, their aims and methods. Issues in collec-
tive barganing and public policy toward labor. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.528 International Economics I (2 q.h.)

Economics of international trade, tariffs and resource use, and balance of
payments mechanisms. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.529 International Economics II (2 q.h.)

International commerical policy, financial organizations, and recent problems.
Prereq. 39.528 or equiv.

39.530 Comparative Economic Systems (2 q.h.)

Analysis and evaluation of different economic systems: capitalism, socialism,
communism, and facism. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.531 Business Cycles I (2 q.h.)

Intermediate macro economic theory. Theory of cyclical fluctuations in the
context of multiplier and accelerator models. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.532 Business Cycles II (2 q.h.)

Business cycle analysis, measurement, and public policy. Prereq. 39.531 or
equiv.

212 / LIBRARY SCIENCE

39.533 Business Cycles III (2 q.h.)

Business cycle forecasting methods and services. Prereq. 39.532 or equiv.

39.536 Advanced Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Advanced topics in sampling and statistical inference as a management aid.
Prereq. 39.503, 39.513 or equiv.

39.537 Advanced Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Elements in probability theory and the decomposition of economic change into
secular, seasonal, and cyclical variation. Prereq. 39.536 or equiv.

39.538 Advanced Statistics III (2 q.h.)

Advanced topics in statistical inference, regression, and correlation and index
numbers. Prereq. 39.537 or equiv.

39.539 Managerial Economics (2 q.h.)

An application of the theory of demand, price, and output to the business firm
and capital budgeting. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.540 History of Economic Thought (2 q.h.)

Development of economic theory through Keynesian and post-Keynesian
analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.551 Industrial Organization (2 q.h.)

An extension and application of micro-theory to structure and performance

of American industry. Anti-trust policy and analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.561 Urban Economics (2 q.h.)

A study of urban affairs in the context of economic principles. Prereq. 39.503

or equiv.

39.571 European Economic History (2 q.h.)

An analysis of European economic affairs after the industrial revolution. The
twentieth century and recent integration policies and their analysis. Prereq.
39.503 or equiv.

39.581 Economic Policy Seminar (2 q.h.)

Capstone course for senior majors with stress upon independent study and

contemporary issues. Prereq. 39.509, 39.531 or equiv.

40— LIBRARY SCIENCE

Consu/tant: Mr. R. L. Waller, Attleboro Public Library

40.501 Introduction to Library Science (2 q.h.)

Brief survey of the history of books and librarianship. The development of

libraries in the United States with some emphasis on recent federal and state

library legislation. The library profession, its philosophy, publications, and

organizations.

LIBRARY SCIENCE / 213

40.502 Selection of Library Materials (2 q.h.)

Principles and practices in the selection of multi-media materials for the modern
library; bibliographic aids to selection; practice in preparation of book notes
and book reviews.

40.511 Organization of the Library (2 q.h.)

The organization, administration, and services of municipal libraries; public
library systems in the United States; the role of public libraries as educational
institutions.

40.512 Multi-Media Centers (2 q.h.) (Formerly Building and Administering
the School Library)

Organization and management of elementary and secondary school libraries;
problems in the selection and evaluation of multi-media materials necessary
to the school curriculum.

40.513 Administration of Multi-Media Centers (2 q.h.) (Formerly School
Library Administration)

The library as a media center for instructional materials; problems in personnel
and budgeting; the library's role in the school curriculum and its services to
students and faculty.

40.514 Multi-Media Materials and Services (2 q.h.) (Formerly Audio-Visual
Materials and Services)

The selection, organization, and use of multi-media materials in school libraries;
types of equipment and services; cataloging of non-print materials.

40.521 Introduction to Reference Materials and Methods (2 q.h.)

The basic tools and methods for locating information. Evaluation of diction-
aries, encyclopedias, gazetteers and atlases, handbooks, almanacs, directories,
and indexes.

40.522 Reference Work in The Social Sciences (2 q.h.)

Scope and use of outstanding reference materials in the broad range of the
social sciences — economics, education, political science, sociology, and allied
fields. Prereq. 40.521 or equiv.

40.523 Reference Work in The Humanities (2 q.h.)

Development of the book, and the beginnings of enumerative and descriptive
bibliography. Approaches to the solution of reference problems in the humani-
ties, with special emphasis on literature. Prereq. 40.521 or equiv.

40.524 Reference Work in Science and Technology (2 q.h.)

The significant reference materials in science and technology: physics, chemis-
try, engineering, mathematics, electronics, geology, biology, medicine, ocean-
ography, and environmental sciences.

40.526 Library Community Relations (2 q.h.)

An exploration of creative approaches and practical techniques for reaching
individuals and groups with dynamic library science. Emphasis on modern
public relations methods and media.

214 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

40.531 Descriptive Cataloging (2 q.h.)

Theory and practice of descriptive cataloging, introducing techniques of com-
piling author, corporate, and serial entries.

40.532 Subject Headings and Classification (2 q.h.) (Formerly Descriptive
Cataloging and Classification)

Introduction to Dewey Decimal Classification and Sears subject headings;
further study of descriptive cataloging in book and non-book materials.
Prereq. 40.531 or equiv.

40.533 Library of Congress Classification (2 q.h.)

The significant differences between LC and Dewey. Notes on original cataloging
and techniques of classification within the LC scheme. Use of LC outlines and
tables. Prereq. 40.531 or equiv.

40.541 Introduction to Children's Literature (2 q.h.)

The history of children's literature; current trends in its publication and social
forces that influence its production; criteria for evaluation and aids for selection
of types of children's books.

40.542 Library Service to Young People (2 q.h.)

Study of adolescent needs in the field of literature with application to both
public and school libraries; special attention to the problem of material
selection, book talks, and discussion groups.

40.551 Special Libraries (2 q.h.)

The purpose and development of the special library — industrial, scientific,

business, and other types; the acquisition and processing of special library

materials.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

All course descriptions carry an indication of which quarter(s) a particular
course will be offered. Any course sequence not reporting an indication will
have Part I offered in the Fall, Part II in the Winter, and Part III in the Spring
Quarter. Please refer to the Schedule of Courses and Registration Guide
for details.

41— ACCOUNTING

Consultant: Prof. J. W. Golemme, College of Business, 437-3244.
Coord/nator; C. P. Carter, Asst. Prof., College of Business, 437-3245.

41.501 Accounting Principles I (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandis-
ing businesses.

41.502 Accounting Principles II (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The problems of income measurement and valuation related to sources and
uses of invested capital. Prereq. 41.501.

ACCOUNTING / 215

41.503 Accounting Principles III (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The use of debt and investments in managerial financial decisions, followed by
a brief introduction into cost decision analysis. Prereq. 41.502.

41.504 Intermediate Accounting I (2 q.h.)

The study of generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to the
preparation of financial statements. Accounting for cash, securities, and re-
ceivables. Prereq. 41.503.

41.505 Intermediate Accounting II (2 q.h.)

The use of various systems for accounting for the flow of inventory in a mer-
chandising or manufacturing operation. Long term investments as a means of
providing stability to the concern. Prereq. 41.504.

41.506 Intermediate Accounting III (2 q.h.)

The problems of long term asset acquisition and write-off through depreciation,
amortization, and depletion methods. Prereq. 41.505.

41.507 Cost Accounting I (2 q.h.)

The foundations of cost accounting, including terminology, purposes, and
relationship to financial accounting. Prereq. 41.503.

41.508 Cost Accounting II (2 q.h.)

The planning and control of current operations through the use of standard
costs and budgets. Prereq. 41.507.

41.509 Cost Accounting III (2 q.h.)

The use of cost accounting in special decisions and in long range planning.
Prereq. 41.508.

41.510 Advanced Accounting I* (2 q.h.)

The accounting problems encountered through the issuance of capital stock,
both at issue date and at subsequent dates. Prereq. 41.506.

41.511 Advanced Accounting II* (2 q.h.)

The techniques of statement analysis, using both internal and external informa-
tion. A complete examination of cash and fund flow as it is used by the
accountant and the analyst. Prereq. 41.510.

41.512 Advanced Accounting III* (2 q.h.)

The introduction of special problems posed by partnerships, estates, and
trusts. Prereq. 41.511.

41.513 Specialized Problems I* (2 q.h.)

The problems of accounting for special sales. Introduction of the concepts of
present value and its use in accounting. Prereq. 41.512.

41.514 Specialized Problems II* (2 q.h.)

The use of consolidated statements in conjunction with newly developing trends
toward multi-purpose companies, combinations, mergers, and pools. Prereq.
41.513.

216 / ACCOUNTING

41.515 Specialized Problems III* (2 q.h.)

The use of specialized systems and financial statements by companies.
Prereq. 41.514.

41.516 Auditing I* (2 q.h.)

The examination of modern auditing requirements relative to the professional
ethics and legal responsibility of the certified public accountant and the public
accountant. Prereq. 41.512.

41.517 Auditing II* (2 q.h.)

The methods and approach used in auditing assets of the firm. Prereq. 41.516.

41.518 Auditing III* (2 q.h.)

The methods and approach used in auditing liabilities, owner equity, and
nominal accounts of the firm. Prereq. 41.51 7.

41.519 Federal Income Taxes I* (2 q.h.)

The application of the Federal Tax Law to the individual's income, gains, losses
and expenses. Prereq. 41.515.

41.520 Federal Income Taxes II* (2 q.h.)

The application of the Federal Tax Law to the individual's special deductions.
Installment sales; income average. Prereq. 41.519.

41.521 Federal Income Taxes III* (2 q.h.)

The application of Federal Tax Law to corporations. Prereq. 41.520.

41.522 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of the underlying concepts and conventions of account-
ing, and their application to financial statements. Prereq. 41.515, and 41.509.

41.523 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems II* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of the areas of revenue and income recognition, cost
determination and allocation, and depreciation. Prereq. 41.522.

41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems III* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of newly developing accounting areas such as pensions,
leases, stock options, and business combinations. Prereq. 41.523.

41.525 Estate and Gift Taxes* (2 q.h.)

An examination of the relevant Internal Revenue Code provisions, property in-
cluded in gross estate, including lifetime transfers which remain subject to
some control by donor; marital and charitable deductions; administrative ex-
penses; estate planning. Prereq. 41. 521. (Offered Fall Quarter)

41.526 Corporate and Stockholder Tax Problems I* (2 q.h.)

Real estate transactions, stock market options, transfers of appreciated assets
to donees, patents, sale of franchise rights, and redemptions of stock in closely
held corporations. Prereq. 41.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

ACCOUNTING / 217

41.527 Corporate and Stockholder Tax Problems II* (2 q.h.)

Contribution of assets, Section 301 distributions, preferred stock, partial liqui-
dations, spin-offs; collapsible corporations, unreasonable accumulations, per-
sonal holding companies, and elements of reorganizations. Prereq. 41.526.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

41.528 Tax Factors in Business Decisions* (2 q.h.)

An examination of the Federal Income Tax consequences of typical business
decisions: form of enterprise; compensation policy; capitalization policy; cor-
porate reorganizations, and other related areas. Prereq. 41.506. (Offered Fall
and Spring Quarters)

41.533 Accounting for Management Decisions I (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of financial statements, including cash and
fund flow, for internal use by the company. Prereq. 41.503.

41.534 Accounting for Management Decisions II (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of cost accounting information. Prereq.
41.533.

41.535 Accounting for Management Decisions III (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The utilization of accounting information for management decisions. Prereq.
41.534.

41.541 Accounting Principles (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandising
businesses. The problems of income measurement and valuation related to
sources and uses of invested capital. The use of debt and investments in mana-
gerial financial decisions, followed by a brief introduction into cost decision
analysis. Not open to students who have taken 41.501, 41.502, 41.503.
(Offered every quarter)

41.542 Intermediate Accounting (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

The study of generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to the
preparation of financial statements. Accounting for cash, securities, and receiv-
ables. The use of various systems for accounting for the flow of inventory in
a merchandising or manufacturing operation. Long term investments as a
means of providing stability to the concern. The problem of long term asset
acquisition of and write-off through depreciation, amortization, and depletion
methods. Not open to students who have taken 41.504, 41.505, 41.506.
Prereq. 41.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

41.543 Accounting for Management Decisions (Intensive) (non-accounting
majors) (6 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of financial statements, including cash and
fund flow, for internal use by the company. The preparation and interpretation
of cost accounting information and the utilization of accounting information for
management decisions. Not open to students who have taken 41.533, 41.534,
41.535. Prereq. 41.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

218 / MARKETING

41.551, 41.552 Accounting (A), (B) (6 q.h.)

The basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchan-
dising businesses. The problems of income measurement and valuation related
to sources and uses of invested capital. The use of debt and investments in
managerial financial decisions, followed by a brief introduction into cost deci-
sion analysis.

43_MARKETING

Consultant: Prof. C. H. Dupton, Chairman, Marketing Department

College of Business Administration 437-3260
Coordinator: G. P. Foster, 749-1599

43.501 Introduction to Marketing I (2 q.h.)

A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to
the decision-making process. (Offered every quarter)

43.502 Introduction to Marketing II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Marketing I with emphasis upon specific marketing functions
and their application through the use of case studies and analysis. Prereq.
43.501. (Offered every quarter)

43.503 Introduction to Marketing III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of the case method plus discussion and analysis of current mar-
keting issues and problems. Prereq. 43.502. (Offered every quarter)

43.504 Introduction to Marketing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to the
decision-making process, with emphasis upon specific marketing functions and
their application through the use of case studies and analysis. A continuation
of the case method plus discussion and analysis of current marketing issues
and problems. Not open to students who have taken 43.501, 43.502, 43.503.
(Offered Winter and Summer Quarters)

43.505, 43.506 Introduction to Marketing (A), (B) (6 q.h.)

A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to

the decision-making process. A review of specific marketing functions and their

application through the use of case studies and analysis. A continuation of the

case method plus discussion and analysis of current marketing issues and

problems.

43.507 Sales Management I (2 q.h.)

Through readings and case studies, the creation, management, and appraisal
of the sales force are examined. In the first quarter of the course, emphasis is
upon the principles, policies and structures of sales organization and the selec-
tion of salesmen. Prereq. 43.503.

43.508 Sales Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 43.507 with emphasis upon sales force operation, including
communication, sales training, compensation, expenses, supervision, morale,
and stimulation. Prereq. 43.507.

MARKETING / 219

43.509 Sales Management III (2 q.h.)

In this concluding quarter of the course, emphasis is upon sales planning: mar-
ket potential, sales forecast, sales budgets, territories, quotas; sales analysis:
sales volume, marketing cost, performance; and the sales manager. Prereq.
43.508.

43.511 Creative Marketing Communications I (2 q.h.)

The tools, techniques, and principles of advertising communication and motiva-
tion and their use in creative marketing effort. Prereq. 43.503.

43.512 Creative Marketing Communications II (2 q.h.)

Continued emphasis upon the creative aspects of marketing communications
and the use of media and the specific techniques of advertising and sales pro-
motion, and their coordination with personal selling, in the effective stimulation
of sales. Prereq. 43.511.

43.513 Creative Marketing Communications III (2 q.h.)

The case method is used to develop analytical and decision-making ability in
the management of all the tools of the "communications mix." Prereq. 43.512.

43.514 Marketing Fundamentals I (For Industrial Technology majors only.)
(2 q.h.) (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

A description of the role of marketing in the modern business firm and an intro-
duction to basic marketing strategies.

43.515 Marketing Fundamentals II (For Industrial Technology majors only.)
(2 q.h.) (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

A continuation of Marketing Fundamentals I with emphasis upon specific mar-
keting functions and the evaluation and control of the marketing effort.

43.518 Retailing and Mass Merchandising I (2 q.h.)

The marketing concept and retail management, retail profit and loss. Starting
a retail business, store location, store planning, and the retail organization.

43.519 Retailing and Mass Merchandising II (2 q.h.)

Merchandising planning and control, pricing, and buying. Prereq. 43.518.

43.520 Industrial Marketing (2 q.h.)

The marketing of products where other business firms and organizations are
the customers, including a study of physical distribution, marketing concepts,
and the decision-making process relevant to the marketing of business goods.
Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.522 Retailing and Mass Merchandising III (2 q.h.)

Distribution of merchandise, sales promotion, customers' services, retail ac-
counting, and expense management. Prereq. 43.519.

43.525 Marketing Research I* (2 q.h.)

Introductory presentation and evaluation of procedures and techniques cur-
rently available to improve the chances of marketing success and effectiveness.
Prereq. 43.503, 39.513, 45.572. (Offered Fall Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

220 / MARKETING

43.526 Marketing Research II* (2 q.h.)

Modern techniques of data collection and analysis, both quantitative and quali-
tative, in marketing research, forecasting, product planning, test marketing,
marketing evaluation, and the application of modern data-processing tech-
niques. Prereq. 43.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

43.529 International Marketing (2 q.h.)

Opportunities, methods, and policies required for the successful development
and management of international business and marketing operation. Prereq.
43.503. (Offered Winter Quarter)

43.530 Consumer Behavior Seminar (2 q.h.)

Economic, behavioral, and other models of consumer behavior are examined
as bases for the planning and evaluation of marketing effort. Prereq. 43.503.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

43.532 Marketing Management I* (2 q.h.)

Advanced management and decision-making covering the complete marketing
spectrum are analyzed in a variety of case studies and problems. Prereq.
43.503.

43.533 Marketing Management II* (2 q.h.)

Using a seminar-type approach, emphasis is placed upon problem-solving in
such areas as sales, logistics and physical distribution, advertising, pricing, new
development, public and governmental policy. Prereq. 43.532.

43.534 Marketing Management III* (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Marketing Management II, with increased emphasis upon case
analysis and study. Prereq. 43.533.

43.536 Advertising Techniques (2 q.h.)

A study of the verbal and visual means of motivation, with emphasis upon the
techniques and process used to produce advertising in newspapers, radio, tele-
vision, and other media. Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Spring Quarter)

43.537 Marketing and Sales Seminar* (2 q.h.)

A one-quarter, cap-stone course to round out the student's study of marketing
through investigation and analysis of the most recent trends in marketing man-
agement, finance, logistics, sales, advertising, and promotion. Prereq. 43.534.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

43.541 Public Relations I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the basic principles, purposes, and methods of public relations.
Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.542 Public Relations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Public Relations I providing in-depth coverage of the planning,
management, operation, and evaluation of public relations programs, including
case analysis. Prereq. 43.541. (Offered Winter Quarter)

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

FINANCE AND INSURANCE / 221

43.543 Salesmanship I (2 q.h.)

Opportunities in personal selling for both men and women; the importance in
the marketing mix; introduction to broadly applicable principles for all types
of selling. Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.544 Salesmanship II (2 q.h.)

Development of techniques as required for the personal selling of goods and
services through middlemen and direct to the consumer. Both industrial and
consumer channels are studied. Prereq. 43.543. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44_FINANCE AND INSURANCE
Finance

Consultant: Prof. R. J. Hehre, College of Business 437-3248
Coordinator: W. F. Hancock, Jr. 359-4281

44.501 Finance and Risk Management I (2 q.h.)

A survey of major financial institutions and their role within the economy.
Special emphasis is given to the dollar supply, commercial banking, the Federal
Reserve System, and savings institutions. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

44.502 Finance and Risk Management II (2 q.h.)

A study of security markets and investment institutions. The student is intro-
duced to stocks, bonds, investment companies, and trust companies. (Offered
Winter and Spring Quarters)

44.503 Finance and Risk Management III (2 q.h.)

This course is intended to acquaint each student with personal, property, and
liability risks, and the forms of insurance designed to meet these risks. The
emphasis is placed on basic insurance principles inherent in life, homeowners,
and automobile coverage. (Offered Spring, Summer and Fall Quarters)

44.504 Principles of Finance, Investment, Insurance and Risk Management
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 44.501, 44.502 and 44.503. Not open to students who have taken
those courses. (Offered Summer Quarter)

44.505 Corporate Finance (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introduction to the role of financial management of the business firm. Re-
view of financial statements, promotion, and forms of organization. Planning
the use of assets and cost of capital concepts are introduced as management
evaluation techniques. An analytical approach to capital budgeting and optimum
asset returns. Cost of capital is further developed and applied against consid-
eration of capital mixture. Not open to students who have taken 44.507,
44.508, 44.509. Prereq. 44.501. (Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

222 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE

44.507 Corporate Finance I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the role of financial management of the business firm.
Review of financial statements promotion, and forms of organization. Planning
the use of assets and cost of capital concepts are introduced as management
evaluation techniques. Prereq. 44.501.

44.508 Corporate Finance I! (2 q.h.)

An analytical approach to capital budgeting and optimum asset returns. Cost
of capital is further developed and applied against consideration of capital mix-
ture. Prereq. 44.507.

44.509 Corporate Finance III (2 q.h.)

The analysis of various financial tools are considered. An intensive examination
of short and intermediate term credit, as well as the distribution of stocks and
bonds to the public and special buyers. A survey of reorganization and liquida-
tion techniques are analyzed. Prereq. 44.508.

44.517 Investments I* (2 q.h.)

Investment goals and objectives are considered. Various types of investments
are compared and the role of the securities markets examined. Prereq. 44.509.

44.518 Investments II* (2 q.h.)

Broad coverage of the relationship between the economy and stock price aver-
ages. Methods of analyzing and appraising developments within the corporation
as they apply to the investment analyst's techniques. Prereq. 44.517.

44.519 Investments III* (2 q.h.)

The relation of earnings, dividends, and cash flow to market valuation of a
company's securities. Portfolio analysis and planning are examined, as well
as methods of security selection. Technical and fundamental factors are also
considered. Prereq. 44.518.

44.521 Credit Management I* (2 q.h.)

An introduction to credit and its functions, including the role of the credit
executive, credit investigation, documentary credit, trade credit. Prereq.
44.509.

44.522 Credit Management II* (2 q.h.)

The organization and function of credit departments; various forms of credit
and collection services. Prereq. 44.521.

44.523 Credit Management III* (2 q.h.)

Analysis of financial statements to determine credit worthiness, creditor's rights,
adjustment bureau, credit insurance, and guarantees. Prereq. 44.522.

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* (4 q.h.)

Student participation in the study and analysis of case histories. Individual

papers presented. Prereq. All finance courses. (Offered Fall and Winter

Quarters)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

FINANCE AND INSURANCE / 223

44.533 International Finance I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to international financial management in the multi-national corpo-
ration. Analysis of the basic problems and finance considerations involved with
international investments, trade, and payments. Planning in the international
environment related to exchange rates, currency revaluations, inflation, and
local government policies. Prereq. 44.507 or consent of instructor. (Offered
Fall Quarter)

44.534 International Finance II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the financial strategy involved with international investment alterna-
tives, sources of capital, working capital management, fund flows, and manage-
ment control through accounting and financial reporting. Prereq. 44.534.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

44.535 Investments (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Investment goals and objectives are considered. Various types of investments
are compared and the role of the securities markets examined. Broad coverage
of the relationship between the economy and stock price averages. Methods of
analyzing and appraising developments within the corporation as they apply
to the investment analyst's techniques. The relation of earnings, dividends, and
cash flow to market valuation of a company's securities. Portfolio analysis and
planning are examined, as well as methods of security selection. Technical and
fundamental factors are also considered. Not open to students who have
taken 44.517, 44.518, 44.519. Prereq. 44.509. (Offered Winter and Summer
Quarters)

44.544 Law of Finance* (2 q.h.)

A consideration of the legal problems immediately affecting finance. Special
attention is given to the field of corporate law. Prereq. 44.509, 45.543.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

Insurance

Coordinator: Mr. C. W. Earnshaw 437-2506

44.511 Life Insurance I (2 q.h.)

A study of the origin, development, and basis of modern life insurance. Analysis
and comparison of the various policies and riders and their uses. (Offered Fall
Quarter)

44.512 Life Insurance II (2 q.h.)

The fundamentals of programming, including beneficiary designations, settle-
ment options, and tax implications. Company organization and operations:
underwriting, investments, and regulations. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44.513 Estate Planning and Business Insurance (2 q.h.)

The use of insurance to meet the needs of the various types of business or-
ganizations. The planning, disposition, administration, and taxation of testa-
mentary and intervivos transfers of property. (Offered Spring Quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

224 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE

44.514 Property & Casualty Insurance I (2 q.h.)

The basis of modern property-casualty insurance. Analysis of the insurance
contract, its application, meaning, and rating.

44.515 Property & Casualty insurance II (2 q.h.)

Study of various policies including automobile, homeowners, inland marine, and
commercial special multi-peril. Prereq. 44.514.

44.516 Property & Casualty Insurance III (2 q.h.)

A study of the mechanics of the insurance industry, including types of com-
panies, reserves, reinsurance, financial analysis, and government regulation.
Prereq. 44.515.

44.525 Health and Social Insurance I* (2 q.h.)

A study of the economic basis served by health and social programs of insur-
ance, including a detailed analysis and comparison of the plans offered.
Prereq. 44.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

44.526 Health and Social Insurance II* (2 q.h.)

A continuing study of contracts, including benefit structure, rate-making, re-
serves and the proper use and coordination of the plans available from private
industry and from the government. Prereq. 44.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44.527 Group Insurance and Pensions (2 q.h.)

The nature, development, and coverage offered by group life and health insur-
ance. Analysis of the various kinds of individual and group pension plans and
their use. Prereq. 44.503. (Offered Spring Quarter)

44.529 Advanced Property Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the plans and programs designed to provide protection for multi-
peril, diversified industrial, and commercial organizations. Prereq. 44.515.

44.530 Advanced Property-Casualty Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the various plans and programs for providing liability and casualty
protection for commercial and industrial organizations. Prereq. 44.515.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

44.540 Risk Analysis and Treatment I* (2 q.h.)

A study of risks to which all individuals and businesses are exposed, their
identification, and evaluation of loss potential. Prereq. 44.516. (Offered Fall
Quarter)

44.541 Risk Analysis and Treatment II* (2 q.h.)

A study of the proper use of insurance, self-insurance, programs of loss pre-
vention and reduction and the use of case studies to test the designated plans.
Prereq. 44.540. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44.543 Law of Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the legal problems affecting insurance, including regulation design
and interpretation of contracts and the relationship between the insurance com-
pany, its agent, and the public. Prereq. 45.543. (Offered Spring Quarter)

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 225

45_MANAGEMENT

General Management

Consultant: Prof. D. MacCarthy, College of Business 437-3256
Coordinator: J. L Griffith 848-0835

45.501 Management and Organization I (2 q.h.)

Describes the environment within which business operates and from this
develops the theory and practice of organization. (Offered every quarter)

45.502 Management and Organization II (2 q.h.)

Building on 45.501, develops the "what" and "how" of the management
process. Prereq. 45.501. (Offered every quarter)

45.503 Management and Organization III (2 q.h.)

Applies the concepts of organization and management to the functional areas
of business — marketing, production, personnel, and finance. Prereq. 45.502.
(Offered every quarter)

45.504 Administrative Management & Office Services I (2 q.h.)

Principles and techniques of modern administrative management including
organization, planning, office mechanization, computers, information require-
ments analysis, and the conducting of a systems study. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.604 Administrative Management & Office Services II (2 q.h.)

An analysis of systems and procedures, business writing, report structuring,

records management, control techniques, staffing, and methods of directing

the administrative management function. Prereq. 45.504. (Offered Winter

Quarter)

45.523, 524, 525 Management Seminar I, II, III* (6 q.h.)

A research project in which students will be expected to utilize the knowledge
gained in earlier course work in the analysis of a management problem in an
organization. The project will be directed by a faculty member who will meet
periodically with students to review progress on the project. Prereq. 45.503.

45.533, 534, 535 Management Decisions & Policies I, II, III (6 q.h.)
This course takes the viewpoint of top management in planning effective rela-
tionships between the corporation and its environment. Emphasis will be placed
on sensing, analyzing, evaluating, and responding to demographic, cultural, po-
litical, and technological change in the business environment. Subjects studied
include the functions and responsibilities of top management, the problems
which affect the character and success of the total enterprise, operations in
foreign environments, the impact of government regulations, corporate strat-
egies for dealing with power-possessing entities in the environment. Cases are
drawn from companies of various sizes in widely diversified industries operating
in a variety of environments. Prereq. 44.503.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

226 / MANAGEMENT

45.600, 45.601, 45.602 Small Business Management I, II, III (6 q.h.)
For those who wish to explore the opportunities of being in business for them-
selves. Subjects considered include objective self-analysis; discovery of
opportunities in the manufacturing, retailing and service fields; raising and con-
servation of capital; organization and site location factors; management controls
in relation to legal, financial, personnel, and marketing problems.

45.606 Management Decisions & Policies (Intensive)'^ (6 q.h.)
This course takes the viewpoint of top management in planning effective rela-
tionships between the corporation and its environment. Emphasis will be placed
on sensing, analyzing, evaluation, and responding to demographic, cultural,
political, and technological change in the business environment. Subjects
studied include the functions and responsibilities of top management, the
problems which affect the character and success of the total enterprise, opera-
tions in foreign environments, the impact of government regulations, and cor-
porate strategies for dealing with power-possessing entities in the environment.
Cases are drawn from companies of various sizes in widely diversified industries
operating in a variety of environments. Not open to students who have taken
45.533, 45.534, 45.535. Prereq. 44.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

45.646 Management Seminar (Intensive)* (6 q.h.)

Same as 45.523, 524, 525, except intensive. Not open to students who have

taken 45.523, 524, 525. Prereq. 45.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

45.652 Management and Organization (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Describes the environment within which business operates and from this
develops the theory and practice of organization. Develops the "what" and
"how" of the management process. The concepts of organization and manage-
ment to the functional areas of business-marketing, production, personnel, and
finance. Not open to students who have taken 45.501, 45.502, 45.503. (Offered
Spring and Summer Quarter)

45.667 Project Planning and Control (2 q.h.)

This course employs a systems approach to planning and controlling a work
project. Topics to be covered include detailed planning techniques, establish-
ment of functional and individual responsibilities, resource allocation, identi-
fying anticipated benefits, measuring results and effective progress reporting.
Students will be expected to actively participate in class workshop sessions.
(Offered every quarter)

45.670 The Management of Change I (2 q.h.)

The firm as perceived in current terms is explored. Selected readings of signifi-
cant dynamic management theorists are studied. Evaluation of businss per-
formance as related to dynamic company objectives; recognition of need for
change; the exploration, development, and synthesis of the conceptual and
practical implications of change dynamics; the dimensions of change — rate
and direction — will be established; change as a management objective. Pre-
req. 45.503.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 227

45.671 The Management of Change II (2 q.h.)

The transitional organization and the process of organizational change are
studied; implications of technological advances on company operations; the
firm and/or environment as causative change agents; establishment of planned,
profit-oriented change strategies; the transitional manager innovative principles
of administration and organization; the resistance to change; measurement and
control of change dimensions. Case studies on the social, economic and political
forces shaping society. Prereq. 45.670.

45.672 The Management of Change III (2 q.h.)

Conceptual approaches applied to the emerging organization are considered:
administrative and organizational flexibility, strategy/structure synergism;
integration of profit and social responsibility; industrial productivity and leisure
time; interrelationship among economic, technological, social and political
change and their impact on the firm; the systems manager; the development
of a model for change. Prereq. 45.672.

49.504 Strategy for Planning I (3 q.h.)

Students are provided an opportunity to use a full range of skills and experience
to make key decisions in planning and operating a company in an uncertain,
competitive environment. Students participate as team members in a com-
puterized decision-making exercise. Course materials, class discussions and
guest lecturers will expose the student to planning techniques, systems, and
issues vi/ith which executive management becomes involved. This class will
meet once per week for 2V2 hours. Open only to students of junior or senior
status.

49.505 Strategy for Planning II (3 q.h.)

A continuation of 49.504. Students will have continued opportunities to analyze
results of previous decision-making, engage in additional planning and decision-
making, and conduct board meetings. This class will meet once per week for
21/2 hours. Prereq. 49.504.

Industrial Management Courses

Consultant: J. M. Rosenfeld 969-4783

45.506 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems I (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the basic areas of production management, characteristic activities,
responsibilities and decision making. The systems concept as applied to manu-
facturing. Manufacturing costs and their management.

45.507 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems II (2 q.h.)
Further analysis of the manufacturing system, including production control,
materials, work design, simplification and measurement; quality control; data
processing as applied to manufacturing; selected readings in modern production
management techniques. Prereq. 45.506.

228 / MANAGEMENT

45.508 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems III (2 q.h.)
Continuing study and analysis of the manufacturing function; production and
process technology; work place methods and standards; planning and control of
operations and inventories: concepts, analytical techniques and information
systems; selected case studies emphasizing relevant production management
and manufacturing systems, concepts and applications. Prereq. 45.507.

45.519 Work Methods (2 q.h.)

The principles of motion economy and work simplification in analysis and
improvement of methods, utilizing flow charts, diagrams, work station activity
charts, and laboratory techniques. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.526 Facilities Planning & Design I* (2 q.h.)

The planning and designing of industrial plants, in terms of equipment and

machinery requirements, plant layout and material flow, utilizing flow charting,

scheduling, and laboratory scale models. Prereq. 45.508. (Offered Fall

Quarter)

45.531 Facilities Planning & Design II* (2 q.h.)

The fundamentals of material handling and related equipments, vehicles, and
machinery, including cranes, conveyors, freight elevators, and monorails, with
emphasis on analysis of problems, typical cases, and costs, and including engi-
neering economy. Prereq. 45.526. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.528 Work Measurement (2 q.h.)

Measurement techniques as applied to development of production and wage
standard data, including appropriate incentive plans and directed towards quan-
tity manufacturing, with laboratory use. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.530 Standard Data Development (2 q.h.)

Development of production standards for job shop operations, applying curve,
table, equation, nomograph, family and multivariables techniques, and utiliz-
ing work sampling methods and laboratory practice. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.595 Manufacturing Seminar I* (2 q.h.)

Problems of manufacturing operation at the plant manager level, including pro-
duction economics of specialization, simplification, standardization, diversifica-
tion, expansion, contraction, or integration, all with pertinent, selected case
studies. Prereq. 45.625 & 45.637.

45.596 Manufacturing Seminar II* (2 q.h.)

Continued analysis of manufacturing problems, including plant location, layout,
materials handling, power maintenance, labor market status, organization and
wage policy, all with pertinent, selected case studies. Prereq. 45.595

45.597 Manufacturing Seminar III* (2 q.h.)

Continued analysis of manufacturing problems, including controls of the manu-
facturing process; product design and development, scheduling, inventory,
quality, cost and budgetary controls with applicable cases. Prereq. 45.596.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 229

45.620 Industrial Safety (2 q.h.)

A study of the organization and administration of a comprehensive accident-
prevention program, including analysis of industrial hazards and accidents, cor-
rective actions, and the responsibilities of all management echelons, from the
safety engineer to top management. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

45.623 Manufacturing Processes I — Material (2 q.h.)

Derivation, characteristics, and applications of materials used in industry, such
as ferrous, non-ferrous metals, plastics, their mechanical, thermal, electrical,
chemical and other properties with an analysis of applications to manufacturing
on basis of value engineering criteria.

45.624 Manufacturing Processes II — Production (2 q.h.)

Analysis of product design, production processes and material selection in the
production and manufacturing of hard goods, including selection of best meth-
ods by study of casting, machining, forming, joining, hot and cold working,
extrusion, finishing, assembly and related case studies. Prereq. 45.623.

45.625 Manufacturing Processes III — Automation (2 q.h.)

The analysis of advanced manufacturing processes, including mass production,
numeric control, central vs line layout systems, automated systems and related
problems, computer controlled equipments and systems, equipment and ma-
chinery selection and replacement policies and related case studies. Prereq.
45.624.

45.627, 45.628 Value Management I, II (4 q.h.)

An organized technique for challenging costs by analyzing a product or method
in terms of value, function, and costs, without sacrificing essential quality.
(Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.636 Production & Inventory Control I* (2 q.h.)

Basic analysis and system-design techniques for controlling production and
inventory levels, emphasizing cost reduction, and including inventory invest-
ment, economic order quantity, make or buy decisions, and warehousing. Pre-
req. 45.640. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.637 Production & Inventory Control II* (2 q.h.)

Aspects of intermittent and continuous production, variable demand, machine
break point, simulated scheduling, and relationships of planning, scheduling,
and dispatching — with mathematical models. Prereq. 45.636. (Offered Winter
and Spring Quarters)

45.638 Industrial Decision Making I* (2 q.h.)

The development of a systematic approach to problem solving and decision
making; decision theory; structure of human decisions. Prereq. 10.334.

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

230 / MANAGEMENT

45.639 Industrial Decision Making II* (2 q.h.)

Application of mathematical methods, of management science and quantitative
decision-making procedures to practical industrial problems; optimization and
models applied to production functions such as the inventory process, plant
location, layout and maintenance, and equipment selection, replacement, and
maintenance. Prereq. 45.638.

45.640 Industrial Decision Making III* (2 q.h.)

Application of mathematical methods of management science and quantitative
decision-making procedures to practical industrial problems, including linear
systems utilizations and functional production applications such as: economic
lot size, optimal machine loading, production, and employment scheduling;
seasonal inventory distribution; transportation and transshipment models; maxi-
mum profit margin; methods improvements; selected case studies. Prereq.
45.639.

45.642 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Analysis of the basic areas of production management, characteristic activities,
typical decisions, and the fundamental qualitative and quantitative approaches
used in the inherent decision-making process, including production and facilities
planning and investment analysis; selected case studies. Analysis of production
systems, including inventory control, production control and data processing as
applied to the problems and environment of manufacturing; selected case
studies. Additional areas of manufacturing are analyzed, including quality con-
trol, statistical quality control, methods analysis and improvement, work meas-
urement, and wage incentives; selected case studies. Not open to students who
have taken 45.506, 45.507, 45.508. (Offered Winter and Summer Quarters)

45.673 Manufacturing Processes I for Industrial Technology (2 q.h.)
Familiarizes the Industrial Technology student with the materials and processes
used in manufacturing to convert ideas into products, machines and structures;
characteristics and applications of materials used in industry; casting and form-
ing processes; machining processes. (Offered every quarter)

45.674 Manufacturing Processes II for Industrial Technology (2 q.h.)
Continued analysis of manufacturing processes including welding and allied
processes; machine tools: advantages and limitations; economic analysis of
manufacturing processes; automated and computer controlled systems; equip-
ment and machinery selection and replacement policies. Prereq. 45.678.
(Offered every quarter)

49.501 Environmental Management I (2 q.h.)

The state of our environment now and in the future — an introduction to the
types and threats of pollution, including the atmosphere, land, and waterways.
Emphasis placed on impact of pollution upon economic growth, business
profitability, governmental outlays and individual expenditures. Lectures, class
participation, and selected readings. Written reports required.

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 231

49.502 Environmental Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Environmental Pollution I in which the level of our technology
is explored. A review of control techniques, disposal systems and purification
equipment with an evaluation of their effectiveness and costs. Critical unsolved
technical problems and the needs for scientific investigation will be highlighted.
Lectures, class participation, and selected readings. Written reports required.
Prereq. 49.501.

49.503 Environmental Management III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Environmental Pollution II in which past, present and future
controlling and corrective actions of business and government and the individ-
ual are examined. Evaluation of the balance between responsible self control
and preventive legislation. Specific attention to the complexity of interacting
factors and the dilemma of productivity demands versus the environmental
limitations of adaptability. Lectures, class participation, and selected readings.
Written reports required. Prereq. 49.502.

Purchasing

Coordinator: Mr. A. D. Finley 475-6172

45.537 Purchasing I (2 q.h.)

The fundamental mission and span of responsibility of industrial purchasing
in business: the procurement cycle, its principles, methods, and vocabulary.

45.538 Purchasing II (2 q.h.)

Techniques of organization of the purchasing function: its systems, source selec-
tion and evaluation; the legal environment; quantity and quality determination.
Prereq. 45.537.

45.539 Purchasing III (2 q.h.)

Techniques of creative buying: types of contracts; negotiating and price/cost
analysis; purchasing ethics; supplier monitoring and expediting; contract modi-
fication and termination. Prereq. 45.538.

45.626 Professional Purchasing Techniques* (2 q.h.)

A seminar-type examination of methods of negotiation, use of contract types
and incentives which yield improved buyer performance. Price analysis and
the development of supplier monitoring and control techniques. Prereq.
45.539. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.666 The Materials Asquisition Function (2 q.h.)

A survey of the procurement function as found in industry. This course is de-
signed to furnish candidates, with majors in other than purchasing, a broad
comprehension of the acquisition function. Purchasing's mission, procedures,
proper interface with other functions, and its legitimate objectives are explored.
System techniques, organizational structures and required skills are investi-
gated and particular attention is given to the integration of this function into
the total cycle of product creation. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

232 / MANAGEMENT

Personnel & Industrial Relations

Consultant: Dr. A. H. Myers, College of Business 437-3257
Coordmator; (Personnel) Mr. J. W. Earley 893-1162
Coord/nator: (Industrial Relations) Mr. D. F. Hurley 785-0484

45.510 Labor Management Relations I (2 q.h.)

The American labor movement and labor relations development; collective bar-
gaining issues, policy and practice; public control of industrial relations.
Prereq. 39.503. (Offered every quarter)

45.611 Labor Management Relations II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of I. The economic and political impact of bargaining power on
labor markets, employment, wages, and income. Prereq. 45.510. (Offered
every quarter)

45.511 Human Relations in Organizations I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to human problems of the work environment: motivation, em-
ployee participation; formal and informal organizations; and leadership patterns.
(Offered every quarter)

45.512 Human Relations in Organizations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Human Relations I; the processes of communication, inter-
viewing, counseling, appraisal of performance, and the accomplishment of
change. Special employment groups and overview of the individual in his
organization. Prereq. 45.511. (Offered every quarter)

45.513 Personnel Management I (2 q.h.)

Organization, function, and procedures of the personnel department in rela-
tionship to the management organization; manpower selection; training; rating;
personnel policies, benefits, and reports.

45.514 Personnel Management II (2 q.h.)

Principles and techniques of training, the psychology of learning, meeting train-
ing needs, principles and practices of organizing training activities. Prereq.
45.513.

45.515 Personnel Management III (2 q.h.)

Controlling and coordinating the managerial responsibility of supervision; plan-
ning the work; employee assignments; employeess attitudes; employee griev-
ances; administering company policies, developing work interest. Prereq.
45.514.

45.517 Techniques of Employee Selection* (2 q.h.)

Recruitment, selection, and placement techniques including interviewing, em-
ployment testing, and examining. Prereq. 45.515. (Offered in Spring Quarter)

45.518 Wage and Salary Administration* (2 q.h.)

Wage and salary determination; merit and incentive plans; wage and salary
structure; compensation methods; impact on employer-employee relations in the
economy. Prereq. 39.503, 45.503. (Offered in Fall Quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 233

45.521 Employee Benefits* (2 q.h.)

Private and public programs directed to job and worker income security; unem-
ployment compensation, training and employment services; private guaranteed
income; retirement pension plans and disability; group insurance. Prereq.
39.503. (Offered in Winter Quarter)

45.522 Job Evaluation (2 q.h.)

Wage-payment systems; theory of wage determination, job elements, rating
scales, writing job descriptions and specifications; selection of plans; develop-
ment of wage structures and integration with the principles of merit rating.
(Offered Fall Quarter)

45.545 Law Employment Standards* (2 q.h.)

The minimum wage laws — state and federal — and laws on employment prac-
tices, administrative and enforcement procedures, employment provisions of the
1964 Civil Rights Act, and of state anti-discrimination laws. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered in Fall Quarter)

45.546 Law of Employment Conditions* (2 q.h.)

The Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act, the Social Security Act,
The Massachusetts Employment Security Act. The Massachusetts Workmen's
Compensation Act, veterans' reemployment rights. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered in Winter Quarter)

45.548 Law of Labor Management Relations* (2 q.h.)

The legal framework for collective bargaining, the impact of the anti-trust laws
on labor unions, injunctions in labor disputes, the Railway Labor Act, the Na-
tional Labor Relations Act, the Labor-Management Relations Act. Prereq.
45.611. (Offered in Spring Quarter)

45.553 The Labor Agreement* (2 q.h.)

Labor contracts: component clauses, grievance analysis, and arbitration pro-
cedures. Case studies in labor-management relations affected by such clauses.
Prereq. 45.611 (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.556 Negotiations, Mediation, Arbitration* (2 q.h.)

The bargaining process; preparation and negotiation of agreements; mediation,
fact-finding, arbitration, other alternatives to the strike. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.557 International Labor Movements* (2 q.h.)

Historical treatment of American labor union development and theories of
labor organization; relation of labor and government, American, European, and
Latin-American labor organization and institutions; international labor organi-
zations. Prereq. 45.611.

45.560 Seminar on Labor Issues* (2 q.h.) (For Seniors Only)
An advanced discussion of current labor-management issues; policy as to dis-
putes, wage guidelines, public employees' unions, professionals, etc. Prereq.
45.546, 45.548, 45.553. (Offered Spring Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

234 / MANAGEMENT

45.607 Personnel Managment (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Organization, function, and procedures of the personnel department in relation-
ship to the management organization; manpower selection; training; rating; per-
sonnel policies, benefits, and reports. Principles and techniques of training; the
psychology of learning; meeting training needs; principles and practices; or-
ganizing training activities. Controlling and coordinating the managerial respon-
sibility of supervision; planning the work; employee assignments; employees'
attitudes; employee grievances; administering company policies, developing
work interest. Not open to students who have taken 45.513, 45.514, 45.515.
(Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

45.641 Human Relations in Organizations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
An introduction to human problems of the work environment; motivation, em-
ployee participation; formal and informal organizations; and leadership patterns.
The processes of communication: interviewing, counseling, appraisal of perform-
ance, and the accomplishment of change. Special employment groups and
overview of the individual in his organization. Not open to students who have
taken 45.511, 45.512. (Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer Quarters)

45.690 Labor Management Relations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

The American labor movement and labor relations development; collective
bargaining issues, policy, and practice; public control of industrial relations.
The economic and political impact of bargaining power on labor markets, em-
ployment, wages, and income. Prereq. 39.503. Not open to students who have
taken 45.510, 45.611. (Offered Winter and Summer Quarters)

45.691 Creative Problem-Solving (2 q.h.)

New ways of thinking are learned and practiced. Sensing and analyzing prob-
lems, producing ideas, evaluating and implementing solutions. The attitudes
and climate conducive to creative thinking as well as common barriers will
be presented. Provides methods for developing imagination which is the key
part of the creative process. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

Quality Control and Management Sciences

Consultant: Prof. R. A. Parsons, College of Business 437-3255

45.536 Principles of Material Inspection (2 q.h.)

An operating and technical-level course involving mensuration, need and func-
tion of inspection and specifications; basic principles and techniques of meas-
urement; various methods and equipment used for gauging and measuring;
special measuring and inspection problems. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.561 Statistical Quality Control I (2 q.h.)

Description and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control
methods for quality assurance, quality control and quality improvement of
products and services; the determination of process capability; the use of
quality control charts for measurable and non-measurable quality character-
istics. Prereq. 39.513. (Offered Fall Quarter)

MANAGEMENT / 235

45.562 Statistical Quality Control II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of Statistical Quality Control I, covering the application of statis-
tical and probability considerations in acceptance sampling of purchased ma-
terial, work in process, and outgoing products. Methods of predicting sampling
results using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the poisson distributions;
development of the operating characteristic curve for any sampling plan; risks
involved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL. Prereq. 45.561.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.563 Management of Quality Control (2 q.h.)

Modern concepts of managing the quality function of a company to maximize
customer satisfaction at minimum quality cost; the idea of total quality control;
measurement of the cost of quality; development of a co-ordinated program
of improvement, organizing for diagnosis the defect causes. (Offered Spring
Quarter)

45.565 Industrial Experimentation I* (2 q.h.)

Modern small sample techniques are applied to industrial problems. Use of
statistical inference to make estimates and set confidence intervals of key
characteristics of production lots and processes; design of single and multiple
factor experiments; tests of significance; analysis of variance. Prereq. 39.513.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.566 Industrial Experimentation II* (2 q.h.)

Tests of significance, analysis of variance; correlation techniques; experimental
design; balancing and randomizing techniques; factorial designs; nested de-
signs; Latin square; random balance/multiple-balance. Prereq. 45.565. (Of-
fered Spring Quarter)

45.608 Quality Control and Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 45.561, 45.562, and 45.563. Not open to students who have taken

these courses. Prereq. 39.513.

45.530 Introduction to Operations Research (2 q.h.)

Decision making under uncertaintly integration of classical statistics and de-
cision theory with Bayesian concepts; decision tree analysis; preference curves.
(Offered Fall Quarter)

45.631 Operations Research Applications I (2 q.h.)

Mathematical programming; linear programming; graphical, vector, simplex, and
transportation methods; the dual; degeneracy; integer programming; non-linear
programming; dynamic programming. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.632 Operations Research Applications I (2 q.h.)

Special topics including model building, queuing theory, simulation, Pert-CPM,
and game theory. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.633 Advanced Quality Control I* (2 q.h.)

Detailed study of specialized techniques used in defect-cause diagnosis and
problem analysis. Complete analysis of process capability; the multi-vari chart;
pictograms the span plan method. Prereq. 45.562. (Offered Fall Quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

236 / MANAGEMENT

45.634 Advanced Quality Control II* (2 q.h.)

Continuation of Advanced Quality Control I with special emphasis on design of
control plans for process quality control and special cases of product accept-
ance. Prereq. 45.624. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.692 Quality Control I, II (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

Description and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control
methods for quality assurance, quality, control, and quality improvement of
products and services the determination of process capability; the use of quality
control charts for measurable and non-measurable quality characteristics. The
application of statistical and probability considerations in acceptance sampling
of purchased material, work in process, and outgoing products. Methods of
predicting sampling results using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the
poisson distributions; development of the operating characteristic curve for any
sampling plan; risks involved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL.
Not open to students who have taken 45.561, 45.562. Prereq. 39.513.
(Offered in Winter Quarter)

Law

Consultant: Mr. H. Olins, Esq. 482-6998

45.541 Law I* (2 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;
interpretation of contracts.

45.542 Law II* (2 q.h.)

AGENCY: Nature, formation, and termination of agency relationships; rights and
duties of principal and agent; scope of agent's authority.

SALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and reme-
dies of seller and buyer. Prereq. 45.541.

45.543 Law III* (2 q.h.)

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes and checks; liabilities and defenses
of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships.
Prereq. 45.542.

45.643 Law (Intensive)* (6 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;

interpretation of contracts.

AGENCY: Nature, formation, and termination of agency relationships; rights

and duties of principal and agent; scope of agent's authority.

SALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and

remedies of seller and buyer.

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes, and checks; liabilities and defenses

of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships. Not

open to students who have taken 45.541, 45.542, 45.543. (Offered Summer

Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 237

45.693 Law and Social Issues (2 q.h.)

A study of the structure and dynamics of the American Legal System approached

through an analysis of selected cases dealing with social issues. (Offered every

quarter)

Management Information Systems

Consultant: Mr. T. J. McNamara 479-4949
Coordinator: (EDP) Mr. R. M. Morrison 742-4000
Coofd/nator: (Programming) Mr. J. G. Sullivan 443-3122
Coordinator: (Systems) Mr. R. E. Anderson 862-6831

45.570 Electronic Data Processing I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. (Offered every quarter)

45.571 Electronic Data Processing II (2 q.h.)

A survey of available computer systems; price and performance comparison of
available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing and sorting
techniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and terminals.
Prereq. 45.570. (Offered every quarter)

45.572 Electronic Data Processing III (2 q.h.)

A presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN and other programming languages; discus-
sion of business data processing and operations research applications; and a
summary of trends in EDP. Prereq. 45.571. (Offered every quarter)

45.599 Basic Computer Programming (2 q.h.)

A one quarter survey course in introductory computer programming for business
students. Fundamentals of programming are introduced along with COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language. The divisions of COBOL, Data File Struc-
ture, verb actions are studied. Each student will prepare and check out pro-
grams using the University Computer Center. Prereq. 45.572. (Offered every
quarter)

45.573 Computer Programming for Business I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of business application programming: Introduction to COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language, adopted as standard business program-
ming language of EDP Industry. Principles of flowcharting. Programs prepared
by student are run and checked out using University's Computation Center
computer. Prereq. 45.572. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.574 Computer Programming for Business li (2 q.h.)

Programming in COBOL presented in more detail. Business data processing
functions of editing, file updating, report writing are illustrated and implemented
in programs prepared by students and run on University's computer. Program-
ming involves punched card input and line printer output. Prereq. 45.573.
(Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

238 / MANAGEMENT

45.575 Computer Programming for Business ill (2 q.h.)

More sophisticated programming techniques as applied to the solution of more
complex business application problems. Random access disk file organization
and processing is illustrated. Disk and magnetic tape files are utilized in prob-
lem solving. Prereq. 45.574. (Offered Spring and Summer Quarters)

45.577 Data Systems Administration (2 q.h.)

The major phases involved in the study and detailed planning for the effective
use of data processing equipment and management sciences in meeting the
information needs of business are presented, including the analysis of company
objectives, the feasibility study, the system specifications, equipment selection,
and the implementation of the new system. Prereq. 45.572 (Offered in Fall
and Summer Quarter)

45.578 Business Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

Each student is given an opportunity to understand and perceive a company as
a total operating system. Specific systems applications examined include
inventory control, purchasing, accounts payable, and their integration. Specific
techniques on data collection including data communications are dealt with
during the quarter. A field trip to a communications training center and a team
case study project complete the quarter. Prereq. 45.577. (Offered Winter
Quarter)

45.579 Business Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 45.578 covering additional information systems of accounts
receivable, sales analysis, the design of integrated systems, a review of "on-
line" systems and computer system simulation. The opportunity to participate
in a computer simulation exercise is offered during a field trip. A team case
study project completes the quarter. Prereq. 45.578. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.583 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications I* (2 q.h.)
Designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of FORTRAN, the
modern problem oriented computer language. Enables the professional to
understand the use of a computer in solving problems in business, mathe-
matics, and the social and physical sciences by introducing him to problems in
selected applications, and illustrating use of FORTRAN in finding solutions.
Prereq. 45.572. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.683 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications II* (2 q.h.)
The course provides the student with practical experience in the use of FOR-
TRAN in solving significant problems in business, mathematics, and the social
and physical sciences. Problems of sufficient complexity will be used to allow
the student to actively participate in the various steps necessary to analyze,
define, document, and solve the problem using FORTRAN. Prereq. 45.583.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.586 System Design and Techniques I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to system concepts, system department organization, forms design,

systems controls, and manuals. Prereq. 45.503 or 45.572.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 239

45.587 System Design and Techniques II (2 q.h.)

Development of system techniques through lectures and case studies, including
work simplification, work measurement, flow charting, system cost estimating,
and system development. Prereq. 45.586.

45.588 System Design and Techniques III (2 q.h.)

Application of system techniques through extensive use of case studies cover-
ing the full spectrum of system development and design. Prereq. 45.587.

45.589 Advanced Business System Design I* (2 q.h.)

Introduction to total computer based system concepts, resource management,
functional data flows, information feedback process, and major design criteria.
Prereq. 45.588.

45.590 Advanced Business System Design II* (2 q.h.)

Detailed analysis of a manufacturing company's business system design, focus-
ing on data base design and subsystem relationships between order entry,
production control, and inventory control. Prereq. 45.589.

45.591 Advanced Business System Design III* (2 q.h.)

Management information system design, including the impact of advanced
capabilities such as data communication, on-line file storage, and simulation
on the design and system approach. Prereq. 45.590.

45.592 Advanced Computer System Techniques I* (2 q.h.)

On-line data communication systems covering the range of services available,
remote input and output devices, techniques of control, and application ex-
amples. Prereq. 45.591.

45.593 Advanced Computer System Techniques II* (2 q.h.)

On-line mass storage devices, data base design, and file retrieval techniques.
Real-time input-output techniques including visual and graphic displays. Pre-
req. 45.592.

45.594 Advanced Computer System Techniques III* (2 q.h.)

Time sharing system concepts, design, and languages. Application of on-line
and time sharing system techniques through case studies and field trips.
Prereq. 45.593.

45.617 Advanced Computer Programming I* (2 q.h.)

Introduction to assembler language programming using the University's com-
puting system. Organization, representation, and processing data within the
computer. Looping, instruction modification, indexing, indirect addressing and
data retrieval are introduced. Cursory survey of assembler languages in general.
Prereq. Demonstrate familiarity with any currently available computer language.

45.618 Advanced Computer Programming II* (2 q.h.)

Further exploration of assembler language techniques, other addressing struc-
tures, floating point techniques, coding and use of macro instructions. Input-
output routines, use of operating system for job scheduling, resource allocation,
file handling. Business problems analyzed, flowcharted, programmed and de-
bugged on University's computer by students. Debugging of problems by core
dump analysis. Prereq. 45.617.

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

240 / MANAGEMENT

45.619 Advanced Computer Programming III* (2 q.h.)

Utilization of business data processing hardware on University's computing
system. Further use of operating system, divide independent file handling.
Blocked and unblocked file manipulation. Application of assembler language to
a sophisticated programming project. Prereq. 45.618.

45.616 Government Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)
Discusses the basic role of data processing in the current governmental activities
in education (including computer assisted instruction), health (including
patient care), welfare (including urban planning), information (including graphic
storage and retrieval systems) through description of scientific advanced sys-
tems and equipment. Prereq. 45.572.

45.653 Government Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)
Describes principal applications and specific advanced system designs and
equipment which have been employed successfully by various levels of govern-
ment in the fields of public administration, planning, finance, law enforcement
and judicature, communication, and integrated information bases. Prereq.
45.616.

45.644 Computer Programming for Business (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Fundamentals of business application programming: introduction to COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language, adopted as standard business program-
ming language of EDP industry. Principles of flowcharting. Programs prepared
by students are run and checked out using the University's Computation Center
computer. Programming in COBOL presented in more detail. Business data
processing functions of editing, file updating, report writing are illustrated and
implemented in programs prepared by students and run on the University's
computer. Programming involving punched card input and line printer output.
Prereq. 45.527. Not open to students who have taken 45.573, 45.574, 45.575.
(Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

45.648 Electronic Data Processing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discusion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. A survey of available computer systems; price and performance
comparison of available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing
and sorting techniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and
terminals. A presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN, and other programming lan-
guages: discussion of business data processing and operations research appli-
cations; and a summary of trends in EDP. Not open to students who have taken
45.570, 45.571, 45.572. (Offered Spring and Summer Quarters)

45.655 Auditing Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

A general presentation of auditing techniques used when auditing typical elec-
tronic data processing installations. Functional assignment of duties within an
electronic data processing installation. Control over input and output, and over
data processing. Methodology of safeguarding record files, both physical and
against unauthorized use. Prereq. 45.572.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 241

45.656 Auditing Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of auditing applications when reviewed for internal control, hard-
wear checks, system checks, and audit trail. Auditing around the computer
versus through the computer. Using the computer to test the Data Processing
system and also the records produced by the computer system. Auditing ad-
vanced Data Processing systems. Prereq. 45.655.

45.658 Retailing Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

Analyzes the unique characteristics of the retail application including high
volume of transactions, low unit value, decentralized input, short term em-
ployees, multi-level reporting and their effects on the EDP systems requirements
in each of the classical areas of the organization. Prereq. 45.572.

45.659 Retailing Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

Develops the systems considerations of the first quarter further into the re-
quirements of an overall, integrated management information system for retail.
Prereq. 45.658.

45.661 Banking Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

Reviews the major functions of banking, deposit loan and money, and analyzes
their uniqueness from an EDP point of view in the applications of demand
deposit accounting, commercial, and installment loan accounting, bank credit
card accounting, and credit file maintenance. Prereq. 45.572.

45.662 Banking Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

Expands on first quarter by analyzing mortgage accounting, savings accounting,
mutual fund and stock transfer accounting, personal trust accounting, new
remote terminals and the development of management information systems
for commercial banks and thrift institutions. Prereq. 45.661.

45.664 EDP in Property and Casualty Insurance I (2 q.h.)

A survey of the various functions unique to property and casualty industry and
the role of data processing as applied to the particular functions: underwriting,
policy production claims, and actuarial. Prereq. 45.572.

45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty Insurance II (2 q.h.)

Application of the principles surveyed in the first quarter to one or more case
studies developing an information system for property and casualty company
management. Prereq. 45.664.

45.668 Peripheral Systems Techniques I (2 q.h.)

This course deals with the many peripheral skills and techniques which the
modern analyst must employ in his daily activities. Specific areas to be covered
include the systems approach to decision-making, interviewing, preparing and
presenting proposals to executive management, techniques of documentation.
Prereq. 45.573. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.669 Peripheral Systems Techniques II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 45.668. This course will cover such topics as the impact of
the systems analyst as a trainer; organizational employers of third generation
computers; control and systems auditing, and the establishment of data proc-
essing standards. Prereq. 45.668. (Offered Spring Quarter)

242 / MANAGEMENT

45.675, 45.676 Electronic Data Processing (A), (B) (6 q.h.)
An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. A survey of available computer systems; price and performance
comparison of available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing
and sorting techniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and
terminals. A presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN, and other programming lan-
guages; discussion of business data processing and operations research ap-
plications, and a summary of trends in EDP.

45.677 Operating Systems I (2 q.h.)

Survey type course — describing operating systems and investigating the full
range of systems services available under computer operating systems. Special
emphasis is placed on their value as tools for developing management informa-
tion. (Note: This quarter could stand alone as management tool for decision-
making.) Prereq. 45.575.

45.678 Operating Systems II (2 q.h.)

Specific software covered will be systems supervisor, data management system,
FORTRAN, COBOL, Pl/1, and special purpose compilers. Also investigated will
be operating systems which accommodate network analysis, Pert systems,
simulation packages, and statistical analysis packages. Prereq. 45.677.

45.679 Operating Systems III (2 q.h.)

Detail analysis on data management systems with specific case studies and
development of operating system programs. Prereq. 45.678.

45.680 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis I (2 q.h.)
Discussion of computer-communications with emphasis on types of devices,
communication lines; economic considerations such as line charges, types of
lines, etc. — study of design and development considerations involved in a com-
munications program — study of time-sharing programs and how they relate to
communications programming. Prereq. 45.575.

45.681 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis II (2 q.h.)
Discussion of types of communication programs such as information retrieval,
message switching, data reception and transmission, and others. Buffering tech-
niques for communications programs. Prereq. 45.680.

45.682 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis III (2 q.h.)
Case studies in the design and development of several types of computer-
communications programs. The student will develop flowcharts, systems defini-
tion system and program narratives, and documentation of programs pertinent
to case studies. Student will checkout communications programs under simu-
lation. Prereq. 45.681.

45.684 RPG Programming (2 q.h.)

Provides a working knowledge of the Report Program Generation language. This
language is suited to small scale computer usage for such tasks as: Report
Generation,; file up-dating; various utility functions. Students will write and
de-bug class problems. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

I

REAL ESTATE / 243

45.694 Systems Design & Techniques (Intensive) (6 q.h)
Introduction to system concepts, system department organization, forms design,
systems controls, and manuals. Development of system techniques through
lectures and case studies, including work simplification, work measurement,
flow charting, system cost estimating, and system development. Application of
system techniques through extensive use of case studies covering the full
spectrum of development and design. Not open to students who have taken
45.586, 45.587, 45.588. Prereq. 45.503 or 45.572. (Offered Winter and
Summer Quarters)

47_REAL ESTATE

Consultant: Mr. D. C. Prigmore 523-4510

47.501 Real Estate Fundamentals I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the fundamentals of real estate including basic terminology
and various types of purchase contracts. Real estate brokerage and leasing
fundamentals in commercial, office, and residential properties will also be
explored. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

47.502 Real Estate Fundamentals II (2 q.h.)

A general examination of real property management with emphasis on the spe-
cial characteristics of different types of property, along with introduction to
valuation of property, including analysis of operating statements. Prereq.
47.501 or perm/ss/on of instructor. (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals III (2 q.h.)

Real Estate financing will be explored with respect to the various types of insti-
tutions involved in the financing of different properties, including interim,
permanent, and secondary financing. Specific case studies will also be used.
Prereq. 47.502 or permission of instructor. (Offered Spring, Summer, and Fall
Quarters)

47.504 Real Estate Fundamentals (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 47.501, 502 and 503. Not open to students who have taken those
courses. (Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

47.508 Real Estate Financial Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Structure and analysis of real estate income and expense statements. Sources
of funds, borrowing methods, effects of taxation, rates of return, etc. Prereq.
47.503 or permission of instructor. (Offered Fall Quarter)

47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of risks and problems involved in financing real property with emphasis
on use of case studies and problems. Class participation stressed. Prereq.
47.508, or permission of instructor. (Offered Winter Quarter)

47.511 Fundamental Real Estate Appraisal (2 q.h.)

A fundamental course in real estate appraisal with emphasis on single- and
two- and three-family properties. Analysis of city and neighborhood influences,
site valuation, building diagnosis, depreciation, study of the applicable ap-
proaches to value, appraisal report preparation. Prereq. 47.503 or permission
of instructor. (Offered Fall Quarter)

244 / TRANSPORTATION

47.512, 47.513 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal I & II (4 q.h.)
An advanced course in the evaluation of residential and income properties.
Application of the cost, market, and income approaches to apartment buildings
and commercial and industrial developments. Particular emphasis on the vari-
ous methods of capitalization and residual techniques. Class participation in
case studies and problems. Prereq. 47.511, 45.512, or permission of instruc-
tor. (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

47.521 Real Estate Development (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the problems in real estate development using the case method.

Emphasis on the risks and opportunities which face developers in the planning,

marketing, construction, and financing of apartments, shopping centers, and

office buildings. Prereq. 47.509 or permission of instructor. (Offered Spring

Quarter)

47.524 Private Real Estate Law (2 q.h.)

Elements of a real estate contract and its enforceability; the concept of title;
mortgages and their purposes; recording of real estate interests; the landlord
and tenant relationship. Prereq. 47.503 or permission of instructor. (Offered
Fall Quarter)

47.525, 47.526 Public Real Estate Law I & II (4 q.h.)

This course will focus on zoning, subdivision control, conservation controls,

taxation of real estate, rent control, eminent domain, and urban renewal.

Prereq. 47.503, 47.525, or permission of instructor. (Offered Winter and Spring

Quarters)

48— TRANSPORTATION & PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

Consultant: Dr. R. C. Lieb, College of Business 437-3236

48.514 Elements of Transportation and Distribution I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to regulatory, economic, and management aspects of trans-
portation from the viewpoints of shippers, government, and carrier managers.
Topics include: costs, rates, operations, entry, mergers, intercity passenger and
urban transportation. A course of general interest to students of business, law
or government. Prereq. for all other courses in transportation. (Not open to
students who have completed course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503.)

48.515 Elements of Transportation and Distribution II (2 q.h.)

An introduction to physical distribution management concepts. Topics include
marketing, locational strategy, organization, inventory control, forecasting, and
cost control. Course uses text and case materials developed from industry sit-
uations. Prereq. 48.514. (Not open to students who have completed course
numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503.)

48.516 Elements of Transportation and Distribution III (2 q.h.)

Continued examination of the major elements of the physical distribution mix.
Topics include: information flow, data processing, warehousing, and labor re-
lations. Cases include application of the "total cost" approach to physical dis-
tribution. Prereq. 48.514. (Not open to students who have completed course
numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503.)

TRANSPORTATION / 245

48.504 Transportation Regulation and Promotion I (2 q.h.)

Study of the history and content of the Interstate Commerce Act. Prereq.
48.527, 48.514, or former course numbers 48.503 and 48.526.

48.505 Transportation Regulation and Promotion 11 (2 q.h.)

Examination of administrative law and procedure, the code of ethics and the
general rules of practice. Prereq. 48.504.

48.506 Transportation Regulation and Promotion III (2 q.h.)

Analysis of cases pertinent to the Commerce Clause. Preparation for ICC Prac-
titioners Exam. Prereq. 48.505.

48.527 Traffic Management I — Rates and Tariffs (2 q.h.)

A practical course in the interpretation and use of tariffs. Topics include classi-
fications, rate scales, tariff rules, rate making procedures, etc. Prereq. 48.514
or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Not open to students who
have taken former course numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.528 Traffic Management II — Rates and Tariffs (2 q.h.)

An advanced course in the interpretation and use of tariffs. Topics include ICC
law and practice, and computerized tariffs. Prereq. 48.527. (Not open to stu-
dents who have taken former course numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.529 Traffic Management IN — Selected Topics (2 q.h.)

A practical course in traffic management covering topics other than rates and
tariffs. Subjects include: routing, claims, insurance, consolidation, packaging,
etc. Course uses cases and text. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers
48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Not open to students who have taken former course
numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.534 Surface Transportation I — Railroad Management (2 q.h.)

A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the railroads. Topics include: investment and finance, mergers, marketing, labor
relations, operations and control, diversification, and public policy. Prereq.
48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Replaces former
course number 48.511 and 48.512.) (Offered Fall Quarter)

48.535 Surface Transportation II — Motor Carrier Management (2 q.h.)

A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the regulated motor-carrier industry. Topics include: equipment selection and
finance, mergers, marketing, labor relations, routes, operations and control, and
public policy. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502,
48.503. (Replaces former course numbers 48.517, 48.518.) (Offered Winter
Quarter)

48.536 Surface Transportation III — Marine Transportation Management

(2 q.h.)
A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the U.S. Merchant Marine. Topics include: international trade patterns, govern-
ment promotion and subsidy, technological innovations, port facilities, and
labor relations. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502,
48.503. (Replaces former course number 48.513.) (Offered Spring Quarter)

246 / TRANSPORTATION

48.537 Surface Transportation IV — Private Trucking Management (2 q.h.)
Initiating a private trucking operation. Topics include legality, purchase vs.
lease of equipment, operations, and measures of performance. Prereq. 48.514
or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Replaces former course
number 48.519.) (Offered Spring Quarter)

48.538 Management of Warehouse Operations (2 q.h.)

A practical course in the management of warehouses. Topics include: site selec-
tion, construction, finance, operations, measurement of performance, and ware-
house technology. Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 (Replaces former course
number 48.521.) (Offered Fall Quarter)

48.539 Organization and Control of Physical Distribution Management (2 q.h.)
Establishment of a physical distribution organization. Measuring performance.
Interrelationships with other functions in the company. Interpersonal relations.
Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 (Replaces former course number 48.522).
(Offered Winter Quarter)

48.540 Management Science and Physical Distribution Management (2 q.h.)
Application of quantitative techniques to physical-distribution management,
including: linear programming, simulation, and statistical decision theory. Stu-
dents will use computer facilities for solving problems. Knowledge of program-
ming is not required. Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 or 10.539 (math), or its
equivalent. (Replaces former course number 48.523.)

48.541 Air Transportation Management I (2 q.h.)

Economics and regulation of Civil Aeronautics Board certified commercial pas-
senger aviation — including routes, schedules, operations, pricing, mergers, cost
analysis, and financing. Case method of instruction emphasized. Prereq.
48.514.

48.542 Air Transportation Management II (2 q.h.)

Similar topics as 48.541, but for cargo operations. Prereq. 48.541.

48.543 Air Transportation Management III (2 q.h.)

Economics and regulation of general aviation including analysis of corporate,
air taxi, and third level operations. Prereq. 48.542.

48.547 Urban Transportation I (2 q.h.)

The planning and financing of urban transportation systems. Role of federal,
state, and local governments. Choice of technology and method of financing.
The concept of "balanced" transportation. Prereq. 48.514 (Replaces former
course number 48.544.) (Offered Fall Quarter)

48.548 Urban Transportation II (2 q.h.)

Management of urban transportation systems. Topics include: routes and serv-
ices, pricing, labor relations, selection of equipment, community relations, and
measures of performance. Prereq. 48.547. (Replaces former course numbers
48.545, 48.546.) (Offered Winter Quarter)

EDUCATION / 247

48.549 Seminar in Selected Transportation and Physical Distribution
Management Topics

A seminar which focuses on a topic of particular interest during the academic
year, for example, reappraisal and formulation of National Transportation Policy,
labor relations in transportation, ecology and transportation, etc. The seminar
will utilize speakers and published materials and will require a written or oral
presentation by the students at the end of the course. The seminar topic will
be announced during the academic year in time for registration for the Spring
term. Prereq. 48.514. (Offered Spring Quarter)

48.600 Seminar in Northeast Corridor Transportation (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the demand for and supply of passenger and freight transportation
in the Northeast Corridor. Topics include: government policy, technology, car-
rier strategy, the consumer, and interrelationships between transportation and
economic activity. Students make a presentation of their research findings at
the end of the course. This course should be of interest to students of business,
government, engineering, economics, and planning. Prereq. 48.514 and
10.539 (math), or its equivalent. (Offered Spring Quarter)

50— EDUCATION FOUNDATIONS

50.111 Social Science I (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Cultural anthropology and education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthro-
pology will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal
and formal aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be
devoted to the study of cross cultural materials in order to understand the
educational process in different cultural milieus.

50.112 Social Science II (3 cl. 3 q.h.)

Sociology and education. Involves sociological analysis of the educational enter-
prise in the United States and other technologically advanced societies, includ-
ing consideration of the socialization process, the formation of youth cultures,
and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention will be given to the
study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial factors on educational
institutions, education and social change, and the school as a social system.

50.113 Social Science III (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Intergroup relations and education. Examination of theoretical and empirical
materials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Par-
ticular attention will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of inter-
group conflict.

50.121 Human Development and Learning I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Developmental processes from prenatal life up to adolescence, theories of
learning and personality, with research and case material covering major
aspects of psychological development.

50.131 Human Development and Learning II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Continuation of Human Development and Learning I. Significant aspects of
adolescence — physical, social, and psychological factors as they influence
adolescent behavior. Prereq. 50.121.

248 / EDUCATION

50.141 Measurement and Evaluation (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

The fundamentals of measurement; basic statistical concepts and techniques
used; evaluation of standardized and teacher-made tests. Prereq. Meth. and
Mat. course in maj. field.

50.151 Backgrounds of American Education (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Historical and philosophical foundations of American education beginning with
old-world origins; development of American schools and educational thought
from the colonial period to the present with emphasis on major current issues
in education. Prereq. 50.141.

51— EDUCATION — INSTRUCTION

51.135 Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
The relationships that exist between instructional objectives and teaching
behavior; applications of human development and learning concepts as they
relate to subsequent specialized teaching methods and materials. Research
results and promising theory are used to extend the prospective teacher's
concepts of the teaching function. Prereq. 50.131.

51.143 Methods and Materials of Teaching English (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
An introduction to the structure and functions of language as they apply to
the teaching of English; curriculum and planning in English; the unit approach;
specific techniques of teaching reading and literature, grammar and usage,
written and oral composition, listening, spelling, vocabulary, and the use of
mass media. Prereq. 51.135.

51,151 Student Teaching with Related Seminar (8 q.h.)

A University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools within
reasonable commuting distance of Northeastern. Participating on a full-time
basis, the student is expected to develop planning and communication abilities
within his major field. Biweekly seminars at the University provide additional
opportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships and to examine generic
problems of teaching. Prereq. Permission of adviser.

54— EDUCATION — READING

54.126 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

For English and social studies majors in the College of Education who are

preparing for teaching in the junior or senior high schools. Basically the same

approach and organization applies to this course as to the elementary level

course.

63— THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

63.501 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services (2 q.h.)
Philosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society.

63.510 Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure (2 q.h.)

Goals for American recreation studied in modern context; implications for the
professional; historical background, concepts of work, leisure, recreation; trends,
issues, and future direction.

RECREATION / 249

63.521 Recreational Skills I (Social Recreation) (2 q.h.)

Techniques of leadership, planning, and motivation for social-recreation activi-
ties; mixers, table games, active and inactive group games, adapting and creat-
ing games.

63.522 Recreation Skills II (Music Therapy) (2 q.h.)

Theory and practical application cf music activities in special therapeutic
settings.

63.523 Recreation Skills III (Guitar or Auto Harp) (2 q.h.)

An introductory course in tablature reading; designed to develop personal skills
for accompaniment of group singing.

63.531 Techniques of Recreation Leadership (2 q.h.)

Study and practical experience in a diversity of group programs and processes.

63.532 Interagency Planning for Community Action (2 q.h.)

A study of agencies and how they function (program and personnel); how
agencies cooperate for interagency programming. Legal and financial aspects
and their effect on the program.

63.535 Recreation Skills VI (Special Events and Programs) (2 q.h.)

How to organize and administrate tournaments for selected activities; checkers,

chess, card games, table games, party planning, and techniques.

63.547 Outdoor Education for Handicapped (2 q.h.)

Technical training and experiences for adapted recreation and education for

exceptional and handicapped age groups.

63.549 The Process of Aging (2 q.h.)

The experience and viewpoints from leading professional people — from the
fields of medicine, psychiatry, sociology, nursing, rehabilitation, research, coun-
seling, education, and recreation — related to the process of aging.

63.550 Group Dynamics I (2 q.h.)

The group process; how groups arrive at group identity; factors influencing size,
purpose, behavior patterns, selections of individual members; training and
experience in leadership techniques.

63.551 Group Dynamics 11 (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Group Dynamics I. Prereq. 63.550.

63.552 Leadership and Program for III, Aged, and Infirm (2 q.h.)

The scope of program planning and leadership in a variety of activities including
adapted square dances, drama and puppetry, developing a rhythm band, parties
and special events, active and quiet games, and others.

63.553 Techniques and Resources in Working with Elderly (2 q.h.)

Course on how to deal with day to day problems such as the ability to converse
or understand different languages; understanding diseases and disabilities of
the aged; techniques in assisting the blind or deaf; sensitivity training and
sources of assistance in these areas.

250 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

63.555 Therapeutic Recreation for Special Groups (2 q.h.)

Concentrated study and individual projects in areas of special interest; mentally
retarded, handicapped, aging, and culturally deprived, socially atypical, others.

63.556 Workshop in Adapted and Hospital Recreation (2 q.h.)
Investigation in depth of basic and recent developments in adaptive and hos-
pital recreation. Reports, discussions, observations, and visitations.

63.557 Recreation Activities of Atypical Individuals and Groups (2 q.h.)
Adaptation of recreational activities to meet the needs of handicapped individ-
uals in hospitals and other organizations offering recreation programs for handi-
capped. Emphasis on the basic principles of recreational therapy.

63.560 Development and Utilization of Recreation Education Resources

(2 q.h.)
Survey of field and audio-visual education and resources; instruction and prac-
tice in the use of equipment and materials.

63.570 Arts and Crafts I (2 q.h.)

Opportunities to learn and to teach in various media: clay, paper, crayon, paint,
print, leather, wood, metal, yarn, natural and scrap materials; emphasis on
creativity.

63.571 Arts and Crafts II (2 q.h.)

Course is geared to teach design skills and craft skills at the same time. Present
the basic elements of design to plaster, stone, metal, papier mache, clay, wood,
wire, cloth, and wax, and exploit the qualities of each medium. Prereq. 63.570.

63.572 Arts and Crafts III (2 q.h.)
Continuation of Arts and Crafts II. Prereq. 63.571.

63.592 Independent Study (3 q.h.)

Independent study designed for the individual specific needs. Field assignments
in nursing homes for practical experience. Special and specific assignments.
Prereq. 63.501.

63.593 Independent Study (4 q.h.)
Continuation of 63.592. Prereq. 63.592.

63.600 Seminar in Group Dynamics (2 q.h.)

Seminar covering all aspects of motivation, behavior patterns and the general

process procedures. Prereq. 63.551.

86— HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Courses open to all students

Radiologic Technology

86.614 Advanced Radiologic Technology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of basic principles; new equipment (operation); special procedures;
thermography; ultrasound and video; anatomy and physiology. Prereq. R. T. or
special permission.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 251

86.615 Advanced Radiologic Technology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The study of specialized procedures which utilize advanced and sophisticated
equipment in the field of: neurology; cardio-vascular, pediatrics, tomography,
intraoral, operative procedures. Prereq. 86.614.

86.616 Advanced Radiologic Technology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Accounting principles; budgeting, preparing schedules; personnel practices.
Prereq. 86.615.

86.617 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of physics, mathematics, anatomy, treatment planning, radiation units
of measurement, and introduction to radioisotopes. Prereq. 86.616.

86.618 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Radiobiology, nursing procedures, protection and shielding, and supervoltage
equipment. Prereq. 86.617.

86.619 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Specific procedures, records and administrative procedures, clinical application,
and radiobiology. Prereq. 86.618.

86.620 Radiologic Technology Orientation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of the history of x-rays; medical terminology; nursing and dental pro-
cedures pertinent to radiologic technology. Prereq. none.

86.621 Radiologic Technology Orientation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of pediatrics and proper methods of immobilizing infants. Necessity
for standardizing radiographic exposures to protect the patient. Medical and
surgical diseases and the effects they cause on anatomy and physiology and
the radiograph. Prereq. 86.620.

86.622 Radiological Science I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

A survey of the basic concepts of physics; units of measurement; Newton's
law of motion; work; energy; atomic theory of matter; electric currents; mag-
netism; generators; motors; production and control of high voltage. Prereq.
none.

86.623 Radiological Science 11 (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Interaction of X-rays and matter; nature and production of X-rays, radioactivity;
properties of lightwaves; optics; heat transfer and wave motion; dosimetry; X-ray
circuits and tubes. Prereq. 86.622.

86.624 Principles of Radiology I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Chemistry used to process radiographic films; uses of each chemical. A study
of the planes of the body; basic positioning of the skeletal system and more
detailed positions utilized to demonstrate anatomical parts to best advantage.
Prereq. none.

86.625 Principles of Radiology II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Organization factors of hospitals; financial consideration; legal considerations;
proper care and maintenance of x-ray equipment; test equipment necessary;
special procedures used in radiology and indications for doing them. Prereq.
86.624.

252 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

86.626 Radiologic Photography and Exposure I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

A study of contrast materials used to visualize areas and organs of the body;
basic principles of image formation; electromagnetic spectrum; circuits used
in radiology; X-Ray tube construction; factors controlling radiographic quality.
Prereq. none.

86.627 Radiologic Photography and Exposure II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Accessory items used to improve radiographic quality; methods of protection
for patients and personnel. Effects of radiation on cells and tissue, malignant
and benign; therapy planning and treatment; uses of radioactive nuclides for
diagnosis and treatment. Prereq. 86.626.

86.628, 629 Applied Radiology and Practicum I, II (6 q.h.)
Application of theoretical principles presented at the University by actually per-
forming radiographic examinations under supervision until qualified to proceed
alone. Assigned homework to be incorporated into the lesson plans while at
the hospital; and lectures to be presented by personnel in hospital contingent
with lectures at the University. As required by A.M. A. (2 hours week)

86.631 Radiologic Photography and Exposure I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of the basic principles of image formation; factors controlling and affect-
ing exposure; contrast materials used to outline organs, vessels, tissues.
Prereq. none.

86.632 Radiologic Photography and Exposure II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Critiquing film for contrast, density, detail, artifacts, and information content;
exposure mathematics and a review of basic principles. Prereq. 86.631.

86.633 Radiologic Photography and Exposure III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods of protection for patients and personnel; effects of radiation on tissue;
therapy; therapy planning and treatment; uses of radioactive isotopes. Prereq.
86.632.

86.641, 642, 643 Applied Radiology and Practicum (6 q.h.)
Application of theoretical principles presented at the University by actually per-
forming radiographic examinations under supervision until qualified to proceed
alone. Assigned homework to be incorporated into the lesson plans while at the
hospital; and lectures to be presented by personnel in hospital contingent with
lectures at the University. As required by A.M.A. (2 hours weeli)

86.644, 645, 646 Advanced Radiology and Practicum (6 q.h.)
A continuation of lectures as required by A.M.A. (2 hours week), radiological
principles, exposure, film critique, special procedures, therapy and isotopes.
Application of theoretical principles learned. Studients assuming responsibility
for examinations of all types (call, weekends, etc.) Prereq. 86.641, 642, 643.

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics (2 q.h.)

A study of important legal principles and rulings of importance to medical
administrative personnel and others. Brief introduction to interpersonal ethics
in patient care.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 253

86.504 Foundations of Medical Science I (2 q.h.)

Study, primarily through physicians' lectures, of major disease problems in
our society and modes of treatment. Intended for the non-medical student
who wishes an understanding of the problems faced by the physician in daily
practice, to facilitate communication between medical and non-medical mem-
bers of the health team. Discusses organized care, diagnosis, and treatment.

86.505 Foundations of Medical Science II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.504, emphasizing reproduction, birth, pediatrics. Dental
health and dermatology also discussed.

86.506 Foundations of Medical Science III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.505. Heart disease; cancer; stroke; blood and lymphatic
diseases; accidents; musculo-skeletal, respiratory, and gastrointestinal diseases.

86.507 Medical Terminology I (2 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to medical terminology including stems, prefixes, and
suffixes. Practice in usage.

86.508 Medical Terminology II (2 q.h.)

A more extensive and in-depth consideration of medical terminology. Intended
for the medical records specialist. Prereq. 86.507.

86.509 Medical Terminology (4 q.h.)
Combines the content of 86.507 and 86.508.

86.511 Personal & Community Health (2 q.h.)

Principles of personal health and healthful living and their application to inter-
personal relationships and community life. Discusses important contemporary
health problems.

86.512 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of 86.504 and the first half of 86.505. Offered for day
programs only.

86.513 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of the second half of 86.505 and 86.506. Offered for
day programs only.

86.515 Home Health Care (3 q.h.)

A combination lecture and field training program designed to provide the tech-
nical skills required for the provision of effective community home health care.
Prereq. permission from the dean.

86.516 Principles and Practice of Community Mental Health (3 q.h.)

The course will provide a rudimentary understanding of the basic principles and
techniques of modern community mental health practice. Supervised clinical
experience will be provided.

254 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

86.521 Public Health I (2 q.h.)

Principles of public health. Organization of health agencies and services.

86.522 Public Helath II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of 86.521, emphasizing community organization for health
services. Prereq. 86.521.

86.524 Methods & Materials in Public Health Education (2 q.h.)

An introduction to health education in the public health context. Prereq.

86.511 or 86.522.

86.531 Man's Present Environment (2 q.h.)

A survey of environmental conditions in land, air, and water. The causes of pol-
lution; effects on man and other life; and a general discussion of current control
methods. Particular emphasis on the significance of environmental problems
to the individual.

86.532 Environmental Problems and Control (2 q.h.)

Aspects of environmental engineering on a municipal scale are presented in a
format directed to the nonprofessional. Discussion of topics in water supply
and water quality, waste water treatment and disposal, solid waste manage-
ment, milk and food sanitation, and noise control, in the language of the inter-
ested citizen.

86.533 Pollution and the Global Environment (2 q.h.)

Threats to the environment on a global scale from man's activities, and an
examination of various methods and recommendations for control of atmos-
pheric, oceanic, and land pollution.

86.541 Medical Care & Current Social Problems I (2 q.h.)

Seminar course discussing society's organization to deliver medical care
services. Prereq. permission from the dean.

86.542 Medical Care & Current Social Problems II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.541 discussing topics identified in the first part of the
course as matters of great concern in the field of medical care. Prereq.
86.541.

86.543 Medical Care & Current Social Problems III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.542, examining current professional literature of medical
care. Prereq. 86.542.

86.545 Contemjjorary Issues in Family Health (2 q.h.)

A survey of Contemporary Health Topics will be offered. Timely issues will be
analyzed to differentiate fact and opinion. The course is designed for non-
medical individuals desiring authentic information on current health matters.
General and mental health topics will be covered.

86.548 The Health of the Young Child (2 q.h.)

A course for people working in health programs that reach out to families
through clinics, schools, etc. Emphasis on early child development, on relating
to the child in his immediate environment, and on expanding observation skills
to increase early identification of children with special needs.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 255

86.571 Long-Term Care Administration I (2 q.h.)

The organization of care for the long-term acute and chronically ill patient.
Goals and purposes of nursing homes; types. Budgeting, financing, adminis-
tration, and services.

86.572 Long-Term Care Administration II (2 q.h.)

Nursing units; role of the physician. Nursing home-hospital relationships.
Therapies. Social Work. Prereq. 86.571 or permission from the Dean.

86.573 Long-Term Care Administration III (2 q.h.)

Design of long-term care facilities, capital funding, staffing, budgeting, public
relations. Prereq. 86.572 or permission from the Dean.

86.574 Health, Disease & Disability I (3 q.h.)

A study of the major disease or disability states and their impact on human
physiology and psychology. Social and individual response to these states.
Lectures, demonstrations, field visits. Part I emphasizes medical areas. Prereq.
86.506 or 86.513. and 18.306, 18.309, or 18.326.

86.575 Health, Disease & Disability II (3 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.574. Part II emphasizes surgical areas. Prereq. 86.574.

86.577 Long-Term Care Administration IV (2 q.h.)

The nature and problems of aging — individual and social considerations.
Prereq. 86.573.

86.578 Long-Term Care Administration V (2 q.h.)

The care of elderly patients in home, community, and institutions. Prereq.
86.577.

86.579 Long-Term Care Administration VI

Seminar course on the provision and improvement of services to the elderly.
Prereq. 86.578.

86.581 Hospital Organization & Management I (2 q.h.)

The history and development of hospitals — the contemporary hospital system.
Different types of hospital organizations. For middle-management personnel.

86.582 Hospital Organization & Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.581; hospital departments, their organization, functions,
and interrelationships. For middle-management personnel. Prereq. 86.581.

86.583 Hospital Organization & Management III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.582. New methods of patient care. For middle-manage-
ment personnel. Prereq. 86.582.

Courses open to Medical Record students only.

86.554 Medical Records Science I (4 q.h.)

Introduction to medical records, history of the record, organization and con-
tent. Directed laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 80 q.h. credit incl.
18.326, 86.504 and 86.508 or 86.509.

256 / /HEALTH PROFESSIONS

86.555 Medical Records Science II (4 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.554, also discussing abstracting records and preparing
reports. Directed laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 86.554.

86.556 Medical Records Science III (4 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.555, also discussing storage and preservation of records.
Directed laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 86.555.

86.562 Medical Records Science (6 q.h.)

Combines the content of 86.554 and the first half of 86.555. For full-time
day students. Prereq. fulltirme student, "Middler" status Prereq. 86.509 and
86.513 or equivalent plus hunnan anatomy.

86.563 Medical Records Science (6 q.h.)

Combines the content of the second part of 86.555 and 86.556. For full-time
day students. Prereq. 86.562 or 86.555, full-time status.

86.557 Medical Records Science IV (4 q.h.)

Analysis and coding of medical records. Procedures in special areas. Lab
practice. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563.

86.558 Medical Records V (4 q.h.)

New theories and procedures in medical record practice. Lab practice. Prereq.
86.557.

86.551 Organization of the Medical Record Department I (2 q.h.)
Principles and practices essentia! to the effective organization of a medical
records service. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563.

86.552 Organization of the Medical Record Department II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 86.551. Professional relationships; standard procedures. Pre-
req. 86.551.

86.553 Organization of the Medical Record Department III (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 86.552. Personnel and management of the department. Pre-
req. 86.552.

86.560 Organization of the Medical Record Department (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of 86.551 and first half of 86.552 for full-time medical
records students. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563, full-time status.

86.561 Organization of the Medical Record Department (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of second half of 86.552 and 86.553 for full-time medi-
cal records students. Prereq. 86.560 or 86.562.

86.559 Current Issues in Medical Records Administration (2 q.h.)

Seminar course discussing new problems presented by changing patterns of
medical care. Review of the current literature. Prereq. permission.

86.564 Seminar in Medical Records Science (Open only to full-time medical
records majors during senior year) (3 q.h.)

Class discussion of experiences in the clinical setting. Assigned outside projects.
Supervised practice.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 257

86.544 Medical Records Field Practice & Research Seminar (3 q.h.)
Full-time field assignment in affiliated hospital medical record departments
with research assignments and regularly scheduled seminar and conference
sessions. Prereq. 86.558 & permission.

Courses open to Respiratory Therapy Students only.

86.591 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy I (4 q.h.)

The development and understanding of the respiratory therapist's role as a
member of the health care profession. Functions, legal and ethical rights and
responsibilities. A concise survey of the normal structures and functions of
the human body with particular emphasis on the organs of respiration and
circulation and the principle of oxygen transport and tissue metabolism.
Prereq. pernnission.

86.592 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy II (4 q.h.)

The basic outline includes microbiological principles and techniques. Spread
of disease and theory of sterilization as it relates to humidification, nebulization,
vaporization, intermittent positive and expiratory positive pressure breathing
techniques. Theory and classification of nebulizers. Humidifiers and ventilation.
Prereq. 86.591.

86.593 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy III (3 cl., 3 lab., 3 q.h.)

Therapy and procedures in chest physiotherapy. Resuscitation, artificial ven-
tilation. Mechanics of breathing. Pulmonary function and pharmacology for
respiratory therapists. Prereq. 86.592. Laboratory fee.

86.594 Respiratory Therapy

Available only through day school full-time associate degree program.

86.595 Respiratory Therapy

Available only through day school full-time associate degree program.

86.596 Respiratory Therapy

Available only through day school full-time associate degree program.

86.597 Respiratory Therapy

Available only through day school full-time associate degree program.

86.598 Respiratory Therapy

Available only through day school full-time associate degree program.

87— HEALTH PROFESSIONS

87.540 Seminar In Medical Technology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.529)
Current topics in medical technology. Required readings and presentations by
students. Guest lecturers. Prereq. instructor permission.

87.541 Hematology I (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.341)

Basic hematological techniques including discussion of the differential smear
and observation of the normal morphology of human red cells, white cells, and
platelets. Prereq. 18.512 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

258 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

87.542 Hematology II (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.342)

Morphologic and etiologic classification of the anemias. Related diagnostic tests
will be discussed. Prereq. 18.541 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

87.543 Hematology III (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.343)

Studies of pathologic and physiologic deviations of the white cell series as ob-
served in leukemias and infections. Some animal hematology will be included.
Prereq. 18.542 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

87.544 Epidemiology I (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts in epidemiology. Causes of disease. Factors contributed by
agent, the human host, and the environment. Illustrated by case studies.

87.545 Epidemiology II (2 q.h.)

Acquisition and evaluation of data in epidemiology. Relationships of person,
time, and place. Case studies and problems.

87.546 Medical Laboratory Science Education Seminar (2 q.h.)

A series of seminars designed to prepare the practicing technologist for effec-
tive clinical instruction.

87.547 Medical Laboratory Science Administration Seminar (2 q.h.)

A presentation of the principles of personnel and laboratory management, medi-
cal and legal aspects of medical technology, and quality control.

87.508 Introduction to Cytotechnology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A review of cell structure, principles of microscopy, and staining techniques.
Anatomy and physiology of the female reproduction system and study of the
non-malignant cytology of the female genital tract. Prereq. 18.132 or equiva-
lent (Laboratory fee)

*87.518 Applied Cytology I (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of benign cytological smears and
smears from cervical dysplasia, carcinoma-in-situ, invasive squamous cell
carcinoma and adenocarcinoma, and invasive malignant tumors of the female
genital tract.

87.528 Cytopathology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Cytopathology and clinical aspects of cervical dysplasia, carcinoma-in-situ, and
invasive squamous cell carcinoma. Consideration of endometrial and endo-
cervical carcinoma, other genital tract cancers and radiation effect. Prereq.
87.508. (Laboratory fee)

87.538 Cytopathology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Benign and malignant cytology of the respiratory and gastrointestinal systems
correlated with the anatomy and physiology. Considerations of clinical aspects.
Special collection techniques. Emphasis on cancer of the lung and stomach.
Prereq. 87.528. (Laboratory fee)

•Available only to students enrolled in the 12-month professional cytology program.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 259

*87.548 Applied Cytology II (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of cytological smears from the
respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract, urinary tract, and from body fluids.
Continuing evaluation of Cytological smears from the gynecological tract.

87.558 Cytopathology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Study of benign, atypical and malignant cells exfoliated from various portions
of the urinary tract, in serious effusions, cerebrospinal fluid, and breast secre-
tions. Prereq. 87.528. (Laboratory fee)

87.568 Cytogenetics and New Concepts (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Clinical and cytological aspects of genetics, including genetic counseling.
Special uses of cytology. Cell research techniques, cancer. Epidemiology, and
current concepts related to cytotechnology. Prereq. 87.558 or permission of
instructor. (Laboratory fee)

*87.578 Applied Cytology III (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of cytological smears from all parts

of the body. Practical experience in genetic cytology.

87.588 Cytopathology Seminar.

Advanced course for students in baccalaureate degree program. Discussion of
pertinent journal reports, new methodologies, and research. Prereq. Permis-
sion of instructor.

87.598 Special Topics (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Special projects in cytology, cytopathology, or cytotechnology investigated or
reviewed and reported by student. Written and oral presentation required.
Prereq. 87.558 or permission of instructor.

94— LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.505 Human Ri'ghts in Corrections (2 q.h.)

Consideration of the special practices and problems in the protection of
human rights in the institutional environment; legal and practical aspects.

94.506 Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement (2 q.h.)

Introduction to basic statistical information procedures and operations relating
to law enforcement areas; interpretation of criminal statistics; crime rates; un-
recognized crime; non-reporting; recidivists' rates; individual statistics; evalu-
ation of records; research and data on specialized services.

94.507 Correctional Counseling (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts and principles of counseling; individual and group therapy
carried on in the correctional field and institutional services; case study and
projects.

94.508 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation I (2 q.h.)

General investigation techniques; collection and preservation of evidence and
information; consideration of particular crimes, including arson, sexual offenses,
larceny, burglary, robbery, forgery, and homicide.

'Available only to students enrolled in the 12-nrionth professional cytology program.

260 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation II (2 q.h.)
Conduct of raids; surveillance and undercover operations; methods of preparing
a case for court; specialized scientific methods; exercises involving techniques
of prosecution and cross-examination. Prereq. 94.508.

94.512 Comparative Police Systems (2 q.h.)

A study of existing police systems in other jurisdictions; examination of the
organization, administration and practices in police agenices in the United
States, Europe, and the United Kingdom.

94.513 Introduction to Industrial Security (2 q.h.)

The historical, philosophical, and legal basis of security; a survey of administra-
tive, personnel, and physical aspects of the security field.

94.514 Interviews and Interrogations I (formerly titled Police Interrogation 1.)
(2 q.h.)

Interviewing of victims, witnesses, informants, and complainants; demonstra-
tion, study, discusion, and practice of techniques and procedures.

94.515 Interviews and Interrogations II (formerly titled Police Interrogation
II.) (2 q.h.)

Techniques for legally acceptable questioning of suspects and persons in
custody; laws governing interrogation practices; demonstrations, class exer-
cises and assigned projects. Prereq. 94.514.

94.516 Security Administration (2 q.h.)

Administration, organization and operations of security and protection units;
personnel selection; relationships of business and industry with governmental
units.

94.517 Advanced Correctional Practices I (2 q.h.)

Diagnosis and treatment of the drug addict and the alcoholic offender at
both juvenile and adult levels; a study of these and related kinds of personal
self-abuse as to causation and treatment. Prereq. 94.553.

94.518 Advanced Correctional Practices II (2 q.h.)

Case studies of persons confined as to their past and present environment
and relationships; consideration of purposeful resolves or regressions. Prereq.
94.517.

94.519 Advanced Correctional Practices III (2 q.h.)

Evaluation of correction-psychiatric facilities for the disordered offender, in-
cluding the aggressive, the assaultive, and the violent subject. Prereq. 94.518.

94.520 Traffic Law Enforcement I (2 q.h.)

A study of traffic accident prevention; investigation procedures; laws; rules;
regulations; and such technical aspects as the formulas governing the estima-
tion of speed.

94.521 Traffic Law Enforcement II (2 q.h.)

An in-depth study of traffic law enforcement techniques' selective enforcement;
traffic surveys; engineering, safety education and evaluation of current traffic
programs. Prereq. 94.520.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 261

94.523 The Law and Institutional Treatment (2 q.h.)

The process of law from arrest of offender through release in its relation to
correctional principles and practices; functions of police, defense, prosecution,
and courts; legal documents related to commitment.

94.524 Comparative Correctional Systems (2 q.h.)

A study of correctional systems and methods in selected jurisdictions; exami-
nation of the organization, administration, and practices in United States and
foreign countries.

94.525 Law Enforcement Identification and Records I (2 q.h.)

Records and systems and utilization; survey of forms, files, procedures, stand-
ards and uniformity; concentration of theoretical and practical applications.

94.526 Law Enforcement Identification and Records II (2 q.h.)

Theories and practices in personal identification principles; survey and evalu-
ation of present and new identification techniques; historical and legal consid-
eration of identification and record data. Prereq. 94.525.

94.530 Police Public Relations (2 q.h.)

The principles of sound public relations for the entire police operation; writ-
ing, public speaking, conferences, and all news media; consideration of police
image and public opinion.

94.531 Police Community Relations (2 q.h.)

A survey of the role and function of police in intergroup relations; human
relations and minority groups; responsibilities of police with civil rights, civil
disorders, and public protection.

94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (2 q.h.)

A research project related to some specific police or correctional interest or
operation, in consultation with the faculty adviser. Course meets at discretion
of the instructor. Project paper required for grade.

94.536 The Patrol Function I (Formerly titled Police Patrol I.) (2 q.h.)

The planning process related to the administration of the patrol function.
Consideration of theoretical and operational aspects of various patrol systems;
random patrol, response force, split force, team policing, probability theory,
and the relationship between patrol and crime levels.

94.537 The Patrol Function II (Formerly titled Police Patrol II.) (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 94.536 with emphasis upon the goals and objectives of
police patrol management models. Discussion and analysis of manpower, work
load, response time, patrol communications, preventive strategies, and inputs
and outputs of patrol systems evaluated in quantitative form. Prereq. 94.536.

94.541 introduction to Criminalistics I (2 q.h.)

A survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy, and chemistry as ap-
plied to trace evidence in criminal investigations; responsibilities of technician,
investigator, and others.

262 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics II (2 q.h.)

Toxicology and serology; procedures related to other physical evidence; labora-
tory demonstrations and practical exercises. Prereq. 94.541.

94.544 The American Correctional System (2 q.h.)

A critical survey of the correctional field covering probation, institutions, and
parole as to historical development, program content, and current problems
and needs.

94.546 Social Deviance I (2 q.h.)

A consideration of the social problems of social disorganization, mental dis-
orders, drug addiction, alcoholism, suicide, and sexual behavior.

94.547 Social Deviance II (2 q.h.)

Continuing consideration of world's population crisis, race and ethnic rela-
tions, family disorganization, work and automation, poverty and disrepute, war
and disarmament. Prereq. 94.546.

94.549 Treatment of Offenders I (2 q.h.)

The concept of treatment and corrections; history; classification; training, edu-
cation and guidance; treatment methods; inmate society; health and social
services.

94.550 Treatment of Offenders II (2 q.h.)

Therapy, psychiatric and psychological considerations, case studies, evalua-
tion of comparable methods. Prereq. 94.549.

94.551 Correctional Administration I (2 q.h.)

Correctional processes and services, standards, personnel and principles of
management; allocation of resources, training of staff.

94.552 Correctional Administration II (2 q.h.)

Study of regular and special programs, volunteers, outside contacts, sentence
reduction, discharge planning, work release administration.

94.553 Correctional Administration III (2 q.h.)

Types of institutions; compacts; regional concepts; planning, organizing, con-
trolling, and directing corrections; budgeting. Prereq. 94.552.

94.557 Investigative Report Writing (2 q.h.)

Report content and writing, exercises in accurate terminology and concise

reporting, interpretation and evaluation of information, practical report-writing

projects.

94.560 Police Supervision (2 q.h.)

The police supervisor's role in discipline; interdepartmental relations; problem
handling and personnel policies; problems in supervisory relationships; wages,
grievances, morale, and safety.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 263

94.561 Police Work with Juveniles (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Police Juvenile

Methods)
The role of the police in delinquency prevention with emphasis on theory, ad-
ministration, control, treatment, confinement, community resources, and rela-
tionships with the public and the juvenile court.

94.563 Criminology I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the study of crime from the perspective of classical and
contemporary criminological theories. In particular, attention is given to bio-
logical, psychological and sociological approaches to the explanation of crime.

94.564 Criminology II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Criminology I with emphasis on the causes of crime and the
relationship between law and crime. Specific implications of prevention, re-
habilitation and treatment are considered in depth. Prereq. 94.563.

94.565 Delinquency Prevention (2 q.h.)

A survey of delinquent behavior, causation, and delinquency prevention pro-
grams; seminar projects for discussion of specific problems and general prin-
ciples in establishing delinquency prevention services.

94.567 Probation and Parole Practices I (2 q.h.)

The probation officer; presentence investigation; conditions of probation; effec-
tiveness, administrative aspects and prediction methods; relationship to
community.

94.568 Probation and Parole Practices II (2 q.h.)

The parole officer; conditions of parole; supervision; effectiveness; administra-
tive relationships; relationships to community, court and law enforcement
agencies; relationships of probationer and parolee to rehabilitative, social, and
family services; consideration of recividism; aftercare.

94.571 Law Enforcement Management and Planning I (2 q.h.)

Philosophy and theories of management in law enforcement; studies of orga-
nization from the administrator's viewpoint, including control, efficiency, effec-
tiveness, and discipline.

94.572 Law Enforcement Management and Planning II (2 q.h.)

A survey of the administrator's role, including special activities and responsibili-
ties; administrative planning; civilian personnel, including recruitment, selection,
evaluation; training; budgets; management records; interpersonal communica-
tions; auxiliary services; evaluation of present and future management systems.
Prereq. 94.571.

94.574 Juvenile Corrections I (2 q.h.)

A study of police, detention, petition, and hearings related to juveniles; juvenile
court procedures, philosophy, and terminology; adjudication.

94.575 Juvenile Corrections II (2 q.h.)

Social workers, probation officers, judges, psychologists, and psychiatrists with
relation to juveniles; institutions; aftercare; prevention. Prereq. 94.574.

264 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.577 Government Security Programs I (2 q.h.)

Department of Defense security programs; applicable federal statutes and
executive orders; visitor control.

94.578 Government Security Programs II (2 q.h.)

Security clearances under appropriate federal directives; handling classified
information; automatic time-phased downgrading and declassification.

94.579 Government Security Programs III (2 q.h.)

Relations with subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers; the protection of pro-
prietary information; legal and practical protection of sensitive data. Prereq.
94.578.

94.582 Document Control (2 q.h.)

A detailed study of procedures for handling and control of classified and other
sensitive information; a survey of control systems from manual to semi-
automated systems using data processing equipment.

94.583 Industrial Fire Prevention (2 q.h.)

Principles and practices of fire safety, including organization and manage-
ment responsibility, property conservation, safeguards for construction, fire
control apparatus and functions, engineering and scientific data on fires and
related perils.

94.584 Physical Security I (Formerly titled Plant Protection I.) (2 q.h.)

The basic foundations for security in industry, banking, transportation, utilities,
and other nongoverning operations; physical requirements and standards.

94.585 Physical Security II (Formerly titled Plant Protection II.) (2 q.h.)
Implementation of security; study of inanimate aspects, including alarm and
surveillance devices; study of animate aspects of protection. Prereq. 94.584.

94. 586 Reta i I Secu rity (2 q . h . )

The operation of security departments including functions of mercantile estab-
lishments; dishonest employees; shoplifters; management and public rela-
tions; receiving, shipping, and warehousing; special laws and procedures.

94.587 Bank Security Measures (2 q.h.)

(Formerly titled Security Measures for Financial Institutions.)
An in-depth study of the principles and practices of security measures for
banks and other financial institutions and the preparation of rules establishing
minimum standards under current federal and state legislation.

94.591 Seminar in Security (2 q.h.)

(Formerly titled Seminar in Industrial Security.)
An analysis of current problems in security such as growth patterns, salary
structures, training and education, existing weaknesses; field trips, individual
study assignments, and required oral and written reports.

94.593 Seminar in Correctional Practices (2 q.h.)

(Formerly titled Seminar in Correctional Program Management.)

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 265

An analysis of current problems in corrections designed to meet the needs
and interests of specific groups of students, practitioners, supervisors, and ad-
ministrators of correctional programs.

94.595 The National Law Enforcement Seminar (3 q.h.)

An annual, concentrated exploration of current viewpoints, varied solutions,
innovative procedures, and critical analyses in the issues facing law enforce-
ment, correctional practices, and security, drawing on exceptionally qualified
local and national figures. A research paper under the direction of a faculty
adviser is required for credit. Open to L.E. majors & Crim. Just Personnel
only.

94.596 Hospital Security (2 q.h.)

The function of protection in the health industry; medical security administra-
tion including study of health care providers; trends in hospital law; security
from injury, fire and loss in the medical world; security methodology for safe-
guarding specialty areas; the security role in mass casualty management and
emergency preparedness; the concept of professionalism; community liaison;
and patient attitudes toward security.

94.597 Current Security Problems (2 q.h.)

An analysis of special problem areas such as security education and training,
community relations, white-collar crime, drug abuse, theft control, shoplifting,
document control, subversion and sabotage, protection of classified informa-
tion, control of proprietary information and business espionage, labor problems,
civil disturbances, and natural and man-made disasters.

94.601 Law Enforcement Math I (Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement
94.590.) (2 q.h.)

A review of elementary algebra: algebraic expressions and operations, equations,
word problems. Solutions to mathematical problems in connection with their
practical applications in law enforcement.

94.602 Law Enforcement Math II (2 q.h.)

Further review: fundamental operations, measurement and computation, solu-
tions of linear and quadratic equations. Probability, trigonometry, statistics,
ratio and proportion. Prereq. 94.601.

94.603 Law Enforcement Math III (2 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra: analytic geometry, equations of motion
and energy, permutations, combinations. Stress is on problem-solving more
than theory. Application of these principles are applied to most areas of law
enforcement. Prereq. 94.602.

94.604 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Youth Crime Control) (2 q.h.)

The criminality and deviance of those between the juvenile and adult age.
Consideration is given to: concepts and characteristics of the youthful offender;
the role of the family in youth crime; the generation gap; violence of youth hooli-
ganism; drug addiction of youth; ordinary crimes of youth; the youth sub-culture
and culture conflict; the role of mass media and education in youth crime; the
concepts of freedom and justice in the youth culture; treatment of youthful
offenders; and the state of youth crime control in foreign countries.

266 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.605 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Victimology) (2 q.h.)
Criminal-victim relationships, with emphasis on victim precipitated crimes and
compensation to the victims. Consideration is given to: concept and significance
of "victimology;" time, space, sex, age, and occupational factors in criminal-
victim relationships; victims of murder, rape, other violent crimes, and property
crimes; victim-typology; the public as victim; restitution to victims of crime;
compensation to victims of crime; and the functional responsibility of the victim.

94.606 Seminar in Law Enforcement (International Crime Control) (2 q.h.)
Crimes touching upon more than one country, with emphasis on international
criminal law principles, treason, and espionage. Concentration is given to: the
concept of law in its comparative aspects; customs; treaties; international con-
ventions; "comity;" culture conflicts; the "international personality;" the "at-
tempt clause;" the Belgian approach; the Oxford approach; asylum, extradition;
international ordinary criminals; political criminals; piracy (on sea and in the
air); war criminals; genocide; international courts; League of Nations; United
Nations; international criminal statistics; Interpol, the Soviet-type spy-schools;
the history of American Intelligence.

94.607 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Grantsmanship) (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled
Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

This seminar is designed to familiarize the participants with the orderly sequence
of organizational steps required in providing the institutional framework neces-
sary for preparation and submission of applications to granting agencies.
Major topics include: Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968;
functions of the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration; grant application
strategy, planning and research.

94.608 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Law Enforcement Operational Intelli-
gence) (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)
Designed to provide a theoretical understanding of the value and function of an
intelligence unit, including planning, directing, organizing, financing, and other
salient features of the administration of these units. Emphasis is placed on
organized crime, subversive activities, and liaison programs as they apply to a
modern police agency.

94.609 Independent Studies (2 q.h.)

Faculty guided research in individually selected topics relating to the criminal
justice system.

94.610 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Collective Bargaining) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The history and background of collective bargaining in the public sector as it
affects members of the law enforcement field; initial establishment of rights of
labor, labor legislation — federal and state; preparation for negotiation, resolu-
tions of impasses, final agreement and operation of the contract.

94.611 Man, Law, and Society I (2 q.h.)

Designed to help the student to improve his capacity to handle problems in the
many insitutions and sociological processes of the American legal system, and

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 267

to see these problems in the perspective of their everyday working interrelation-
ships, in order to heighten his awareness of those aspects of familiar and often
unnoticed legal problems which call for a perceptive understanding of the func-
tions of the various institutions involved.

94.612 Man, Law, and Society II (2 q.h.)

A general analysis of the way in which major changes occur in the established
practices of legal and social organizations and communities. Particularly con-
cerned with the part played by legal institutions in initiating, controlling, and
directing or assisting such changes.

94.613 Man, Law, and Society III (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the social science concepts and methods in their current and
potential application to social and legal problems. Aims to acquaint the student
with a variety of social research concepts and methods of special utility in
investigating diverse types of social law related problems.

94.614 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Interviewing Practicum) (2 q.h.) (Form-
erly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Advanced interrogation methods and procedures; techniques of persuasion;
conditioning (negative and positive); the polygraph, its history and methodology;
the established rules and procedures required for current diagnosis of truth
and deception; the evaluation of the contemporary methods of international
law enforcement agencies. Prereq. 94.515.

94.615 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Organized Crime) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The nature and problems of organized crime; causes and effects; comparative
and historic roots; the activities, organization, and economics; possible solu-
tions— the scope and techniques in combating organized crime.

94.616 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Minorities and the Urban Crisis) (2 q.h.)
(Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An investigation of the ethnic and racial origins and characteristics of the
American people; the interaction, conflicts, and possibilities of adjustment be-
tween the dominant society and minority groups — particularly in contemporary
urban settings, and the role and function of police in their inter-relationship with
minority groups.

94.617 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Criminal Behavior) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An examination of crime and criminal behavior as a social phenomenon. Three
principal divisions; sociology of law and its effect; criminal etiology and the
scientific analysis of the causes of crime; evaluation of the various rationals of
detention as a crime control factor.

94.618 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Prosecutive Development) (2 q.h.)
(Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590) Prereq. 94.502, 94.504,
94.509. (cont.)

268 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

Lecture and discussion relating the professional requirements of the modern
police officer in the United States; oral testimony; the entire corpus delicti and
all other related matters in proper form and sequence; the trial; testimony and
the jury; conduct on the witness stand; opposition counsel; the defense of
entrapment; opinion testimony; confessions; prospective witnesses; legal stand-
ards and the police. Prereq. 94.501, 94.504, 94.510.

94.619 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Forensic Laboratory) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Crime laboratory organization and the utilization of special equipment for the
analysis interpretation, classification, and identification of physical evidence
obtained in crime scene searches. The transportation, storage, and security of
physical evidence and the effect of the results, coupled with the preparation of
exhibits for courtroom presentation. Prereq. 94.542. (Laboratory fee)

94.620 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Intervention Strategies and Tactics for
Law Enforcement — Counseling Techniques) (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Seminar
in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Basic concepts and principles of intervention as a social work method. Nature
of therapeutic relationships, principles of communication. Diagnostic assess-
ment of the person-problem-situation configuration. Goal-setting process. Ego
supportive procedures and use of community resources.

94.621 Civil-Liberties and the Police I (2 q.h.)
(Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An in-depth preparation for the officer facing the practical problems of enforcing
the law without breaching the civil rights of the accused and bystanders; indi-
vidual readings, lectures, group discussions, and preparations from Massachu-
setts and national interest cases; many incidents pertinent to the actions of the
men involved with these problems will be investigated and studied; constitu-
tional interpretation and limitations are the guidelines for the course.

94.622 Civil Liberties and the Police II (2 q.h.)

Several Supreme Court cases are followed from the time of the call, to the
confrontation, arrest, examination in court, appeals, and the direct statements
on the problem by jurists of the highest courts. The last section of the term
ties in the latest criminal law and civil rights act changes including — but not
limited to — the criminal justice and no knock laws and the latest Civil Rights
Act provisions. Prereq. 94.621.

94.623 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Drugs) (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Seminar
in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Designed to meet the needs of law enforcement personnel in the problematic
area of drug abuse; the law, society classification, distribution, identification,
and the effects of drugs.

94.624 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Executive Development) (2 q.h.) (Form-
erly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The role of the police administrator within the managerial structure. Special
problems unique to the law enforcement executive, decision making, policy
formation, planning, controlling, communicating, and directing. A consideration
of case studies and surveys will be utilized.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 269

94.625 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Mental Health and the Police) (2 q.h.)
(Formerly titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590)

A study of the roles of law enforcement and mental health services. Diagnosis
of the triggering mechanisms of behavioral disorders and the suicidal pheno-
menon; psychiatric and psychological considerations; case studies and the legal
process.

94.626 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Data Processing) (Formerly titled Sem-
inar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An introduction to automated systems utilized in the field of law enforcement;
basic program concepts; filing and sorting techniques; available input and out-
put storage media; types and sources of data communications and applications.

94.627 Administration of Justice I (2 q.h.) (Formerly 94.501)

A survey of the evaluation of justice from the earliest times, developed histori-
cally, with particular emphasis on Western justice and American justice, includ-
ing the roles played by the judiciary, with stress on due process and the
constitutional guarantees.

94.628 Administration of Justice II (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the various groups and professions in the American justice sys-
tem. Emphasis is fixed on human relations, efficiency, current trends and the
future role of the American criminal justice system. Prereq. 94.627.

94.629 Civil Law in Criminal Justice I (2 q.h.) (Formerly 94.51 1)

Civil matters such as defamation, negligence, assault and battery, false confine-
ment, trespass, conversion, and agency relationships.

94.630 Civil Law in Criminal Justice II (2 q.h.)

Civil matters such as the law of contracts, bailments, domestic relations and
business relationships which should be known to and distinguished by law
enforcement personnel. Prereq. 94.629.

94.631 Criminal Law I (2 q.h.)

Exploration of the major problems of criminal law as a device for controlling
socially undesirable behavior. It is intended to give one a working knowledge
of the basic questions of public policy involved in the administration of
criminal justice and the legal principles of determining criminal liability.
Course includes a consideration of specific crimes, elements of a crime, parties
to a crime, and defenses to a crime.

94.632 Criminal Law II (2 q.h.)

Consideration of vital constitutional and statutory concepts, including self-
incrimination, search and seizure, law of arrest, criminal procedure and re-
sponsibility, confessions, right to counsel, and conduct of trial in the District,
Superior, Appellate and Federal Courts. Prereq. 94.631.

94.633 Evidence and Court Procedure I (2 q.h.)

Rules of evidence; principles of exclusion; evaluation and examination of evi-
dence and proof.

270 / INTENSIVE COURSES

94.634 Evidence and Court Procedure II (2 q.h.)

Competency, consideration of witnesses, laws of search and seizure, court

procedures, moot court exercises. Prereq. 94.633.

94.650 Fire Investigation and Arson I (2 q.h.)

A study of the elementary chemistry of combustion involving sources of ignition,
fuels, the nature and behavior of gases and their toxicity. The combustion
properties of non-solid fuels as opposed to the combustion properties of solid
fuels are considered. Also consideration is given to explosions associated with
fires. A discussion of the socio-economic aspects of fire including the pyro-
maniac and his physiological and psychological involvement.

94.651 Fire Investigation and Arson II (2 q.h.)

A more concentrated approach is taken in dealing with the fire bug and his
sociological orientation. A discussion of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen as
major elements in all fires and the flameless ignition effect. Methods of fire
proofing are also considered and references made to various types of building
materials as well as the role of pyrolysis. Fire patterns of structural fires and
asphyxiation along with the legal aspects of arson are also considered. Prereq.
94.650.

INTENSIVE COURSES

The following are intensive courses. Please refer to the combination numbers
for the individual course description previously listed in this catalog.

97.500 Administration of Justice (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.627 and 94.628.

97.501 Criminal Law (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.631 and 94.632.

97.502 Evidence and Court Procedure (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.633 and 94.634.

97.503 Civil Law in Criminal Justice (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.629 and 94.630.

97.504 Civil Liberties and the Police (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.621 and 94.622.

97.505 Interviews and Interrogations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.514 and 94.515.

97.506 Traffic Law Enforcement (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.520 and 94.521.

97.507 Law Enforcement Identification and Records (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.525 and 94.526.

INTENSIVE COURSES / 271

97.508 Introduction to Criminalistics (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.541 and 94.542.

97.509 Social Deviance (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.546 and 94.547.

97.510 Law Enforcement Management Planning (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.571 and 94.572.

97.511 The Patrol Function (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.536 and 94.537.

97.512 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.508 and 94.509.

97.513 Criminalogy (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.563 and 94.564.

97.514 Treatment of Offenders (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.549 and 94.550.

97.515 Probation and Parole Practices (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.567 and 94.568.

97.516 Fire Investigation and Arson (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.650 and 94.651.

97.517 Advanced Correctional Practices (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.517, 94.518, 94.519.

97.518 Correctional Administration (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.551, 94.552, 94.553.

97.519 Law Enforcement Mathematics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.601, 94.602, 94.603.

97.520 Government Security Programs (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.577, 94.578, 94.579.

97.521 Man, Law and Society (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.611, 94.612, 94.613.

I*

'm^'

university college faculty

* Designates Senior Lecturer as of
September, 1972.

Herbert Abrams, J.D., M.L.

Criminal Law Evidence &

Procedure
Herbert Adams, Counsellor
at Law
Richard H, Ackley, B.S., M.S., J.D.

Management & Organization
Raytheon Company
J. Elaine Adams, B.S.

Chemistry
Henry Adieman, B.S.

Management Information

Systems
Digital Equipment
Corporation

Jason I. Adieman, B.S.B.A.

Programming

Nixdorf Computer Inc.
Kenneth Aft, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.

Manufacturing

Foxboro Company

'John P. Agnew, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Political Science & History
Pine Manor Junior College

Thomas J. Ahern, Jr., B.A., J.D.
Law
Silver and Ahern

H. David Ahlberg, A.B., Ph.D.
Biology
Northeastern University

Mohiuddin Ahmed, M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology
Wrentham State School

Joseph Aieta, III, B.S., M.A.
History
Lasell Junior College

John J. Aldrich, B.A., M.Ed.
Earth Science
Wellesley Junior High School

Michael J. Alessandri, B.S,, C.P.A.
Auditing
Data General Corp.

Donald Roy Allen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

Howard A. Amer, B.S., M.B.A.
Credit Management
Federal Reserve Bank
of Boston

Lois W. S. Ames, B.A., M.A.

Criminal Justice

Northeastern University
Frederick Andelman, B.A., M.A.

Sociotogy

Massachusetts Teachers
Association
Beverly J. Anderson, A.B., M.A.

Sociology
Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D.

Law

Northeastern University
Paul Gerard Anderson, B.S.

Art
Robert E. Anderson, B.S.

Management Information
Systems Coordinator

Corporate-Tech
Planning, Inc.
Ruth T. Anderson, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Stanley S. Antoniotti, B.A., M.A.

Economics

Bridgewater State College
Harriet J. Aranoff, B.A., M.A.

History
Dion J. Archon, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

Economics

Suffolk University
Donald C. Arthur, B.A.

Jr. Lab. Asst.— Biology

Northeastern University
Alfred E. Attard, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

Chemistry

Honeywell Radiation Center
Jason M. Avergun, B.S.M.E., M.B.A.

Marketing

York Division,

Borg-Warner Corp.
Warren F. Averill, B.S., M.S.

Chemistry

Research Chemist, Ionics, Inc.

Master, Boston Latin School

Richard C. Babineau, B.S., J.D.
Accounting
Multi-Tax Corporation

David L. Bachrach, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.

Psychology

V.A. Hospital
Carolyn W. Bailer, B.A., M.A.

History

WBZ Westinghouse

273

274 / FACULTY

Barry Lee Bailey, B.A., M.S.

Theatre Arts

Northeastern University
Anthony J. Bajdek, B.A., M.A.

History

Northeastern University
Alan R. Balboni, B.A., M.D., Ph.D.

Political Science

Boston State College
Peter S. Baletsa, B.A.

Biology

Lynn Public Schools
Sophia B. Bamford, B.S., M.S., M.D.

Health Sciences

N. E. Medical Center
Hospitals, Tufts Univ.
School of Medicine
Louis Banderet, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

Military Stress Lab.

U. S. Army Research Inst,
of Environmental
Medicine
John Baranofsky, A.E.E., B.S., M.S.

Industrial Management

Raytheon Company
John N. Barbas, M.B.A.

Management

Billings & Reece
'Norman F. Barbeau

Industrial Management

Consultant
David L. Barbero, B.F.A., M.F.A.

Fine Arts

Lasell Junior College
Raymond S. Barnstone, B.S., M.S.

Corporate Finance,
/nvestments

Honeywell Information
Systems, Inc.
John J. Barry, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

Psychology

Emmanuel College
N. Bernard Basch, B.S.B.A., M.S.

Electronic Data Processing

F. W. Faxon Company
Franco A. Baseggio, B.S., M.B.A.

Product & Inventory
Control I, II

Gillette Company
Robert L. Beal, B.A., M.B.A.

Real Estate

Beacon Construction
Company
Constance A. Bean, B.A., M.S.

Health Science

Norfolk County— Newton TB
& Respiratory Disease
Asso.
Gretchen H. Bean, B.S., M.S.

Health Science
Stanley A. Beecoff, A.E.E., B.B.A.,
M.B.A.

Management & Organization

Microwave Associates, Inc.
George Beeke-Levy, B.A., M.A.

History

Boston State College

Richard E. Belanger, A.E.E., B.S.

Management & Organization

Honeywell Information
Systems, Inc.
Seymour S. Bellin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Sociology

Tufts University— School

of Medicine
Paula Bennett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

English
Richard S. Bentley, B.A., M.A.

History
Anna S. Berger, B.A., M.A.

Modern Languages
Richard S. Berger, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Modern Language

Tufts University
William K. Berkson, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D.

Philosophy
John L. Bernard!, A.B., M.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Economics

Stonehill College
Ralph A. Bevilaqua, A.B., M.Ed.

English

Northeastern University
Selden E. Biggs, A.B.

Political Science

Harvard University
Aaron K. Bikofsky, B.A., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

Bikofsky and Walker
Samuel S. Bishop, B.A., M.A., M.F.A.

Fine Arts

Northeastern University

Richard E. Bissell, A.B., M.A., M.A.L.D.,
Ph.D.
History

Fletcher School of Law &
Diplomacy
Alvin M. Black, B.S.B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Business Consultant

•Carl Blackman, B.S., C.P.A.
Accounting
Management Consultant

•Eugene J. Blackman, B.S., M.A.

Speech, Theatre Arts—

Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert J. Blanch, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University

Joel Blau, B.S., M.S.
Economics
Boston University

Gerald Blayne, B.S., M.B.A.
Risk Management
Data Packaging Corp.

•C. Raymond Block, B.C.S., C.P.A.
Accounting

Donald Blom, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse & Company

Debra S. Bloom, B.S., M.A.
Recreation

FACULTY / 275

Richard B. Bobbitt, B.S.. B.M., M.M.,
Ph.D.

Music

Berklee College of Music
Edward Bograd, A.B., J.D.

Health Science

Mass. Hospital Association
Fletcher S. Boig, B.S., M.S., Ed.M.

Chemistry— Consultant

Northeastern University
Robert W. Bolster, B.A., M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Member, Mass. State
Parole Board

Sharon C. Bonk, B.S.Ed,, M.A., M.A.
Library Science
Northeastern University

Vincent C. Borman, Jr., B.B.A., M.B.A.
Transportation
Raytheon Company

Ell Boroda, B.A., M.S.

Jr. Lab Asst.— M/crob/ology
Lahey Clinic

Robert Borofsky, B.S., M.A.
Sociology
Sudbury Public Schools

Harry E. Bose, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology

Pioneer Research Labs,
Natick

Richard Bourne, B.A., Ph.D.
Sociology

Theodore R. Bousquet, B.S.B.A., CD. P.
Electronic Data Processing
Honeywell, Inc.

Guy R. Bouthillette, M.S.
Biology
Teaching Assistant

John F. Bowes, Jr., B.S.B.A., MBA.
Systems Techniques
Child World Inc.

George S. Bowling, B.S., M.A., M.A.,
M.Ed., D.Ed.

Human Relations-
Personnel Planning

Office of Economic
Opportunity

John J. Boyle, B.A., M.S.P.
Sociology

Mass. Dept. of Public
Welfare

Patrick J. Brady, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department

Ingrid G. Brainard, B.A., Ph.D.
Music

Laurence G. Branch, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
U.S. Army Natick Labs.

Raymond W. Brennan, B.A., M.A.,
M.S., in S.S.
Law Enforcement
Mass. Correctional Inst.,
Norfolk

Roger F. Brightbill, A.B., Ph.D.

Advisor— Psycho/ogy

Northeastern University
Brian E. Brightly, A.B., B.D., M.S.

Speech

"21 inch" Classroom
Stanley J. Britton, A.B., M.B.A.

/nvestments

Mass. Turnpike Authority
David L. Brody, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Crime Lab— Boston
Police Dept.
George M. Brooker, B.S., M.B.A.

Statistics

Dean Junior College
Howard H. Brown, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Consultant
John J. Brule, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management

Raytheon Company
Gordon L. Brumm, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Philosophy
Anthony A. Buglio, B.S., M.S.

Speech

Northeastern University
'Bruce Bunten, B.S.

Personnel & Industrial
Relations

Stone & Webster Engineering

Larry R. Burnett, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Northeastern University
Grafton E. Burke, M.D.

Allied Health Science
Pilgrim Nursing Home,
Peabody
•Peter E. Burns, B.A., M.A.
English
Tabor Academy

Charles F. Burt, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting, Finance

Manganaro Brothers, Inc.
Nelson M. Butters, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Psycho/ogy

Boston V.A. Hospital
Robert F. Butterworth, A.B., M.S.

Systems

IBM Corporation
Joseph H. Bylinski, B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Alexander Grant & Company
John A. Cahalane, A.B.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. Public Safety
Richard L. Cahoon, A.B., M.S., Ph.D.

Psycho/ogy

U.S. Army Research Institute
of Environmental Medicine
Eugene Calderaro, B.S., P.E.

Systems Design

Converse Rubber Company

Conrad P. Caligaris, B.B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Economics Major Advisor
Northeastern University

276 / FACULTY

Charles Calusdian, B.S., M.B.A.

Manufacturing Processes

Raytheon Company
David S. Calverley, B.A., M.Ed.

Psychology
Bruce Cameron, B.S.B.A.

Life insurance

Metropolitan Life
Insurance Co.
James E. Canavan, B.S., M.E., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Arlington Public Schools
Dennis A. Capitanio, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
•A. Arthur Capone, B.S., M.A., M.Ed., D.J.

Law Enforcement
Brian R. Caputo, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Raytheon-Bedford Labs
Andrea Carr, B.A., M.A.

Sociology
Charles J. Carr, B.S., M.B.A., M.Ed.

Accounting

Neuman, King & Romero
Clairmont P. Carter, B.S., M.B.A., DBA.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Norman J. Cartmill, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting, Management

Revere Copper & Brass, Inc.
Lydia Casavant, B.A., M.S.S.W.

Recreation

Bay Path Colonial Girl Scouts

Richard J. Cass, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Security-Consultant

Attorney at Law
Christopher J. Cassidy, B.S. I.E., M.S.

Management Information
Systems

Honeywell Information
Systems, Inc.
Stephanie L. Catalan, A.B., M.A.T., M.A.

Sociology

Boston College
Laird S. Cermak, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

Tufts University
Arthur P. Chamian, A.B., M.B.A.

Marketing

Deran Confectionary Co., Inc.

John D. Chapman, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Barnstable District Court
John F. Chaves, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

Psychology

Children's Hospital
Medical Center
George F. Chen, B.A., M.A., M.S.

Economics

Northeastern University
James W. Child, B.A., M.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Philosophy
John Chruney, B.S.

Administrative Management

Dunkin Donuts of
America, Inc.

James C. Clark, B.A., M.A.
Earth Science
Boston University
Arnold B. Clayton, B.A., M.A.

Modern Languages
Betty Jane Cleckley, B.S., M.S.S.

Social Welfare
George P. Clinch, B.S.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
American Mutual
Insurance Co.
William M. Cloran, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Mass. Supreme Judicial Court
•William G. Coggan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology

Massasoit Community
College
Edward S. Cohen, B.S.B.A., M.A.
Computer Programming
Polaroid Corp.
Patricia A. Cole, B.A., Th.M., Ph.D.
Philosophy

Roger E. Cole, A.B., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
Phillips Academy

John S. Collins, B.S., Ed.M.
Law Enforcement
Chief Mental Health Liaison
Specialist
Commonwealth of Mass.

Richard J. Comings, A.B., M.A.
History
Northeastern University

John Concannon, B.S.

Industrial Management

Boston Naval Shipyard
Elizabeth M. Congdon, B.A., M.Ed., M.A.

History

Peabody High School

Norman J. Conklin, A.E., B.S.

Management Information

Systems
Honeywell, Inc.
Donald Connors, A.B., M.B.A., M.A.T.
English, Management <&

Finance
Burdett Business College

Joseph N. Connors, A.S., B.S., M.P.A.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Terence W. Conroy, B.S.C.E., M.B.A.
Marketing
Carlson Corporation

(Rev.) Thomas D. Conway, B.A., M.A.,
M.R.E., M.Div.
Law Enforcement
St. John The Baptist Parish
Haverhill

•Louis Cooperstein, A.B., A.M.

English, Modern Languages-
Consultant
Northeastern University

•Robert M. Copeland, B.S., A.M., Ph.D.
Modern Languages, English
Winchester High School

FACULTY / 277

Richard S. Corrente, B.S., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
Raytheon Company
Thomas F. Coveney, B.S.

Management Information

Systems
Liberty Mutual

Insurance Company
James M. Cox, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Department
Salvatore A. Crisafulli, B.S., M.B.A.
Management Information

Systems
Digital Equipment
Corporation
John F. Cronin, Jr., A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Raytheon Company
Joseph J. Cronin, Jr., B.S., M.B.A.
Marketing

Batten, Barton, Durstine, &
Osborn Advertising
Hugh J. Crossland, B.B.A., M.B.A.,
J.D., LL.M.
Law

Crossland, Barrett & Lamont
Attorneys & Counsellors
at Law, Inc.

Brian C. Crowley, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting

Amicon Corporation
David M. Culver, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

History

Bridgewater State College
Albert C. D'Amato, B.A., M.Ed.

English
Miriam F. D'Amato, B.A., M.A.

English
•Arnold E. Daum, B.S.B.A.

Marketing

Arnold E. Daum Company

•Charles Daum, J.D.
Marketing

Art-Craft Optical Company of
New England

Albert S. Davis, J.D., M.Ed., CAGS
Law Enforcement
General Electric Company

Donna May Davis, B.A., M.A.
History

Richard J. Davis, B.S., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Belmont School Department

'Ronald C. Davis, A.B., Ed.M.
Fine Arts
Northeastern University

Willie J. Davis, A.B., LL.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Magistrate United States
District Court for District
of Massachusetts

Ernest M. DeCicco, B.S., A.M., Ph.D.
Economics
Northeastern University

Herbert Deitcher, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Raytheon Company
John R. Deitrick, A.B., A.M.

English

Becker Junior College
Richard DelGaudio, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Advanced Metals Research
Corp.
Dante J. DeMichaelis, A. A., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Paul J. Derby, B.S., M.S.

Electronic Data Processing

Honeywell, Inc.
Joseph B. deRoche, B.A., M.F'A.

English

Northeastern University
Robert T. Devereaux, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Metropolitan Police
John J. Dias, B.S., B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting

Data General Corporation
S. Anthony diCiero, B.A., J.D.

Management & Industrial
Relations

National Labor Relations
Board
Eugene P. DiCostanzo, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing

Honeywell, Inc.
Alba A. DiCredico, A.B., A.M.

English

Boston Conservatory of Music
Edward Dillon, B.S., M.B.A.

Human Relations

Raytheon Company
Howard T. Dimmick, B.S.Ed., Ed.M.

Earth Science

Stoneham Junior High
School
Francis J. DiSabatino, B.S., Ed.M.

Chemistry

Quincy High School

Quincy Junior College

Melinda A. diSessa, B.A., M.A.
Philosophy

Paul L. Doherty, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

State House— Chief of Police
John R. Donelan, Jr., A.B., M.S.W.,
M.A., Ph.D.

Law Enforcement

Salem State College
Michael B. Donham, B.A., M.B.A.

Human Relations

DARE, Inc.

John S. Donohoe, B.S.B.A.
Law Enforcement
U.S. Treasury Department
'Eugene J. Doody, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Simplex Time Recorder
Company

278 / FACULTY

Nancy S. Dorfman, B.A., Ph.D.

Economics
John G. Downes, Jr., B.S.

Transportation

Carter's Ink Company
John P. Driscoll, A.B., LL.B.

Real Estate

Drinkwater & Driscoll
Richard E. Driscoll, B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Essex County Probation
Department
•Edward Dube, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Consultant
*Ardyn E. Dubnow, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Northrop Corporation
Paul A. Dubois, A.B., M.A.

English

University of New Hampshire
Charles H. Dufton, A.B., M.A.

Consu/tant— Marketing

Northeastern University
Stephen J. Duggan, B.S., M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Office of Industrial Security,
Boston
•James W. Earley, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.B.A.

Human Relations in
Organizations

Personnel Management &
Human Relations in Org—
Coordinator

Raytheon Company
Charles W. Earnshaw, B.S., M.A.,
J.D., C.L.U.

/nsurance— Coordinator

Northeastern University
Carl W. Eastman, B.A., M.A.

Speech

Northeastern University
•William T. Edgett, A.B., M.A.

History

Northeastern University
Maureen L. Edison, B.A., M.A.

Eng/ish
Frank T. Eggemeier, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Lab.
Robert L. Ehrmann, M.D.

Healtti Science
James H. Elgin, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.,
M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Digital Equipment
Corporation

Elaine G. Eliopoulos, B.S,, M.S.

Recreation

Northeastern University
Jean B. Elshtain, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Political Science
J. Clive Enos, B.S.

Management

Raytheon Company
Eleanor C. Ericson, B.A., M.A.

Modern Languages

George W. Evans, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

Manufacturing Processes

General Electric Company
Benedetto Fabrizi, B.S., M.A., D.M.L.

Modern Languages

Northeastern University
Edward J. Falvey, B.S., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

New England Merchants
Nat'l Bank
George J. Fantini, Jr., B.S.A., M.B.A.

investments

State Street Bank & Trust
Company
Daniel M. Fasulo, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Haverhill Police Department
John E. Fedele, A.B., J.D., LL.M., C.L.U.

Estate Planning

N.E. Mutual Life Insurance
Company
Irwin Feigelman, B.S., C.P.A.

Accounting

U.S. Treasury Department
John P. Ferullo, B.A., M.B.A.

Job Evaluation, Labor
Management Relations

Worcester County
National Bank
Larry S. Field, B.S. I.E.

industrial Management

Columbia Packing Company
Barbara Ann P. Filo, B.A., M.A.

History
Arthur Finger, Jr., B.S.

Transportation

Traffic & Distribution
Services, Inc.
Francis X. Finigan, A.B., Ed.M.

Natural Science

Winchester Public Schools
Arnold D. Finley, A.B.

Purchasing— Coordinator

Sanders Associates, Inc.

Albert Finney, Jr., B.S.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting

Raytheon Company
Frank P. Fiorentino, B.S.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting

Livingston & Haynes, CPA

Karen L. Fisher, A.A., B.F.A.

Fine Arts
Jeffrey H. Fisher, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Middlesex County District
Attorney's Office
Ellen C. Fitzgerald, R.N., R.R.A., B.S.

Health Care Administration

Children's Hospital
Medical Center

Leo J. Fitzgerald, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Industrial Management
General Electric Company

Laurence D. Fitzmaurice
Systems
Analog Devices, Inc.

FACULTY / 279

Kevin T. Fitzpatrick. B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Finance

Boston Public Library
Walter L. Fogg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Phi'/osophy— Consu/tant

Northeastern University
Florence B. Forman, B.S., M.A.

Ph/7osophy

Boston Public Schools
Robert Forrant, B.A., M.A.

History
Robert J. Forrest, B.S., J.D.

Federal Tax

Counsellor at Law

•Douglas G. Foster, A.B., Ed.M., M.S.

Earth Science

Jeremiah Burke High School
•Gale P. Foster, B.S.

Marketing— Coordinator

Samson Cordage Works
•James A. Foster, B.S., C.P.C.U.

Finance

Liberty Mutual

Insurance Company
Herbert L. Fox, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

Economics

Bolt, Beranek, & Newman
Joseph P. Fox, B.A.

Law Enforcement

Northeastern University
Susan H. Francis, B.A., M.A.

English
Dennis N. Francoeur, B.S.

Computer Programming

Honeywell Information
Systems
Martha E. Francois, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Robert K. Freebern, M.D.

Health Science

'Howard H. Freedman, A.B., M.S., C.P.A.
Accounting
Raytheon Company
John Freiberg, B.A.

Chemistry
Melvin W. Friedman, SB.

Industrial Management,
Project Planning,
Management &
Organization
M. W. Friedman Associates
Edmond M. Gagey, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

English
Walter A. Gagne, Jr., B.S., M.B.A.
Management
Harvard University
Rawie W. Garner, B.S., M.U.A.
Law Enforcement
Federal Trade Commission
John A. Gavin, B.SS., M.A.

Law Enforcement
Commissioner of Correction
(Ret.) Commonwealth of
Massachusetts

Stanley S. Gawlinski, B.S.
Law Enforcement
City of Boston Police
Department
Paul C. Gay, B.A., LL.B.
Law

Register of Probate Norfolk
County
•John A. Geary, B.S.Ed.

Industrial Safety
Consultant, Accident

Prevention and Supervisory
Training
George J. Geiger, B.S.

Computer Systems
International Computer
Terminal Corp.
John R. Geraghty, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
Internat'l Business Machines
Corp.

•Cleveland Gilcreast, B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing

H. P. Hood, Inc.
Edwin S. Giles, Jr., B.M.E.

Electronic Data Processing

Mass. Teachers Association
Philip L. Gilman, B.A.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Department of Public
Safety
Maureen Glancy, B.A., M.A.

Recreation

Northeastern University
William F. Glaser, Jr., B.S., M.S.

Finance, Investments & Risk
Management

Commercial Marketing
Associates
Daniel D. Glatthorn, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Boston Naval Shipyard
Leonard J. Glick, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D.

Psychology

Boston University
L. James Glinos, B.B.A., Ed.M.

Human Relations

Kennecott Copper Corp.
Myer N. Goldberg, B.S.

Law Enforcement

M.D.C. Police
Robert L. Goldberg, A.B., M.B.A., C.L.U.

Management

John Hancock Mutual Life
Insurance Co.

M. Patricia Golden, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

Sociology

Northeastern University
Frederick T. Golder, B.A., J.D., LL.M.

Labor Management Relations

Attorney at Law
Daniel M. Goldfarb, A.B., M.A.T., M.A.

Modern Languages

Quincy Junior College
Maureen Goldman, B.A., M.A.

English

280 / FACULTY

Minton F. Goldman, B.A., M.A.,
M.A.L.D., Ph.D.

Political Science-Major
Advisor

Northeastern University
M. Alvln Goldstein, A.B.

Electronic Data Processing

Information Systems
Analysis, Inc.
Nathan Goldstein, B.F.A., M.F.A.

Art

Art Institute of Boston
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A.

Accounti'ng-Consu/tant

Northeastern University
Herbert P. Golub, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.G.S.,

Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern Essex Mental
Health Center
Michael E. Goodhue, B.A.

£/ectron/c Data Processing

Singer Business Machines Inc.
Judith R. Goodman, B.A., M.A.

English

Northeastern University
Leon M. Goodman, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management & Organization

New England Tel. & Tel. Co.
Stephen Goodyear, A.B., M.A.

Modern Languages

Hull High School
Bernard L. Gordon. B.S., M.S.

Earth Science

Northeastern University
Daniel D. Gordon, B.A., M.A.

Economics & Statistics

Salem State College
Lester I. Gordon, A.B., M.A.

History

Boston University
Mary Jane Gorton, B.A., Ed.M.

Fine Arts

Fisher Junior College
Edward G. Goulart, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Law Enforcement

M.I.T. Lincoln Laboratory
Daniel A. Grady, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Intermediate Accounting

William Underwood Company
•William E. Grady, B.B.A.

Quality Control

Courier-Citizen Printing
Company
Anthony P. Graffeo, B.A.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Robert L. Graham, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Management Decisions &
Policies

Lybrand, Ross Bros. &
Montgomery
Leon S. Graubard, A.B., A.M.

Economics

Northeastern University
Joseph P. Greelish, Jr., A.A., B.S.

Law Enforcement

Registry of Motor Vehicle
Selective Enforcement

Martin B. Green, B.A., Ph.D.

English
Kristo Gregory, B.S.

/nvestments

Paine Webber Jackson &
Curtis
Gerald R. Griffin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Literature

Northeastern University
John L. Griffith, B.S.

Management & Organization
Coordinator

Director of Planning—
Town of Braintree
Duane L. Grimes, A.B., A.M.

Political Science

Northeastern University
John J. Grimes, B.S., M.P.A., J.D.

Law Enforcement

New York City Police
Department
•Thomas G. Grogan

Industrial Management

Consultant
Steven D. Grossman, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

Accounting

Northeastern University
A. Nicholas Groth, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

Psychology

Commonwealth of

Massachusetts Dept. of
Mental Health
Eric N. Grubinger, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Transaction Technology Inc.
George J. Guilbault, Mus.B.

Music

Connecticut General Life
Insurance Co.
Ronald E. Guittarr, B.S. B.A.

Human Relations

Raytheon Company
Jose J. Guzman, B.A., M.A.

Conversationa/ Spanish

Northeastern University
Reginald W. Hache', B.M., M.M., A.D.

Music

Northeastern University
Edward A. Hacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Philosophy

Northeastern University
Robert L. Haddad, M.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse & Company
Andrew F. Hall, III, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting

Charles I. Newell & Company
Paul M. Halloran, B.S.B.A.

Managment Information

Raytheon Company
Donald J. Halpin, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Finance

Burnham & Company, Inc.
Isadore Halzel, B.A., M.B.A.

Project Planning & Control
Production Inventory
Control

M.l.T.Draper Lab.

FACULTY / 281

Lawrence Halzel, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D.

Counselor

Boston V.A. Hospital
Suzanne L. Hamner, B.A., M.A.

History
William F. Hancock, Jr., B.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.L.U., CD. P.

F/nance-Coord/nator

Keane Associates, Inc.
Francis R. Hankard, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety
Eleanor Z. Hanna, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School

Nat'l. Institute of Alcoholism
& Alcohol Abuse (NIAAA)
Norman E. Hansen, A.B., M.B.A.

Marketing

F.A.O. Schwarz
James J. Hardcastle, A. 8.

Physical Distribution
Management

The Gillette Company
•David J. Harrigan, B.S.

Quality Control

L. A. Seder & Assoc.
John E. Harris, B.S., Ph.D.

Chemistry

Boston University
Ruth Ann M. Harris

History
Dorothy Hart, B.A., M.A.

Library Science

Proceedings in Print, Inc.
Pamela H. Hart, B.A., M.A.

French
Dorothy J. Havens, B.A., M.A.

English
Leonard Havens, B.S., M.Ed.

Fine Arts Major Advisor

Northeastern University
George E. Hawkins, B.S., M.B.A.

Project Planning

Polaroid Corporation
Donald R. Hayden, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing

Hill's Department Store
Gerard J. Hayes, A.B., M.A.

Economics

Town of Brookline
Robert T. Heald, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.P.A.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse & Company
'Hugh Healey, S.B.

Industrial Management

General Electric Company
Charles E. Healy, A.B.

Project Planning

New England Merchants Nat'l
Bank
George E. Healy, LL.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Kenneth P. Healy, B.S.B.A.

Credit Management

First National Bank of Boston

Warren K. Heckman, B.B.A.. M.A.

Management

Health Consultants Inc.
George Hennessey, B.S.B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing

Boston Gas Company
Barbara L. Henry, B.A., M.A.

Anthropolgy

Northeastern University
Miles Herkenham, B.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Gerald H. Herman, A.B., M.A.

History-Course Coordinator &
Major Advisor

Northeastern University
George M. Herrick, B.A., M.B.A.

Finance

John E. Cain Company
Max Edwin Hess, B.A., M.A.

Sociology

Northeastern University
George F. Hickey, Jr., A.B., M.S.

Library Science

Billerica Public Schools
• Chester W. Higgins, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management

M.B.T.A.
Edward J. Higgins, AS., B.S., M.P.A.

Law Enforcement

Mass. State Police
Peter D. Higgins, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting

Itek Corporation
Ann G. Hilferty, B.S., M.A.

English

Northeastern University
Richard A. Hill, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Marketing

R. A. Hill, Inc. -Marketing
Consultants
Elizabeth J. Hodges, A.B., B.S.

Library Science

Robbins Library, Arlington
Brian Justin Hoel, A.B.

Law Enforcement

Brookline Police Department
James A. Hope, A.B., M.B.A.

Management

Signet Club Plan, Inc.
Daniel J. Horgan, Jr., A.B., J.D.

Law

Attorney at Law
Morris A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.

Economics-Consultant

Northeastern University
Joan T. Horwitz, B.A., A.M.

Modern Language

Northeastern University
Arthur F. Howe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Chemistry

Executive Director, Sepac.
Robert A. Hunter, A.B.. M.A.

English

Mansfield Public Schools

282 / FACULTY

•Daniel F. Hurley, A.A., LL.B.

Labor Relations-Coordinator
Federal Mediation &
Conciliation Service
Joseph J. Hurwitz, B.S., B.J.Ed., Ph.D.

Literature
John J. Irwin, Jr., A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Attorney General-
Criminal Div.
Arthur L. Isberg. B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Commonwealth of
Massachusetts
Mervyn Israel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry
Children's Cancer Research

Foundation,
Children's Hospital Medical
Center, Harvard Medical
School
Herbert H. Itzkowitz, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.P.A.
Accounting

Herbert H. Itzkowitz, C.P.A.
'Philip S. Jackson, S.B., LL.B.
Law

Attorney at Law
Donald M. Jacobs, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

Thomas E. Jaillet, B.S.Ed., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Tabor Academy
John J. Jamison, B.S.M.E.

Electronic Data Processing

Honeywell, Inc.
Philip A. Janus, B.B.A.. M.B.A.

Computer Programming

Comptroller, Symphonic
John J. Jennings, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

First Assistant District
Attorney, Essex County
Edward G. Jepsen, B.A., M.B.A. , C.P.A.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse &
Company

Walter G. Jerome, B.A.

Jr. Lab. Asst.-Bio/ogy
Northeastern University
•Carson C. Johnson, A.B., M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology
Emmanuel College
Edward A. Johnson, Jr., B.A., M.T.

Transportation Management
President— Howe &
Company, Inc.
Leonard E. Johnson, B.B.A.
Marketing

Harvard Cooperative Society
Consultant
Richard F. Q. Johnson, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
The Medfield Foundation, Inc.

Gary R. Jones, B.S., M.S.
Earth Science
Chelmsford Public Schools

Joseph M. Jordan, A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Deputy Superintendent
Boston Police Dept.
Gerald Kaelin, B.A., J.D.

Risk Analysis & Treatment

III
Attorney at Law
U.S.F. & G. Co.
Martin J. Kahan, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Consultant
Eugenia O. Kaledin, A.B., A.M.

English
Martin A. Kalustian, A.B., M.B.A.,
Management
Raytheon Company
Edward L. Kandib, A.B., Ed.M.
Accounting

U.S. Treasury Department
Martin J. Kane, B.A., M.B.A.
Purcfiasi'ng
Raytheon Company
Mort S. Kaplan, B.A., M.A.
Theatre Arts
Northeastern University
George Karam, A.B., A.M., Ed.D.
Philosophy

St. Joseph's Hospital,
Lowell
Britta L. Karlsson, M.T. (A.S.C.P.)
B.S., M.S.

Medical Technology-
Consultant
Northeastern University
Harold D. Kastle. B.S., B.J. P., M.A.
Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Raytheon Company
Stanley W. Kaszanek, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Northeastern University
•Hyman Mendel Kaufman, S.B., M.A., J.D.
Law

Attorney at Law
Robert J. Kaufman, B.I.E., M.S., P.E.
Management Information

Systems
Cranston Print Works
Company
Ronald P. Kaufman, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Mass. Dept. of Public Safety
Richard M. Kaye. B.S., M.B.A.
Finance
North American Packing Corp.

Helen Keaney, M.M.

Music

Northeastern University
Walter E. Kearney. B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Northeastern University
John S. Kearns, B.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
John F. Keating, B.B.A.

Risk Analysis

Ludlow Corporation

FACULTY / 283

•William E. Kelley, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Mass. Inst, of Technology
Thomas W. Kelley, B.B.A., M.B.A.

E/ectron;'c Data Processing

General Electric Company
Mary E. Kennedy, B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

IBM
Charles Kenney, B.A., M.B.A.

Marketing

Research Data Inc.
Anna J. Kerns, B.C.E.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Kernan F. King, A.B., J.D., LL.M., C.L.U.

Estate Planning

New England Mutual Life
Sandra J. King, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing

Consultant
Richard E. Kinonen, B.S., M.S.

Economics

U.S. Air Force, LG Hanscom
Field
Paul G. Kinsella, B.S. B.A.

Real Estate

Hunneman and Co., Inc.
Virginia K. Kirshner, A.B.

Theatre Arts
Jan J. Kitchen, B.A., M.A.

English
Richard Klayman, B.A., M.A.

History
•John L. Kobrick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Research Inst, of
Environmental Medicine
Arthur J. Komar, A.B., M.Mus., Ph.D.

Music

Grahm Junior College
Harvey B. Korotkin, B.S., M.S.

Operations Research

Polaroid Corporation
Christine H. Kowalski, B.A.

Jr. Lab. Asst.— Microbiology

Northeastern University

Bennett L. Kramer, B.B.A., M.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Donald J. Kramer, B.S. B.A. , M.B.A.

Finance

Modicon Corporation

James B. Krasnoo, A.B., J.D., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Asst. United States Attorney
Claudio R. Kraus, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.

Economics

Daniel G. Kraus, B.S., M.A.
Economics
Northeastern University

Elliot A. Krause, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Sociology
Northeastern University

David H. Kravetz, B.B.A., LL.B., J.D.
Law
Widett & Widett

Donald F. Krier, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

Economics

Newton College
Fredric G. Kropp, B.A.

Economics

Jordan Marsh Company
Charles D. Kuhn, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Department of Public Safety
Joseph T. Lamb, A.B., M.B.A.

Marketing

Parks Cramer Company
•Paul K. Lambert, B.A., M.B.A.

Physical Distribution

Management
•Kenneth W. Lamprey, B.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting, Finance

Kenneth W. Lamprey, C.P.A.
Robert H. Landry, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting

Massasoit Community College
Louis R. Larsen, B.A., B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing

Corporate Studies Group, Inc.
•Norman L. Lavers, Th.B., B.D., M.A., D.D.

English

Mass. Bay Community College

Gerard J. Lavoie, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Private Investigator

Edward J. Leach, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Revere Police Department

Nancy V. Lee, B.A., M.A.

English
Lila Leibowitz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Socio/ogy— Coordinator &
Major Advisor

Paul A. LeMaitre, A.B.

Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

M. X. Lesser, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Assoc. Consultant in

Literature
Northeastern University

Joseph Levangie, S.B., M.B.A.
Marketing
Avco Corporation

Albert M. Levenson, B.S., M.B.A.
Quality Control
M.I.T.— Draper Lab.

Seymour Leventman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology
Boston College

•Abraham H. Levine, B.S.

Industrial Management

Ruth M. Liberfarb, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Microbiology
Richard Lindhe, B.S.B.A., B.S.Ed.,
M.Ed., Ph.D.

Accounting

Northeastern University

Harold List, B.A., M.A.
Counselor
Mass. Bay Community College

284 / FACULTY

Thomas E. Littlehale, B.S., M.Ed.

Basic Computer Programming

John Hancock Mutual Life
Insurance Co.
Leo Litwin

Music

Leo Litwin Piano Studios
♦John Antony Lloyd, B.A., MA.

English

Itek Corporation
Joseph S. Lo Castro, B.S., MA., Ph.D.

Psychology

Boston Veterans

Administration Hospital
John M. Lockhart, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Lab.
Edward J. Lonczak, B.A,, MBA.

Management

Commercial Union Companies
Kenniston W. Lord, Jr., ABA., B.S.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Ware Associates
Robert R. Lovejoy, B.A., M.S.

Health Care Administration-
Consultant

The Waltham Hospital
Edwin H. Lovequist, Jr., B.S.

Industrial Management

General Electric Company
W. Fay Luder, A.B., Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Paul E. Lyons

Quality Control

Gillette Company

Safety Razor Division
Andrew C. MacAulay, Jr., B.S., M.S.

Chemistry

New England Medical Center

•Edmund M. MacCloskey, A.B., A.M.
English, Speech
Edward R. MacCormack, B.S.
Law Enforcement
Mass. State Police
Department
Warren G. MacDonald, B.S.B.A., MBA.
Marketing
Imperial Distributors, Inc.

Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M.

Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Patricia M. Macrides, B.A., MA.

Sociology
Michael F. Madden, B.A., MA.

Psychology

Northeastern University

William J. Madden, A.B.
Accounting
Office of Naval Research

Gerard E. Maguire, B.A., MA.
Purchasing
RCA.

Thomas J. Maguire, LL.B.

Law Enforcement

City of Woburn Police Dept.

William G. Magurie, A.B., Ed.M.

Modern Languages

South Boston High School
Gus Mahairas, B.A., M.B.A.

Labor Management

Walworth Company
Audrey J. Mahler, B.A.. MA.

English
Robert G Mallion, B.S.Ed.. M Ed.

Earth Science

Stoneham Public Schools
Mary P. Maly, M.S.

Biology
Francis S. Mancini, B.A., M.A.

Political Science

Roger Williams College

George J. Manidas, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Raytheon Missile Systems
Division

Albert R. Manson, B.B.A., M.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing

Honeywell, Inc.
Jack Manuel, B.M., M.N., DMA.

Philosophy

Boston University
Julius Mariasis, B A., M.B.A., M.Ed.

Management

Julius Mariasis
Joseph Markowitz, B.A., MA, Ph.D.

Psychology

Massachusetts Institute of
Technology

Herbert J. Marks, B.B.A., M.A., S.M.
Economics

Federal Reserve Bank of
Boston

Arnold M. Marrow, A.B.. LL.B.

Labor Management Relations
National Labor Relations
Board

•John E. Marshall, B.S.

Industrial Management
Boston University

John F. Martin, B.B.A., M.S.

Industrial Management
Management Consultant

Zareh Martin, B.S.

Industrial Management
Management Consultant

M. Grazia Marzot. M.A., M.S.W.
Sociology

Frederick Mason, B.S.

Accounting

Internal Revenue Service
Richard P. Mason, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management Information
Systems

AVCO Systems Division
Russell B. Mason, B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing

Raytheon Company
George D. Matson, A.B., A.M.

Speech

Matson Personnel

FACULTY / 285

Paul D. Maxwell, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
James F. McArdle, AS., M.A.

English

Northeastern University

Robert P. McAuliffe, B.S.B.A., MBA.

Marketing

General Radio Company
Francis McAvoy, A.B.

Marketing

DeMambro Electronics, Inc.
Joseph F. McCormack, A B., Ed.M.

Law Enforcement

Director Dept. of Youth
Resources, Brookline,
Mass.
Andrew McDonough, B.S., C.P.C.U.

Insurance

Appleby & Wyman Insurance
Agency, Inc.
David A. McGaughy, A.B., M.S.

Quality Control

Polaroid Corporation

John B. McGrath, B.S.
Finance
New England Telephone Co.

James L. McGuinness, Jr., B.S.B.A.,
M.B.A.
Accounting
E. G & G., Inc.

Franklin W. McGuire, A.B., S.T.B.,

M.S.S.S.
Social Welfare
Director, The Little House,

Dorchester

•Thomas J. McHugh, B.S., MBA.
Finance
Franchised Agent

Thomas J. McNamara, B.S.E.E.

Management Information

Systems— Consultant
Honeywell, Inc.

Richard J. McNeil, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Economics
Northeastern University

Joseph P. McParland, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law

Bonnie S. McSorley, MA., Ph.D.
Modern Language

Daniel Melgar, M.B.A.

Marketing Management
Northeastern University

George B. Merry, A.B.
Journalism

The Christian Science
Monitor

Charles A. M. Meszoely, Ph.D.
Biology
Northeastern University

Edward F. Methelis, B.S.
Economics
Northeastern University

Elmer B. Michelson, M.A.
English

Boston Conservatory of
Music

Duane R. Miller, B.S., S.T.B.. Ph.D.

Ph//osophy

Boston University School of
Theology
Stephen R. Miller, B.A., MLS.

Library Science

Wellesley Free Library
Barbara D. Millner, A.B., A.M.

History

Northeastern University
*Setrak B. Minas, J.D., LL.M.

Law

Attorney at Law
Richard J. Mitchell, Jr., B.S.B A , M.B.A.,
C.P.A.

(nvestments

U.S.M. Corporation

James F. Molloy, Jr.. B.S.B A., M.B.A.

Transportation

Tramco Inc.
C Robert Montgomery, B.A., P.E.,
A.A.G.O., Ch.M.

Management

Parke Mathematical
Laboratories, Inc.
William F. Mooney, A.E.E., B.B.A., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Western Electric Company

"Leslie B. Morash, B.S.. M.B.A.
Transportation
Service Warehouse Company

Norman R. Moray, Jr., B.A., LL.B.
Insurance
Hartford Fire Group

Lillian Morgenstern, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Earth Sciences
Northeastern University

William R. Moriarty, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Professional Planning
Associates

Jerry A. Morris, B.A., M.B.A.

Labor Management Relations,

Human Relations
Raytheon Company

Norman Morris, B.S.B. A., M.A.

Cap. Inst. & Risk Mgmt.

First National Bank of Boston

Richard Morrison, B.S.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing-
Coordinator

William E. Morrison, B.S., M.S.

Labor Management Relations,

Personnel Management
Mature Temps, Inc.

•Thomas A. Morse, B.S., M.S.

English, Speech, Literature
Winchester School Dept.

Teresa Morton, B.A.
Sociology

286 / FACULTY

Howard R. Moskowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Labs.
James D. Mukjian, B.B.A., MB. A.
Industrial Management
Management Consultant
James W. Mulford, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Probation Officer— First
District Court, Nortliern
Middlesex
•John J. Mulkerin, Jr., A.B.

Personnel Placement &

Human Relations
Management Consultant
•Paul V. Mulkern, A.B., M.S.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics

Edmund Mullen, B.A., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

•Joseph A. Mullen, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
Boston Naval Shipyard

William R. Mulvey, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
Kollmorgen Color Systems

James F. Murphy, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Governor's Comm. on Crime &

Correction
Montpeiier, Vt.

Paul J. Murphy, B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing, Management

General Electric Company
A. Howard Myers, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Industria; Relations-
Consultant

Northeastern University

•Roland L. Nadeau, B.M., M.M.

Music, Chairman-Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert P. Najjar, B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University

Alvin Nathanson, B.A., J.D.
Real Estate
Kabatznick, Stern & Cooper

Richard G. Natoli, B.S., M. Criminology
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Scott M. Needham, B.F.A.

Effective Speaking

City of Lynn School Dept.

•Theodore H. Needle, B.B.A., C.P.A.

Accounting

Needle and Needle
Paul A. Neeson, B.B.A., C.P.C.U.

Insurance

Herbert Fields & Company
Walter I. Ne Halsingh, Dipl.F.A.
B.S.Ed., M.A.

Art

Boston State College

Mark A. Nelles, B.S.M.E., M.S.E.M.

Sales Management

Farr Company
John N. Nestor, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Asst. District Attorney
Eastern District
Thomas J. Neylon, Jr., A.B., M.A.T.

English

Watertown Public Schools
Bruce E. Nickerson, A.S., B.A., M.A.

English

General Electric Co.
Martha E. D. Nobel, B.A., M.A.,
L.H.D., Ph.D.

Recreation

Project A.G.E.
Richard W. Norton, B.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

The Foxboro Company
'Franklin Norvish, B.S., M.A.

English

Northeastern University
Joan Colleen Norvish, B.S., Ph.D.

Music Major Advisor

Northeastern University
John A. Novak, B.A., Me.D.

Earth Science

Northeastern University
•Edward G. Novello, B.S.

Transportation, Physical
Distribution

Transcontinental Music
Corporation

C. M. Nowak, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

History
Norbert F. Nunes, A.B., M.A.

English
Paul D. O'Brien, A.A., B.S., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

General Electric Company
'Edward T. O'Donnell, B.C.S., M.B.A.

Statistics

U.S. Bureau of Labor
Standards
Aileen J. Ofer, B.A., M.A., M.A.

English

Harry Olins, A.B., J.D.

Law-Consultant
Attorney at Law

David S. Omar, B.S., M.Ed., M.B.A.
Statistics, Economics
Dean Junior College

James W. O'Neil, A.B.

Law Enforcement
Security Consultant

George J. O'Shea, Jr.. B.S.B.A., M.S.S.W.
Law Enforcement
Division Youth Services
Commonwealth of
Massachusetts

Richard H. O'Shea, Jr., B.S., M.P.A.
Law Enforcement
Dept. Public Safety, Division
State Police

FACULTY / 287

Albert Ottariano, B.B.A., M.S.B.A.

Statistics

U.S. Dept. of Labor
J. Rosson Overcash, B.A., A.M.T.

Consultant in Earth Science

Northeastern University
Richard W. Paine, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

Bridgewater State College
Howard R. Palmer, LL.B.

Law Enforcement

One Court Street, Boston
Robert B. Parl<er, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
•Robert A. Parsons, B.A.B.S., M.B.A., M.A.

Operations Research-
Coordinator

Northeastern University
Theodore C. Patrikas, B.B.A.

Management

General Electric Company
Joseph V. Pearincott, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern University
Martin L. Pendleton, Jr., B.S.

Electronic Data Processing

American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.
Philip W. Pendleton, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
William A. Percy, Jr., A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

History

University of Massachusetts
Mickey Perlow, A.B., M.S., C.P.A.

Accounting

Bryant College
Philip P. Perry, A.B., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Wm. Filene's Sons
Daniel Pershonok, Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School
Thomas Perucci, B.S., M.B.A.

Statistica/ Quality Control

Northeastern University
Frederick D. Peterson, A.B., M.A.

Sociology

Merrimack College
Ausrele M. Petronis, B.A., M.A.

Eng//sh
Shirley A. Phelan, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Phelan & Pheland,
Attorneys at Law
•George G. Pierce, A.B., J.D.

Law

Attorney at Law
Benjamin E. Pike, B.S., M.B.A.

Management

Massasoit Community College
Cornelia A. Pistone, B.A., M.A.

History
Garth I. Pitman, B.A., M.A.

English

Harvard University

Carmen S. Pizzuto, A.B., M.A.,
M.S.W., Ph.D.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Youth Services
Gladys M. Polansky, B.A., B.S., M.A.

English
William J. Poorvu, B.A.,: M.B.A.

Real Estate-Consultant

W. J. Poorvu
Edward D. Porter, Jr., B.S.

Management

Polaroid Inc.
John D. Post, A.B.. M.A., Ph.D.,

History

Northeastern University
Edward J. Powers, B.B.A., M.B.A., M.Ed.

Industrial Management

General Services
Adminstration
John E. Powers, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Supreme Judicial Court
Suffolk County, Mass.
Court of Appeals
William F. Powers, B.S., M.P.A.

Law Enforcement

Law Enforcement Assistance
Administration

U.S. Dept. of Justice
John T. Prendergast, A. A., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety,
Commonwealth of Mass.
G. Daniel Prigmore, B.A., M.B.A.

Real Estate
John J. Prybyla, B.S.M.E., M.B.A.

Finance and Insurance
*Edward V. Puopolo, B.S., J.D.

Law

Sloane, Puopolo & Carr
Mary Alice Queiros, B.S.

Recreation

Natick School Dept.
Alice P. Quigley, B.A.

Jr. Lab Asst.— Human
Anatomy & Physiology

Mass. Eye & Ear Infirmary
David P. Quintal, B.A., Ph.D.

Political Science
Cathleen T. Quirk, B.A., M.A.

English

Northeastern University
Daniel B. Rakov, A.B., LL.B.

Real Estate

Rappaport & Rakov
Nathaniel Raymond, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Sociology-Anthropology

Boston State College
Denis G. Regan, B.S., J.D.

Law

Attorney at Law
Charles W. Reilly, B.S., M.A.

English. Speech

Northern Essex College

Memore A. Repetti, B.B.A., C.P.
Accounting
Small Business Administration

/ FACULTY

Albert W. Richardson, B.S.
Earth Science
Stoneham Jr. High School

J. Scott Riley, B.S., A.E.

Marketing

J.S.R. Associates
Raymond H. Robinson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

H/story-Consu/tant

Northeastern University

Leo F. Roche, Jr., A.B., LL.B.

Cap. Inst. & Risk Mgmt.
American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.

Marjorie Roemer, B.A., M.A.
English

Cephas B. Rogers, B.S.M.E., M.S.
Quality Control
Polaroid Corp.

Lawrence J. Romano, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement, Modern

Languages
Charles Stark Draper Lab.

Div. of M.I.T.

Robert D. Ronsheim, A.B., A.M.
History
Plimoth Plantation

Fred A. Rosenberg, A.B., Ph.D.
B/o/ogy-Consu/tant
Northeastern University

Morris E. Rosenberg, B.S., B.A.
Accounting
U.S. Treasury Dept.

Joel M. Rosenfeld, B.S., M.S.

Industrial Managennent-

Consultant
General Electric Co.

John A. Rosicky, A.B., MBA.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse & Co.

•Albert H. Ross, B.S., LL.B.

Personnef & Industrial

Relations
Attorney, U.S. Dept. Labor

David Ross, B.M.E., M.S.E.E.
Quality Control
Gillette Company, Safety
Razor Div.

Guy L. Rotella, B.A., M.A.
English

Catherine L. Rothbard, B.A., M.A.
Speech, Speech

Communication
Northeastern University

Harvey F. Rowe, Jr., A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Assistant Attorney General,
Commonwealth of Mass.

Ernest Ruber, B.A., Ph.D.
Biology
Northeastern University

•Gerald R. Rubin, B.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Partner-Seidman & Seidman

Richard V. Rude, B.A.

Modern Languages
Newton North High School

Louis Rudzinsky, B.S. B.A.

Labor Management Relations
Louis Rudzinsky Associates,
Personnel Consultants

•Richard D. Ruggles, A.B., A.M.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Frank L. Ryan, A.B., M.A.
English
Stonehill College

•Charles L. Saccardo, B.S.B.A., M.A.
Economics
Lowell Technological Inst.

Michael P. Sacks, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Mabel L. Sahakian, A.B., D.Sc, S.T.B.
Philosophy

•Charles L. Sakey, A.B., M.A.

Modern Languages
Boston Latin School

•James S. Salmon, A.B., M.A.
English

The First National Bank
of Boston

Mary E. Salus, B.S., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern University

Edward G. Salvas, Jr., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Weymouth Police Department

Charles Samson, B.B.A.

Quality Control
Polaroid Corp.

Willis L. Saulnier, A.B., M.S.W.

Labor Management Relations
Raytheon Company

Richard A. Savage, A.A., B.A., M.A.

History

Brookline Public Schools
Saroj Sawhney, B.A., M.A.Eco.

Statistics and Economics

Northeastern University

William F. Scannell, B.S.B.A., J.D.
Purchasing
Raytheon Company
Stephen Schafer, D.Jur. Prof. Agrege
Socioiogy, Criminology,
Juvenile Delinquency
Law Enforcement-
Consultant
Northeastern University

David E. Schmitt, B.A., Ph.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
Mary L. Schroeder, B.S., M.C.S.

English

Boston University
Martha W. Schuize, B.A., M.A.

Sociology

Northeastern University

FACULTY / 289

Miklos Schwalb, Artist in Residence

Music
•Herbert J. Schwartz, B.S.

Marketing

Sales Managennent Consultant
Ralph K. Schwitzgebel, B.S., Ed.M.,
J.D., Ed.D.

Psychology

Harvard University
William E. Sears, B.S., M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Department of Youth Service
•Leonard A. Seder, B.S.

Quality Control

Leonard A. Seder &
Associates
Frank J. Seegraber, A.B., B.S.

Library Science

Boston College
Peter M. Selig, M.B.A., M.A.

Statistics
Dennis M. Senchuk, B.A.

Philosophy
Peter Serenyi, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Art

Northeastern University
Evelyn C. Shakir, B.A., M.A.T.

English
John C. Shannon, B.S., M.A.

Economics, Statistics

Suffolk University

Paul Shapiro -

Art

Northeastern University
•Samuel Shapiro, A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A.

Corporate Finance

Samuel Shapiro & Co., C.P.A. 's
Arvind Sharma, B.A., M.A.

Economics

Harvard Divinity School
Eugene H. P. Shaw-Colyer, B.A., S.T.B.,
M.A., A.M.

History

Harvard University
J. Michael Sheehan, Jr., B.S.

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety
Ezra H. Sheffres, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.

Management

Raytheon Company

George E. Shire, B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law
Asst. District Attorney,
Norfolk County
Jeannette S. Shire, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Boston Alcohol Detoxification
Project
Ruth E. Shore, B.S., M.A.
English

Fisher Junior College
Shafiq S. Shukri, B.Sc, M.D.
Biology
Assistant Professor,

Northeastern University

Ronald Shulman, B.E., M.S., Chem.Eng.
Marketing Fundamentals
Business Communication
Services, Inc.

Robert N. Siegel, B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting
R. N. Siegel Associates

Lauma Silins, B.A., M.A.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

•Vincent Silluzio, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D.
Earth Science
Newton Public Schools

Herbert H. Silverman, Mus.B., Ed.M.,
Ed.D.
Music
Northeastern University

Marilyn P. Silvestri, B.A., M.A.
Speech

Action for Boston Community
Development

S. Murray Simons, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Newton College of the
Sacred Heart

•Lloyd A. Skiffington, B.A., A.M.
English
Northeastern University

•William I. Sloane, A.B., LL.B.
Law
Sloane, Gay & Puopolo

Robert W. Small, B.A., M.A.
History
Massasoit Community College

Malcolm V. Smith, B.S.

Life Insurance
New England Mutual Life
Insurance Co.

P. Christopher Smith, Ph.D.
Philosophy

Raymond W. Smith, B.M., M.M.
Music
Newton School Dept.

Edwin R. Smutz, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Research
Labs.

•Leo Snyder, B.A., M.M.
Music
Northeastern University

Christos Socarides, A.B., M.A.
English
Brockton Public Schools

Sulo A. Soini, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
Commonwealth of
Massachusetts

Richard J. Solomon, B.S.

Urban Transportation
Solomon & Schwartz
Associates

290 / FACULTY

'Robert M. Spector, LL.B., M.A., M.Ed.,
Ph.D.

History

Worcester State College
Paul H. Spiers, Jr., B.Us.

Journalism
Joanne Spitz, B.A.

Economics
Barry W. Spracklin

Jr. Lab. Asst

Preparator-Microbiology

Thomas S. Sprague III, A.B.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University
Paul E. Staats, B.S.

/nvestments

Paine, Webber, Jackson &
Curtis, Inc.
*Francis C. Stacey, A.B., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.
George H. Stacey, Jr., A.B., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing,

Computer Programming
AVCO Everett Research Lab.
Lee B. Staebler, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management &

Accounting
Management Consultant
Joseph Stanford, A.B.A., LL.B.
Finance

Paul Revere Insurance
Company
Charles F. Stefanidakis, B.S.B.A.,
M.B.A., C.P.A.
Cost Accounting
Price Waterhouse & Company
Catherine B. Stevenson, B.A., M.A.

English
Thomas J. Stockett, B.S.

Human Relations in

Personnel
Baico, Maintenance Manager

Edmund L. Stoddard, B.A.
English
Raytheon Service Company

Joseph F. Stoltz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Economics

U.S. Gov't. Dept. of Labor,
Manpower Division

•Robert C. Story, B.A.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Raytheon Company

John W. Stout, A.B., M.A.

Political Science

Roger Williams College
James L. Stratford, Jr., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

Consultant
Esther H. Strauss, B.A., M.A., M.Ed.

Sociology

Lexington School Department

Melvin R. Stuart, A.B., A.M.
English
Mansfield High School

Albert W. Sullivan, A.B., J.D.

Real Estate

Attorney, Army Corps of
Engineers
•Frank E. Sullivan, A.B., Ed.M.

English

Boston Trade School

•Jeremiah G. Sullivan, B.S.

Computer Programming-

Coordinator
Honeywell Information
Systems Inc.

Joseph L. Supple, A.B.

Computer Programming
Digital Equipment Corp.

Gerald Sussman, B.S., A.M.
Marketing
Bryant College

Wayne A. Sutcliffe, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Finance

N.E. Merchant's
National Bank
J. Bradley Swanson, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

Natick Research Labs.,
U.S. Army
Peter Swartz, B.A., M.B.A.

Marketing

Kenley Realty Company
John T. Sweeney, B.S., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

Board of Higher Education

Joseph Sweeney, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., M.B.A.
Computer Programming
American Mutual
Insurance Company

Allen Swenson, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Economics
Raytheon Company

George J. Swidler, B.S., Ed.M.
Law Enforcement
Consultant, Polygraph
Examiner

Hugh J. Talbot, AS., B.S.

Law Enforcement
P. L. Abelson, Co.

Eugene M. Tangney, B.S.

Money & Banking,
Economics

First National Bank of Boston
Sumner B. Tapper, A.B., M.Ed., A.M.

English

Stoughton High School

Theodore A. Tasis, B.S., M.A.
English
Raytheon Company

Alan M. Tattle, B.S., M.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing

English High School
Paul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University

Elliot Tenofsky, A.B., M.A.
Political Science
Tufts University

FACULTY / 291

Philip R. Tetu, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law,
Natick, Mass.
Alan P. Thayer, Col. U.S. Army (ret.),
B.S., M.B.A.

Economics

Boston College
Emile F. Thibault, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety
Esther E. Thomas, B.S., M.A.

Biology

Boston Medical Laboratory
John C. Thomas, A.B., Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School
Charles F. Thompson, B.S.A., M.B.A. ,
C.P.A.

Accounting

Lowell Technological
Institute
Wendy W. Thompson, B.A., M.Litt.

History

Lexington Public Schools
Robert J. Thornton, B.S.

Taxes

Arthur Young & Company
Henry L. Tischler, A.B., M.A.

Sociology

Framington State College
Jerry L. Tobey, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

History

California State University.
Sacramento
William J. Tobin, B.S.

Law Enforcement

M.D.C. Police Captain
Ronald C. Tocci, B.S.

Accounting

Financial Consultant
Allan Tosti, B.A., M.A.

Political Science
Joseph J. Trifero

Railroad Transportation

Penn. Central

Transportation Co.
James D. Turley, B.Ph., B.A., M.Ed.,
M.A., Ed.D.

English

Rhode Island College
Scott Turney, B.A., M.B.A.

Systems Design

Cabot Corporation
David W. Tutein, B.A., M.A.

English

Northeastern University

Theresa H. Twombly, B.A., M.A.

Sociology
'John A. Tyrell. B.S., M.S.Ed., Ed.D.

Science

Boston Public Schools
Alint V. Varughese, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

English

Bentley College

•Harvey Vetstein, B.A., M.A.

Associate Consultant, English

Northeastern University
Pauline S. Vexler, B.A., M.A.

English
David R. Vincent, A.A.

Jr. Lab. Asst.

Experimental Psychology
Robert F. Vitale, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing

Data General Corporation
Phillip M. Vitti, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
James F. Waldron, B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement

MacGregor & Waldron &
Nagle, Attorneys
Rowell L. Waller, Jr., B.A., M.S.

Library Science-Consultant

Attleboro Public Library
Martin S. Walsh, B.A., M.A.

History
Robert L. Ward, A.B., Ed.M.

Law Enforcement

The Boston Globe
Robert B. Ware, A.S., A.B.

Electronic Data Processing

Ware Associates
Mary L. Waring, M.S.W.

Social Welfare
Ann Marie Warner, B.S., Ph.D.

Clinical Biochemistry

Northeastern University
A. Bertrand Warren, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psycho/ogy-Consu/tant

Northeastern University
Lois D. Wasserman, B.S., Ed.M., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Harold P. Watts, B.S., B.A., M.Ed.

Finance, Insurance

Northeastern University
Stanley Wayne, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

V.A. Out-Patient Clinic
Robert C. Webb, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

Suffolk University
William S. Webb, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Danvers Police Department
Richard S. Wein, B.A.

Sociology

Winthrop Public Schools
•Frank J. Weiner, B.S., M.B.A., J.D.

Transportation

Frank J. Weiner, Inc.
Robert I. Weisberg, B.S.

Credit Management

First National Bank of Boston
•Robert L. Wells, B.S., M.A.

Fine Arts-Consultant

Northeastern University

292 / FACULTY

Clifford H. Wenzel, A.B.

Personnel Industrial
Relations

Raytheon Service Company
Paul C. Wermuth, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Consultant in English

Northeastern University
John R. West, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Robert Westwater, B.A.. M.B.A.

Corporate Finance

Commercial Union Cos.
Donald Wheaton, B.S., M.A.

Econom/cs

Worcester Polytechnic
Institute
Albert H. Whitaker, Jr., B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

History

Mount Ida Junior College
Charles W. White, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

English

Southeastern Mass.
University
R. Gregg Wilfong, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Consultant in Political Science

Northeastern University
Robert N. Wlllhauck, A.S., B.S., M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Mount Wachusett
Community College
Calvin Williams, A.B., MA.

Management

Raytheon Company
Elizabeth S. Williams, A.B., Ed.M.,
C.A.S.

Psychology

Suffolk University
S. Alan Williamson, B.S.B.A., LL.B.,
C.L.U

Estate Planning

Life Insurance Agent
David LWilmarth, B.S., Ed.M., Ph.D.

Earth Science

Northeastern University
Alex Wilson, B.S., M.A.

History

Wilson Associates
George R. Wilson, Jr., B.A., M.A.

Government, History

Consolidated Service
Corporation
Walter Winchenbach, A.E., B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Hewlett Packard Company
Albert E. Winemiller, A.B., M.A., M.B.A.

Finance

Quinn Freight Lines, Inc.
Arthur Wingfield, B.A., M.A.. Ph.D.

Psychology

Brandeis University

Robert L. Winter, B.M.

Music

Playboy of Boston, Inc.
Gail S. Wintersteiner, A.B., M.S.,
M.A., Ph.D.

Philosophy

Boston University
Robert E Withstandley, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management

U.S. Steel Corporation
Gerald Wolper, A.B., LL.B.

Labor Management Relations

National Labor Relations
Board
Michael L. Woodnick, B.S., M.A.

Speech

Northeastern University
Steve Worth, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Political Science-Coordinator

Northeastern University
William C. Wright, B.S., M.B.A.

Management & Organization

U.S. Army Natick Laboratories
William F. Yetman, J.D.

Law Enforcement

U.S. Govt. Fed. Protection
Serv. G.S.A.
George E. Young, Jr., A.B., LL.B.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law

Provitero, Vining,
Chiampa & Young
Albert J. Zahka, A.B., J.D.

Law

First National Bank of
Boston

Associate Trust Counsel
Lawrence C. Zaicman, A. A., LL.B.,
LL.M.

Federal Income Taxes

Attorney at Law
Frances M. Zaieski, B.A., M.A.

Modern Language
Harold S. Zamansky, B.S., Ph.D.

Psychology-Assoc.
Consultant

Northeastern University
Anthony Zampini, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Norman Zankel, A.B.. J.D.

Personnel & Industrial
Relations

National Labor
Relations Board
Philip E. Zawasky, B.S., Ed.M.
Earth Science

Northeastern University
John L. Zimka, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Accounting

Boston College

*'<:'^

■}'';' -^^

V.*.- - '*■ i^'**'^,,.:

p

I

I

■■s^

% --^^^

r

index

Absences, 35
Academic Council, 13
Academic Policies, 30-38
Academic Probation, 37
Accounting Course Descriptions, 214
Accounting, Curricula in, 64
Activities, Student, 47-51
Administrative Officers, University

College, 15
Administrative Organization, 10—12
Admission Requirements, 30-31
Advanced Standing Credit, 31-32
Advisers, Program, 5
Alumni Association, 50
Anthropology Course

Descriptions, 166
Anthropology-Sociology,

Curriculum in, 92-93
Application Fee, 39
Attendance, 34
Auditing Policy, 36
Awards, Scholarships, Loans, 42-45

B

Benefits, Veterans', 40

Board of Trustees, 9-10

Biology Course Descriptions, 159

Budget Payment Plan, 39

Buildings and Facilities, 24-27

Business Administration:
Aims, 54

Course Descriptions, 214
English Requirements, 55
Program of Study, 54-76

Business Administration, Curriculum
in, 54-55

Calendar, 6-7
<;ampus Buildings and
Facilities, 24-27

Canceled Classes, 34
Change of Address, 35
Chemical-Biological Technology,

Curriculum in, 96-98
Chemistry Course Descriptions, 153
Class Attendance and Preparation, 34
Commencement, 32
Committees, Universrty, 12-13
Committees, University

College, 15-16
Corporation, 7-9
Correctional Practices, Curriculum

in, 101-106
Counseling and Testing, 5
Course Descriptions, 151-271
Courses in other Departments, 40
Cytotechnology, Curriculum

in, 135-137

Dean's List, 32

Degree Candidates, 30-32

Degree Programs, Programs of

Study, 52-149
Descriptions of Courses, 151-271
Disciplinary Probation, 38

Earth Science Course

Descriptions, 157
Economics Course Descriptions, 209
Economics, Curriculum in, 81
Education, Course Descriptions, 247
Education, Curriculum in, 143-147
Electronic Data Processing,

Curriculum in, 58-59
English Course Descriptions, 198
English, Curriculum in, 82
Examinations, 35

Missed Final, 35
Executive Council, 12
Expenses, 39-41

295

296 / INDEX

Facilities, Buildings and, 24-27

Faculty, 273-292

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees and Tuition, 39-41

Final Examinations, 35

Finance, Curriculum in, 65

Fine Arts Course Descriptions, 173

Fine Arts, Curriculum in, 83-84

Finance Course Descriptions, 221

Financial Aid, 39-41

Foreign Students, 30

Fraternities, Sororities, Clubs, 48-49

Grades, 36-37
Graduation, Fee, 41

Registration, 32

With Honor, 32
Gymnasium Facilities, 49

H

Health Care Course Descriptions, 250
Health Related Programs, 121-134
History Course Descriptions, 176
History, Curriculum in, 85
Homework, Assignments, 35
Honors Program, 79

I
Industrial Management Course

Descriptions, 227
Industrial Management, Curriculum

in, 66
Industrial Technology, Curriculum

in, 67
Instructional Staff, 273-292
Insurance Course Descriptions, 223
Insurance, Curriculum in, 68
Intensive Course Descriptions, 270

Journalism Course Descriptions, 208

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority, 48

Laboratory Fee, 41

Lambda Alpha Epsilon Fraternity, 48

Language Course Descriptions,

203-208
Late Payment Fee, 40
Law Course Descriptions, 236
Law Enforcement Course

Descriptions, 259
Law Enforcement, Programs of

Study, 99-119
Law Enforcement, Curriculum

in, 112-114
Liberal Arts:

Aims, 77

Course Descriptions, 151

Curriculum, 86

English Requirement, 82

Programs of Study, 81-98
Liberal Arts and Management,

Curriculum in, 76
Library, 24-25
Library Science Course

Descriptions, 212
Loan Funds, Scholarships,

Awards, 42-45
Location of Northeastern

University, 24

M

Make-up Examinations, 35
Management Course Descriptions, 225
Management, Curriculum in, 69
Management Information Systems

Course Descriptions, 237
Management Information Systems,

Curriculum in, 70
Management in Health Agencies and

Institutions, Curriculum

in, 124
Maps, Boston, 4

Burlington, Framingham,

Haverhill, Lynn, Weymouth,

Norwood, 298 ff.
Marketing Course Descriptions, 218
Marketing, Curriculum in, 72
Mathematics Course

Descriptions, 151-153
Matriculation, 30-31
Maximum Course Load, 38
Medical Laboratory Science, 138

Curriculum, 139-140
Medical Records Administration

Curriculum, 127

Certification in, 130

Curriculum in, 128-129
Medical Technology, Curriculum

in, 138
Missed Final Examinations, 41
Music Course Descriptions, 189
Music, Curriculum in, 94

N

Nursing Home Administration,
Certification, 126

Office Hours, 5

Pass-Fail Courses, 33

Payments, 39-41

Personnel and Industrial Relations,

Course Descriptions, 232
Personnel and Industrial Relations,

Curriculum in, 73
Philosophy Course Descriptions, 182
Physics Course Descriptions, 153

INDEX / 297

Policies, Academic, 30-38
Political Science, Course

Descriptions, 172

Curriculum, 87
Probation, Academic and

Disciplinary, 37-38
Program Advisers, 5
Programs of Study, 54-150
Purchasing, Curriculum in, 60-61
Psychology, Course Descriptions, 162
Psychology, Curriculum in, 90-91

Social Welfare, Course

Descriptions, 172
Sociology Course Descriptions, 167
Sorority, Kappa Tau Phi, 48
Special Students, 30
Speech and Theatre Arts Course

Descriptions, 195
Student Activities, 47-51
Student Center Fee, 40
Student Council, Evening, 49

Quality Control Course

Descriptions, 234
Quality Points, 32
Quality Point Requirements, 33

Real Estate, Course Descriptions, 243
Real Estate, Curriculum in, 62-63
Refund of Tuition, 40
Registration, 34

Dates for, 6-7
Regular Students, 30
Residence Requirement, 32
Respiratory Therapy, Curriculum

in, 132-133

Medical Advisory
Committee, 134

Scholarships, Awards, Loans, 42-45
Security, Curriculum in, 113-118
Senate, Faculty, 13
Sigma Epsilon Rho Fraternity, 48
Society for the Advancement of

Management (SAM), 47
Sociology-Anthropology, Curriculum

in, 92-93

Teaching Staff, 273-292
Tests, 35

Testing, Counseling, 5
Therapeutic Recreation Course

Descriptions, 248
Therapeutic Recreation Services, 148

Programs of Study, 149-150
Transcripts, 41
Transfer of Credit, 31
Transfer Students, 31
Transportation Course

Descriptions, 244
Transportation, Curriculum in, 74
Trustees, Board of, 9-10
Tuition and Fees, 39-41

Budget Payment Plan, 39

Refund Policy, 40

Underwritten by Employers, 40

U

Undergraduate Colleges, 19-21
University Council, 12
University, The, 18-23

Veterans' Benefits, 40

W

Withdrawals, 34-35

suburban maps

Suburban Campus

1

Framingham North High School

Weymouth Schools

Lynn English High School

Norwood

Warren Center

EXIT U

- 1 '^#* n^»**ti

Ashland

Haverhill High School

125

Take Route 97 exit
from Route 495

Bool-bindina Co.

NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES DUPL

lllll
3 9358 01114456 2